BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS INC
10-12G, 1996-05-14
Previous: ICT GROUP INC, S-1/A, 1996-05-14
Next: MUZAK INC, S-1, 1996-05-14



<PAGE>
        AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON MAY 14, 1996
 
                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 0-
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                 UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                    FORM 10
 
                  GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
                     PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OR 12(G) OF
                      THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
                            ------------------------
 
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                  DELAWARE                                      74-2781950
       (State or other jurisdiction of                       (I.R.S. Employer
       incorporation or organization)                     Identification Number)
 
         9311 SAN PEDRO, SUITE 400,
             SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS                                    78216
  (Address of principal executive offices)                      (Zip Code)
</TABLE>
 
                                 (210) 348-8188
               Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code
 
                            ------------------------
 
       Securities to be Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) Of the Act:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
                                                      Name of each exchange on which
    Title of each class to be registered:             each class is to be registered:
                    NONE                                      NOT APPLICABLE
</TABLE>
 
         Securities to be Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
                     COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE
                                (Title of Class)
                         SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING
                        PREFERRED STOCK PURCHASE RIGHTS
              (INITIALLY CARRIED AND TRADED WITH THE COMMON STOCK)
                                (Title of Class)
 
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS, CORP.
              CROSS REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT
                              AND ITEMS OF FORM 10
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
 
    The  information  required  by  this  item  is  contained  under  "Summary";
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations";  and  "Business"  of the  Information  Statement  (the "Information
Statement") attached hereto  as Exhibit  99.1. Those  sections are  incorporated
herein by reference.
 
ITEM 2. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The  information required  by this item  is contained  under "Summary"; "Pro
Forma Condensed  Consolidated  Balance Sheet";  "Selected  Historical  Financial
Data";  and  "Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and
Results  of  Operations"  of  the  Information  Statement.  Those  sections  are
incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 3. PROPERTIES
 
    The  information required by this item  is contained under "Business" of the
Information Statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 4. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
    The information required by this item is contained under "Security Ownership
of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" of the Information Statement.  That
section is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 5. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    The  information required by  this item is  contained under "Management" and
"Liability and Indemnification  of Officers  and Directors"  of the  Information
Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 6. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The  information  required  by  this  item  is  contained  under  "Executive
Compensation" of the Information Statement. That section is incorporated  herein
by reference.
 
ITEM 7. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
 
    The  information required  by this item  is contained  under "Summary"; "The
Distribution"; "Preliminary  Transactions";  "Relationship Between  Billing  and
USLD  After  the  Distribution";  "Management";  "Executive  Compensation";  and
"Liability and Indemnification  of Officers  and Directors"  of the  Information
Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 8. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The  information required by this item  is contained under "Business" of the
Information Statement. That section is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 9. MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND
        RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
    The information required  by this  item is contained  under "Summary";  "The
Distribution";  and "Description of Capital Stock" of the Information Statement.
Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 10. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
    The only securities of Billing  Information Concepts Corp. ("Billing")  that
are  outstanding were issued to U.S.  Long Distance Corp. ("USLD") in connection
with the organization of  Billing and the  Preliminary Transactions in  reliance
upon the exemption from registration set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities
Act  of 1933, as amended. Certain information required by this item is contained
under "Preliminary Transactions."
 
                                      R-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 11. DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT'S SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED
 
    The information required  by this  item is contained  under "Description  of
Capital  Stock" and "Purposes and Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of
Billing's Certificate and Bylaws and Delaware Law" of the Information Statement.
Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
    The information  required by  this item  is contained  under "Liability  and
Indemnification  of Officers and  Directors" of the  Information Statement. That
section is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 13. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
    The information required  by this  item is contained  under "Summary";  "Pro
Forma  Condensed  Consolidated  Balance Sheet";  "Selected  Historical Financial
Data"; "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and  Results
of   Operations";  and  "Index  to  Financial  Statements"  of  the  Information
Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 14. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
    The information required by this item is not applicable.
 
ITEM 15. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS
 
    (a) See  "Index to  Financial Statements"  on page  F-1 of  the  Information
Statement
 
        (1) Financial Statement Schedules:
            None
 
    (b) Exhibits
 
        (1) See "Index to Exhibits" on page R-6 of this Form 10
 
                                      R-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
    Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
                                          BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                                            (Registrant)
 
                                          By:        /s/ ALAN W. SALTZMAN
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                 Alan W. Saltzman, President
 
Date: May 13, 1996
 
                                      R-4
<PAGE>
                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 SEQUENTIALLY
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                           NUMBERED
  NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS                                       PAGE
- - ----------             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>         <C>        <C>                                                                                      <C>
 3.1           --      Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Billing (filed herewith)
 3.2           --      Form of Bylaws of Billing (filed herewith)
 4.1           --      Form of Stock Certificate of Common Stock (See also Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2)*
 8.1           --      Form of the Tax Opinion of Arter & Hadden (filed herewith)
10.1           --      Form of Distribution Agreement between USLD and Billing (filed herewith)
10.2           --      Form of Tax Sharing Agreement between USLD and Billing (filed herewith)
10.3           --      Form  of Benefit  Plans and  Employment Matters  Allocation Agreement  between USLD and
                       Billing (filed herewith)
10.4           --      Form of Transitional Services and Sublease Agreement between USLD and Billing*
10.5           --      Form of Zero Plus -- Zero  Minus Billing and Information Management Services  Agreement
                       between USLD and Billing (filed herewith)
10.6           --      Form of Expense Sharing Agreement between USLD and Billing*
10.7           --      Form of Telecommunications Agreement between USLD and Billing (filed herewith)
10.8           --      Form of Billing's 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan (filed herewith)
10.9           --      Form of Billing's 1996 Non-Employee Director Plan (filed herewith)
10.10          --      Form of Billing's 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (filed herewith)
10.11          --      Form of Billing's 401(k) Retirement Plan*
10.12          --      Form of Billing's Executive Compensation Deferral Plan (filed herewith)
10.13          --      Form of Billing's Director Compensation Deferral Plan (filed herewith)
10.14          --      Form of Billing's Executive Qualified Disability Plan (filed herewith)
10.15          --      Form  of Employment Agreement to be entered  into between Billing and Parris H. Holmes,
                       Jr.*
10.16          --      Form of Employment Agreement to be entered into between Billing and Alan W. Saltzman*
10.17          --      Form of Employment Agreement to be entered into between Billing and Kelly E. Simmons*
10.18          --      Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement  dated May 22, 1991 between Zero  Plus
                       Dialing  Inc. ("ZPDI"),  U.S. Long Distance,  Inc. ("USLDI"), U.S.  Long Distance Corp.
                       ("USLD") and  Bell  Atlantic Capital  Corp.  (f/k/a  Bell Atlantic  --  Tricon  Leasing
                       Corporation and currently FINOVA Capital Corporation) ("Lender"); Revolving Credit Note
                       dated  May 24, 1991 payable by ZPDI to the order of Lender; Replacement Term Note dated
                       May 24, 1991 payable by  USLDI to the order of  Lender; First Amendment and Joinder  to
                       Amended  and Restated Loan and  Security Agreement dated December  28, 1992 among ZPDI,
                       USLD, USLDI, U.S. Billing,  Inc. ("USBI") and Lender;  Second Amendment to Amended  and
                       Restated  Loan and Security Agreement dated April 2, 1993 among ZPDI, USLD, USLDI, USBI
                       and Lender; Third Amendment to Amended  and Restated Loan and Security Agreement  dated
                       October 15, 1993 among ZPDI, USLD, USLDI, USBI and Lender; Fourth Amendment and Joinder
                       to
</TABLE>
 
                                      R-5
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                 SEQUENTIALLY
 EXHIBIT                                                                                                           NUMBERED
  NUMBER                                               DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS                                       PAGE
- - ----------             ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
                       Amended  and Restated  Loan and  Security Agreement dated  October 1,  1993 among ZPDI,
                       USLD, USLDI, USBI,  USLD Acquisition Corp.  ("USAcq") and Lender;  Fifth Amendment  and
                       Joinder  to Amended and  Restated Loan and  Security Agreement dated  November 16, 1993
                       among ZPDI, USLD, USLDI, USBI, USAcq, STS Telecommunications, Inc. ("STS") and  Lender;
                       Sixth  Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan  and Security Agreement dated December 7,
                       1993 among ZPDI, USLD, USLDI, USBI, USAcq, STS and Lender; Seventh Amendment to Amended
                       and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated March 17, 1994 among ZPDI, USLD,  USLDI,
                       USBI,  USAcq,  STS, Enhanced  Services Billing,  Inc. ("ESBI"),  California Acquisition
                       Corp. ("CAC") and Lender; Corporate  Guaranty dated May 24,  1991 executed by USLD  for
                       the  benefit of Lender; Corporate Guaranty dated May 24, 1991 executed by USLDI for the
                       benefit of Lender;  Corporate Guaranty  dated May  24, 1991  executed by  ZPDI for  the
                       benefit  of Lender;  Corporate Guaranty  dated May  24, 1991  executed by  USLD for the
                       benefit of Lender;  Corporate Guaranty  dated October 1993  executed by  USAcq for  the
                       benefit  of Lender;  Corporate Guaranty  dated November  1993 executed  by STS  for the
                       benefit of Lender;  Corporate Guaranty executed  by Telecom Acquisition  Corp. for  the
                       benefit  of Lender;  Corporate Guaranty  executed by  ESBI for  the benefit  of Lender;
                       Corporate Guaranty executed  by CAC for  the benefit of  Lender; Escrow and  Disbursing
                       Agreement  dated May 24, 1991  among ZPDI, Lender and  Texas Commerce Bank, N.A. (filed
                       herewith)
<S>         <C>        <C>                                                                                      <C>
21.1           --      List of Subsidiaries (filed herewith)
23.1           --      Consent of Arter & Hadden (to be included in their opinion to be filed as Exhibit 8.1)
27.1           --      Financial Data Schedule (filed herewith)
99.1           --      Schedule 14C Information Statement of U.S. Long Distance Corp. (filed herewith)
</TABLE>
 
- - ------------------------
*  To be filed by amendment
 
                                      R-6

<PAGE>



                             AMENDED AND RESTATED
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.



      This document constitutes an amendment and restatement of the original
Certificate of Incorporation of BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. which was
filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 26, 1996.  This Amended
and Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted in accordance with
the provisions of Section 245(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law and
shall become effective at midnight on ________________, 1996.

                                  ARTICLE I.

                                     NAME

      The name of the corporation (the "corporation") is BILLING INFORMATION
CONCEPTS CORP.

                                 ARTICLE II.

            ADDRESS OF REGISTERED OFFICE, NAME OF REGISTERED AGENT

      The address, including street, number, city and county, of the
registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is One Rodney
Square, 10th Floor, Tenth and King Streets, in the City of Wilmington, County of
New Castle 19801; and the name of the registered agent of the corporation in the
State of Delaware at such address is RL&F Service Corp.

                               ARTICLE III.

                              PURPOSE AND POWERS

      The purpose of the corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity
for which a corporation may now or hereafter be organized under the Delaware
General Corporation Law.  It shall have all powers that may now or hereafter be
lawful for a corporation to exercise under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

                                 ARTICLE IV.

                                CAPITAL STOCK

      4.1  TOTAL NUMBER OF SHARES OF STOCK.  The total number of shares of
all classes of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is
seventy million (70,000,000).  Of such shares, (i) sixty million (60,000,000)
shall be common stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Common Stock"), and (ii) ten
million (10,000,000) shall be preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share
("Preferred Stock").



<PAGE>



      4.2  PREFERRED STOCK.  Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more
series.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the board of directors shall
have the authority, by resolution, to create and issue such series of Preferred
Stock and to fix with respect to any such series the number of shares of
Preferred Stock comprising such series and the powers, designations, preferences
and rights (and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof) of the
shares, of such series including, without limitation, the following:

            (a)  the number of shares constituting that series and the
      distinctive designation of that series;

            (b)  the dividend rate of the shares of that series, whether
      dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and
      the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares
      of that series;

            (c)  whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to
      the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting
      rights;

            (d)  whether that series shall have conversion privileges, and, if
      so, the terms and conditions of such conversion, including provision for
      adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the board of directors
      shall determine;

            (e)  whether or not the shares of such series shall be redeemable,
      and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemptions, including the
      date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount
      per share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under
      different conditions and at different redemption dates;

            (f)  whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the
      redemption or purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and
      amount of such sinking fund;

            (g)  the rights of the shares of that series in the event of
      voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation, and
      relative rights of priority, if any, of payments of such shares of that
      series; and

            (h)  any other relative rights, preferences and limitations of
      that series.

      4.3  DESIGNATION OF SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK.
There is hereby established from among the Preferred Stock authorized above
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock ("Series A Preferred Stock").  The
designation and number of shares, and the relative rights, preferences and
limitations of the Series A Preferred Stock is as follows:

            (a)  DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT.

            The shares of such series shall be designated as "Series A Junior
      Participating Preferred Stock" (the "Series A Preferred Stock") and the
      number of shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 5,000.
      Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the
      Board of Directors; provided that no decrease shall reduce the number of
      shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of
      shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance
      upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the
      conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the corporation
      convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.


                                        2 
<PAGE>



            (b)  DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.

                   (i)      Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares
            of any other series of Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) of the
            corporation, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in
            preference to the holders of Common Stock of the corporation, and of
            any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and
            if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available
            for the purpose, cumulative preferential dividends, payable in cash
            on the first day of January, April, July and October in each year
            (each such date, a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on
            the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance
            of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, at a
            rate per annum (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of
            (a) $1.00 per share, or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment
            hereinafter set forth, 10,000 times the aggregate per share amount
            of all cash dividends, and 10,000 times the aggregate per share
            amount (payable in kind) of all noncash dividends or other
            distributions (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common
            Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by
            reclassification or otherwise)), declared on the Common Stock during
            the immediately preceding fiscal year.  In the event the corporation
            shall at any time after ________, 1996 declare or pay any dividend
            on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a
            subdivision (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a
            dividend in shares of Common Stock) or combination or consolidation
            of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser
            number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount
            to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled
            immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding
            sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction,
            the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
            outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of
            which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding
            immediately prior to such event.

                  (ii)      Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative
            on outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly
            Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issuance of such
            shares, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the
            record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which
            case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of
            issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly
            Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for
            determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
            entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly
            Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends
            shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend
            Payment Date.  Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest.
            Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an
            amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time
            accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a
            share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding.
            The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination
            of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive
            payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record
            date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the
            payment thereof.



                                        3 
<PAGE>



            (c)  VOTING RIGHTS.

            The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the
      following voting rights:

                   (i)      Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall
                  entitle the holder thereof to 10,000 votes on all matters
                  submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the corporation.
                  In the event the corporation shall at any time after
                  ___________, 1996 declare or pay any dividend on the Common
                  Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a
                  subdivision (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment
                  of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) or combination or
                  consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a
                  greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in
                  each such case the number of votes to which holders of shares
                  of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to
                  such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a
                  fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of
                  Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the
                  denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
                  that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

                  (ii)      Except as otherwise provided herein, in any other
                  Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights in respect
                  of a series of preferred stock (or any similar stock) of the
                  corporation, in the Amended and Restated Certificate of
                  Incorporation of the corporation, or by law, the holders of
                  shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares
                  of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the corporation
                  having general voting rights shall vote together as one class
                  on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the
                  corporation.

                 (iii)      Except as set forth herein, in the Amended and
                  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation or as
                  otherwise provided by law, holders of Series A Preferred Stock
                  shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall
                  not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to
                  vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for
                  taking any corporate action.

            (d)  CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.

                   (i)      Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or
                  distributions payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as
                  provided in Section 4.3(b) are in arrears, thereafter and
                  until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions,
                  whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock
                  outstanding shall have been paid in full, the corporation
                  shall not:

                         (1)      declare or pay dividends, or make any other
                        distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior
                        (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution
                        or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;


                                        4 
<PAGE>



                         (2)      declare or pay dividends, or make any other
                        distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a
                        parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation,
                        dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred
                        Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A
                        Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which
                        dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the
                        total amounts to which the holders of all such shares
                        are then entitled;

                         (3)      redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for
                        consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either
                        as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or
                        winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock, provided
                        that the corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or
                        otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in
                        exchange for shares of any stock of the corporation
                        ranking junior (both as to dividends and upon
                        liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A
                        Preferred Stock; or

                         (4)      purchase or otherwise acquire for
                        consideration any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or
                        any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series
                        A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase
                        offer made in writing or by publication (as determined
                        by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares
                        upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after
                        consideration of the respective annual dividend rates
                        and other relative rights and preferences of the
                        respective series and classes, shall determine in good
                        faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among
                        the respective series or classes.

                  (ii)      The corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of
                  the corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for
                  consideration any shares of stock of the corporation unless
                  the corporation could, under paragraph (e) of this Section
                  4.3, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time
                  and in such manner.

            (e)  REACQUIRED SHARES.

            Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock redeemed, purchased or
      otherwise acquired by the corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be
      retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof.  All such
      shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares
      of Preferred Stock without designation as to series and may be reissued as
      part of a new series of Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and
      restrictions on issuance set forth herein, in the Amended and Restated
      Certificate of Incorporation, or in any other Certificate of Designation,
      Preferences and Rights in respect of a series of preferred stock (or any
      similar stock) of the corporation, or as otherwise required by law.



                                        5 
<PAGE>



            (f)  LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.

            Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the corporation,
      no distribution shall be made to (1) the holders of shares of Common Stock
      or any other stock ranking junior to the Series A Preferred Stock upon
      liquidation, distribution or winding up, unless, prior thereto, the
      holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received $1.00
      per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and
      distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such
      payment; provided that the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock
      shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share, subject to the
      provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 10,000 times the
      aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares of
      Common Stock, or (2) to the holders of shares of stock ranking on a parity
      with the Series A Preferred Stock upon liquidation, dissolution or winding
      up, except distributions made ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and
      all such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the
      holders of all such shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution
      or winding up.  In the event the corporation shall at any time after
      ________, 1996 declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in
      shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision (by reclassification or
      otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) or
      combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock
      into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each
      such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Series A
      Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the
      proviso in clause (1) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by
      multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
      number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event
      and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that
      were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

            (g)  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC.

            In the event the corporation shall enter into any consolidation,
      merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common
      Stock are exchanged for or converted or changed into other stock or
      securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such event proper
      provision shall be made so that each share of Series A Preferred Stock
      shall at the same time be similarly exchanged for or converted or changed
      into an amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment
      hereinafter set forth, equal to 10,000 times the aggregate amount of
      stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as
      the case may be, for which or into which each share of Common Stock is
      exchanged for or converted or changed.  In the event the corporation shall
      at any time after ________, 1996 declare or pay any dividend on the Common
      Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision (by
      reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of
      Common Stock) or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of
      Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock,
      then in each such event the amount set forth in the preceding sentence
      with respect to the exchange or conversion or change of shares of Series A
      Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a
      fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock
      outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is
      the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately
      prior to such event.



                                        6 
<PAGE>



            (h)  NO REDEMPTION.

            Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

            (i)  AMENDMENT.

            This Section 4.3 shall not be amended in any manner that would
      materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of
      the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the
      affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding
      shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

      4.4  COMMON STOCK.  The shares of Common Stock of the corporation shall
be identical in all respects and shall have equal rights and privileges.  The
holders of Common Stock shall have one vote per share of Common Stock on all
matters on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote.

      4.5  NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.  No holder of stock of any class of the
corporation, whether now or hereafter authorized or issued, shall be entitled as
such, as a matter of right, to subscribe for or purchase any part of any new or
additional issue of stock of any class whatsoever, or of any securities
convertible into stock of any class, or any character or to which are attached
or with which are issued warrants or rights to purchase any such stock, whether
now or hereafter authorized, issued or sold, or whether issued for money,
property or services, or by way of dividend or otherwise, or any right or
subscription to any thereof, other than such, if any, as the board of directors
in its direction may from time to time fix, pursuant to authority hereby
conferred upon it; and any shares of stock or convertible obligations with
warrants or rights to purchase any such stock, which the board of directors may
determine to offer for subscription, may be sold without being first offered to
any of the holders of the stock of the corporation of any class or classes or
may, as such board of directors shall determine, be offered to holders of any
class or classes of stock exclusively or to the holders of all classes of stock,
and if offered to more than one class of stock, in such proportions as between
such classes of stock as the board of directors, in its discretion, may
determine.

                                  ARTICLE V.

                          PLACE OF BOOKS AND RECORDS;
                        STOCKHOLDER INSPECTION RIGHTS

      5.1  PLACE OF BOOKS AND RECORDS.  The stockholders and directors shall
have power to hold their meetings and keep the books, documents and papers of
the corporation outside the State of Delaware, at such places as may be from
time to time designated by the Bylaws or by resolution of the stockholders or
directors.

      5.2  STOCKHOLDER INSPECTION RIGHTS.  The Bylaws shall determine whether
and to what extent the accounts and books of this corporation, or any of them,
shall be open to the inspection of the stockholders; and no stockholder shall
have any right of inspecting any account, book, or document of this corporation,
except as conferred by law or the Bylaws, or by resolution of the stockholders
or directors.



                                        7 
<PAGE>



                                 ARTICLE VI.

                                   EXISTENCE

      The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

                                 ARTICLE VII.

                      LIMITED LIABILITY OF SHAREHOLDERS

      The private property of the stockholders shall not be subject to the
payment of the corporate debts to any extent whatsoever.

                                ARTICLE VIII.

                             BOARD OF DIRECTORS

      8.1 NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  Except as otherwise fixed by or pursuant to
the provisions of Article IV hereof relating to the rights of the holders of any
class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to
dividends or upon liquidation to elect additional directors under specified
circumstances, the number of the directors of the corporation shall be fixed
from time to time by or pursuant to the Bylaws of the corporation.

      8.2  CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The directors, other than those who
may be elected by the holders of any class or series of stock having a
preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, shall be
classified, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into
three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, as shall be provided in
the manner specified in the Bylaws of the corporation, one class to be
originally elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to
be held in 1997, another class to be originally elected for a term expiring at
the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1998, and another class to be
originally elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders in
1999, with each class to hold office until its successor is elected and
qualified.  At each annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, the
successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be
elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders
held in the third year following the year of their election.

      8.3  ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINATIONS.  Advance notice of
stockholder nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the
manner provided in the Bylaws of the corporation.

      8.4  INCREASE IN NUMBER OF DIRECTORS; VACANCIES.  Except as otherwise
provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof
relating to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a
preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect
directors under specified circumstances, newly created directorships resulting
from any increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the board of
directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other
cause shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining
directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the board of
directors.  Any directors elected in accordance with the preceding sentence
shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors
in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such
director's successor shall have been elected and qualified.  No decrease in the
number of directors constituting the board of directors shall shorten the term
of any incumbent director.


                                        8 
<PAGE>



      8.5  REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.  Subject to the rights of any class or series
of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon
liquidation to elect directors under specified circumstances, any director may
be removed from office, with or without cause and only by the affirmative vote
of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the
power of all the shares of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors, voting together as a single class.

      8.6  AMENDMENT OF ARTICLE VIII.  Notwithstanding anything contained in
this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent
voting (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all the shares of the corporation
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall
be required to alter, amend or adopt any provisions inconsistent with or repeal
this Article VIII.

      8.7  WRITTEN BALLOTS.  Election of directors need not be by written
ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

                                 ARTICLE IX.

                                  COMPROMISE

      Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this
corporation or its creditors or any class of them and/or between this
corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable
jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary
way of this corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the
application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under
the provisions of Section 291 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or on the
application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed
for this corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or
the stockholders or class of stockholders of this corporation, as the case may
be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs.  If a majority in
number representing seventy five percent (75%) in value of the creditors or
class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this
corporation, as the case may be, agrees to any compromise or arrangement and to
any reorganization of this corporation as consequence of such compromise or
arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization
shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made,
be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the
stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may be,
and also on this corporation.

                                  ARTICLE X.

                   TRANSACTIONS WITH OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

      The corporation may enter into contracts or transact business with one
or more of its officers or directors, or with any firms of which one or more of
its directors is a member, or may invest its funds in the securities of and may
enter into contracts, or transact business with any corporation or association
in which any one or more of its officers or directors is a stockholder, officer
or director, and in the absence of bad faith, or unfair dealing, such contract
or transaction or investment shall not be invalidated or to any extent affected
by the fact that any such officer or officers or any such director or directors
has or may have interests that are or might be adverse to the interests of the
corporation, provided that the remaining directors are sufficient in number to
ratify and approve the transaction.



                                        9 
<PAGE>



                                 ARTICLE XI.

                               INDEMNIFICATION

      Every director, officer or employee of the corporation shall be
indemnified by the corporation against all expenses and liabilities, including
counsel fees, reasonably incurred by or imposed upon him in connection with any
proceeding to which he may be made a party, or in which he may become involved,
by reason of his being or having been a director, officer or employee of the
corporation, or any settlement thereof, whether or not he is a director, officer
or employee at the time such expenses are incurred or liability incurred, except
in such cases where the director, officer or employee is adjudged guilty of
willful misfeasance or malfeasance in the performance of his duties; provided
that in the event of a settlement the indemnification herein shall apply only
when the board of directors approves such settlement and reimbursement as being
for the best interests of the corporation.  The foregoing right of
indemnification shall be in addition to and not exclusive of all other rights to
which such director, officer or employee may be entitled.

                                 ARTICLE XII.

                    REQUIRED VOTE FOR CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

      The affirmative vote of the holders of shares representing not less than
sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the 
corporation shall be required for the approval of any proposal for the 
corporation to reorganize, merge, or consolidate with any other corporation, 
or sell, lease, or exchange substantially all of its assets or business.  The 
amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article XII, or any portion hereof, 
shall require the approval of the holders of shares representing at least 
sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of the 
corporation.

                                ARTICLE XIII.

              LIMITATION ON STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

    Notwithstanding the provisions of Article XII, any action required or
permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at
a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected
by any consent in writing by such holders, except that an amendment to this
Certificate of Incorporation in order to change the name of the corporation may
be approved without a meeting, by consent in writing of the holders of the
outstanding stock of the corporation having not less than the minimum number of
votes that would be necessary to approve such amendment at a meeting at which
all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted pursuant to the
provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Except as
otherwise required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any class
or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or
upon liquidation, special meetings of stockholders of the corporation may be
called only by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a
majority of the entire board of directors.  Notwithstanding anything contained
in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the
affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent
entitled to vote (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all the shares of the
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall
be required to alter, amend or adopt any provision inconsistent with or repeal
this Article XIII.



                                        10 
<PAGE>



                                 ARTICLE XIV.

                                  AMENDMENTS

      14.1 CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION.This corporation reserves the right to
amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter set forth
herein or, in the absence of specific provision herein, in the manner prescribed
in the statutes of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred on officers,
directors and stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

      14.2 AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS.  The board of directors shall have power to
make, alter, amend and repeal the Bylaws of the corporation (except insofar as
the Bylaws of the corporation adopted by the stockholders shall otherwise
provide).  Any Bylaws made by the directors under the powers conferred hereby
may be altered, amended or repealed by the directors or by the stockholders.
Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything contained in this Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of
the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting
power of all the shares of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to
alter, amend or adopt any provision inconsistent with or repeal this Article
XIV.

                                 ARTICLE XV.

                     LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

      No person shall be personally liable to the corporation or its
stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director;
provided, however, that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability
of a director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under
Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction
from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.  If the Delaware
General Corporation Law is amended hereafter to authorize corporate action
further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the
liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the
fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article XV shall not adversely
affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing
hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment,
repeal or modification.

                                 ARTICLE XVI.

                                 SEVERABILITY

      In the event that any of the provisions of this Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation (including any provision within a single section,
paragraph or sentence) is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be
invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions are severable
and shall remain enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

      THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the
corporation, for the purpose of amending and restating the Certificate of
Incorporation of the corporation pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation
Law, does make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this


                                        11 
<PAGE>



is the act and deed of the corporation and that the facts herein stated are
true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand as of this ___________ day of
_____________, 1996.


                              ----------------------------------------
                              Parris H. Holmes, Jr., Chairman


                              ATTEST:


                              ----------------------------------------
                                                , Secretary
                              ------------------



                                        12 

<PAGE>

- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------







                                    BYLAWS

                                      OF

                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.

                           (a Delaware corporation)


                                                                             





- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>



                                    BYLAWS

                                      OF

                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                           (a Delaware Corporation)
                      __________________________________

                                  ARTICLE I.

                                   OFFICES

      1.1 The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of
New Castle, State of Delaware.

      1.2   The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both
within and without the State of Delaware as the board of directors may from time
to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.


                                 ARTICLE II.

                             STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS

      2.1 The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed,
from time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting
shall be held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the
Corporation, and each successive annual meeting shall be held on a date within
thirteen months after the date of the preceding annual meeting.  A special
meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.

      2.2 All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall
be held at such place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be
designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the notice
of the meeting.  Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at
such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated
in the notice of the meetings or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

      2.3 Annual meetings may be called by the directors or by any officer
instructed by the directors to call the meeting.  Special meetings may be called
only as provided by Section 10.1 of Article X of these Bylaws.

      2.4 Written notice of all meetings shall be given, stating the place,
date and hour of the meeting and stating the place within the city or other
municipality or community at which the list of stockholders of the Corporation
may be examined.  The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting
is called for the election of directors and for the transaction of other
business that may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other
action which could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual
meeting) state the purpose or


                                        1 
<PAGE>



purposes.  The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances state the
purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  The notice of any meeting
shall also include, or be accompanied by, any additional statements,
information, or documents prescribed by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law, a copy of
the notice of any meeting shall be given, personally or by mail, not less than
ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, unless the
lapse of the prescribed period of time shall have been waived, and directed to
each stockholder at his record address or at such other address that he may have
furnished by request in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation.  Notice by
mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid,
in the United States mail.  If a meeting is adjourned to another time, not more
than thirty days hence, and/or to another place, and if an announcement of the
adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to
give notice of the adjourned meeting unless the directors, after adjournment,
fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.  Notice need not be given to
any stockholder who submits a written waiver signed by him or her before or
after the time stated therein.  Attendance of a stockholder at a meeting of
stockholders shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when
the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the
beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting
is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at,
nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be
specified in any written waiver of notice.

      2.5 Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be
limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

      2.6 The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation
shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders,
a complete list of the stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing
the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name
of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any
stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business
hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place
within the city or other municipality or community where the meeting is to be
held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be
produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time
thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  The stock
ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to
examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of the
Corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.

      2.7 Meetings of the stockholders shall be presided over by one of the
following officers in the order of seniority and if present and acting - the
Chairperson of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any, the
Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice-President, or, if none of the
foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairperson to be chosen by
the stockholders.  The Secretary of the Corporation, or in his absence, an
Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the
Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the chairperson of the meeting
shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.



                                        2 
<PAGE>



      2.8 Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for
him by proxy in all matters in which a stockholder is entitled to participate,
whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a meeting,
or expressing consent or dissent without a meeting.  Every proxy must be signed
by the stockholder or by his attorney-in-fact.  No proxy shall be voted or acted
upon after three years from its date unless such proxy provides for a longer
period.  A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it means that it is
irrevocable and, if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest
sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power.  A proxy may be made
irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an
interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

      2.9 The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint
one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment
thereof.  If an inspector or inspectors are not appointed, the person presiding
at the meeting may, but need not, appoint one or more inspectors.  In case any
person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy
may be filled by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or
at the meeting by the person presiding thereat.  Each inspector, if any, before
entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath
faithfully to execute the duties of inspectors at such meeting with strict
impartiality and according to the best of his ability.  The inspectors, if any,
shall determine the number of shares of stock outstanding and the voting power
of each, the shares of stock represented at the meeting, the existence of a
quorum, the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or
consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection
with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents,
determine the result, and do such acts as are proper to conduct the election or
vote with fairness to all stockholders.  On request of the person presiding at
the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall make a report in writing
of any challenge, question or matter determined by him, her or them and execute
a certificate of any fact so found.

      2.10 The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock
entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy,
shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders for the transaction of
any business.  The stockholders present may adjourn the meeting despite the
absence of a quorum.

      2.11 When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of
a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by
proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question
is one upon which, by express provision of the statutes or of the Certificate of
Incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision
shall govern and control the decision of such question.


                                 ARTICLE III.

                                  DIRECTORS

      3.1 The business of the Corporation shall be managed by its board of
directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such
lawful acts and things as are


                                        3 
<PAGE>



not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws
directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.  The use of
the phrase "whole board of directors" herein refers to the total number of
directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

      3.2 A director need not be stockholder, a citizen of the United States,
or a resident of the State of Delaware.  Except as otherwise fixed by or
pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation
relating to the rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a
preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect
additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of the directors
of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors,
but shall not be less than three.

      The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any
class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to
dividends or upon liquidation, shall be classified, with respect to the time for
which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in number
as possible, as determined by the board of directors of the Corporation, one
class to be originally elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of
stockholders to be held in 1997, another class to be originally elected for a
term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1998, and
another class to be originally elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting
of stockholders to be held in 1999, with each class to hold office until its
successors is elected and qualified.  At each annual meeting of the stockholders
of the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires
at that meeting  shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the
annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of
their election.  Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of
directors shall be given in the manner provided in Section 3.13 of this Article
III of these Bylaws.

      3.3 Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the
provisions of Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation relating to the
rights of the holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over
the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to elect directors under
specified circumstances, newly created directorships resulting from any increase
in the number of directors and any vacancies on the board of directors resulting
from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause shall be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in
office, even though less than a quorum of the board of directors.  Any directors
elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the
remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the new
directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such director's
successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.  No decrease in the number
of directors constituting the board of directors shall shorten the term of any
incumbent director.  Subject to the rights of any class or series of stock
having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation to
elect directors under specified circumstances, any director may be removed from
office, with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at
least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all the
shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors, voting together as a single class.



                                        4 
<PAGE>



      3.4 The board of directors shall choose from among the directors a
Chairperson of the Board and a Vice-Chairperson of the Board.  Unless otherwise
provided in the resolution choosing him or her, the Chairperson of the Board and
the Vice-Chairperson of the Board shall be chosen for a term that shall continue
until the meeting of the board of directors following the next annual meeting of
stockholders and until his or her successor shall have been chosen and
qualified.

                        THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

      3.5 The Chairperson of the Board shall preside at all meetings of
stockholders and directors.

                      THE VICE-CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

      3.6 The Vice-Chairperson of the Board shall preside at meetings of
stockholders and directors if the Chairperson of the Board is absent or unable
to serve as chairperson at any such meeting.

                            MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS

      3.7 Meetings shall be held at such time as the board of directors shall
fix, except that the first meeting of a newly elected board of directors shall
be held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.

      3.8 Meetings shall be held at such place within or without the State of
Delaware as shall be fixed by the board of directors.

      3.9 No call shall be required for regular meetings for which the time
and place have been fixed.  Special meetings may be called by or at the
direction of the Chairperson of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the
Board, if any, of the President, or of the Secretary on the written request of
any two directors.  Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the
meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than forty-eight
(48) hours before the date of the meeting, by telephone or telegraph not less
than twenty-four (24) hours notice before the date of the meeting, or on such
shorter notice as the person or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary
or appropriate in the circumstances.

      3.10 No notice shall be required for regular meetings for which the time
and place have been fixed.  Notice need not be given to any director or to any
member of a committee of directors who submits a written waiver of notice signed
by him before or after the time stated therein.  Attendance of any such person
at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when he
attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the
meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully
called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose
of, any regular or special meeting of the directors need be specified in any
notice or written waiver of notice.



                                        5 
<PAGE>



      3.11 A majority of the whole board of directors shall constitute a quorum
except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a majority
of the directors in office shall constitute a quorum, provided, that such
majority shall constitute at least one third of the whole board of directors.  A
majority of the directors present, whether or not a quorum is present, may
adjourn a meeting to another time and place.  Except as otherwise specifically
provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, and except as otherwise
provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the vote of the majority of
the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act
of the board of directors.  The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall
not be construed as conflicting with any provisions of the Delaware General
Corporation Law or these Bylaws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill
vacancies and newly created directorships in the board of directors or action of
disinterested directors.

      Any member or members of the board of directors, or of any committee
designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the board
of directors, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference
telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons
participating in the meeting can hear each other.

      3.12 The Chairperson of the Board, if any and if present and acting,
shall preside at all meetings.  Otherwise, the Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if
any and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any
other director chosen by the board of directors, shall preside.

                                  COMMITTEES

      3.13 Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the
board of directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if
all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in
writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings
of the board or committee.

      3.14 The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of
the whole board of directors, designate one or more committees, each committee
to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The board of
directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any
committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of
the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of any member of any such
committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting
and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he, she or they constitute a
quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act
at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such
committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the board of directors,
shall have and may exercise the powers and authority of the board of directors
in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation with the
exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section 141
of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and may authorize the seal of the
Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it.



                                        6 
<PAGE>



                                COMPENSATION

      3.15 The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at
each meeting of the board of directors and may be paid a fixed sum for
attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and/or a stated salary or
other compensation as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director
from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation
therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like
compensation for attending committee meetings.

                                 NOMINATION

      3.16 Subject to the rights of holders of any class or series of stock
having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation,
nominations for the election of directors may be made by the board of directors
or a proxy committee appointed by the board of directors or by any stockholder
entitled to vote in the election of directors.  However, any stockholder
entitled to vote in the election of directors at a meeting may nominate a
director only if written notice of such stockholder's intent to make such
nomination or nominations has been given, either by personal delivery or by
United States mail, postage prepaid, to the Secretary of the Corporation not
later than (i) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of
stockholders, ninety days in advance of the date established by the Bylaws for
the holding of such meeting, and (ii) with respect to an election to be held at
a special meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, the close of
business on the seventh day following the date on which notice of such meeting
is first given to stockholders.  Each such notice shall set forth (a) the name
and address of the stockholder who intends to make the nomination and of the
person or persons to be nominated; (b) a representation that the stockholder is
a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at each meeting
and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the
person or persons specified in the notice; (c) a description of all arrangements
or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person
or person (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or
nominations are to be made by the stockholder; (d) such other information
regarding each nominee proposed by such stockholder as would be required to be
included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission, had the nominee been nominated or intended
to be nominated, by the board of directors; and (e) the consent of each nominee
to serve as a director of the Corporation if so elected.  The chairperson of the
meeting may refuse to acknowledge the nomination of any person not made in
compliance with the foregoing procedure.

                            STOCKHOLDER PROPOSAL

      3.17 Any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors and
who/which meets the requirements of the proxy rules under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, may submit to the directors proposals to be
considered for submission to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote.
The introduction of any stockholder proposal that the directors decide should be
voted on by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be made by notice in
writing delivered or mailed by first-class United States mail, postage prepaid,
to the Secretary of the Corporation, and received by the Secretary not less than
(i) with respect to any proposal


                                        7 
<PAGE>



to be introduced at an annual meeting of stockholders, one hundred and twenty
days in advance of the date of the Corporation's proxy statement released to
stockholders in connection with the previous year's annual meeting, and (ii)
with respect to any proposal to be introduced at a special meeting of
stockholders, the close of business on the seventh day following the date on
which notice of such meeting is first given to stockholders.  Each such notice
shall set forth: (a) the name and address of the stockholder who intends to make
the proposal and the text of the proposal to be introduced; (b) the class and
number of shares of stock held of record, owned beneficially and represented by
proxy by such stockholder as of the record date for the meeting (if such date
shall then have been made publicly available) and as of the date of such notice;
and (c) a representation that the stockholder intends to appear in person or by
proxy at the meeting to introduce the proposal or proposals, specified in the
notice.  The Chairperson of the meeting may refuse to acknowledge the
introduction of any stockholder proposal not made in compliance with the
foregoing procedure.


                                 ARTICLE IV.

                                   NOTICES

      4.1 Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate
of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any
director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but
such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or
stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation,
with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the
time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Notice to
directors may also be given by telegram.

      4.2 Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of
the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a waiver
thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice,
whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent
thereto.


                                  ARTICLE V.

                                   OFFICERS

      5.1 The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive
Officer, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary,
expedient, or desirable by the board of directors, an Executive Vice-President,
one or more other Vice-Presidents, one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or
more Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers with such titles as the
resolution of the board of directors choosing them shall designate.  Any number
of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.

      5.2 Unless otherwise provided in the resolution choosing him or her,
each officer shall be chosen for a term that shall continue until the meeting of
the board of directors following the


                                        8 
<PAGE>



next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall have
been chosen and qualified.

      5.3 All officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and
perform such duties in the management and operation of the Corporation as shall
be prescribed in the resolutions of the board of directors designating and
choosing such officers and prescribing their authority and duties, and shall
have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except
to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith.  The
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation shall record all of the
proceedings of all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors
and committees of directors, and shall exercise such additional authority and
perform such additional duties as the board of directors shall assign to him or
her.  Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the board of
directors.  Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the board of directors.

                           CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

      5.4  The Chief Executive Officer shall be the head of the Corporation
and shall have general and active supervision of the business of the Corporation
and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are
carried into effect and shall be responsible to the board of directors for the
execution of such duties and powers. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the
absence or inability to act of the Chairperson of the Board and Vice-Chairperson
of the Board, assume and carry out all responsibilities set forth with respect
to such Chairperson of the Board and Vice-Chairperson of the Board.

                                THE PRESIDENT

      5.5 The President shall be the chief operating officer of the
Corporation. The President shall, in the absence or inability to act of the
Chief Executive Officer, assume and carry out all responsibilities set forth
with respect to such Chief Executive Officer.

      5.6 The Chief Executive Officer or the President shall execute bonds,
mortgages, and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the
Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed
and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be
expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of
the Corporation.

                             THE VICE PRESIDENTS

      5.7 Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents,
and Assistant Vice Presidents shall have duties and powers as the board of
directors may designate.

                   THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

      5.8       The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of
directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of
the meetings of the Corporation and of the board of directors in a book to be
kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties


                                        9 
<PAGE>



for the standing committees when required.  The Secretary shall give, or cause
to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of
the board of directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed
by the board of directors or President, under whose supervision the Secretary
shall be.  The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the
Corporation and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority
to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be
attested by his or her signature or by the signature of such assistant.  The
board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the
seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his or her signature.

      5.9 The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant
Secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the
absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the
powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other
person as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

                    THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURER

      5.10 The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and
securities and shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name
and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated
by the board of directors.

      5.11 The Treasurer shall have the authority to invest the normal funds of
the Corporation in the purchase and acquisition and to sell and otherwise
dispose of these investments upon such terms as the Treasurer may deem desirable
and advantageous, and shall, upon request, render to the President and the
directors an accounting of all such normal investment transactions.

      5.12 The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be
ordered by the board of directors, taking proper vouchers for such
disbursements, and shall render to the President and the board of directors, at
its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account of
all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the
Corporation.

      5.13 If required by the board of directors, the Treasurer shall give the
Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with
such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for
the faithful performance of the duties of his or her office and for the
restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement,
or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other
property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to
the Corporation.

      5.14 The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the
Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors, shall,
in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise
the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such
other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.


                                        10 
<PAGE>



      5.15 The controller shall keep the Corporation's accounting records and
shall prepare accounting reports of the operating results as required by the
board of directors and governmental authorities.  The controller shall establish
systems of internal control and accounting procedures for the protection of the
Corporation's assets and funds.


                                 ARTICLE VI.

                            CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

      6.1 Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a
certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chief Executive
Officer, or the President or a Vice-President, and by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary, or by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the
Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the Corporation.
All certificates shall also be signed by a transfer agent and by a registrar.

      6.2 All signatures that appear on the certificate may be facsimile
including, without limitation, signatures of officers of the Corporation or the
signatures of the stock transfer agent or registrar.  In case any officer,
transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been
placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent
or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the
Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer
agent or registrar at the date of issue.

      6.3 If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class
of stock or more than one series of any class, the designations, preferences,
and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of
stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of
such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the
face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent
such class or series of stock; provided, however, that except as otherwise
provided in Section 202 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, in lieu of the
foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the
certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series
of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge, to each
stockholder who so requests, the designations, preferences, and relative,
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series
thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences
and/or rights.

                              LOST CERTIFICATES

      6.4 The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates
to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by
the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making
of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to
be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate
or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a
condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost,
stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to
advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the
Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against


                                        11 
<PAGE>



any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the
certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

                             TRANSFERS OF STOCK

      6.5 Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation
only by direction of the person named in the certificate or such person's
attorney, lawfully constituted in writing, and only upon the surrender of the
certificate therefor and a written assignment of the shares evidenced thereby,
which certificate shall be cancelled before the new certificate is issued.

                             FIXING RECORD DATE

      6.6 In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders
entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any
adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing
without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other
distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in
respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any
other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date,
which shall not be less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more
than sixty days prior to any other action.  A determination of stockholders of
record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply
to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of
directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.  In order that
the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate
action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record
date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution
fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date
shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing
the record date is adopted by the board of directors.  If no record date has
been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining the
stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a
meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by the
Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be the first date on which a signed
written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is
delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State
of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the
Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of
stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the corporation's registered office
shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior action by
the board of directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the
record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action
in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on
which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.  In
order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive
payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the
stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change,
conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action,
the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not
precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted,
and which record date shall be not more than sixty days nor less than ten days
prior to such action.  If no record date is


                                        12 
<PAGE>



fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall
be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts
the resolution relating thereto.

                           REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

      6.7 The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right
of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends,
and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person
registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on
the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other
notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of
Delaware.

                          MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS

      6.8 As used herein in respect of the right to notice of a meeting of
stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent
or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term "share"
or "shares" or "share of stock" or "shares of stock" or "stockholder" or
"stockholders" refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder
or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock when the Corporation is
authorized to issue only one class of shares of stock, and said reference is
also intended to include any outstanding share or shares of stock and any holder
or holders of record of outstanding shares of stock of any class upon which or
upon whom the Certificate of Incorporation confers such rights where there are
two or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the
Delaware General Corporation Law confers such rights notwithstanding that the
Certificate of Incorporation may provide for more than one class or series of
shares of stock, one or more of which are limited or denied such rights
thereunder; provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an
increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any class
or series which is otherwise denied voting rights under the provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation, except as any provision of law may otherwise
require.


                                 ARTICLE VII.

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

                                  DIVIDENDS

      7.1 Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the
board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law.
Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the capital stock,
subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

      7.2 Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any
funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the
directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a
reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing


                                        13 
<PAGE>



dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or
for such other purpose as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of
the Corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the
manner in which it was created.

                              ANNUAL STATEMENT

      7.3 The board of directors shall present at each annual meeting and at
any special meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the
stockholders a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the
Corporation.

                                   CHECKS

      7.4 All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall
be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the
board of directors may from time to time designate.

                               CORPORATE SEAL

      7.5 The corporate seal shall be in such form as the board of directors
shall prescribe.

                                 FISCAL YEAR

      7.6 The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on September 30.


                                ARTICLE VIII.

                  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

      8.1 The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or
is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action,
suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
(other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the
fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if
such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed
to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe
such person's conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or
proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo
contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that
the person did not act in good faith and in a manner that such person reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and,
with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to
believe that such person's conduct was unlawful.


                                        14 
<PAGE>



      8.2 The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or
is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action
or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor
by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee
or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses
(including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in
connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person
acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or
not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no
indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to
which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation
unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of
Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine
upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all
the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court
shall deem proper.

      8.3 To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the
Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any
action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article
VIII, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be
indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by such person in connection therewith.  For purposes of determining
the reasonableness of any such expenses, a certification to such effect by any
member of the Bar of the State of Delaware, which member of the Bar may have
acted as counsel to any such director, officer or employee, shall be binding
upon the Corporation unless the Corporation establishes that the certification
was made in bad faith.

      8.4 Any indemnification under Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article VIII
(unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized
in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director,
officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because any such
person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and
8.2 of this Article VIII.  Such determination shall be made (1) by the board of
directors, by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not
parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such a quorum is not
obtainable, or even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so
directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the
stockholders.

      8.5 Expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an officer,
director, employee or agent of the Corporation in defending any civil, criminal,
administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding, shall be paid by the
Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or
proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director,
officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be
determined that any such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the
Corporation as authorized by this Article VIII.

      8.6 The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or
granted pursuant to, the other sections of this Article VIII shall not be deemed
exclusive of any other


                                        15 
<PAGE>



rights to which any person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses
may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or
disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's
official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such
office.

      8.7 The Corporation may but shall not be required to purchase and
maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability
asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any capacity, or
arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the Corporation
would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this
Article VIII.

      8.8 For purposes of this Article VIII, references to "the Corporation"
shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent
corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a
consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would
have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees
or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of
such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,
shall stand in the same position under this Article VIII with respect to the
resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to
such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

      8.9 For purposes of this Article VIII, references to "other enterprises"
shall include employee benefit plans; references to "fines" shall include any
excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and
references to "serving at the request of the Corporation" shall include any
service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which
imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or
agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or
beneficiaries, and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person
reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries
of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner "not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation" as referred to in this Article
VIII.

      8.10 The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or
granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when
authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs,
executors and administrators of such a person.

      8.11 This Article VIII shall be interpreted and construed to accord, as a
matter of right, to any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, the full measure of indemnification
and advancement of expenses permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law. 


                                        16 
<PAGE>



      8.12 Any person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses by
virtue of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation may seek to enforce the provisions of this Article VIII
by an action in law or equity in any court of the United States or any state or
political subdivision thereof having jurisdiction of the parties.  Without
limitation of the foregoing, it is specifically recognized that remedies
available at law may not be adequate if the effect thereof is to impose delay on
the immediate realization by any such person of the rights conferred by this
Article VIII.  Any costs incurred by any person in enforcing the provisions of
this Article VIII shall be an indemnifiable expense in the same manner and to
the same extent as other indemnifiable expenses under this Article VIII.

      8.13 No amendment, modification or repeal of this Article VIII shall have
the effect of or be construed to limit or adversely affect any claim to
indemnification or advancement of expenses made by any person who is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation with respect to any
statement of facts that existed prior to the date of such amendment,
modification or repeal.  Accordingly, any amendment, modification or repeal of
this Article VIII shall be deemed to have prospective application only and shall
not be applied retroactively.


                                 ARTICLE IX.

                               BYLAW AMENDMENTS

      9.1 Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, these
Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed at any regular meeting of the
stockholders (or at any special meeting thereof duly called for that purpose) by
a majority vote of the shares represented and entitled to vote at such meeting;
provided that in the notice of such special meeting notice of such purpose shall
be given.  Subject to the laws of the State of Delaware, the Certificate of
Incorporation and these Bylaws, the board of directors may by majority vote of
those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present amend these Bylaws, or
enact such other Bylaws as in their judgment may be advisable for the regulation
of the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, except that Sections 3.3 and
3.13 of Article III and Articles IX and X of the Bylaws may be amended only by
the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent
(66 2/3%) of the voting power of all the shares of the Corporation entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.


                                  ARTICLE X.

                              STOCKHOLDER ACTION

      10.1 Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of
the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of
such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders,
except that an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation
in order to change the name of the Corporation may be approved without a
meeting, by consent in writing of the holders of the outstanding


                                        17 
<PAGE>



stock of the Corporation having not less than the minimum number of votes that
would be necessary to approve such amendment at a meeting at which all shares
entitled to vote thereon were present and voted pursuant to the provisions of
Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.  Except as otherwise
required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series
of stock having a preferences over the Common Stock as to dividends or upon
liquidation, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called
only by the board of directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority
of the entire board of directors.

      I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a full, true, and correct copy of
the Bylaws of BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP., a Delaware corporation, as in
effect on the date hereof.

      WITNESS my hand and seal of the Corporation.



Dated:           , 1996                   --------------------------------
      -----------                         SECRETARY of BILLING INFORMATION
                                          CONCEPTS CORP.



(SEAL)



   
                                        18 

<PAGE>





                                                    Writer's Direct Dial Number:
                                                            (216) 696-2487



                                  ______, 1996




U.S. Long Distance Corp.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 100
San Antonio, Texas  78216

Billing Information Concepts Corp.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 400
San Antonio, Texas  78216




Ladies and Gentlemen:

     You have requested our opinion regarding the federal income tax
consequences of the distribution (the "Distribution") by U.S. Long Distance
Corp. ("USLD") of 100% of the outstanding capital stock (the "Billing Stock") of
Billing Information Concepts Corp., a wholly-owned subsidiary of USLD
("Billing"), to the holders of outstanding shares of common stock of USLD ("USLD
Stock").  Specifically, you have requested our opinion whether for federal
income tax purposes any income, gain or loss will be recognized by USLD,
Billing, or the USLD stockholders solely as a result of such Distribution.

     Subject to the qualifications and limitations described below, it is our
opinion that the Distribution will be a distribution of stock within the meaning
of section 355(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
and, if challenged by the Internal Revenue Service, it is more likely than not
that a court would so hold.  Accordingly, it is our opinion that for federal
income tax purposes:

     (1)  No gain or loss will be recognized by USLD or by Billing as a result
of the Distribution;

     (2)  No gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be required
to be included in the income of, the USLD stockholders as a result of the
receipt of the Billing Stock in the Distribution;

     (3)  The tax basis of the USLD Stock held by a USLD stockholder immediately
before the Distribution will be allocated
<PAGE>

between the USLD Stock and the Billing Stock received by such stockholder in the
Distribution based upon the relative fair market values of the USLD Stock and
the Billing Stock as of the date of the Distribution; and

     (4)  The holding period of the Billing Stock in the hands of a USLD
stockholder will include the period during which such stockholder held the USLD
Stock, provided the USLD Stock is held as a capital asset by such stockholder on
the date of the Distribution.

     In connection with rendering this opinion, we have examined and are relying
upon (without any independent investigation or review thereof) the truth and
accuracy, at all relevant times, of the statements, covenants, representations
and warranties contained in the following documents:

     1.   The Registration Statement on Form 10 of Billing (including
          Exhibits thereto) dated as of __________, 1996 and filed with the
          United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") ("Form
          10 Registration Statement");

     2.   The Information Statement on Schedule 14C of USLD filed with the
          SEC (including the Annexes and Exhibits thereto);

     3.   The Distribution Agreement between USLD and Billing dated
          _____________,1996;

     4.   Representations made to us by USLD and Billing as set forth in
          Officers' Certificates from Michael E. Higgins, Senior Vice
          president and Chief Financial Officer of USLD and Alan W.
          Saltzman, President of Billing (the "Officers' Certificates");

     5.   A "Best Interest of Shareholders" Opinion to the Board of
          Directors of USLD by Chicago Corporation dated _________, 1996;
          and

     6.   Such other instruments and documents related to the Distribution
          as we have deemed necessary or appropriate.

     In rendering the opinion, we have been advised of (and are specifically
relying upon) the following representations:

     (1)  Neither USLD nor Billing is under the jurisdiction of a court in a
Title 11 or similar case within the meaning of section 368(a)(3)(A) of the Code.
<PAGE>

     (2)  Each of USLD and Billing and the USLD stockholders will pay their own
expenses, if any, incurred in connection with the Distribution.

     (3)  After the Distribution, the same individuals will not serve as
officers of both USLD and Billing.  The Chairman of the Board of Directors of
USLD will not be an officer of USLD, but will be Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of Billing(the position of Chairman of the Board is not an
officer position in either corporation).  A majority of the members of the Board
of Directors of each of USLD and Billing will not be members of the other
corporation's Board.

     (4)  Immediately following the Distribution, USLD and Billing or their
respective subsidiaries will continue the conduct of their respective active
businesses, independently and with their own employees except as described in
the Officers' Certificates.  Each such active business will have been
continuously conducted for at least a five-year period ending on the date of the
Distribution and will not have been acquired within such five-year period in a
transaction in which gain or loss was recognized in whole or in part.

     (5)  Following the Distribution, at least 90% of the fair market value of
the gross assets of each of USLD and Billing will consist of (i) stock in
controlled corporations, which controlled corporations are engaged in the active
conduct of a trade or business or (ii) assets that are used in the active
conduct of a trade or business.

     (6)  There will be no indebtedness between USLD or its affiliates and
Billing or its affiliates immediately after the Distribution except as described
in the Officers' Certificates.  Any indebtedness between the two corporate
groups owned by USLD and Billing respectively after the Distribution will be
incurred only in the ordinary course of business and on an arm's length basis.

     (7)  Neither USLD nor Billing fit the description of an investment company
as set forth in section 368(a)(2)(F)(iii) and (iv) of the Code.

     (8)  The financial information contained in USLD's most recent Form 10-Q
and in the Form 10 Registration Statement is representative of the respective
business operations of USLD and Billing, and there have been no substantial
operational changes since the dates thereof.

     (9)  There is no current plan or intention on the part of USLD or Billing,
as applicable, to (i) liquidate USLD (or any of its subsidiaries) or Billing (or
any of its subsidiaries) subsequent to
<PAGE>

the Distribution, (ii) merge any of these corporations with another corporation
subsequent to the Distribution, or (iii) sell or otherwise dispose of their
respective assets or the stock or substantially all of the assets of their
respective subsidiaries subsequent to the Distribution, except, in each case, in
the ordinary course of business.

     (10) No part of the Billing Stock to be distributed by USLD in the
Distribution will be received by a USLD stockholder as a creditor or employee or
in any capacity other than that of a stockholder of USLD.

     (11) To the best knowledge of the management of USLD, the USLD stockholders
have no current plan or intent to sell, exchange, transfer by gift, or otherwise
dispose of, subsequent to the Distribution, any of their USLD Stock held as of
the date of the Distribution or any of their Billing Stock to be received in the
Distribution.  To the best knowledge of management of USLD, there is no person
who is directly or indirectly, or together with related persons, the owner of
five percent or more of any class of USLD stock and who actively participates in
the management or operations of USLD or Billing.

     (12) Payments made in connection with all continuing transactions between
USLD (or any of its subsidiaries) and Billing (or any of its subsidiaries) will
be for fair market value based upon terms and conditions arrived at by the
parties bargaining at arm's length.

     (13) Following the Distribution, it is anticipated that Billing will derive
no more than _________ percent (__%) of its gross revenues from the rendering of
services to or other transactions with USLD and/or any of USLD's affiliates.

     (14) Immediately prior to the Distribution, USLD will not have an excess
loss account (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-19(a)(2))
with respect to the Billing Stock that it then holds.  In addition, there are no
deferred intercompany transactions or deemed intercompany transactions as
described in Treasury Regulations issued under Code section 1502 (dealing with
consolidated federal income tax returns) which would trigger the recognition of
income for federal income tax purposes as a result of the Distribution.

     (15) The Board of Directors of USLD (the "Board") has considered the
Distribution and explored alternatives that might achieve the corporate business
purposes of USLD for undertaking the Distribution, and, after due consideration
and in accordance with advice received from third-party advisors, the Board has
determined that the business purposes of USLD cannot be achieved through an
<PAGE>

alternative nontaxable transaction which is neither impractical nor unduly
expensive and, accordingly, has approved the Distribution as the best means of
achieving such corporate business purposes.

     In addition to the representations and assumptions set forth above, this
opinion is subject to the exceptions, limitations and qualifications set forth
below.

     To be tax-free under the Internal Revenue Code, the Distribution must be
motivated by one or more corporate business purposes of USLD.  This means that
USLD must have identified one or more business purposes, germane to it (as
opposed to its stockholders) for the Distribution and that such business
purposes create an immediate need for the Distribution and cannot be achieved
through any suitable, nontaxable alternative arrangement.

     USLD has identified several business purposes for the Distribution.  These
include among others described in the Form 10 Registration Statement:

     (1)  addressing concerns from Billing's customers regarding the
          current relationship between USLD and Billing;


     (2)  better access to capital markets for Billing; and

     (3)  enhancing stockholder value for both USLD stockholders and, post
          Distribution, Billing stockholders.

Concerns of key customers and better access to capital markets have been
recognized by the Internal Revenue Service as legitimate business purposes but
enhancement of stockholder value has not been so recognized.  However, the Board
of USLD received an opinion from The Chicago Corporation, dated ______, 1996, to
the effect that the Distribution is in the best interest of USLD stockholders
from a financial point of view.  In light of this opinion, USLD has identified
the enhancement of stockholder value as one of the business purposes for the
Distribution.  We believe it is more likely than not that if challenged by the
Internal Revenue Service, USLD would prevail in its assertion that enhancement
of stockholder value is a legitimate corporate business purpose for the
Distribution.  In light of the foregoing, the fact that the Internal Revenue
Service does not consider the enhancement of stockholder value a corporate
business purpose does not alter our opinion expressed above concerning the tax
consequences of the Distribution.
<PAGE>

     On April 21, 1996 the Internal Revenue Service issued Revenue Procedure 96-
30 setting forth guidelines for obtaining an advance ruling that a spin-off
transaction meets the standards for tax-free treatment under Code section 355.
Included in the Revenue Procedure are detailed requirements for supporting
certain specified corporate business purposes (including customer concerns and
capital market access) for a spin-off transaction for purposes of obtaining an
advance ruling.  Neither USLD nor Billing have sought an advance ruling from the
Internal Revenue Service and the requirements set forth in Revenue Procedure 96-
30 are procedural guidelines for advance ruling purposes only and are not
substantive law requirements to establish a business purpose where a ruling is
not requested.  In addition, Appendix A to the Revenue Procedure states that the
failure of a transaction to meet these guidelines does not, in and of itself,
mean there is not a valid business purpose.  Therefore, while offering no
opinion on whether or not any specific requirements of the Revenue Procedure
would be met with respect to the Distribution, we have concluded that the
issuance of Revenue Procedure 96-30 does not affect or alter our opinion
expressed above concerning the tax consequences of the Distribution.

     This opinion represents and is based upon our best judgment regarding the
application of federal income tax laws, existing judicial decisions,
administrative regulations and published rulings and procedures as published as
of _____, 1996.  Our opinion is not binding upon the Internal Revenue Service or
the courts, and the Internal Revenue Service is not precluded from successfully
asserting a contrary position.  Only an advance ruling from the Internal Revenue
Service will give a taxpayer assurance as to the tax consequences of a
transaction such as the Distribution.  Furthermore, no assurance can be given
that future legislative, judicial or administrative changes, on either a
prospective or retroactive basis, would not adversely affect the accuracy of the
conclusions stated herein.  Nevertheless, we undertake no responsibility to
advise you of any new developments in the application or interpretation of the
federal income tax laws subsequent to _____, 1996.

     This opinion addresses only the specific tax consequences set forth above,
and does not address any other federal, state, local or foreign tax consequences
that may result from the Distribution or any other transaction (including any
transaction undertaken in connection with the Distribution).  In particular, we
express no opinion regarding (i) the survival and/or availability, after the
Distribution, of any of the federal income tax attributes or elections of USLD
or Billing; and (ii) the tax consequences of any transaction in which an option
or other right to (a) acquire Billing stock was received or adjusted or (b)
acquire USLD stock was received or adjusted.
<PAGE>

     No opinion is expressed as to any transaction other than the Distribution.
No opinion is expressed as to any transaction whatsoever, including the
Distribution, if all the transactions described in the Billing Registration
Statement on Form 10 are not consummated in accordance with the terms thereof
and without departure from any material provision thereof or if all of the
representations, warranties, statements and assumptions upon which we have
relied are not true and accurate at all relevant times.  In the event any one of
the statements, representations, warranties or assumptions upon which we have
relied to issue this opinion is incorrect, our opinion might be adversely
affected and, therefore, may not be relied upon.

     This opinion is intended solely for your benefit.  It may not be relied
upon for any other purpose or by any other person or entity, and may not be made
available to any other person or entity without our prior written consent.  We
hereby consent to the inclusion of this opinion as an exhibit in the Billing
Registration Statement on Form 10 and to the references to our name therein in
the discussions entitled "Summary-Tax Consequences, Special Factors-Uncertainty
of Tax Consequences" or "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
Distribution" or in the summary thereof.

     We are members of the Bar of the State of Texas and, for purposes of this
opinion, we do not purport to be experts on the law of any jurisdiction other
than Texas and the United States of America.  We call your attention to the fact
that the opinion set forth in this letter is an expression of professional
judgment and not a guarantee of a result.

                              Very truly yours,

                              ARTER & HADDEN





<PAGE>



                            DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

                                    between

                           U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.

                                      and

                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.

                                 dated as of

                                _________, 1996






<PAGE>



                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS.....................................................  1
      Section 1.01.   General..............................................  1
      Section 1.02.   Terms Defined Elsewhere in Agreement.................  9

ARTICLE II. PRELIMINARY TRANSFERS..........................................  9
      Section 2.01.   Preliminary Transfers................................  9
      Section 2.02.   Transfers of Assets from Billing Group Subsidiaries 
                        to USLD or Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries... 10
      Section 2.03.   Transfers Not Effected Prior to the Distribution..... 10
      Section 2.04.   Cooperation Regarding Assets......................... 10
      Section 2.05.   No Representations or Warranties; Consents........... 11
      Section 2.06.   Preliminary Transfer................................. 11
      Section 2.07.   Cash Allocation; Cash Management..................... 12
      Section 2.08.   Cancellation of Net USLD Intercompany Payable........ 13

ARTICLE III. ASSUMPTION AND SATISFACTION OF LIABILITIES.................... 13
      Section 3.01.   Assumption and Satisfaction of Liabilities........... 13
      Section 3.02.   USLD and Billing Guarantees.......................... 13

ARTICLE IV. [RESERVED]..................................................... 14

ARTICLE V. OBLIGATIONS FOR NON-PLAN OPTIONS................................ 14
      Section 5.01.   Non-Plan Options Obligations......................... 14
      Section 5.02.   Adjustment of Exercise Price......................... 14
      Section 5.03.   Adjustment to Non-Plan Options Obligations........... 14
      Section 5.04.   Amendment to Non-Plan Option Agreement............... 14

ARTICLE VI. THE DISTRIBUTION............................................... 14
      Section 6.01.   Cooperation Prior to the Distribution................ 14
      Section 6.02.   USLD Board Action; Conditions Precedent to the
                        Distribution....................................... 15
      Section 6.03.   The Distribution..................................... 16
      Section 6.04.   Securities Filings................................... 16

ARTICLE VII. INDEMNIFICATION............................................... 16
      Section 7.01.   Indemnification by USLD.............................. 16
      Section 7.02.   Indemnification by Billing........................... 17
      Section 7.03.   Insurance Proceeds................................... 17
      Section 7.04.   Procedure for Indemnification........................ 17
      Section 7.05.   Remedies Cumulative.................................. 19
      Section 7.06.   Survival of Indemnities.............................. 19


                                    (i)
<PAGE>



ARTICLE VIII. CERTAIN ADDITIONAL MATTERS................................... 19
      Section 8.01.   Billing Board........................................ 19
      Section 8.02.   Resignations; USLD Board............................. 20
      Section 8.03.   Certificate and Bylaws............................... 20
      Section 8.04.   Certain Post-Distribution Transactions............... 20
      Section 8.05.   Billing Rights Plan.................................. 21
      Section 8.06.   Use of the "USLD" Name and the USLD Logo............. 21
      Section 8.07.   Noncompetition Agreement............................. 21

ARTICLE IX. ACCESS TO INFORMATION AND SERVICES............................. 22
      Section 9.01.   Provision of Corporate Records....................... 22
      Section 9.02.   Access to Information................................ 23
      Section 9.03.   Production of Witnesses.............................. 23
      Section 9.04.   Reimbursement........................................ 23
      Section 9.05.   Retention of Records................................. 24
      Section 9.06.   Confidentiality...................................... 24
      Section 9.07.   Privileged Matters................................... 24

ARTICLE X. INSURANCE....................................................... 26
      Section 10.01.  Policies and Rights Included Within the Billing 
                        Group Assets....................................... 26
      Section 10.02.  Post-Distribution Date Claims........................ 26
      Section 10.03.  Administration and Reserves.......................... 27
      Section 10.04.  Agreement for Waiver of Conflict and Shared Defense.. 27

ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS.................................................. 28
      Section 11.01.  Complete Agreement; Construction..................... 28
      Section 11.02.  Expenses............................................. 28
      Section 11.03.  Governing Law........................................ 28
      Section 11.04.  Notices.............................................. 28
      Section 11.05.  Amendments........................................... 29
      Section 11.06.  Successors and Assigns............................... 29
      Section 11.07.  Termination.......................................... 29
      Section 11.08.  Subsidiaries......................................... 29
      Section 11.09.  No Third-Party Beneficiaries......................... 29
      Section 11.10.  Titles and Headings.................................. 29
      Section 11.11.  Exhibits and Schedules............................... 29
      Section 11.12.  Legal Enforceability................................. 29
      Section 11.13.  Arbitration of Disputes.............................. 29
      Section 11.14.  Prompt Action........................................ 30
      Section 11.15.  Applicability to Related Agreements.................. 30

INDEX OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES............................................ 32


                                      (ii)
<PAGE>



                           DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT



      This DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of this ____ day
of _____________, 1996, between U.S. Long Distance Corp., a Delaware corporation
("USLD"), and Billing Information Concepts Corp., a Delaware corporation and
wholly-owned subsidiary of USLD ("Billing").

                                  RECITALS

      WHEREAS, USLD, through its subsidiaries, (i) provides direct dial long
distance services, primarily to commercial customers, and operator services for
the hospitality and private pay phone industries (the "Telecommunications
Group") and (ii) provides billing clearinghouse and information management
services for other direct dial long distance and operator services companies and
for information providers, equipment suppliers and other telecommunication
services providers (the "Billing Group").

      WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of USLD has determined that it is in the
best interests of USLD and the stockholders of USLD to separate the
Telecommunications Group and the Billing Group, and, in order to effect such
separation, to cause certain USLD subsidiaries conducting the business of the
Billing Group to merge with and into two wholly owned subsidiaries of Billing
and for the Telecommunications Group to transfer to Billing certain assets and
liabilities relating principally to the Billing Group, and for the Billing Group
to transfer to USLD and/or the Telecommunications Group certain assets and
liabilities not relating principally to the Billing Group (the "Preliminary
Transfers"), and thereafter to distribute all of the outstanding shares of
common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Billing to the holders of USLD Common
Stock (the "Distribution");

      WHEREAS, in connection with the Distribution, Billing and USLD have
determined that it is necessary and desirable to set forth the principal
transactions required to effect the Distribution, and to set forth the
agreements that will govern certain matters following the Distribution.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and
covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties hereby agree as follows:

                                  ARTICLE I.

                                 DEFINITIONS

      Section 1.01.   GENERAL.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms
shall have the following meanings.



                                        1 
<PAGE>



            ACTION:  Any action, claim, suit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding
or investigation by or before any court, any government or other regulatory or
administrative agency or commission or any arbitration tribunal.

            AFFILIATE:  Means, with respect to any specified Person, any other
Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under direct or
indirect common control with, such specified Person.  For purposes of this
definition, "control," when used with respect to any Person, means the power to
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" shall have meanings correlative to
the foregoing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the Affiliates of USLD shall
not include Billing, the Billing Group Subsidiaries or any other Person that
otherwise would be an Affiliate of USLD by reason of USLD's ownership of the
capital stock of Billing prior to the Distribution or the fact that any officer
or director of Billing or any of the Billing Group Subsidiaries shall also serve
as an officer or director of USLD or any of the Telecommunications Group
Subsidiaries, and (ii) the Affiliates of Billing shall not include USLD, the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries or any other Person that otherwise would
be an Affiliate of Billing by reason of USLD's ownership of the capital stock of
Billing prior to the Distribution or the fact that any officer or director of
Billing or any of the Billing Group Subsidiaries shall also serve as an officer
or director of USLD or any of the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries.

            AGENT:   Montreal Trust Company of Canada, as distribution agent
appointed by USLD to distribute the Billing Common Stock pursuant to the
Distribution.

            BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT MATTERS ALLOCATION AGREEMENT:  The
Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement between Billing and
USLD, which agreement shall be entered into on or prior to the Distribution Date
in substantially the form of EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

            BILLING BOARD:  The Board of Directors of Billing.

            BILLING BOOKS AND RECORDS:  The books and records (including
computerized records) of Billing and the Billing Group Subsidiaries and any
other books and records of USLD's Subsidiaries that relate principally to the
Billing Group, are necessary to conduct the Billing Group Business, or are
required by law to be retained by Billing or a Billing Group Subsidiary,
including, without limitation, all such books and records relating to Billing
Group Employees, all files relating to any Action being assumed by Billing as
part of the Billing Group Liabilities, original corporate minute books, stock
ledgers and certificates and corporate seals, and all licenses, leases,
agreements and filings, relating to Billing, the Billing Group Subsidiaries or
the Billing Group Business (but not including the USLD Books and Records,
provided that Billing shall have access to, and have the right to obtain
duplicate copies of, the USLD Books and Records that pertain to the Billing
Group Business in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement).




                                        2 
<PAGE>



            BILLING BYLAWS:  The Bylaws of Billing, substantially in the form
of EXHIBIT B, to be in effect at the Distribution Date.

            BILLING CERTIFICATE:  The Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of Billing, substantially in the form of EXHIBIT C, to be in
effect at the Distribution Date.

            BILLING COMMON STOCK:  The common stock, par value $.01 per
share, of Billing (together with any rights issued pursuant to the Billing
Rights Plan).

            BILLING GROUP:  Billing and the Billing Group Subsidiaries,
collectively.

            BILLING GROUP AGREEMENTS:  All agreements to which USLD or any of
the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries is a party relating principally to the
Billing Group Business.

            BILLING GROUP ASSETS:  (i) The Billing Group Subsidiaries' Stock;
(ii) the Transferred Intellectual Property; (iii) the Billing Books and Records;
(iv) the Billing Group Agreements; (v) all other assets, absolute or contingent,
expressly to be assigned or allocated to Billing or the Billing Group
Subsidiaries under this Agreement or the Related Agreements; and (vi) any other
assets of USLD and its Subsidiaries used principally in the Billing Group
Business and not held by Billing or one of the Billing Group Subsidiaries, but
excluding any assets related to the USLD Group's direct billing function for the
billing of direct dial long distance charges.

            BILLING GROUP BUSINESS:  The business conducted by the Billing
Group, as referenced in the recitals to this Agreement.

            BILLING GROUP EMPLOYEES:  The meaning specified in the Benefit
Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement.

            BILLING GROUP LIABILITIES:  (i) All of the Liabilities of the
Billing Group under, or to be retained or assumed by Billing or any of the
Billing Group Subsidiaries pursuant to, this Agreement or any of the Related
Agreements; (ii) all Liabilities for payment, after the Distribution Date, of
outstanding drafts of USLD and its Subsidiaries existing as of the Distribution
Date attributable to the conduct of the Billing Group Businesses by the Billing
Group; (iii) all Liabilities of the Billing Group Subsidiaries, other than
Liabilities transferred to USLD or to any Telecommunications Group Subsidiary as
part of the Preliminary Transfers; and (iv) all other Liabilities arising out
of, or in connection with, any of the Billing Group Assets or the Billing Group
Business, including common area maintenance or other adjustments under
applicable lease agreements, but excluding any liabilities related to the USLD
Group's direct billing function for the billing of direct dial long distance
charges; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Billing Group Liabilities shall not
include any Financing Obligations of USLD or the Telecommunications Group
Subsidiaries, except to the extent otherwise set forth above or reflected in the
Billing Pro Forma Balance Sheet.



                                        3 
<PAGE>



            BILLING GROUP POLICIES:  All Policies, current or past, which are
owned or maintained by or on behalf of USLD or any of its Affiliates or
predecessors, which relate to the Billing Group Business and the
Telecommunications Group Business, and which Policies are to be assigned to the
Billing Group.

            BILLING GROUP SUBSIDIARIES:  The Subsidiaries identified on
SCHEDULE 1.01(a) and directly or indirectly controlled by Billing at the time
of the Distribution.

            BILLING GROUP SUBSIDIARIES' STOCK:  All of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of the Billing Group Subsidiaries.

            BILLING GUARANTEE:  (a) Any guarantee by Billing or any Billing
Group Subsidiary of the performance or obligation of USLD or any
Telecommunications Group Subsidiary under any agreement or obligation to which
USLD or any Telecommunications Group Subsidiary is a party and (b) any
continuing liability of Billing under any Billing Group Agreement transferred to
USLD or any Telecommunications Group Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement or
retained by Billing and held by Billing in trust for USLD pursuant to Section
2.03 of this Agreement.

            BILLING PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET:  The Pro Forma Consolidated
Balance Sheet of Billing as of ____________, 1996, attached hereto as EXHIBIT
D.

            CREDIT SUPPORT FEE:  A fee equal to one percent (1%) per annum of
the monthly average guaranteed rental, performance and other obligations to
which the credit support applies.

            CUT OFF DATE:  The day preceding the Record Date.

            DISTRIBUTION DATE:  The date determined by the USLD Board as the
date on which Distribution shall be effected, which Distribution Date is
contemplated by the USLD Board to occur on or about __________________, 1996.

            DISTRIBUTION RECORD DATE:  The date established by the USLD Board
as the date for taking a record of the Holders of USLD Common Stock entitled to
participate in the Distribution, which Distribution Record Date has been
established as ________________, 1996, subject to the fulfillment on or before
_____________, 1996 of certain conditions to the Distribution as provided in
Section 6.02.

            EXERCISE PRICE SPREAD:  The difference between the exercise price 
of a Non-Plan Option or Billing Non Plan Option, as applicable, and the USLD 
Closing Stock Price on the Cut-Off Date.

            EXPENSE SHARING AGREEMENT:  The Expense Sharing Agreement between 
USLD and Billing, pursuant to which USLD and Billing will agree to pay 
certain usage charges and share certain expenses relating to the operation of 
an airplane, which agreement shall be entered into on or prior to the 
Distribution Date in substantially the form of EXHIBIT E attached hereto.

            FINANCING OBLIGATIONS:  All (i) indebtedness for borrowed money,
(ii) obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments,
(iii) obligations under capitalized leases and deferred purchase arrangements,
(iv) reimbursement or other obligations relating to


                                        4 
<PAGE>



letters of credit or similar arrangements, and (v) obligations to guarantee,
directly or indirectly, any of the foregoing types of obligations on behalf of
others.

            HOLDERS:  The holders of record of USLD Common Stock as of the
Distribution Record Date.

            INFORMATION STATEMENT:  The Information Statement dated
___________, 1996 provided to holders of USLD Common Stock in connection with
the Distribution.

            INSURANCE PROCEEDS:  Those moneys (i) received by an insured from
an insurance carrier or (ii) paid by an insurance carrier on behalf of the
insured, in either case net of any applicable premium adjustment,
retrospectively-rated premium, deductible, retention, cost or reserve paid or
held by or for the benefit of such insured.

            INSURED CLAIMS:  Those Liabilities that, individually or in the
aggregate, are covered within the terms and conditions of any of the Policies,
whether or not subject to deductibles, co-insurance, uncollectibility or
retrospectively-rated premium adjustments, but only to the extent that such
Liabilities are within applicable Policy limits, including aggregates.

            IRS:  The Internal Revenue Service.

            LIABILITIES:  Any and all debts, liabilities and obligations,
absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated,
accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, whenever arising, including all costs
and expenses relating thereto, and including, without limitation, those debts,
liabilities and obligations arising under any law, rule, regulation, Action,
threatened Action, order or consent decree of any governmental entity or any
award of any arbitrator of any kind, and those arising under any contract,
commitment or undertaking.

            NET USLD INTERCOMPANY PAYABLE:  The net intercompany account
payable owed by USLD to Billing which results from offsetting the USLD
Intercompany Receivable against the USLD Intercompany Payable.

            PERSON:  Any individual, corporation, partnership, association,
trust, estate or other entity or organization, including any governmental entity
or authority.

            POLICIES:  Insurance policies and insurance contracts of any kind
relating to the Billing Group Business or the Telecommunications Group Business
as conducted prior to the Distribution Date, including without limitation
primary and excess policies, comprehensive general liability policies,
automobile, aircraft and workers' compensation insurance policies, and
self-insurance arrangements, together with the rights and benefits thereunder.

            POST DISTRIBUTION BILLING CLOSING STOCK PRICE:  The per share price
equal to the average of the Billing Closing Stock Price for each of the ten
consecutive trading days beginning on and including the Distribution Date.

            POST DISTRIBUTION USLD CLOSING STOCK PRICE:  The per share price
equal to the average of the USLD Closing Stock Price for each of the ten
consecutive trading days beginning on and including the Distribution Date.



                                        5 
<PAGE>




            PRELIMINARY TRANSFER INSTRUMENTS:  Collectively, the various
agreements, instruments and other documents to be entered into to effect the
Preliminary Transfers and the assignment of assets and the assumption of
Liabilities contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements in the
manner contemplated herein and therein.

            PRIVILEGES:  All privileges that may be asserted under applicable
law including, without limitation, privileges arising under or relating to the
attorney-client relationship (including but not limited to the attorney-client
and work product privileges), the accountant-client privilege, and privileges
relating to internal evaluative processes.

            PRIVILEGED INFORMATION:  All information to which USLD, Billing or
any of their respective Subsidiaries are entitled to assert the protection of a
Privilege.

            BILLING RESTRUCTURING COSTS:  All cash costs incurred or to be
incurred by Billing or its Subsidiaries (i) directly related to establishing,
restructuring or realigning the Billing Group, or (ii) for tax planning for the
Billing Group regardless of whether any of these items are treated as expenses
under generally accepted accounting principles.

            RELATED AGREEMENTS:  All of the agreements, instruments,
understandings, assignments or other arrangements set forth in writing, which
are entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby,
including, without limitation, the Preliminary Transfer Agreements, the Benefit
Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement,
and the Transitional Services and Sublease Agreement and the Expense Sharing
Agreement.

            SHARED POLICIES:  All Policies, current or past, that are owned or
maintained by or on behalf of USLD or any of its Subsidiaries or their
respective predecessors, which relate to both the Telecommunications Group
Business and the Billing Group Business.

            SUBSIDIARY:  With respect to any Person, (a) any corporation of
which at least a majority in interest of the outstanding voting stock (having by
the terms thereof voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect a majority
of the directors of such corporation, irrespective of whether or not at the time
stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have
voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time,
directly or indirectly, owned or controlled by such Person, by one or more
Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more of its
Subsidiaries, or (b) any corporate or non-corporate entity in which such Person
and/or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the
date of determination thereof, has an ownership interest and which is included
in the consolidated financial reports of such Person consistent with generally
accepted accounting principles.

            SUPPLEMENTAL NON-PLAN OPTION AGREEMENTS:  The Amendments to the
Non-Plan Options executed by USLD and dated as of the Distribution Date
reflecting the adjustments to the Non-Plan Options necessary to implement the
agreements set forth in Article V.



                                        6 
<PAGE>



            TAX OPINION:  The Tax Opinion given by Arter & Hadden in
connection with the Distribution.

            TAX SHARING AGREEMENT:  The Tax Sharing Agreement between Billing
and USLD, which agreement shall be entered into on or prior to the Distribution
Date in substantially the form of EXHIBIT F attached hereto.

            TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP AGREEMENTS:  All agreements to which USLD
or any of the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries is a party relating
principally to the Telecommunications Group Business.

            TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP ASSETS:  The assets of USLD and the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries including without limitation: (i) the
capital stock of the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries; (ii) the USLD Books
and Records; (iii) all of the assets expressly to be retained by, or assigned or
allocated to, USLD or any of the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries under
this Agreement or the Related Agreements, including assets relating to the USLD
Group's direct billing function for the billing of direct dial long distance
charges; and (iv) any other assets, absolute or contingent, of USLD and its
Subsidiaries not comprising Billing Group Assets.

            TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP BUSINESS:  The business conducted by the
Telecommunications Group, as referenced in the recitals to this Agreement.

            TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP EMPLOYEES:  The meaning specified in the
Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement.

            TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP LIABILITIES:  (i) all of the Liabilities
of USLD under, or to be retained or assumed by USLD or any of the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries pursuant to, this Agreement or any of the
Related Agreements; (ii) any Financing Obligations of USLD and its Subsidiaries
not constituting Billing Group Liabilities; (iii) all Liabilities for payment of
outstanding drafts of USLD attributable to the conduct of the Telecommunications
Group or to the Billing Group (to the extent not considered a Billing Group
Liability) existing as of the Distribution Date; (iv) all Liabilities
transferred to USLD or the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries in the
Preliminary Transfers; (v) all other Liabilities arising out of, or in
connection with, any of the Telecommunications Group Assets or the
Telecommunications Group Business, including liabilities relating to the USLD
Group's direct billing function for the billing of direct dial long distance
charges; and (vi) all other Liabilities of USLD and its Subsidiaries not
constituting Billing Group Liabilities, if any, as defined herein, whether past
or present.

            TELECOMMUNICATIONS GROUP SUBSIDIARIES:  All Subsidiaries of USLD,
except Billing and the Billing Group Subsidiaries.

            TRANSFERRED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY:  The intangible properties and
rights listed on Schedule 1.01(b) hereto to be conveyed by USLD to Billing in
connection with the Distribution.



                                        7 
<PAGE>



            TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AND SUBLEASE AGREEMENT:  The Transitional
Services and Sublease Agreement by and between USLD and Billing pursuant to
which such parties will provide to the other certain transitional services after
consummation of the Distribution, substantially in the form attached hereto as
EXHIBIT G.

            USLD BOARD:  The Board of Directors of USLD as it is constituted
prior to the Distribution Date.

            USLD BOOKS AND RECORDS:  The books and records (including
computerized records) of USLD and the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries and
any other books and records of USLD's Subsidiaries that relate principally to
the Telecommunications Group, are necessary to operate the Telecommunications
Group, or are required by law to be retained by USLD or a Telecommunications
Group Subsidiary, including, without limitation, all books and records relating
to Telecommunications Group Employees, all files relating to any Action
pertaining to the Telecommunications Group Liabilities, original corporate
minute books, stock ledgers and certificates and corporate seals, and all
licenses, leases, agreements and filings, relating to USLD, the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries or the Telecommunications Group Business
(but not including the Billing Books and Records, provided that USLD shall have
access to, and shall have the right to obtain duplicate copies of, the Billing
Books and Records in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.)

            USLD CLOSING STOCK PRICE:  The Nasdaq Stock Market's National
Market closing price per share for USLD Common Stock on the applicable date,
trading regular way.

            USLD COMMON STOCK:  The common stock, par value $.01 per share, of
USLD.

            USLD GROUP:  USLD and the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries,
collectively.

            USLD GUARANTEE:  (a) Any guarantee by USLD or any
Telecommunications Group Subsidiary of the performance or obligation of Billing
or any Billing Group Subsidiary under any agreement or obligation to which
Billing or any Billing Group Subsidiary is a party and (b) any continuing
liability of USLD under any Telecommunications Group Agreement transferred to
Billing or any Billing Group Subsidiary pursuant to this Agreement or retained
by USLD and held by USLD in trust for Billing pursuant to Section 2.03 of this
Agreement.

            USLD INTERCOMPANY PAYABLE:  The intercompany account payable that
is owed by USLD to Billing.

            USLD INTERCOMPANY RECEIVABLE:  The intercompany account receivable
that is owed by Billing to USLD.

            USLD PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET:  The Pro Forma Consolidated Balance
Sheet of USLD as of March 31, 1996, attached hereto as EXHIBIT H.



                                        8 
<PAGE>



      Section 1.02.   TERMS DEFINED ELSEWHERE IN AGREEMENT.  Each of the
following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

      TERM                                                      SECTION

      Billing...............................................    Recitals
      Billing Group.........................................    Recitals
      Billing Indemnifiable Loss............................      7.01
      Billing Indemnitees...................................      7.01
      Billing Non-PLan Option...............................      5.02
      USLD Initial Cash Balance.............................      2.07
      Billing Rights........................................      8.05
      Billing Rights Plan...................................      8.05
      Cash..................................................      2.07
      Consents..............................................      6.01
      Distribution..........................................    Recitals
      Exchange Act .........................................      6.02
      Indemnifiable Loss....................................      7.02
      Indemnifying Party....................................      7.03
      Indemnitee............................................      7.03
      Information...........................................      9.02
      Non-Plan Options......................................      5.01
      Non-Plan Option Adjustment............................      5.01
      Preliminary Transfers.................................    Recitals
      Telecommunications Group..............................    Recitals
      Third-Party Claim.....................................      7.04
      USLD..................................................    Recitals
      USLD Indemnifiable Loss...............................      7.02
      USLD Indemnitees......................................      7.02


                                  ARTICLE II.


                            PRELIMINARY TRANSFERS

      Section 2.01.   PRELIMINARY TRANSFERS.  Prior to the Distribution Date,
USLD shall take or cause to be taken all actions necessary (i) to contribute two
of its wholly owned subsidiaries (U.S. Billing Management Corp. and U.S.
Billing, Inc.) to Billing, (ii) to cause MegaPlus Dialing, Inc., its wholly
owned subsidiary to sell to USLD for $8,125,000 all of the preferred and common
shares of ZeroPlus Dialing, Inc. that it owns and then to dissolve, (iii) to
cause ZeroPlus Dialing, Inc. to redeem all the preferred and common shares
previously sold by MegaPlus Dialing, Inc. to USLD, (iv) cause its two
subsidiaries engaged in the Billing Group Business (ZeroPlus Dialing, Inc. and
Enhanced Billing Services, Inc.) to be merged with and into these two inactive
subsidiaries of Billing, with ZeroPlus Dialing, Inc. and Enhanced Billing
Services, Inc. surviving, and ZeroPlus Dialing, Inc. changing its name to
Billing Management Corporation and (v) to cause the transfer, assignment,
delivery and conveyance to Billing or any


                                        9 
<PAGE>



Billing Group Subsidiary of all of USLD's and its Subsidiaries' right, title and
interest in the remaining Billing Group Assets.

      Section 2.02.   TRANSFERS OF ASSETS FROM BILLING GROUP SUBSIDIARIES TO
USLD or Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries.   Prior to the Distribution
Date, Billing shall take or cause to be taken all action necessary to cause the
transfer, assignment, delivery and conveyance to USLD or any Telecommunications
Group Subsidiary of all of Billing's and its Subsidiaries' right, title and
interest in the Telecommunications Group Assets.

      Section 2.03.   TRANSFERS NOT EFFECTED PRIOR TO THE DISTRIBUTION.  To
the extent that any transfers required and legally made by this Article II shall
not have been fully effected on the Distribution Date, the parties shall
cooperate to effect such transfers as promptly as shall be practicable following
the Distribution Date.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the transfer
of any assets or the assumption of any Liabilities which by their terms or
operation of law cannot be transferred or assumed; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
USLD and Billing and their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall
cooperate in seeking to obtain any necessary consents or approvals for the
transfer of all assets and Liabilities contemplated to be transferred pursuant
to this Article II.  In the event that any such transfer of assets or
Liabilities has not been consummated effective as of the Distribution Date, the
party retaining such asset or Liability shall thereafter hold such asset in
trust for the use and benefit of the party entitled thereto (at the expense of
the party entitled thereto) and retain such Liability for the account of the
party by whom such Liability is to be assumed pursuant hereto, and take such
other actions as may be reasonably required in order to place the parties,
insofar as reasonably possible, in the same position as would have existed had
such asset been transferred or such Liability been assumed as contemplated
hereby.  As and when any such asset or Liability becomes transferable, such
transfer and assumption shall be effected forthwith.  The parties agree that,
except as set forth in this Section 2.03, as of the Distribution Date, each
party hereto shall be deemed to have acquired complete and sole beneficial
ownership over all of the assets, together with all rights, powers and
privileges incidental thereto, and shall be deemed to have assumed in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement all of the Liabilities, and all duties,
obligations and responsibilities incidental thereto, which such party is
entitled to acquire or required to assume pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement.

      Section 2.04.   COOPERATION REGARDING ASSETS.  In the case that at any
time after the Distribution Date, Billing reasonably determines that any of the
Telecommunications Group Assets are essential for the conduct of the Billing
Group Business, or USLD reasonably determines that any of the Billing Group
Assets are essential for the conduct of the Telecommunications Group Business,
and the nature of such assets makes it impracticable for Billing or USLD, as the
case may be, to obtain substitute assets or to make alternative arrangements on
commercially reasonable terms to conduct their respective businesses, and
reasonable provisions for the use thereof are not already included in the
Related Agreements, then Billing (with respect to the Billing Group Assets) and
USLD (with respect to the Telecommunications Group Assets) shall cooperate to
make such assets available to the other party on commercially reasonable terms,
as may be reasonably required for such party to maintain normal business
operations (provided that such assets shall be required to be made 


                                        10 
<PAGE>



available only until such time as the other party may reasonably obtain
substitute assets or make alternative arrangements on commercially reasonable
terms to permit it to maintain normal business operations.)

      Section 2.05.   NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES; CONSENTS.  Each of the
parties hereto understands and agrees that no party hereto is, in this
Agreement, in any Related Agreement, or otherwise, representing or warranting in
any way (i) as to the value or freedom from encumbrance of, or any other matter
concerning, any assets of such party, or (ii) as to the legal sufficiency to
convey title to any asset transferred pursuant to this Agreement or any Related
Agreement.  It is also agreed and understood that there are no warranties,
express or implied, as to the merchantability or fitness of any of the assets
either transferred to or retained by the parties, as the case may be, and all
such assets shall be "as is, where is" and "with all faults"; provided, however,
that the absence of warranties shall have no effect upon the allocation of
Liabilities under this Agreement and provided further that Billing represents
and warrants that, prior to the Distribution Date, Billing and the Billing Group
have maintained their cash balances, accounts payable, accounts receivable and
borrowings under their line of credit with FINOVA Capital Corporation in a
manner consistent with the customary practices of the Billing Group Business.
Each party hereto understands and agrees that no party hereto is, in this
Agreement, in any Related Agreement or otherwise, representing or warranting in
any way that the obtaining of any consents or approvals, the execution and
delivery of any amendatory agreements and the making of any filings or
applications contemplated by this Agreement, any Related Agreement or otherwise
will satisfy the provisions of any or all applicable laws or judgments or other
instruments or agreements relating to such assets.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the parties shall use their good faith efforts to obtain all consents
and approvals, to enter into all reasonable amendatory agreements and to make
all filings and applications that may be reasonably required for the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related
Agreements, and shall take all such further reasonable actions as shall be
reasonably necessary to preserve for each of the Billing Group and the USLD
Group, to the greatest extent feasible, the economic and operational benefits of
the allocation of assets and Liabilities provided for in this Agreement.  In
case at any time after the Distribution Date any further action is necessary or
desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, proper officers and
directors of each party to this Agreement shall take all such necessary or
desirable action.

      Section 2.06.   PRELIMINARY TRANSFER INSTRUMENTS.  In connection with
the Preliminary Transfers, the merger of USLD's subsidiaries engaged in the
Billing Group Business with wholly owned subsidiaries of Billing, the assignment
of assets and the assumption of Liabilities and other related transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and any Related Agreements, the parties shall
execute, or cause to be executed by the appropriate entities, the Preliminary
Transfer Instruments in such forms as the parties shall reasonably agree.  All
transactions involving capital stock shall be effected by means of delivery of
stock certificates and executed stock powers and notation on the stock record
books of the corporation or other legal entities and, to the extent required by
applicable law, by notation on public registries.




                                        11 
<PAGE>



      Section 2.07.   CASH ALLOCATION; CASH MANAGEMENT.

      (a)   CASH ALLOCATION ON THE DISTRIBUTION DATE.  As of the close of 
business on the Distribution Date, Billing shall transfer to USLD out of the 
cash bank balances and short-term investments ("Cash") that it and the 
Billing Group Subsidiaries then holds Cash in an amount necessary for USLD's 
working capital to be approximately $21,500,000 after taking into account 
direct costs of the Distribution ("USLD Initial Cash Balance"), and Billing 
shall retain all other Cash.  The calculation of the cash amount to be 
transferred will be based on current assets and current liabilities as 
reported on the USLD balance sheet at the month-end date immediately 
preceeding the Distribution. To the extent practicable, the parties shall use 
their reasonable best efforts to take all necessary action to cause the Cash 
balances of the USLD Group immediately prior to consummation of the 
Distribution to equal the USLD Initial Cash Balance.  In the event the actual 
Cash balances of the USLD Group as of the Distribution are less than the USLD 
Initial Cash Balance, the amount of the deficiency shall be recorded in the 
accounts of USLD and Billing as of the Distribution Date as a payable from 
Billing to USLD (which payable will be paid as promptly as practicable 
following the Distribution); and in the event the actual Cash balances of the 
USLD Group as of the Distribution Date exceeds the USLD Initial Cash Balance, 
the amount of such excess shall be recorded in the accounts of USLD and 
Billing as of the Distribution Date as a payable from USLD to Billing (which 
payable will be paid as promptly as practicable following the Distribution).

      (b)   CASH MANAGEMENT AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION DATE.  Billing shall
establish and maintain a separate cash management system and accounting records
with respect to the Billing Group effective as of 12:01 a.m. on the day
following the Distribution Date.  Thereafter, (i) any payments by USLD or the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries on behalf of Billing or the Billing Group
Subsidiaries in connection with the Billing Group (including, without
limitation, any such payments in respect of Liabilities or other obligations of
Billing or the Billing Group Subsidiaries under this Agreement and the Related
Agreements) shall be recorded in the accounts of the Billing Group as a payable
from the Billing Group to the USLD Group; (ii) any payments by Billing or the
Billing Group Subsidiaries on behalf of USLD or the Telecommunications Group
Subsidiaries in connection with the Telecommunications Group Business
(including, without limitation, any such payments in respect of Liabilities or
other obligations of USLD or the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries under
this Agreement and the Related Agreements) shall be recorded in the accounts of
the USLD Group as a payable from the USLD Group to the Billing Group; (iii) any
cash payments received by USLD and the Telecommunications Subsidiaries relating
to the Billing Group Business shall be recorded in the accounts of the USLD
Group as a payable from the USLD Group to the Billing Group; (iv) any cash
payments received by Billing or the Billing Group Subsidiaries relating to the
Telecommunications Group Business shall be recorded in the accounts of the
Billing Group as a payable from the Billing Group to the USLD Group; (v) Billing
and USLD shall make adjustments for late deposits, checks returned for not
sufficient funds and other post-Distribution Date transactions as shall be
reasonable under the circumstances consistent with the purpose and intent of
this Agreement and the Related Agreements; and (vi) the net balance due to the
USLD Group or the Billing Group, as the case may be, in respect of the aggregate
amounts of clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) shall be paid by Billing or
USLD, as appropriate, as promptly as practicable.  For purposes of this Section
2.07(b), the parties contemplate that the Telecommunications Group Business and
the Billing Group Business, including, but not limited to, the respective
parties' administration of accounts payable and accounts receivable, will be
conducted in the normal course.


                                        12 
<PAGE>


      Section 2.08.   CANCELLATION OF NET USLD INTERCOMPANY PAYABLE.  Prior to
the Distribution Date, the Net USLD Intercompany Payable in the amount of
approximately $______, including any interest accrued thereon, shall be netted
against USLD's stockholder equity.  Billing acknowledges that it will not
receive any independent consideration for such Net USLD Intercompany Payable
other than the mutual promises contained herein and in the Related Agreements.



                                 ARTICLE III.

                 ASSUMPTION AND SATISFACTION OF LIABILITIES

      Section 3.01.   ASSUMPTION AND SATISFACTION OF LIABILITIES.   Except as
set forth in the Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement, the
Tax Sharing Agreement, the Transition Services and Sublease Agreement, the
Expense Sharing Agreement or other Related Agreements, effective as of and after
the Distribution Date, (a) Billing shall, and/or shall cause  the Billing Group
Subsidiaries to, assume, pay, perform and discharge in due course all of the
Billing Group Liabilities, and (b) USLD shall, and/or shall cause the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries, to assume, pay, perform and discharge in
due course all of the Telecommunications Group Liabilities.

      Section 3.02.   USLD AND BILLING GUARANTEES.  (a)  Billing shall use its
reasonable best efforts to obtain the release of any USLD Guarantee existing on
and after the Distribution Date.  USLD shall use its best efforts to obtain the
release of any Billing Guarantee existing on and after the Distribution Date.

      (b)   Commencing on the first business day of calendar year 1997 after the
Distribution, and on the first business day of each calendar year thereafter,
Billing shall become obligated to pay to USLD, in cash, a Credit Support Fee in
respect of each USLD Guarantee that was outstanding at any date during the
immediately preceding calendar year and USLD shall become obligated to pay to
Billing, in cash, a Credit Support Fee in respect of each Billing Guarantee that
was outstanding at any date during the immediately preceding calendar year.  The
Credit Support Fee payable with respect to any USLD Guarantee or Billing
Guarantee, as the case may be, shall be an amount equal to the Credit Support
Fee times the average outstanding monthly balance of the principal amount of 
indebtedness for the applicable calendar year (and for calendar 1996 from the 
Distribution Date through December 31, 1996), the payment of which
is guaranteed pursuant to the applicable USLD Guarantee or Billing Guarantee.
The aggregate amount of any such Credit Support Fee shall be paid by January 31,
of the applicable year.

                                  ARTICLE IV.

                                  [RESERVED]



                                        13 
<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE V.

                      OBLIGATIONS FOR NON-PLAN OPTIONS

      Section 5.01.   NON-PLAN OPTIONS OBLIGATIONS.  (a) USLD has issued 
certain stock options (the "Non-Plan Options"), of which Non-Plan Options to 
purchase approximately _______ shares of USLD Common Stock were outstanding 
and unexercised as of the date of this Agreement.  The Board of Directors of 
USLD has determined in connection with the Distribution to adjust the 
exercise price of and, if necessary, the number of shares outstanding under 
each Non-Plan Option to preserve the current spread between the exercise 
price of each Non-Plan Option and the price of the USLD Common Stock as of 
the Cut-Off Date.

      (b) For purposes of determining the adjusted exercise price of each 
Non-Plan Option, the following formula (the "Non-Plan Option Adjustment") 
shall be used to maintain the holder's Exercise Price Spread on each Non-Plan 
Option.  The Exercise Price Spread shall be maintained by setting the 
exercise price for each Non-Plan Option so that the difference between (a) 
the Post Distribution USLD Closing Stock Price and (b) the adjusted exercise 
price of the Non-Plan Option shall be equal to the difference between (y) the 
USLD Closing Stock Price on the Cut Off Date and (z) the exercise price of 
the Non-Plan Option on the Cut Off Date, provided, however, that if the 
difference between (a) the Post Distribution USLD Closing Stock Price and (b) 
the adjusted exercise price, as fully adjusted, is less than the difference 
between (y) the USLD Closing Stock Price on the Cut-Off Date and (z) the 
exercise of the Non-Plan Option on the Cut-Off Date, additional shares of USLD
Common Stock shall be added to the Non-Plan Option until the difference
between (a) and (b) above is equal to the difference of (y) and (z) above.

      (c) The obligation of USLD to issue USLD Common Stock upon the exercise 
of a Non-Plan Option shall be adjusted in accordance with the Non-Plan Option 
Adjustment. Except for the Non-Plan Option Adjustment, the terms of each 
Non-Plan Options will be the same as those in effect prior to the 
Distribution.

      (d) USLD agrees to execute and deliver to the Non-Plan Options holders 
following the Distribution the Supplemental Non-Plan Option Agreements.

      Section 5.02   GRANT OF NON-PLAN BILLING OPTION.  (a) Billing agrees to 
grant to a former USLD Director who has agreed to join the Board of Directors 
of Billing, in consideration of his joining the Billing Board of Directors 
and to replace an unvested option for 5,000 of USLD Common Stock, a 
non-qualified stock option of Billing to purchase 5,000 shares of Billing 
Common Stock ("Billing Non-Plan Option") at an exercise price that preserves 
the current spread between the exercise price of the USLD unvested option and 
the price of the USLD Common Stock as of the Cut-Off Date.

      (b) For purposes of determining the exercise price of the Billing 
Non-Plan Option, the following formula shall be used to maintain the holder's 
Exercise Price Spread on the Billing Non-Plan Option. The Exercise Price 
Spread shall be maintained by setting the exercise price for the Billing 
Non-Plan Option so that the differences between (a) the Post Distribution 
Billing Closing Stock Price and (b) the adjusted price of the Billing 
Non-Plan Option shall be equal to the difference between (y) the USLD Closing 
Price on the Cut-Off Date and (z) the exercise price of the former Director's 
USLD unvested option on the Cut-Off Date.

      (c) The obligation of Billing to issue Billing Common Stock upon the 
exercise of the Billing Non-Plan Option shall be adjusted in accordance with 
paragraph 5.02(b). Except for that adjustment, the terms of the Billing 
Non-Plan Option will be the same as those in effect for the USLD unvested 
option prior to the Distribution.

      (d) Billing agrees to execute and deliver to the Billing Non-Plan 
Option holder following the Distribution the Billing Non-Plan Option 
agreement.

                                  ARTICLE VI.

                              THE DISTRIBUTION

      Section 6.01.   COOPERATION PRIOR TO THE DISTRIBUTION.

      (a)   Billing and USLD shall cooperate in preparing, filing with the
Commission and causing to become effective any registration statements or
amendments thereof that are appropriate to reflect the establishment of, or
amendments to, any employee benefits plans and other plans contemplated by the
Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement.

      (b)   Billing and USLD shall take all such actions as may be necessary or
appropriate under the securities or blue sky laws of states or other political
subdivisions of the United States in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Agreements.



                                        14 
<PAGE>



      (c)   Billing and USLD shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain any
third-party consents or approvals necessary or desirable in connection with the
transactions contemplated hereby ("Consents").

      (d)   Billing and USLD will use all reasonable efforts to take, or cause
to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary
or desirable under applicable law, to consummate the transactions contemplated
under this Agreement and the Related Agreements.

      Section 6.02.   USLD BOARD ACTION; CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE
Distribution.  The USLD Board shall, in its discretion, establish any
appropriate procedures in connection with the Distribution.  In no event shall
the Distribution occur unless the following conditions have been satisfied:

            (i)   the transactions contemplated by Section 2.01 shall have been
consummated in all material respects;

            (ii)  the Billing Board, comprised as contemplated by Section 8.01,
shall have been elected by USLD, as sole stockholder of Billing, and the Billing
Certificate and Billing Bylaws shall have been adopted and shall be in effect;

            (iii) USLD shall have received the opinion of The Chicago
Corporation substantially in the Form of EXHIBIT I and such opinion shall not
have been withdrawn;

            (iv)  USLD shall have received the opinion of Houlihan Lokey
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT J and such opinion shall not have been
withdrawn;

            (v)   USLD shall have received the Tax Opinion of Arter & Hadden
substantially in the form of EXHIBIT K and such opinion shall not have been
withdrawn;

            (vi)  the Registration Statement on Form 10 under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), filed by Billing shall have
been declared effective by the Commission;

            (vii) Billing and USLD shall have entered into the Related
Agreements;

            (viii)Billing's application to effect the listing of the Billing
Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market shall have become effective;

            (ix)  the transactions contemplated hereby shall be in compliance
with applicable federal and state securities laws and USLD shall have received a
satisfactory "no action letter" from the Commission with regard to exemptions
from registration of the Distribution and related matters;



                                        15 
<PAGE>



            (x)   USLD shall have received such consents, and shall have
received executed copies of such agreements and amendments of agreements, as it
shall deem necessary in connection with the completion of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement;

            (xi)  no legal proceedings affecting or otherwise arising out of the
transactions contemplated hereby or which could otherwise affect USLD or Billing
in a materially adverse manner shall have been commenced or threatened against
USLD, Billing or the directors or officers of either USLD or Billing; and

            (xii) no material adverse change shall have occurred with respect to
USLD or Billing, the securities markets or general economic or financial
conditions which shall, in the reasonable judgment of USLD and Billing, make the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement inadvisable.

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that (x) any such condition may be waived by the USLD
Board in its sole discretion, and (y) the satisfaction of such conditions shall
not create any obligation on the part of USLD or any other party hereto to
effect the Distribution or in any way limit USLD's power of termination set
forth in Section 11.07 or alter the consequences of any such termination from
those specified in such Section.

      Section 6.03.   THE DISTRIBUTION.  On the Distribution Date, subject to
the conditions and rights of termination set forth in this Agreement, USLD shall
deliver to the Agent a share certificate representing all of the then
outstanding shares of Billing Common Stock owned by USLD and shall instruct the
Agent to distribute, on or as soon as practicable following the Distribution
Date, such Billing Common Stock to the Holders.  Billing agrees to provide all
share certificates that the Agent shall require in order to effect the
Distribution.

      Section 6.04.   SECURITIES FILINGS.  For a period of five years after
the Distribution Date, each of USLD and Billing shall provide to the other,
promptly following such time at which such documents shall be filed with the
Commission, copies of all documents which shall be publicly filed with the
Commission pursuant to the periodic and interim reporting requirements of the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated
thereunder.


                                 ARTICLE VII.

                               INDEMNIFICATION

      Section 7.01.   INDEMNIFICATION BY USLD.  Except as otherwise expressly
set forth in a Related Agreement, USLD shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless
Billing and each of the Billing Group Subsidiaries, and each of their respective
directors, officers, employees, agents and Affiliates and each of the heirs,
executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (the "Billing
Indemnitees") from and against the Telecommunications Group Liabilities and any
and all losses, Liabilities, damages including without limitation, the costs and
expenses of any and all Actions, threatened Actions, demands, assessments,
judgments, settlements and


                                        16 
<PAGE>



compromises relating thereto and attorneys' fees and any and all expenses
whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against
any such Actions or threatened Actions (collectively, "Billing Indemnifiable
Losses" and, individually, a "Billing Indemnifiable Loss") of the Billing
Indemnitees arising out of or due to the failure or alleged failure of USLD, any
Telecommunications Group Subsidiary, or any of their respective Affiliates to
(i) pay, perform or otherwise discharge in due course any of the
Telecommunications Group Liabilities, or (ii) comply with the provisions of
Section 7.04.  To the extent that counsel is provided to Billing under this
indemnification, such counsel shall be selected by USLD and such counsel may
include its in-house corporate counsel.

      Section 7.02.   INDEMNIFICATION BY BILLING.  Except as otherwise
expressly set forth in a Related Agreement, Billing shall indemnify, defend and
hold harmless USLD and each of the Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries, and
each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and Affiliates
and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing
(the "USLD Indemnitees") from and against the Billing Group Liabilities and any
and all losses, Liabilities, damages, including, without limitation, the costs
and expenses of any and all Actions, threatened Actions, demands, assessments,
judgments, settlements and compromises relating thereto and attorneys' fees and
any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing
or defending against any such Actions or threatened Actions (collectively, "USLD
Indemnifiable Losses" and, individually, a "USLD Indemnifiable Loss") of the
USLD Indemnitees arising out of or due to the failure or alleged failure of
Billing, any Billing Group Subsidiaries, or any of their respective Affiliates
to (i) pay, perform or otherwise discharge in due course any of the Billing
Group Liabilities or (ii) comply with the provisions of Section 7.04.  The
"Billing Indemnifiable Losses" and the "USLD Indemnifiable Losses" are
collectively referred to as the "Indemnifiable Losses."  To the extent that
counsel is provided to USLD under this Indemnification, such counsel shall be
selected by Billing and such counsel may include its in-house corporate counsel.

      Section 7.03.   INSURANCE PROCEEDS.  The amount that any party (an
"Indemnifying Party") is or may be required to pay to any other Person (an
"Indemnitee") pursuant to Section 7.01 or Section 7.02 shall be reduced
(including, without limitation, retroactively) by any Insurance Proceeds or
other amounts actually recovered by or on behalf of such Indemnitee in reduction
of the related Indemnifiable Loss.  If an Indemnitee shall have received the
payment required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying Party in respect of an
Indemnifiable Loss and shall subsequently actually receive Insurance Proceeds,
or other amounts in respect of such Indemnifiable Loss as specified above, then
such Indemnitee shall pay to such Indemnifying Party a sum equal to the amount
of such Insurance Proceeds or other amounts actually received.

      Section 7.04.   PROCEDURE FOR INDEMNIFICATION.  (a)  Except as may be
set forth in a Related Agreement, if an Indemnitee shall receive notice or
otherwise learn of the assertion by a Person (including, without limitation, any
governmental entity) who is not a party to this Agreement or to any of the
Related Agreements of any claim or of the commencement by any such Person of any
Action with respect to which an Indemnifying Party may be obligated to provide
indemnification pursuant to this Agreement (a "Third-Party Claim"), such
Indemnitee shall give such Indemnifying Party written notice thereof promptly
after becoming aware of such


                                        17 
<PAGE>



Third-Party Claim; PROVIDED, that the failure of any Indemnitee to give notice
as required by this Section 7.04 shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its
obligations under this Article VII, except to the extent that such Indemnifying
Party is prejudiced by such failure to give notice.  Such notice shall describe
the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail, and shall indicate the amount
(estimated if necessary) of the Indemnifiable Loss that has been or may be
sustained by such Indemnitee.

      (b)   An Indemnifying Party may elect to defend or to seek to settle or
compromise, at such Indemnifying Party's own expense and by such Indemnifying
Party's own counsel, any Third-Party Claim, provided that the Indemnifying Party
must confirm in writing that it agrees that the Indemnitee is entitled to
indemnification hereunder in respect of such Third-Party Claim.  Within 20 days
of the receipt of notice from an Indemnitee in accordance with Section 7.04(a)
(or sooner, if the nature of such Third-Party Claim so requires), the
Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnitee of its election whether to assume
responsibility for such Third-Party Claim (provided that if the Indemnifying
Party does not so notify the Indemnitee of its election within 20 days after
receipt of such notice from the Indemnitee, the Indemnifying Party shall be
deemed to have elected not to assume responsibility for such Third-Party Claim),
and such Indemnitee shall cooperate in the defense or settlement or compromise
of such Third-Party Claim.  After notice from an Indemnifying Party to an
Indemnitee of its election to assume responsibility for a Third-Party Claim,
such Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to such Indemnitee under this
Article VII for any legal or other expenses (except expenses approved in advance
by the Indemnifying Party) subsequently incurred by such Indemnitee in
connection with the defense thereof; PROVIDED, that if the defendants in any
such claim include both the Indemnifying Party and one or more Indemnitees and
in such Indemnitees' reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such
Indemnitees and such Indemnifying Party exists in respect of such claim, such
Indemnitees shall have the right to employ separate counsel and in that event
the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel (but not more than one
separate counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnifying Party) shall be
paid by such Indemnifying Party.  If an Indemnifying Party elects not to assume
responsibility for a Third-Party Claim (which election may be made only in the
event of a good faith dispute that a claim was inappropriately tendered under
Section 7.01 or 7.02, as the case may be) such Indemnitee may defend or (subject
to the following sentence) seek to compromise or settle such Third-Party Claim.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnitee may not settle or compromise any
claim without prior written notice to the Indemnifying Party, which shall have
the option within 10 days following the receipt of such notice (i) to disapprove
the settlement and assume all past and future responsibility for the claim,
including reimbursing the Indemnitee for prior expenditures in connection with
the claim, or (ii) to disapprove the settlement and continue to refrain from
participation in the defense of the claim, in which event the Indemnifying Party
shall have no further right to contest the amount or reasonableness of the
settlement if the Indemnitee elects to proceeds therewith, or (iii) to approve
the amount of the settlement, reserving the Indemnifying Party's right to
contest the Indemnitee's right to indemnity, or (iv) to approve and agree to pay
the settlement.  In the event the Indemnifying Party makes no response to such
written notice from the Indemnitee, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to
have elected option (ii).



                                        18 
<PAGE>



      (c)   If an Indemnifying Party chooses to defend or to seek to compromise
any Third-Party Claim, the Indemnitee shall make available to such Indemnifying
Party any personnel and any books, records or other documents within its control
or which it otherwise has the ability to make available that are necessary or
appropriate for such defense.

      (d)   Any claim on account of an Indemnifiable Loss that does not result
from a Third-Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by the
Indemnitee to the applicable Indemnifying Party.  Such Indemnifying Party shall
have a period of 15 days after the receipt of such notice within which to
respond thereto.  If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such 15-day
period, such Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have refused to accept
responsibility to make payment.  If such Indemnifying Party does not respond
within such 15-day period or rejects such claim in whole or in part, such
Indemnitee shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to such
party under applicable law or under this Agreement.

      (e)   In addition to any adjustments required pursuant to Section 7.03, if
the amount of any Indemnifiable Loss shall, at any time subsequent to the
payment required by this Agreement, be reduced by recovery, settlement or
otherwise, the amount of such reduction, less any expenses incurred in
connection therewith, shall promptly be repaid by the Indemnitee to the
Indemnifying Party.

      (f)   In the event of payment by an Indemnifying Party to any Indemnitee
in connection with any Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party shall be
subrogated to and shall stand in the place of such Indemnitee as to any events
or circumstances in respect of which such Indemnitee may have any right or claim
relating to such Third-Party Claim against any claimant or plaintiff asserting
such Third-Party Claim.  Such Indemnitee shall cooperate with such Indemnifying
Party in a reasonable manner, and at the cost and expense of such Indemnifying
Party, in prosecuting any subrogated right or claim.

      Section 7.05.   REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.  The remedies provided in this
Article VII shall be cumulative and shall not preclude assertion by any
Indemnitee of any other rights or the seeking of any and all other remedies
against any Indemnifying Party.

      Section 7.06.   SURVIVAL OF INDEMNITIES.  The obligations of each of
Billing and USLD under this Article VII shall survive the sale or other transfer
by it of any assets or businesses or the assignment by it of any Liabilities,
with respect to any Indemnifiable Loss of the other related to such assets,
businesses or Liabilities.


                                 ARTICLE VIII.

                         CERTAIN ADDITIONAL MATTERS

      Section 8.01.   BILLING BOARD.  Billing and USLD shall take all actions
which may be required to constitute, effective as of the Distribution Date, the
following persons as the directors


                                        19 
<PAGE>






of Billing:  Parris H. Holmes, Jr., Alan W. Saltzman, Lee Cooke,
_______________, and __________________.

      Section 8.02.   RESIGNATIONS; USLD BOARD.  Billing shall cause all of
its directors and Billing Group Employees to resign, effective as of the
Distribution Date, from all boards of directors or similar governing bodies of
USLD or any of its Subsidiaries on which they serve, and from all positions as
officers or employees of USLD or any of its Subsidiaries in which they serve,
except that Parris H. Holmes, Jr. shall serve as a director of both Billing and
USLD and as Chairman of both the USLD Board and the Billing Board.  USLD shall
cause all of its directors and the Telecommunications Group Employees to resign
from all boards of directors or similar governing bodies of Billing or any of
its Subsidiaries on which they serve, and from all positions as officers or
employees of Billing or any of its Subsidiaries in which they serve, except that
Parris H. Holmes, Jr. shall serve as a director of both Billing and USLD and as
Chairman of both the USLD Board and the Billing Board and as Chief Executive
Officer of Billing.

      Section 8.03.   CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS.  On or prior to the Distribution
Date, Billing shall adopt the Billing Certificate and the Billing Bylaws, and
shall file the Billing Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware.  USLD shall provide all necessary stockholder approvals for the
Billing Certificate prior to the filing of the Billing Certificate with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

      Section 8.04.   CERTAIN POST-DISTRIBUTION TRANSACTIONS.

      (a)   BILLING.  (i) Billing shall, and shall cause each of the Billing
Group Subsidiaries to, comply with each representation and statement made, or to
be made, to any Person in connection with the Tax Opinion with respect to any
transaction contemplated by this Agreement, and (ii) until the second
anniversary of the Distribution Date, neither Billing nor any of its
Subsidiaries shall (a) make a material disposition, by means of a sale or
exchange of assets or capital stock, a distribution to stockholders or
otherwise, of any substantial portion of its assets, (b) repurchase or issue any
Billing capital stock (other than stock issued pursuant to employee plans or
outstanding options or Warrants), or (c) in the case of Billing, cease the
active conduct of a material portion of its business independently, with its own
employees and without material change, unless, in each of cases (a), (b) and
(c), in the opinion of counsel to Billing, which opinion shall be reasonably
satisfactory to USLD, or pursuant to a favorable IRS letter ruling or tax
opinion reasonably satisfactory to USLD, such act or omission would not
adversely affect the tax consequences of the Distribution to USLD or the
stockholders of USLD, as set forth in any ruling issued by any taxing authority
or tax opinion; and Billing has no present intention to take any such actions.

      (b)   USLD.  (i) USLD shall, and shall cause each of the
Telecommunications Group Subsidiaries to comply with each representation and
statement made, or to be made, to any Person in connection with the Tax Opinion
with respect to any transaction contemplated by this Agreement; and (ii) until
the second anniversary of the Distribution Date, neither USLD nor any of its
Subsidiaries shall (a) make a material disposition, by means of a sale or
exchange of


                                        20 
<PAGE>



assets or capital stock, a distribution to stockholders or otherwise, of any
substantial portion of its assets (other than Billing Group Assets in connection
with the Distribution or transactions effected in contemplation thereof), (b)
repurchase any capital stock of USLD (other than stock issued pursuant to
employee plans or outstanding options or Warrants), or (c) in the case of USLD,
cease the active conduct of a material portion of its business independently,
with its own employees and without material change, unless, in each of cases
(a), (b) and (c), in the opinion of counsel to USLD, which opinion shall be
reasonably satisfactory to Billing, or pursuant to a favorable IRS letter ruling
or tax opinion reasonably satisfactory to Billing, such act or omission would
not adversely affect the tax consequences of the Distribution to Billing or the
stockholders of Billing, as set forth in any ruling issued by any taxing
authority or tax opinion; and USLD has no present intention to take any such
actions.

      Section 8.05.   BILLING RIGHTS PLAN.  Prior to the Distribution Date,
the Billing Board may elect, in its sole discretion, to recommend that Billing
adopt a stockholder rights plan (the "Billing Rights Plan").  The Billing Rights
Plan will be substantially similar to the USLD Rights Plan and will provide for
the distribution of preferred share purchase rights ("Billing Rights") with
respect to each share of Billing Common Stock.  The Billing Rights will be
attached to the Billing Common Stock and will not be exercisable, or
transferrable apart from the Billing Common Stock, unless and until certain
events occur.  If certain events occur relating to the acquisition by an
acquiring person of Billing Common Stock, or a merger or other combination of
Billing with an acquiring person, the Billing Rights will entitle holders (other
than the acquiring person) to purchase either Billing Common Stock or common
stock of the acquiring person at a discount.  The specific terms of the Billing
Rights will be determined by the Board of Directors of Billing consistent with
the description thereof in the Information Statement.

      Section 8.06.   USE OF THE "USLD" NAME AND THE USLD LOGO.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (including the
conveyance to Billing of the Transferred Intellectual Property) or in any
Related Agreement, the parties hereto agree that USLD shall retain the exclusive
right to use the mark "USLD" without limitation or expiration and the right to
use the USLD Logo following the Distribution.

      Section 8.07.   NONCOMPETITION AGREEMENT; RESTRICTED TRANSACTIONS.  (a)
Each USLD and Billing agrees that for a period of one (1) year after the
Distribution Date, whether a breach of this Agreement or any Related Agreement
is alleged or not, neither USLD nor Billing will, without the prior written
consent of the other, which consent may be withheld in the sole discretion of
each, engage, whether for compensation or not, as an owner, partner,
stockholder, investor or in any other capacity whatsoever in any activity or
endeavor that competes directly or indirectly with the business of the other as
engaged in, or proposed to be engaged in, as of the Distribution Date; provided,
however, that nothing contained herein shall prohibit either USLD or Billing
from engaging in a merger, consolidation or other business combination with
another person or entity with departments or divisions that competes with either
USLD or Billing, as the case may be.  Such restriction applies worldwide.

      (b)   Each USLD and Billing further agrees for a period of six (6) months
after the Distribution Date, notwithstanding any allegation of breach of this
Agreement or any Related


                                        21 
<PAGE>



Agreement, not, without the prior written consent of the other, to solicit,
influence or attempt to influence any employee of the other to terminate his or
her employment or other contractual relationship with his or her respective
employer for any reason including, without limitation, working for such
soliciting party.  Either Billing or USLD may elect to pay to the other fifty
percent (50%) of the total previous 12 months salary and bonus of any employee
of the other for the privilege of soliciting the employment of such employee
without the necessity of obtaining the consent of the employing party.

      (c)   The covenants of USLD and Billing contained in Section 8.07 will be
construed as independent of any other provision in this Agreement; and the
existence of any claim or cause of action by USLD or Billing against the other
will not constitute a defense to the enforcement of said covenants.  Each USLD
and Billing further agrees and acknowledges that this Section 8.07 (1) is
reasonable as to length of time, scope and geographic area for purposes of
protecting the commercial advantages enjoyed by each USLD and Billing, (2) does
not impose a greater restraint than is necessary to protect the goodwill or
business interests of each USLD and Billing and (3) is more than adequately paid
for in the consideration derived by each USLD and Billing under this Agreement.
Each of USLD and Billing also agree that the arbitrators (under Section 11.13)
have jurisdiction to modify any provisions of this Section 8.07 in accordance
with the court's or arbitrators' respective ruling as to reasonableness or scope
of application and that this Agreement shall remain enforceable as modified or
amended in the jurisdiction where this Agreement is so modified or amended.

                                  ARTICLE IX.

                     ACCESS TO INFORMATION AND SERVICES

      Section 9.01.   PROVISION OF CORPORATE RECORDS.

      (a)   Except as may otherwise be provided in a Related Agreement, USLD
shall arrange as soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, to the
extent not previously delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated
in Article II, for the transportation (at Billing's cost) to Billing of the
Billing Books and Records in USLD's possession, except to the extent such items
are already in the possession of Billing or a Billing Subsidiary.  The Billing
Books and Records shall be the property of Billing, but shall be available to
USLD for review and duplication until USLD shall notify Billing in writing that
such records are no longer of use to USLD.

      (b)   Except as otherwise provided in a Related Agreement, Billing shall
arrange as soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, to the extent
not previously delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated in
Article II, for the transportation (at USLD's cost) to USLD of the USLD Books
and Records in Billing's possession, except to the extent such items are already
in the possession of USLD.  The USLD Books and Records shall be the property of
USLD, but the USLD Books and Records that reasonably relate to the Billing Group
Business shall be available to Billing for review and duplication until Billing
shall notify USLD in writing that such records are no longer of use to Billing.


                                        22 
<PAGE>



      Section 9.02.   ACCESS TO INFORMATION.

      Except as otherwise provided in a Related Agreement, from and after the
Distribution Date, USLD shall afford to Billing and its authorized accountants,
counsel and other designated representatives reasonable access (including using
reasonable efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing information)
and duplicating rights during normal business hours to all records, books,
contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information relating to
pre-Distribution operations (collectively, "INFORMATION") within USLD's
possession insofar as such access is reasonably required by Billing for the
conduct of its business, subject to appropriate restrictions for classified or
Privileged Information.  Similarly, except as otherwise provided in a Related
Agreement, Billing shall afford to USLD and its authorized accountants, counsel
and other designated representatives reasonable access (including using
reasonable efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing information)
and duplicating rights during normal business hours to Information within
Billing's possession, insofar as such access is reasonably required by USLD for
the conduct of its business, subject to appropriate restrictions for classified
or Privileged Information.  Information may be requested under this Article IX
for the legitimate business purposes of either party, including without
limitation, audit, accounting, claims (including claims for indemnification
hereunder), litigation and tax purposes, as well as for purposes for fulfilling
disclosure and reporting obligations and for performing this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby.  The parties hereby agree that Billing shall
also grant to USLD reasonable access to data maintained by Billing after the
Distribution that contain data and other information reasonably related to the
Telecommunications Group Assets or the Telecommunications Group Business, for
purposes of review and retrieval of such data (including the generation of
reports containing such data).  USLD agrees to reimburse Billing for the
reasonable costs of the use of such computer systems.  The parties also agree
that USLD shall grant to Billing reasonable access to data maintained by USLD
after the Distribution that certain data and other information reasonably
related to the Billing Group Assets or the Billing Group Business, for purposes
of review and retrieval of such data (including the generation of reports
containing such data).  Billing agrees to reimburse USLD for the reasonable
costs of the use of such computer systems.

      Section 9.03.   PRODUCTION OF WITNESSES.  At all times from and after
the Distribution Date, each of Billing and USLD shall use reasonable efforts to
make available to the other, upon written request, its and its Subsidiaries'
officers, directors, employees and agents as witnesses to the extent that such
persons may reasonably be required in connection with any Action.

      Section 9.04.   REIMBURSEMENT.  Except to the extent otherwise
contemplated in any Related Agreement, a party providing Information or witness
services to the other party under this Article IX shall be entitled to receive
from the recipient, upon the presentation of invoices therefor, payments of such
amounts, relating to supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses
(at cost) and direct and indirect expenses of employees who are witnesses or
otherwise furnish assistance (at cost), as may be reasonably incurred in
providing such Information or witness services.



                                        23 
<PAGE>



      Section 9.05.   RETENTION OF RECORDS.  Except as otherwise required by
law or agreed to in a Related Agreement or otherwise in writing, each of Billing
and USLD may destroy or otherwise dispose of any of the Information, which is
material Information and is not contained in other Information retained by USLD
or Billing, as the case may be, at any time after the tenth anniversary of this
Agreement, provided that, prior to such destruction or disposal, (a) it shall
provide no less than 90 or more than 120 days prior written notice to the other,
specifying in reasonable detail the Information proposed to be destroyed or
disposed of and (b) if a recipient of such notice shall request in writing prior
to the scheduled date for such destruction or disposal that any of the
Information proposed to be destroyed or disposed of be delivered to such
requesting party, the party proposing the destruction or disposal shall promptly
arrange for the delivery of such of the Information as was requested at the
expense of the party requesting such Information.

      Section 9.06.   CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each of USLD and its Subsidiaries on
the one hand, and Billing and its Subsidiaries on the other hand, shall hold,
and shall cause its consultants and advisors to hold, in strict confidence, all
Information concerning the other in its possession or furnished by the other or
the other's representatives pursuant to this Agreement or the Related Agreements
(except to the extent that such Information has been (i) in the public domain
through no fault of such party or (ii) later lawfully acquired from other
sources by such party), and each party shall not release or disclose such
Information to any other person, except its auditors, attorneys, financial
advisors, rating agencies, bankers or other consultants and advisors, unless
compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process, or as reasonably
advised by its counsel or by other requirements of law, or unless such
Information is reasonably required to be disclosed in connection with (x) any
litigation with any third-parties or litigation between the USLD Group and the
Billing Group, (y) any contractual agreement to which the USLD Group or the
Billing Group are currently parties, or (z) in exercise of either party's rights
hereunder or under any Related Agreement.

      Section 9.07.   PRIVILEGED MATTERS.  Billing and USLD recognize that
legal and other professional services that have been and will be provided prior
to the Distribution Date have been and will be rendered for the benefit of both
the USLD Group and the Billing Group and that both the USLD Group and the
Billing Group should be deemed to be the client for the purposes of asserting
all Privileges.  To allocate the interests of each party in the Privileged
Information, the parties agree as follows:

      (a)   USLD shall be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or
waiver of all Privileges in connection with Privileged Information that relates
solely to the Telecommunications Group, whether or not Privileged Information is
in the possession of or under the control of USLD or Billing.  USLD shall also
be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or waiver of all Privileges
in connection with Privileged Information that relates solely to the subject
matter of any claims constituting Telecommunications Group Liabilities, now
pending or which may be asserted in the future, in any lawsuits or other
proceedings initiated against or by USLD, whether or not the Privileged
Information is in the possession of or under the control of USLD or Billing.



                                        24 
<PAGE>



      (b)   Billing shall be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion
or waiver of all Privileges in connection with Privileged Information that
relates solely to the Billing Group, whether or not the Privileged Information
is in the possession of or under the control of USLD or Billing.  Billing shall
also be entitled, in perpetuity, to control the assertion or waiver of all
Privileges in connection with Privileged Information that relates solely to the
subject matter of any claims constituting Billing Group Liabilities, now pending
or which may be asserted in the future, in any lawsuits or other proceedings
initiated against or by Billing, whether or not the Privileged Information is in
the possession of Billing or under the control of USLD or Billing.

      (c)   Billing and USLD agree that they shall have a shared Privilege, with
equal right to assert or waive, subject to the restrictions in this Section
9.07, with respect to all Privileges not allocated pursuant to the terms of
Sections 9.07(a) and (b).  All Privileges relating to any claims, proceedings,
litigation, disputes, or other matters that involve both Billing and USLD in
respect of which Billing and USLD retain any responsibility or liability under
this Agreement or any Related Agreement, shall be subject to a shared Privilege.

      (d)   No party may waive any Privilege that could be asserted under any
applicable law, and in which the other party has a shared Privilege, without the
consent of the other party, except to the extent reasonably required in
connection with any litigation with third-parties or as provided in subsection
(e) below.  Consent shall be in writing, or shall be deemed to be granted unless
written objection is made within 20 days after notice upon the other party
requesting such consent.

      (e)   In the event of any litigation or dispute between a member of the
USLD Group and a member of the Billing Group, either party may waive a Privilege
in which the other party has a shared Privilege, without obtaining the consent
of the other party, provided that such waiver of a shared Privilege shall be
effective only as to the use of Information with respect to the litigation or
dispute between the USLD Group and the Billing Group, and shall not operate as a
waiver of the shared Privilege with respect to third-parties.

      (f)   If a dispute arises between the parties regarding whether a
Privilege should be waived to protect or advance the interest of either party,
each party agrees that it shall negotiate in good faith, shall endeavor to
minimize any prejudice to the rights of the other party, and shall not
unreasonably withhold consent to any request for waiver by the other party.
Each party specifically agrees that it will not withhold consent to waiver for
any purpose except to protect its own legitimate interests.

      (g)   Upon receipt by any party of any subpoena, discovery or other
request that arguably calls for the production or disclosure of Information
subject to a shared Privilege or as to which the other party has the sole right
hereunder to assert a Privilege, or if any party obtains knowledge that any of
its current or former directors, officers, agents or employees have received any
subpoena, discovery or other requests that arguably calls for the production or
disclosure of such Privileged Information, such party shall promptly notify the
other party of the existence of the request and shall provide the other party a
reasonable opportunity to review the


                                        25 
<PAGE>



Information and to assert any rights it may have under this Section 9.07 or
otherwise to prevent the production or disclosure of such Privileged
Information.

      (h)   The transfer of the Billing Books and Records and the USLD Books and
Records and other Information between USLD and its Subsidiaries and Billing and
its Subsidiaries, is made in reliance on the agreement of Billing and USLD, as
set forth in Sections 9.06 and 9.07, to maintain the confidentiality of
Privileged Information and to assert and maintain all applicable Privileges.
The access to information being granted pursuant to Sections 9.01 and 9.02
hereof, the agreement to provide witnesses and individuals pursuant to Section
9.03 hereof and the transfer of Privileged Information between USLD and its
Subsidiaries and Billing and its Subsidiaries pursuant to this Agreement shall
not be deemed a waiver of any Privilege that has been or may be asserted under
this Agreement or otherwise.


                                  ARTICLE X.

                                  INSURANCE

      Section 10.01.  POLICIES AND RIGHTS INCLUDED WITHIN THE BILLING GROUP
Assets.  Without limiting the generality of the definition of the Billing Group
Assets set forth in Section 2.01 or the effect of Section 2.01, the Billing
Group Assets shall include (a) any and all rights of an insured party under each
of the Shared Policies, specifically including rights of indemnity and the right
to be defended by or at the expense of the insurer, with respect to all
injuries, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses incurred or claimed to have
been incurred on or prior to the Distribution Date by any party in or in
connection with the conduct of the Billing Group or, to the extent any claim is
made against Billing or any of its Subsidiaries, the Telecommunications Group,
and which injuries, losses, liabilities, damages and expenses may arise out of
insured or insurable occurrences or events under one or more of the Shared
Policies; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing in this clause shall be deemed
to constitute (or to reflect) the assignment of the Shared Policies, or any of
them, to Billing and (b) the Billing Group Policies.


      Section 10.02.  POST-DISTRIBUTION DATE CLAIMS.  If, subsequent to the
Distribution Date, any person, corporation, firm or entity shall assert a claim
against Billing or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any injury, loss,
liability, damage or expense incurred or claimed to have been incurred prior to
the Distribution Date in, or in connection with, the conduct of the Billing
Group Business or, to the extent any claim is made against Billing or any of its
Subsidiaries, the Telecommunications Group Business, and which injury, loss,
liability, damage or expense may arise out of insured or insurable occurrences
or events under one or more of the Shared Policies, USLD shall at the time such
claim is asserted be deemed to assign, without need of further documentation, to
Billing any and all rights of an insured party under the applicable Shared
Policy with respect to such asserted claim, specifically including rights of
indemnity and the right to be defended by or at the expense of the insurer;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that nothing in this sentence shall be deemed to
constitute (or to reflect) the assignment of the Shared Policies, or any of
them, to Billing.



                                        26 
<PAGE>



      Section 10.03.  ADMINISTRATION AND RESERVES.  (a)  Notwithstanding the
provisions of Article III, but subject to any contrary provisions of any Related
Agreement, from and after the Distribution Date:

            (i)   Billing shall be entitled to any reserves established by USLD
      or any of its Subsidiaries, or the benefit of reserves held by any
      insurance carrier, with respect to the Billing Group Liabilities; and

            (ii)  USLD shall be entitled to any reserves established by USLD or
      any of its Subsidiaries, or the benefit of reserves held by any insurance
      carrier, with respect to the Telecommunications Group Liabilities.

      (b)   INSURANCE PREMIUMS.  Billing shall have the right but not the
obligation to pay the premiums, to the extent that USLD does not pay premiums
with respect to Telecommunications Group Liabilities (retrospectively-rated or
otherwise), with respect to Shared Policies and the Billing Group Policies, as
required under the terms and conditions of the respective Policies, whereupon
USLD shall forthwith reimburse Billing for that portion of such premiums paid by
Billing as are attributable to the Telecommunications Group Liabilities.  USLD
shall provide continued coverage under its director and officer liability
insurance policy for a period of not less than five years for acts that took
place or were alleged to have taken place prior to the Distribution Date
covering persons who were directors and officers of USLD prior to the
Distribution Date.  Fifty percent of the additional premiums, if any, for such
coverage shall be reimbursed by Billing within 15 days of the Distribution Date.
Such coverage for director and officer liability insurance shall not be
discontinued by USLD without the consent of Billing, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

      (c)   ALLOCATION OF INSURANCE PROCEEDS.  Insurance Proceeds received
with respect to claims, costs and expenses under the Policies shall be paid to
Billing with respect to the Billing Group Liabilities and to USLD with respect
to the Telecommunications Group Liabilities.  Payment of the allocable portions
of indemnity costs of Insurance Proceeds resulting from the liability policies
will be made to the appropriate party upon receipt from the insurance carrier.
In the event that the aggregate limits on any Shared Policies are exceeded, the
parties agree to provide an equitable allocation of Insurance Proceeds received
after the Distribution Date based upon their respective bona fide claims.  The
parties agree to use their best efforts to cooperate with respect to insurance
matters.

      Section 10.04.  AGREEMENT FOR WAIVER OF CONFLICT AND SHARED DEFENSE.  In
the event that Insured Claims of both Billing and USLD exist relating to the
same occurrence, Billing and USLD agree to jointly defend and to waive any
conflict of interest necessary to the conduct of that joint defense.  Nothing in
this paragraph shall be construed to limit or otherwise alter in any way the
indemnity obligations of the parties to this Agreement, including those created
by this Agreement, by operation of law or otherwise.



                                        27 
<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE XI.

                                MISCELLANEOUS

      Section 11.01.  COMPLETE AGREEMENT; CONSTRUCTION.  This Agreement,
including the Schedules and Exhibits and the Related Agreements and other
agreements and documents referred to herein, shall constitute the entire
agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and
thereof and shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments and writings
with respect to such subject matter.  Notwithstanding any other provisions in
this Agreement to the contrary, in the event and to the extent that there shall
be a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the
Related Agreements, then the Related Agreements shall control.

      Section 11.02.  EXPENSES.  Except as otherwise set forth in this
Agreement or any Related Agreement, all costs and expenses in connection with
the preparation, execution, delivery and implementation of this Agreement, the
Distribution and with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement shall be charged to the party for whose benefit the expenses are
incurred, with any expenses that cannot be allocated on such basis to be split
equally between the parties.

      Section 11.03.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas, without regard to
the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

      Section 11.04.  NOTICES.  All notices and other communications hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or mailed by registered or
certified mail (return receipt requested) to the parties at the following
addresses (or at such other addresses for a party as shall be specified by like
notice) and shall be deemed given on the date on which such notice is received:

            To Billing:

                  Billing Information Concepts Corp.
                  9311 San Pedro, Suite 400
                  San Antonio, Texas 78216
                  Attention:  President

            To USLD:

                  U.S. Long Distance Corp.
                  9311 San Pedro, Suite 100
                  San Antonio, Texas 78216
                  Attention:  President



                                        28 
<PAGE>



      Section 11.05.  AMENDMENTS.  This Agreement may not be modified or
amended except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties.

      Section 11.06.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement and all of the
provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

      Section 11.07.  TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated and the
Distribution abandoned at any time prior to the Distribution Date by and in the
sole discretion of the USLD Board without the approval of Billing or of USLD's
stockholders.  In the event of such termination, no party shall have any
liability to any other party pursuant to this Agreement.

      Section 11.08.  SUBSIDIARIES.  Each of the parties hereto shall cause to
be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements
and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any Subsidiary of such party
which is contemplated to be a Subsidiary of such party on and after the
Distribution Date.

      Section 11.09.  NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement is solely
for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective Subsidiaries and
Affiliates and should not be deemed to confer upon third-parties any remedy,
claim, Liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of
those existing without reference to this Agreement.

      Section 11.10.  TITLES AND HEADINGS.  Titles and headings to sections
herein are inserted for the convenience of reference only and are not intended
to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

      Section 11.11.  EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES.  The Exhibits and Schedules
shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same
extent as if the same had been set forth verbatim herein.

      Section 11.12.  LEGAL ENFORCEABILITY.  Any provision of this Agreement
that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such
jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or
unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.  Any such
prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or
render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  Without
prejudice to any rights or remedies otherwise available to any party hereto,
each party hereto acknowledges that damages would be an inadequate remedy for
any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and agrees that the obligations
of the parties hereunder shall be specifically enforceable.

      Section 11.13.  ARBITRATION OF DISPUTES.  (a) Any controversy or claim
arising out of this Agreement or any Related Agreement, or any breach of this
Agreement or any Related Agreement, including any controversy relating to a
determination of whether specific assets constitute Billing Group Assets or
Telecommunications Group Assets or whether specific Liabilities constitute
Billing Group Liabilities or Telecommunications Group Liabilities, but excluding
any controversy relating to the matters set forth in Section 2.06, shall be
settled by


                                        29 
<PAGE>



arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association
then in effect, as modified by this Section 11.13 or by the further agreement of
the parties.

      (b)   Such arbitration shall be conducted in Bexar County, Texas.

      (c)   Any judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be
entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.  The arbitrators shall not,
under any circumstances, have any authority to award punitive, exemplary or
similar damages, and may not, in any event, make any ruling, finding or award
that does not conform to the terms and conditions of this Agreement or the
Related Agreements.

      (d)   Nothing contained in this Section 11.13 shall limit or restrict in
any way the right or power of a party at any time to seek injunctive relief in
any court and to litigate the issues relevant to such request for injunctive
relief before such court (i) to restrain the other party from breaching this
Agreement or (ii) for specific enforcement of this Section 11.13.  The parties
agree that any legal remedy available to a party with respect to a breach of
this Section 11.13 will not be adequate and that, in addition to all other legal
remedies, each party is entitled to an order specifically enforcing this Section
11.13.

      (e)   The Parties hereby consent to the jurisdiction of the federal courts
located in the State of Texas for all purposes under this Agreement.

      (f)   Neither party nor the arbitrators may disclose the existence or
results of any arbitration under this Agreement or any Related Agreement or any
evidence presented during the course of the arbitration without the prior
written consent of both parties, except as required to fulfill applicable
disclosure and reporting obligations, or as otherwise required by law.

      (g)   Each party shall bear its own costs incurred in the arbitration.  If
either party refuses to submit to arbitration any dispute required to be
submitted to arbitration pursuant to this Section 11.13, and instead commences
any other proceeding, including, without limitation, litigation, then the party
who seeks enforcement of the obligation to arbitrate shall be entitled to its
attorneys' fees and costs incurred in any such proceeding.

      Section 11.14.  PROMPT ACTION.   Where the terms of this Agreement
require payment or action "as promptly as possible," "as soon as practicable,"
or "as soon as possible" such payment or action shall be made or taken, as the
case may be, within five (5) business days.

      Section 11.15.  APPLICABILITY TO RELATED AGREEMENTS.  To the extent that
an issue or question arises under a Related Agreement and such issue or question
is not specifically addressed in the Related Agreement (i.e. indemnification;
access to information, confidentiality, etc.), such issue or question shall be
governed by the applicable provisions in this Agreement.



                                        30 
<PAGE>



      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed as of the date and year first above written.


                                    U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.


                                    By:
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Title:
                                          -----------------------------

                                    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.


                                    By:
                                       --------------------------------
                                    Title:
                                          -----------------------------




                                        31 
<PAGE>



                        INDEX OF EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

                                                                    REFERENCED
                                                                         ON
EXHIBITS                                                                PAGE

Exhibit A

      Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement.......... 2

Exhibit B

      Billing Bylaws..................................................... 3

Exhibit C

      Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Billing....... 3

Exhibit D

      Billing Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet....................... 4

Exhibit E

      Expense Sharing Agreement.......................................... 4

Exhibit F

      Tax Sharing Agreement.............................................. 7

Exhibit G

      Transitional Services and Sublease Agreement....................... 8

Exhibit H

      USLD Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet.......................... 8

Exhibit I

      Opinion of The Chicago Corporation................................ 15

Exhibit J

      Opinion of Houlihan Lokey......................................... 15


                                        32 
<PAGE>



Exhibit K

      Opinion of Arter & Hadden......................................... 15



SCHEDULES

1.01(a) Billing Group Subsidiaries.....................................   7
                                                                         
1.01(b) Transferred Intellectual Property .............................   7



                                        33 
<PAGE>



                            SCHEDULE 1.01(a)



                     BILLING GROUP SUBSIDIARIES



Billing Information Concepts, Inc., a Delaware corporation (100%)

Enhanced Services Billing, Inc. a Texas corporation (100%)



                                    34 
<PAGE>




                            SCHEDULE 1.01(b)



                   TRANSFERRED INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY



                                  NONE



                                   35 

<PAGE>



                             TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

                                 by and among

                           U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.,

                                      and

                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.

                                  dated as of

                           __________________, 1996


<PAGE>



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          PAGE

Section 1.  Definitions....................................................  1
      1.1   Affiliate......................................................  1
      1.2   Affiliated Group...............................................  1
      1.3   Billing........................................................  1
      1.4   Billing Group..................................................  2
      1.5   Billing Member.................................................  2
      1.6   Closing........................................................  2
      1.7   Closing Date...................................................  2
      1.8   Code...........................................................  2
      1.9   Combined Jurisdiction..........................................  2
      1.10  Distribution Agreement.........................................  2
      1.11  Final Determination............................................  2
      1.12  Information Return(s)..........................................  2
      1.13  IRS............................................................  2
      1.14  Net Tax(es)....................................................  2
      1.15  Overdue Rate...................................................  2
      1.16  Post-Closing Straddle Period...................................  2
      1.17  Post-Closing Taxable Period....................................  3
      1.18  Pre-Closing Straddle Period....................................  3
      1.19  Pre-Closing Taxable Period.....................................  3
      1.20  Pre-Spin-Off Affiliate.........................................  3
      1.21  Pre-Spin-Off Group.............................................  3
      1.22  Pre-Spin-Off Member............................................  3
      1.23  Representative.................................................  3
      1.24  Separate Return Basis..........................................  3
      1.25  Spin-Off.......................................................  3
      1.26  Straddle Period................................................  3
      1.27  Tax(es)........................................................  3
      1.28  Taxable Period.................................................  3
      1.29  Taxable Year...................................................  4
      1.30  Tax Benefit(s).................................................  4
      1.31  Taxing Authority...............................................  4
      1.32  Tax Practices..................................................  4
      1.33  Tax Return(s)..................................................  4
      1.34  USLD...........................................................  4
      1.35  USLD Group.....................................................  4
      1.36  USLD Member....................................................  4

Section 2.  Obligations, Responsibilities and Rights of USLD and Billing...  5
      2.1   Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns..........................  5

                                      -i-
<PAGE>



      2.2   Provision of Filing Information................................  5
      2.3   Taxable Year...................................................  5
      2.4   Straddle Period Taxes..........................................  6
      2.5   Payment of Taxes...............................................  6
      2.6   Amendments to Tax Returns......................................  6
      2.7   Refund of Taxes................................................  6
      2.8   Carrybacks.....................................................  7

Section 3.  Indemnification................................................  7
      3.1   By USLD........................................................  7
      3.2   By Billing.....................................................  7
      3.3   Certain Reimbursements.........................................  8
      3.4   Other Indemnification..........................................  8

Section 4.  Method, Timing and Character of Payments Required by This 
              Agreement....................................................  8
      4.1   Payment in Immediately Available Funds; Interest...............  8
      4.2   Characterization of Payments...................................  8

Section 5.  Tax Returns; Cooperation; Document Retention; Confidentiality..  8
      5.1   Provision of Cooperation, Documents and Other Information......  8
      5.2   Retention of Books and Records.................................  9
      5.3   Status and Other Information Regarding Audits and Litigation...  9
      5.4   Confidentiality of Documents and Information...................  9

Section 6.  Contests and Audits............................................ 10
      6.1   Notification of Audits or Disputes............................. 10
      6.2   Control and Settlement......................................... 10
      6.3   Delivery of Powers of Attorney and Other Documents............. 10

Section 7.  Miscellaneous.................................................. 10
      7.1   Effectiveness.................................................. 10
      7.2   Entire Agreement............................................... 10
      7.3   Guarantees of Performance...................................... 10
      7.4   Severability................................................... 11
      7.5   Indulgences, etc............................................... 11
      7.6   Governing Law.................................................. 11
      7.7   Notices........................................................ 11
      7.8   Modification or Amendment...................................... 11
      7.9   Successors and Assigns......................................... 11
      7.10  No Third-Party Beneficiaries................................... 11
      7.11  Other.......................................................... 12
      7.12  Predecessors and Successors.................................... 12
      7.13  Tax Elections.................................................. 12

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>



      7.14  Injunctions.................................................... 12
      7.15  Further Assurances............................................. 12
      7.16  Setoff......................................................... 12
      7.17  Costs and Expenses............................................. 13
      7.18  Rules of Construction.......................................... 13


                                      -iii-
<PAGE>



                           TAX SHARING AGREEMENT



      This TAX SHARING AGREEMENT is entered into by and among U.S. Long Distance
Corp., a Delaware corporation ("USLD"), Billing Information Concepts Corp., a
Delaware corporation ("Billing"), and their respective direct and indirect
subsidiaries.  References herein to a "party" (or "parties") to this Agreement,
shall refer to USLD, Billing, and where appropriate and the context so requires,
their respective subsidiaries.

                                 RECITALS

      A.    USLD and its subsidiaries have joined in filing consolidated federal
Tax Returns and certain consolidated, combined or unitary state, local or
foreign Tax Returns.

      B.    USLD and Billing have entered into that certain Distribution
Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the "Distribution Agreement"), pursuant
to which USLD will distribute all of the outstanding common stock in Billing to
USLD's stockholders in a transaction intended to qualify for tax-free treatment
under Code Section 355 (the "Spin-Off").

      C.    Pursuant to the Spin-Off, Billing and its subsidiaries will leave
the Pre-Spin-Off Group.

      D.    The parties hereto wish to provide for (i) allocations of, and
indemnifications against, certain liabilities for Taxes, (ii) the preparation
and filing of Tax Returns on a basis consistent with prior practice and the
payment of Taxes with respect thereto, and (iii) certain related matters.

      NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and their mutual
promises, the parties hereby agree as follows:

      SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS.  When used herein the following terms shall
have the following meanings:

      1.1 "AFFILIATE" - with respect to any corporation (the "given
corporation"), each person, corporation, partnership or other entity that
directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is
controlled by, or is under common control with, the given corporation.  For
purposes of this definition, "control" means the possession, directly or
indirectly, of 50% or more of the voting power or value of outstanding voting
interests.

      1.2 "AFFILIATED GROUP" - an affiliated group of corporations within
the meaning of Code Section 1504(a) for the Taxable Period or, for purposes of
any state income tax matters, any consolidated, combined or unitary group of
corporations within the meaning of the corresponding provisions of tax law for
the state in question.

      1.3 "BILLING" - as defined in the recitals to this Agreement.


<PAGE>



      1.4 "BILLING GROUP" - Billing and each corporation that joins with
Billing in filing a consolidated federal income tax return for any Post-Closing
Taxable Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, the Billing Group shall exist
from the beginning of the day immediately after the Closing Date.

      1.5 "BILLING MEMBER" - a corporation that was a Pre-Spin-Off Member
and becomes a member of the Billing Group at the beginning of the day
immediately after the Closing Date.

      1.6 "CLOSING" - the time at which the Spin-Off shall become effective
on the Closing Date.

      1.7 "CLOSING DATE" - the date on which the Spin-Off is effected by
USLD.

      1.8 "CODE" - the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any
successor thereto, as in effect for the Taxable Year in question.

      1.9 "COMBINED JURISDICTION" - for any Taxable Period, any state, local
or foreign jurisdiction in which USLD or a USLD Affiliate is included in a
consolidated combined, unitary or similar return with Billing or any Billing
Affiliate for state, local or foreign Tax purposes.

      1.10" DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT" - as defined in the recitals to this
Agreement.

      1.11 "FINAL DETERMINATION" - (i) a decision, judgment, decree, or other
order by a court of competent jurisdiction, which has become final and
unappealable; (ii) a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under
Code Sections 7121 or 7122, or comparable agreements or accepted offers under
the laws of other jurisdictions; (iii) any other final settlement with the IRS
or other Taxing Authority; or (iv) the expiration of an applicable statute of
limitations.

      1.12 "INFORMATION RETURN(s)" - with respect to any corporation or
Affiliated Group, any and all reports, returns, declarations or other filings
(other than Tax Returns) required to be supplied to any Tax Authority.

      1.13 "IRS" - the Internal Revenue Service.

      1.14 "NET TAX(ES)" - Taxes (as defined herein) less any related
interest or penalty attributed to such Taxes.

      1.15 "OVERDUE RATE" - a rate of interest per annum that equals the
prime or base lending rate of ______ plus ______ basis points.

      1.16 "POST-CLOSING STRADDLE PERIOD" - with respect to any Straddle
Period, the period beginning on the day after the Closing Date and ending on the
last day of such Taxable Year.



                                        2 
<PAGE>



      1.17 "POST-CLOSING TAXABLE PERIOD" - a Taxable Year that begins on or
after the day immediately after the Closing Date.

      1.18 "PRE-CLOSING STRADDLE PERIOD" - with respect to any Straddle
Period, the period beginning on the first day of such Taxable Year and ending on
the close of business on the Closing Date.

      1.19 "PRE-CLOSING TAXABLE PERIOD" - a Taxable Year that ends at or
before the close of business on the Closing Date.

      1.20 "PRE-SPIN-OFF AFFILIATE" - any Affiliate of any Pre-Spin-Off
Member.

      1.21 "PRE-SPIN-OFF GROUP" - USLD and each corporation that joined with
USLD in filing a consolidated federal income tax return for any Pre-Closing
Taxable Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, the Pre-Spin-Off Group shall
terminate at the close of business on the Closing Date.

      1.22 "PRE-SPIN-OFF MEMBER" - a corporation that was a member of the
Pre-Spin-Off Group immediately prior to the close of business on the Closing
Date.

      1.23 "REPRESENTATIVE" - with respect to any person or entity, any of
such person's or entity's directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants,
accountants, attorneys and other advisors.

      1.24 "SEPARATE RETURN BASIS" - the Tax liability for the Billing Group
(or any Billing Member) calculated with Billing as the common parent of the
Affiliated Group and without regard to any USLD Member.

      1.25 "SPIN-OFF" - as defined in the Recitals to this Agreement.

      1.26 "STRADDLE PERIOD" - any Taxable Year beginning before and ending
after the close of business on the Closing Date.

      1.27 "TAX(ES)" - with respect to any corporation or group of
corporations, any and all U.S. and foreign taxes based or measured by net
income, gross income, gross receipts (when levied in lieu of an income tax)
alternative minimum taxable income, capital surplus, payroll or fixed assets
regardless of whether denominated as an "income tax," a "franchise tax"
sales/use tax, local utility tax, Public Utility Commission (PUC) regulatory
tax, property tax or otherwise, imposed by any Taxing Authority, whether any
such tax is imposed directly or through withholding, together with any interest
and any penalty, addition to tax resulting from a tax deficiency or additional
amount.

      1.28 "TAXABLE PERIOD" - a Pre-Closing Taxable Period, a Post-Closing
Taxable Period or a Straddle Period.


                                        3 
<PAGE>



      1.29 "TAXABLE YEAR" - a taxable year (which may be shorter than a full
calendar or fiscal year), year of assessment or similar period with respect to
which any Tax may be imposed.

      1.30 "TAX BENEFIT(S)" - (i) in the case of a Tax for which a
consolidated federal, or a consolidated, combined or unitary state or other, Tax
Return is filed, the amount by which the Tax liability of the Affiliated Group
or other relevant group of corporations is actually reduced on a "with and
without" basis (by deduction, entitlement to refund, credit, offset or
otherwise, whether available in the current Taxable Year, as an adjustment to
taxable income in any other Taxable Year or as a carryforward or carryback, and
including the effect of such reduction on other Taxes), plus any interest
received with respect to any related Tax refund, and (ii) in the case of any
other Tax, the amount by which the Tax liability of a corporation is actually
reduced on a "with and without" basis (by deduction, entitlement to refund,
credit offset or otherwise, whether available in the current Taxable Year, as an
adjustment to taxable income in any other Taxable Year or as a carryforward or
carryback, and including the effect of such reduction on other Taxes), plus any
interest received with respect to any related Tax refund.

      1.31 "TAXING AUTHORITY" - the IRS and any other domestic or foreign
governmental authority responsible for the administration of any Tax.

      1.32 "TAX PRACTICES" - the most recently applied policies, procedures
and practices employed by the Pre-Spin-Off Group in the preparation and filing
of, and positions taken on, any Tax Returns of USLD or any Pre-Spin-Off Member
or Pre-Spin-Off Affiliate for any Pre-Closing Taxable Period.

      1.33 "TAX RETURN(S)" - with respect to any corporation or Affiliated
Group, all returns, reports, estimates, information statements, including forms
necessary to be filed to withdraw a company's authorization to do business in
any state or locality, declarations and other filings relating to, or required
to be filed in connection with, the payments or refund of any Tax for any
Taxable Period.

      1.34 "USLD" - as defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

      1.35 "USLD GROUP" - USLD and each corporation that joins with USLD in
filing a consolidated federal income tax return for any Post-Closing Taxable
Period.  For purposes of this Agreement, the USLD Group shall exist from the
beginning of the day immediately after the Closing Date.

      1.36 "USLD MEMBER" - a corporation that was immediately before the
Spin-Off a Pre-Spin-Off Member and becomes a member of the USLD Group at the
beginning of the day immediately after the Closing Date.



                                        4 
<PAGE>



      SECTION 2. OBLIGATIONS, RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS OF USLD AND BILLING.

      2.1 PREPARATION AND FILING OF TAX RETURNS.

            (a)   BY USLD.  USLD shall prepare and timely file (or cause to be
prepared and timely filed):

                  (1)   all U.S. and foreign Tax and Information Returns of the
Pre-Spin-Off Group and any Pre-Spin-Off Member that are required to be filed for
periods ending on or before the Closing Date;

                  (2)   all U.S. and foreign Tax and Information Returns of the
Pre-Spin-Off Group and any Pre-Spin-Off Member for all Pre-Closing Taxable
Periods that are not required to be filed for periods ending on or before the
Closing Date;

                  (3)   all U.S. and foreign Tax and Information Returns of the
USLD Group and any USLD Member for all Straddle Periods and Post-Closing Taxable
Periods; and

                  (4)   all U.S. and foreign Tax and Information Returns not
otherwise required to be filed by USLD or Billing pursuant to this Section
2.1(a) and Section 2.1(b).

            (b)   BY BILLING.  Billing shall prepare and timely file (or cause
to be prepared and timely filed) all Tax and Information Returns of the Billing
Group and any Billing Member for all Straddle Periods and Post-Closing Taxable
Periods.

      2.2 PROVISION OF FILING INFORMATION.  Each party shall cooperate and
assist the other party in the preparation and filing of all Tax and Information
Returns subject to Section 2.1 and submit to the other party (i) all necessary
filing information in a manner consistent with past Tax Practices and (ii) all
other information reasonably requested by the other party in connection with the
preparation of such Tax and Information Returns promptly after such request.

      2.3 TAXABLE YEAR.  Billing and USLD agree that, for Tax purposes, (i)
for the period ending on the Closing Date, the Billing Member shall be included
in the consolidated federal Tax Return of the Pre-Spin-Off Group for the Taxable
Year that ends at the close of business on September 30, 1996 (and in all
corresponding consolidated, combined or unitary state or other Tax Returns of
the Pre-Spin-Off Group) and (ii) for the period beginning the day after the
Closing Date, the Billing Group and each Billing Member shall begin a new short
period Taxable Year for purposes of such federal and, to the extent permitted by
law, state Taxes on the day after the Closing Date.  The parties further agree
that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all federal, state or other Tax
Returns shall be filed consistently with this position.



                                        5 
<PAGE>



      2.4 STRADDLE PERIOD TAXES.

            (a)   For purposes of this Agreement, Taxes shall be allocated
between the Pre- and Post-Closing Straddle Periods, in USLD's reasonable
judgment with the consent of the appropriate Billing personnel, which shall not
be unreasonably withheld, in the following manner:  (A) to the extent not
impractical, Taxes shall be allocated on the basis of the actual taxable income
for each such period, determined by closing the books of the Pre-Spin-Off Group
at the close of business on the Closing Date; and (B) to the extent that such an
allocation based on a closing of the books is impractical, USLD shall be
authorized to allocate Taxes based on rounding to the next nearest accounting
period-end.

            (b)   USLD shall pay to Billing within fourteen (14) days after
receipt of an executed Straddle Period Tax Return prepared by Billing pursuant
to Section 2.1(b), the excess of any amount so allocated (based on the amount of
Tax shown on such Tax Return) to the Pre-Closing Straddle Period over the amount
of any estimated Taxes previously paid by any Pre-Spin-Off Member to the
relevant Taxing Authority prior to the Closing Date; or Billing shall pay to
USLD within fourteen (14) days after the filing of such Tax Return the excess of
the amount of any estimated Taxes previously paid by any Pre-Spin-Off Member to
the relevant Taxing Authority prior to the Closing Date over the amount so
allocated to such Period.

      2.5 PAYMENT OF TAXES.  USLD shall pay (i) all Taxes shown to be due
and payable on all Tax Returns filed by (A) USLD pursuant to Section 2.1(a)
hereof and (ii) subject to Section 3, all Taxes that shall thereafter become due
and payable with respect to all Tax Returns filed pursuant to Sections 2.1(a) as
a result of a Final Determination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that Billing shall
reimburse USLD within fourteen (14) days of receipt of notification from USLD
for the amount of Net Taxes that are attributable to any Billing Member on a
Separate Return Basis for all Pre-Closing Taxable Periods that shall thereafter
become due and payable as a result of a Final Determination.  Billing shall pay
all Taxes attributable to all Tax Returns filed by Billing pursuant to Section
2.1(b) hereof.

      2.6 AMENDMENTS TO TAX RETURNS.  No Tax Returns for any Pre-Closing
Taxable Periods filed by USLD may be amended without USLD's and Billing's
consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

      2.7 REFUND OF TAXES.

            (a)   USLD shall be entitled to any refund of Taxes and any Tax
Benefits realized as a result of a Final Determination with respect to all Tax
Returns filed by USLD pursuant to Section 2.1(a); provided, however, that USLD
shall reimburse Billing for the amount of any Tax Benefit attributable to any
Billing Member for all Pre-Closing Taxable Periods which arises as a result of a
Final Determination.  (Any refund resulting from the application of a net
operating loss carryback is deemed attributable to the corporation generating
such net operating loss.)  Billing shall be entitled to any refund with respect
to all Tax Returns filed by Billing pursuant to Section 2.1(b).  Any such
refunds attributable to a Straddle Period shall be allocated


                                        6 
<PAGE>



between the Pre-Closing Straddle Period and Post-Closing Straddle Period on a
basis consistent with the method used to allocated the Tax liability for such
Straddle Period.  With respect to Straddle Period Tax Returns prepared by
Billing pursuant to Section 2.1(b), USLD shall be entitled to any refund
attributable to a Pre-Closing Straddle Period.

            (b)   If USLD or any USLD Member receives a Tax refund or Tax
Benefit to which Billing or any Billing Member is entitled pursuant to this
Agreement, USLD shall pay (in accordance with Section 4) the amount of such Tax
refund or Tax Benefit to Billing within fourteen (14) days of receipt thereof.

            (c)   Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, if Billing or
any Billing Member receives a Tax refund or Tax Benefit to which USLD or any
USLD Member is entitled pursuant to this Agreement, Billing shall pay (in
accordance with Section 4) the amount of such Tax refund or Tax Benefit
(including any interest received thereon) to USLD within fourteen (14) days of
receipt thereof.

      2.8 CARRYBACKS.  Neither Billing nor USLD shall file any carryback
claim for federal Taxes or state, local or foreign Taxes in a Combined
Jurisdiction for the Billing Group or any Billing Member or the USLD Group or
any USLD Member into a Pre-Closing Taxable Period without the prior written
consent of USLD or Billing, as applicable, which shall not be unreasonably
withheld.

      SECTION 3. INDEMNIFICATION.

      3.1 BY USLD.

            (a)   TAXES.  Except as provided in Section 3.2, USLD shall
indemnify and hold Billing and Billing Members harmless against any and all (A)
Taxes attributable to all Tax Returns filed by USLD pursuant to Section 2.1(a),
(including specifically any tax liability arising from the liquidation of Mega
Plus Dialing, Inc.) and (B) with respect to Straddle Period Tax Returns prepared
by Billing pursuant to Section 2.1(b), Taxes attributable to Pre-Closing
Straddle Periods as shown on such Tax Returns.

            (b)   MEMBER LIABILITY.  Except as provided in Sections 3.1(a) and
3.2, USLD shall indemnify and hold Billing and the Billing Members harmless
against each and every liability for Taxes of the Pre-Spin-Off Group under
Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any similar law, rule or regulation
administered by any Taxing Authority.

      3.2 BY BILLING.  Billing shall indemnify and hold USLD and USLD
Members harmless against any and all (i) Taxes attributable to all Tax Returns
filed by Billing pursuant to Section 2.1(b) (but excluding Taxes attributable to
Pre-Closing Straddle Periods that are shown on any Straddle Period Tax Returns),
and (ii) all Net Taxes attributable to any Billing Member on a Separate Return
Basis for all Pre-Closing Taxable Periods that shall thereafter become due and
payable as a result of a Final Determination.


                                        7 
<PAGE>



      3.3 CERTAIN REIMBURSEMENTS.  Billing (or USLD, as the case may be)
shall notify USLD (or Billing) of any Taxes paid by the Billing Group or any
Billing Member (or the USLD Group or any USLD Member) which are subject to
indemnification under this Section 3.  To the extent not otherwise provided in
this Section 3, any other notification contemplated by this Section 3.3 shall
include a detailed calculation (including, if applicable, separate allocations
of such Taxes between Pre- and Post-Closing Taxable Periods and Pre- and
Post-Closing Straddle Periods and supporting work papers) and a brief
explanation of the basis for indemnification hereunder.  Whenever a notification
described in this Section 3.3 is given, the notified party shall pay the amount
requested in such party notice to the notifying party in accordance with Section
4, but only to the extent that the notified party agrees with such request.  To
the extent the notified party disagrees with such request, it shall, within
fourteen (14) days, so notify the notifying party, whereupon the parties shall
use their best efforts to resolve any such disagreement.  Any payment after such
fourteen (14)day period shall include interest at the Overdue Rate from the date
such payment would have been made under Section 4 based upon the original notice
given by the notifying party.

      3.4 OTHER INDEMNIFICATION.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
indemnification provisions in this Agreement shall not restrict the scope of any
other indemnification provisions between any USLD Member and any Billing Member
as set forth in any other intercompany agreements entered into in connection
with the Spin-Off.

      SECTION 4. METHOD, TIMING AND CHARACTER OF PAYMENTS REQUIRED BY THIS
                 AGREEMENT.

      4.1 PAYMENT IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS; INTEREST.  All payments
made pursuant to this Agreement shall be made in immediately available funds.
Except as otherwise provided herein, any payment not made within fourteen (14)
days of when due shall thereafter bear interest at the Overdue Rate from the
date such payment was due.

      4.2 CHARACTERIZATION OF PAYMENTS.  Any payments including future
reimbursements related to refunds or deficiencies (other than interest thereon)
made hereunder by USLD to Billing or by Billing to USLD shall be treated by all
parties for Tax purposes to the extent permitted by law, and for accounting
purposes to the extent permitted by generally accepted accounting principles, as
non-taxable dividend distributions or capital contributions made prior to the
close of business on the Closing Date.

     SECTION 5. TAX RETURNS; COOPERATION; DOCUMENT RETENTION; CONFIDENTIALITY.

      5.1 PROVISION OF COOPERATION, DOCUMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION.  Upon
the reasonable request of any party to this Agreement, USLD and Billing shall
provide (and shall cause the members of their respective Affiliated Groups to
provide) the requesting party, promptly upon request, with such cooperation and
assistance, documents, and other information, without charge, as may reasonably
be requested by such party in connection with (i) the preparation and filing of
any original or amended Tax Return, (ii) the conduct of any audit or


                                        8 
<PAGE>



other examination or any judicial or administrative proceeding involving to any
extent Taxes or Tax Returns within the scope of this Agreement, or (iii) the
verification by a party of an amount payable hereunder to, or receivable
hereunder from, another party.  Such cooperation and assistance shall include,
without limitation:  (i) the provision on demand of books, records, Tax Returns,
documentation or other information relating to any relevant Tax Return; (ii) the
execution of any document that may be necessary or reasonably helpful in
connection with the filing of any Tax Return, or in connection with any audit,
proceeding, suit or action of the type generally referred to in the preceding
sentence, including, without limitation, the execution of powers of attorney and
extensions of applicable statutes of limitations, with respect to Tax Returns
which USLD may be obligated to file on behalf of Billing Members pursuant to
Section 2.1; (iii) the prompt and timely filing of appropriate claims for
refund; and (iv) the use of reasonable best efforts to obtain any documentation
from a governmental authority or a third party that may be necessary or helpful
in connection with the foregoing.  Each party shall make its employees and
facilities available on a mutually convenient basis to facilitate such
cooperation.

      5.2 RETENTION OF BOOKS AND RECORDS.  USLD, each USLD Member, Billing
and each Billing Member shall retain or cause to be retained all Tax Returns,
and all books, records, schedules, workpapers, and other documents relating
thereto, until the expiration of the later of (i) all applicable statutes of
limitations (including any waivers or extensions thereof), and (ii) any
retention period required by law or pursuant to any record retention agreement.
The parties hereto shall notify each other in writing of any waivers, extensions
or expirations of applicable statutes of limitations.  The parties shall provide
written notice of any intended destruction of the documents referred to in this
subsection.  A party giving such a notification shall not dispose of any of the
foregoing materials without first offering to transfer possession thereof to all
notified parties.

      5.3 STATUS AND OTHER INFORMATION REGARDING AUDITS AND LITIGATION. Each 
party shall use reasonable best efforts to keep the other party advised, as 
to the status of Tax audits and litigation involving any issue relating to 
any Taxes, Tax Returns or Tax Benefits subject to indemnification under this 
Agreement.  To the extent relating to any such issue, each party shall 
promptly furnish the other party copies of any inquiries or requests for 
information from any Taxing Authority or any other administrative, judicial 
or other governmental authority as well as copies of any revenue agent's 
report or similar report, notice of proposed adjustment or notice of 
deficiency.

      5.4 CONFIDENTIALITY OF DOCUMENTS AND INFORMATION.  Except as required
by law or with the prior written consent of the other party, all Tax Returns,
documents, schedules, work papers and similar items and all information
contained therein, which Tax Returns and other materials are within the scope of
this Agreement, shall be kept confidential by the parties hereto and their
Representatives, shall not be disclosed to any other person or entity and shall
be used only for the purposes provided herein.



                                        9 
<PAGE>



      SECTION 6. CONTESTS AND AUDITS.

      6.1 NOTIFICATION OF AUDITS OR DISPUTES.  Upon the receipt by a party
of notice of any pending or threatened Tax audit or assessment which may affect
the liability for Taxes that are subject to indemnification hereunder, such
party shall promptly notify the other party in writing of the receipt of such
notice.

      6.2  CONTROL AND SETTLEMENT.  USLD shall have the right and obligation
to control, and to represent the interests of all affected taxpayers in, any Tax
audit or administrative, judicial or other proceeding relating, in whole or in
part, to any Pre-Closing Taxable Period or any other Taxable Period for which
USLD is responsible, in whole or in part, for Taxes under Sections 2.5 and 3,
and to employ counsel of its choice.  However, that, with respect to such issues
that may exclusively impact Billing or any Billing Member for any such Taxable
Period, USLD shall have the right and obligation to assign responsibility to
Billing as to the handling and disposition of such issues.  To the extent that
both Billing and USLD have joint liability with respect to tax deficiencies,
USLD shall in good faith consult with Billing as to the handling and disposition
of such issues and shall not enter into any settlement that impacts Billing or
any Billing Member without the written consent of Billing, which shall not be
unreasonably withheld; and provided, further, that Billing's Tax Director shall
hand deliver to USLD's Chief Financial Officer a written response to any
notification by USLD of a proposed settlement within ten (10) days of the
receipt of such notification.  If Billing's Tax Director fails to so respond
within such ten day period, Billing shall be deemed to have consented to the
proposed settlement.


      SECTION 7. MISCELLANEOUS.

      7.1 EFFECTIVENESS.  This Agreement shall be effective from and after
the Closing Date and shall survive until the expiration of any applicable
statute of limitations; provided, however, that this Agreement shall terminate
immediately upon a termination of the Distribution Agreement.

      7.2 ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement contains the entire agreement
among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.  This
Agreement terminates and supersedes, on a prospective basis only, any and all
other sharing or allocation agreements with respect to Taxes in effect at the
time between the Pre-Spin-Off Group and the Billing Members, but shall not
affect any such agreement to the extent applicable only among USLD Members.

      7.3 GUARANTEES OF PERFORMANCE.  USLD and Billing hereby guarantee the
complete and prompt performance by the members of their respective Affiliated
Groups of all of their obligations and undertakings pursuant to this Agreement.
If, subsequent to the close of business on the Closing Date, either USLD or
Billing shall be acquired by another entity such that 50% or more of its common
stock is in common control, such acquirer shall, by making such acquisition,
simultaneously agree to jointly and severally guarantee the complete and prompt


                                        10 
<PAGE>



performance by the acquired corporation and any Affiliate of the acquired
corporation of all of their obligations and undertakings pursuant to this
Agreement.

      7.4 SEVERABILITY.  In case any one or more of the provisions contained
in this Agreement should be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the
enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby.  It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the
intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms,
provisions, covenants and restrictions hereof without including any of such
which may hereafter be declared invalid, void or unenforceable.  In the event
that any such term, provision, covenant or restriction is hereafter held to be
invalid, void or unenforceable, the parties hereto agree to use their best
efforts to find and employ an alternate means to achieve the same or
substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision,
covenant or restriction.

      7.5 INDULGENCES, ETC.  Neither the failure nor any delay on the part
of any party hereto to exercise any right under this Agreement shall operate as
a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right preclude
any other or further exercise of the same or any other right, nor shall any
waiver of any right with respect to any occurrence be construed as a waiver of
such right with respect to any other occurrence.

      7.6 GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Texas without regard to the
conflict of law principles thereof, except with respect to matters of law
concerning the internal corporate affairs of any corporate entity which is a
party to or subject of this Agreement, and as to those matters the law of the
jurisdiction under which the respective entity derives its powers shall govern.

      7.7 NOTICES.  All notices, requests, demands and other communications
required or permitted under this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be
delivered by hand or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt
requested) to the designated representative of the tax department of each party
and confirmed by a copy thereof directed to the [General Counsel] by each party.

      7.8 MODIFICATION OR AMENDMENT.  This Agreement may be amended at any
time by written agreement executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of
Billing and USLD.

      7.9 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  A party's rights and obligations under
this Agreement may not be assigned without the prior written consent of the
other party.  All of the provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and
permitted assigns, and shall survive any acquisition, disposition or other
corporate restructuring or transaction involving either party.

      7.10 NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.  This Agreement is solely for the
benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective Affiliates and
should not be deemed to confer upon


                                        11 
<PAGE>



third parties any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action or
other right in excess of those existing without this Agreement.

      7.11 OTHER.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each such counterpart being deemed to be an original instrument,
and all of such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same
instrument.  The section numbers and captions herein are for convenience of
reference only, do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed
to limit or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof.

      7.12 PREDECESSORS AND SUCCESSORS.  To the extent necessary to give
effect to the purposes of this Agreement, any reference to any corporation,
Affiliated Group or member of an Affiliated Group shall also include any
predecessors or successors thereto, by operation of law or otherwise.

      7.13 TAX ELECTIONS.  Nothing in this Agreement is intended to change or
otherwise affect any previous tax election made by or on behalf of the
Pre-Spin-Off Group.  USLD, as common parent of the USLD Group, shall continue to
have discretion, reasonably exercised, to make any and all elections with
respect to all members of the Pre-Spin-Off Group for all Pre-Closing Taxable
Periods for which it is obligated to file Tax or Information Returns under
Section 2.1(a).

      7.14 INJUNCTIONS.  The parties acknowledge that irreparable damage
would incur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not
performed in accordance with its specific terms or were otherwise breached.  The
parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent
breaches hereto and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in
any court having jurisdiction; such remedy shall be in addition to any other
remedy available at law or in equity.

      7.15 FURTHER ASSURANCES.  Subject to the provisions hereof, the parties
hereto shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver such other instruments and
documents, and take all such other actions, as may be reasonably required in
order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby.  Subject to the provisions hereof, each party
shall, in connection with entering into this Agreement, performing its
obligations hereunder and taking any and all actions relating hereto, comply
with all applicable laws, regulations, orders and decrees, obtain all required
consents and approvals and make all required filings with any governmental
agency, other regulatory or administrative agency, commission or similar
authority and promptly provide the other party with all such information as it
may reasonably request in order to be able to comply with the provisions of this
sentence.

      7.16 SETOFF.  All payments to be made by any party under this Agreement
shall be made without setoff, counterclaim or withholding, all of which are
expressly waived.



                                        12 
<PAGE>



      7.17 COSTS AND EXPENSES.  Unless otherwise specifically provided
herein, each party agrees to pay its own costs and expenses resulting from the
fulfillment of its respective obligations hereunder.

      7.18 RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.  Any ambiguities shall be resolved without
regard to which party drafted the Agreement.


      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed on their respective behalf by this respective officers thereunto duly
authorized, as of the day and year above written.


                                    U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP. AND
                                    SUBSIDIARIES



                                    By:________________________________
                                    Name:______________________________
                                    Title:_____________________________



                                    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                                    AND SUBSIDIARIES



                                    By:________________________________
                                    Name:______________________________
                                    Title:_____________________________




                                        13 

<PAGE>



                              BENEFIT PLANS AND
                    EMPLOYMENT MATTERS ALLOCATION AGREEMENT

                                    between

                           U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.

                                      and

                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.



<PAGE>



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


ARTICLE 1         DEFINITIONS..............................................  1
      1.1   DEFINITIONS....................................................  1
            Billing Business...............................................  1
            Billing Stock Option...........................................  1
            Code...........................................................  1
            Commission.....................................................  1
            Common Stock...................................................  2
                  (i)   BILLING COMMON STOCK...............................  2
                  (ii)  EMPLOYER COMMON STOCK..............................  2
                  (iii) USLD COMMON STOCK..................................  2
            Company Contribution...........................................  2
            Current Plan Year..............................................  2
            Cutoff Date....................................................  2
            Deferred Compensation Plan.....................................  2
                  (i)   USLD EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN..........  2
                  (ii)  USLD DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN...........  2
                  (iii) BILLING EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.......  2
                  (iv)  BILLING DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN........  3
            Distribution Agreement.........................................  3
            Distribution Date..............................................  3
            Employee.......................................................  3
                  (i)   USLD TERMINEE......................................  3
                  (ii)  RETAINED EMPLOYEE..................................  3
                  (iii) RETAINED INDIVIDUAL................................  3
                  (iv)  BILLING TERMINEE...................................  3
                  (v)   BILLING EMPLOYEE...................................  3
                  (vi)  BILLING INDIVIDUAL.................................  3
            ERISA..........................................................  3
            Existing USLD Stock Option.....................................  4
            401(k) Retirement..............................................  4
                  (i)   USLD 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN........................  4
                  (ii)  BILLING 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN.....................  4
            IRS............................................................  4
            Medical/Dental Plan............................................  4
                  (i)   USLD MEDICAL/DENTAL PLANS..........................  4
                  (ii)  BILLING MEDICAL/DENTAL PLANS.......................  4
            Nonqualified Award.............................................  4
            Plan...........................................................  4
            Post-Conversion Stock Price....................................  4
            Qualified Beneficiary..........................................  5
                  (i)   USLD FUTURE QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY..................  5
                  (ii)  USLD CURRENT QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY.................  5
                  (iii) BILLING FUTURE QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY...............  5
            Retained Business..............................................  5

                                      -i-
<PAGE>



            Service Credit.................................................  5
            Stock Plans....................................................  5
                  (i)   USLD 1990 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN...............  5
                  (ii)  USLD 1993 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN...............  5
                  (iii) USLD 1995 EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN...........  5
                  (iv)  BILLING 1996 EMPLOYEE COMPREHENSIVE STOCK PLAN.....  6
                  (v)   BILLING NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN.................  6
            Stock Purchase Plan............................................  6
            Subsidiary.....................................................  6
                  (i)   RETAINED SUBSIDIARY................................  6
                  (ii)  BILLING SUBSIDIARY.................................  6
            USLD...........................................................  6
            Welfare Plan...................................................  6
      1.2   CERTAIN CONSTRUCTIONS..........................................  6
      1.3   SCHEDULES; SECTIONS............................................  6
      1.4   SURVIVAL.......................................................  6

ARTICLE 2         EMPLOYEE BENEFITS........................................  7
      2.1   EMPLOYMENT.....................................................  7
            (a)   ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES ON DISTRIBUTION DATE......  7
            (b)   SERVICE CREDITS..........................................  7
                  (i)   DISTRIBUTION DATE TRANSFERS........................  7
                  (ii)  POST-DISTRIBUTION DATE TERMINATIONS................  7
      2.2   401(k) RETIREMENT PLANS........................................  7
            (a)   CONTINUATION OF USLD 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN..............  7
            (b)   ESTABLISHMENT OF THE BILLING 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN......  7
            (c)   OBLIGATION TO MAKE COMPANY CONTRIBUTION..................  8
            (d)   ADJUSTMENT MADE TO ACCOUNT BALANCES......................  8
            (e)   TRANSFER AND ACCEPTANCE OF ACCOUNT BALANCES..............  8
            (f)   USLD TO PROVIDE INFORMATION..............................  8
            (g)   REGULATORY FILINGS.......................................  8
      2.3   COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLANS....................................  9
            (a)   USLD COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLANS.........................  9
            (b)   BILLING COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLANS......................  9
      2.4   STOCK PLANS....................................................  9
            (a)   USLD STOCK OPTION PLAN AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN.........  9
            (b)   BILLING COMPREHENSIVE STOCK PLAN AND NON-EMPLOYEE
                    DIRECTOR PLAN.......................................... 10
            (c)   EFFECT OF THE DISTRIBUTION ON GRANTS AND AWARDS MADE 
                   PRIOR TO THE CUTOFF DATE................................ 10
                  (i)   RESTRICTED STOCK................................... 10
                  (ii)  GRANT OF STOCK OPTIONS............................. 10
                  (iii) ADJUSTMENT AND SETTING OF EXERCISE PRICES.......... 11
            (d)   COMMUNICATION REGARDING TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, 
                    VESTING AND LAPSE OF RESTRICTIONS...................... 11
      2.5   STOCK PURCHASE PLAN............................................ 11
            (a)   USLD STOCK PURCHASE PLAN................................. 11

                                      -ii-
<PAGE>



            (b)   BILLING STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.............................. 11
      2.6   MEDICAL/DENTAL PLAN LIABILITY AND COVERAGE..................... 12
            (a)   USLD..................................................... 12
            (b)   BILLING. ................................................ 12
            (c)   CONTINUATION COVERAGE ADMINISTRATION..................... 12
      2.7   VACATION AND SICK PAY LIABILITIES.............................. 13
            (a)   DIVISION OF LIABILITIES.................................. 13
            (b)   FUNDED RESERVES.......................................... 13
      2.8   PRESERVATION OF RIGHT TO AMEND OR TERMINATE PLANS.............. 13
      2.9   NOTICE......................................................... 13
      2.10  PAYROLL REPORTING AND WITHHOLDING.............................. 14
            (a)   FORM W-2 REPORTING....................................... 14
            (b)   FORMS W-4 AND W-5........................................ 14
            (c)   GARNISHMENTS, TAX LEVIES, CHILD SUPPORT ORDERS, QUALIFIED
                  MEDICAL CHILD SUPPORT ORDERS AND WAGE ASSIGNMENTS........ 14
            (d)   AUTHORIZATIONS FOR PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS.................... 14

ARTICLE 3         LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT MATTERS............................. 15
      3.1   SEPARATE EMPLOYERS............................................. 15
      3.2   EMPLOYMENT POLICIES AND PRACTICES.............................. 15
      3.3   CLAIMS......................................................... 15
            (a)   SCOPE.................................................... 15
            (b)   EMPLOYMENT-RELATED CLAIMS................................ 15
            (c)   OBLIGATION TO INDEMNIFY.................................. 15
            (d)   PRE-DISTRIBUTION CLAIMS.................................. 16
            (e)   DISTRIBUTION AND OTHER JOINT LIABILITY CLAIMS............ 16
            (f)   POST-DISTRIBUTION EMPLOYMENT-RELATED CLAIMS.............. 16
      3.4   FUNDING OF PLANS............................................... 16
      3.5   NOTICE OF CLAIMS............................................... 16
      3.6   ASSUMPTION OF EMPLOYMENT TAX RATES............................. 16
      3.7   INTERCOMPANY SERVICE CHARGE.................................... 17
      3.8   WARN CLAIMS.................................................... 17
      3.9   EMPLOYEES ON LEAVE OF ABSENCE.................................. 17
      3.10  NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY RIGHTS.............................. 17
      3.11  ATTORNEY-CLIENT PRIVILEGE...................................... 17

ARTICLE 4         DEFAULT.................................................. 17
      4.1   DEFAULT........................................................ 17
      4.2   FORCE MAJEURE.................................................. 17
                                                                         
ARTICLE 5         MISCELLANEOUS............................................ 18
      5.1   RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES........................................ 18
      5.2   ACCESS TO INFORMATION; COOPERATION............................. 18
      5.3   ASSIGNMENT..................................................... 18
      5.4   HEADINGS....................................................... 18
      5.5   SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS..................................... 18
      5.6   PARTIES BOUND.................................................. 18

                                      -iii-
<PAGE>



      5.7   NOTICES........................................................ 18
      5.8   FURTHER ACTION................................................. 19
      5.9   WAIVER......................................................... 19
      5.10  GOVERNING LAW.................................................. 19
      5.11  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION........................................ 19
      5.12  ENTIRE AGREEMENT............................................... 19


                                      -iv-
<PAGE>



                               BENEFIT PLANS AND
                   EMPLOYMENT MATTERS ALLOCATION AGREEMENT


      THIS BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT MATTERS ALLOCATION AGREEMENT
("Agreement") is made and entered into as of _____________, 1996, by and between
U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation ("USLD"), and BILLING
INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP., a Delaware corporation ("Billing").

                              R E C I T A L S:


      WHEREAS, subject to certain conditions, USLD intends to pay a special
dividend to the holders of USLD Common Stock on a one share-for-one share basis,
consisting of all outstanding shares of Billing Information Concepts Corp.
common stock (the "Distribution"); and

      WHEREAS, in connection with this special dividend, USLD and Billing have
entered into a Distribution Agreement (the "Distribution Agreement") dated as of
____________, 1996; and

      WHEREAS, pursuant to the aforesaid Distribution Agreement, USLD and
Billing have agreed to enter into an agreement allocating responsibilities with
respect to employee compensation, benefit plans, labor and certain other
employment matters pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth herein.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein,
and other valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, USLD and Billing agree as follows:

                                   ARTICLE 1

                                  DEFINITIONS

      1.1   DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the meanings indicated below:

      BILLING BUSINESS.  Any business or operation of USLD or its Subsidiaries
that is, pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, defined as the Billing Group
Business, or which is to be conducted, following the Distribution, by Billing or
any Billing Subsidiary.

      BILLING STOCK OPTION.  An option to acquire Billing Common Stock granted
under the Billing 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan or Billing Non-Employee
Director Plan.

      CODE.  The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor
legislation.

      COMMISSION.  The Securities and Exchange Commission.



<PAGE>



      COMMON STOCK.  The common stock of USLD or Billing, as more specifically
described below:

            (i)   BILLING COMMON STOCK.  The common stock, par value $.01 per
      share, of Billing;

            (ii)  EMPLOYER COMMON STOCK.  USLD Common Stock in the case of
      Retained Employees and USLD Terminees and Billing Common Stock in the case
      of Billing Employees; or

            (iii) USLD COMMON STOCK.  The common stock, par value $.01 per
      share, of USLD.

      COMPANY CONTRIBUTION.  The Company Contribution of USLD under the USLD
401(k) Retirement Plan (as provided in the USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan
document), as may be supplemented in the sole and absolute discretion of the
USLD Board of Directors.

      CURRENT PLAN YEAR.  The plan year or fiscal year, whichever is
applicable with respect to any Plan, during which the Distribution occurs.

      CUTOFF DATE.  The date immediately preceding the Distribution Date.

      DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN.  A plan of deferred compensation that is not
tax-qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and that is maintained for
Employees of USLD or Billing and their beneficiaries, as described below:

            (i)   USLD EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.  The current USLD
      Executive Compensation Deferral Plan, restated as of December 12, 1995,
      through which eligible executives of USLD may defer current compensation
      for retirement or other purposes, and that serves as the means by which
      amounts that would otherwise exceed certain limitations for contributions
      to the tax-qualified USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan are credited and
      automatically deferred;

            (ii)  USLD DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.  The current USLD
      Director Compensation Deferral Plan, restated as of December 19, 1995,
      through which members of USLD's Board of Directors may defer current
      compensation for retirement or other purposes, and that serves as a means
      by which amounts that would otherwise exceed certain limitations for
      contributions to tax qualified retirement plans are credited and
      automatically deferred;

            (iii) BILLING EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.  The Billing
      Executive Compensation Deferral Plan, adopted as of ____________, 1996,
      but effective as of the Distribution Date, through which eligible
      executives of Billing may defer current compensation for retirement or
      other purposes, and that serves as the means by which amounts that would
      otherwise exceed certain limitations for contributions to the
      tax-qualified Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan are credited and
      automatically deferred; or



                                     -2-
<PAGE>



            (iv)  BILLING DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.  The Billing
      Director Compensation Deferral Plan, adopted as of __________, 1996, but
      effective as of the Distribution Date, through which members of Billing's
      Board of Directors may defer current compensation for retirement or other
      purposes, and that serves as a means by which amounts that would otherwise
      exceed certain limitations for contributions to tax qualified retirement
      plans are credited and automatically deferred.

      DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT.  The agreement described in the second recital
of this Agreement.

      DISTRIBUTION DATE.  The date on which the Distribution occurs.

      EMPLOYEE.  An individual who, on the Distribution Date, is identified as
being in any of the following categories:

            (USLD CATEGORIES OF EMPLOYEES)

            (i)   USLD TERMINEE.  Any individual formerly employed in any
      Retained Business of USLD or of any Subsidiary of USLD who terminated such
      employment prior to the Distribution Date, including, but not limited to,
      any USLD Employee who has retired from a Retained Business prior to the
      Distribution Date;

            (ii)  RETAINED EMPLOYEE.  Any individual who is an Employee of
      USLD or any Retained Subsidiary on the Distribution Date; or

            (iii) RETAINED INDIVIDUAL.  Any individual who (i) is a Retained
      Employee, or (ii) is, as of the Cutoff Date, a USLD Terminee whose last
      employment with USLD or a Retained Subsidiary was with a Retained Business
      or any Retained Subsidiary, or (iii) is a beneficiary of any individual
      described in clause (i) or (ii).

            (BILLING CATEGORIES OF EMPLOYEES)

            (iv)  BILLING TERMINEE.  Any individual formerly employed by any
      Billing Business or any Subsidiary of USLD who terminated such employment
      prior to the Distribution Date, including, but not limited to, any Billing
      Employee who has retired from a Billing Business prior to the Distribution
      Date;

            (v)   BILLING EMPLOYEE.  Any individual who is an Employee of
      Billing or any Billing Subsidiary on the Distribution Date; or

            (vi)  BILLING INDIVIDUAL.  Any individual who (i) is a Billing
      Employee, or (ii) is, as of the Cutoff Date, a Billing Terminee whose last
      employment with USLD or a Retained Subsidiary was with a Billing Business
      or any Billing Subsidiary, or (iii) is a beneficiary of any individual
      specified in clause (i) or (ii).

      ERISA.  The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
or any successor legislation.


                                     -3-
<PAGE>



      EXISTING USLD STOCK OPTION.  An unexercised option to purchase USLD
Common Stock held by a grantee on the Cutoff Date pursuant to the USLD 1990
Employee Stock Option Plan or USLD 1993 Non-Employee Director Plan.

      401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN.  A defined contribution plan maintained pursuant
to Section 401(k) or 401(a) of the Code for Employees and their beneficiaries,
as specifically identified using one of the categories described below:

            (i)   USLD 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN.  The USLD Employees' 401(k)
      Retirement Plan and Trust, as in effect prior to the Distribution Date; or

            (ii)  BILLING 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN.  The Billing Employees'
      401(k) Retirement Plan and Trust to be adopted by Billing and to become
      effective on the Distribution Date.

      IRS.  The Internal Revenue Service.

      MEDICAL/DENTAL PLAN.  A Welfare Plan providing health benefits to
Employees of USLD and their dependents, or to Employees of Billing and their
dependents, as described below:

            (i)   USLD MEDICAL/DENTAL PLANS.  The existing USLD Medical/Dental
      Plans maintained prior to the Distribution primarily for the benefit of
      Retained Employees and Billing Employees and continued by USLD after the
      Distribution Date pursuant to Section 2.6; or

            (ii)  BILLING MEDICAL/DENTAL PLANS.  The Medical/Dental Plans to
      be established by Billing in accordance with Section 2.6.

      NONQUALIFIED AWARD.  An award under the USLD 1990 Employee Stock Option
Plan, the USLD Non-Employee Director Plan or the Billing 1996 Employee
Comprehensive Stock Plan of a stock option that is not qualified as an incentive
stock option under Code Section 422.

      PLAN.  Any plan, policy, arrangement, contract or agreement providing
compensation or benefits for any group of Employees or former employees or for
any individual Employee or former employee or the dependents or beneficiaries of
any such Employee or former employee, whether formal or informal or written or
unwritten, and including, without limitation, any means, whether or not legally
required, pursuant to which any benefit is provided by an employer to any
Employee or former employee or the beneficiaries of any such Employee or former
employee.  The term "Plan" as used in this Agreement does not include any
contract, agreement or understanding entered into by USLD prior to the
Distribution or by USLD or Billing after the Distribution and relating to
settlement of actual or potential employee-related litigation claims.

      POST-CONVERSION STOCK PRICE.  The per share price of USLD Common Stock
or Billing Common Stock, as applicable, equal to the average of the closing
sales price per share of that Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market for
each of ten consecutive trading days beginning with and including the
Distribution Date.



                                     -4-
<PAGE>



      QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY.  An individual (or dependent thereof) who either
(1) experiences a "qualifying event" (as that term is defined in Code Section
4980B(f)(3) and ERISA 603) while a participant in any Medical/Dental Plan, or
(2) becomes a "qualified beneficiary" (as that term is defined in Code Section
4980B(g)(1) and ERISA 607(3)) under any Medical/Dental Plan, and who is included
in any one of the following categories:

            (i)   USLD FUTURE QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY.  Any person who becomes a
      Qualified Beneficiary on or after the Distribution Date under any USLD
      Medical/Dental Plan;

            (ii)  USLD CURRENT QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY.  Any USLD Terminee who
      on or before the Cutoff Date, was a Qualified Beneficiary under any USLD
      Medical/Dental Plan;

            (iii) BILLING FUTURE QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY.  Any person who
      becomes a Qualified Beneficiary after the Cutoff Date under any Billing
      Medical/Dental Plan; or

            (iv)  BILLING CURRENT QUALIFIED BENEFICIARY.  Any Billing Terminee
      who on or before the Cutoff Date was a Qualified Beneficiary under any
      USLD Medical/Dental Plan.

      RETAINED BUSINESS.  Any business or operation of USLD or its
Subsidiaries that is, pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, defined as the
Telecommunications Group Business, or that is to be conducted, following the
Distribution, by USLD or any Retained Subsidiary.

      SERVICE CREDIT.  The period taken into account under any Plan for
purposes of determining length of service or plan participation to satisfy
eligibility, vesting, benefit accrual and similar requirements under such Plan.

      STOCK PLANS.  Stock based incentive Plans maintained for Employees and
Non-Employee Directors of USLD or Billing and their respective beneficiaries, as
described below:

            (i)   USLD 1990 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION PLAN.  A stock-based
      incentive compensation Plan providing for awards of stock options
      maintained for employees of USLD and its subsidiaries, and their
      beneficiaries, adopted in 1990 and continued by USLD pursuant to Section
      2.4(a);

            (ii)  USLD 1993 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN.  A stock-based
      incentive compensation Plan providing for awards of stock options
      maintained for non-employee directors of USLD and its subsidiaries, and
      their beneficiaries, adopted in 1993 (which incorporated and expanded a
      1991 non-employee director plan) and continued pursuant to Section 2.4(a);

            (iii) USLD 1995 EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN.  A stock-based
      incentive compensation Plan providing for awards of restricted stock
      maintained for employees of USLD and its subsidiaries, and their
      beneficiaries, adopted in 1995 and continued by USLD pursuant to Section
      2.4(a);



                                     -5-
<PAGE>



            (iv)  BILLING 1996 EMPLOYEE COMPREHENSIVE STOCK PLAN.  A
      stock-based incentive compensation Plan providing for awards of stock
      options and restricted stock maintained for employees of Billing, its
      parent and subsidiaries, and their beneficiaries, adopted by USLD as sole
      stockholder of Billing on ____________, 1996, but effective as of the
      Distribution Date, and continued by Billing pursuant to Section 2.4(b); or

            (v)   BILLING NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN.  A stock-based incentive
      compensation Plan providing for awards of stock options to non-employee
      directors of Billing, its parent and subsidiaries, adopted by USLD as the
      sole stockholder of Billing on ___________, 1996, but effective as of the
      Distribution Date, and continued by Billing pursuant to Section 2.4(b).


      STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.  A stock-based Plan meeting the requirements of
Section 423 of the Code, maintained for Employees of USLD or Billing.

      SUBSIDIARY.  Any corporation, including each of the following
categories:

            (i)   RETAINED SUBSIDIARY.  Any subsidiary of USLD except Billing
      and the Billing Subsidiaries; or

            (ii)  BILLING SUBSIDIARY.  Each of the Billing Group Subsidiaries
      as defined in the Distribution Agreement and all other Subsidiaries of
      Billing as defined in the Distribution Agreement at the time of the
      Distribution.

      USLD.  U.S. Long Distance Corp., a Delaware corporation.

      WELFARE PLAN.  Any Plan that provides medical, health, disability,
accident, life insurance, death, dental or any other welfare benefit, including,
without limitation, any post-employment benefit.

      1.2   CERTAIN CONSTRUCTIONS.  References to the singular in this
Agreement shall refer to the plural and vice-versa and references to the
masculine shall refer to the feminine and vice-versa.

      1.3   SCHEDULES; SECTIONS.  References to a "Schedule" are, unless
otherwise specified, to one of the Schedules attached to this Agreement, and
references to a "Section" are, unless otherwise specified, to one of the
Sections of this Agreement.

      1.4   SURVIVAL.  Obligations described in this Agreement shall remain in
full force and effect and shall survive the Distribution Date.



                                     -6-
<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE 2

                               EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

      2.1   EMPLOYMENT.

      (a)   ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES ON DISTRIBUTION DATE.  On the
Distribution Date, except to the extent retained or assumed by USLD under this
Agreement or any other agreement related to the Distribution, Billing shall
retain or assume, as the case may be, responsibility as employer for the Billing
Employees.  On the Distribution Date, except to the extent retained or assumed
by Billing under this Agreement or any other agreement relating to the
Distribution, USLD shall retain or assume, as the case may be, responsibility as
employer for the Retained Employees.  The assumption or retention of
responsibility as employer by USLD or Billing described in this Section 2.1
shall not, of itself, constitute a severance or a termination of employment
under any plan of severance, of income or other Plan extension maintained by
USLD or Billing, and no such severance, separation or termination shall be
deemed to occur.

      (b)   SERVICE CREDITS.

            (i)   DISTRIBUTION DATE TRANSFERS.  On the Distribution Date, for
      purposes of determining Service Credits under any Plans, USLD shall credit
      each Retained Employee and Billing shall credit each Billing Employee with
      such Employee's Service Credits and original hire date as are reflected in
      the USLD payroll system records.  Such Service Credits and hire date shall
      continue to be maintained as described herein for as long as the Employee
      does not terminate employment.

            (ii)  POST-DISTRIBUTION DATE TERMINATIONS.  Subject to the
      provisions of ERISA, USLD may, in the case of Retained Employees, and
      Billing may, in the case of Billing Employees, each in its sole
      discretion, make such decisions as it deems appropriate with respect to
      determining Service Credits for such Employees who terminate employment
      from the other company after the Distribution Date.

      2.2   401(k) RETIREMENT PLANS.

      (a)   CONTINUATION OF USLD 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN.  Effective as of the
Distribution Date, USLD shall continue sponsorship of the USLD 401(k) Retirement
Plan.

      (b)   ESTABLISHMENT OF THE BILLING 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN.  Effective as
of the Distribution Date, Billing shall take, or cause to be taken, all action
necessary and appropriate to establish and administer a new Plan named the
Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan and Trust in the form approved by the Billing
Board of Directors.  Billing shall provide benefits under such Billing 401(k)
Retirement Plan after the Distribution Date for all Billing Employees who,
immediately prior to the Distribution Date, were participants in or otherwise
entitled to benefits under the USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan.  The Billing 401(k)
Retirement Plan shall be intended to qualify for tax-favored treatment under
Section 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code and to be in compliance with the
requirements of ERISA.  All Billing Employees who wish to participate in


                                     -7-
<PAGE>



the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan will be required to enroll in the Billing
401(k) Retirement Plan as provided by such Plan.

      (c)   OBLIGATION TO MAKE COMPANY CONTRIBUTION.  USLD is responsible for
USLD's obligation to make payment of Company Contributions under the USLD 401(k)
Retirement Plan in accordance with the terms and conditions of the USLD 401(k)
Retirement Plan for the period up to and including the Cutoff Date.  The Company
Contribution to the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan for the remainder of the
Current Plan Year shall be paid by Billing in accordance with the provisions of
the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan document and applicable law.

      (d)   ADJUSTMENT MADE TO ACCOUNT BALANCES.  As of the Distribution Date,
the plan administrator of the USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan shall adjust the
account balances of all participants entitled under such Plan to Company
Contributions and forfeitures for the Current Plan Year to reflect such Company
Contributions and forfeitures.

      (e)   TRANSFER AND ACCEPTANCE OF ACCOUNT BALANCES.  As soon as
practicable after the Distribution Date, USLD shall cause the trustees of the
USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan to transfer to the trustee or other funding agent of
the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan the amounts (in cash, securities, other
property, plan loans, or a combination thereof) acceptable to the Billing
administrator or trustee of the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan representing the
account balances of all Billing Individuals, and Billing shall credit the
accounts of such individuals under the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan with said
amounts.  Each such transfer shall comply with Section 414(l) of the Code and
the requirements of ERISA and the regulations promulgated thereunder.  Billing
shall cause the trustees or other funding agent of the Plan to accept the
plan-to-plan transfer from the USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan trustees, and to
credit the accounts of such Billing Individuals under the Billing 401(k)
Retirement Plan with amounts transferred on their behalf.

      (f)   USLD TO PROVIDE INFORMATION.  USLD shall provide Billing, as soon
as practicable after the Distribution Date (with the cooperation of Billing to
the extent that relevant information is in the possession of Billing or a
Billing Subsidiary, and in accordance with Section 5.2), with a list of Billing
Individuals who, to the best knowledge of USLD, were participants in or
otherwise entitled to benefits under the USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan on the
Cutoff Date, together with a listing of each participant's Service Credits under
the USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan and a listing of each such Billing Individual's
account balance thereunder.  USLD shall, as soon as practicable after the
Distribution Date and in accordance with Section 5.2, provide Billing with such
additional information in the possession of USLD or a Retained Subsidiary (and
not already in the possession of Billing or a Billing Subsidiary) as may be
reasonably requested by Billing and necessary for Billing to administer
effectively the Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan.

      (g)   REGULATORY FILINGS.  Billing and USLD shall, in connection with
the plan-to-plan transfer described in Section 2.2(e), cooperate in making any
and all appropriate filings required by the Commission or the IRS, or required
under the Code, ERISA, or any applicable securities laws and the regulations
thereunder, and take all such action as may be necessary and appropriate to
cause such plan-to-plan transfer to take place as soon as practicable after the


                                     -8-
<PAGE>



Distribution Date or otherwise when required by law.  Further, Billing shall
seek a favorable IRS determination letter to the effect that the Billing 401(k)
Retirement Plan, as organized, satisfies all qualification requirements under
Section 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code, and the transfers described in Section
2.2(e) shall take place as soon as practicable.  Such transfers may take place
pending issuance of a favorable determination letter, upon receipt of an opinion
of counsel reasonably satisfactory to both USLD and Billing that the Billing
Plan so qualifies, or can be made to so qualify by retroactive amendment, and
that the transfer will not adversely affect the qualified status of either Plan
or decrease the accrued benefits of any participant.

      2.3   COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLANS.

      (a)   USLD COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLANS.  USLD shall continue sponsorship
of the USLD Executive Compensation Deferral Plan and USLD Director Compensation
Deferral Plan and to provide future deferred compensation benefits thereunder
accruing after the Cutoff Date for all Retained Employees and outside directors
of USLD, as the case may be, who are admitted to participation in such
respective Plans on or after the Distribution Date.  USLD shall be responsible
for all liabilities and obligations of USLD relating to Retained Individuals and
such outside directors of USLD, as the case may be, accrued through the Cutoff
Date with respect to the USLD Executive Compensation Deferral Plan and USLD
Director Compensation Deferral Plans, respectively, along with earnings required
to be credited to account balances included therein.

      (b)   BILLING COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLANS.  Billing shall adopt new
plans named the Billing Executive Compensation Deferral Plan and Billing
Director Compensation Deferral Plan.  Billing shall thereafter (1) provide
similar deferred compensation opportunities to Billing Individuals and outside
directors of Billing as shall have been provided to participants in the USLD
Executive Compensation Deferral Plan and USLD Director Compensation Deferral
Plan, respectively, prior to the Distribution Date; and (2) shall assume all
liabilities and obligations of USLD relating to Billing Individuals and outside
directors of Billing accrued through the Cutoff Date with respect to the USLD
Executive Compensation Deferral Plan and USLD Director Compensation Deferral
Plan, respectively, along with earnings required to be credited to account
balances included in such Plans.  The foregoing shall be subject to the
requirements of ERISA and the Code.  All Billing Employees who wish to
participate in the Billing Executive Compensation Deferral Plan or Director
Deferral Plan, as applicable, must so elect as provided by such Plan.

      2.4   STOCK PLANS.

      (a)   USLD STOCK OPTION PLAN AND RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN.  USLD shall
continue the USLD 1990 Employee Stock Option Plan, the USLD 1993 Non-Employee
Director Plan and the USLD 1995 Employee Restricted Stock Plan.  All awards
under these Plans will continue to be denominated in USLD Common Stock.  USLD
shall continue to reserve those shares already reserved under the USLD 1990
Employee Stock Option Plan, the USLD 1993 Non-Employee Director Plan and the
USLD 1995 Employee Restricted Stock Plan.  Additionally, USLD, after the
Distribution, will cause to be reserved any additional shares identified for
reservation thereunder to the extent authorized by the stockholders.



                                     -9-
<PAGE>



      (b)   BILLING COMPREHENSIVE STOCK PLAN AND NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN.
As soon as practicable after the date hereof, Billing shall take, or cause to be
taken, all action necessary and appropriate (i) to ratify the adoption of the
Billing 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan and the Billing Non-Employee
Director Plan, and (ii) to present such Plans to USLD, as the sole stockholder
of Billing, for its approval of these Plans.  All awards of options under the
Billing 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan and the Billing Non-Employee
Director Plan will be denominated in Billing Common Stock.  To the extent
authorized by USLD, its sole stockholder, prior to the Distribution Date,
Billing will reserve as shares under the Billing 1996 Employee Comprehensive
Stock Plan and the Billing Non-Employee Director Plan ________ shares and
_______ shares, respectively, of Billing Common Stock, identified for
reservation thereunder.  Any such shares not used to grant Billing Stock Options
or restricted share awards pursuant to Section 2.4(c) will be available for
future awards to Billing Individuals.  Billing shall administer all grants of
Billing Stock Options and awards of restricted shares of Billing Common Stock
under the Billing 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan and all grants of
Billing Stock Options under the Billing Non-Employee Director Plan under the
terms of such Plans governing such grants or awards.

      (c)   EFFECT OF THE DISTRIBUTION ON GRANTS AND AWARDS MADE PRIOR TO THE
CUTOFF DATE.

            (i)   RESTRICTED STOCK.  On the Distribution Date, the grantee of
each restricted share of USLD Common Stock awarded under the USLD 1995 Employee
Restricted Stock Plan shall retain such share and shall receive as part of the
Distribution one restricted share of Billing Common Stock under the Billing 1996
Comprehensive Stock Plan for each restricted share of USLD Common Stock awarded
under the USLD 1995 Employee Restricted Stock Plan as of the record date for the
Distribution.  For the Retained Employees and USLD Terminees, the restricted
shares of Billing Common Stock will be held by Billing and will be subject to
restrictions identical to those applicable to the underlying restricted shares
of USLD Common Stock, which are and will continue to be held by USLD.  For
Billing Employees and Billing Terminees, their restricted shares of USLD Common
Stock will continue to be held by USLD under the 1995 Employee Restricted Stock
Plan, the Billing Common Stock will be subject to restrictions for the benefit
of Billing identical to the restrictions for the benefit of USLD that are
applicable to the underlying shares of USLD Common Stock and Billing will hold
the restricted shares of Billing Common Stock under the Billing 1996
Comprehensive Stock Plan.  Restricted shares of Billing Common Stock awarded as
part of the Distribution shall be released by Billing from restrictions at the
same time and on the same schedule as the restricted shares of USLD Common Stock
retained, under the terms of the restrictions to which the grantee's award under
the USLD 1995 Employee Restricted Stock Plan were subject.  The Distribution
shall not be deemed a termination of employment by any Retained Employee or
Billing Employee for purposes of the USLD 1995 Restricted Stock Plan.

            (ii)  GRANT OF STOCK OPTIONS.  As soon as practicable after the
date hereof and prior to the Distribution Date, Billing shall grant to (1) each
Retained Employee or Billing Employee that is a grantee of a Nonqualified Award
of an Existing USLD Stock Option under the USLD 1990 Employee Stock Option Plan,
a Nonqualified Award of a Billing Stock Option to purchase a number of shares of
Billing Common Stock under the Billing 1996 Comprehensive Stock Plan equal to
the number of shares of USLD Common Stock purchasable under the Existing USLD
Stock Option and (2) each non-employee director of USLD that is a grantee of


                                     -10-
<PAGE>



an Existing USLD Stock Option under the USLD 1993 Non-Employee Director Plan, a
Billing Stock Option to purchase a number of shares of Billing Common Stock
under the Billing 1996 Comprehensive Stock Plan equal to the number of shares of
USLD Common Stock purchasable under the Existing USLD Stock Option. The Billing
Stock Options will be subject to the same terms and conditions of the
corresponding Existing USLD Stock Options, except that the exercise price of the
Billing Stock Options shall be set as described in paragraph 2.4(c)(iii) and the
Distribution shall not be deemed a termination of employment of any Retained
Employee or Billing Employee for purposes of the USLD 1990 Employee Stock Option
Plan or the Billing 1996 Comprehensive Stock Plan.  The Existing USLD Stock
Options shall remain in effect with the same terms and conditions, including
that the same number of shares of USLD Common Stock shall be purchasable upon
exercise thereof, except that the exercise price of the Existing USLD Stock
Options shall be adjusted pursuant to paragraph 2.4(c)(iii).

      (iii) ADJUSTMENT AND SETTING OF EXERCISE PRICES.  The adjusted exercise
price (the "Adjusted USLD Option Exercise Price") of each Existing USLD Stock
Option and the exercise price of the related Billing Stock Option shall be as
follows.  The Adjusted USLD Option Exercise Price shall equal the product of (1)
the exercise price of the Existing USLD Stock Option multiplied by (2) the ratio
of (a) the Post Conversion Stock Price of USLD Common Stock to (b) the sum of
(x) the Post Conversion Stock Price of the USLD Common Stock plus (y) the Post
Conversion Stock Price of the Billing Common Stock.  The exercise price of the
related Billing Stock Option shall equal the product of (1) the exercise price
of the related Existing USLD Stock Option multiplied by (2) the ratio of (a) the
Post Conversion Stock Price of Billing Common Stock to (b) the sum of (x) the
Post Conversion Stock Price of the Billing Common Stock plus (y) the Post
Conversion Stock Price of the USLD Common Stock.

      (d)   COMMUNICATION REGARDING TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT, VESTING AND 
LAPSE OF RESTRICTIONS.  USLD shall promptly notify Billing of the termination 
of employment of any Retained Employee holding Billing Stock Options or 
restricted shares of Billing Common Stock and of any amendment to an Existing 
USLD Stock Option held by a Retained Employee holding a related Billing Stock 
Option.  Billing shall promptly notify USLD of the termination of employment 
of any Billing Employee holding an Existing USLD Stock Option or restricted 
shares of USLD Common Stock and of any amendment to a Billing Stock Option 
held by a Billing Employee holding a related Existing USLD Stock Option.  
Such notices with respect to termination shall specify the date of 
termination, the reason for termination (e.g. for cause, without cause, upon 
a change of control, etc.), whether the termination is with or without 
written consent and that the impact that such termination has on any 
outstanding grant or award of options on restricted shares. Such notices 
with respect to  amendments to an Existing USLD Stock Option or Billing Stock 
Option shall specify the amendment, the name of the Retained Employee or 
Billing Employee, as applicable, and such other information as the other 
party shall reasonably require. USLD agrees that each Existing USLD Stock 
Option held by a Billing Employee whose related Billing Stock Option is 
amended following the Distribution Date shall be deemed amended and shall be 
amended to the same extent as the related Billing Stock Option is amended 
without further action. Billing agrees that each Billing Stock Option held by 
a Retained Employee whose related Existing USLD Stock Option is amended 
following the Distribution Date shall be deemed amended and shall be amended 
to the same extent as the related Existing USLD Stock Option is amended 
without further action.

      (e)   CHANGE IN CONTROL.  Each Existing USLD Stock Option agreement
provides, and each related Billing Stock Option agreement will provide, that
upon a change of control (as defined in the applicable stock option agreement)
of either USLD or Billing, all nonvested Existing USLD Stock Options and all 
nonvested Billing Stock Options shall immediately vest, whether held by a 
Retained Employee or a Billing Employee.

      (f)  DETERMINATION OF CONSENT TO TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT OF BILLING 
EMPLOYEES UNDER USLD EMPLOYEE STOCK PLAN.  USLD agrees that with respect to 
Billing Employees who hold USLD Stock Options under the USLD 1990 Employee 
Stock Plan, for purposes of Section 14 of the USLD 1990 Employee Stock Plan, 
the giving or withholding of consent to the termination of employment of a 
Billing Employee shall be as determined by Billing and stated in the notice 
of termination provided by Billing to USLD as required by Section 2.4(d) 
above.

      2.5   STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.

      (a)   USLD STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.  The current six-month enrollment period
for the USLD Stock Purchase Plan shall close early on June 30, 1996, or such
other date preceding the Distribution Date as the Plan administrator shall
specify, and shares of USLD Common Stock shall be purchased for all eligible
Plan participants so as to allow Plan participants to participate in the
Distribution of the shares of Billing Common Stock.  The next six-month
enrollment period for the USLD Stock Purchase Plan shall begin on August 1,
1996, or such other date as the Plan Administrator shall specify following the
Distribution Date.

      (b)   BILLING STOCK PURCHASE PLAN.  The Billing Stock Purchase Plan,
approved by USLD in its role as sole stockholder of Billing on _________, 1996,
but effective as of the Distribution Date, shall begin its initial enrollment
period on August 1, 1996, or such other date


                                     -11-
<PAGE>



as Plan administrator shall specify following the Distribution Date.  All
Billing Employees who wish to participate in the Billing Stock Purchase Plan
must so elect as provided by such Plan.

      2.6   MEDICAL/DENTAL PLAN LIABILITY AND COVERAGE.

      (a)   USLD.  USLD shall sponsor and continue the existing USLD
Medical/Dental Plans and be responsible for providing medical/dental coverage,
including appropriate stop-loss insurance, and assuming responsibility for the
associated liabilities and accrued obligations of these plans relating to
Retained Employees and Retained Individuals.  The medical/dental plans to be
sponsored and continued by USLD are listed on Schedule 2.6(a) attached to and
incorporated into this Agreement.

      (b)   BILLING.  After the Distribution Date, Billing shall be
responsible for providing medical/dental coverage and assuming responsibility
for the associated liabilities and accrued obligations of and relating to all
Billing Employees and their eligible dependents who will be offered
participation in the Billing Medical/Dental Plan or plans on terms and
conditions deemed appropriate by Billing.  Billing Employees shall have no
preexisting condition limitation imposed other than that which is or was imposed
under their existing plan or plans, and they will be credited with any expenses
incurred toward deductibles, out-of-pocket expenses, maximum benefit payments,
and any benefit usage toward plan limits that would have been applicable to the
plan in which they were enrolled prior to the Distribution.  The medical/dental
plans to be sponsored and continued by Billing are listed on Schedule 2.6(b)
attached to and incorporated into this Agreement.

      (c)   CONTINUATION COVERAGE ADMINISTRATION.  As of the Distribution
Date, USLD or a Retained Subsidiary shall assume or retain and shall be solely
responsible for, or cause its insurance carriers (including for this purpose
HMOs and PPOs providing coverage) to be responsible for, the administration of
the continuation coverage requirements imposed by Code Section 4980B and ERISA
Sections 601 through 608 as they relate to any USLD Current Qualified
Beneficiary or any USLD Future Qualified Beneficiary.  As of the Distribution
Date, USLD or a Retained Subsidiary shall assume or retain and shall be
responsible for, or cause its insurance carriers (including for this purpose
HMOs and PPOs providing coverage) to be responsible for, all liabilities and
obligations in connection with coverage to be provided, claims incurred and
premiums owed on or after the Cutoff Date under any USLD Medical/Dental Plan in
respect of any USLD Current Qualified Beneficiary or any USLD Future Qualified
Beneficiary.  As of the Distribution Date, Billing or a Billing Subsidiary shall
assume or retain and shall be solely responsible for, or cause it insurance
carriers (including for this purpose HMOs and PPOs providing coverage) to be
responsible for, the administration of the continuation coverage requirements
imposed by Code Section 4980B and ERISA Sections 601 through 608 as they relate
to any Billing Current Qualified Beneficiary or any Billing Future Qualified
Beneficiary.  As of the Distribution Date, Billing or a Billing Subsidiary shall
assume or retain and shall be responsible for, or cause its insurance carriers
(including for this purpose HMOs and PPOs providing coverage) to be responsible
for, all liabilities and obligations in connection with coverage to be provided,
claims incurred and premiums owed on or after the Cutoff Date under any Billing
Medical/Dental Plan in respect of any Billing Current Qualified Beneficiary or
any Billing Future Qualified Beneficiary.



                                     -12-
<PAGE>



      (d)   In the event that subsequent to the Distribution Date, refunds are
received from or additional premium adjustments become payable to carriers
providing health or medical insurance where such amounts are the result of
actual experience differing from that used to compute premiums for any periods
prior to the Distribution Date, such refunds or obligations will be shared
between USLD and Billing based on the following formula.  Billings share will
equal the percentage represented by the average number of Billing employees
during the period to which the refund or obligation relates divided by the
average total of Billing and USLD employees during such period.  USLD's share
will equal  the percentage represented by the average number of USLD employees
during the period to which the refund or obligation relates divided by the
average total of Billing and USLD employees during such period.

      2.7   VACATION AND SICK PAY LIABILITIES.

      (a)   DIVISION OF LIABILITIES.  Effective on the Distribution Date, USLD
shall retain, as to the Retained Employees, and, Billing shall assume, as to the
Billing Employees, all accrued liabilities (whether vested or unvested, and
whether funded or unfunded) for vacation and sick leave in respect of such
employees as of the Cutoff Date.  USLD shall be solely responsible for the
payment of such vacation or sick leave to Retained Employees after the Cutoff
Date and Billing shall be solely responsible for the payment of such vacation or
sick leave to Billing Employees after the Cutoff Date. Each party shall provide
to its own Employees on the Distribution Date the same vested and unvested
balances of vacation and sick leave as credited to such Employee on the USLD
payroll systems on the Cutoff Date.  The preceding sentence shall not be
construed as in any way limiting the right of either USLD or Billing to change
its vacation or sick leave policies as it deems appropriate.

      (b)   FUNDED RESERVES.  Assets attributable to funded reserves for the
vacation or sick leave liabilities being divided in accordance with Section
2.7(a) (whether held in a trust, a voluntary employees beneficiary association,
or any other funding vehicle) shall be allocated in an appropriate and equitable
manner between USLD and Billing.

      2.8   PRESERVATION OF RIGHT TO AMEND OR TERMINATE PLANS.  Except as
otherwise expressly provided in Article 2, no provisions of this Agreement,
including, without limitation, the agreement of USLD or Billing, or any Retained
Subsidiary or Billing Subsidiary, to make a contribution or payment to or under
any Plan herein referred to for any period, shall be construed as a limitation
on the right of USLD or Billing or any Retained Subsidiary or Billing Subsidiary
to amend such Plan or terminate its participation therein which USLD or Billing
or any Retained Subsidiary or Billing Subsidiary would otherwise have under the
terms of such Plan or otherwise.  No provision of this Agreement shall be
construed to create a right in any employee or former employee, or dependent or
beneficiary of such employee or former employee, under a Plan which such person
would not otherwise have under the terms of the Plan itself.

      2.9   NOTICE.  USLD and Billing acknowledge that USLD and the Retained
Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Billing and the Billing Subsidiaries, on the
other hand, may incur costs and expenses, including, but not limited to,
contributions to Plans and the payment of insurance premiums arising from or
related to any of the Plans that are, as set forth in this Agreement, the
responsibility of the other party hereto.  Accordingly, USLD (and any Retained
Subsidiary


                                     -13-
<PAGE>



responsible therefor) and Billing (and any Billing Subsidiary responsible
therefor) shall (i) give notice to the other party of the costs to be incurred
prior to payment and (ii) demand that the other party which has the obligation
to pay shall pay the cost and expense.

      2.10  PAYROLL REPORTING AND WITHHOLDING.

      (a)   FORM W-2 REPORTING.  Billing and USLD hereby adopt the
"alternative procedure" for preparing and filing IRS Forms W-2 (Wage and Tax
Statements), as described in Section 5 of Revenue Procedure 84-77, 1984-2 IRS
Cumulative Bulletin 753 ("Rev. Proc. 84-77").  Under this procedure Billing as
the successor employer shall provide all required Forms W-2 to all Billing
Individuals reflecting all wages paid and taxes withheld by both USLD as the
predecessor and Billing as the successor employer for the entire year during
which the Distribution takes place.  USLD shall provide all required Forms W-2
to all Retained Individuals reflecting all wages and taxes paid and withheld by
USLD before, on and after the Distribution Date.  In connection with the
aforesaid agreement under Rev. Proc. 84-77, each business unit or business
operation of USLD shall be assigned to either USLD or Billing, depending upon
whether it is a Retained Business or a Billing Business, and each Retained
Individual or Billing Individual associated with such business unit or business
operation shall be assigned for payroll reporting purposes to USLD or Billing,
as the case may be.

      (b)   FORMS W-4 AND W-5.  Billing and USLD agree to adopt the
alternative procedure of Rev. Proc. 84-77 for purposes of filing IRS Forms W-4
(Employee's Withholding Allowance Certificate) and W-5 (Earned Income Credit
Advance Payment Certificate).  Under this procedure USLD shall provide to
Billing as the successor employer all IRS Forms W-4 and W-5 on file with respect
to each Billing Individual, and Billing will honor these forms until such time,
if any, that such Billing Individual submits a revised form.

      (c)   GARNISHMENTS, TAX LEVIES, CHILD SUPPORT ORDERS, QUALIFIED MEDICAL
CHILD SUPPORT ORDERS AND WAGE ASSIGNMENTS.  With respect to Employees with
garnishments, tax levies, child support orders, qualified medical child support
orders, and wage assignments in effect with USLD on the Cutoff Date, Billing
with respect to each Billing Individual shall honor such payroll deduction
authorizations or court or governmental orders applicable to Billing Plans, and
will continue to make payroll deductions and payments to any authorized payee,
as specified by the court or governmental order that was filed with USLD.
Likewise, USLD with respect to each Retained Individual shall honor such payroll
deduction authorization or court or governmental orders applicable to USLD Plans
and will continue to make payroll deductions and payments to any authorized
payee, as specified by the court or governmental order that was filed with USLD.

      (d)   AUTHORIZATIONS FOR PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS.  Unless otherwise
prohibited or provided by this Agreement or another agreement entered into in
connection with the Distribution, or by a Plan document, with respect to
Employees with authorizations for payroll deductions in effect with USLD on the
Cutoff Date, Billing as the successor employer will honor such payroll deduction
authorizations relating to each Billing Individual, including, without
limitation, scheduled loan repayments to the 401(k) Retirement Plan and direct
deposit of payroll, bonus advances and types of authorized company receivables
usually collectible through payroll


                                     -14-
<PAGE>



deductions, and shall not require that such Billing Individual submit a new
authorization to the extent that the type of deduction by Billing does not
differ from that made by USLD.

                                   ARTICLE 3

                         LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT MATTERS

      Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any other
Agreement between USLD and Billing to the contrary, USLD and Billing understand
and agree that:

      3.1   SEPARATE EMPLOYERS.  After the Distribution Date and the
separation of Employees into their respective companies, USLD and Billing will
be separate and independent employers.

      3.2   EMPLOYMENT POLICIES AND PRACTICES.  USLD and Billing may adopt,
continue, modify or terminate such employment policies, compensation practices,
retirement plans, welfare benefit plans, and other employee benefit plans or
policies of any kind or description, as each may determine, in its sole
discretion, are necessary and appropriate.

      3.3   CLAIMS.

      (a)   SCOPE.  This section is intended to allocate all liabilities for
employment-related claims involving USLD or Billing including, but not limited
to, claims against either or both USLD and Billing and their respective
officers, directors, agents and employees, or against or by their respective
employee benefit plans and plan administrators and fiduciaries; provided,
however, that this section shall not apply to any indemnification between the
parties for matters and services contemplated in that certain Transitional
Services and Sublease Agreement between the parties dated ______, 1996 and
effective as of the Distribution Date.

      (b)   EMPLOYMENT-RELATED CLAIMS.  An employment-related claim shall
include any actual or threatened lawsuit, arbitration, ERISA claim, or federal,
state or local judicial or administrative proceeding of whatever kind involving
a demand by or on behalf of or relating to Retained Individuals or Billing
Individuals, or by or relating to any federal, state or local government agency
alleging liability against USLD or Billing, or against any employee health,
welfare, deferred compensation or other benefit plan and/or their respective
officers, directors, agents, employees, administrators, trustees and
fiduciaries.

      (c)   OBLIGATION TO INDEMNIFY.  The duty of a party to indemnify, defend
and hold harmless the other party under this Section 3.3 shall include the
following obligations of the party having such duty:  to provide a legal defense
and incur all attorneys' fees and litigation costs that may be associated with
such a defense; to pay all costs of settlement or judgment where the
indemnifying party has the full duty to do so or to pay the full percentage of
the party's share when the duty is only a percentage of the full settlement or
judgment; and to hold harmless from all claims and costs that may be asserted
with or arising from the duty of the indemnifying party to defend and indemnify.



                                     -15-
<PAGE>



      (d)   PRE-DISTRIBUTION CLAIMS.

            (i)   USLD shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Billing from
any employment-related claims of a Retained Individual arising from acts
occurring on or before the Cutoff Date.

            (ii)  Billing shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless USLD from
any employment-related claims of a Billing Individual arising from acts
occurring on or before the Cutoff Date.

      (e)   DISTRIBUTION AND OTHER JOINT LIABILITY CLAIMS.  Where
employment-related claims alleging or involving joint and several liability
asserted against USLD and Billing are not separately traceable to liabilities
relating to Retained Individuals or Billing Individuals, any liability shall be
appointed between USLD and Billing in accordance with the percentage that each
party's Employees represents of the combined total number of Employees of both
parties, as described below.  The percentage of the liability assumed by USLD
shall equal the ratio of (i) the total number of Retained Employees on the
Distribution Date to (ii) the combined total number of Retained Employees and
Billing Employees on such date.  The percentage of the liability assumed by
Billing shall equal the ratio of (i) the total number of Billing Employees on
the Distribution Date, to (ii) the combined total number of Retained Employees
and Billing Employees on such date.  Each party will indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the other to the extent of the indemnifying party's apportioned
percentage determined in accordance herewith.

      (f)   POST-DISTRIBUTION EMPLOYMENT-RELATED CLAIMS.  Employment related
claims arising from acts occurring after the Distribution and division of the
Employees between the parties and not relating to, arising from, or in
connection with the Distribution will be the sole responsibility of USLD as to
Retained Individuals and of Billing as to Billing Individuals.  Each Company
will indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the other from employment-related
claims of the other company.

      3.4   FUNDING OF PLANS.  Without limitation to the scope and application
of Section 3.3, any claims by or on behalf of Employees or any federal, state or
local government agency for alleged underfunding of, or failure to make payments
to, health and welfare funds based on acts or omissions occurring on or before
the Cutoff Date or arising from or in connection with the Distribution, will be
the sole responsibility of each party as to its own employees (i.e., USLD with
respect to Retained Individuals and Billing with respect to Billing
Individuals), and the responsible party will indemnify, defend, and hold
harmless the other from any such claims.

      3.5   NOTICE OF CLAIMS.  Without limitation to the scope and application
to each party in the performance of its duties under Section 3.3 and 3.4 herein,
each party will notify in writing and consult with the other party prior to
making any settlement of an employee claim, for the purpose of avoiding any
prejudice to such other party arising from the settlement.

      3.6   ASSUMPTION OF EMPLOYMENT TAX RATES.  Changes in state unemployment
tax experience as of the Cutoff Date shall be handled as follows:  In the event
an option exists to allocate state unemployment tax experience of USLD, the USLD
experience shall be transferred to Billing if this results in the lowest
aggregate unemployment tax costs for both USLD and


                                     -16-
<PAGE>



Billing combined, and the USLD experience shall be retained by USLD if this
results in the lowest aggregate unemployment tax costs for USLD and Billing
combined.

      3.7   INTERCOMPANY SERVICE CHARGE.  Legal, professional, managerial,
administrative, clerical, consulting and support or production services provided
to one party by personnel of the other party, upon the request of the first
party or when such services are otherwise required by this Agreement between
Billing and USLD, shall be charged to the party receiving such services on
commercially reasonable terms to be negotiated (or in accordance with the
provisions of any applicable agreement between the parties).

      3.8   WARN CLAIMS.  Before and after the Distribution Date, each party
shall comply in all material respects with the Worker Adjustment and Retraining
Act ("WARN").  USLD shall be responsible for WARN claims relating to Retained
Individuals or to Employees who prior to the Distribution Date were employed in
a Retained Business.  Billing shall be responsible for WARN Claims relating to
Billing Individuals or to Employees who prior to the Distribution Date were
employed in a Billing Business.  Each party shall indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the other in connection with WARN Claims for which the indemnitor is
responsible and which are brought against the indemnitee.

      3.9   EMPLOYEES ON LEAVE OF ABSENCE.  After the Distribution Date, USLD
shall assume responsibility, if any, as employer for all Employees returning
from an approved leave of absence who prior to the Distribution Date were
employed in a Retained Business.  After the Distribution Date, Billing shall
assume responsibility, if any, as employer for all Employees returning from an
approved leave of absence who prior to the Distribution Date were employed in a
Billing Business.

      3.10  NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY RIGHTS.  Neither this Agreement nor any
other intercompany agreement between Billing and USLD is intended to nor does it
create any third party contractual or other common law rights.  No person shall
be deemed a third-party beneficiary of the agreement between Billing and USLD.

      3.11  ATTORNEY-CLIENT PRIVILEGE.  Consistent with the provisions of the
Distribution Agreement, the provisions herein requiring either party to this
Agreement to cooperate shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the attorney/client
privilege for either party or shall it require either party to waive its
attorney/client privilege.

                                   ARTICLE 4

                                    DEFAULT

      4.1   DEFAULT.  If either party materially defaults hereunder, the
nondefaulting party shall be entitled to all remedies provided in the
Distribution Agreement, including the arbitration of disputes set forth in
Section 11.13.

      4.2   FORCE MAJEURE.  Billing and USLD shall incur no liability to each
other due to a default under the terms and conditions of this Agreement
resulting from fire, flood, war, strike, lock-out, work stoppage or slow-down,
labor disturbances, power failure, major equipment


                                     -17-
<PAGE>



breakdowns, construction delays, accident, riots, acts of God, acts of United
States' enemies, laws, orders or at the insistence or result of any governmental
authority or any other delay beyond each other's reasonable control.

                                   ARTICLE 5

                                 MISCELLANEOUS

      5.1   RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be
deemed or construed by the parties or any third party as creating the
relationship of principal and agent, partnership or joint venture between the
parties, it being understood and agreed that no provision contained herein, and
no act of the parties, shall be deemed to create any relationship between the
parties other than the relationship set forth herein.

      5.2   ACCESS TO INFORMATION; COOPERATION.  USLD and Billing and their
authorized agents will be given reasonable access to and may take copies of all
information relating to the subjects of this Agreement (to the extent permitted
by federal and state confidentiality laws) in the custody of the other party,
including in the custody of any agent, contractor, subcontractor, agent or any
other person or entity under contract by such party.  The parties will provide
one another with such information within the scope of this Agreement as is
reasonably necessary to administer each party's Plans and to otherwise carry out
the provisions of this Agreement.  The parties will cooperate with each other to
minimize the disruption caused by and such access and providing of information.

      5.3   ASSIGNMENT.  Neither party shall, without the prior written
consent of the other, have the right to assign any rights or delegate any
obligations under this Agreement.

      5.4   HEADINGS.  The headings used in this Agreement are inserted only
for the purpose of convenience and reference, and in no way define or limit the
scope or intent of any provision or part hereof.

      5.5   SEVERABILITY OF PROVISIONS.  Neither USLD nor Billing intends to
violate statutory or common law or existing contractual obligations by executing
this Agreement.  If any section, sentence, paragraph, clause or combination of
provisions in this Agreement is in violation of any law, such sections,
sentences, paragraphs, clauses or combinations shall be inoperative and the
remainder of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be
binding upon the parties.

      5.6   PARTIES BOUND.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and
be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted
assigns.  Nothing herein, expressed or implied, shall be construed to give any
other person any legal or equitable rights hereunder.

      5.7   NOTICES.  All notices, consents, approvals and other
communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be
deemed to have been duly given when delivered personally or by overnight courier
or three days after being mailed by registered or certified mail (postage
prepaid, return receipt requested) to the named representatives of the


                                     -18-
<PAGE>



parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as
shall be specified by like notice, except that notices of changes of address
shall be effective upon receipt):

      (a)   if to USLD:

            U.S. Long Distance Corp.
            9311 San Pedro, Suite 100
            San Antonio, Texas 78216
            Attention:  W. Audie Long, General Counsel

      (b)   if to Billing:

            Billing Information Concepts Corp.
            9311 San Pedro, Suite 400
            San Antonio, Texas 78216
            Attention:  _________________

      Billing agrees that, upon the request of USLD, Billing will give copies of
all of its notices, consents, approvals and other communications hereunder to
any lender to USLD or other person specified by USLD.

      5.8   FURTHER ACTION.  Billing and USLD each shall cooperate in good
faith and take such steps and execute such papers as may be reasonably requested
by the other party to implement the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

      5.9   WAIVER.  Billing and USLD each agree that the waiver of any
default under any term or condition of this Agreement shall not constitute a
waiver of any subsequent default or nullify the effectiveness of that term or
condition.  All waivers must be in writing and must be signed by the party
against whom the waiver is sought to be enforced.

      5.10  GOVERNING LAW.  All controversies and disputes arising out of or
under this Agreement shall be determined pursuant to the laws of the State of
Texas regardless of the laws that might be applied under applicable principles
of conflicts of law.

      5.11  CONSENT TO JURISDICTION.  The parties irrevocably submit to the
exclusive jurisdiction of (a) the courts of the State of Texas in Bexar County,
or (b) any federal district court where there is federal jurisdiction for the
purpose of any suit, action or other court proceeding arising out of this
Agreement.  The parties hereby irrevocably designate, appoint and empower the
President of USLD or Billing, as the case may be, as its true and lawful agent
and attorney-in-fact in its name, place and stead to receive on its behalf
service of process in any action, suit, or proceeding with respect to any
matters as to which it has submitted to jurisdiction as set forth in the
immediately preceding sentence.

      5.12  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and the Distribution Agreement
constitute the entire understanding between the parties hereto, and supersede
all prior written or oral communications, relating to the subject matter covered
by said agreements.  No amendment, modification, extension or failure to enforce
any condition of this Agreement by either party


                                     -19-
<PAGE>



shall be deemed a waiver of any of its rights herein.  This Agreement shall not
be amended except by a writing executed by the parties.



                                     -20-
<PAGE>



      IN WITNESS HEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
first above written.

                                          U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.,
                                          a Delaware corporation


                                          By:
                                                ----------------------------
                                                Larry M. James
                                                President

                                          BILLING INFORMATION
                                          CONCEPTS CORP.,
                                          a Delaware corporation


                                          By:
                                                ----------------------------
                                                Alan W. Saltzman
                                                President



                                     -21-
<PAGE>



                                SCHEDULE 2.6(a)

          Medical/Dental Plans to be Sponsored and Continued by USLD

                                  [Add List]


                                    
<PAGE>



                                SCHEDULE 2.6(b)

        Medical/Dental Plans to be Sponsored and Established by Billing

                                  [Add List]
                                    

<PAGE>



                              ZERO PLUS - ZERO MINUS

                        BILLING AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT

                                SERVICES AGREEMENT

This Zero Plus - Zero Minus Billing and Information Management Services
Agreement (the "Agreement") is entered into this ____ day of ___________ 1996,
by and between BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS INC., a Delaware corporation 
("BMC"), and U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC., a Texas corporation ("Customer").

                               W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Customer is engaged in the business of providing certain "zero plus" or
"zero minus" telecommunication services for which Customer desires to bill and
collect for these services through the local exchange companies (LECs); and

WHEREAS, BMC has entered into billing and collection agreements with certain
LECs which allow BMC to provide billing and information management services for
qualifying "zero plus" and "zero minus" Message Telephone Service ("MTS") calls
on behalf of BMC's customers; and

WHEREAS, BMC has the ability through its computer hardware, computer software
and accounting systems to provide billing and information management services
for qualifying MTS calls for Customer, and Customer desires to obtain such
billing and information management services from BMC on the terms and conditions
contained herein:

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the mutual covenants and
agreements contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, do hereby agree as
follows:

SECTION 1.  DEFINITIONS.

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth
below, unless the context otherwise requires:
      
      BAD DEBT:  See Uncollectible Amounts and Written-Off Accounts.
      
      BILLING TELEPHONE COMPANY (BTC):  See Local Exchange Carrier.
      
      BOC:  Bell Operating Company.
      
      BUSINESS DAY:  A day other than Saturday and Sunday on which
      commercial banks are open in the State of Texas.
      
      CLAIM:  Claim, loss, liability, damage, cost, correction and expense,
      and whether ordinary, special, consequential or otherwise.
      
      CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION:  See Section 8.


<PAGE>



      EMI BILLING RECORDS:  Computer readable records containing the
      billing data for Customer's qualifying MTS calls, in the Bellcore EMI
      (electronic message interface) format, for which each LEC has the
      capability of processing through its billing and collection systems.
      
      END USER:  A natural person, partnership, corporation, business trust,
      joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture,
      governmental agency or instrumentality, or other entity that subscribes to
      or uses Customer's services.
      
      FCC:  The Federal Communications Commission.
      
      FOREIGN INTRASTATE TAXES:  Those applicable Taxes for MTS calls
      originating and terminating in the same state but billed in another state
      as described in Section 9 herein.
      
      INDEPENDENT TELEPHONE COMPANIES:  Those LECs that are not BOCs, which
      presently include, subject to revision by BMC from time to time:  General
      Telephone Operating Companies (GTOCs), United Telecommunications Operating
      Companies (United), Alltel, the alliance of Independent Telephone
      Companies through Independent NECA Services, and U. S. Intelco.
      
      INTEREXCHANGE CARRIER (IXC):  Those telephone companies, other than
      the LECs, that can provide intraLATA (where applicable), interLATA,
      interstate and international telecommunications service.
      
      LEC PROCESSING FEES:  As described in paragraph 4.(c)(i) and 4.(f).
      
      LOCAL EXCHANGE CARRIER (LEC):  Any one of the local telephone
      companies, as listed on Exhibit A hereto, providing intraLATA exchange
      telephone services or issuing calling cards and with whom BMC has entered
      into a billing and collection agreement.
      
      MTS (MESSAGE TELEPHONE SERVICES):  Direct dialed or operator assisted
      station-to-station or person-to-person telephone calls billed:  (i) to the
      originating telephone number, (ii) collect to the terminating telephone
      number, (iii) to a third telephone number other than the originating or
      terminating telephone number, or (iv) to a LEC or IXC calling card.
      "ENHANCED TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES" OR "INFORMATION SERVICES" ARE NOT
      CONSIDERED MTS CALLS HEREIN AND CANNOT BE BILLED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.
      
      POST-BILLING ADJUSTMENT OR CREDIT:  Credits or rate adjustments
      applied to an End User's account by the LEC or by BMC.
      
      RBOCS:  Regional Bell Operating Companies.
      
      SUBMISSION DATE:  As Described in paragraph 3.(a).
      
      TARIFFS:  The rates, terms and conditions for providing intraLATA,
      interLATA (intrastate), interstate and international telecommunication
      services as authorized and filed with the FCC, or with state or local
      regulatory authorities.


                                        2 
<PAGE>



      TAXES:  The word "Taxes" shall mean all those taxes and tax-like
      surcharges described in paragraph 9.(a) herein.
      
      UNBILLABLE RECORDS:  Those EMI Billing Records that pass BMC's edits
      and screens and are submitted to the LECs for billing and collection but
      subsequently fail the LEC's edits and screens and are not posted to an End
      User's account by the LECs.
      
      UNCOLLECTIBLE AMOUNTS:  Those amounts that are billed to an End User's
      account for Customer's Valid EMI Billing Records but are not collected due
      to the End User receiving a Post-Billing Adjustment or Credit to its bill
      or the End User failing to pay its bill to the LEC and the account
      subsequently being written off as Bad Debt by the LEC.
      
      VALID EMI BILLING RECORDS:  As described in paragraph 3.(b).
      
      WRITTEN-OFF ACCOUNTS:  Those End Users' accounts that are not paid by
      the End Users and are subsequently written off as Bad Debt by the LECs.
      
      BMC REJECTED RECORDS:  Those EMI Billing Records that fail BMC's edits
      and screens and are returned to Customer and not submitted to the LECs for
      billing and collection.

SECTION 2.  SCOPE OF AGREEMENT.

Customer hereby agrees to purchase from BMC the services described in Section 3
herein, and BMC agrees to provide such services at the time and in the manner,
and subject to the terms and upon the conditions, set forth herein.  Customer
agrees that BMC shall be the EXCLUSIVE source for LEC billing and information
management services in the United States and Canada for the billing telephone
companies listed in Exhibit A, attached hereto.  However, nothing contained
herein shall be interpreted to prohibit Customer from contracting directly with
any LEC for its own direct LEC billing and collection agreement, provided that
Customer shall notify BMC of its intent at least sixty (60) days prior to
activation of such agreement.  As BMC enters into billing and collection
arrangements with additional LECs, BMC will provide billing and information
management services to Customer for such LECs on the same terms and conditions
as contained herein.

SECTION 3.  BILLING SERVICES.
      
      (a)   SUBMISSION OF EMI BILLING RECORDS.  Customer shall submit to BMC
its EMI Billing Records for its qualifying MTS calls for BMC to submit to each
LEC under contract with BMC.  Customer shall be responsible for submitting to
BMC EMI Billing Records that contain adequate information so that BMC and the
LECs can process such EMI Billing Records.  Customer shall submit these EMI
Billing Records to BMC once per week, except when Customer cannot satisfy BMC's
minimum volume requirements as described in paragraph 7.(f), in which case
Customer shall submit its EMI Billing Records at least once per month.  The cost
of these submissions shall be borne by Customer.  The date BMC receives
Customer's EMI Billing Records will be, for those records, the "Submission
Date."


                                        3 
<PAGE>



      (b)   BMC'S EDITS AND SCREENS.  Upon receipt of Customer's EMI Billing
Records, BMC will promptly process Customer's EMI Billing Records through BMC's
computer edits and screens.  Those EMI Billing Records that pass BMC's edits and
screens shall be "Valid EMI Billing Records."  Those EMI Billing Records that do
NOT pass BMC's edits and screens shall be "BMC Rejected Records," and shall be
returned to Customer.
      
      (c)   SUBMISSION TO LECS.  Promptly after receipt of Customer's EMI
Billing Records (within five (5) Business Days after such receipt for the RBOCs
and GTE, or within ten (10) Business Days after such receipt for Independent
Telephone Companies), BMC will submit Customer's Valid EMI Billing Records to
the appropriate LECs.
      
      (d)   PURCHASE BY LEC.  Each LEC shall be responsible, to the extent
required by its agreement with BMC, to purchase Customer's Valid EMI Billing
Records.

      (e)   BILLING AND COLLECTION BY LEC.  Each LEC shall be responsible, for
such Valid EMI Billing Records purchased by the LEC, for the billing and
collection of the revenue, for Customer's qualifying MTS calls, from End Users
residing within the applicable billing area of such LEC.
      
      (f)   PRINTING OF CUSTOMER'S NAME ON END USER'S LEC TELEPHONE BILL:
Wherever possible, BMC will use its best efforts to cause each Billing Telephone
Company to print Customer's name, along with the associated Valid EMI Billing
Records, on each End User's telephone bill.  Customer acknowledges that where
the Billing Telephone Companies do not provide this service, Customer's name
shall not appear on the End User's telephone bill.

SECTION 4:  LEC PAYMENTS, FEES AND CHARGES:
      
      (a)   PAYMENT BY LECS:  Each LEC shall make payments to BMC for Valid
EMI Billing Records purchased from Customer in accordance with the LEC's billing
and collection agreement with BMC.
      
      (b)   AMOUNT PAID BY LECS:  The LEC shall pay to BMC the gross amount of
Valid EMI Billing Records purchased by the LEC LESS the then-applicable fees,
charges, charge backs, credits and adjustments as prescribed in its billing and
collection agreement with BMC.
       
       (c)  LEC FEES, CHARGES, CHARGE BACKS, CREDITS AND ADJUSTMENTS:
Customer acknowledges and understands that BMC is and will be bound by the terms
of its billing and collection agreement with each LEC with respect to each LEC's
right to deduct or to reduce its collectible funds for: (i) the amount charged
by each LEC for processing, billing and collecting Customer's Valid EMI Billing
Records ("LEC Processing Fees"), (ii) any Unbillable Records, (iii) any
Post-Billing Adjustments or Credits provided to End Users, (iv) any reserve for
anticipated Uncollectible Amounts ("Bad Debt Holdback Reserve"), and (v) any LEC
Bad Debt "true-ups" (i.e. periodic true-ups between the Bad Debt Holdback
Reserve and the actual Uncollectible Amounts realized by the LECs).  In
addition, Customer shall be responsible for any data transmission and
distribution fees for delivering or receiving Customer's EMI Billing Records and
for any other LEC charges specifically related to billing and collecting
Customer's EMI Billing Records.  Customer further agrees that payment of all
amounts described in this paragraph 4.(c)


                                        4 
<PAGE>



shall be its sole responsibility and that BMC may withhold such amounts from
payments to Customer.  Should such amounts exceed the amounts due to Customer,
such amounts shall be due and payable by Customer to BMC within ten (10)
Business Days of notification by BMC of any amounts due.  A schedule setting
forth BMC's contractual average LEC Processing Fees for each LEC is attached
hereto as Exhibit B hereto.

      (d)   BAD DEBT HOLDBACK RESERVE:  BMC will holdback or cause the LECs to
holdback an amount estimated to be sufficient to set-off any Uncollectible
Amounts that may be determined after the date BMC makes its final payment to
Customer for Customer's Valid EMI Billing Records billed and collected by the
LEC.  Any Bad Debt Holdback Reserve withheld by the LEC shall be passed through
to Customer on the same percentage or the same amount as BMC was assessed by the
individual LECs.  However, once sufficient data becomes available to BMC from
the LECs to enable BMC to determine a specific Bad Debt history attributable to
Customer, the Bad Debt Holdback Reserve rate shall be based on Customer's
specific historical Uncollectible Amounts.  A schedule setting forth the past
twelve months' average Bad Debt Holdback Reserve withheld by each LEC is
attached hereto, for your reference, as Exhibit G.

      (e)   MONTHLY LEC BAD DEBT TRUE-UP.  Between six and eighteen (6 - 18)
months after BMC submits Customer's EMI Billing Records to the LECs for billing
and collection, the LECs will determine the actual amounts collected from the
End Users and true-up the difference between this amount and the face amount of
Customer's Valid EMI Billing Records purchased by the LEC.  BMC will provide
Customer monthly reports on Bad Debt true-ups for these differences.  If the
amount of these true-ups is "in favor" (positive) of Customer, BMC will remit
such amount to Customer when BMC receives the true-up amount from the LECs.  If
the amount of these true-ups is "not in favor" (negative) of Customer, BMC will
withhold such amounts from the next scheduled payment due to Customer.  If the
amounts due to Customer are not sufficient to satisfy such true-up amounts, such
amounts shall be due and payable by Customer to BMC within ten (10) Business
Days of notification by BMC of any amounts due.

      (f)   LEC PROCESSING FEE CALCULATION.  Each calendar month BMC will
determine the number of End User bills (renderings) that were or will be
required to bill all of BMC's similarly situated customer's Valid EMI Billing
Records submitted to BMC during that month and the average number of Valid EMI
Billing Records contained on each End User's bill.  BMC will then multiply these
quantities by its contractual LEC Processing Fee schedules for each LEC to
calculate the "Average LEC Processing Fees" for each LEC.  Exhibit B, attached
hereto, contains the Average LEC Processing Fees for each LEC for the date
thereof.  BMC will then multiply this Average LEC Processing Fee for each LEC by
the number of Customer's Valid EMI Billing Records submitted to each LEC to
calculate Customer's LEC Processing Fees.  These Average LEC Processing Fees
will also include any data transmission fees, distribution fees, programming
fees and any other charges directly associated with billing Customer's Valid EMI
Billing Records.

      (g)   END USER INQUIRY AND REBATE.  Primary End User inquiry,
investigation and rebate policies are set forth in Exhibit F attached hereto.
Customer shall be responsible for payment of all Post-Billing Adjustments and
Credits provided to End Users by either the LEC or BMC.  Such amounts may be
deducted weekly from the amounts due to Customer.  If the amount due to Customer
is not sufficient to satisfy these amounts, then Customer shall pay BMC such
amount


                                        5 
<PAGE>



as is required to satisfy these amounts within ten (10) Business Days of
notification by BMC of any amounts due.

      (h)   REJECTED RECORDS.  Those EMI Billing Records that fail BMC's edits
and screens and not submitted to the LECs for billing and collection, BMC
Rejected Records, shall be returned to Customer at no charge.  Unbillable
Records rejected by the LEC, through no fault of BMC, shall be charged the same
BMC Processing Fees as described in Exhibit C attached hereto.
      
      (i)   RESUBMITTED EMI BILLING RECORDS:  Unbillable Records which are
resubmitted to the LECs for billing and collection shall be charged the standard
BMC Processing Fees as described in Exhibit C attached hereto.

SECTION 5.  BMC BILLING SERVICE FEES, CHARGES AND CHARGE BACKS.

In addition to the LEC Processing Fees, charges, charge backs, credits and
adjustments set forth in Section 4, Customer agrees to pay to BMC and BMC may
deduct from amounts collected by the LECs on behalf of Customer and paid to BMC,
the following BMC billing service fees, charges, charge backs, credits and
assessments:

      (a)   A billing and information management service fee, the BMC Processing
Fee, for each Valid EMI Billing Record submitted to the LECs for billing and
collection by BMC, as specified in Exhibit C attached hereto;
      
      (b)   An End User inquiry, investigation and rebate fee for each Valid EMI
Billing Record submitted to the LECs for billing and collection by BMC, as
specified in Exhibit C attached hereto;
      
      (c)   Any Post-Billing Adjustment or Credit amounts refunded to End Users
by BMC's customer service inquiry and investigation activities, along with any
LEC charges associated with making such refunds to End Users;

      (d)   A charge, as specified in Exhibit C attached hereto, for any
submission of EMI Billing Records that contains less than the minimum volume
requirements of BMC for each "library code";

      (e)   An additional End User inquiry, investigation and rebate fee, as
described in Exhibit C attached hereto, for each inquiry that exceeds one
percent (1%) of the number of Valid EMI Billing Records for each library code
processed by BMC on behalf of Customer each month; and

      (f)   ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE RECONCILIATION SYSTEM - FASTRACK:  Customer
shall pay to BMC an initial, one-time fee, as described in Exhibit C attached
hereto, for BMC's accounts receivable reconciliation system known as FASTRACK.

As collateral for all obligations now existing or hereafter arising from
Customer to BMC, Customer hereby grants to BMC a security interest in all the
following property of Customer, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or
created, and all proceeds and products thereof:


                                        6 
<PAGE>



      (a)   All amounts paid, and all amounts owing, by each LEC to BMC on
accounts for Customer's EMI Billing Records;

      (b)   All accounts owing from an End User to Customer arising from
services which give rise to Customer's EMI Billing Records;

      (c)   All amounts deposited by Customer with BMC pursuant to paragraph
13.(b) hereof; and

      (d)   all amounts owing and all amounts to be owing from BMC to Customer.

SECTION 6.  PAYMENTS TO CUSTOMER.

      (a)   DETERMINATION OF AMOUNT DUE TO CUSTOMER.  BMC will determine the
amount collected by each LEC for Customer's Valid EMI Billing Records and deduct
the then-applicable fees, charges, charge backs, credits and adjustments of the
LECs and BMC.  If the amount due to Customer is not sufficient to satisfy these
fees, charges, charge backs, credits and adjustments, then Customer shall pay
this difference to BMC within ten (10) Business Days of notification by BMC of
any amounts due.

      (b)   RESERVES AND TRUE-UPS FOR UNBILLABLE RECORDS:  BMC will reserve an
amount, from one month to the next, that is equal to Customer's prior history
for Unbillable Records.  BMC will recalculate Customer's historical experience
quarterly from its prior three months results.  Until such history can be
determined for Customer, BMC will reserve two and one-half percent (2.5%) from
the amount due to Customer.  BMC will true-up this reserve each month when the
information becomes available from the LECs.  BMC will then return excess
amounts to Customer or withhold additional amounts as may be required to satisfy
these liabilities from the amounts due to Customer.

      (c)   PAYMENT SCHEDULES:  BMC will advance to Customer the estimated
amount determined under paragraph 6.(a) above within seven (7) Business Days of
receipt by BMC of any funds from a LEC for Customer's EMI Billing Records;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if Customer has ceased doing business for five (5)
Business Days, is the subject of a bankruptcy proceeding, or a receiver, trustee
or custodian is appointed over substantially all of Customer's assets, or if
Customer fails to make any deposit required under paragraph 13.(b), or if BMC
has reasonable grounds to believe that the fees, charges, charge backs, credits
and adjustments to Customer may exceed any amount owing or to become owing from
BMC to Customer, BMC may withhold payments to Customer until all such amounts
have been determined and deducted from the amount owing to Customer.  If the
amount owing to Customer is determined not sufficient to satisfy these fees,
charges, charge backs, credits and adjustments, then Customer shall pay the
difference to BMC within ten (10) Business Days of notification by BMC of any
amount due.

      (d)   METHOD OF PAYMENT:  BMC will make all advance payments and final
payments due to Customer, using ACH wire transfer, each Tuesday or the first
Business Day following Tuesday should Tuesday not fall on a Business Day based
on the schedule described in paragraph 6.(c) herein.


                                        7 
<PAGE>



      (e)   ACCOUNTING FOR FUNDS:  Funds received from the LECs for Customer's
Valid EMI Billing Records, less applicable fees, charges, charge backs, credits
and adjustments, shall be deposited and held by BMC in a common account until
such time as the amount determined to be due Customer is paid to Customer.  BMC
will maintain an accounting of the balance owing or to be owing by BMC to
Customer of such amounts deposited and held by BMC.

SECTION 7.  CUSTOMER'S OBLIGATIONS.

The Customer agrees as follows:
      
      (a)   COOPERATION BY CUSTOMER.  Customer agrees to cooperate with BMC to
the fullest extent possible and to the best of Customer's ability to facilitate
the provisioning of services described in Section 3 herein.  Such cooperation
shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

            (i)   Supplying BMC with Customer's identification codes, any and
      all certifications of regulatory authority necessary for Customer to offer
      its services, and any other information and documents necessary or helpful
      to BMC; and

            (ii)  Supplying BMC with all technical information and assistance
      with testing that may be necessary or helpful to BMC in providing its
      services herein.

      (b)   APPLICABLE APPROVALS AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAW.  Customer shall
obtain and keep current all applicable federal, state and local licenses,
certifications and approvals and shall fully comply with all other applicable
federal, state and local regulations, laws, rules and Tariffs.  Customer agrees
that BMC shall assume and will assume no responsibility for such compliance
whatsoever.  Customer acknowledges and understands that certain LEC billing
systems contain edits and screens that "block" Customer's EMI Billing Records
from being billed to End Users until BMC can demonstrate to such LECs that
Customer has proper authority for providing its services to the End User.
Customer further acknowledges and understands that it may take as long as sixty
(60) days after notification to the LECs of such authority before the LECs will
begin billing Customer's EMI Billing Records.  Therefore, BMC will not be
responsible for billing Customer's EMI Billing Records for services provided
prior to the LECs removing their regulatory edits and screens from their billing
systems.

      (c)   VALIDATION.  Customer shall validate all collect, third party and
calling card billed MTS calls using the LECs' LIDBs (line information data
bases) or some other alternative validation method that is acceptable to the
LECs and to BMC.
      
      (d)   COMPLETED CALLS.  Customer acknowledges and agrees that where
required, Customer shall be in compliance with the FCC's order to determine call
connection using hardware or software "answer detection."  Customer further
agrees that it will submit to BMC only those EMI Billing Records for calls that
represent valid, completed calls as defined in Exhibit D attached hereto.

      (e)   AGED EMI BILLING RECORDS.  Customer shall not submit EMI Billing
Records to BMC that are more than ninety (90) days old or that exceed the "age
of toll" acceptable by the LECs, whichever is less.


                                        8 
<PAGE>



      (f)   MINIMUM TRANSMISSION VOLUMES.  Customer shall not submit to BMC
fewer than five thousand (5,000) EMI Billing Records per "library code" in any
transmission of its EMI Billing Records.  The minimum BMC Processing Fee, as set
forth in Exhibit C attached hereto, shall apply if the minimum volume per
transmission is not met.

      (g)   OBJECTIONABLE CONTENT.  Customer agrees, as a condition of BMC's
performance under this Agreement, that BMC will not provide billing and
information management services which BMC deems harmful, damaging or against
public policy, including, but not limited to:

            (i)   Services which explicitly or implicitly refer to sexual
      conduct;

            (ii)  Services which contain indecent, obscene or profane language;

            (iii) Services which allude to bigotry, racism, sexism or other
      forms of discrimination;

            (iv)  Services which through advertising, content or delivery are
      deceptive, or that may take unfair advantage of minors or the general
      public;

            (v)   Services which are publicly accessible, multi-party
      connections commonly known as "gab" or "chat" services;

            (vi)  Services which are prohibited by Federal, state, or local laws
      or Tariffs; or

            (vii) Services which individual LECs exclude from the "types" of
      services or products for which their policies permit them to bill and
      collect.

      (h)   NO OTHER BILLING ARRANGEMENT:  Customer warrants that the EMI
Billing Records submitted and to be submitted by Customer to BMC pursuant to
this Agreement are NOT and will NOT be subject to any other valid or
existing billing and collection agreement, have NOT been billed previously and
will NOT be billed by another party following their submission by Customer to
BMC.

SECTION 8.  PROTECTION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.

As used herein, "Confidential Information" shall mean (a) proprietary
information, (b) information marked or designated as confidential, (c)
information otherwise disclosed in a manner consistent with its confidential
nature, (d) information of one party, whether or not in written form and whether
or not designated as confidential, that is known or should reasonably be known
by the other party as being treated as confidential, and (e) information
submitted by one party to the second party where the second party knows or
reasonably should know that the first party is obligated to keep the information
confidential.  The parties hereto expressly recognize and acknowledge that, as
result of the provision of services pursuant to this Agreement, Confidential
Information which may be proprietary to each party must or may be disclosed to
the other.  Each party hereby agrees that it will make no disclosure of
Confidential Information provided under this Agreement without the prior written
consent of the other party.  Additionally, each party shall restrict disclosure
of said information to its own employees, agents or independent contractors to
whom disclosure is necessary and who have agreed to be bound by the obligations
of confidentiality hereunder.  Such employees, agents or independent contractors
shall use reasonable care, but not less care than they use with respect to their
own information of like character, to prevent disclosure of any Confidential
Information.  Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be considered as
granting or conferring rights by license or otherwise in any Confidential
Information disclosed.


                                        9 
<PAGE>



SECTION 9.  TAXES.
      
      (a)   CALCULATION OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS TAXES:  BMC will be responsible
for calculating or will use its best efforts to cause the LECs to calculate the
following taxes applicable to each MTS call and allow them to be passed through
to the End User, such taxes being referred to herein collectively as "Taxes":
Federal excise tax, any state and local sales taxes or tax-like charges, or any
Foreign Intrastate Taxes or foreign tax-like charges.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Customer acknowledges and agrees it is responsible for compliance
with all taxing requirements; therefore, Customer shall promptly notify BMC of
any tax or tax-like surcharges and the associated rates that apply to Customer's
MTS calls in any specific jurisdiction.

      (b)   BILLING AND COLLECTION OF TAXES:  BMC will, for the benefit of and
on behalf of Customer, use its best efforts to cause the LECs to bill End Users
for all Taxes.  Customer acknowledges and agrees that BMC is acting merely as
Customer's agent with respect to arranging for the billing and collection of
Taxes, and in no event shall BMC be entitled to retain or receive from Customer,
or from any End User, any statutory fee or share of Taxes to which the person
collecting the same may be entitled under applicable law.

      (c)   TAX EXEMPT STATUS FOR END USERS:  BMC will have the authority, on
behalf of Customer, to authorize the LECs to calculate Taxes in the same manner
as the LECs calculate Taxes for their End Users and to authorize the LECs to
establish the tax exempt status of End Users in the same manner as the LECs
establish such status for their End Users.  If Customer's MTS calls are exempt
from federal, state and local Taxes or tax-like charges, Customer shall so
indicate on each EMI Billing Record submitted to BMC.

      (d)   FILING AND PAYMENT OF TAXES:  Based upon the information
calculated by BMC and/or received from the LECs with respect to Taxes assessed,
billed and collected by the LECs, BMC will, on behalf of Customer, prepare and
file in a timely manner with the applicable taxing authorities all returns
covering Taxes, and will, on behalf of Customer, but only to the extent of
amounts otherwise owing from BMC to Customer, pay in full and promptly remit to
such taxing authorities all Taxes owed thereto.  Upon written request, BMC will
provide to Customer copies of any and all tax returns and other applicable
information relating to the payment of Taxes by BMC within thirty (30) days
after being filed and paid by BMC.

      (e)   HOLD HARMLESS:  Customer shall indemnify and hold BMC and its
employees, agents and representatives free and harmless from and against any
Claim (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and court
costs) relating to or arising out of any Taxes, penalties, interest, additions
to tax, surcharge or other amounts to which BMC may be subject or incur,
relating to or arising out of (i) BMC's reliance upon any calculations,
determinations or other directives, or lack thereof, given by Customer to BMC
with respect to the calculation, assessment, billing and/or collection of any
Taxes contemplated by this Agreement; or (ii) a determination by the Internal
Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that any amount paid by BMC
pursuant to paragraph 9.(d) above with respect to Taxes was insufficient, except
in the event such insufficiency was the result of gross negligence on the part
of BMC; provided, however, that Customer shall not be required to indemnify BMC
or the employees, agents and


                                        10 
<PAGE>



representatives thereof for any loss, damage, Claim, cause of action or other
liability to the extent, but only to the extent, caused by the gross negligence
or willful misconduct of BMC.

      (f)   BILLED TAXES:  Customer shall be responsible for the payment of
any additional Taxes or tax-like charges assessed against BMC based on the
revenues collected by BMC from Customer's Valid EMI Billing Records, "Billed
Taxes" under this Agreement, excluding Federal and state income Taxes.

SECTION 10.  FORCE MAJEURE.

BMC shall not be held liable for any delay or failure in performance of any part
of this Agreement or Exhibits attached hereto from any cause beyond its control
and without its fault or negligence, such as acts of God, acts of civil or
military authority, government regulations, embargoes, epidemics, war, terrorist
acts, riots, insurrections, fires, explosions, earthquakes, nuclear accidents,
floods, strikes, power blackouts, volcanic action, other major environmental
disturbances, unusually severe weather conditions, inability to secure products
or services of other persons or transportation facilities, or acts or omissions
of transportation common carriers.

SECTION 11.  LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.

      (a)   BMC will use its best efforts at all times to provide prompt and
efficient service; however, BMC makes no warranties or representations regarding
the services except as specifically stated in this paragraph 11.(a).  BMC will
use due care in processing all work submitted to it by Customer and agrees that
it will, at its expense, correct any errors which are due solely to malfunction
of BMC's computers, operating systems or programs or errors by BMC's employees
or agents.  Correction shall be limited to reprocessing Customer's EMI Billing
Records.  BMC will not be responsible in any manner for failures of, or errors
in, proprietary systems and programs other than those of BMC, nor shall BMC be
liable for errors or failures of Customer's software or operational systems.
THIS WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, AND CUSTOMER
HEREBY WAIVES ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR USE FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  Should there be any failure in performance or errors or
omissions by BMC with respect to the information being processed and being
submitted to the LECs for billing and collection, BMC's liability shall be
limited to using its best efforts to correct such failure.  In no event, except
as specifically set forth herein, shall BMC be liable to Customer or any third
parties (including Customer's customers) for any Claim even if BMC has been
advised of the possibility of such Claim.

      (b)   Due to the nature of the services being performed by BMC, Customer
agrees that in no event will BMC be liable for any Claim caused by BMC's
performance or failure to perform hereunder which is not reported by Customer in
writing to BMC within thirty (30) days of such performance or failure to
perform.

      (c)   Customer shall indemnify and save harmless BMC from and against any
Claim asserted against BMC by third parties and arising out of Customer's use of
the services provided


                                        11 
<PAGE>



under this Agreement, unless such Claim arises out of the willful misconduct or
gross negligence of BMC.

      (d)   Liability of BMC in any and all categories and for any and all
Claims arising out of this Agreement or out of any act or omission relating
thereto shall, in the aggregate, not exceed one (1) month's average of BMC's
Processing Fees to Customer over the twelve (12) months preceding such date in
which the damage or injury is alleged to have occurred, but if this Agreement
has not been in effect for twelve (12) months preceding such date, then over
such fewer number of preceding months that this Agreement has been in effect.

SECTION 12.  TERM OF AGREEMENT.

The initial term of this Agreement shall begin on the date on page 1 of this
Agreement or the date Customer begins submitting its EMI Billing Records to BMC,
whichever is later, and continue in full force and effect for a minimum period
of one (1) year from such date unless terminated in accordance with paragraph
14.(b)(i) and shall automatically renew for successive periods of one (1) year
unless terminated by written notice from either party at least sixty (60) days
prior to the scheduled expiration date.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Customer is
currently billing more than twenty-five thousand (25,000) EMI Billing Records
per month, Customer may elect an initial term for this Agreement of two (2) or
three (3) years.  Should Customer elect to extend the initial term of this
Agreement, Customer shall pay BMC a minimum Processing Fee, as described in
Exhibit C attached hereto, each month for the entire term of this Agreement.  In
consideration for such, BMC will charge Customer a reduced billing services fee
for the term selected which coincides with the BMC fee schedule as presented in
Exhibit C, attached hereto.

SECTION 13.  EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION.

      (a)   PAYMENT UPON EXPIRATION OR TERMINATION:  Upon the expiration or
termination of this Agreement for any reason, Customer agrees to satisfy, when
or before due, any and all of its obligations arising under this Agreement.

      (b)   DEPOSIT FOR CHARGES:  In addition, Customer acknowledges and
understands that certain LEC charges for Uncollectible Amounts, Bad Debt
true-ups and Post-Billing Adjustments and Credits which are not determined by
the LECs or provided to BMC for a period of up to eighteen (18) months after the
final processing of Customer's EMI Billing Records by BMC on behalf of Customer.
Customer further acknowledges and agrees that payment of these amounts shall be
its sole responsibility.  To ensure such payments, Customer shall, at the
expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, deposit with BMC an
amount equal to two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the face amount of Customer's
gross billings for the prior twelve (12) months, or such other amount as is
estimated by BMC, based on Customer's prior history, necessary to satisfy such
charges.  Such deposited amount shall be used by BMC to pay Uncollectible
Amounts, Bad Debt true-ups, Post-Billing Adjustments and Credits and other
charges incurred on behalf of Customer for billing and collecting Customer's EMI
Billing Records submitted by Customer to BMC during the term of this Agreement.
Each quarter BMC will re-examine the amount of funds deposited and make such
adjustments as BMC estimates may


                                        12 
<PAGE>



be necessary to satisfy the aforementioned charges.  BMC will provide Customer
with proper documentation to substantiate charges attributable to Customer on
the same and consistent method as BMC determines such charges for all of its
customers.  At the end of eighteen (18) months from the expiration or
termination date, BMC will return all unused amounts to Customer.

      (c)   REMAINING LIABILITY:  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the deposit
of such amounts does not relieve or waive Customer's responsibility and
obligation to pay its obligations to BMC including, without limitations, any and
all fees, charges, charge backs, credits and adjustments associated with billing
and collecting its EMI Billing Records.  In the event such associated fees,
charges, charge backs, credits and adjustments exceed the amount of the deposit
described in paragraph 13.(b), Customer shall remit to BMC such additional
amounts as are required to satisfy Customer's obligations under this Agreement
to BMC within ten (10) Business Days of notification by BMC of any such amounts
due.

      (d)   SAVINGS CLAUSE:  Except as otherwise provided herein, expiration
or termination of this Agreement under this Section 13 shall terminate all
further rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, provided that:
            (i)   Neither BMC nor Customer shall be relieved of its respective
      obligations to pay any sums of money due or to become due or payable or
      accrued under this Agreement;
            (ii)  If such expiration or termination is a result of a default
      hereunder or a breach hereof by a party hereto, the other party shall be
      entitled to pursue any and all rights and remedies it has to redress such
      default or breach in law or equity, subject to Sections 11, 14 and 24
      hereof; and
            (iii) The provisions of Sections 8 and 9 hereof, except paragraph
      9.(b), shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.
      
      (e)   EARLY TERMINATION OF EXTENDED TERM AGREEMENT:  If Customer elects
to extend the initial term of this Agreement and should Customer terminate or
breach this Agreement before the expiration of the full initial term elected by
Customer upon execution hereof, BMC will recalculate and Customer shall pay to
BMC a processing fee for all EMI Billing Records processed under this Agreement
based on the current processing fee schedule at the one (1) year rate, attached
hereto as Exhibit C, plus ten percent (10%) for each EMI Billing Record
processed under this Agreement, at Customer's monthly volume levels.

SECTION 14.  DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.

      (a)   DEFAULT:  Either Party shall be in default hereunder if it:
            (i)   Fails to make any payment specified hereunder when or before
      due and such failure continues for five (5) Business Days after written
      notice;
            (ii)  Breaches any other material covenant or undertaking contained
      in this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within thirty (30)
      Business Days after written notice thereof from the non-defaulting party;
      or
            (iii) Files, or there is filed against it, any voluntary or
      involuntary proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, or makes an assignment
      for the benefit of creditors, dissolves, ceases to conduct business for
      three (3) Business Days, resorts to any insolvency law, declares that it
      is unable to pay its debts as they mature or if a receiver, trustee or


                                        13 
<PAGE>



      custodian is appointed over, or an execution, attachment, or levy is made
      upon, all or any material part of the property of such party.
      
      (b)   REMEDIES:  Time is of the essence of this Agreement.  In the event
of any default hereunder, the non-defaulting party shall have the following
rights and remedies:
            (i)   To terminate or cancel this Agreement, subject to the
      provisions of paragraph 13.(d), by giving written notice thereof to the
      defaulting party;
            (ii)  To declare all amounts due under this Agreement from the
      defaulting party to the non-defaulting party to be immediately due and
      payable;
            (iii) To withhold, setoff, and retain, until all obligations of
      Customer to BMC have been satisfied in full, any and all amounts which may
      otherwise be due and payable to Customer under this Agreement and apply
      such amounts to any balance due or to become due from Customer to BMC;
            (iv)  All rights and remedies allowed by the applicable Uniform
      Commercial Code;
            (v)   All other rights and remedies allowed by this Agreement and
      under applicable law; and
            (vi)  All rights and remedies shall be cumulative and can be
      exercised separately or concurrently.

SECTION 15.  AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.

No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no
consent to any default under this Agreement, shall be effective unless the same
shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the party against whom such
modification, amendment, waiver or consent is claimed.  In addition, no course
of dealing or failure of any party to strictly enforce any term, right or
condition of this Agreement shall be construed as a waiver or such term, right
or condition.

SECTION 16.  ASSIGNMENT.

      (a)   BY CUSTOMER OR BMC.  Assignment by Customer or BMC of any right,
obligation or duty or of any other interest hereunder, in whole or in part,
shall require consent by both parties.  Such consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld by either party.
      (b)   GENERALLY.  All rights, obligations, duties and interests of any
party under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding on all
successors in interest and assigns of such party and shall survive any
acquisition, merger, reorganization or other business combination to which it is
a party.

SECTION 17.  NOTICES AND DEMANDS.

      (a)   HOW NOTICE GIVEN:  Except as otherwise provided under this
Agreement, all notices, demands and requests which may be given by any party to
the other party shall be in writing and shall be:  (i) delivered in person; (ii)
mailed, postage prepaid, registered or certified mail, return receipt requested;
(iii) placed in the hands of a national overnight delivery service


                                        14 
<PAGE>



or (iv) sent by facsimile transmission to the recipient's facsimile machine,
with an extra copy immediately following by first class mail; and addressed as
follows:

                              IF TO BMC, TO IT AT:
                         BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                           ATTENTION:  MR. AUDIE LONG
                           9311 SAN PEDRO, SUITE 300
                           SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS  78216
                          TELEPHONE:  (210) 525-8912
                            FAX:  (210) 525-0511
        _________________________________________________________________

                         IF TO CUSTOMER, TO IT AT:
                          U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.
                   ATTENTION:   _____________________
                         9311 SAN PEDRO, SUITE 100
                         SAN ANTONIO, TEXAS  78216
                        TELEPHONE:   (210) 525-9009
                        FAX:   (210) 525-__________

If personal delivery is selected as the method of giving notice under this
Section, a receipt for such delivery shall be obtained.  The address to which
such notices, demands, requests, elections or other communications may be given
by either party may be changed by written notice given by such party to the
other party pursuant to this Section 17.
      
      (b)   WHEN NOTICE EFFECTIVE:  Except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, all such notices shall be effective upon receipt if delivered by hand,
facsimile, national overnight delivery service, certified or registered mail and
otherwise five (5) Business Days after placement in the U.S. mails.

SECTION 18.  NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES.

This Agreement shall not provide any person not a party to this Agreement with
any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action or other right in
excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement.

SECTION 19.  GOVERNING LAW.

This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State
of Texas, and the construction, interpretation and performance of this Agreement
and all transactions hereunder shall be governed by the domestic laws of such
State without regard to conflict of law principles.

SECTION 20.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.


                                        15 
<PAGE>



This Agreement constitutes the entire and exclusive Agreement between the
parties and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, and oral or
written representations, between them.

SECTION 21.  EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one
and the same document.

SECTION 22.  HEADINGS.

The headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be
construed to define or limit any of the terms herein or affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 23.  MOST FAVORED CUSTOMER.

It is the intent of the parties hereto that Customer shall be considered by BMC
as one of its most favored customers under this Agreement.  By virtue of this
consideration, Customer shall not pay a greater BMC Processing Fee per call, or
in the alternative, receive a lesser number of out-cleared messages for the same
or lesser BMC Processing Fee, than any other similarly situated customer of BMC
under this Agreement.  BMC will promptly reduce Customer's monthly BMC
Processing Fee and minimum revenue guarantees if it should grant a lower rate
per call or provide a greater number of out-cleared messages for the same or
lesser BMC Processing Fee to any customer of BMC under this Agreement, similarly
situated to Customer.  Regardless of the mechanics of the aforementioned, it is
the intent of this clause and the principle hereunder that Customer be treated
as well as or better than the most favorably treated customer of BMC under this
Agreement.

SECTION 24. ARBITRATION

Any controversy, dispute or Claim arising out of or in connection with this
Agreement, or the breach, termination or validity hereof, shall be settled by
final and binding arbitration to be conducted by an arbitration tribunal in San
Antonio, Texas, pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association.
In the event of any procedural matter not covered by the aforesaid rules, the
procedural law of the State of Texas shall govern.  The arbitration tribunal
shall consist of three arbitrators.  The party initiating arbitration shall
nominate one arbitrator in the request for arbitration and the other party shall
nominate a second in the answer thereto within 15 days of receipt of the
request.  The two arbitrators so named will then jointly appoint the third
arbitrator.  If the answering party fails to nominate its arbitrator within the
fifteen day period, or if the arbitrators named by the parties fail to agree on
the third arbitrator within thirty days, the Office of the American Arbitration
Association in Dallas, Texas shall make the necessary appointments of such
arbitrator(s).  The arbitrator shall only have authority to award compensatory
damages and shall not have authority to award punitive damages, other
non-compensatory damages or any other form of relief: the parties hereby waive
all rights to and claims for relief other than compensatory damages.  The
decision or award of the arbitration tribunal (by a majority determination, or
if there is no majority, then by the determination of the third arbitrator, if
any) shall be final, and judgment upon such decision or award may be entered in
the courts of the


                                        16 
<PAGE>



State of Texas or the United States of America for the Western District of the
State of Texas.  By execution and delivery of this Agreement, each of the
parties hereto accepts for itself and in respect of its property, generally and
unconditionally , the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts.

The initial term of this Agreement shall be for a period of ___________ (one,
two or three) years from the date hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands as of the date first
set forth above.
                                   
                                    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS INC.:


                                    By:________________________________
                                         Alan W. Saltzman
                                         President and
                                         Chief Operating Officer

                                    Date:______________________________

                                    CUSTOMER:

                                    U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.


                                    By:________________________________

                                    Name:______________________________
                                                      (print)

                                    Its:_______________________________


                                    Date:______________________________



                                    ______________________________
                                    Account Representative


                                        17 

<PAGE>



                         TELECOMMUNICATIONS AGREEMENT

      This Agreement is entered into this _____ of _______, 1996, by and between
U. S. LONG DISTANCE, INC., a Texas corporation with its principal office at 9311
San Pedro, Suite 100, San Antonio, Texas 78216 ("USLD"), and BILLING INFORMATION
CONCEPTS INC., a Delaware corporation with its principal office at 9311 San
Pedro, Suite 400, San Antonio, Texas 78216 ("Customer").

                                  WITNESSETH:

      WHEREAS, USLD is in the business of providing telecommunications services;
and

      WHEREAS, Customer desires to purchase telecommunications services from
USLD:

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and convenants
contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties do
hereby contract and agree as follows:

      1.    USLD agrees to furnish to Customer, and Customer agrees to purchase
from USLD, the telecommunication services as set forth in EXHIBIT "A" attached
hereto and made a part of this Agreement as if set forth verbatim herein.

      2.    This Agreement shall commence on the _______day of ___________, 1996
(the "Commencement Date") and continue for a period of three (3) years.
This Agreement shall be extended, on the same terms and conditions, for an
additional period of _______________ unless either party notifies the other
party in writing not less than sixty (60) days prior to the termination date of
its desire to terminate this Agreement.

      3.    During the term of this Agreement, USLD shall charge for the
telecommunication services, and Customer shall pay for such telecommunication
services, that amount as determined by using the rates set out in EXHIBIT "A."

      4.    USLD shall give Customer at least forty-five (45) days' notification
in the event any service rate in EXHIBIT "A" is modified.  Upon such
notification, Customer will have the right to terminate this Agreement without
penalty by providing USLD written notice within thirty (30) days of Customer's
intent to cancel service sixty (60) days from notice.

      5.    Customer hereby acknowledges that USLD's charges for the provision
of its telecommunication services will be billed on a monthly basis and that
payment for such services is due and payable fifteen (15) days from the invoice
date.  Late payments will be assessed a late charge of 1.5% per month.  Payments
not received within thirty (30) days of the invoice date will result in the
right of USLD to cancel and terminate the services provided herein, after
providing Customer with written notice, via facsimile, of such intent to
terminate service and allowing Customer ten (10) working days to cure the
deficiency.

      6.    Should Customer dispute any of the monthly charges on its monthly
invoice, it shall notify USLD of the disputed charges not later than ten (10)
days from the date of invoice.  This notice shall set forth in writing all
details concerning the disputed charges.  In the event of a dispute, Customer
shall pay the entire invoice in accordance with the payment terms set forth
therein.  After resolution of the disputed portion of the invoice, the
adjustment, if any, shall be immediately credited to Customer's account.

      7.    Should Customer claim any exemption of any sales, use or other tax,
then Customer shall provide documentation regarding such exemption to USLD.
USLD will be allowed to maintain a copy of such


<PAGE>



documentation in its offices in San Antonio, Texas.  It will be the
responsibility of Customer to make sure that its proof of exempt status remains
current.

      8.    No term or provision of this Agreement shall be deemed waived, and
no breach shall be deemed excused, unless such waiver or consent shall be in
writing and signed by the party claimed to have waived or consented.  No consent
by any party to, or waiver of, a breach or default by the other, whether
expressed or implied, shall constitute a consent to, waiver of or excuse for any
different or subsequent breach or default.

      9.    Neither USLD nor Customer shall be liable to the other for any
consequential, indirect, special or incidental damages whatsoever, including,
without limitation, any loss of revenue, goodwill, or profits or claims by third
parties or otherwise in connection with or related to any of the services
provided pursuant to this Agreement.

      10.   USLD warrants that the equipment used in providing the services to
Customer pursuant to this Agreement is suitable for the uses intended, and
Customer warrants and represents that it is fully authorized to contract for the
services under this Agreement.

           USLD MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED.

      11.   This Agreement authorizes USLD to start provisioning of
telecommunications services, as set forth herein, to Customer on the
Commencement Date.  This Agreement also authorizes USLD to act as Customer's
agent in placing orders with other carriers in order to provide
telecommunications services, if requested.

      12.   If the performance of the respective obligations of USLD or Customer
shall be prevented or interfered with by reason of any fire, flood, epidemic,
earthquake or any other act of God, explosion, strike or other disputes, riot or
civil disturbance, war (whether declared or undeclared) or armed conflict, any
municipal ordinance or state or federal law, governmental order or regulation or
order of any court of competent jurisdiction, or other similar forces not within
the control of USLD nor Customer, as the case may be, then Customer and/or USLD,
as the case may be, shall not be liable to the other for its failure to perform
such obligations hereunder.

      13.   If any term or provision of this Agreement shall be found to be
illegal or unenforceable, then, notwithstanding such illegality or
unenforceability, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and such
term or provision shall be deemed to be deleted.  In addition, this Agreement
shall be terminated upon the determination of a governmental entity having
jurisdiction over the services provided under this Agreement.

      14.   Except as otherwise provided herein, the remedies provided for in
this Agreement are in addition to any other remedies available at law or in
equity, by statute or otherwise.

      15.   Should it be necessary for either party to this Agreement to retain
the services of an attorney to enforce its rights under this Agreement, and
should any suit be necessary to enforce said rights, then the prevailing party
shall be entitled to receive reasonable attorney's fees from the other party.
      
      16.   This Agreement shall be governed by the substantive laws of the
State of Texas, without regard to conflict of law principles, with venue at San
Antonio, Texas.



                                        2 
<PAGE>




      17.   This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
USLD and Customer and their respective successors and assigns.  USLD retains the
right to assign all or part of this Agreement.  This Agreement may not be
assigned by Customer without the prior written consent of USLD.  USLD reserves
the right to obtain necessary credit information or require additional security
deposits from successors and assigns.

      18.   This Agreement, including the exhibits hereto and the documents and
instruments referred to therein, embodies the entire agreement and understanding
of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein.  There
are no restrictions, promises, representations, warranties, covenants or
undertakings, other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein.  This
Agreement, and any documents and instruments contemplated hereby, supersedes all
prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such
subject matter.

      19.   This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented only by an
instrument in writing executed by the party against which enforcement of the
amendment, modification or supplement is sought.

      20.   This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each
of which shall be deemed an original.  It shall not be necessary in making proof
of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one (1) of such
counterparts.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Agreement as of the day
and year first above written, and the individuals signing below warrant that
they have authority to sign for and on behalf of the respective parties.

U. S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.                BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS INC.

By:                                     By:
      ----------------------------           -------------------------------

Name:                                   Name:
      ----------------------------           -------------------------------

Title:                                  Title:
      ----------------------------           -------------------------------

Date:                                   Date:
      ----------------------------           -------------------------------


                                        3 

<PAGE>
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.

                     1996 EMPLOYEE COMPREHENSIVE STOCK PLAN


     1.   PURPOSE.  The purpose of this 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock 
Plan (the "Plan") is to further the success of Billing Information Concepts 
Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and certain of its affiliates 
by making available Common Stock of the Company to certain officers and 
employees of the Company and its affiliates, and thus to provide an 
additional incentive to such individuals to continue in the service of the 
Company or its affiliates and to give them a greater interest as stockholders 
in the success of the Company. Subject to compliance with the provisions of 
the Plan and the Code, Incentive Stock Options as authorized by Section 422 
of the Code and stock options which do not qualify under Section 422 of the 
Code are authorized and may be granted under the Plan.  Further, the Company 
may grant Restricted Stock, as defined below.

     2.   DEFINITIONS.  As used in this Plan the following terms shall have 
the meanings indicated as follows:

          (a)  "Award" means an award of stock options (including Incentive
     Stock Options) or Restricted Stock, on a stand alone, combination or tandem
     basis, as described in or granted under this Plan.

          (b)  "Award Agreement" means a written agreement setting forth the
     terms of an Award, in the form prescribed by the Committee.

          (c)  "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

          (d)  "Cause" shall mean, in the context of the termination of a
     Participant, as determined by the Board, in the reasonable exercise of its
     business judgment the occurrence of one of the following events: (i)
     conviction of or a plea of NOLO CONTENDERE to a charge of a felony (which,
     through lapse of time or otherwise, is not subject to appeal); (ii) willful
     refusal without proper legal cause to perform, or gross negligence in
     performing, Participant's duties and responsibilities; (iii) material
     breach of fiduciary duty to the Company through the misappropriation of
     Company funds or property or otherwise; or (iv) the unauthorized absence of
     Participant from work (other than for sick leave or disability) for a
     period of thirty working days or more during any period of forty-five
     working days; provided, further, within one year following a Change of
     Control, "Cause" shall be limited to the conviction of or a plea of NOLO
     CONTENDERE to the charge of a felony (which, through lapse of time or
     otherwise, is not subject to an appeal), or a material breach of fiduciary
     duty to the Company through the misappropriation of Company funds or
     property or otherwise.

          (e)  "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if (i) any
     "Person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
     Act) is or becomes a "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
     Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company
     representing more than 30% of the combined voting power of the Company's
     then outstanding voting securities, or (ii) at any time during the 24-month


<PAGE>

     period after a tender offer, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or
     contested election, or any combination of such transactions, at least a
     majority of the Board shall cease to consist of "continuing directors"
     (meaning directors of the Company who either were directors prior to such
     transaction or who subsequently became directors and whose election, or
     nomination for election by the Company's stockholders, was approved by a
     vote of at least two thirds of the directors then still in office who were
     directors prior to such transaction), or (iii) the stockholders of the
     Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other
     corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the
     voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto
     continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being
     converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 70% of
     the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company
     or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or
     consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of
     complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement of sale or disposition
     by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.

          (f)  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

          (g)  "Committee" means the Committee administering the Plan described
     in Section 3 hereof.

          (h)  "Common Stock" means the Company's common stock, par value $.01
     per share.

          (i)  "Continuous Status as an Employee" means that the employment
     relationship with any one or more of (i) the Company, (ii) any Parent,
     (iii) any Subsidiary or (iv) USLD has not been terminated or interrupted.

          (j)  "Date of Grant" means the date on which an Award is granted under
     an Award Agreement executed by the Company and a Participant pursuant to
     the Plan.

          (k)  "Disinterested Person" means a "disinterested person" as such
     term is defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any
     successor provision.

          (l)  "Effective Date" means the effective date of this Plan specified
     in Section 14 hereof.

          (m)  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it
     may be amended from time to time.

          (n)  "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following
     events: (a) removal from the principal office held by the Participant on
     the date of the most recent Award, or a material reduction in the
     Participant's authority or responsibility, including, without limitation,
     involuntary removal from the Board, but not including termination of the
     Participant for Cause; or (b) the Company otherwise commits a material
     breach of this Plan, or the Participant's employment agreement, if


                                     -2-
<PAGE>

     applicable; provided, however, that within one year following a Change of
     Control, "Good Reason" shall mean (i) removal from the principal office
     held by the Participant on the date of the most recent Award, (ii) a
     material reduction in the Participant's authority or responsibility,
     including, without limitation, involuntary removal from the Board, (iii)
     relocation of the Company's headquarters from the San Antonio, Texas
     metropolitan area but not including termination of the Participant for
     cause, (iv) a material reduction in the Participant's compensation, or (v)
     the Company otherwise commits a material breach of this Plan, or the
     Participant's employment agreement, if applicable.

          (o)  "Incentive Stock Option" means an option qualifying under Section
     422 of the Code.

          (p)  "Parent" means a parent corporation of the Company as defined in
     Section 424(e) of the Code.

          (q)  "Participants" means the employees and officers of the Company,
     its Subsidiaries and its Parent (including those directors of the Company
     who are also employees of the Company, its Parent or one or more of its
     Subsidiaries).  "Participants" includes the USLD Participants.

          (r)  "Restricted Period" shall mean the period designated by the
     Committee during which Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned,
     transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered, which period shall not be
     less than one year nor more than two years from the Date of Grant.

          (s)  "Restricted Stock" shall mean those shares of Common Stock issued
     pursuant to an Award that remain subject to the Restricted Period.

          (t)  "Retained Distributions" shall mean any securities or other
     property (other than cash dividends) distributed by the Company or
     otherwise received by the holder in respect of Restricted Stock during any
     Restricted Period.

          (u)  "Retirement" shall mean retirement of a Participant from the
     employ of the Company, its Parent, its Subsidiaries or USLD, as the case
     may be, in accordance with the then existing employment policies of any
     such employer.

          (v)  "Subsidiary" means a subsidiary corporation of the Company as
     defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

          (w)  "USLD" means U.S. Long Distance Corp. and its Subsidiaries and
     any Parent of USLD.

          (x)  "USLD Participants" means the employees and officers of USLD who
are or were employees and officers of USLD prior to and immediately following
the distribution of the Company Common Stock by USLD to the stockholders of
USLD.


                                     -3-
<PAGE>

     3.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.  The Board shall appoint a committee 
(the "Committee") comprised of two or more directors to administer the Plan.  
Only directors who are Disinterested Persons shall be eligible to serve as 
members of the Committee. The Committee shall report all action taken by it 
to the Board, which shall review and ratify or approve those actions that are 
by law required to be so reviewed and ratified or approved by the Board.  The 
Committee shall have full and final authority in its discretion, subject to 
the provisions of the Plan, to make determinations with respect to the 
participation of Participants in this Plan, to prescribe the form of Award 
Agreements embodying Awards made under the Plan, and, except as otherwise 
required by law or this Plan, to set the size and terms of Awards (which need 
not be identical or consistent with respect to each Participant) including 
vesting schedules, price, whether stock options granted hereunder shall 
constitute an Incentive Stock Option, restriction or option period, 
post-retirement and termination rights, payment alternatives such as cash, 
stock or other means of payment consistent with the purposes of this Plan, 
and such other terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate.  
Except as otherwise required by this Plan, the Committee shall have authority 
to interpret and construe the provisions of this Plan and the Award 
Agreements, to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any 
inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement in the manner the 
Committee deems advisable for the administration of the Plan and make 
determinations pursuant to any Plan provision or Award Agreement, which shall 
be final and binding on all persons.  The Committee may authorize any one or 
more of their number or any officer of the Company to execute and deliver 
documents on behalf of the Committee.

     4.   COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO PROVISIONS OF THIS PLAN.  The Common Stock
subject to the provisions of this Plan shall either be shares of authorized but
unissued Common Stock, shares of Common Stock held as treasury stock or
previously issued shares of Common Stock reacquired by the Company, including
shares purchased in the open market.  Subject to adjustment in accordance with
the provisions of Section 11, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock
available for grant of Awards (including, without limitation, Awards of
Restricted Stock) shall not exceed Three Millon Five Hundred Thousand
(3,500,000).  If any part of an Award under this Plan shall be forfeited, the
shares of Common Stock subject to the forfeited portion of such Award shall
again be available for grant under the Plan.

     5.   ELIGIBILITY.  Except as hereinafter provided, Awards may be granted to
any Participant as the Committee shall determine from time to time.  In
determining the Participants to whom options shall be granted and the number of
shares to be covered by each such option, the Committee may take into account
the nature of the services rendered by the respective Participants, their
present and potential contributions to the Company's success and such other
factors as the Committee in its sole discretion shall deem relevant.  A
Participant who has been granted an option under the Plan may be granted an
additional option or options under the Plan, in the Committee's sole discretion.

     6.   AWARDS UNDER THIS PLAN.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may
make Awards of stock options (including Incentive Stock Options and stock
options that do not qualify as Incentive Stock Options) as described in Sections
7 and 8 hereof, and of Restrictive Stock, as described in Section 10 hereof.


                                     -4-
<PAGE>

     7.   OPTIONS AUTHORIZED.  The options subject to Award under this Plan may
be Incentive Stock Options or stock options that do not qualify as Incentive
Stock Options (sometimes referred to herein as "nonqualified options" or
"nonqualified stock options").  The Committee shall have the full power and
authority to (i) determine which options shall be nonqualified stock options and
which shall be Incentive Stock Options, (ii) grant only Incentive Stock Options
or, alternatively, only nonqualified stock options, and (iii) in its sole
discretion, grant to the holder of an outstanding option, in exchange for the
surrender and cancellation of such option, a new option having a purchase price
lower than that provided in the option so surrendered and cancelled and/or
containing such other terms and conditions as the Committee may prescribe in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan.  Under no circumstances may
nonqualified stock options be granted where the exercise of such nonqualified
stock options may affect the exercise of Incentive Stock Options granted
pursuant to the Plan. No options may be granted under the Plan prior to the
Effective Date.  In addition to any other limitations set forth herein, (1) no
Participant shall receive any grant of options, whether Incentive Stock Options
or nonqualified stock options, exercisable for more than one hundred fifty
thousand (150,000) shares of Common Stock during any one fiscal year of the
Company and (2) the aggregate fair market value (determined in accordance with
Paragraph 8(a) of the Plan as of the time the option is granted) of the Common
Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the
first time by a Participant in any calendar year (under all plans of the Company
and of any Parent or Subsidiary) shall not exceed $100,000.

     8.   TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.  The grant of an option under the
Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement executed by the Company and the
applicable Participant and shall contain such terms and be in such form as the
Committee may from time to time approve, subject to the following limitations
and conditions:

          (a)  OPTION PRICE.  The option exercise price per share with respect
to each option shall be determined by the Committee, but shall in no instance be
less than the par value of the shares subject to the option.  In addition, the
option exercise price per share with respect to Incentive Stock Options granted
hereunder shall in no instance be less than the fair market value of the shares
subject to the option as determined by the Committee.  For the purposes of this
Paragraph 8(a), fair market value shall be, where applicable, the closing price
of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant of such option as reported on any
national securities exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed.  If the
Common Stock is not listed on a national securities exchange but is publicly
traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market's National Market or on another automated
quotation system, the fair market value shall be the closing price of the Common
Stock on the Date of Grant, or if traded on the Nasdaq Small Cap or Nasdaq Over-
The-Counter market, the fair market value shall be the mean between the bid and
ask prices on any such system or market.  If the Common Stock was not traded on
the Date of Grant of such option, the nearest preceding date on which there was
a trade shall be substituted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, fair
market value shall be determined consistent with Code Section 422(b)(4) or any
successor provisions.  The Committee may permit the option exercise price to be
payable by transfer to the Company of Common Stock owned by the option holder
with a fair market value at the time of the exercise equal to the option
exercise price.


                                      -5-
<PAGE>

          (b)  PERIOD OF OPTION.  The expiration date of each option shall be
fixed by the Committee, but notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
contrary, such expiration date shall not be more than ten (10) years from the
Date of Grant of the option.

          (c)  VESTING OF STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS.  Neither the optionee nor his
successor in interest shall have any of the rights of a stockholder of the
Company until the shares relating to the option hereunder are issued by the
Company and are properly delivered to such optionee, or successor.

          (d)  EXERCISE OF OPTION.  Each option shall be exercisable from time
to time (but not less than six (6) months after the Date of Grant) over such
period and upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine, but
not at any time as to less than twenty-five (25) shares unless the remaining
shares that have become so purchasable are less than twenty-five (25) shares. 
After the death of the optionee, an option may be exercised as provided in
Section 9(c) hereof.

          (e)  DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.  The Award Agreement evidencing any
Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan shall provide that if the
optionee makes a disposition, within the meaning of Section 424(c) of the Code
and regulations promulgated thereunder, of any share or shares of Common Stock
issued to him or her pursuant to exercise of the option within the two-year
period commencing on the day after the Date of Grant of such option or within
the one-year period commencing on the day after the date of issuance of the
share or shares to him or her pursuant to the exercise of such option, he or she
shall, within ten (10) days of such disposition date, notify the Company of the
sales price or other value ascribed to or used to measure the disposition of the
share or shares thereof and immediately deliver to the Company any amount of
federal income tax withholding required by law.

          (f)  LIMITATION ON GRANTS TO CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS.  An Incentive Stock
Option may be granted to a Participant only if such Participant, at the time the
option is granted, does not own, after application of the attribution rules of
Code Section 424, stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total
combined voting power of all classes of Common Stock of the Company or of its
Parent or Subsidiary.  The preceding restrictions shall not apply if at the time
the option is granted the option price is at least one hundred ten percent
(110%) of the fair market value (as defined in Section 8(a) above) of the Common
Stock subject to the option and such option by its terms is not exercisable
after the expiration of five (5) years from the Date of Grant.

          (g)  RESTRICTION ON ISSUING SHARES.  The exercise of each option shall
be subject to the condition that if at any time the Company shall determine in
its discretion that the satisfaction of withholding tax or other withholding
liabilities, or that the listing, registration, or qualification of any shares
otherwise deliverable upon such exercise upon any securities exchange or under
any state or federal law, or that the consent or approval of any regulatory
body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, such
exercise or the delivery or purchase of shares pursuant thereto, then in any
such event, such exercise shall not be effective unless such withholding,
listing, registration, qualification, consent, or approval shall have been
effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company.


                                      -6-
<PAGE>

          (h)  CONSISTENCY WITH CODE.  Notwithstanding any other provision in
this Plan to the contrary, the provisions of all Award Agreements relating to
Incentive Stock Options pursuant to the Plan shall not violate the requirements
of the Code applicable to the Incentive Stock Options authorized hereunder.

     9.   EXERCISE OF OPTION.

          (a)  Any option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to
the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined
by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement.  An option shall be
deemed exercised when (i) the Company has received written notice of such
exercise in accordance with the terms of the Award Agreement, (ii) full payment
of the aggregate option exercise price of the shares as to which the option is
exercised has been made and (iii) arrangements that are satisfactory to the
Committee in its sole discretion have been made for the Participant's payment to
the Company of the amount, if any, that the Committee determines to be necessary
for the Company to withhold in accordance with applicable federal or state
income tax withholding requirements.

          (b)  Upon Retirement or other termination of the Participant's
Continuous Status as an Employee, other than (a) a termination that is either
(i) for Cause or (ii) voluntary on the part of a Participant and without the
written consent of the Company, a Parent, any Subsidiary or USLD or (b) a
termination by reason of death, the Participant may (unless otherwise provided
in his Award Agreement) exercise his option at any time within three (3) months
after such termination of the Participant's Continuous Status as an Employee (or
within one (1) year after termination of the Participant's Continuous Status as
an Employee due to permanent and total disability within the meaning of Code
Section 22(e)(3)), or within such other time as the Committee shall authorize,
but in no event may the Participant exercise his Option after ten (10) years
from the Date of Grant thereof (or such lesser period as may be specified in the
Award Agreement), and only to the extent of the number of shares for which his
options were exercisable by him at the date of the termination of the
Participant's Continuous Status as an Employee.  In the event of the termination
of the Continuous Status as an Employee of a Participant to whom an option has
been granted under the Plan that is either (i) for Cause or (ii) voluntary on
the part of the Participant and without written consent, any option held by him
under the Plan, to the extent not previously exercised, shall forthwith
terminate on the date of such termination of the Participant's Continuous Status
as an Employee.  Options granted under the Plan shall not be affected by any
change of employment so long as the holder continues to be an employee of the
Company, a Subsidiary or a Parent, or with respect to a USLD Participant, USLD. 
The Award Agreement may contain such provisions as the Committee shall approve
with respect to the effect of approved leaves of absence.  

          (c)  In the event a Participant to whom an option has been granted
under the Plan dies during, or within three (3) months after the Retirement or
other termination of, the Participant's Continuous Status as an Employee, such
option (unless it shall have been previously terminated pursuant to the
provisions of the Plan or unless otherwise provided in his Award Agreement) may
be exercised (to the extent of the entire number of shares covered by the option
whether or not purchasable by the Participant at the date of his death) by the
executor or administrator of the optionee's estate or by the person or persons
to whom the optionee shall have transferred such option by will or by the laws


                                     -7-
<PAGE>

of descent and distribution, at any time within a period of one (1) year after
his death, but not after the exercise termination date set forth in the relevant
Award Agreement.

          (d)  If as of the date of termination of the Participant's Continuous
Status as an Employee (other than as a result of the Participant's death) the
Participant is not entitled to exercise his or her entire options, the shares of
Common Stock covered by the unexercisable portion of the option shall revert to
the Plan.  If the Participant (or his or her designee or estate as provided in
Section 9(c) above) does not exercise his or her options within the time
specified in the Plan and the Award Agreement, the unexercised options shall
terminate and the shares of Common Stock covered by such options shall revert to
the Plan.

     10.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.

          (a)  GENERAL.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may make Awards
of Restricted Stock to selected Participants, which Awards shall be evidenced by
an Award Agreement that contains such terms and conditions, including vesting,
as the Committee may determine.  As a condition to any Award of Restricted Stock
hereunder, the Committee may require a Participant to pay to the Company the
amount (such as the par value of such shares) required to be received by the
Company in order to assure compliance with applicable state law.  Any Award of
Restricted Stock for which such requirement is established shall automatically
expire if not purchased in accordance with the Committee's requirements within
sixty (60) days after the Date of Grant.

     Subject to the terms and conditions of the respective Award Agreement, the
Participant, as the owner of the Common Stock issued as Restricted Stock and any
Retained Distributions with respect thereto, shall have the rights of a
stockholder, including, but not limited to, voting rights as to such Common
Stock and the right to receive cash dividends or distributions thereon when, as
and if paid.

     Within the limits set forth in the Plan, an Award of Restricted Stock may
be subject to such vesting requirements as may be fixed by the Committee. 
Vesting may be accelerated by a Change of Control.  Vesting may also be
accelerated upon death, permanent disability or Retirement.

     Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event that an
Award of Restricted Stock is made to a Participant whose employment or service
is subsequently terminated by reason of death, permanent disability or
Retirement or for such other reason as the Committee may provide, such
Participant (or his or her estate or beneficiary) will be entitled to receive
such additional portion of his or her Restricted Stock and any Retained
Distributions with respect thereto that the Participant would have received had
the Participant remained in the employment of the Company, Parent, Subsidiary or
USLD, as applicable, through the date on which the next portion of the shares of
unvested Restricted Stock subject to the Award of Restricted Shares would have
vested.

     Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event an Award of
Restricted Shares is made to a Participant whose employment with the Company,
Parent, Subsidiary or USLD, as applicable,  is subsequently terminated by the
Participant for Good Reason or by the Company, Parent, Subsidiary or USLD, as


                                     -8-
<PAGE>

applicable, other than for Cause, then in any such event, the Participant will
be entitled to receive such additional portion of his or her shares of
Restricted Stock and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto that the
Participant would have received had the Participant remained in the employment
of the Company, Parent, Subsidiary or USLD, as applicable, through the date on
which the next portion of the shares of unvested Restricted Stock subject to the
Award of Restricted Shares would have vested.

     Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event that an
Award of Restricted Shares is made to a Participant who subsequently voluntarily
resigns or whose employment is terminated for Cause, then all such Restricted
Stock and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto as to which the
Restricted Period still applies shall be forfeited by such Participant and shall
again become available for grant under the Plan.

          (b)  TRANSFERABILITY.  Restricted Stock and any Retained Distributions
with respect thereto may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or
otherwise encumbered during the Restricted Period, which shall be determined by
the Committee and shall not be less than one year nor more than two years from
the date such Restricted Stock was awarded.  The Committee may, at any time,
reduce the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding shares of
Restricted Stock and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto awarded
under the Plan.

     Shares of Restricted Stock, when issued, will be represented by a stock
certificate or certificates registered in the name of the Participant to whom
such Restricted Stock shall have been granted and shall bear a restrictive
legend to the effect that ownership of such Restricted Stock (and any related
Retained Distributions), and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto are
subject to the restrictions, terms, and conditions provided in the Plan and the
applicable Award Agreement.  Each certificate shall be deposited by the
Participant with the Company, together with stock powers or other instruments of
assignment, each endorsed in blank, which will permit transfer to the Company of
all or any portion of the Restricted Stock and any securities constituting
Retained Distributions that shall be forfeited or that shall not become vested
in accordance with the respective Award Agreement.  The certificate or
certificates issued for the Restricted Stock may bear such legend or legends as
the Committee may, from time to time, deem appropriate to reflect the
restrictions under the Plan for such Restricted Stock.

          (c)  STOCK CERTIFICATES; ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS.  Shares of
Restricted Stock shall constitute issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock
for all corporate purposes.  Each Participant will have the right to vote the
Restricted Stock held by such Participant, to receive and retain all cash
dividends and distributions thereon and exercise all other rights, powers and
privileges of a holder of Common Stock with respect to such Restricted Stock,
with the exception that:

               (i)   the Participant will not be entitled to delivery of the
          stock certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Stock
          until the Restricted Period applicable to such shares or portion
          thereof shall have expired and unless all other vesting requirements
          with respect thereto shall have been fulfilled;


                                     -9-
<PAGE>

               (ii)   other than cash dividends and distributions and rights to
          purchase stock which might be distributed to stockholders of the
          Company, the Company will retain custody of all Retained Distributions
          made, paid, declared or otherwise received by the holder thereof with
          respect to Restricted Stock (and such Retained Distributions will be
          subject to the same restrictions, terms and conditions as are
          applicable to the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were
          made, paid or declared) until such time, if ever, as the Restricted
          Period applicable to the shares with respect to which such Retained
          Distributions shall have been made, paid, declared or received shall
          have expired, and such Retained Distributions shall not bear interest
          or be segregated in separate accounts; and

               (iii)    upon the breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions
          provided in the Plan or the respective Award Agreement or otherwise
          established by the Committee with respect to any Restricted Stock or
          Retained Distributions, such Restricted Stock and any related Retained
          Distributions shall thereupon be automatically forfeited.

          (d)  MERGERS AND OTHER CORPORATE CHANGES.  Unless otherwise provided
in the Award Agreement, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, all
restrictions imposed on the Participant's Restricted Stock and any Retained
Distributions shall automatically terminate and lapse and the Restricted Period
shall automatically terminate; provided, however, that if the Change of Control
occurs within six months of the Date of Grant the restrictions and Restricted
Period shall terminate on the six month anniversary of the Date of Grant.

     11.  ADJUSTMENTS.  The Committee, in its discretion, may make such 
adjustments in the option price, the number or kind of shares and other 
appropriate provisions covered by outstanding Awards that are required to 
prevent any dilution or enlargement of the rights of the holders of such 
options that would otherwise result from any reorganization, 
recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, 
consolidation, issuance of rights or any other change in the capital 
structure of the Company.  The Committee, in its discretion, may also make 
such adjustments in the aggregate number and class of shares that may be the 
subject of Awards which are appropriate to reflect any transaction or event 
described in the preceding sentence.

     12.  AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.  The Board may at
any time suspend or terminate the Plan or may amend it from time to time in such
respects as the Board may deem advisable in order that the Awards granted
thereunder may conform to any changes in the law or in any other respect that
the Board may deem to be in the best interests of the Company; provided,
however, that without approval by the stockholders of the Company voting the
proper percentage of its voting power, no such amendment shall make any change
in the Plan for which stockholder approval is required in order to comply with
(i) Rule 16b-3, as amended, promulgated under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Code or
regulatory provisions dealing with Incentive Stock Options, (iii) any rules for
listed companies promulgated by any national stock exchange on which the
Company's Common Stock is traded or (iv) any other applicable rule or law. 
Unless sooner terminated hereunder, the Plan shall terminate ten (10) years
after the Effective Date.  No amendment, suspension, or termination of the Plan
shall, without a Participant's consent, impair or negate any of the rights or
obligations under any Award theretofore granted to such Participant under the
Plan.


                                     -10-
<PAGE>

     13.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company shall have the right to withhold from
any payments made under this Plan, or to collect as a condition of payment, any
taxes required by law to be withheld.  At any time when a Participant is
required to pay to the Company an amount required to be withheld under
applicable income tax laws in connection with a distribution of shares of Common
Stock pursuant to this Plan, the Participant may satisfy this obligation in
whole or in part by electing to have the Company withhold from such distribution
shares of Common Stock having a value equal to the amount required to be
withheld.  The value of the shares of Common Stock to be withheld shall be based
on the fair market value, as determined pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof, of the
Common Stock on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld shall be
determined (the "Tax Date").  Any such election is subject to the following
restrictions: (i) the election must be made on or prior to the Tax Date; (ii)
the election must be irrevocable; and (iii) the election must be subject to the
disapproval of the Committee.  To the extent required to comply with rules
promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, elections by Participants who
are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act are subject to the following
additional restrictions: (i) no election shall be effective for a Tax Date which
occurs within six months of the grant of the Award; and (ii) the election must
be made either (a) six months or more prior to the Tax Date or (b) during the
period beginning on the third business day following the date of release for
publication for the Company's quarterly or annual summary statements of sales
and earnings and ending on the twelfth business day following such date.

     14.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE PLAN.  This Plan shall become effective on the
date (the "Effective Date") of the last to occur of (i) the adoption of the Plan
by the Board and (ii) the approval, within twelve (12) months of such adoption,
by a majority (or such other proportion as may be required by state law) of the
outstanding voting shares of the Company, voted either in person or by proxy, at
a duly held stockholders meeting or by written stockholder consent.

     15.  SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING CHANGE OF CONTROL.  The Board or the
Committee may, from time to time, make special provisions for one or more
Participants respecting a possible Change of Control of the Company, a
Subsidiary, Parent or USLD, and, to the extent that any such special provisions
made with the consent of the affected employee may have the effect of
accelerating vesting of stock options granted under the Plan or removal of
restrictions on Restricted Stock allotted under the Plan or the effect of
preventing a termination or dilution of benefits, such special provisions shall
be controlling over and shall be deemed to be an amendment of any inconsistent
terms of the applicable Award Agreement.

     16.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

          (a)  If approved by the Board, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary
may lend money or guarantee loans by third parties to an individual to finance
the exercise of any option granted under the Plan to continue to hold Common
Stock thereby acquired.  No such loans to finance the exercise of an Incentive
Stock Option shall have an interest rate or other terms that would cause any
part of the principal amount to be characterized as interest for purposes of the
Code.

          (b)  This Plan is intended and has been drafted to comply in all
respects with Rule 16b-3, as amended, under the Exchange Act ("Rule 16b-3").  If
any provision of this Plan does not comply with Rule 16b-3, this Plan shall be
automatically amended to comply with Rule 16b-3.


                                     -11-
<PAGE>

          (c)  No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award,
and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the
right to be retained in the employ of the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or
USLD.  Nothing in this Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right
of the Company, a Parent, any Subsidiary or USLD to terminate any Participant's
employment at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in
the employ of the Company, a Parent, any Subsidiary or USLD.

          (d)  To the extent that federal laws do not otherwise control, this
Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State
of Delaware or the property laws of any particular state.

          (e)  In case any one or more of the provisions of this Plan shall be
held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under applicable law and
regulation (including Rule 16b-3), the validity, legality and enforceability of
the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby
and the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions shall be deemed null and
void; however, to the extent permissible by law, any provision which could be
deemed null and void shall first be construed, interpreted or revised
retroactively to permit this Plan to be construed in compliance with all
applicable laws (including Rule 16b-3) so as to foster the intent of this Plan. 
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Committee, in its
sole and absolute discretion, may bifurcate this Plan so as to restrict, limit
or condition the use of any provision of this Plan to Participants who are
subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act without so restricting, limiting or
conditioning this Plan with respect to other Participants.

          (f)  None of a Participant's rights or interests under the Plan may be
assigned or transferred in whole or in part, either directly or by operation of
law or otherwise (except pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or, in
the event of a Participant's death, by will or the laws of descent and
distribution), including, but not by way of limitation, execution, levy,
garnishment, attachment, pledge, bankruptcy or in any other manner, and no such
right or interest of any Participant in the Plan shall be subject to any
obligation or liability of such individual.

          (g)  No Restricted Stock or any Retained Distributions shall be issued
hereunder unless counsel for the Company shall be satisfied that such issuance
will be in compliance with applicable federal, state, or other securities laws.

          (h)  The expenses of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.

          (i)  By accepting any Award under the Plan, each Participant or
beneficiary claiming under or through him or her shall be conclusively deemed to
have indicated his or her acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any
action taken under the Plan by the Company, the Committee or the Board.


                                      -12-
<PAGE>

          (j)  Awards granted under the Plan shall be binding upon the Company,
its successors and assigns.

          (k)  The appropriate officers of the Company shall cause to be filed
any reports, returns, or other information regarding Awards hereunder or any
Common Stock issued pursuant hereto as may be required by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Exchange Act, or any other applicable statute, rule, or regulation.

          (l)  Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board of
Directors from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject
to stockholder approval if such approval is required.







                                      -13-

<PAGE>



                      1996 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN OF
                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.


      1.    PURPOSE.  The purpose of this Plan is to advance the interests of
Billing Information Concepts Corp., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), by
providing an additional incentive to attract and retain qualified and competent
directors, upon whose efforts and judgment the success of the Company is largely
dependent, through the encouragement of stock ownership in the Company by such
persons.

      2.    DEFINITIONS.  As used herein, the following terms shall have the
meaning indicated:

            (a)   "Annual Director Fee" shall mean a fee payable annually to
each Eligible Person on the business day on or immediately after December 15 of
each year ("Payment Date"), at the election of the Eligible Person, in either
cash of $15,000 or an Option granted pursuant to Section 5 or partly in cash and
partly in an Option granted pursuant to Section 5.

            (b)   "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of Billing
Information Concepts Corp.

            (c)   "Committee" shall mean the committee, if any, appointed by the
Board pursuant to Section 12 hereof.

            (d)   "Date of Grant" shall mean the date on which an Option is
granted to an Eligible Person pursuant to Section 4 or Section 5 hereof.

            (e)   "Director" shall mean a member of the Board or a member of the
board of directors of a Parent on the date of adoption of the Plan.

            (f)   "Eligible Person(s)" shall mean those persons who are
Directors of the Company or a Parent other than U.S. Long Distance Corp. and who
are not employees of the Company or a Subsidiary.

            (g)   "Fair Market Value" of a Share on any date of reference shall
be the closing price on the business day immediately preceding such date.  For
this purpose, the closing price of the Shares on any business day shall be (i)
if the Shares are listed or admitted for trading on any United States national
securities exchange, the last reported sale price of Shares on such exchange, as
reported in any newspaper of general circulation, (ii) if actual transactions in
the Shares are included in the Nasdaq National Market or are reported on a
consolidated transaction reporting system, the closing sales price of the Shares
on such system, (iii) if Shares are otherwise quoted on the Nasdaq system, or
any similar system of automated dissemination of quotations of securities prices
in common use, the mean between the closing high bid and low asked quotations
for such day of Shares on such system, (iv) if none of clause (i), (ii) or (iii)
is applicable, the mean between the high bid and low asked quotations for Shares
as reported by the National Daily Quotation Service if at least two securities
dealers have inserted both bid and asked quotations for Shares on at least five
(5) of the ten (10) preceding days.

            (h)   "Internal Revenue Code" or "Code" shall mean the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as it now exists or may be amended from time to time.

            (i)   "Nonqualified Stock Option" shall mean an option that is not
an incentive stock option as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue
Code.

            (j)   "Option" shall mean any option granted under Section 4 or 5 of
this Plan.

            (k)   "Optionee" shall mean a person to whom an Option is granted
under this Plan or any successor to the rights of such person under this Plan by
reason of the death of such person.



<PAGE>



            (l)   "Parent" shall mean a parent corporation of the Company as
defined in Section 424(e) of the Code and U.S. Long Distance Corp.

            (m)   "Payment Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
2(a).

            (n)   "Plan" shall mean this 1996 Non-Employee Director Plan of
Billing Information Concepts Corp.

            (o)   "Prior Plan" shall mean the 1993 Non-Employee Director Plan of
U.S. Long Distance Corp.

            (p)   "Share(s)" shall mean a share or shares of the common stock,
par value one cent ($0.01) per share, of the Company.

            (q)   "Subsidiary" shall mean a subsidiary corporation of the
Company as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

      3.    SHARES AND OPTIONS.  The maximum number of Shares to be issued
pursuant to Options under this Plan shall be FOUR HUNDRED THOUSAND (400,000)
Shares.  Shares issued pursuant to Options granted under this Plan may be issued
from Shares held in the Company's treasury or from authorized and unissued
Shares.  If any Option granted under this Plan shall terminate, expire, or be
cancelled or surrendered as to any Shares, new Options may thereafter be granted
covering such Shares.  Any Option granted hereunder shall be a Nonqualified
Stock Option.

      4.    AUTOMATIC GRANT OF OPTIONS.  (a) Options shall automatically be
granted to Directors as provided in this Section 4.  Each Option shall be
evidenced by an option agreement (an "Option Agreement") and shall contain such
terms as are not inconsistent with this Plan or any applicable law.  Any person
who files with the Committee, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, a written
waiver of eligibility to receive any Option under this Plan shall not be
eligible to receive any Option under this Plan for the duration of such waiver.

            (b)   The Options automatically granted to Directors under this Plan
shall be in addition to regular director's fees and other benefits with respect
to the Director's position with the Company or its Subsidiaries.  Neither the
Plan nor any Option granted under the Plan shall confer upon any person any
right to continue to serve as a Director.

            (c)   Options shall be automatically granted as follows:

               (i)      Each Director who holds one or more unexercised options
      under the Prior Plan (an "Unexercised Option") will automatically receive
      an Option for such number of Shares as is equal to the number of shares of
      U.S. Long Distance Corp. common stock, $.01 per share, subject to his
      Unexercised Options.  Such Option will vest at the same time that his
      Unexercised Options vest (assuming that his Unexercised Options remain
      outstanding and exercisable);

              (ii)      Each Director who is an Eligible Person shall
      automatically receive an Option for FIFTEEN THOUSAND (15,000) Shares on
      the date such Eligible Person is initially appointed or elected a Director
      of the Company, and such Option will vest as to FIVE THOUSAND (5,000)
      Shares on each of the first three anniversaries of the Date of Grant; and

             (iii)      Each Director who is an Eligible Person will receive, on
      the first business date after the date of each annual meeting of
      stockholders of the Company, commencing with the annual meeting of
      stockholders immediately following the full vesting of any Option
      previously granted under this Section 4, an option to purchase FIFTEEN
      THOUSAND (15,000) Shares, and such Option will vest as to FIVE THOUSAND
      (5,000) Shares on each of the first three anniversaries of the Date of
      Grant.



                                     -2-
<PAGE>



      For purposes of Section 4(c)(i), a Director's service with a Parent shall
be considered service with the Company.

            (d)   Any Option that may be granted pursuant to subparagraph (c) of
this Section 4 prior to the approval of this Plan by the stockholders of the
Company may be exercised on or after the Date of Grant subject to the approval
of this Plan by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months after
the effective date of this Plan.  If any Optionee exercises an Option prior to
such stockholder approval, the Optionee must tender the exercise price at the
time of exercise and the Company shall hold the Shares to be issued pursuant to
such exercise until the stockholders approve this Plan.  If this Plan is
approved by the stockholders, the Company shall issue and deliver the Shares as
to which the Option has been exercised.  If this Plan is not approved by the
stockholders, the Company shall return the exercise price to the Optionee.

            (e)   Except for the automatic grants of Options under subparagraph
(c) of this Section 4 and grants of Options to Eligible Persons under Section 5
below, no Options shall otherwise be granted hereunder, and neither the Board
nor the Committee, if any, shall have any discretion with respect to the grant
of Options within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor rule.

      5.    ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO ANNUAL DIRECTOR FEE.  Each Eligible
Person may elect to receive the Annual Director Fee in cash or in an Option, or
partly in cash and partly in an Option.  Any election to receive an Option shall
be in writing and must be made not later than June 15, 1996, even if prior to
the effective date of the Plan, for Options to be granted for the Payment Date
in 1996, and thereafter such election shall be made not later than December 31
of each year with respect to the Annual Director Fee to be made on the Payment
Date in the subsequent year.  The election may not be revoked or changed after
it is made.  For purposes of this election and subject to Section 9, in lieu of
receipt of the Annual Director Fee in cash, as elected by the Eligible Person,
each $2 of cash compensation shall be converted into an Option, granted as of
the Payment Date, to purchase one (1) share of Common Stock.  If an Eligible
Person so elects to receive an Option, the Company shall promptly deliver to
such Eligible Person an Option Agreement.  To be eligible to receive the Annual
Director Fee, for any year, the Eligible Person must be a Director on the
Payment Date for that Annual Director Fee.  Any person who files with the
Committee, in a form satisfactory to the Committee, a written waiver of
eligibility to receive any Option under this Plan shall not be eligible to
receive any Option under this Plan for the duration of such waiver.

      6.    OPTION PRICE.  The Option price per Share of any Option granted
pursuant to this Plan shall be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market
Value per Share on the Date of Grant.

      7.    EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  Options may be exercised at any time after
the date on which the Options, or any portion thereof, are vested until the
Option expires pursuant to Section 8; provided, however, that no Option shall be
exercisable prior to six (6) months from the Date of Grant.  An Option shall be
deemed exercised when (i) the Company has received written notice of such
exercise in accordance with the terms of the Option Agreement, (ii) full payment
of the aggregate Option price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised
has been made and (iii) arrangements that are satisfactory to the Committee in
its sole discretion have been made for the Optionee's payment to the Company of
the amount, if any, that the Committee determines to be necessary for the
Company to withhold in accordance with applicable federal or state income tax
withholding requirements.  Pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee, tax
withholding requirements, at the option of an Optionee, may be met by
withholding Shares otherwise deliverable to the Optionee upon the exercise of an
Option.  Unless further limited by the Committee in any Option Agreement, the
Option price of any Shares purchased shall be paid solely in cash, by certified
or cashier's check, by money order, with Shares (but with Shares only if
permitted by the Option Agreement or otherwise permitted by the Committee in its
sole discretion at the time of exercise) or by a combination of the above;
provided, however, that the Committee in its sole discretion may accept a
personal check in full or partial payment of any Shares.  If the exercise price
is paid in whole or in part with Shares, the value of the Shares surrendered
shall be their Fair Market Value on the date the Shares are received by the
Company.

      8.    TERMINATION OF OPTION PERIOD.  The unexercised portion of an
Option shall automatically and without notice terminate and become null and void
at the time of the earliest to occur of the following:


                                     -3-
<PAGE>



            (a)   with respect to Options granted automatically pursuant to
      Section 4(c), thirty (30) days after the date that an Optionee ceases to
      be a Director (including for this purpose a Director of a Parent)
      regardless of the reason therefor other than as a result of such
      termination by death of the Optionee;

            (b)   with respect to Options granted automatically pursuant to
      Section 4(c), (y) one (1) year after the date that an Optionee ceases to
      be a Director (including for this purpose a Director of a Parent) by
      reason of death of the Optionee or (z) six (6) months after the Optionee
      shall die if that shall occur during the thirty-day period described in
      Subsection 8(a); or

            (c)   the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Date of Grant of the
      Option.

      9.    ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.  (a) If at any time while this Plan is in
effect or unexercised Options are outstanding, there shall be any increase or
decrease in the number of issued and outstanding Shares through the declaration
of a stock dividend or through any recapitalization resulting in a stock
split-up, combination or exchange of Shares, then and in such event:

               (i)      appropriate adjustment shall be made in the maximum
            number of Shares then subject to being optioned under this Plan, so
            that the same proportion of the Company's issued and outstanding
            Shares shall continue to be subject to being so optioned; and

              (ii)      appropriate adjustment shall be made in the number of
            Shares and the exercise price per Share thereof then subject to any
            outstanding Option, so that the same proportion of the Company's
            issued and outstanding Shares shall remain subject to purchase at
            the same aggregate exercise price.

      In addition, the Committee shall make such adjustments in the Option price
and the number of shares covered by outstanding Options that are required to
prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of the holders of such Options
that would otherwise result from any reorganization, recapitalization, stock
split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, issuance of
rights, spin-off or any other change in capital structure of the Company.

            (b)   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the issuance by
the Company of shares of its capital stock of any class, or securities
convertible into shares of capital stock of any class, either in connection with
a direct sale or upon the exercise of rights or warrants to subscribe therefor,
or upon conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such
shares or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason
thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of or exercise price of Shares
then subject to outstanding Options granted under this Plan.

            (c)   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the
existence of outstanding Options granted under this Plan shall not affect in any
manner the right or power of the Company to make, authorize or consummate (i)
any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in
the Company's capital structure or its business; (ii) any merger or
consolidation of the Company; (iii) any issue by the Company of debt securities,
or preferred or preference stock that would rank above the Shares subject to
outstanding Options; (iv) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company; (v) any
sale, transfer or assignment of all or any part of the assets or business of the
Company; or (vi) any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar
character or otherwise.

      10.   TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.  Each Option Agreement shall provide
that such Option shall not be transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by
will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic
relations order and that, so long as an Optionee lives, only such Optionee or
his or her guardian or legal representative shall have the right to exercise the
related Option.

      11.   ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  No person shall be, or have any of the rights
or privileges of, a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the Shares
subject to an Option unless and until certificates representing such


                                     -4-
<PAGE>



Shares shall have been issued and delivered to such person.  As a condition of
any transfer of the certificate for Shares, the Committee may obtain such
agreements or undertakings, if any, as it may deem necessary or advisable to
assure compliance with any provision of this Plan, any Option Agreement or any
law or regulation, including, but not limited to, the following:

               (i)      A representation, warranty or agreement by the Optionee
            to the Company, at the time any Option is exercised, that he or she
            is acquiring the Shares to be issued to him or her for investment
            and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, the
            distribution of any such Shares; and

              (ii)      A representation, warranty or agreement to be bound by
            any legends that are, in the opinion of the Committee, necessary or
            appropriate to comply with the provisions of any securities law
            deemed by the Committee to be applicable to the issuance of the
            Shares and are endorsed upon the Share certificates.

      Share certificates issued to an Optionee who is a party to any stockholder
agreement or a similar agreement shall bear the legends contained in such
agreements.

      12.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.  (a) This Plan shall be administered
by a stock option committee (the "Committee") consisting of not fewer than two
(2) members of the Board; provided, however, that if no Committee is appointed,
the Board shall administer this Plan and in such case all references to the
Committee shall be deemed to be references to the Board.  The Committee shall
have all of the powers of the Board with respect to this Plan.  Any member of
the Committee may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by resolution
of the Board, and any vacancy occurring in the membership of the Committee may
be filled by appointment by the Board.

            (b)   The Committee, from time to time, may adopt rules and
regulations for carrying out the purposes of this Plan.  The determinations and
the interpretation and construction of any provision of this Plan by the
Committee shall be final and conclusive.

            (c)   Any and all decisions or determinations of the Committee shall
be made either (i) by a majority vote of the members of the Committee at a
meeting or (ii) without a meeting by the written approval of a majority of the
members of the Committee.

            (d)   This Plan is intended and has been drafted to comply with Rule
16b-3, as amended, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  If
any provision of this Plan does not comply with Rule 16b-3, as amended, this
Plan shall be automatically amended to comply with Rule 16b-3, as amended.

            (e)   This Plan shall not be amended more than once every six (6)
months, other than to comport with applicable changes to the Internal Revenue
Code, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the
rules thereunder.

      13.   INTERPRETATION.  (a) If any provision of this Plan is held invalid
for any reason, such holding shall not affect the remaining provisions hereof,
but instead this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had
never been included in this Plan.

            (b)   THIS PLAN SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
DELAWARE EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT SUPERSEDED BY THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OR THE
PROPERTY LAWS OF ANY STATE.

            (c)   Headings contained in this Plan are for convenience only and
shall in no manner be construed as part of this Plan.

            (d)   Any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender
shall be a reference to such other gender as is appropriate.


                                     -5-
<PAGE>



      14.   SECTION 83(b) ELECTION.  If as a result of exercising an Option an
Optionee receives Shares that are subject to a "substantial risk of forfeiture"
and are not "transferable" as those terms are defined for purposes of Section
83(a) of the Code, then such Optionee may elect under Section 83(b) of the Code
to include in his gross income, for his taxable year in which the Shares are
transferred to such Optionee, the excess of the Fair Market Value of such Shares
at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restriction other than
one which by its terms will never lapse), over the amount paid for the Shares.
If the Optionee makes the Section 83(b) election described above, the Optionee
shall (i) make such election in a manner that is satisfactory to the Committee,
(ii) provide the Company with a copy of such election, (iii) agree to promptly
notify the Company if any Internal Revenue Service or state tax agent, on audit
or otherwise, questions the validity or correctness of such election or of the
amount of income reportable on account of such election, and (iv) agree to such
withholding as the Committee may reasonably require in its sole and absolute
discretion.

      15.   EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION DATE.  This Plan is adopted as of
June __, 1996, but shall only become effective on the Distribution Date as
defined in the Distribution Agreement between the Company and U.S. Long Distance
Corp. dated ____________, 1996.  The effective date of any amendment to the Plan
is the date on which the Board adopted such amendment; provided, however, if
this Plan is not approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12)
months after the effective date, then, in such event, this Plan and all Options
granted pursuant to this Plan shall be null and void.  This Plan shall terminate
on _____________, 2001, and any Option outstanding on such date will remain
outstanding until it has either expired or has been exercised.

 
                                       - 6 -

<PAGE>



                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                         EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN


1.    PURPOSE

      The Billing Information Concepts Corp.  Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
      "Plan") is designed to encourage employees of Billing Information
      Concepts Corp.  ("Billing") and its participating Subsidiaries
      (collectively, the "Company"), where permitted by applicable laws and
      regulations, to acquire an equity interest in Billing through the purchase
      of shares of the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Billing
      ("Common Stock").  These purchases are intended to establish a closer
      identification of employee, Company and stockholder interests and to
      provide employees with a direct means of participating in the Company's
      growth and earnings.  It is anticipated that Plan participation will
      motivate employees to remain in the employ of the Company and give greater
      efforts on behalf of the Company. This Plan is intended to constitute an
      "employee stock purchase plan" within the meaning of Section 423 of the
      Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

2.    DEFINITIONS

      The following words or terms, when used herein, shall have the following
      respective meanings:

      "Closing Market Price" refers to the reported closing sales price for
      shares of the Common Stock as so reported in The Wall Street Journal for
      that day.

      "Committee" shall refer to the committee appointed by the Billing Board of
      Directors to administer this Plan.

      "Designated Broker" refers to the securities brokerage company that will
      assist Billing in administering the Plan and which may be designated from
      time to time by the Committee.  Initially the Designated Broker is Merrill
      Lynch & Co.

      "Effective Date" means August 1, 1996, the first Enrollment Date under the
      Plan.

      "Employee" refers to all full-time and part-time employees, employed by
      Billing or a Subsidiary on a continuous basis.

      "Employee Contribution Amounts" refers to the amounts contributed by
      employees via payroll deduction.

      "Enrollment Date" refers to August 1, 1996, the first Enrollment Date
      under the Plan, the first day of the initial six-month Participation
      Period ending January 31, 1997, and after that latter date, refers to
      February 1 and August 1, the first day of the succeeding six-month
      Participation Periods which continue thereafter.



<PAGE>



       "Enrollment Period" refers to the designated period that precedes each
      Enrollment Date during which employees eligible to participate are
      provided the opportunity to enroll in the Plan.  The Enrollment Period is
      approximately two weeks in duration and, generally, will expire
      approximately 10 to 14 days prior to the Enrollment Date.  The exact dates
      for each Enrollment Period will be communicated to all eligible employees
      prior to the Enrollment Period.

      "Exercise Date" refers to the last stock trading day in a Participation
      Period.

      "Fair Market Value" refers to the Closing Market Price on either the first
      or last stock trading day in the Participation Period as determined in
      accordance with Section 9.

      "Participant" refers to any employee meeting the eligibility requirements
      specified in Section 5 who has enrolled in the Plan.

      "Participation Period" refers to the six-month period from the Effective
      Date through January 31, 1997, and after that latter date refers to
      periods of February 1 through July 31 and August 1 through January 31,
      during which periods payroll deductions will be made to purchase stock
      under the Plan, or such other period as the Committee may at any time
      prescribe.

      "Plan" shall refer to this Billing Information Concepts Corp.  Employee
      Stock Purchase Plan.

      "Prior Plan" refers to the U.S. Long Distance Corp. Stock Purchase Plan,
      the stock purchase plan of Billing's former parent.

      "Subsidiary" refers to any present or future corporation that is a
      "subsidiary corporation" of the Company within the meaning of Section 424
      of the Code.

3.    ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

      The Plan shall be administered by the Employee Stock Purchase Plan
      Committee (the "Committee") appointed by the Board of Directors of Billing
      (the "Board"), which Committee shall consist of at least three (3)
      persons, who need not be members of the Board.  The members of the
      Committee shall supervise the administration and enforcement of the Plan
      according to its terms and provisions and shall have all powers necessary
      to accomplish these purposes and discharge its duties hereunder including,
      but not limited to, the power to interpret the Plan, to make factual
      determinations and resolve issues of eligibility, stock price
      determination, or any other issues arising under the Plan or as a result
      of participation of Participants in the Plan.

      The Committee may act by majority decision of its members at a regular or
      special meeting of the Committee or by decision reduced to writing and
      signed by all members of the Committee without holding a formal meeting.
      Vacancies in the membership of


                                     -2-
<PAGE>



      the Committee arising from death, resignation or other inability to serve
      shall be filled by appointment by the Board as soon as possible.  All
      decisions by the Committee shall be final and conclusive and binding upon
      all Participants and the Company.

4.    NATURE AND NUMBER OF SHARES

      The Common Stock subject to issuance under the terms of the Plan shall be
      shares of Billing's authorized but unissued shares.  The aggregate number
      of shares that may be issued under the Plan shall not exceed one million
      (1,000,000) shares of Common Stock.  If the total number of shares that
      Employees elect to purchase under the Plan exceeds the shares available,
      the Committee will allot shares among Employees.

      In the event of any reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, reverse
      stock split, stock dividend, spin-off, combination of shares, merger,
      consolidation, offering of rights or other similar change in the capital
      structure of Billing, the Committee may make such adjustment, if any, as
      it deems appropriate in the number, kind and purchase price of the shares
      available for purchase under the Plan, in the maximum number of shares
      that may be issued under the Plan and in the Participation Periods,
      subject to the approval of the Board and in accordance with Section 20 of
      the Plan.

      If Billing is acquired in a transaction whereby it is not the surviving
      entity or all or substantially all of Billing's assets are acquired, the
      Committee shall determine a Plan termination date.  This date shall
      precede the expected effective date of such acquisition by not more than
      sixty (60) days.  Employee Contribution Amounts accumulated during the
      period between the most recent Enrollment Date and Plan termination date
      shall be used to purchase shares for Participants in the manner provided
      in Section 9 utilizing the Plan termination date as the Exercise Date for
      determining the purchase price for shares of Common Stock.  In the event
      the Plan is terminated and the acquisition transaction is not consummated,
      the Plan may be reactivated on a date determined by the Committee.

5.    ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

      Each Employee, except as described in the next following paragraph, shall
      become eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with this Section
      5 on the first Enrollment Date following employment by the Company.
      Participation in the Plan is voluntary.

      The following Employees are not eligible to Participate in the Plan:

      i)    Employees who have not completed at least six (6) months of
            continuous service with the Company as of the Enrollment Date; and

      ii)   Employees who would, immediately upon enrollment in the Plan, own
            directly or indirectly, or hold options or rights to acquire, an
            aggregate of five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting
            power or value of all outstanding shares of all classes of Billing
            or any Subsidiary.


                                     -3-
<PAGE>



      Employees of any corporation that may become a Subsidiary after the
      Effective Date shall automatically be deemed to be eligible for
      participation under this Plan effective as of the Enrollment Date
      following the date (1) the corporation became a Subsidiary and (2) the
      Employees satisfied the continuous service requirements described above.

      All service with the former parent corporation of Billing or a subsidiary
      of such former parent will be taken into account as continuous service for
      purposes of this Section 5.

6.    ENROLLMENT

      Each eligible Employee of the Company as of the Effective Date will become
      an eligible Employee in the Plan on the Effective Date if immediately
      prior to the Effective Date he or she was eligible to participate in the
      Prior Plan.  Each other Employee of the Company who thereafter becomes
      eligible to participate may enroll in the Plan on the February 1 and
      August 1 Enrollment Dates following the date he or she first meets the
      eligibility requirements of Section 5 of the Plan.  Any eligible Employee
      not enrolling in the Plan when first eligible may enroll in the Plan on
      the next succeeding February 1 or August 1 Enrollment Date.  In order to
      enroll, an eligible Employee must complete, sign and submit the
      appropriate forms during the Enrollment Period to Billing's Human
      Resources Department.  Continued enrollment in subsequent periods shall be
      automatic and no additional documentation is required, unless a
      Participant desires to revise the Employee Contribution Amount for the
      subsequent Participation Period.  Employee Contribution Amounts shall
      remain constant if not changed at the Employee's request during an
      Enrollment Period.  In order to terminate Plan participation, at any time,
      or change Employee Contribution Amounts during an Enrollment Period, the
      participant must complete, sign and submit the appropriate forms to
      Billing's Human Resources Department.

7.    GRANT OF RIGHT TO PURCHASE SHARES ON ENROLLMENT

      Enrollment in the Plan by an Employee on an Enrollment Date will
      constitute the grant by Billing to the Participant of the right to
      purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan.  Re-enrollment or
      continued enrollment by a Participant in the Plan will constitute a grant,
      on the Enrollment Date on which such re-enrollment or continued enrollment
      occurs, by Billing to the Participant of a new right to purchase shares of
      Common Stock.  A Participant who has not terminated employment shall have
      shares of Common Stock automatically purchased for him or her on the
      applicable Exercise Date.  The participant shall automatically be
      re-enrolled in the Plan for subsequent Participation Periods at the same
      Employee Contribution Amount, unless the Participant notifies Billing's
      Human Resources Department on the appropriate forms that he or she elects
      not to re-enroll or desires to change his or her Employee Contribution
      Amount.  A Participant who has suspended payroll deductions during any
      Participation Period must re-enroll on the appropriate forms to
      participate in the Plan in any future Participation Periods.



                                     -4-
<PAGE>



      Each right to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan during any
      participation Period shall have the following terms:

      i)    the right to purchase shares of Common Stock during any
            Participation Period shall expire on the earlier of (a) the
            completion of the purchase of shares on the Exercise Date or (b) the
            date on which the Participant terminates employment;

      ii)   in no event shall the right to purchase shares of Common Stock
            during any Participation Period extend beyond twenty-seven (27)
            months from the Enrollment Date;

      iii)  payment for shares purchased shall be made only with amounts
            contributed through payroll deductions;

      iv)   purchase of shares shall be accomplished only in accordance with
            Section 9;

      v)    the price per share shall be determined as provided in Section 9;

      vi)   the right to purchase shares of Common Stock (taken together with
            all other such rights then outstanding under this Plan and under all
            other similar stock purchase plans of Billing or any Subsidiary)
            will in no event give the Participant the right to purchase a number
            of shares of Common Stock during a Participation Period in excess of
            the number of shares of Common Stock derived by dividing $12,500.00
            by the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the applicable Grant
            Date, as defined in Section 9, determined in accordance with Section
            9; and

      vii)  the right to purchase shares of Common Stock shall in all respects
            be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, as interpreted
            by the Committee from time to time.

8.    METHOD OF PAYMENT

      Payment of shares of Common Stock shall be made as of the applicable
      Exercise Date with amounts contributed through payroll deductions
      collected over the Plan's designated Participation Period, with the first
      such deduction commencing with the payroll period ending after the
      Enrollment Date.  Each Participant will authorize such deductions from his
      or her pay for each month during the Participation Period.  No changes in
      monthly deduction amounts are permitted subsequent to the Enrollment
      Period other than ceasing ongoing payroll deductions for the remainder of
      the Participation Period.  Payroll deductions will be made in equal
      installments on each of the first two payrolls of each month during the
      Participation Period.  No lump sum or prepayments are permitted.
      Employees may select any monthly Employee Contribution Amount as long as
      the following requirements are met:

      i)    at least $10.00 is deducted each month;


                                     -5-
<PAGE>



      ii)   amount selected is a multiple of $5.00;

      iii)  total amount deducted does not exceed Employee's net pay of their
            base salary; and

      iv)   the aggregate of monthly deduction amounts does not exceed
            $10,625.00 in any Participation Period (under this Plan and under
            all other similar stock purchase plans of Billing or any
            Subsidiary).  If for any reason a Participants's contributions to
            the Plan exceed $10,625.00 during any Participation Period, such
            excess amounts shall be refunded to the Participant as soon as
            practicable after such excess has been determined to exist.

      A Participant may suspend payroll deductions at any time during a
      Participation Period by given written notice to Billing's Human Resources
      Department on the appropriate forms, which will be processed effective for
      the first payroll period that is administratively feasible.  In such case,
      the Participant's account balance shall still be used to purchase Common
      Stock at the end of the Participation Period.  Any Participant who
      suspends payroll deductions during any Participation Period cannot resume
      payroll deductions during such period and must re-enroll in the Plan
      during a subsequent Enrollment Period in order to participate in any
      future Participation Periods.

      Except in the case of termination of employment, the amount in a
      Participant's account at the end of any Participation Period shall be
      applied to the purchase of shares, as provided in Section 9.

9.    PURCHASE OF SHARES

      The right to purchase shares of Common Stock granted by the Company under
      the Plan is for the term of a Participation Period.  The price to be paid
      for the Common Stock to be purchased at the expiration of such
      Participation Period shall be determined as the lower of: (a) 85% of the
      Closing Market Price on the first trading day of the Participation Period
      (Grant Date) or (b) 85% of the Closing Market Price on the last trading
      day in the Participation Period (Exercise Date).  These dates constitute
      the date of grant and the date of exercise for valuation purposes under
      Section 423 of the Code.

      The number of shares of Common Stock, including fractional shares,
      purchased on behalf of a Participant shall be recorded in the Designated
      Broker stock trading account established for each Participant as soon as
      administratively feasible, but no later than five (5) business days
      following the last business day of the preceding Participation Period.
      The number of shares purchased shall be computed by dividing the aggregate
      Employee Contribution Amount by the price for the Common Stock determined
      in the manner described in the preceding paragraph.  Participants shall be
      treated as the record owners of the shares, with all rights of a
      stockholder, effective as of the date the shares are posted to the
      Participant's stock trading account.  Any fees associated with maintaining
      these stock trading accounts shall be the obligation of the Company.


                                     -6-
<PAGE>



10.   WITHDRAWAL OF SHARES

      The record of shares of Common Stock purchased shall be maintained in an
      individual stock trading account established at the Designated Broker on
      behalf of the Participant until the shares are either withdrawn or sold.
      A Participant may elect to withdraw all shares held in his or her account
      at any time (without withdrawing from the Plan) by giving notice to the
      Designated Broker.  Upon receipt of such notice, the Designated Broker
      will arrange for either (a) the issuance and delivery of all shares held
      in the Participant's account as soon as administratively feasible or (b)
      the sale of the shares, as described by the Participant.

      Certificates shall be issued only in the following situations:

            i)    if the Participant requests a certificate; or

            ii)   if the Participant terminates employment with the Company and
                  requests a certificate.

      In both of these cases, the Participant will be required to notify the
      Designated Broker and pay an issuance fee.  The share certificate will be
      issued to the Participant as soon as administratively feasible after the
      receipt by the Designated Broker of the required form and payment of the
      issuance fee.

      Fractional shares shall be handled as follows:  For share withdrawals,
      only whole shares will be certified and issued to Participants.  A payment
      will be made to the Participant for any fractional shares owned by the
      Participant.  This payment shall be computed using the Closing Market
      Price of a share of Common Stock on the date the withdrawal is processed
      by the Designated Broker.  For shares sold, Participants shall receive
      credit for all whole and fractional shares at the actual price for which
      the shares were sold.

11.   INCOME TAX OBLIGATIONS

      Participants shall be responsible for all personal income tax obligations
      associated with selling shares of Common Stock purchased through this
      Plan.  The Committee recommends that each Participant seek competent,
      professional tax advice prior to enrolling in the Plan to ensure he or she
      fully understands the tax consequences resulting from stock sales.

12.   TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION

      The right to participate in the Plan terminates immediately when a
      Participant ceases to be employed by Billing or any Subsidiary.  Employee
      Contribution Amounts collected prior to the date of termination of
      employment shall be paid in cash.  The cash shall be delivered to the
      Participant as soon as administratively feasible following the end of the
      Participation Period in which the Participant's employment terminates.
      Employee


                                     -7-
<PAGE>



      Contribution Amounts for Participants who are on a Leave of Absence will
      be used to purchase Common Stock at the conclusion of the Participation
      Period in accordance with Section 9.

13.   DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT

      As soon as administratively feasible after receiving notification of the
      death of a Participant, Employee Contribution Amounts collected prior to
      the date of termination of employment shall be paid in cash to the
      Participant's estate.  No additional shares of Common Stock may be
      purchased on behalf of a Participant after notification of death is
      received.  All assets in a Participant's  stock trading account will
      remain in the Participant's account until the person whom the Participant
      has elected a joint tenant, with or without right of survivorship, or the
      representative of the Participant's estate requests delivery thereof from
      the Designated Broker and submits such documentation as the Designated
      Broker may require to show proof of entitlement thereto.

14.   ASSIGNMENT

      The rights of a Participant under the Plan shall not be assignable or
      otherwise transferable by the Participant except by will or the laws of
      descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations
      order .  No purported assignment or transfer of any rights of a
      Participant under the Plan, whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation
      of law or otherwise, shall vest in the purported assignee or transferee
      any interest or right therein whatsoever, but immediately upon such
      assignment or transfer, or any attempt to make the same, such rights shall
      terminate and become of no further effect.  If the foregoing provisions of
      this Section 14 are violated, the Participant's election to purchase
      Common Stock shall terminate and the only obligation of the Company
      remaining under the Plan shall be to pay the person entitled thereto the
      Employee Contribution Amount then credited to the Participant's account.
      No Participant may create a lien on any funds, securities, rights or other
      property held for the account of the Participant under the Plan, except to
      the extent permitted by will or the laws of descent and distribution if
      beneficiaries have not been designated.  A Participant's right to purchase
      shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall be exercisable only during the
      Participant's lifetime and only by him or her.

15.   COSTS

      Billing will pay all expenses incident to establishing and administering
      the Plan.  Expenses to be incurred by Participants shall be limited to
      brokerage fees relating to sales of stock from the Participant's account
      (as described herein), issuance fees (as described in Section 10) and any
      personal income tax obligations.

16.   REPORTS



                                     -8-
<PAGE>



      At least annually, the Company shall provide or cause to be provided to
      each Participant a report of their Employee Contribution Amounts and the
      shares of Common Stock purchased with such Employee Contribution Amounts
      by that Participant on each Exercise Date.

17.   EQUAL RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES

      All eligible Employees shall have equal rights and privileges with respect
      to the Plan so that the Plan qualifies as an "employee stock purchase
      plan" within the meaning of Section 423 or any successor provision of the
      Code and related regulations.  Any provision of the Plan that is
      inconsistent with Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code shall
      without further act or amendment by the Company be reformed to comply with
      the requirements of Section 423.  This Section 17 shall take precedence
      over all other provisions in the Plan.

18.   RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER

      A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder under his or her
      rights to purchase Common Stock until he or she becomes a stockholder as
      herein provided.  A Participant will become a stockholder with respect to
      shares for which payment has been completed as provided in Section 9
      effective as of the date the shares are posted to the Participant's stock
      trading account.

19.   MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

      The Board may amend or terminate the Plan at any time as permitted by law,
      with the exception that the provisions of the Plan (including, without
      limitation, the provisions of Sections 8 and 9) that constitute a formula
      award for purposes of Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and
      Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
      ("Rule 16b-3"), may not be amended more than once every six (6) months,
      other than to comply with changes in the Code, or the rules thereunder.
      No amendment shall be effective unless within one (1) year after the
      change is adopted by the Board it is approved by the holders of a majority
      of the voting power of Billing's outstanding shares:

            i)    if and to the extent such amendment is required to be approved
                  by stockholders to continue the exemption provided for in Rule
                  16b-3 (or any successor provision); or

            ii)   if such amendment would cause the rights granted under the
                  Plan to purchase shares of Common Stock to fail to meet the
                  requirements of Section 423 of the Code (or any successor
                  provision).

20.   BOARD AND STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL; EFFECTIVE DATE



                                     -9-
<PAGE>



      The Plan was approved by the Board and by the sole stockholder of Billing
      on __________, 1996.  The Plan will become effective as of August 1, 1996.

21.   GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS OR CONSENTS

      The Plan and any offering or sale made to Employees under the Plan are
      subject to any governmental approvals or consents that may be or become
      applicable in connection therewith.  Subject to the provisions of Section
      19, the Board may make such changes in the Plan and include such terms in
      any offering under the Plan as may be desirable to comply with the rules
      or regulations of any governmental authority.

22.   USE OF FUNDS

      All Employee Contribution Amounts received or held by the Company under
      this Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the
      Company shall not be obligated to segregate such amounts.

23.   NO ADDITIONAL PURCHASE RIGHTS OR EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

      Other than for rights to purchase Common Stock under the Plan, the Plan
      does not, directly or indirectly, create any right for the benefit of any
      Employee or class of Employee to purchase any shares under the Plan, or
      create in any Employee or class of Employee any right with respect to
      continuance of employment with the Company, and it shall not be deemed to
      interfere in any way with the Company's right to terminate, or otherwise
      modify, any Employee's employment at any time.

24.   EFFECT OF PLAN

      The provisions of the Plan shall, in accordance with its terms, be binding
      upon, and inure to the benefit of, all successors of each Employee
      participating in the Plan, including, without limitation, such Employee's
      estate and the executors, administrators or trustees thereof, heirs and
      legatees, and any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or representative of
      creditors of such Employee.

25.   GOVERNING LAW

      The laws of the State of Delaware will govern all matters relating to the
      Plan except to the extent superseded by the laws of the United States or
      the property laws of any particular state.

26.   NO PAYMENT OF INTEREST

      No interest will be paid or allowed on any Employee Contribution Amounts
      or amounts credited to the account of any Participant.


                                     -10-
<PAGE>



27.   OTHER PROVISIONS

      The agreement to purchase shares of Common Stock under the Plan shall
      contain such other provisions as the Committee and the Board shall deem
      advisable, provided that no such provision shall in any way conflict with
      the terms of the Plan.


                                       - 11 -

<PAGE>



                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.


                     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN
                     (With Company Matching Contribution)


                                 PLAN DOCUMENT


      THE BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL
PLAN  (the "Plan") is hereby adopted effective the _____ day of             ,
1996 (the "Effective Date").  The Plan is established and maintained by Billing
Information Concepts Corp. (the "Company") solely for the purpose of permitting
a select group of management and/or highly compensated employees to defer all or
a portion of their Eligible Compensation and to provide for a partial Company
Matching Contribution.

      Accordingly, Billing Information Concepts Corp. hereby adopts the Plan
pursuant to the terms and provisions hereinafter set forth, and designates the
Company as Plan Administrator of this Plan.

                                  ARTICLE I

                                 DEFINITIONS

      Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings as set
forth in this Article:

1.1   "Beneficiary" or "Beneficiaries" means the individual or individuals
      designated by a Participant on a Beneficiary Form filed with the Company
      to receive the amount of benefit specified in Section 6.1 in the event of
      the Participant's death prior to Retirement, Disability, or other lifetime
      termination of employment, or to receive the death benefit as provided in
      Section 6.5 in the event of the Participant's death while receiving
      installment payments after the occurrence of one of such events.  If a
      Participant has not designated any beneficiary, or if no designated
      beneficiary is living on the date of distribution, then such amounts shall
      be paid to the Participant's spouse, or if the Participant's spouse is not
      then living or if the Participant is unmarried or action for divorce or
      annulment has been filed at the time of death, then, unless the provisions
      of Section 9.8 apply, such amounts shall be paid to the Participant's
      estate.

1.2   "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company, or any committee of
      the Board authorized to act in its behalf in connection with the Plan.

1.3   "Change of Control" shall mean change in at least 51% ownership interest
      in the Company by sale, merger or liquidation, dissolution or
      reorganization.

1.4   "Company" means BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP., a Delaware
      corporation, or, to the extent provided in Section 9.7, any successor
      corporation or other entity resulting


<PAGE>



      from a merger or consolidation into or with the Company or from a transfer
      or sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company.

1.5   "Company Matching Contribution" means the contribution made by the Company
      out of its own funds in behalf of a Plan Participant during any Plan Year
      pursuant to Article IV.

1.6   "Deferred Compensation Accounts" means the Accounts established in the
      name of a Plan Participant pursuant to Article V.  One of such Accounts
      shall be designated as the "Eligible Compensation Deferral Account" and
      the other Account shall be designated as the "Company Matching
      Contribution Account."

1.7   "Disability" means that the Participant is unable to perform the usual and
      customary duties of his or her regular job and is unable to work elsewhere
      in the Company in a capacity for which the Participant is suited by
      education, training, or experience, for a period of six (6) months as a
      result of illness or injury.

1.8   "Eligible Compensation" means the base compensation payable to a
      Participant by the Company for individual performance.

1.9   "Eligible Compensation Deferral Contribution" means the contribution
      credited to a Participant's Eligible Compensation Deferral Account
      resulting from a deferral from Eligible Compensation under and in
      accordance with the terms of the Plan during any Plan Year.

1.10  "Enrollment Form" means the Enrollment Form completed by each Eligible
      Employee, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, pursuant to which
      an Eligible Employee elects to participate in the Plan, makes an annual
      deferral election and elects a payment timing option from the Plan.

1.11  "Interest Crediting Rate" means the interest rate declared by the Company
      which will be credited at least annually to a Participant's Deferred
      Compensation Accounts.  For the first Plan Year, the interest rate shall
      be declared by the Company at the inception of the Plan and shall apply
      until the end of that year.  Thereafter, the interest rate shall be
      declared by the Company by December 15th of each year for the following
      Plan Year.  If it is not declared by that time, the rate for the following
      year shall be the prime rate of interest declared by the Frost National
      Bank of San Antonio plus two percent (2%), determined as of December 15th.

1.12  "Participant" means an employee of the Company who qualifies to
      participate in the Plan under the eligibility requirements set forth in
      Article II and who elects to participate in the Plan by filing with the
      Company an Enrollment Form.

1.13  "Plan" means the Executive Compensation Deferral Plan provided for herein
      for selected management and/or highly compensated employees of the
      Company.



                                     -2-
<PAGE>



1.14  "Plan Entry Date" shall mean the Effective Date, the date an Employee
      first becomes an Eligible Employee (as defined in Article II),  and each
      January 1st thereafter.

1.15  "Plan Year" means each 12-month calendar year, except that the first Plan
      Year shall be a short Plan Year beginning on the Effective Date and ending
      on December 31st of that calendar year.

1.16  "Prior Plan" means the U.S. Long Distance Corp. Executive Compensation
      Deferral Plan, as in effect prior to the Effective Date.

1.17  "Retirement" means either (i) a Participant's actual early, normal or late
      retirement from employment with the Company, whether under the terms of
      the Company's qualified retirement plan or otherwise, or (ii) the
      Participant's attainment of age 65 if later than actual retirement, as
      elected by the Participant on the  Enrollment Form filed at the time of
      the Participant's initial election to defer Eligible Compensation under
      the Plan.

1.18  "Termination for cause" shall mean an employee's termination of employment
      by the Board of Directors for fraud, embezzlement, or such other egregious
      and serious act against the Company that warrants immediate termination.

1.19  Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine, and the singular
      shall include the plural, and vice versa, unless otherwise required by
      context.  Any headings used herein are for ease of reference only and are
      not to be construed as to alter the meaning of the substantive provisions
      of the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE II

                                 ELIGIBILITY

      Selected employees occupying management positions with the Company or its
subsidiaries who are determined by the Board from time to time to be eligible to
participate in the Plan ("Eligible Employees") shall be eligible to participant
hereunder.  All Eligible Employees may thereafter participate in the Plan
beginning on the effective date of the Plan or any Plan Entry Date thereafter.
Each Eligible Employee shall complete and deliver to the Company an Enrollment
Form.

                                 ARTICLE III

                   ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL ELECTION

3.1  AMOUNT OF ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL.  An Eligible Employee may elect
      effective on a Plan Entry Date to defer all or a portion of his or her
      Eligible Compensation for a Plan Year by filing with the Company an
      Enrollment Form prior to the Plan Year to which such election relates;
      provided, however, that (i) for employees who are eligible to participate
      in the Plan upon adoption of the Plan, the election for the first Plan
      Year


                                     -3-
<PAGE>



      may be made within the 30-day period immediately after adoption of the
      Plan, and (ii) for employees who become eligible to participate in the
      Plan thereafter, the election for the Plan Year during which they first
      become eligible may be made within the first pay period immediately after
      becoming eligible.  Deferrals from Eligible Compensation shall be made in
      equal monthly amounts up to 100% of a Participant's Eligible Compensation.

3.2   VESTING OF ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL.  All amounts credited to a
      Participant's Eligible Compensation Deferral Account are 100% vested,
      unless the Participant's employment terminates as a result of Termination
      for cause, in which case all amounts credited to the Participant's
      Eligible Compensation Deferral Account shall be forfeited.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                        COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1   AMOUNT OF COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  In addition to a Participant's
      deferral from Eligible Compensation, the Company intends, each Plan Year,
      to contribute out of its own funds, on behalf of each Participant, an
      amount equal to the lesser of (a) 100% of the amount of such Participant's
      Eligible Compensation Deferral Contribution for such Plan Year or (b) an
      amount which when combined with the Eligible Compensation Deferral
      Contribution which actuarily determined would yield a 10-year annuity
      equal to 50% of the Participant's Eligible Compensation payable at age 65.
      The amount described in (b) shall in no event be less than $3,000.
      Further, the interest rate used for purposes of determining the amount
      required to provide the annuity described in (b) above shall be the
      Interest Crediting Rate declared by the Company for the same Plan Year
      pursuant to Section 5.2.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this
      paragraph, the Company in its sole discretion, reserves the right at any
      time for any Plan Year, either (i) not to provide such Company Matching
      Contribution altogether, or (ii) to make a Company Matching Contribution
      of a different amount, in either case by giving written notice to each
      affected Participant by December 15th of the prior Plan Year.  Any such
      skipped or reduced Company Matching Contribution shall not be required to
      be made up in future Plan Years.

4.2   VESTING OF COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  The portion of the Company
      Matching Contribution Account established for a Participant pursuant to
      Article V to which the Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary or
      Beneficiaries shall be entitled upon the occurrence of one of the payment
      events specified in Section 6.2 shall be based upon the number of full
      years of employment with the Company completed by the Participant as of
      the last day of the plan year prior to the date payment is due under this
      Plan.  For purposes of this Section 4.2, a Participant's service with the
      former parent corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of such former
      parent shall be considered service with the Company.  Such vested portion
      shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:

                  YEARS OF SERVICE                VESTED PORTION


                                     -4-
<PAGE>



            Less than 1 year                                     0.00%
            More than 1 and less than 2                         33.33%
            More than 2 and less than 3                         66.66%
            3 years or more                                    100.00%
            Change of Control of Company                       100.00%
            Termination for Cause                                0.00%

                                  ARTICLE V

                        DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS

5.1   ESTABLISHMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS.  The Company shall
      establish and maintain in the name of each Plan Participant two separate
      accounts (the "Participant's Accounts") designated, respectively, as the
      "Eligible Compensation Deferral Account" and the "Company Matching
      Contribution Account."  Such Accounts shall be segregated from other
      accounts on the books and records of the Company and shall together be
      carried as a contingent liability of the Company to the Participant.

      (a)   ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL ACCOUNT.  The Company shall credit
            to the Eligible Compensation Deferral Account (the "Deferral
            Account") the amount of each deferral from Eligible Compensation
            which the Participant elects to make on a timely filed  Enrollment
            Form.  Such amount shall be credited to the Deferral Account on the
            day such Eligible Compensation would otherwise be payable to the
            Participant.

      (b)   COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNT.  The Company shall credit to
            the Company Matching Contribution Account (the "Matching Account")
            the amount of each Company Matching Contribution.  Such amount shall
            be credited to the Matching Account on the same day as the
            Participant's deferral from Eligible Compensation to which it
            relates is credited to the Participant's Deferral Account.

      (c)   PRIOR PLAN ACCOUNT.  The Company shall credit to the Deferral
            Account and the Matching Account of each Participant who, as of the
            Effective Date, was a participant in the Prior Plan the amounts so
            credited to such Participant's deferral account and matching account
            under the Prior Plan.

5.2   CREDITING OF INTEREST.  From time to time, the Company shall credit each
      of the Participant's Accounts with interest at the Interest Crediting Rate
      declared by the Company for that year.  Interest on amounts in an Account
      for less than a full calendar year shall be appropriately prorated based
      upon the number of days within the calendar year such amounts have been in
      such Account.  Interest shall continue to be credited to a Participant's
      Account in the foregoing manner as long as the Participant is an employee
      with the Company and not disabled or deceased.  Thereafter, the Company
      shall credit the Participant's Deferral Account and the vested Matching
      Account with the rate of


                                     -5-
<PAGE>



      interest earned on federally insured passbook savings accounts at Frost
      National Bank of San Antonio, Texas.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                              BENEFIT OF PAYMENT

6.1   AMOUNT OF BENEFIT.  The benefit payable to a Participant or a
      Participant's Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall be equal to 100% of the
      value of such Participant's Deferral Account, unless terminated for cause,
      plus the vested percentage of the value of such Participant's Matching
      Account, "value" in each case to be determined in accordance with Article
      V as of the date of the applicable payment event specified in Section 6.2,
      except, in the event of a Participant's death, the Participant's
      Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall be entitled to a minimum benefit equal
      to twelve (12) times the monthly Eligible Compensation which the
      Participant received as of the month prior to the Participant's death.

6.2   PAYMENT EVENTS.  Benefits shall become due and payable to a Participant
      or a Participant's Beneficiary or Beneficiaries upon the occurrence of the
      first to occur of the following events:

      (a)   Retirement of the Participant as defined in Section 1.17;

      (b)   Disability of the Participant as defined in Section 1.7, except that
            the Company may, in its sole discretion, commence benefit payments
            prior to the date specified in Section 1.7 if the Participant is
            unable to work for the Company as a result of illness or injury;

      (c)   The later of any termination of employment or termination of the
            written employment contract of the Participant;

      (d)   Death of the Participant prior to the occurrence of any of the other
            events specified in this Section 6.2;

6.3   TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS.  Benefits payable upon the
      occurrence of an event specified in Section 6.2 shall be paid, or
      installment payments shall commence, on the first day of the month next
      following the occurrence of the event, or as soon thereafter as may
      reasonably be practicable.  Benefits payable upon the occurrence of an
      event specified in Section 6.2 shall be paid in a lump sum, except that
      elections of payment in installments with interest over a period of five
      (5) or ten (10) years signed prior to December 12, 1995 with respect to
      amounts credited to a Participant's Account pursuant to Section 5.1(c),
      and not subsequently revoked shall be honored.  The Retirement of a
      Participant under Section 1.17 may be changed at any time by means of
      execution and filing of a new  Enrollment Form, but any new  Enrollment
      Form shall not become effective until the date that is two calendar years
      following the date of the


                                     -6-
<PAGE>



      new election.  In addition, a Participant who has elected payment of
      benefits in installment form prior to December 12, 1995 with respect to
      amounts credited to a Participant's Account pursuant to Section 5.1(c),
      may subsequently elect payment in lump sum form, but such election shall
      not become effective until two calendar years following the date of the
      election.

6.4   DEATH AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLMENT BENEFITS PAYMENTS.  If a
      Participant dies after the commencement of installment benefit payments
      but before distribution of the full amount specified in Section 6.1,
      either (i) such payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's
      Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, or (ii) the balance due shall be paid to
      such Beneficiary or Beneficiaries in a lump sum, as elected by the
      Participant on the  Enrollment Form filed with the Company.

6.5   PAYMENT OF BENEFITS FROM GENERAL ASSETS; UNSECURED CREDITOR STATUS OF
      Participants.  All benefits payable under the Plan to or in behalf of any
      Participant shall be paid from the general assets of the Company.  The
      Company shall set aside funds with which to discharge its obligations
      hereunder, and may if it chooses to do so by the purchase of Corporate
      Owned Life Insurance (COLI) policies on the lives of the Participants or
      otherwise.  Any and all funds which may be so set aside shall remain
      subject to the claims of the present and future general creditors of the
      Company in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy, and any recipient of
      benefits hereunder shall not have any security or other interest in such
      funds.  Neither any Participant, his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries,
      nor any other person shall, under any circumstances, have any interest
      whatsoever in any particular property or assets of the Company by virtue
      of the Plan, and the rights of the Participant and his or her Beneficiary
      or Beneficiaries under the Plan shall be no greater than the rights of a
      general unsecured creditor of the Company.  The right of a Participant or
      his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to receive a benefit payment
      hereunder shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the
      Company, and neither the Participant nor his or her Beneficiary or
      Beneficiaries shall have any rights in, to or against any specific assets
      of the Company.  All amounts credited to the Deferred Compensation
      Accounts of a Participant shall constitute general assets of the Company
      and, subject to any trust agreement established to hold assets pursuant to
      this Plan, may be disposed of by the Company at such time and for such
      purposes as it may deem appropriate in the event of bankruptcy or
      insolvency.

                                 ARTICLE VII

                                ADMINISTRATION

7.1   ADMINISTRATION BY THE COMPANY.  The Company shall be entitled to rely
      conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and
      reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel, or
      other person employed or engaged by the Company with respect to the Plan.
      The Company shall have full power and discretion to administer the Plan in
      all of its details, and its decision shall be binding.  For this


                                     -7-
<PAGE>



      purpose, the Company's powers shall include, but shall not be limited to,
      the following authority, in addition to all other powers provided
      hereunder:

      (a)   To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary
            or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

      (b)   To interpret the Plan, its interpretation thereof in good faith to
            be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the
            Plan;

      (c)   To decide all questions concerning the Plan (including questions of
            fact) and the eligibility of any person to participate in the Plan;

      (d)   To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants and other
            persons as may be required to assist in administering the Plan; and

      (e)   To allocate and delegate its responsibilities under the plan and to
            designate other persons or an administrative committee to carry out
            any of its responsibilities under the Plan, any such allocation,
            delegation or designation to be in writing.

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                           AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

8.1   AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  The Company intends the Plan to be permanent,
      but reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan when, in the sole
      opinion of the Company, such amendment or termination is advisable.  Any
      such amendment or termination shall be made pursuant to a resolution of
      the Board and shall be effective as of the date specified in such
      resolution.

8.2   EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  No amendment or termination of the
      Plan shall directly or indirectly reduce the value of any Deferred
      Compensation Account held hereunder as of the effective date of such
      amendment or termination.

                                  ARTICLE IX

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1   NO GUARANTEE OF BENEFITS.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute
      a guarantee by the Company or by any other person or entity that the
      assets of the Company will be sufficient to pay any benefits thereunder.

9.2   NO ENLARGEMENT OF EMPLOYEE RIGHTS.  No Participant shall have any right
      to receive a benefit payment under the Plan except in accordance with the
      terms of the Plan.  Establishment of the Plan shall not be construed to
      give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the
      Company.


                                     -8-
<PAGE>



9.3   SPENDTHRIFT PROVISION.  No interest of any person or entity in, or right
      to receive a benefit payment under, the Plan shall be subject in any
      manner to sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment, garnishment or
      other alienation or encumbrance of any kind; nor may any such interest or
      right to receive a benefit payment be taken, either voluntarily or
      involuntarily, for the satisfaction of the debts of, or other obligations
      or claims against, such person or entity, including claims for alimony,
      support or separate maintenance, or claims in bankruptcy proceedings.


9.4   APPLICABLE LAW.  The Plan shall be construed and administered under the
      laws of the State of Texas.

9.5   INCAPACITY OF RECIPIENT.  If any person entitled to a benefit payment
      under the Plan is deemed by the Company to be incapable of personally
      receiving and giving a valid receipt for, such payment, then, unless and
      until claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian,
      conservator or other legal representative of such person, the Company may
      provide for such payment or any part thereof to be made to any other
      person or institution then contributing toward or providing for the care
      and maintenance of such person.  Any such payment shall be a payment for
      the account of such person and shall constitute a complete discharge of
      any liability of the Company and the Plan therefor.

9.6   CORPORATE SUCCESSORS.  The Plan shall not be automatically terminated by
      a transfer or sale of assets of the Company or by the merger or
      consolidation of the Company into or with any other corporation or other
      entity, but the Plan shall be continued after such sale, merger, or
      consolidation only if and to the extent that the transferee, purchaser or
      successor entity agrees to continue the Plan.  In the event that the Plan
      is not continued by the transferee, purchaser or successor entity, then
      the Plan shall terminate subject to the provisions of Section 8.2.

9.7   UNCLAIMED BENEFITS.  Each Participant shall keep the Company informed of
      his or her current address and the current address of his or her
      Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.  The Company shall not be obligated to
      search for the whereabouts of any person.  If the location of a
      Participant is not made known to the Company within three (3) years after
      the date on which payment of the Participant's benefit may first be made,
      payment may be made as though the Participant had died at the end of the
      three-year period, provided that proof of death satisfactory to the Plan
      Administrator is provided.  If, within one additional year after such
      three-year period has elapsed, or within three years after the actual
      death of a Participant, the Company is unable to locate any Beneficiary or
      Beneficiaries of the Participant, and is further unable to locate a
      spouse, dependent or descendant of the Participant, then the Company shall
      have no further obligation to pay any benefit hereunder to or in behalf of
      such Participant or Beneficiary, and such benefits shall be irrevocably
      forfeited.

9.8   LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY.  Notwithstanding any of the preceding
      provisions of the Plan, neither the Company nor any individual acting as
      employee or agent of the Company


                                     -9-
<PAGE>



      shall be liable to any Participant, former Participant, Beneficiary, or
      other person for any claim, loss, liability or expense incurred in
      connection with the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE X

                             CLAIM FOR BENEFITS

10.1  CLAIMS PROCEDURE.  The Plan Administrator shall make all determinations
      as to the right of a Participant or Beneficiary to a benefit under the
      Plan.  If any person does not receive the benefit to which he or she
      believes he or she is entitled under this Plan, said person may file a
      claim for benefits in writing which shall be signed by the Participant,
      Beneficiary or legal representative of a Participant or Beneficiary.
      Claims shall be granted or denied within 30 days after receipt unless
      additional time is required because of special circumstances.  If
      additional time is required, the claimant will be notified in writing
      before the expiration of 30 days from the receipt of the claim.  In no
      event shall the time for reaching a decision with respect to a claim be
      extended beyond 180 days after receipt of the claim.

      In the event that the Plan Administrator denies a claim for benefits, the
      claimant will be notified in writing.  Such notice shall set forth the
      specific reasons for the denial, the specific provisions of this Plan on
      which the denial is based, a description of any additional materials or
      information necessary to perfect the claim along with an explanation of
      why such material or information is necessary, and an explanation of the
      claim review procedure.

      If no action is taken by the Plan Administrator on a claim within 30 days
      after its receipt, or, if the period for considering the claim has been
      extended, then if no action is taken within 180 days after receipt of the
      claim, the claim shall be deemed to be denied for purposes of the
      following review procedure.

10.2  REVIEW PROCEDURE.  If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the
      claimant may request the Board to review the decision with the Plan
      Administrator, neither body to include the claimant.  This request must be
      made in writing within 30 days after the claim has been denied or is
      deemed to be denied under Section 10.1 and must set forth all of the
      grounds upon which the request is based, any facts in support of the
      request, and any issues or comments which the claimant considers relevant
      to the review.  In preparing a request for review, the claimant will be
      entitled to review any documents which are pertinent to his or her claim
      at the office of the Company during regular business hours.

      The Board of Directors shall act upon each request as soon as possible but
      not later than 60 days after the request for review is received.  No
      Director shall participate in any Board action taken with respect to his
      or her own claim.



                                     -10-
<PAGE>



      The Board of Directors shall make an independent determination concerning
      the claim for benefits under this Plan and shall give written notice of
      its decision to the claimant.  The decision of the Board of Directors on
      any claim review shall be final.

      If the Board of Directors fails to deliver a decision within 60 days after
      receipt of the request for review, the claim shall be deemed denied on
      review.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. has caused this
instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this ____ day of
_________________, 1996, effective as of the ____ day of _______________, 1996.


                                    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.

ATTEST:

                                  By:
- - ---------------------------           -------------------------------------
                                                Name:
                                                     ----------------------
                                                Title:
                                                      ----------------------

145340.1A (4/25/96 Compare Version)
145338.1A (4/25/96 Clean Version)



                                     -11-
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT A
                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                     EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN
                                ENROLLMENT FORM

Name: ________________________________________        Date:__________________

Social Security #: ______________________________     Plan Year:_____________

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           ANNUAL DEFERRAL ELECTION

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

I have received information about the Billing Information Concepts Corp.
Executive Compensation Deferral Plan, and I elect to participate in the Plan at
this time.

I understand that the Plan permits elective deferrals from compensation not yet
earned, during the current year and during each year the Plan is in effect.
This annual  Enrollment Form indicates the amount of compensation I elect to
defer for the Plan Year stated above.  The election made cannot be revoked for
the Plan Year.  This election will remain in effect for future Plan Years unless
otherwise changed or revoked by me by the prior December 31st.  If the amount I
designate exceeds my base compensation for the Plan Year, my actual deferral
amount will be equal to my base compensation.  I understand that this election
does not guarantee me any compensation.

I understand further that amounts deferred by me under the Plan will earn
interest at a rate determined annually by the interest rates declared by the
Company.

As a participant in the Billing Information Concepts Corp. Executive
Compensation Deferral Plan, I hereby elect to defer the following amount of base
compensation otherwise payable to me in the Plan Year indicates above:
    Monthly Deferral Amount _________
    The deferral election I am choosing is effective beginning_______________.
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              PAYMENT OF BENEFIT

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

As a Participant in the Billing Information Concepts Corp. Executive
Compensation Deferral Plan, I understand that the payment of my accumulated
account balance will be made as a lump sum, unless I have previously elected
payment in installments under the U.S. Long Distance Executive Compensation
Deferral Plan and such election was made and signed prior to December 12, 1995,
and not subsequently revoked.  Additionally, I elect the choice checked below
regarding the time of payment:

                        _______Actual Retirement
                        _______Age 65 if Later Than Actual Retirement

I also understand that the foregoing election regarding the time of payment of
benefits under the Plan is revocable up until December 31st two years prior to
the year the payments are payable under the Plan and thereafter may not be
changed.  I understand further the foregoing election applies to all deferrals
made by me under the Plan and to all interest credited thereto.

I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE FOREGOING MATERIAL.  I AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE
TERMS OF THIS ELECTION AND THE REQUIREMENTS, CONDITIONS, AND TERMS OF THE
BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.

EMPLOYEE SIGNATURE:  _______________________________________________________
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          WAIVER OF PARTICIPATION

I have received information about the Billing Information Concepts Corp.
Executive Compensation Deferral Plan, and I elect not to participate in the Plan
at this time.

 Employee Signature ___________________________________Date:_________________


                                 

<PAGE>



                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.


                      DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN
                     (With Company Matching Contribution)


                                 PLAN DOCUMENT


The Billing Information Concepts Corp. DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN (the
"Plan") is hereby adopted effective the ________ day of ____________, 1996 (the
"Effective Date").  The Plan is established and maintained by Billing
Information Concepts Corp. (the "Company") solely for the purpose of permitting
a group of outside directors of the Company to defer all or a portion of their
director's fees and to provide for a partial Company Matching Contribution.

Accordingly, Billing Information Concepts Corp. hereby adopts the Plan pursuant
to the terms and provisions hereinafter set forth and designates the Company as
Plan Administrator of this Plan.

                                  ARTICLE I

                                 DEFINITIONS

Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings as set forth
in this Article:

1.1   "Beneficiary" or "Beneficiaries" means the individual or individual
      designated by a Participant on a Beneficiary Form filed with the Company
      to receive the amount of benefit specified in Section 6.1 in the event of
      the Participant's death prior to Retirement, Disability, or other lifetime
      termination of employment, or to receive the death benefit as provided in
      Section 6.5 in the event of the Participant's death while receiving
      installment payments after the occurrence of one of such events.  If a
      Participant has not designated any beneficiary, or if no designated
      beneficiary is living on the date of distribution, then such amounts shall
      be paid to the Participant's spouse, or if the Participant's spouse is not
      then living or if the Participant is unmarried or action for divorce or
      annulment has been filed at the time of death, then, unless the provisions
      of Section 9.8 apply, such amounts shall be paid to the Participant's
      estate.

1.2   "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company, or any committee of
      the Board authorized to act in its behalf in connection with the Plan.

1.3   "Change of Control" shall mean change in at least 51% ownership interest
      in the Company by sale, merger or liquidation, dissolution or
      reorganization.

1.4   "Company" means BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP., a Delaware
      corporation, or, to the extent provided in Section 9.7, any successor
      corporation or other


<PAGE>



      entity resulting from a merger or consolidation into or with the Company
      or from a transfer or sale of substantially all of the assets of the
      Company.

1.5   "Company Matching Contribution" means the contribution made by the Company
      out of its own funds in behalf of a Plan Participant during any Plan Year
      pursuant to Article IV.

1.6   "Deferred Compensation Accounts" means the Accounts established in the
      name of a Plan Participant pursuant to Article V.  One of such Accounts
      shall be designated as the "Eligible Compensation Deferral Account" and
      the other Account shall be designated as the "Company Matching
      Contribution Account."

1.7   "Disability" means that the Participant is unable to perform the usual and
      customary duties of his or her regular job and is unable to work elsewhere
      in the Company in a capacity for which the Participant is suited by
      education, training, or experience, for a period of six (6) months as a
      result of illness or injury.

1.8   "Eligible Compensation" means the base fees payable to a Participant by
      the Company for services as a Director of the Company.

1.9   "Eligible Compensation Deferral Contribution" means the contribution
      credited to a Participant's Eligible Compensation Deferral Account
      resulting from a deferral from Eligible Compensation under and in
      accordance with the terms of the Plan during any Plan Year.

1.10  "Enrollment Form" means the Enrollment Form completed by each Eligible
      Director, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, pursuant to which
      an Eligible Director elects to participate in the Plan, makes an annual
      deferral election and elects a payment timing option from the Plan.

1.11  "Interest Crediting Rate" means the interest rate declared by the Company
      which will be credited at least annually to a Participant's Deferred
      Compensation Accounts.  For the first Plan Year, the interest rate shall
      be declared by the Company at the inception of the Plan and shall apply
      until the end of that year.  Thereafter, the interest rate shall be
      declared by the Company by December 15th of each year for the following
      Plan Year.  If it is not declared by that time, the rate for the following
      year shall be the prime rate of interest declared by the Frost National
      Bank of San Antonio plus two percent (2%), determined as of December 15th.

1.12  "Outside Directors" shall mean those Directors of the Company that are not
      employed by the Company on a full time basis.

1.13  "Participant" means an individual who qualifies to participate in the Plan
      under the eligibility requirements set forth in Article II and who elects
      to participate in the Plan by filing with the Company an Enrollment Form.



                                     -2-
<PAGE>



1.14  "Plan" means the Director Compensation Deferral Plan provided for herein
      for selected Directors of the Company.

1.15  "Plan Entry Date" shall mean the Effective Date, the date a Director first
      becomes an Eligible Director (as defined in Article II), and each January
      1st thereafter.

1.16  "Plan Year" means each 12-month calendar year, except that the first Plan
      Year shall be a short Plan Year beginning on the date of adoption of the
      Plan and ending on December 31st of that calendar year.

1.17  "Prior Plan" means the U.S. Long Distance Corp. Director Compensation
      Deferral Plan, as in effect prior to the Effective Date.

1.18  "Retirement" means either (i) a Participant's actual retirement from
      service with the Company, whether under the terms of the Company's regular
      retirement plan or otherwise, or (ii) the Participant's attainment of age
      65 if later than actual retirement, as elected by the Participant on the
      Enrollment Form filed at the time of the Participant's initial election to
      defer Eligible Compensation under the Plan.

1.19  "Termination for cause" shall mean a Participant's removal from the Board
      of Directors by the Board of Directors for fraud, embezzlement, or such
      other egregious and serious act against the interests of the Company that
      warrants immediate removal.

1.20  Words in the masculine gender shall include the feminine, and the singular
      shall include the plural, and vice versa, unless otherwise required by
      context.  Any headings used herein are for the ease of reference only and
      are not to be construed as to alter the meaning of the substantive
      provisions of the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE II

                                 ELIGIBILITY

Selected individuals occupying positions as Outside Directors of the Company who
are determined by the Board from time to time to be eligible to participate in
the Plan ("Eligible Director").  All Eligible Directors may thereafter
participate in the Plan beginning on the effective date of the Plan or any Plan
Entry Date thereafter.  Each Eligible Director shall complete and deliver to the
Company an Enrollment Form.

                                 ARTICLE III

                   ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL ELECTION

3.1  AMOUNT OF ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL.  An Eligible Director of the
     Company may elect effective on a Plan Entry Date to defer all or a portion
     of his or her Eligible Compensation for a Plan Year by filing with the
     Company an  Enrollment Form prior to the Plan Year to which such election
     relates; provided, however, that (i) for Directors


                                     -3-
<PAGE>



      who are eligible to participate in the Plan upon adoption of the Plan, the
      election for the first Plan Year may be made within the 30-day period
      immediately after adoption of the Plan, and (ii) for Directors who become
      eligible to participate in the Plan thereafter, the election for the Plan
      Year during which they first become eligible may be made within the first
      pay period immediately after becoming eligible.  Deferrals from Eligible
      Compensation may be made  up to 100% of a Participant's Eligible
      Compensation.

3.2   VESTING OF ELIGIBLE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL.  All amounts credited to a
      Participant's Eligible Compensation Deferral Account are 100% vested,
      unless the Participant is removed for cause, in which case all amounts
      credited to the Eligible Compensation Deferral Account shall be forfeited.

                                  ARTICLE IV

                        COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1   AMOUNT OF COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTION.  In addition to a Participant's
      deferral from Eligible Compensation, the Company intends, each Plan Year,
      to contribute out of its own funds, on behalf of each Participant, an
      amount equal to thirty three (33%) percent of the amount of such
      Participant's Eligible Compensation Deferral Contribution for such Plan
      Year, provided, however, that the Company, in its sole discretion,
      reserves the right at any time for any Plan Year, either (i) not to
      provide such Company Matching Contribution altogether, or (ii) to make a
      Company Matching Contribution of a different amount, in either case by
      giving written notice to each affected Participant by December 15th of the
      prior Plan Year.  Any such skipped or reduced Company Matching
      Contribution shall not be required to be made up in future Plan Years.

4.2   VESTING OF COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS.  The portion of the Company
      Matching Contribution Account established for a Participant pursuant to
      Article V to which the Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary or
      Beneficiaries shall be entitled upon the occurrence of one of the payment
      events specified in Section 6.2 shall be based upon the number of full
      years of service with the Company completed by the Participant as of the
      last day of the plan year prior to the date payment is due under this
      Plan.  For purposes of this Section 4.2, a Participant's service with the
      former parent corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of such former
      parent shall be considered service with the Company.  Such vested portion
      shall be determined in accordance with the following schedule:

                  YEARS OF SERVICE                        VESTED PORTION
            Less than 1 year                                      0.00%
            More than 1 and less than 2                          33.33%
            More than 2 and less than 3                          66.66%
            3 years or more                                     100.00%
            Change of Control of Company                        100.00%
            Termination for Cause                                 0.00%



                                     -4-
<PAGE>



                                  ARTICLE V

                        DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS

5.1   ESTABLISHMENT OF DEFERRED COMPENSATION ACCOUNTS.  The Company shall
      establish and maintain in the name of each Plan Participant two separate
      accounts (the "Participant's Accounts") designated, respectively, as the
      "Eligible Compensation Deferral Account" and the "Company Matching
      Contribution Account".  Such Accounts shall be segregated from other
      accounts on the books and records of the Company and shall together be
      carried as a contingent liability of the Company to the Participant.

      (a)   Eligible Compensation Deferral Account.  The Company shall credit to
            the Eligible Compensation Deferral Account (the "Deferral Account")
            the amount of each deferral from Eligible Compensation which the
            Participant elects to make on a timely filed  Enrollment Form.  Such
            amounts shall be credited to the Deferral Account on the day such
            Eligible Compensation would otherwise be payable to the Participant.

      (b)   Company Matching Contribution Account.  The Company shall credit to
            the Company Matching Contribution Account (the "Matching Account")
            the amount of each Company Matching Contribution.  Such amount shall
            be credited to the Matching Account on the same day as the
            Participant's deferral from Eligible Compensation to which it
            relates is credited to the Participant's Deferral Account.

      (c)   Prior Plan Account.  The Company shall credit to the Deferral
            Account and the Matching Account of each Participant who, as of the
            Effective Date, was a participant in the Prior Plan the amounts so
            credited to such Participant's deferral account and matching account
            under the Prior Plan.

5.2   CREDITING OF INTEREST.  From time to time, the Company shall credit each
      of the Participant's Accounts with interest at the Interest Crediting Rate
      declared by the Company for that year.  Interest on amounts in an Account
      for less than a full calendar year shall be appropriately prorated based
      upon the number of days within the calendar year such amounts have been in
      such Account.  Interest shall continue to be credited to a Participant's
      Account in the foregoing manner as long as the Participant is a Director
      of the Company and not disabled or deceased.  Thereafter, the Company
      shall credit the Participant's Deferral Account and the vested Matching
      Account with the rate of interest earned on federally insured passbook
      savings accounts at Frost National Bank of San Antonio, Texas.

                                  ARTICLE VI

                              BENEFIT OF PAYMENT

6.1   AMOUNT OF BENEFIT.  The benefit payable to a Participant or a
      Participant's Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall be equal to 100% of the
      value of such Participant's Deferral


                                     -5-
<PAGE>



      Account, unless terminated for cause, plus the vested percentage of the
      value of such Participant's Matching Account, "Value" in each case to be
      determined in accordance with Article V as of the date of the applicable
      payment event specified in Section 6.2, except, in the event of a
      Participant's death, the Participant's Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall
      be entitled to a minimum amount equal to the annual standard fee which the
      Participant received as of the year prior to the Participant's death.

6.2   PAYMENT EVENTS.  Benefits shall become due and payable to a Participant
      or a Participant's Beneficiary or Beneficiaries upon the occurrence of the
      first to occur of the following events:

      (a)   Retirement of the Participant as defined in Section 1.18;

      (b)   Disability of the Participant as defined in Section 1.7, except that
            the Company may, in its sole discretion, commence benefit payments
            prior to the date specified in Section 1.7 if the Participant is
            unable to serve the Company as a result of illness or injury;

      (c)   Termination of service;

      (d)   Death of the Participant prior to the occurrence of any of the other
            events specified in this Section 6.2;

6.3   TIME AND MANNER OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS.  Benefits payable upon the
      occurrence of an event specified in Section 6.2 shall be paid, or
      installment payments shall commence, on the first day of the month next
      following the occurrence of the event, or as soon thereafter as may
      reasonably be practicable.  Benefits payable upon the occurrence of an
      event specified in Section 6.2 shall be paid in a lump sum, except that
      elections of payment in installments with interest over a period of five
      (5) or ten (10) years signed prior to December 19, 1995 with respect to
      amounts credited to a Participant's Account pursuant to Section 5.1(c),
      and not subsequently revoked shall be honored.  The Retirement of a
      Participant under Section 1.18 may be changed at any time by means of
      execution and filing of a new  Enrollment Form, but any new  Enrollment
      Form shall not become effective until the date that is two calendar years
      following the date of the new election.  In addition, a Participant who
      has elected payment of benefits in installment form prior to December 19,
      1995 with respect to amounts credited to a Participant's Account pursuant
      to Section 5.1(c) may subsequently elect payment in lump sum form, but
      such election shall not become effective until two calendar years
      following the date of the election.

6.4   DEATH AFTER THE COMMENCEMENT OF INSTALLMENT BENEFIT PAYMENTS.  If a
      Participant dies after the commencement of installment benefit payments
      but before distribution of the full amount specified in Section 6.1,
      either (i) such payments shall continue to be paid to the Participant's
      Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, or (ii) the balance due shall be paid to
      such Beneficiary or Beneficiaries in a lump sum, as elected by the
      Participant on the  Enrollment Form filed with the Company.


                                     -6-
<PAGE>



6.5   PAYMENT OF BENEFITS FROM GENERAL ASSETS; UNSECURED CREDITOR STATUS OF
      Participants.  All benefits payable under the Plan to or in behalf of any
      Participant shall be paid from the general assets of the Company.  The
      Company shall set aside funds with which to discharge its obligations
      hereunder, and may if it  chooses to do so by the purchase of Corporate
      Owned Life Insurance (COLI) policies on the lives of the Participants or
      otherwise.  Any and all funds which may be so set aside shall remain
      subject to the claims of the present and future general creditors of the
      Company in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy, and any recipient of
      benefits hereunder shall not have any security or other interest in such
      funds.  Neither any Participant, his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries,
      nor any other person shall under any circumstances, have any interest
      whatsoever in any particular property or assets of the Company by virtue
      of the Plan, and the rights of the Participant and his or her Beneficiary
      or Beneficiaries under the Plan shall be no greater than the rights of a
      general unsecured creditor of the Company.  The right of a Participant or
      his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to receive a benefit payment
      hereunder shall be an unsecured claim against the general assets of the
      Company, and neither the Participant nor his or her Beneficiary or
      Beneficiaries shall have any rights in, to or against any specific assets
      of the Company.  All amounts credited to the Deferred Compensation
      Accounts of a Participant shall constitute general assets of the Company
      and, subject to any trust agreement established to hold assets pursuant to
      this Plan, may be disposed of by the Company at such time and for such
      purposes as it may deem appropriate in the event of bankruptcy or
      insolvency.

                                 ARTICLE VII

                                ADMINISTRATION

7.1   ADMINISTRATION BY THE COMPANY.  The Company shall be entitled to rely
      conclusively upon all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions and
      reports furnished by any actuary, accountant, controller, counsel, or
      other person employed or engaged by the Company with respect to the Plan.
      The Company shall have full power and discretion to administer the Plan in
      all of its details, and its decision shall be binding.  For this purpose,
      the Company's powers shall include, but shall not be limited to, the
      following authority, in addition to all other powers provided hereunder:

      (a)   To make and enforce such rules and regulations as it deems necessary
            or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;

      (b)   To interpret the Plan, its interpretation thereof in good faith to
            be final and conclusive on all persons claiming benefits under the
            Plan;

      (c)   To decide all questions concerning the Plan (including questions of
            fact), and the eligibility of any person to participant in the Plan;

      (d)   To appoint such agents, counsel, accountants, consultants and other
            persons as may be required to assist in administering the Plan; and



                                     -7-
<PAGE>



      (e)   To allocate and delegate its responsibilities under the Plan and to
            designate other persons or an administrative committee to carry out
            any of its responsibilities under the Plan, any such allocation,
            delegation or designation to be in writing.

                                 ARTICLE VIII

                           AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION

8.1   AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  The Company intends the Plan to be permanent,
      but reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan when, in the sole
      opinion of the Company, such amendment or termination is advisable.  Any
      such amendment or termination shall be made pursuant to a resolution of
      the Board and shall be effective as of the date specified in such
      resolution.

8.2   EFFECT OF AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  No amendment or termination of the
      Plan shall directly or indirectly reduce the value of any Deferred
      Compensation Account held hereunder as of the effective date of such
      amendment or termination.

                                  ARTICLE IX

                              GENERAL PROVISIONS

9.1   NO GUARANTEE OF BENEFITS.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute
      a guarantee by the Company or by any other person or entity that the
      assets of the Company will be sufficient to pay any benefits hereunder.

9.2   NO ENLARGEMENT OF DIRECTOR RIGHTS.  No Participant shall have any right
      to receive a benefit payment under the Plan except in accordance with the
      terms of the Plan.  Establishment of the Plan shall not be construed to
      give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the
      Company.

9.3   SPENDTHRIFT PROVISION.  No interest of any person or entity in, or right
      to receive a benefit payment under, the Plan shall be subject in any
      manner to sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, attachment, garnishment or
      other alienation or encumbrance of any kind; nor may any such interest or
      right to receive a benefit payment be taken, either voluntarily or
      involuntarily, for the satisfaction of the debts or, or other obligations
      or claims against, such person or entity, including claims for alimony,
      support or separate maintenance, or claims in bankruptcy proceedings.

9.4   APPLICABLE LAW.  The Plan shall be construed and administered under the
      laws of the State of Texas.

9.5   INCAPACITY OF RECIPIENT.  If any person entitled to a benefit payment
      under the Plan is deemed by the Company to be incapable of personally
      receiving, and giving a valid receipt for, such payment, then, unless and
      until claim therefor shall have been made by a duly appointed guardian,
      conservator or other legal representative of such person, the


                                     -8-
<PAGE>



      Company may provide for such payment or any part thereof to be made to any
      other person or institution then contributing toward or providing for the
      care and maintenance of such person.  Any such payment shall be a payment
      for the account of such person and shall constitute a complete discharge
      of any liability of the Company and the Plan therefor.

9.6   CORPORATE SUCCESSORS.  The Plan shall not be automatically terminated by
      a transfer or sale of assets of the Company or by the merger or
      consolidation of the Company into or with any other corporation or other
      entity, but the Plan shall be continued after such sale, merger, or
      consolidation only if and to the extent that the transferee, purchaser or
      successor entity agrees to continue the Plan.  In the event that the Plan
      is not continued by the transferee, purchaser or successor entity, then
      the Plan shall terminate subject to the provisions of Section 8.2

9.7   UNCLAIMED BENEFITS.  Each Participant shall keep the Company informed of
      his or her current address and the current address of his or her
      Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.  The Company shall not be obligated to
      search for the whereabouts of any person.  If the location of a
      Participant is not made known to the Company within three (3) years after
      the date on which payment of the Participant's benefit may first be made,
      payment may be made as though the Participant had died at the end of the
      three-year period, provided that proof of death satisfactory to the Plan
      Administrator is provided.  If, within one additional year after such
      three-year period has elapsed, or, within three years after the actual
      death of a Participant, the Company is unable to locate any Beneficiary or
      Beneficiaries of the Participant, and is further unable to locate a
      spouse, dependent or descendant of the Participant, then the Company shall
      have no further obligation to pay any benefit hereunder to or in behalf of
      such Participant or Beneficiary, and such benefits shall be irrevocably
      forfeited.

9.8   LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY.  Notwithstanding any of the preceding
      provisions of the Plan, neither the Company nor any individual acting as
      employee or agent of the Company shall be liable to any Participant,
      former Participant, Beneficiary, or other person for any claim, loss,
      liability or expense incurred in connection with the Plan.

                                  ARTICLE X

                              CLAIM FOR BENEFITS

10.1  CLAIMS PROCEDURE.  The Plan Administrator shall make all determinations
      as to the right of a Participant or Beneficiary to a benefit under the
      Plan.  If any person does not receive the benefit to which he or she
      believes he or she is entitled under this Plan, said person may file a
      claim for benefits in writing which shall be signed by the Participant,
      Beneficiary or legal representative of a Participant or Beneficiary.
      Claims shall be granted or denied within 30 days after receipt unless
      additional time is required because of special circumstances.  If
      additional time is required, the claimant will be notified in writing
      before the expiration of 30 days from the receipt of the claim.  In no
      event shall


                                     -9-
<PAGE>



      the time for reaching a decision with respect to a claim be extended
      beyond 180 days after receipt of the claim.

      In the event that the Plan Administrator denies a claim for benefits, the
      claimant will be notified in writing.  Such notice shall set forth the
      specific reasons for the denial, the specific provisions of this Plan on
      which the denial is based, a description of any additional materials or
      information necessary to perfect the claim along with an explanation of
      why such material or information is necessary, and an explanation of the
      claim review procedure.

      If no action is taken by the Plan Administrator on a claim within 30 days
      after its receipt, or, if the period for considering the claim has been
      extended, then if no action is taken within 180 days after receipt of the
      claim, the claim shall be deemed to be denied for purposes of the
      following review procedure.

10.2  REVIEW PROCEDURE.  If a claim is denied in whole or in part, the claimant
      may request the Board to review the decision with the Plan Administrator,
      neither body to include the claimant.  This request must be made in
      writing within 30 days after the claim has been denied or is deemed to be
      denied under Section 10.1 and must set forth all of the grounds upon which
      the request is based, any facts in support of the request, and any issues
      or comments which the claimant considers relevant to the review.  In
      preparing a request for review, the claimant will be entitled to review
      any documents which are pertinent to his or her claim at the office of the
      Company during regular business hours.

      The Board of Directors shall act upon each request as soon as possible but
      not later than 60 days after the request for review is received.  No
      Director shall participate in any Board action taken with respect to his
      or her own claim.

      The Board of Directors shall make an independent determination concerning
      the claim for benefits under this Plan and shall give written notice of
      its decision to the claimant.  The decision of the Board of Directors on
      any claim review shall be final.

      If the Board of Directors fails to deliver a decision within 60 days after
      receipt of the request for review, the claim shall be deemed denied on
      review.



                                     -10-
<PAGE>



IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Billing Information Concepts Corp. has caused this
instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this __________ day of
________________, 19____, effective as of the _________ day of ________________,
19____.


                                    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
ATTEST:


_______________________             By ___________________________________
                                     Name ______________________________
                                     Title _____________________________


                                     -11-
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT A
                      BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                      DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN
                                ENROLLMENT FORM

Name: ________________________________________       Date:___________________

Social Security #: ______________________________    Plan Year:______________

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           ANNUAL DEFERRAL ELECTION

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

I have received information about the Billing Information Concepts Corp.
Director Compensation Deferral Plan, and I elect to participate in the Plan at
this time.

I understand that the Plan permits elective deferrals from compensation not yet
earned, during the current year and during each year the Plan is in effect.
This annual  Enrollment Form indicates the amount of compensation I elect to
defer for the Plan Year stated above.  The election made cannot be revoked for
the Plan Year.  This election will remain in effect for future Plan Years unless
otherwise changed or revoked by me by the prior December 31st.  If the amount I
designate exceeds my base compensation for the Plan Year, my actual deferral
amount will be equal to my base compensation.  I understand that this election
does not guarantee me any compensation.

I understand further that amounts deferred by me under the Plan will earn
interest at a rate determined annually by the interest rates declared by the
Company.

As a participant in the Billing Information Concepts Corp. Director Compensation
Deferral Plan, I hereby elect to defer the following amount of base compensation
otherwise payable to me in the Plan Year indicates above:
               Deferral Percentage _________
       The deferral election I am choosing is effective beginning____________.
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              PAYMENT OF BENEFIT
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

As a Participant in the Billing Information Concepts Corp. Director Compensation
Deferral Plan, I understand that the payment of my accumulated account balance
will be made as a lump sum, unless I have previously elected payment in
installments under the U.S. Long Distance Director Compensation Deferral Plan
and such election was made and signed prior to December 19, 1995, and not
subsequently revoked.  Additionally, I elect the choice checked below regarding
the time of payment:

                        _______Actual Retirement
                        _______Age 65 if Later Than Actual Retirement

I also understand that the foregoing election regarding the time of payment of
benefits under the Plan is revocable up until December 31st two years prior to
the year the payments are payable under the Plan and thereafter may not be
changed.  I understand further the foregoing election applies to all deferrals
made by me under the Plan and to all interest credited thereto.

I HAVE READ AND UNDERSTAND THE FOREGOING MATERIAL.  I AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE
TERMS OF THIS ELECTION AND THE REQUIREMENTS, CONDITIONS, AND TERMS OF THE
BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.

Director Signature:  _________________________________________________________

- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                          WAIVER OF PARTICIPATION

I have received information about the Billing Information Concepts Corp.
Director Compensation Deferral Plan, and I elect not to participate in the Plan
at this time.

Director Signature ______________________________________Date:_______________
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       - 12 -

<PAGE>







                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.



                       EXECUTIVE QUALIFIED DISABILITY PLAN





     1.   Purpose:  The purpose of this Plan is to help provide income during
disability for each participating employee.  It is the intention of the Company
that this Plan qualify as an accident and health plan within the meaning of
Section 105(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),
and that the benefits payable under the Plan not be eligible for exclusion from
gross income under that section of the Code.

     2.   Eligibility:     The following specified classes of employees of the
Company shall be eligible to participate in this Plan:

          Vice Presidents and above of the Company and its subsidiaries.

     3.   Participation:  Each eligible employee shall become a participant in
the Plan (a "participant") on the effective date of the Plan.  Each future
eligible employee shall become a participant upon being covered by the insurance
policy providing the base plan benefits.

     4.   Benefits:  The benefits provided under this Plan are provided in part
by disability insurance coverage issued by the Company's Long-Term Disability
insurance carrier (the "base plan benefits") and in part by Company funded
payments.  During the first 90 days of disability, a participant shall receive
100% of his or her wages reduced by benefits, if any, received from Social
Security, Workers' Compensation, State Disability Plan or other similar
governmental plan or other plan (e.g., group insurance) paid for by the Company.
The benefits during the first 90 days of disability will be provided directly by
the Company based on definitions contained in the insurance policies providing
base plan benefits.
<PAGE>

     After 90 days of disability, the participant shall receive 70% of his or
her wages (up to an $8,000 monthly maximum, assuming the participant has
purchased LTD Plan II benefit option, and if not, 60% of his or her wages up to
a $1,000 monthly maximum) from the Company's Long-Term Disability insurance
carrier and 30% of his or her wages  from the Company, based on definitions of
disability contained in the Company's Long-Term Disability insurance policy, for
up to one year.  If the disability continues after one year, the participant
will continue to receive 70% or 60% of wages (as capped and discussed above)
from the Long-Term Disability insurance carrier until age 65 or until no longer
disabled, whichever comes first.  All benefits received from the Long-Term
Disability insurer will be reduced by any benefits received from Social
Security, Workers' Compensation State Disability Plan or other similar
governmental plan or any other plan (e.g. group insurance) paid for by the
Company.

     5.   Funding:  The Company shall pay the entire premium for the base plan
benefits so long as the participant remains employed by the Company and eligible
for participation in the Plan.  In addition, the Company shall pay amounts not
covered by base plan benefits as described in Paragraph 4.

     6.   Claims Procedures:  Claims for benefits under any insurance policy
shall be made on forms furnished by the insurer.

     7.   Review Procedure:  If any claim for insurance benefits under this Plan
is denied in whole or in part, the claimant shall be furnished promptly by the
insurer with a written notice (a) setting forth the reasons for the denial, (b)
making reference to pertinent policy provisions, (c) describing any additional
material or information from the claimant which is necessary and the reasons
therefor, and (d) explaining the claim review procedure set forth herein.
Failure by the insurer to respond to a claim within a reasonable time shall be
deemed a denial.  Within 60 


                                        2
<PAGE>

days after denial of any claim for benefits under this Plan, the claimant may 
request in writing a review of the denial.

     Any claimant seeking review hereunder is entitled to examine all pertinent
documents, and to submit issues and comments in writing.  The insurer shall
render a decision on review of a claim no later than 60 days after receipt of a
request for review hereunder.  The decision of the insurer on review shall be in
writing and shall state the reason for the decisions, referring to the policy
provisions upon which it is based.

     Similar rules will apply to benefits provided under the Plan not covered by
an insurance policy.  In such case, claims for benefits shall be made to the
Company.

     8.   Administration:  The Company shall have authority and responsibility
to control and manage the operation and administration of this Plan.

     9.   Amendment; Termination:  This Plan may be amended or terminated at any
time by the Company; provided, however, that termination shall not affect the
right of any participant to reimbursement for any disability incurred prior to
any amendment or termination.

     10.  Miscellaneous:  This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract
between the Company and any participant or to be a consideration or an
inducement for the employment of any employee, nor is any provision of this Plan
deemed to give any employee the right to continued employment with the Company
or to interfere in any way with the right of the Company to discharge any
employee at any time.


                                        3

<PAGE>

10.18     Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated May 22, 1991
          between Zero Plus Dialing Inc. U.S. Long Distance, Inc.  ("USLDI"),
          U.S. Long Distance Corp.  ("USLD") and Bell Atlantic Capital Corp. 
          (f/k/a Bell Atlantic - Tricon Leasing Corporation and currently FINOVA
          Capital Corporation) ("Lender"); Revolving Credit Note dated May 24,
          1991 payable by ZPDI to the order of Lender; Replacement Term Note
          dated May 24, 1991 payable by USLDI to the order of Lender; First
          Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan and Security
          Agreement dated December 28, 1992 among ZPDI, USLD, USLDI, U.S
          Billing, Inc.  ("USBI") and Lender; Second Amendment to Amended and
          Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated April 2, 1993 among ZPDI,
          USLD, USLDI, USBI and Lender; Third Amendment to Amended and Restated
          Loan and Security Agreement dated October 15, 1993 among ZPDI, USLD,
          USLDI, USBI and Lender; Fourth Amendment and Joinder to Amended and
          Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated October 1, 1993 among ZPDI,
          USLD, USLDI, USBI, USLD Acquisition Corp. ("USAcq") and Lender; Fifth
          Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan and Security
          Agreement dated November 16, 1993 among ZPDI, USLD, USLDI, USBI,
          USAcq, STS Telecommunications, Inc. ("STS") and Lender; Sixth
          Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated
          December 7, 1993 among ZPDI, USLD, USLDI, USBI, USAcq, STS and Lender;
          Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement
          dated March 17, 1994 among ZPDI, USLD, USLDI, USBI, USAcq, STS,
          Enhanced Services Billing, Inc.  ("ESBI"), California Acquisition
          Corp.  ("CAC") and Lender; Corporate Guaranty dated May 24, 1991
          executed by USLD for the benefit of Lender; Corporate Guaranty dated
          May 24, 1991 executed by USLDI for the benefit of Lender; Corporate
          Guaranty dated May 24, 1991 executed by ZPDI for the benefit of
          Lender; Corporate Guaranty dated May 24, 1991 executed by USLD for the
          benefit of Lender; Corporate Guaranty dated October    , 1993 executed
          by USAcq for the benefit of Lender; Corporate Guaranty dated 
          November  , 1993 executed by STS for the benefit of Lender; Corporate 
          Guaranty executed by Telecom Acquisition Corp. for the benefit of 
          Lender; Corporate Guaranty executed by ESBI for the benefit of Lender;
          Corporate Guaranty executed by CAC for the benefit of Lender; Escrow 
          and Disbursing Agreement dated May 24, 1991 among ZPDI, Lender and 
          Texas Commerce Bank, N.A.



<PAGE>


                AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT



                                     BETWEEN



                             ZERO PLUS DIALING INC.



                                  ("BORROWER")



                                       AND



                    BELL ATLANTIC-TRICON LEASING CORPORATION



                                   ("LENDER")



                                  May 22, 1991


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                     PAGE
                                                                    NUMBER
                                                                    ------
SECTION 1.   GENERAL DEFINITIONS                                       1
      1.1.        Defined Terms                                        1
      1.2.        Accounting Terms                                    14
      1.3.        Other Terms                                         14
      1.4.        Certain Matters of Construction                     14
SECTION 2.   CREDIT FACILITY                                          14
      2.1.        Revolving Credit Loans                              15
      2.2.        Manner of Borrowing                                 15
      2.3.        Term Loan Facility                                  16
      2.4.        All Loans to Constitute One Obligation              17
      2.5.        Loan Account                                        17
SECTION 3.   INTEREST, FEES, TERM AND REPAYMENT                       17
      3.1.        Interest and Charges                                17
      3.2         Fees                                                18
      3.3.        Term of Agreement                                   19
      3.4.        Termination                                         19
      3.5.        Payments                                            20
      3.6.        Application of Payments and Collections             21
      3.7.        Statements of Account                               21
SECTION 4.   COLLATERAL:   GENERAL TERMS                              21
      4.1.        Security Interest in Collateral                     21
      4.2         Consent to Sale                                     22
      4.3.        Representations, Warranties and Covenants -
                  Collateral                                          23

      4.4.        Financing Statements                                23


                                     -i-



<PAGE>

                                                                     PAGE
                                                                    NUMBER
                                                                    ------
      4.5.        Location of Collateral                              24
      4.6.        Insurance of Property                               24
      4.7.        Protection of Collateral                            24
SECTION 5.   PROVISIONS RELATING TO ACCOUNTS                          25
      5.1.        Representations, Warranties and Covenants           25
      5.2.        Assignments, Records and Schedules of Accounts      27
      5.3.        Administration of Accounts                          27
      5.4.        Collection of Accounts                              28
SECTION 6.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES                            30
      6.1.        General Representations and Warranties              30
      6.2.        Reaffirmation                                       36
      6.3.        Survival of Representations and Warranties          36
SECTION 7.   COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS                      36
      7.1.        Affirmative Covenants                               36
      7.2.        Negative Covenants                                  41
SECTION 8.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT                                      44
      8.1.        Documentation                                       45
      8.2.        Other Conditions                                    46
SECTION 9.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON
            DEFAULT                                                   47

      9.1.  Events of Default                                         47
      9.2.  Acceleration of the Obligations                           49


                                  -ii-


<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                     PAGE
                                                                    NUMBER
                                                                    ------
      9.3.   Remedies                                                 50
      9.4.   Remedies Cumulative; No Waiver                           51
SECTION 10.  MISCELLANEOUS                                            51
      10.1.  Power of Attorney                                        51
      10.2.  Indemnity                                                52
      10.3.  Modification of Agreement; Sale of Interest              53
      10.4.  Reimbursement of Expenses                                53
      10.5.  Indulgences Not Waivers                                  54
      10.6.  Severability                                             54
      10.7.  Successors and Assigns                                   54
      10.8.  Cumulative Effect; Conflict of Terms                     54
      10.9.  Execution in Counterparts                                55
      10.10. Notices                                                  55
      10.11. Lender's Consent                                         56
      10.12  Regulated Activities of Lender                           57
      10.13. Time of Essence                                          57
      10.14. Entire Agreement                                         57
      10.15  Consent to Advertising and Publicity                     57
      10.16. GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO FORUM                          57
      10.17. WAIVERS BY BORROWER AND GUARANTORS                       58
      10.18  Section Titles                                           58


                                     -iii-


<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBITS
                                                       SECTION
                                                      REFERENCE
                                                      ---------

Carrier Contract                                          1.1
Revolving Credit Note                                     2.1
Disbursing Letter                                         2.2   (A)
OSP Wire Confirmation Letter                              2.2   (B)
Term Note                                                 2.3   (A)
Acknowledgement and Acceptance Certificate                2.3   (B)
Chief Executive Office and Principal
   Place of Business                                      4.4
Jurisdictions Qualified                                   6.1   (A)
Corporate Tradenames; Mergers                             6.1   (B)
General Intangibles; Patents, Trademarks                  6.1   (H)
Corporate Structure; Subsidiaries; Securities             6.1   (I)
Restrictive Agreements                                    6.1   (J)
Litigation                                                6.1   (K)
Taxes                                                     6.1   (P)
Labor Contracts                                           6.1   (Q)
Surety Obligations                                        6.1   (S)
No Defaults                                               6.1   (T)
Business Locations                                        6.1   (V)
Trade Relations                                           6.1   (W)
Capitalized and Operating Leases                          6.1   (X)
Billing Contracts                                         6.1   (Y)
List of Carriers and Credit Limits                        6.1   (Z)
Escrow and Disbursing Agreement                           8.1   (I)


                                    -iv-


<PAGE>

OSP Background Form                                       8.1   (K)
Class 1 OSP Certification Form                            8.1   (N)
Collateral and Credit Criteria Lists                      8.1   (O)


                                   -v-


<PAGE>

                AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is made this ____ day of
May, 1991 by and between BELL ATLANTIC-TRICON LEASING CORPORATION ("Lender"), a
Delaware corporation with a place of business at 1060 First Avenue, King of
Prussia, PA 19406, ZERO PLUS DIALING INC. ("Borrower"), a Delaware corporation
with its chief executive office and principal place of business at 9311 San
Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP., a Delaware
corporation with its chief executive office and principal place of business at
9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, TX 78216 and U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC., a
Texas corporation with its chief executive office and principal place of
business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216.

                                   BACKGROUND

          A.   Borrower entered into a certain Loan and Security Agreement on
March 20, 1990 (the "Loan and Security Agreement") whereby Borrower desired to
borrow funds from Lender from time to time pursuant to a revolving credit
facility subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein.

          B.   Borrower and Lender entered into a certain Amendment to Loan and
Security Agreement on June 18, 1990 (the "Loan Amendment") whereby Borrower and
Lender amended certain terms and provisions of the Loan and Security Agreement.

          C.   By and through this Amended and Restated Loan and Security
Agreement (the "Agreement"), Borrower and Lender intend to further amend the
Loan and Security Agreement and amend the Loan Amendment, both of which shall be
amended and restated through this Agreement and intend to establish a certain
term loan facility whereby funds shall be borrowed by U.S. Long Distance, Inc.,
as set forth herein.

SECTION 1.     GENERAL DEFINITIONS

     1.1. DEFINED TERMS.  When used herein, the following terms shall have the
following meanings (terms defined in the singular to have the same meaning when
used in the plural and vice versa):

          ACCOUNTS - all accounts, contract rights (as defined in the Code as
now or previously in effect including but not limited to all rights of Borrower
relating to the Billing Contracts) chattel paper, instruments and documents, all
LEC Receivables and all End User Accounts whether now owned or hereafter created
or acquired by Borrower or Guarantors or in which Borrower or Guarantors now
have or hereafter acquire any interest. 



<PAGE>

          ACCOUNT DEBTOR - any Person, including any End User or LEC, who is or
may become obligated under or on account of an Account.

          AFFILIATE - a Person (other than a Subsidiary): (i) which directly or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is controlled by, or
is under common control with, Borrower; (ii) which beneficially owns or holds
10% or more of any class of Voting Stock of Borrower; or (iii) 10% or more of
the Voting Stock (or in the case of a Person which is not a corporation, 10% or
more of the equity interest) of which is beneficially owned or held by Borrower
or a Subsidiary of Borrower.  For purposes hereof, "control" means the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the
ownership of fifty-one percent (51%) of the Voting Stock or by written contract
providing for such power.

          AGREEMENT - this Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, as
the same may be modified or amended from time to time.

          APPROVED CARRIER - any operator service provider or interexchange
carrier (collectively the "OSP") which meets each of the following requirements
to Lender's satisfaction in the exercise of its sole discretion: (i) the OSP has
a minimum period of operating history acceptable to Lender; (ii) Lender shall
have reviewed the dilution applicable to such OSP?s Accounts and determined that
such dilution rates are acceptable to Lender; (iii) the OSP has management
background and experience acceptable to Lender, and experience in the
telecommunications industry which is also acceptable to Lender; (iv) such OSP
shall have executed and delivered the Carrier Contract and the Addendum thereto,
and UCC-1 financing statements to perfect Borrower's interests in the Accounts
being purchased, which financing statements shall also indicate that Lender is
the assignee thereof; (v) Lender shall have received copies of a Uniform
Commercial Code searches; and judgment and federal tax lien searches against
such OSP where such OSP's principle pace of business is located, indicating that
there are no liens against any of the Accounts of such OSP; (vi) Lender shall
have the right, as assignee of Borrower's rights under the Carrier Contract and
the Addendum thereto, to at any time conduct an examination of such OSP's
financial condition, the results of which must be acceptable to Lender; and
(vii) Lender shall have approved in writing the financing of such OSP's Accounts
under the Revolving Credit Facility; (viii) Borrower shall have submitted all
information and met all conditions on the appropriate Collateral and Credit
Criteria List and shall have submitted a completed OSP Background Form for such
OSP, both in 


                                      -2-


<PAGE>

form and substance satisfactory to Lender in its sole discretion.

     Approved Carriers shall be divided into Class 1 Approved Carriers, Class 2
Approved Carriers and Class 3 Approved Carriers based on the requirements for
Approved Carriers listed on the Collateral and Credit Criteria Lists (attached
hereto as Exhibit 8.2(L)) for each class of approved carriers.  Borrower shall
submit duly executed Class 1 OSP Certification Forms (attached hereto as Exhibit
8.2(O)) for each Class 1 Approved Carrier certifying that all preconditions for
borrowing based upon Eligible Accounts from such Class 1 Approved Carrier have
been met.  A Class 1 Carrier shall be deemed an Approved Carrier upon receipt by
Lender of the Class 1 OSP Certification Form and all of the information set
forth on the Class 1 Collateral and Credit Criteria List, provided that Borrower
shall resolve any issues in the credit criteria information within thirty (30)
days notice of such issues from Lender to Borrower.

          BASE RATE - that highest rate of interest on any Business Day for
corporate loans at large United States money center commercial banks as quoted
in the Wall Street Journal under the caption "Prime Rate" in the section
entitled "Money Rates".

          BORROWING BASE - as at any date of determination thereof, an amount
equal to the sum of eighty percent (80%), or such amount as Lender may establish
for any Approved Carrier and which advance rate shall at no time exceed the
actual advance rate from Borrower to the Approved Carrier (the "Advance Rate"),
of the gross amount of Eligible Accounts outstanding at such date for Approved
Carriers, less any reserves; provided however that (i) Lender may, in its sole
discretion and as reviewed on a quarterly basis, adjust the advance rate as
follows: if the Dilution Factor exceeds seven percent (7%), the Advance Rate may
be reduced by Lender to seventy-five percent (75%), if the Dilution Factor
exceeds ten percent (10%), the Advance Rate may be reduced by Lender to seventy
percent (70%), if the Dilution Factor exceeds fifteen percent (15%), the Advance
Rate may be reduced by Lender two (2) percentage points for each one (1)
percentage point increase in the Dilution Factor over fifteen percent (15%), if
the Dilution Factor exceeds fifty percent (50%), the Advance Rate may be reduced
by Lender to zero; (ii) advances against Eligible Accounts for any Class 1
Approved Carrier shall not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars
($250,000.00) for each Class 1 Approved Carrier and shall not exceed Two Million
Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate for all Class 1 Approved Carriers,
which credit limits shall be reviewed by Lender on a semi-annual basis; (iii)
advances against Eligible Accounts for all Class 1 and Class 2 Approved Carriers
shall not exceed at any one time in the aggregate for all Class 1 


                                        -3-


<PAGE>


and Class 2 Approved Carriers the sum of Fifteen Million Dollars 
($15,000,000.00); (iv) advances against Eligible Accounts for any Class 3 
Approved Carrier shall not exceed the limit established in writing by Lender 
in its sole discretion for such Class 3 Approved Carrier; and (v) advances 
against Eligible Accounts of US Long Distance, Inc. (which shall be treated 
as a Class 2 Approved Carrier) shall not exceed Three Million Dollars 
($3,000,000.00) at any time in the aggregate.

          For purposes hereof, the gross amount of Eligible Accounts at any time
shall be the face amount of such Eligible Accounts without deducting any
discounts, credits, unbillability or uncollectibility, whether or not due to
fraud and allowances of any nature at any time, but not including any excise
taxes owing in connection with such Accounts.

          BILLING CONTRACT - shall mean any agreement for billing and/or
collection services by and between any LEC and Borrower, and any tariff of any
LEC for billing and/or collection services pursuant to which Borrower receives
billing and/or collection services.

          BUSINESS DAY - a day on which the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia
is open for business in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

          CAPITAL EXPENDITURES - expenditures made and liabilities incurred for
the acquisition of any fixed assets or improvements, replacements, substitutions
or additions thereto which have a useful life of more than one year, in
accordance with GAAP.

          CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATION - any Indebtedness represented by
obligations under a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial
reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP, and the amount of such Indebtedness
shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations determined in accordance
with GAAP.

          CARRIER - any person listed on EXHIBIT 6.1(Z) which as of the date
hereof has executed the Carrier Contract, or which shall after the date hereof
execute and deliver to Borrower the Carrier Contract.

     CARRIER CONTRACT(S) - the Billing and Collection Services Agreement and the
Addendum thereto in the form of EXHIBIT 1.1 attached hereto which is executed
and delivered by each Carrier and which form shall not be materially changed or
amended without the prior written consent of Lender which consent 


                                     -4-


<PAGE>

shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Lender Agrees to respond to Borrower's 
requests hereunder within five (5) business days.

     CLASS 1 OSP CERTIFICATION FORM - certification provided by Borrower to
Lender for each Class 1 Approved Carrier substantially in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit 8.1(N).

     CLEARING ACCOUNT - the bank account to which all payments are first
deposited by the Escrow Agent and to which the Escrow Agent shall have sole
access, as more fully set forth in the Escrow and Disbursing Agreement.

     CLOSING DATE - the date on which all of the conditions precedent in Section
8 are satisfied and the initial Loan is made hereunder.

     CREDIT LINE - as at any date of determination thereof, the total amount
available to Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility which is the sum of
(A) Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00) and (B) the aggregate amount of the
credit limit as requested by Borrower and approved in writing by Lender for all
Class 3 Approved Carriers.  The credit limits for each Class 3 Approved Carrier
as of the date hereof are listed on Exhibit 6.1(Z).

     CODE - the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted and in force in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, as from time to time in effect.

     COLLATERAL - all of the Property and interests in Property described in
Section 4 hereof, and all other Property and interests in Property that now or
hereafter secure the payment and performance of any of the Obligations.

     COLLATERAL AND CREDIT CRITERIA LIST - Collateral and credit information
provided by Borrower to Lender for each Carrier submitted for approval,
substantially in the forms attached hereto as Exhibit 8.1(O) for each class of
Approved Carriers.

     DEFAULT - an event or condition the occurrence of which would, with the
lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, become an Event of Default.

     DEFAULT RATE - as defined in Section 3.1(B) of this Agreement.

     DILUTION FACTOR - an average of the aggregate dilution factors charged by
each LEC to Borrower for all receivables processed by Borrower and transmitted
to the LEC for all 


                                  -5-


<PAGE>


Carriers, calculated as a percentage, (a) the numerator of which is the sum 
of the following adjustments which the applicable LEC makes to gross 
billings: (i) pre-billing adjustments, including but not limited to LEC 
reject edits, formatting edits, unbillable calls, upfront edits, other 
miscellaneous items as may be appropriate, (ii) post-billing adjustments 
(including but not limited to adjustments or credits issued and accruals for 
such adjustments), (iii) bad debt adjustments and true-up settlements; and 
(iv) miscellaneous and other adjustments as determined to be appropriate by 
Lender (b) and the denominator of which is equal to gross billings.  Lender 
shall have sole discretion to determine the time period over which the above 
adjustments shall be considered in computing the Dilution Factor.  Such 
formula shall be subject to change in Lender's reasonable discretion.

     DISBURSING LETTER - a letter of instruction to be provided by Borrower to
Lender and accompanying each request in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2.2(A).

     DISTRIBUTION - the payment of money or transfer of assets of Borrower or
any Guarantor to any Person.

     DOMINION ACCOUNT - a special joint account of Lender and Borrower
established by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement and the Escrow and Disbursing
Agreement at a bank selected by Borrower, but acceptable to Lender, in its sole
discretion, and over which Lender shall have sole and exclusive authority to
authorize all disbursements consisting of proceeds of the Collateral and shall
have joint authority with Borrower for disbursements of other proceeds, all as
more fully set forth in the Escrow and Disbursing Agreement.

     END USERS - Persons to whom a Carrier renders telecommunication services.

     END USER ACCOUNTS - Accounts arising from services rendered by Carriers to
End Users of telecommunications services, which have been processed and
formatted for billing on a billing tape.  Each End User Account shall cease to
be an End User Account and become a LEC Receivable upon its sale, assignment or
transfer by Borrower to a LEC for billing and collection pursuant to a Billing
Contract.

     ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT - a LEC Receivable arising in the ordinary course of
business which Lender, in its reasonable judgment, deems to be an Eligible
Account.

          No LEC Receivable shall be an Eligible LEC Receivable if: (i) such
Account arises out of a sale made by an 


                                     -6-


<PAGE>

Approved Carrier to a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of such Approved Carrier or 
of Borrower (except Accounts arising out of sales by Borrower to its 
Affiliates National Telephone Exchange, Inc. (provided that the pending 
acquisition is consummated) and U.S. Long Distance, Inc.) or to a Person 
controlled by an Affiliate of such Approved Carrier or of Borrower; or (ii) 
such Account is unpaid more than ninety (90) days after the date of the 
applicable billing tape or transmission date; or (iii) fifty percent (50%) or 
more of the LEC Receivables from a LEC are not deemed Eligible Accounts 
hereunder; or (iv) any covenant, representation or warranty contained in this 
Agreement with respect to such Account has been breached; or (v) the LEC has 
disputed liability with respect to a LEC Receivable, or has made any claim 
with respect to any other LEC Receivable due from the LEC to Borrower, to the 
extent of any dispute or claim; or (vi) the LEC has commenced a voluntary 
case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now constituted or hereafter 
amended, or made an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a decree or 
order for relief has been entered by a court having jurisdiction over the LEC 
in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now constituted 
or hereafter amended, or any other petition or other application for relief 
under the federal bankruptcy laws has been filed against the LEC, or if the 
LEC has failed, suspended business, ceased to be Solvent, or consented to or 
suffered a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian to be appointed for it 
or for all or a significant portion of its assets or affairs; or (vii) Lender 
believes, in its reasonable judgment, that collection of such LEC Receivable 
is insecure or that payment thereof is doubtful or will be delayed by reason 
of the LEC's financial condition; or (viii) the LEC Receivable is subject to 
a Lien; or (ix) more than thirty-five percent (35%) of Borrower's total 
Accounts consist of LEC Receivables from the LEC; or (x) the LEC Receivable 
is evidenced by chattel paper or an instrument of any kind, or has been 
reduced to judgment; or (xi) Borrower has made any agreement with a LEC for 
any deduction therefrom, except for post-billing adjustments which are made 
in the ordinary course of business and except as provided in the applicable 
Billing Contract; (xii) Borrower has made an agreement with the LEC to extend 
the time of payment thereof, unless notwithstanding such agreement payment is 
made within ninety (90) days of the billing tape date or transmission date; 
(xiii) such LEC Receivable does not arise from the purchase by Borrower from 
the Approved Carrier originating the End User Account which has been sold, 
assigned or transferred to a LEC to create such LEC Receivable pursuant to 
the terms set forth in the Carrier Contract in the form attached hereto as 
EXHIBIT 1.1; or (xiv) call records for such account have not been subjected 
to validation acceptable to Lender or have dilution rates which are 
unacceptable to Lender.

                                    -7-


<PAGE>

     Lender has financed, and may continue in the future to finance Persons in
the same or similar business as Borrower, which loans are, and shall be, secured
by LEC Receivables of various Persons (the "LEC Loan Program").  Borrower
acknowledges that Lender's LEC Loan Program (which shall include Lender's loans
under this Agreement to Borrower) limits Lender's aggregate loans to all
borrowers thereunder which are secured by LEC Receivables as follows: (i) the
aggregate Accounts due from any single Bell Operating Telephone Company (each, a
"BOC") which secure loans under the LEC Loan Program shall not exceed at any one
time in the aggregate for all Persons Twenty Five Million Dollars
($25,000,000.00), (ii) the aggregate Accounts due from any single telephone
company unit of GTE, United Telephone, and Centel which secure loans under the
LEC Loan Program shall not exceed at any one time in the aggregate for all
Persons Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00), and (iii) the aggregate
Accounts due from any other single LEC which is not a BOC which secure loans
under the LEC Loan Program shall not exceed such lesser ceilings as may be
established by Lender from time to time on a case by case basis.  Borrower
acknowledges that Lender may from time to time in its sole discretion increase
or decrease the above per BOC and per LEC ceilings.  Due to the above stated
restrictions on the LEC Loan Program, Lender may from time to time exclude
certain Eligible Accounts from the respective Borrowing Bases of borrowers under
the LEC Loan Program (even though such Accounts are otherwise Eligible) to the
extent that the aggregate outstanding amount of all Accounts due from all BOCs
and LECs which secure loans under the LEC Loan Program exceed the ceilings set
forth above, as such ceilings may from time to time be increased or decreased by
Lender.  Lender shall provide Borrower with prompt notice of Lender's becoming
aware that Lender has reached ninety percent (90%) of its limit for a specific
LEC.

     ENVIRONMENTAL LAWS - all federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations,
ordinances, programs, permits, guidances, orders and consent decrees relating to
health, safety and environmental matters, including, but not limited to, the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, the Comprehensive Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, the Toxic Substances Control
Act, the Clean Water Act, the Clean Air Act, the Superfund Amendments and
Reauthorization Act of 1986, and similar state and federal environmental cleanup
laws, and U.S. Department of Transportation regulations.

     EQUIPMENT - all of Borrower's and Guarantors' machinery, apparatus,
equipment, fittings, furniture, fixtures, motor vehicles and other tangible
personal Property of every kind and description used or useful in Borrower's
operations or owned by Borrower or Guarantors or in which Borrower or Guarantors
have an 


                                     -8-


<PAGE>

interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or
Guarantors and wherever located, and all parts, accessories and special tools
and increases and access ions thereto and substitutions and replacements
thereof, including, without limitation, all XACT telephone call accounting
computers manufactured by XETA Corporation, but shall not include switches,
dialers and other equipment used directly and exclusively in providing long
distance telephone services.

     ERISA - the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from time to time, and all rules and regulations from time to time promulgated
thereunder.

     ESCROW AGENT - the bank designated as Escrow Agent for Lender in the Escrow
and Disbursing Agreement.

     ESCROW AND DISBURSING AGREEMENT - agreement among Lender, Borrower and
Escrow Agent dated the date hereof pursuant to which collections and
disbursements into and out of the Dominion Account shall be governed
substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 8.1(I).

     EVENT OF DEFAULT - as defined in Section Il.l of this Agreement.

     GAAP - Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of
America in effect from time to time.

     GENERAL INTANGIBLES - all general intangibles of Borrower or Guarantors,
whether now owned or hereafter created or acquired by Borrower or Guarantors,
including, without limitation, all choses in action, causes of action, corporate
or other business records, deposit accounts, inventions, designs, patents,
patent applications, trademarks, trade names, trade secrets, goodwill,
copyrights, registrations, licenses, franchises, customer lists, tax refund
claims, computer programs, Carrier Contracts and any addenda thereto, Billing
Contracts, all claims under guaranties, security interests or other security
held by or granted to Borrower to secure payment of any of the LEC Receivables
and payments pursuant to the Carrier Contracts and the Billing Contracts, all
rights to indemnification and all other intangible property of every kind and
nature.

     GUARANTORS - U.S. Long Distance Corp. and U.S. Long Distance, Inc.
(hereinafter jointly and severally referred to as "Guarantors").

     GUARANTY AGREEMENTS - the guaranty agreements which are to be executed by
each Guarantor and by which each Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee
payment of the Obligations.


                                     -9-


<PAGE>


     INDEBTEDNESS - as applied to a Person means, without duplication (i) all
items which in accordance with GAAP would be included in determining total
liabilities as shown on the liability side of a balance sheet of such Person as
at the date as of which Indebtedness is to be determined, including, without
limitation, Capitalized Lease Obligations, (ii) all obligations of other Persons
which such Person has guaranteed and (iii) in the case of Borrower (without
duplication), the Obligations.

     LEC - shall mean any regional Bell Operating Company, Bell Operating
Company, independent local exchange company, credit card company or provider of
local telephone services which is a party to any Billing Contract.

     LEC RECEIVABLES - shall mean all accounts receivable, debts and any other
amounts payable to Borrower by any LEC pursuant to any Billing Contract.

     LIEN - any interest in Property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim
by, a Person other than the owner of the Property, whether such interest is
based on the common law, statute or contract, and including, but not limited to,
the security interest, security title or lien arising from a security agreement,
mortgage, deed of trust, deed to secure debt, encumbrance, pledge, conditional
sale or trust receipt or a lease, consignment or bailment for security purposes.
For the purpose of this Agreement, Borrower or Guarantors shall be deemed to be
the owner of any Property which it has acquired or holds subject to a
conditional sale agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the
Property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security
purposes.

     LOAN ACCOUNT - the loan account established on the books of Lender pursuant
to Section 2.4 hereof and in which Lender will record all Loans, payments made
on such Loans and other appropriate debits and credits as provided by this
Agreement.

     LOAN DOCUMENTS - this Agreement, the Other Agreements and the Security
Documents.

     LOANS - all loans and advances made by Lender pursuant to this Agreement,
including, without limitation, all Revolving Credit Loans and Term Loans.

     MONEY BORROWED - as applied to Indebtedness, means (i) Indebtedness for
borrowed money; (ii) Indebtedness, whether or not in any such case the same was
for borrowed money, (A) which is represented by notes payable or drafts accepted
which evidence extensions of credit, (B) which constitute obligations evidenced
by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, or (C) upon 


                                      -10-


<PAGE>



which interest charges are customarily paid (other than accounts payable) or 
which are issued or assumed as full or partial payment for Property; (iii) 
Indebtedness that constitutes a Capitalized Lease Obligation; and (iv) 
Indebtedness under any guaranty of obligations that would constitute 
Indebtedness for Money Borrowed under clauses (i) through (iii) hereof.

     MULTIEMPLOVER PLAN - has the meaning set forth in Section 4001(a) (3) of
ERISA.

     NOTE - the Revolving Credit Note.

     OBLIGATIONS - all Loans and all other advances, debts, liabilities,
obligations, covenants and duties owing, arising, due or payable from Borrower
or Guarantors to Lender of any kind or nature, present or future, whether or not
evidenced by any note, guaranty or other instrument, whether arising under this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or otherwise and whether direct or
indirect (including those acquired by assignment), absolute or contingent,
primary or secondary, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising
and however acquired.  The term includes, without limitation, all interest,
charges, expenses, fees, attorney's fees and any other sums chargeable to
Borrower or Guarantors under any of the Loan Documents.

     ORIGINAL TERM - as defined in Section 3.3 of this Agreement.

     OSHA - the Occupational Safety and Health Act, as amended from time to
time, and all rules and regulations from time to time promulgated thereunder.

     OTHER AGREEMENTS - any and all agreements, instruments and documents (other
than this Agreement and the Security Documents), heretofore, now or hereafter
executed by Borrower or delivered to Lender in connection with the execution of
this Agreement.

     OSP BACKGROUND FORM - document prepared by Carrier and presented by
Borrower to Lender for each Carrier submitted for approval, substantially in the
form attached hereto as Exhibit 8.1(K) as may be modified by Lender from time to
time.

     PARTICIPATING LENDER - shall mean each Person who shall be granted the
right by Lender to participate in any of the Loans described in this Agreement
and who shall have entered into a participation agreement in form and substance
satisfactory to Lender.


                                      -11-


<PAGE>


     PERMITTED PURCHASE MONEY INDEBTEDNESS - Purchase Money Indebtedness of
Borrower incurred after the date hereof which is secured by a Purchase Money
Lien.

     PERMITTED LIENS - any Lien of a kind specified in sub-paragraphs (i)
through (x) of Section 7.2(H) of this Agreement.

     PERSON - an individual, partnership, corporation, joint stock company,
trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political
subdivision thereof.

     PLAN - an employee benefit plan now or hereafter maintained for employees
of Borrower that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

     PROHIBITED TRANSACTION - any transaction set forth in Section 406 of ERISA
or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.

     PROPERTY - any interest in any kind of property or asset, whether real,
personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

     PURCHASE MONEY INDEBTEDNESS - means and includes (i) Indebtedness for the
payment of all or any part of the purchase price of any fixed assets, (ii) any
Indebtedness incurred at the time of or within ten (10) days prior to or after
the acquisition of any fixed assets for the purpose of financing all or any part
of the purchase price thereof, and (iii) any renewals, extensions or
refinancings thereof, but not any increases in the principal amounts thereof
outstanding at the time.

     PURCHASE MONEY LIEN - a Lien upon fixed assets which secures Purchase Money
Indebtedness, but only if such Lien shall at all times be confined solely to the
fixed assets the purchase price of which was financed through the incurrence of
the Purchase Money Indebtedness secured by such Lien.

     RENEWAL TERMS - as defined in Section 3.3 of this Agreement.

     REPORTABLE EVENT - any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA
as to which the thirty (30) day notice requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA
has not been waived by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

     RESTRICTED INVESTMENT - any investment in cash or by delivery of Property
to any Person, whether by acquisition of stock, Indebtedness or other obligation
or Security, or by loan, advance or capital contribution, or otherwise, or in
any Property except the following: (i) Property to be used in the ordinary
course of business; (ii) Current Assets arising from the sale of goods and
services in the ordinary course of business of 


                                     -12-


<PAGE>

Borrower; (iii) investments in direct obligations of the United States of 
America, or any agency thereof or obligations guaranteed by the United States 
of America, provided that such obligations mature within one year from the 
date of acquisition thereof; (iv) investments in certificates of deposit 
maturing within one year from the date of acquisition issued by a bank or 
trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state 
thereof having capital surplus aggregating at least $100,000,000; and (v) 
investments in commercial paper given the highest rating by a national credit 
rating agency and maturing not more than two hundred seventy (270) days from 
the date of creation thereof.

     REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY - the revolving credit line described in Section
2.1 of this Agreement.

     REVOLVING CREDIT LOAN - a Loan made by Lender as provided in Section 2.1 of
this Agreement.

     REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE - the promissory note to be executed and delivered by
Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.1 to this Agreement, as the same
may hereafter be modified, replaced, or supplemented.

     SECURITY - shall have the same meaning as in Section 2(l) of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended.

     SECURITY DOCUMENTS - all instruments and agreements now or at any time
hereafter securing the whole or any part of the Obligations.

     SERVICE CONTRACT - any contract pursuant to which a Carrier provides
service to any Person.

     SOLVENT - as to any Person, such Person (i) owns Property whose fair
saleable value is greater than the amount required to pay all of such Person's
Indebtedness (including contingent debts), (ii) is able to pay all of its
Indebtedness as such Indebtedness matures and (iii) has capital sufficient to
carry on its business and transactions and all business transactions in which it
is about to engage.

     TERM LOAN FACILITY - an amount not exceeding One Million Five Hundred
Thousand Dollars ($1,500,000.00) to be advanced for the purchase of certain XETA
telephone equipment to be installed at certain hotels with which U.S. Long
Distance, Inc. has agreements, which shall be evidenced by Term Notes, all as
more fully set forth in Section 2.3(B) hereof.


                                     -13-


<PAGE>


     TERM NOTES - the promissory notes to be executed and delivered by U.S. Long
Distance, Inc. substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.3(A) of this Agreement, as
the same may hereinafter be modified, replaced, or supplemented in Lender's sole
discretion.

     TERM LOAN - a loan made pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and the existing
Term Loan dated ___________________ between Source, Inc. and U.S. Long Distance,
Inc. in the principal amount of Three Hundred and Twenty Thousand Dollars
($320,000.00).

     VOTING STOCK - Securities of any class or classes of a corporation the
holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, entitled to
elect a majority of the corporate directors (or Persons performing similar
functions).

     WORKING CAPITAL - at any date means Current Assets minus Current
Liabilities.

     1.2. ACCOUNTING TERMS.  All accounting terms not specifically defined
herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP consistent with that applied
in preparation of the financial statements referred to in Section 7.1(M), and
all financial data pursuant to the Agreement shall be prepared in accordance
with such principles.

     1.3. OTHER TERMS.  All other terms contained in this Agreement shall have,
when the context so indicates, the meanings provided for by the Code to the
extent the same are used or defined therein.

     1.4. CERTAIN MATTERS OF CONSTRUCTION.  The terms "herein", "hereof" and
"hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole
and not to any particular section, paragraph or subdivision.  Any pronoun used
shall be deemed to cover all genders.  The section titles, table of contents and
list of exhibits appear as a matter of convenience only and shall not affect the
interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 2.            CREDIT FACILITY

          Subject to the terms and conditions of, and in reliance upon the
representations and warranties made in, this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, Lender agrees to make a total credit facility available upon
Borrower's request for Loans thereunder, as follows:


                                     -14-


<PAGE>


          2.1. REVOLVING CREDIT LOANS.

          (A) Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement, Lender agrees for so long as no Default or Event of Default exists,
to make Revolving Credit Loans to Borrower up to a maximum principal amount at
any time outstanding equal to the Borrowing Base at such time.  The Revolving
Credit Loans shall be evidenced by the Revolving Credit Note substantially in
the form attached as EXHIBIT 2.1 to this Agreement.  If the unpaid balance of
the Revolving Credit Loans should exceed the Borrowing Base or any other
limitation set forth in this Agreement, such Revolving Credit Loans shall
nevertheless constitute Obligations that are secured by the Collateral and
entitled to all the benefits thereof.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions
of this Section 2.1(A), Lender shall have the right to establish reserves in
such amounts, and with respect to such matters, as Lender shall deem necessary
or appropriate, against the amount of the Borrowing Base, including, without
limitation, with respect to (i) past due federal excise and payroll taxes; (ii)
billing and collection charges payable to the LECs, unless Borrower has provided
a Letter of Credit to Lender, in form and from an institution acceptable to
Lender, in its sole discretion; (iii) other sums chargeable against Borrower's
Loan Account as Revolving Credit Loans under any section of this Agreement; and
(iv) such other matters, events, conditions or contingencies as to which Lender,
in its reasonable credit judgment determines reserves should be established from
time to time hereunder, provided, however, Lender shall not create reserves with
respect to items included in the numerator of the Dilution Factor calculation.

          (B) The Revolving Credit Loans shall be used by Borrower to purchase
certain End User Accounts of Approved Carriers to the extent not inconsistent
with the provisions of this Agreement. Lender shall have a maximum of twenty
(20) days from the point at which all relevant credit information is received in
order to consider requests and advise Borrower of its determination for approval
of a Carrier or an increase of credit for an Approved Carrier.  Lender shall use
its best efforts to promptly inform Borrower of any additional information it
deems necessary to consider such a request.  Upon approval of a Carrier or an
increase of credit for an Approved Carrier, Lender shall provide Borrower with
written notification thereof within five (5) Business Days.

          2.2. MANNER OF BORROWING. Borrowings under the Revolving Credit
Facility established pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be as follows:


                                    -15-


<PAGE>


          (A) A request for a Loan shall be made, or shall be deemed to be made,
in the following manner: (i) the chief financial officer of Borrower and/or his
designee (which designee shall be indicated to Lender in writing) shall be the
sole representative of Borrower authorized to give Lender telephonic, facsimile
or written notice of Borrower's intention to borrow, in which notice Borrower
shall specify the amount of the proposed borrowing and the proposed borrowing
date and other information as required in the Disbursing Letter; (ii) the
becoming due of any amount required to be paid under this Agreement as interest
shall be deemed irrevocably to be a request for a Loan on the due date in the
amount required to pay such interest; and (iii) the becoming due of any other
Obligations shall be deemed irrevocably to be a request for a Loan on the due
date in the amount then so due.

          (B) Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes Lender to disburse the
proceeds of each Loan requested, or deemed to be requested, pursuant to this
Section 2.2 as follows: the proceeds of each Loan requested under Section 2.2(A)
(i) shall be disbursed once daily by Lender in lawful money of the United States
of America in immediately available funds, in accordance with the terms of
Borrower's Disbursing Letter, by wire transfer to an account belonging to
Borrower as may be satisfactory to Lender from time to time, or Lender, upon
notice by Borrower, may agree to advance funds directly to an Approved Carrier. 
Within twenty-four (24) hours of a transfer to Borrower's account, Borrower
shall supply Lender with written confirmation acceptable to Lender
(substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2.2(B)) that the proceeds
of the transfer have been distributed to the Approved Carrier.  Any amounts
subject to written confirmation not received by Lender within twenty-four (24)
hours shall be subject to reserve by Lender.  Following an initial advance,
Lender shall not make any subsequent advances for an Approved Carrier until
stamped, certified copies of UCC-l financing statements are received by Lender
for such Approved Carrier.  The proceeds of each Loan requested under Section
2.2(A) (ii) or (iii) shall be disbursed by Lender by way of direct payment of
the relevant Obligation.  Lender agrees to fund each Loan Request within one
Business Day after Lender's receipt of such Loan Request for that portion of the
Loan Request which meets with Lender's satisfaction.

          2.3. TERM LOAN FACILITY.

          (A) Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of this
Agreement, Lender agrees for a one (1) year period from the date of this
Agreement, as long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to make term loans
to U.S. Long Distance, Inc. in an amount not exceeding ?ne Million Five Hundred
Thousands Dollars ($1,500,000.00) in the aggregate, to be 


                                    -16-


<PAGE>

used by U.S. Long Distance, Inc. to purchase certain XETA telephone equipment 
and which term loans shall be evidenced by the Term Notes and shall be repaid 
in twenty-four (24) monthly equal principal installments, plus interest.  The 
amount of each Term Loan shall not exceed eighty percent (80%) of the 
purchase price of XETA telephone equipment as set forth on the invoice.

          (B) A request for a Term Loan shall be made, or shall be deemed to be
made when the chief executive officer of U.S. Long Distance, Inc. or his
designee shall supply Lender with the following: (i) an invoice for the purchase
of the XETA telephone equipment; (ii) an Acknowledgment and Acceptance
Certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit 2.3(B) attached hereto,
executed by the recipient the XETA telephone equipment; (iii) a duly executed
Term Loan Note; and (iv) UCC-1 financing statements filed in the appropriate
jurisdiction or jurisdictions where the XETA telephone equipment is located,
evidencing Lender's lien in such equipment.

          2.4. ALL LOANS TO CONSTITUTE ONE OBLIGATION.  All Loans shall
constitute one general obligation of Borrower and Guarantors and shall be
secured by Lender's security interest in and Lien upon all of the Collateral,
and by all other security interests and Liens heretofore, now or at any time or
times hereafter granted by Borrower or Guarantors to Lender.

          2.5. LOAN ACCOUNT.  Lender shall enter all Loans as debits to the Loan
Account and shall also record in the Loan Account all payments made by Borrower
on Revolving Credit Loans and all proceeds of Collateral which are finally paid
to Lender as credits, and may record therein all charges and expenses properly
chargeable to Borrower hereunder.  Lender may charge all amounts advanced to or
for the benefit of Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including,
without limitation, any amounts due Lender under Section 3 below, any principal
amounts due Lender, and/or any amounts due Lender pursuant to any other
provision of this Agreement) to Borrower's Loan Account.

SECTION 3.     INTEREST, FEES, TERM AND REPAYMENT

          3.1. INTEREST AND CHARGES.

               (A) Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the
Revolving Credit Loans outstanding at the end of each day at a fluctuating rate
per annum equal to one and one-eighth percent (1-1/8%) above the Base Rate in
effect on such day.  Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Term
Loans outstanding at the end of each day such Term Loans are outstanding at a
fluctuating rate equal to one and three quarters percent (l 3/4%) above the Base
Rate in effect on such day.  After the date 


                                  -17-


<PAGE>

hereof, the foregoing rates of interest shall be increased or decreased, as 
the case may be, by an amount equal to any increase or decrease in the Base 
Rate, with such adjustments to be effective as of the opening of business on 
the day that any such change in the Base Rate becomes effective.  The Base 
Rate in effect on the date hereof shall be the Base Rate effective as of the 
opening of business on the date hereof, but if this Agreement is executed on 
a day that is not a Business Day, the Base Rate in effect on the date hereof 
shall be the Base Rate effective as of the opening of business on the last 
Business Day immediately preceding the date hereof. Interest shall be 
calculated on a daily basis (computed on the actual number of days elapsed 
over a year of 360 days), commencing on the date hereof, and shall be payable 
monthly, in arrears, on the first Business day of each month.

               (B) Upon and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, and
during the continuation thereof, the principal amount of the Obligations shall
bear interest, calculated daily (computed on the actual days elapsed over a year
of 360 days), at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to six percent (6%) above
the Base Rate (the "Default Rate").

               (C) In no contingency or event whatsoever shall the aggregate of
all amounts deemed interest hereunder and charged or collected pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement exceed the highest rate permissible under any law which
a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem
applicable hereto.  In the event that such a court determines that Lender has
charged or received interest hereunder in excess of the highest applicable rate,
Lender shall promptly refund such excess interest to Borrower and such rate
shall automatically be reduced to the maximum rate permitted by such law.

          3.2  FEES.

               (A) Borrower shall pay to Lender on the date hereof a loan
origination fee equal to three quarters of one percent (.75%) of the Credit Line
as of the date hereof which fee shall be deemed to have been earned and shall be
payable in full on the date hereof.

               (B)  U.S. Long Distance, Inc. shall pay to Lender a term loan
facility fee equal to one half of one percent (.50%) of the maximum Term Loan
Facility payable on the date hereof.

               (C) Borrower shall pay to Lender on the date of any increase in
the Credit Line due to either the addition of any new Class 3 Approved Carrier
or any increase in the credit limit for any existing Class 3 Approved Carrier an
additional loan 


                                     -18-


<PAGE>

origination fee equal to one half of one percent (.50%) per annum of the 
amount of such increase which fee shall be prorated for the number of days 
remaining until the next one year anniversary and shall be deemed to be 
earned and shall be payable on the date such increase of new approval is made 
by Lender.

               (D) Borrower shall pay to Lender on each one year anniversary of
this Agreement an annual commitment fee equal to one half of one percent (.50%)
of the Credit Line as determined on each one year anniversary of this Agreement.

               (E) Borrower shall pay to Lender quarterly an unused facility fee
equal to one half of one percent (.50%) per annum multiplied by the difference
between the average outstanding daily loan balance of the Revolving Line of
Credit and the average amount of the Credit Line for the preceding three month
period, which fee shall be payable quarterly from the date hereof on the first
Business Day after the end of Borrower's fiscal quarter until the end of the
Original Term or any Renewal Term.

               (F) Lender agrees to review the amount of the fees set forth in
Sections 3.2 (C), (D) and (E) above on an annual basis upon written request from
Borrower; however, Lender shall have no obligation whatsoever to make any
adjustment to any such fees and the nature, basis and extent of any review by
Lender shall be in Lender's sole determination.

          3.3. TERM OF AGREEMENT.  Subject to Lender's right to cease making
Loans to Borrower at any time upon or after the occurrence of any Default or
Event of Default, the provisions of this Agreement shall be in effect for a
period of three (3) years from the date hereof, through and including May 21,
1994 (the "Original Term"), unless terminated as provided in Section 3.4 hereof
and may be extended by the written consent of Lender and Borrower (the "Renewal
Term").

          3.4. TERMINATION.

               (A) Upon at least sixty (60) days prior written notice to Lender,
Borrower may, at its option, terminate this Agreement at the end of the Original
Term or any Renewal Term ; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, no such termination shall be
effective until Borrower has paid all of the Obligations in immediately
available funds. Any termination under this Section 3.4(A) shall be deemed a
termination of the entire Agreement.

               (B) Lender may terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days
prior written notice to Borrower at the end of the Original Term or any Renewal
Term, or at any time without notice to Borrower upon or after the occurrence of
an Event of Default.


                                     -19-

<PAGE>

          (C) All of the Obligations shall be forthwith due and payable upon 
any termination of this Agreement.  Except as otherwise expressly provided 
for in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, no termination or 
cancellation (regardless of cause or procedure) of this Agreement or any of 
the other Loan Documents shall in any way affect or impair the powers, 
obligations, duties, rights, and liabilities of Borrower or Lender in any way 
relating to (i) any transaction or event occurring prior to such termination 
or cancellation, or (ii) any of the undertakings, agreements, covenants, 
warranties or representations of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any 
of the other Loan Documents.  All such undertakings, agreements, covenants, 
warranties and representations shall survive such termination or cancellation 
and Lender shall retain its Liens in the Collateral and all of its rights and 
remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents notwithstanding 
such termination or cancellation, until all of the Obligations have been paid 
in full, in immediately available funds.

          3.5. PAYMENTS.  Except where evidenced by notes or other 
instruments issued or made by Borrower to Lender specifically containing 
payment provisions which are in conflict with this Section 3.5 (in which 
event the conflicting provisions of said notes or other instruments shall 
govern and control), that portion of the Obligations consisting of:

               (A) Principal, payable on account of Revolving Credit Loans 
made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement shall be 
payable by Borrower to Lender immediately upon the earliest of (i) the 
receipt by Lender or Borrower of any proceeds of any of the Collateral, to 
the extent of said proceeds, (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default in 
consequence of which Lender elects to accelerate the maturity and payment of 
such Loans, (iii) the end of the Original Term or any Renewal Term; or (iv) 
termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof, provided, 
however, that if the principal balance of Revolving Credit Loans outstanding 
at any time shall exceed the Borrowing Base at such time, Borrower shall, on 
demand, repay the Revolving Credit Loans in an amount sufficient to reduce 
the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Loans by an amount equal to 
such excess;

               (B) Interest accrued on the Obligations shall be due on the 
earliest of (i) the first Business Day of each month (for the immediately 
preceding month), computed through the last calendar day of the preceding 
month, (ii) the occurrence of an Event of Default in consequence of which 
Lender elects to accelerate the maturity and payment of the Obligations or 
(iii) termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 3.3 hereof; PROVIDED, 
HOWEVER, that Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes Lender, in Lender's 

                                     -20-

<PAGE>

sole discretion, to advance to Borrower, and to charge to Borrower's Loan 
Account in the event that an invoice has not been paid within one (l) day of 
such invoice hereunder as a Revolving Credit Loan, a sum sufficient each 
month to pay all interest accrued on the Obligations during the immediately 
preceding month;

               (C) Costs, fees and expenses payable pursuant to this 
Agreement shall be payable by Borrower, on demand, to Lender or to any other 
Person designated by Lender in writing provided, however, that upon ten (10) 
days after receipt of an invoice from Lender and immediately upon the 
occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably authorizes 
Lender, in Lender's sole discretion, to advance to Borrower, and to charge to 
Borrower's Loan Account hereunder as a Revolving Credit Loan, a sum 
sufficient each month to pay all costs, fees and expenses incurred by Lender; 
and

               (D) The balance of the Obligations requiring the payment of 
money, if any, shall be payable by Borrower to Lender as and when provided in 
this Agreement, the Other Agreements or the Security Documents, or on demand, 
whichever is earlier.

          3.6. APPLICATION OF PAYMENTS AND COLLECTIONS.  Borrower irrevocably 
waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments and 
collections at any time or times hereafter received by Lender from or on 
behalf of Borrower, and Borrower hereby irrevocably agrees that Lender shall 
have the continuing exclusive right to apply and reapply any and all such 
payments and collections received at any time or times hereafter by Lender or 
its agent against the Obligations, in such manner as Lender may deem 
advisable, notwithstanding any entry by Lender upon any of its books and 
records.

          3.7. STATEMENTS OF ACCOUNT.  Lender will account to Borrower 
monthly with a statement of Loans, charges and payments made pursuant to this 
Agreement, and such account rendered by Lender shall be deemed final, binding 
and conclusive upon Borrower unless Lender is notified by Borrower in writing 
to the contrary within Forty-five (45) days after the last day of the period 
covered by the statement as provided in Section 10.10 hereof. Such notice 
shall only be deemed an objection to those items specifically objected to 
therein.

SECTION 4.     COLLATERAL: GENERAL TERMS

          4.1. SECURITY INTEREST IN COLLATERAL.  To secure the prompt payment 
and performance to Lender of the Obligations, Borrower and Guarantors hereby 
grant to Lender a continuing security 


                                     -21-

<PAGE>

interest in and Lien upon all of the following Property and interests in 
Property of Borrower and Guarantors whether now owned or existing or 
hereafter created, acquired or arising and wheresoever located:

          (A) Accounts;

          (B) General Intangibles;

          (C) LEC Receivables;

          (D) End User Accounts;

          (E) Equipment;

          (F) All rights of Borrower or Guarantors pursuant to or relating to 
a Carrier Contract (as the same may hereafter be amended or replaced), all 
rights and claims now or hereafter arising under any Carrier Contract, as 
well as all rights and claims now or hereafter arising under any guarantees 
now or hereafter given to Borrower or Guarantors in connection with any 
Carrier Contract, and all rights of Borrower or Guarantors pursuant to or 
arising out of the Escrow and Disbursing Agreement.

          (G)  All monies and other Property of any kind, now or at any time 
or times hereafter, in the possession or under the control of Lender or a 
bailee of Lender;

          (H) All accessions to, substitutions for and all replacements, 
products and cash and non-cash proceeds of (A), (B), (C), (D), (E) and (F) 
above, including, without limitation, proceeds of and unearned premiums with 
respect to insurance policies insuring any of the Collateral; and

          (I) All books and records (including, without limitation, customer 
lists, credit files, billing tapes, whether processed or unprocessed, 
computer programs, printouts, and other computer materials and records) of 
Borrower or Guarantors pertaining to any of (A), (B), (C), (D), (E), (F) and 
(G).

               All liens granted in the collateral under the Loan and 
Security Agreement survive the execution of this Agreement and shall remain 
liens under this Agreement.  The grant of a security interest in the 
Collateral hereunder restates and expands, but in no manner extinguishes, the 
grant of the security interest in the collateral under the Loan and Security 
Agreement.

          4.2  CONSENT TO SALE.  Lender consents to the sale of End User 
Accounts to LECs to enable such LECs to bill for and collect 

                                     -22-

<PAGE>

such End User Accounts from the End User, provided however that such consent 
is expressly conditioned on the sale being subject to Lender's Lien 
continuing on such End User Accounts sold.  Upon any such sale of an End User 
Account to a LEC, Lender agrees that its Lien shall be subject to and 
subordinate in all respects to the right, title and interest in such End User 
Account purchased by the LEC and Lender further agrees that for so long as 
the LEC has not transferred, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, such End 
User Account back to Borrower, Lender shall take no action to collect such 
End User Account.

          4.3. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS - COLLATERAL. To 
induce Lender to enter into this Agreement, Borrower and Guarantors 
represent, warrant, and covenant to Lender:

          (A) The Collateral is now and, so long as any Obligations are 
outstanding, will continue to be owned solely by Borrower or Guarantor.  No 
other Person has or will have any right, title, interest, claim, or Lien 
therein, thereon or thereto other than a Permitted Lien.

          (B) Except as specifically consented to in writing by Lender, the 
Liens granted to Lender shall be first and prior on the Collateral and as to 
the Accounts and proceeds, including insurance proceeds, resulting from the 
sale, disposition, or loss thereof.  No further action need be taken to 
perfect the Liens granted to Lender, other than the filing of financing and 
continuation statements under the Code or other applicable law, continued 
possession by Lender of that portion of the Collateral constituting monies, 
instruments or documents, notation of Lender as loss payee under insurance 
policies to the extent provided for in Section 4.6 hereof.

          4.4. FINANCING STATEMENTS.  (a) Borrower and Guarantors agree to 
execute the financing statements provided for by the Code together with any 
and all other instruments, assignments or documents and shall take such other 
action as may be required to perfect or to continue the perfection of 
Lender's security interest in the Collateral.  Unless prohibited by 
applicable law, Borrower and Guarantors hereby authorize Lender to execute 
and file any such financing statement on Borrower's or Guarantors behalf.  
The parties agree that a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this 
Agreement shall be sufficient as a financing statement and may be filed in 
any appropriate office in lieu thereof to the extent permitted by applicable 
laws.

         (b) Borrower and Guarantors agree to file the financing statements 
provided for by the Code together with any and all other instruments, 
assignments or documents, and shall take such other action as may be required 
to perfect, and 

                                     -23-

<PAGE>

continue the perfection, of Borrower's security interest in the End User 
Accounts granted to Borrower by each Carrier.  Lender shall be noted on each 
such financing statement as the assignee of all security interests of 
Borrower thereunder.

          4.5. LOCATION OF COLLATERAL.  Borrower and Guarantors will maintain 
their chief executive offices and principal places of business and the 
locations at which records regarding the Accounts are maintained, at the 
locations set forth in EXHIBIT 4.5 and shall not move such locations, except 
as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2(J) of this Agreement.  Borrower and 
Guarantors will not change the location of any of the Equipment without sixty 
(60) days prior written notice to Lender, except for XACT call accounting 
equipment which shall not be moved without ten (10) days prior written notice 
to Lender.

          4.6. INSURANCE OF PROPERTY.  Borrower and Guarantors agrees to 
maintain and pay for insurance upon all Property wherever located, in such 
amounts and with such insurance companies as shall be reasonably satisfactory 
to Lender, including business interruption insurance and insurance covering 
the cost of recreating any books and records damaged by fire or other 
casualty.  At Lender's request, Borrower and Guarantors shall deliver the 
copies of such policies to Lender and to the extent Lender has an insurable 
interest will obtain and deliver to Lender a Lender's loss payable 
endorsement naming Lender loss payee.  At Lender's request, Borrower and 
Guarantors agree to deliver to Lender, promptly as rendered, true copies of 
all reports made in any reporting forms to insurance companies. Borrower and 
Guarantors Will maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurers, 
insurance with respect to their Properties and businesses against such 
casualties and contingencies of such type and in such amounts as is customary 
in the businesses of Borrower and Guarantors.

          4.7. PROTECTION OF COLLATERAL.  Lender may, at any time or times, 
in its reasonable judgment upon notice to Borrower or Guarantors, without 
waiving or releasing any obligations, liability or duty of Borrower and 
Guarantors under this Agreement or the Other Agreements, or any Event of 
Default, pay when due, acquire or accept an assignment of any Lien or claim 
asserted by any Person against any of the Collateral.  All sums paid by 
Lender in respect thereof and all costs, fees and expenses, including, 
without limitation, attorney's fees and court costs, which are incurred by 
Lender on account thereof, shall be payable, upon demand, by Borrower and 
Guarantors to Lender together with interest accruing at the Default Rate, if 
applicable to the Loans, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Lender shall 
not be liable or responsible in any way for the safekeeping of any of the 
Collateral or for any loss or damage 

                                     -24-

<PAGE>

thereto (except for reasonable care in the custody thereof while any 
Collateral is in Lender's actual possession).

SECTION 5.     PROVISIONS RELATING TO ACCOUNTS

          5.1. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS.  With respect to 
the following, Borrower and Guarantors represent and warrant to Lender that 
Lender may rely, in determining which Accounts are Eligible Accounts, on all 
of the following statements and representations made by Borrower and 
Guarantors with respect to any Account or Accounts, and, unless otherwise 
indicated in writing to Lender, as follows:

          (A)  With respect to each LEC Receivable:

              (l) It is genuine and in all respects what it purports to be, 
and it is not evidenced by a judgment;

              (2) It arises out of the sale, assignment, transfer or delivery 
of End User Accounts by the Borrower to a LEC in the ordinary course of its 
business and in accordance with the terms and conditions of any Billing 
Contracts or other documents relating thereto;

              (3) It is for a specific amount due and owing reflected on the 
billing tape covering the applicable LEC Receivable, a copy of which is 
available to Lender;

              (4) Such Account, and Lender's security interest therein, is 
not subject to any offset, Lien, deduction, defense, dispute, counterclaim or 
any other adverse condition, and each such LEC Receivable is absolutely owing 
to Borrower and is not contingent in any respect or for any reason, except as 
otherwise provided in the Billing Contract relating only to billing and 
collection services for such LEC Receivable;

              (5) Borrower has made no agreement with regard to any Account 
for any deduction therefrom, except discounts, credits or allowances which 
are granted by Borrower in the ordinary course of business;

              (6) There are no facts, events or occurrences which in any way 
impair the validity or enforceability thereof or tend to reduce the amount 
payable thereunder from the amount reflected on the billing tape or billing 
transmission therefor;

              (7) To the best of Borrower's and Guarantors' knowledge, the 
LEC thereunder (i) had the capacity to contract at the time any contract or 
other document giving rise to the Account was executed and (ii) such LEC is 
Solvent;

                                     -25-

<PAGE>

              (8) Borrower or Guarantors have no knowledge of any fact or 
circumstance which would impair the validity or collectibility by Borrower of 
the LEC Receivable, and to the best of Borrower's or Guarantors' knowledge 
there are no proceedings or actions which are threatened or pending against 
any LEC thereunder which might result in any material adverse change in such 
LEC's financial condition or the collectibility of such LEC Receivable;

              (9) All supporting documents and other evidence of LEC 
Receivables, if any, delivered to Lender are complete and correct and valid 
and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all signatures and 
endorsements that appear thereon are genuine, and all signatories and 
endorsers have full capacity to contract; and

             (10) The LEC Receivable is not subject to any prohibition or 
limitation upon assignment except as may be set forth in the applicable 
Billing Contract.

          (B)  With respect to each End User Account:

              (1) It is genuine and in all respects what it purports to be, 
and is not evidenced by a judgment;

              (2) It arises out of the completed delivery of telephone 
services in the ordinary course of a Carrier's business in the name of such 
Carrier, unless otherwise approved by Lender, which approval shall not be 
unreasonably withheld, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of any 
contracts or other documents relating thereto;

              (3) It is for a specific amount due and owing as reflected on 
the billing tapes or billing transmissions covering such End User Account;

              (4) Such End User Account is not subject to any offset, Lien,
deduction, defense, dispute, counterclaim or any other adverse condition, and is
absolutely owing to Borrower and is not contingent in any respect or for any
reason except for matters for which discounts, credits or allowances are granted
by Borrower in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices;

              (5) Neither Borrower nor the applicable Carrier has made any 
agreement with any End User thereunder for any deduction therefor, except 
discounts, credits or allowances which are granted by such Carrier in the 
ordinary course of business;

              (6) There are no facts, events or occurrences which in any way 
impair the validity or enforceability thereof or tend to reduce the amount 
payable thereunder from the amount reflected on the billing tape therefor;

                                     -26-

<PAGE>

              (7) The Account Debtor thereunder (i) had the capacity to 
contract at the time any contract or other document relating to the End User 
Account was executed and (ii) to the best of Borrower's and Guarantors' 
knowledge, such Account Debtor is Solvent;

              (8) Borrower or Guarantors have no knowledge of any fact or 
circumstance which would impair the validity or collectibility by Borrower of 
the End User Account and to the best of Borrower's and Guarantors' knowledge, 
there are no proceedings or actions which are threatened or pending against 
the Account Debtor thereunder which might result in any material adverse 
change in such Account Debtor's financial condition or the collectibility of 
such End User Account;

              (9) All supporting documents and other evidence of End User 
Accounts, if any, delivered to Lender are complete and correct and valid and 
enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all signatures and 
endorsements that appear thereon are genuine, and all signatories and 
endorsers have full capacity to contract; and

              (10) The End User Account is not subject to any prohibition or 
limitation upon assignment except as provided in the applicable Billing 
Contract.

         5.2. ASSIGNMENTS, RECORDS AND SCHEDULES OF ACCOUNTS. Borrower shall 
execute and deliver to Lender formal written assignments as security for the 
payment of the Obligations of all of its LEC Receivables daily, which shall 
include all that have been created since the date of the last assignment, and 
if requested by Lender together with copies of confirmations of other 
statements related thereto, if any.  Borrower shall keep accurate and 
complete records of its Accounts and all payments and collections thereon and 
shall submit to Lender on a daily basis a sales and collections report for 
the preceding day, in form satisfactory to Lender.  Upon Lender's request 
therefor, copies of proof of delivery and the original copy of all documents 
maintained by Borrower in the ordinary course of business, including, without 
limitation, any repayment histories and present status reports relating to 
the LEC Receivables so scheduled and such other matters and information 
relating to the status of then existing LEC Receivables as Lender shall 
reasonably request.

          5.3. ADMINISTRATION OF ACCOUNTS.

          (A)  Upon and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender 
shall have the right to settle or adjust all disputes and 

                                     -27-

<PAGE>

claims directly with the Account Debtor and to compromise the amount or 
extend the time for payment of the Accounts upon such terms and conditions as 
Lender may deem advisable, and to charge the deficiencies, costs and expenses 
thereof, including attorney's fees, to Borrower.

          (B) If an Account includes a charge for any tax payable to any 
governmental taxing authority, including but not limited to excise taxes, 
upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Lender is authorized, in its sole 
discretion, to pay the amount thereof to the proper taxing authority for the 
account of Borrower and to charge the Loan Account therefor, except taxes 
being diligently contested in good faith for which adequate reserves have 
been established in accordance with GAAP.  Borrower shall notify Lender if 
any Account includes any material tax due beyond the applicable payment due 
date to any governmental taxing authority and as between Lender and Borrower, 
Lender shall have the right to retain the full proceeds of the Account and 
shall not be liable for any taxes to any governmental taxing authority that 
may be due by Borrower by reason of the sale and delivery creating the LEC 
Receivable.

          (C) Any of Lender's officers, employees or agents shall have the 
right, at any time or times, in the name of Lender, any designee of Lender or 
Borrower, to verify the validity, amount.or any other matter relating to any 
Account by mail, telephone, telegraph or otherwise.  Borrower shall cooperate 
fully with Lender in an effort to facilitate and promptly conclude any such 
verification process.

          5.4. COLLECTION OF ACCOUNTS.

          (A) Borrower shall have notified all LECs to send all payments owed 
to Borrower directly to a lockbox whereby all such payments will be 
transferred directly to the Clearing Account or to wire such payments 
directly to the Clearing Account (as set forth in the Escrow Disbursing 
Agreement).  All amounts in the Clearing Account shall be automatically 
transferred daily to the Dominion Account and neither Borrower nor Lender 
shall have access to the Clearing Account.  To expedite collection, Borrower 
shall endeavor in the first instance to facilitate collection of the Accounts 
for Lender.  Any remittances received directly by Borrower on account of 
Accounts shall be held as Lender's property by Borrower as trustee of an 
express trust for Lender's benefit and Borrower shall immediately deposit 
same in the Dominion Account.  Upon the occurrence of a Default or an Event 
of Default, Lender has the right to notify Account Debtors that Accounts have 
been assigned to Lender and to collect Accounts directly in its own name and 
to charge the collection costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees to 
Borrower.  Lender has no 

                                     -28-

<PAGE>

duty to protect, insure, collect or realize upon the Accounts. For the 
purpose of computing interest hereunder, all items of payment received by 
Lender shall be deemed applied by Lender on account of the Obligations 
(subject to final payment of such items) on the second Business Day after 
receipt by Lender of such items of payment.

          (B) Borrower shall cause all proceeds of the Collateral including 
all LEC remittances to be deposited in kind in the Clearing Account pursuant 
to a lockbox arrangement with such bank(s) as may be selected by Borrower and 
be acceptable to Lender.  Borrower shall issue to any such bank(s) an 
irrevocable letter of instruction directing such bank(s) to deposit all 
payments or other remittances received in the lockbox to the Clearing 
Account, which collected remittances shall be deposited on a daily basis in 
the Dominion Account for application on account of the Obligations in 
accordance with the terms of the Escrow and Disbursing Agreement.  All funds 
deposited in the Dominion Account which are proceeds of the Collateral shall 
immediately become the property of Lender.  Borrower shall obtain the 
agreement by such bank(s) to waive any offset rights against the funds so 
deposited.  Lender assumes no responsibility for such lockbox arrangement, 
including, without limitation, any claim of accord and satisfaction or 
release with respect to deposits accepted by any bank thereunder.

          (C) Borrower shall advise Lender of the allocation between Approved 
Carriers and all other Carriers for all proceeds deposited into the Dominion 
Account.  Upon what Lender, in its sole discretion, deems to be sufficient 
confirmation of such allocation, Lender and Borrower shall jointly notify the 
Escrow Agent to transfer that portion of the proceeds which are attributed to 
Carriers other than Approved Carriers to a bank account designated by 
Borrower. If Borrower and Lender are unable to agree on the allocation of 
proceeds in the Dominion Account, the amount of disputed proceeds (the 
"Disputed Amount") shall remain in the Dominion Account.  Upon five (5) days 
after the occurrence thereof, if Borrower has been unable to adequately 
justify its purported allocation of the Disputed Amount to Lender's 
satisfaction, Lender may notify the Escrow Agent to transfer directly to 
Lender that portion of the Disputed Amount which Lender, in its sole 
discretion, deems to be proceeds of Lender's Collateral, in the manner set 
forth in the Escrow and Disbursing Agreement. After the occurrence of an 
Event of Default (as defined in Section 9 hereof), upon notice from Lender to 
the Escrow Agent thereof, the Escrow Agent shall make disbursements from the 
Dominion Account in accordance with Lender's instructions as more fully set 
forth in the Escrow and Disbursing Agreement.


                                     -29-

<PAGE>

SECTION 6.     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

          6.1. GENERAL REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  To induce Lender to 
enter into this Agreement and to make advances here-under, Borrower and 
Guarantors warrant, represent and covenant to Lender that:

          (A) ORGANIZATION AND QUALIFICATION.  Borrower and Guarantors are 
corporations duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the 
laws of their jurisdictions of incorporation. Borrower and Guarantors have 
been duly qualified to do business and are in good standing as foreign 
corporations in each state or jurisdiction listed on EXHIBIT 6.1(A) attached 
hereto and made a part hereof except to the extent and subject to the 
qualifications set forth in such Exhibit 6.1(A).

          (B) TRADE NAMES.  During the preceding seven (7) years, Borrower 
and Guarantors have not been known as or used any fictitious or trade names 
except as disclosed on EXHIBIT 6.1(B) attached hereto and made a part hereof. 
 Except as set forth on EXHIBIT 6.1(B), Borrower and Guarantors have not 
during the preceding seven (7) years, acquired all or substantially all of 
the assets of any Person.

          (C) CORPORATE POWER AND AUTHORITY.  Borrower and Guarantors have 
the right and power and are duly authorized and empowered to enter into, 
execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and each of the other Loan 
Documents to which any or all of them are a party.  The execution, delivery 
and performance of this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents have 
been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will 
not (i) require any consent or approval of the shareholders of Borrower or 
Guarantors; (ii) contravene Borrower's or Guarantors' charter, articles of 
incorporation or by-laws (iii) violate, or cause Borrower or Guarantors to be 
in default under, any provision of any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, 
judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award in effect having 
applicability to Borrower or Guarantors; (iv) result in a breach of or 
constitute a default under any indenture or loan or credit agreement which 
would permit the acceleration of the Indebtedness thereunder, or any other 
material breach of an agreement, lease or instrument to which Borrower or 
Guarantors are a party or by which it or its Properties may be bound or 
affected except for such restrictions on assignment as may appear in any 
Billing Contract; or (v) result in, or require, the creation or imposition of 
any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon or with respect to any of the 
Properties now owned or hereafter acquired by Borrower or Guarantors.


                                     -30-

<PAGE>

          (D) LEGALLY ENFORCEABLE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement is, and each of 
the other Loan Documents when delivered under this Agreement will be, a 
legal, valid and binding obligation of Borrower and Guarantors enforceable 
against it in accordance with their respective terms.

          (E) USE OF PROCEEDS.  Borrower's uses of the proceeds of any 
advances made by Lender to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement are, and will 
continue to be, legal and proper corporate uses, duly authorized by its Board 
of Directors and such uses are consistent with all applicable laws and 
statutes, as in effect as of the date hereof.

          (F) MARGIN STOCK.  Borrower and Guarantors are not engaged 
principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of 
purchasing or carrying "margin stock" (within the meaning of Regulation G or 
U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no part of 
the proceeds of any Loans to Borrower will be used to purchase or carry any 
margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or 
carrying any margin stock, or be used for any purpose which violates or is 
inconsistent with the provisions of Regulation X of said Board of Governors.

          (G) GOVERNMENTAL CONSENTS.  Borrower and Guarantors have been, and 
are in good standing with respect to, all material governmental consents, 
approvals, authorizations, permits, certificates, inspections, and franchises 
necessary to continue to conduct their businesses as heretofore or proposed 
to be conducted by it and to own or lease and operate their Properties as now 
owned or leased by them.

          (H) PATENTS, TRADEMARKS, COPYRIGHTS AND LICENSES.  Except as 
otherwise noted on Exhibit 6.1(H) attached hereto and made a part hereof, 
Borrower or Guarantors own or possess all the material patents, trademarks, 
service marks, trade names, copyrights and license necessary for the present 
and planned future conduct of their businesses without any known conflict 
with the rights of others.  All such patents, trademarks, service marks, 
tradenames, copyrights, licenses and other similar rights are listed on 
EXHIBIT 6.1(H) attached hereto and made a part hereof.

          (I) CAPITAL STRUCTURE.  EXHIBIT 6.1(I) attached hereto and made a 
part hereof states (a) the correct name of each Subsidiary of Borrower and/or 
Guarantors, the jurisdictions of incorporation and the percentage of its 
Voting Stock owned by Borrower and/or Guarantors, (b) the number, nature and 
holder of all outstanding Securities of Borrower and/or Guarantors, and (c) 
the number of authorized, issued and treasury shares of Borrower and/or 
Guarantors and each subsidiary of Borrower and/or Guarantors. 

                                     -31-

<PAGE>

All such shares have been duly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.  
Except as otherwise set forth on EXHIBIT 6.1(I) hereto and made a part 
hereof, to the best of Borrower's and/or Guarantors' knowledge, there are not 
outstanding any options to purchase, or any rights to subscribe for, or any 
commitments or agreements to issue or sell, or any obligations convertible 
into, or any powers of attorney relating to, shares of the capital stock of 
Borrower and/or Guarantors and there are not outstanding any agreements or 
instruments binding upon any of Borrower's and/or Guarantors' shareholders 
relating to the ownership of its shares of capital stock.

          (J) RESTRICTIONS.  Neither Borrower nor Guarantors are a party or 
subject to any contract, agreement, or charter or other corporate 
restriction, which materially and adversely affects their businesses or the 
use or ownership of any of their Properties.  Neither Borrower nor Guarantors 
are a party or subject to any contract or agreement which restricts their 
rights or abilities to incur Indebtedness, other than as set forth on EXHIBIT 
6.1(J) attached hereto, none of which prohibit the execution of or compliance 
with this Agreement by Borrower or Guarantors.  Neither Borrower nor 
Guarantors have agreed or consented to cause or permit in the future (upon 
the happening of a contingency or otherwise) any of its Collateral, whether 
now owned or hereafter acquired, to be subject to a Lien that is not a 
Permitted Lien.

          (K) LITIGATION.  Except as set forth on EXHIBIT 6.1(K) attached 
hereto and made a part hereof, there are no actions, suits, proceedings or 
investigations which might lend to a judgment or settlement in excess of One 
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) to which Borrower or Guarantors are a 
party or to the knowledge of Borrower or Guarantors, are pending or 
threatened, against or affecting Borrower or Guarantors, or the business, 
operations, Properties, prospects, profits or condition of Borrower or 
Guarantors, in any court or before any governmental authority or arbitration 
board or tribunal, and no action, suit, proceeding or investigation shown on 
EXHIBIT 6.1(K) involves the possibility of materially and adversely affecting 
the Properties, business, prospects, profits or condition (financial or 
otherwise) of Borrower or Guarantors or the ability of Borrower or Guarantors 
to perform this Agreement. Neither Borrower nor Guarantors are in material 
default with respect to any order, writ, injunction, judgment, decree or rule 
of any court, governmental authority or arbitration board or tribunal.

          (L) TITLE TO PROPERTIES.  Borrower and Guarantors have good,
indefeasible and marketable title to and fee simple ownership of, or valid and
subsisting leasehold interests in, all of their real 


                                     -32-

<PAGE>

Property, and good title to all of their other Property, in each case, free 
and clear of all Liens except Permitted Liens.

          (M) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  The balance sheets of Borrower and 
Guarantors and such other Persons described therein as of March 31, 1991 and 
the related statements of income, changes in stockholder's equity, and 
statement of cash flow for the periods ended on such dates, have been 
prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for changes in application in which 
Borrower's or Guarantors' independent certified public accountants concur), 
and present fairly the financial positions of Borrower and Guarantors at such 
dates and the results of Borrower's and Guarantors' operations for such 
periods.  Since March 31, 1991, there has been no material change in the 
condition, financial or otherwise, of Borrower and Guarantors and such other 
Persons as shown on the balance sheet as of such date and no change in the 
aggregate value of Property owned by Borrower or such other Persons, except 
changes in the ordinary course of business, none of which individually or in 
the aggregate has been materially adverse.

          (N) FULL DISCLOSURE.  The financial statements referred to in 
Section 6.1(M) above, do not, nor does this Agreement or any other written 
statement of Borrower or Guarantors to Lender contain any untrue statement of 
a material fact or omit a material fact necessary to make the statements 
contained therein or herein not misleading.  There is no fact which Borrower 
or Guarantors have failed to disclose to Lender in writing which materially 
affects adversely or, so far as Borrower or Guarantors can now foresee, will 
materially affect adversely the Properties, business, prospects, profits, or 
condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or Guarantors or the ability 
of Borrower or Guarantors to perform this Agreement.

          (O) PENSION PLANS.  Neither Borrower nor Guarantors have a Plan. 
Neither Borrower nor Guarantors have received any notice from any agency of 
the United States government to the effect that they are not in material 
compliance with any of the requirements of ERISA and the regulations 
promulgated thereunder with respect to any Plan.  No Reportable Event with 
respect to any Plan or Prohibited Transaction exists in connection with any 
Plan.  Neither Borrower nor Guarantors have withdrawal liability in 
connection with a Multiemployer Plan.

          (P) TAXES.  Borrower's and Guarantors' federal tax identification 
numbers are as follows: 74-2467147 (Borrower), 74-2522103, (U.S. Long 
Distance Corp.), and 74-2430984, (U.S. Long Distance, Inc.), respectively.  
Except as otherwise set forth on EXHIBIT 6.1(P) attached hereto and made a 
part hereof, Borrower and Guarantors have filed all federal, state and local 
tax returns and other reports it is required by law to file and 

                                     -33-

<PAGE>

has paid, or made provision for the payment of, all taxes, assessments, fees 
and other governmental charges that are due and payable, except such taxes, 
if any, as are being actively contested in good faith and as to which 
adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP and with the 
exception of taxes owed other than to federal and state authorities which do 
not exceed Twenty Thousand Dollars ($20,000.00) for any single entity and Two 
Hundred and Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000.00) for all entities, in the 
aggregate.  Except as otherwise set forth on EXHIBIT 6.1(P) attached hereto 
and made a part hereof, the provision for taxes on the books of Borrower are 
adequate for all years not closed by applicable statutes, and for its current 
fiscal year.

          (Q) LABOR RELATIONS. Except as described on EXHIBIT 6.1(Q) attached 
hereto and made a part hereof, neither Borrower nor Guarantors are a party to 
any collective bargaining agreement, and there are no material grievances, 
disputes or controversies with any union or any other organization of 
Borrower's employees, or threats of strikes, work stoppages or any asserted 
pending demands for collective bargaining by any union or organization.

          (R) COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  Borrower and Guarantors have duly 
complied in all material respects with, and its Properties, business 
operations and leaseholds are in compliance in all material respects with, 
the provisions of all federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations 
applicable to Borrower and Guarantors, its Properties or the conduct of its 
business, including, without limitation, OSHA and all Environmental Laws, and 
there have been no citations, notices or orders of noncompliance issued to 
Borrower or Guarantors or any of their Subsidiaries under any such law, rule 
or regulation.

          (S) SURETY OBLIGATIONS.  Except as otherwise set forth on EXHIBIT 
6.1(S) attached hereto and made a part hereof, neither Borrower nor 
Guarantors are obligated as surety or indemnitor under any surety or similar 
bond or other contract issued and have not entered into any agreement to 
assure payment, performance or completion of performance of any undertaking 
or obligation of any Person.

          (T) NO DEFAULTS.  No event has occurred and no condition exists 
which would, upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement or Borrower's 
or Guarantors' performance hereunder, constitute a Default or an Event of 
Default. Except as otherwise set forth on EXHIBIT 6.1(T) attached hereto and 
made a part hereof, neither Borrower nor Guarantors are in default, and no 
event has occurred and no condition exists which constitutes, or which with 
the passage of time or the giving of notice or both 

                                     -34-

<PAGE>

would constitute, a default in the payment of any Indebtedness of Borrower or 
Guarantors to any Person for Money Borrowed.

          (U) BROKERS.  There are no claims for brokerage commissions, 
finder's fees or investment banking fees in connection with the transactions 
contemplated by this Agreement.

          (V) BUSINESS LOCATIONS; AGENT FOR PROCESS.  During the preceding 
seven (7) year period, neither Borrower nor Guarantors have had any office or 
place of business located in any state or county other than as shown on 
EXHIBIT 6.1(V) attached hereto and made a part hereof.

          (W) TRADE RELATIONS.  Except as set forth on EXHIBIT 6.1(W) 
attached hereto and made a part hereof, there exists no actual or threatened 
termination, cancellation or limitation of, or any modification or change in, 
the business relationship between Borrower or Guarantors and any customer or 
any group of customers whose purchases individually or in the aggregate are 
material to the business of Borrower or Guarantors, or with any material 
supplier, and there exists no present condition or state of facts or 
circumstances which would materially adversely affect Borrower or Guarantors 
or prevent Borrower or Guarantors from conducting such business after the 
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in 
substantially the same manner in which it has heretofore been conducted.

          (X) LEASES.  EXHIBIT 6.1(X) attached hereto is a complete listing 
of all capitalized leases and all operating leases of Borrower.

          (Y) BILLING CONTRACTS.  EXHIBIT 6.1(Y) attached hereto is a list of 
all of the Billing Contracts which exist as of the date hereof setting forth 
the date of and the parties to each such Billing Contract, and indicates 
whether any such Billing Contract contains (i) any provision which purports 
to limit, restrict or prohibit the assignment or the creation of a security 
interest in all or any part of such Billing Contract or Borrower's rights 
thereunder or in any LEC Receivable or End User Receivable and (ii) any 
provision which permits, restricts or prohibits the netting of LEC 
Receivables due to Borrower against amounts due to the LEC.

          (Z) CARRIERS; CARRIER CONTRACTS.  EXHIBIT 6.1(Z) attached hereto is 
a complete listing of each Carrier with which Borrower does business as of 
the date hereof, each Carrier Contract for each Approved Carrier executed and 
delivered to Borrower by such Carrier which is the legal, valid and binding 
obligation of the parties thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms 
and each Class 3 Approved Carrier and its respective credit limit. 

                                     -35-

<PAGE>

          6.2. REAFFIRMATION. Each request for a Loan made by Borrower 
pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall 
constitute (i) an automatic representation and warranty by Borrower and 
Guarantors to Lender that there does not then exist any Default or Event of 
Default and (ii) a reaffirmation as of the date of said request of all of the 
representations and warranties of Borrower and Guarantors contained in this 
Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

          6.3. SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Borrower and 
Guarantors covenant, warrant and represent to Lender that all representations 
and warranties of Borrower and Guarantors contained in this Agreement or any 
of the other Loan Documents shall be true at the time of Borrower's and 
Guarantors' execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and 
shall survive the execution, delivery and acceptance thereof by Lender and 
the parties thereto and the closing of the transactions described therein or 
related thereto.

SECTION 7.     COVENANTS AND CONTINUING AGREEMENTS

          7.1. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.  During the term of this Agreement, and 
thereafter for so long as there are any Obligations to Lender, Borrower and 
Guarantors (where applicable) covenant that, unless otherwise consented to by 
Lender in writing, they shall:

          (A) TAXES AND LIENS.  Pay and discharge all material taxes, 
assessments and governmental charges upon it, its income and Properties as 
and when such taxes, assessments and charges are due and payable, except a;id 
to the extent only that such taxes, assessments and charges are being 
actively contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings, and maintain 
adequate reserves on its books therefor in accordance with GAAP if the 
nonpayment of such taxes, assessments and charges shall not result in a Lien 
upon any Collateral of Borrower or Guarantors other than a Permitted Lien.  
Borrower and Guarantors shall also pay and discharge any lawful claims which, 
if unpaid, might become a Lien against any of the Collateral except for 
Permitted Liens.

          (B) TAX RETURNS.  File all federal, state and local tax returns and 
other reports Borrower or Guarantors are required by law to file and maintain 
adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP for the payment of all taxes, 
assessments, governmental charges, and levies imposed upon them, their 
income, or their profits, or upon any Property belonging to them.

          (C) PAYMENT OF BANK CHARGES.  Pay to Lender, on demand, any and all
reasonable fees, costs or expenses which Lender or any Participating Lender pays
to a bank or other similar institution 


                                     -36-

<PAGE>

(including, without limitation, any fees paid by the Lender to any 
Participating Lender) arising out of or in connection with (i) the forwarding 
to Borrower or any other Person on behalf of Borrower, by Lender or any 
Participating Lender, of proceeds of Loans made by Lender to Borrower 
pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) the depositing for collection, by Lender 
or any Participating Lender, of any check or item of payment received or 
delivered to Lender or any Participating Lender on account of the Obligations.

          (D) BUSINESS AND EXISTENCE.  Preserve and maintain their separate 
corporate existences and all rights, privileges, and franchises in connection 
therewith, and maintain their qualification and good standing in all states 
in which the failure to be so qualified might have a material adverse effect 
on the financial condition, business or Properties of Borrower or Guarantors.

          (E) MAINTAIN PROPERTIES.  Maintain their Properties in good 
condition and make all necessary renewals, repairs, replacements, additions 
and improvements thereto.

          (F) COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  Comply with all laws, ordinances, 
governmental rules and regulations to which they are subject, including, 
without limitation, all Environmental Laws, and obtain and keep in force any 
and all licenses, permits, franchises, or other governmental authorizations 
necessary to the ownership of their Properties or to the conduct of their 
businesses, which failure to comply with, or obtain, or keep in force might 
materially and adversely affect the businesses, prospects, profits, 
Properties, or condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower or Guarantors.

          (G) ERISA COMPLIANCE.  (i) At all times make prompt payment of 
contributions required to meet the minimum funding standards set forth in 
ERISA with respect to each Plan; (ii) promptly after the filing thereof, 
furnish to Lender copies of any annual report required to be filed pursuant 
to ERISA in connection with each Plan and any other employee benefit plan of 
it and its Affiliates subject to said Section; (iii) notify Lender as soon as 
practicable of any Reportable Event and of any additional act or condition 
arising in connection with any Plan which Borrower believes might constitute 
grounds for the termination thereof by the Pension Benefit Guaranty 
Corporation or for the appointment by the appropriate United States district 
court of a trustee to administer the Plan; and (iv) furnish to Lender, 
promptly upon Lender's request therefor, such additional information 
concerning any Plan or any other such employee benefit plan as may be 
reasonably requested.


                                     -37-

<PAGE>

          (H) BUSINESS RECORDS.  Keep adequate records and books of account with
respect to their business activities in which proper entries are made in
accordance with GAAP reflecting all its financial transactions.

          (I) VISITS AND INSPECTIONS.  Permit representatives of Lender, from
time to time as often as may be requested, to visit and inspect the Properties
of Borrower, Guarantors or any Carrier, inspect and make extracts from their
books and records, and discuss with their officers, their employees and their
independent accountants, the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition,
business prospects and results of operations.  The cost of field examinations of
Borrower's and Guarantors' premises shall be paid by Borrower at a rate of Five
Hundred Dollars ($500.00) per field examiner per day plus all expenses.  The
cost of not more than one (1) annual visit to any Carrier's premises shall be
paid by Borrower at a rate of Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($750.00) per person
per day plus all expenses.

          (J) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.  Cause to be prepared and furnished to
Lender the following (all to be kept and prepared in accordance with GAAP
applied on a consistent basis, unless Borrower's and/or Guarantors' certified
public accountants concur in any change therein and such change is disclosed to
Lender and is consistent with GAAP):

                  (i) as soon as possible, but not later than ninety (90) days
after the close of each fiscal year of Borrower, audited financial statements of
Borrower and Guarantors, on a consolidated and a consolidating basis as of the
end of such year certified, in a manner and with an unqualified report without
explanatory paragraphs, by a firm of independent certified public accountants of
recognized national standing or otherwise acceptable to Lender.

                  (ii) as soon as possible, but not later than sixty (60) days
after the close of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each fiscal
year of Borrower, unaudited financial statements of Borrower and Guarantors as
of the end of such quarter on a consolidated basis, together with consolidating
financial information, all certified by the chief financial officer of Borrower
and Guarantors as prepared in accordance with GAAP (with the exception of the
omission of footnotes therefrom) and fairly presenting the financial position
and the results of operations of Borrower and Guarantors for such month and
period;

               (iii) promptly after the sending or filing thereof, as the case
may be, copies of any proxy statements, financial statements or reports which
Borrower and Guarantors have made 


                                  -38-


<PAGE>

available to any Persons and copies of any regular, periodic and special 
reports which Borrower and Guarantors file with any governmental authority;

               (iv) no later than the tenth of each month, monthly accounts
receivable aging reports prepared (a) by Carrier, (b) by LEC, and (c) by Carrier
by LEC; and duplicate copies of all validated federal excise tax deposit
receipts;

                (v) a daily remittance report that breaks out by Approved
Carrier and by LEC detailing taxes, billing and collection costs, unapplied
cost, the amount of accounts receivable originally transmitted and the
application of the amounts received;

               (vi) as soon as possible but not later than fifteen
(15)      days after the end of each month, a written report indicating those
Billing Contracts which are within forty-five
(45)      days of expiration; and

               (vii) such other data and information (financial and otherwise)
as Lender, from time to time, may reasonably request, bearing upon or related to
the Collateral, Borrower's financial condition or results of operations,
including, without limitation, weekly ACS reports, weekly accounts receivable
file reports, weekly PAR report summaries, monthly flash reports, federal income
tax returns of Borrower, accounts payable ledgers, bank statements and any
information relating to the payment of excise taxes and payroll taxes.

          Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements described
in clause (i) of this Section 7.1(J), Borrower and Guarantors shall cause to be
prepared and furnish to Lender a certificate of the aforesaid certified public
accountants certifying to Lender that, based upon their examination of the
financial statements of Borrower and Guarantors performed in connection with
their examination of said financial statements, they are not aware of any
Default or Event of Default, or, if they are aware of such Default or Event of
Default, specifying the nature thereof.  Concurrently with the delivery of the
financial statements described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.1(J),
Borrower and Guarantors shall cause to be prepared and furnished to Lender a
certificate from the chief financial officer of Borrower certifying to Lender
that to the best of his knowledge, Borrower and Guarantors have kept, observed,
performed and fulfilled each and every covenant, obligation and agreement
binding upon Borrower and Guarantors in this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and that no Default or Event of Default has occurred, or, if such
Default or Event of Default has occurred, specifying the nature thereof.

                                  -39-


<PAGE>


                  (K) NOTICES TO LENDER.  Notify Lender in writing: (i) promptly
after Borrower's or Guarantors' learning thereof, of the commencement of any
litigation affecting Borrower or Guarantors or any of their Properties which
might lead to a judgment or settlement in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars
($100,000.00) and of the institution of any administrative proceeding, which may
materially and adversely affect Borrower's or Guarantors' operations, financial
condition, Properties or business or Lender's Lien upon any of the Collateral;
(ii) at least ten (10) days prior thereto, of Borrower's or Guarantors' opening
of any new office or place of business or Borrower's or Guarantors' closing of
any existing office or place of business; (iii) promptly after Borrower's or
Guarantors' learning thereof, of any material labor dispute to which Borrower or
Guarantors may become a party, any strikes or walkouts relating to any of its
plants or other facilities, and the expiration of any labor contract to which
either Borrower or Guarantors are a party or by which they are bound; (iv)
promptly after Borrower's or Guarantors' learning thereof, of any material
default by Borrower or Guarantors under any note, indenture, loan agreement,
mortgage, lease, deed, guaranty or other similar agreement relating to any
Indebtedness of Borrower or Guarantors; (v) promptly after the occurrence
thereof, of any Default or Event of Default; (vi) promptly after the occurrence
thereof, of any material default by any obligor under any note or other evidence
of Indebtedness payable to Borrower or Guarantors; and (vii) promptly after the
rendition thereof, of any judgment rendered against Borrower.

                  (L) SUBORDINATIONS.  Provide Lender with a debt subordination
agreement executed by Borrower or Guarantors and any Person who is an Affiliate
of Borrower or Guarantors to whom Borrower or Guarantors are indebted for Money
Borrowed, subordinating in right of payment and claim all of such Indebtedness
and any future advances thereon to the full and final payment and performance of
the Obligations on terms and conditions acceptable to Lender.

                  (M) NEW BILLING CONTRACTS.  With respect to each Billing
Contract entered into after the date hereof, provide Lender within thirty (30)
days of the date of such new Billing Contract, a copy of such new Billing
Contract.

                  (N) FURTHER ASSURANCES.  At Lender's request, promptly execute
or cause to be executed and deliver to Lender any and all documents, instruments
and agreements deemed necessary by Lender to perfect or to continue the
perfection of Lender's Liens, to facilitate the collection of the Collateral or
otherwise to give effect to or carry out the terms or intent of this Agreement
or any of the other Loan Documents.


                                  -40-


<PAGE>

          7.2. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.  During the term of this Agreement, and
thereafter for so long as there are any Obligations to Lender, Borrower and
Guarantors covenant that, unless Lender has first consented thereto in writing,
neither Borrower nor Guarantors will:

               (A) MERGERS; CONSOLIDATIONS; ACQUISITIONS.  Merge or consolidate
with any Person other than National Telephone Exchange, Inc., nor acquire all or
any substantial part of the Properties of any Person.

               (B) LOANS.  Make any loans or other advances of money exceeding
Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate (other than for
salary, travel advances, advances against commissions and other similar advances
in the ordinary course of business) to any Person except for advances by
Borrower in connection with the purchase of End User Accounts from Lender
Approved Carriers and Borrower Approved Carriers as contemplated by the Carrier
Contracts.

               (C) TOTAL INDEBTEDNESS.  Create, incur, assume, or suffer to
exist any Indebtedness, except: (i) Obligations owing to Lender; (ii) accounts
payable to trade creditors and current operating expenses (other than for Money
Borrowed), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business, (iii) other
Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness, and (iv) that related to the acquisition
of National Telephone Exchange, Inc.

               (D) AFFILIATE TRANSACTIONS.  Enter into any transaction with any
Affiliate, except in the ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable
requirements of Borrower's or Guarantors' business and upon fair and reasonable
terms which are no less favorable to Borrower or Guarantors than Borrower or
Guarantors would obtain in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person
not an Affiliate of Borrower or Guarantors.

               (E)  PARTNERSHIPS OR JOINT VENTURES.  Become or agree to become a
general or limited partner in any general or limited partnership or a joint
venturer in any joint venture.

               (F) ADVERSE TRANSACTIONS.  Enter into any transaction which
materially and adversely affects or may materially and adversely affect the
Collateral or Borrower's or Guarantors' ability to repay the Obligations or
permit or agree to any material extension, compromise or settlement or make any
material change or modification of any kind or nature with respect to any
Account, including any of the terms relating thereto, other than discounts,
credits and allowances in the ordinary course of business, all of which shall be
reflected in the monthly 


                                     -41-


<PAGE>

reporting submitted to Lender pursuant to Section 7.1(J) of this Agreement.

               (G) GUARANTIES.  Guarantee, assume, endorse or otherwise, in any
way, become directly or contingently liable with respect to the Indebtedness of
any Person other than Affiliates (including National Telephone Exchange, Inc.
provided that the pending acquisition is consummated) except by endorsement of
instruments or items of payment for deposit or collection.

               (H) LIMITATION ON LIENS.  Create or suffer to exist any Lien upon
any of the Collateral, income or profits, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, except: (i) Liens at any time granted in favor of Lender; (ii) Liens
for taxes (excluding any Lien imposed pursuant to any of the provisions of
ERISA) not yet due or being contested as permitted by Section 7.1(A) hereof, but
only if such Lien does not materially adversely affect Lender's rights or the
priority of Lender's Lien in the Collateral; (iii) Liens securing the claims or
demands of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other
like Persons for labor, materials, supplies or rentals incurred in the ordinary
course of Borrower's business (but only if the payment thereof is not at the
time required); (iv) Liens resulting from deposits made in the ordinary course
of business in connection with workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance,
social security and other like laws; (v) attachment, judgment and other similar
non-tax Liens arising in connection with court proceedings, but only if and for
so long as the execution or other enforcement of such Liens is and continues to
be effectively stayed and bonded on appeal in a manner satisfactory to Lender
for the full amount thereof, the validity and amount of the claims secured
thereby are being actively contested in good faith and by appropriate lawful
proceedings and such Liens do not, in the aggregate, materially detract from the
value of the Property of Borrower or materially impair the use thereof in the
operation of Borrower's business; and (vi) Purchase Money Liens securing
Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness.

               (I)  DISTRIBUTIONS.  Declare or make any Distributions.

               (J) BUSINESS LOCATIONS.  Transfer its principal place of business
or chief executive office, or maintain records with respect to Accounts, to or
at any locations other than those at which the same are presently kept or
maintained, as set forth on EXHIBIT 4.4 hereto, except upon at least thirty (30)
days prior written notice to Lender and after the delivery to Lender of
financing statements, if required by Lender, in form satisfactory to Lender to
perfect or continue the perfection of Lender's Lien and security interest
hereunder.


                                     -42-


<PAGE>


               (K)  CHANGE OF BUSINESS.  Enter into any new business or make any
material change in any of Borrower business objectives, purposes and operations.

               (L)  CHANGE OF COMPUTER SYSTEM.  Make any material changes to the
computer system which would effect the processing of Accounts, without the prior
written consent of Lender.

               (M) DISPOSITION OF ASSETS.  Sell, lease or otherwise dispose of
any of the Collateral with a value in excess of Five Thousand Dollars
($5,000.00), including any disposition of the Collateral as part of a sale and
leaseback transaction, to or in favor of any Person, or dispositions expressly
authorized by this Agreement with respect to sales, assignments, transfers or
deliveries of End User Accounts to LEC's pursuant to Billing Contracts.

               (N) NAME OF BORROWER AND GUARANTORS.  Use any name (other than
its own) or any fictitious name, tradename, tradestyle or "d/b/a" except for the
names disclosed on EXHIBIT 6.1(B) attached hereto and such other names of which
Borrower and Guarantors have given Lender fifteen (15) days prior written
notice.

               (O) USE OF LENDER'S NAME.  Without the prior written consent of
Lender, use the name of Lender or the name of any Affiliates of Lender in
connection with any of Borrower's or Guarantors' businesses or activities,
except in connection with internal business matters, as required in dealings
with governmental agencies and financial institutions and to trade creditors or
potential customers of Borrower solely for credit reference purposes.

               (P) MARGIN SECURITIES.  Own, purchase or acquire (or enter into
any contract to purchase or acquire) any "margin security" as defined by any
regulation of the Federal Reserve Board as now in effect or as the same may
hereafter be in effect unless, prior to any such purchase or acquisition or
entering into any such contract, Lender shall have received an opinion of
counsel satisfactory to Lender to the effect that such purchase or acquisition
will not cause this Agreement to violate Regulations G or U or any other
regulation of the Federal Reserve Board then in effect.

               (Q)  RESTRICTED INVESTMENT.  Make or have any Restricted
Investment.

               (R)  FISCAL YEAR.  Change its fiscal year or permit any
Subsidiary to have a fiscal year different from that of Borrower.


                                     -43-


<PAGE>

               (S) STOCK OF SUBSIDIARY, ETC.  Sell or otherwise dispose of 
any shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary.

               (T) BILLING AND COLLECTION PAYABLES.  Permit any amounts owed by
Borrower to any LEC for billing and collection Services to remain outstanding
for more than thirty (30) days past when such amounts are due.

          7.3  LENDER'S COVENANTS.  During the term of this Agreement, Lender
covenants that it shall:

               (A) REVIEW OF LOAN REQUESTS.  As set forth in Section 2.1(B)
hereof and with the understanding that timing is of the essence, use its best
efforts to review credit information supplied to Lender by Borrower once such
information is complete, in a timely manner in making Lender's determination of
the approval of a Carrier or the increase in credit of an Approved Carrier.

               (B) FUNDING OF LOAN REQUESTS.  Fund each Loan Request from
Borrower by wire transfer within one (l) Business Day following Lender's receipt
of such Loan Request in the amount that Lender deems appropriate, and notify
Borrower within such one (l) Business Day of the reasoning for any discrepancy
between the amount of the Loan Request and the amount of the wire transfer.

               (C) REVIEW APPROVED CARRIER LIMITS.  Upon request from  Borrower,
but not more often than on a quarterly basis, review the credit limits, both
individually and in the aggregate for Class 1 Approved Carriers.  Lender shall
review the Borrower's fees and credit limits for Class 2 and Class 3 Approved 
Carriers upon request by Borrower.  Nothing contained in this paragraph 7.3(C)
shall obligate Lender to increase the credit limits for any Approved Carriers 
and the nature, basis, and extent of any review by Lender shall be in Lender's
sole determination.

SECTION 8.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or any of the
other Loan Documents, and without affecting in any manner the rights of Lender
under the other Sections of this Agreement, it is understood and agreed that
Lender will not make the initial Loan under Section 2 of this Agreement unless
and until each of the conditions set forth in Subsection 8.1 below has been and
continues to be satisfied, all in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and
its counsel and that Lender will not make any subsequent Loans under Section 2
of this Agreement unless and until each of the conditions set forth in
Subsection 8.2 has been and continues to be satisfied:


                                     -44-


<PAGE>

          8.1. DOCUMENTATION.  Lender shall have received the following
documents, each to be in form and substance satisfactory to Lender and its
counsel:

               (A)  The Loan Documents duly executed, accepted and acknowledged
by or on behalf of Borrower and each of the signatories thereto;

               (B)  Certificate of insurance evidencing Borrower's casualty
insurance coverage;

               (C) Copies of all filing receipts or acknowledgments issued by
any governmental authority to evidence any filing or recordation necessary to
perfect (i) the Liens of Borrower in the End User Accounts, and (ii) the Liens
of Lender in the Collateral, and evidence in a form acceptable to Lender that
such Liens constitute valid and perfected security interests and Liens, having
the Lien priority specified in Section 4.3(B) hereof; (iii) the assignment of
Borrower's Liens in the End User Accounts to Lender; and (iv) the Liens of
Lender in the assets of Guarantor.

               (D) A copy of the Certificate of Incorporation of Borrower and
Guarantors, and all amendments thereto, certified by the Secretary of State or
other appropriate official of its jurisdiction of formation;

               (E)  Good standing certificates for Borrower and Guarantors,
issued by the Secretary of State of Borrower's and Guarantor's jurisdictions of
formation;

               (F) A closing certificate signed by the President and Chief
Financial Officer of Borrower and Guarantors dated as of the date hereof,
stating that (i) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 8
hereof are true and correct on and as of such date, (ii) Borrower and Guarantors
are on such date in compliance with all the terms and provisions set forth in
this Agreement and (iii) on such date no Default or Event of Default has
occurred or is continuing;

               (G) The favorable, written opinion of counsel to Borrower and
Guarantors, regarding Borrower and Guarantors, the Loan Documents and the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents,
to be in form and content acceptable to Lender and its counsel;

               (H) Written instructions from Borrower directing the application
of proceeds of the initial Loan made pursuant to this Agreement, and an initial
Borrowing Base Certificate from Borrower reflecting that Borrower has Eligible
LEC Receivables in 


                                     -45-


<PAGE>

amounts sufficient in value and amount to support Loans in
the amount requested by Borrower on the date of such certificate;


               (I) Duly executed Escrow and Disbursing Agreement establishing
the Dominion Account with a financial institution acceptable to Lender for the
collection or servicing of the Accounts;

               (J)  Duly executed copies of each Carrier Contract and the
Addendum thereto for each Carrier;

               (K)  Completed OSP Background Forms for each Approved Carrier;

               (L)  Executed Guaranty Agreements from each of the Guarantors for
the Revolving Credit Facility and Borrower and U.S. Long Distance Corp. for the
Term Loan Facility;

               (M)  Payment of the loan origination fee and term loan facility
fee as set forth in Section 3.2;

               (N) Duly executed Class 1 OSP Certification Forms for each Class
1 Approved Carriers, certifying that all preconditions for borrowing based upon
Eligible Accounts from such Class 1 Approved Carrier have been met;

               (O)  Information on the applicable Collateral and Credit Criteria
List for each Approved Carrier; and

               (P)  Such other documents, instruments and agreements as Lender
shall reasonably request in connection with the foregoing matters.

          8.2.      OTHER CONDITIONS.  The following conditions have been and
shall continue to be satisfied, in the sole discretion of Lender:

               (A)  No Default or Event of Default shall exist;

               (B)  Each of the conditions precedent set forth in the other Loan
Documents shall have been satisfied;

               (C) Since March 31, 1991, except for changes which are reflected
on the March 31, 1991 financial statements prepared by management and submitted
to Lender, there shall not have occurred any material adverse change in the
business, financial condition or results of operations of Borrower or
Guarantors, or the existence or value of any Collateral, or any event, condition
or state of facts which would reasonably be expected materially and 


                                     -46-


<PAGE>

adversely to affect the business, financial condition or results of 
operations of Borrower or Guarantors; and

               (D) No action, proceeding, criminal investigation, regulation or
legislation shall have been instituted, threatened or proposed before any court,
governmental agency or legislative body to enjoin, restrain or prohibit, or to
obtain damages in respect of, or which is related to or arises out of this
Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or which,
in Lender's reasonable judgment, would make it inadvisable to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

SECTION 9.     EVENTS OF DEFAULT; RIGHTS AND REMEDIES ON DEFAULT

          9.1.  EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The occurrence of any one or more of the
following events shall constitute an "Event of Default":

               (A)  PAYMENT OF NOTE.  Borrower shall fail to pay any installment
of principal owing on the Note due date or shall fail to pay any interest or
premium owing on the Note when due.

               (B) PAYMENT OF OBLIGATIONS.  Borrower shall fail to pay any of
the Obligations that are not evidenced by the Note within ten (10) days after
Borrower's receipt of notice of non-payment thereof from Lender, provided that
such Obligation has been presented for payment (whether due at stated maturity,
on demand, upon acceleration or otherwise).

               (C) MISREPRESENTATIONS.  Any warranty, representation, or other
statement made or furnished to Lender by or on behalf of Borrower or Guarantors
or in any instrument, certificate or financial statement furnished in compliance
with or in reference to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents proves
to have been false or misleading in any material respect when made or furnished,
unless such warranty, representation or other statement is true or no longer
misleading ten (10) days after Lender has provided Borrower with notice thereof.

               (D) BREACH OF COVENANTS.  Borrower or Guarantors shall fail or
neglect to perform, keep or observe (i) any covenant contained in Section 5.1 of
this Agreement, unless such breach is cured within three (3) days after
telephonic notice of such breach from Lender to Borrower, or (ii) any other
covenant contained in this Agreement (other than a covenant, a default in the
performance or observance of which is dealt with specifically elsewhere in this
Section 9.1) and the breach of such other covenant is not cured to Lender's
satisfaction within ten (10) days after Borrower's receipt of notice from Lender
of a breach of any such covenant in this Agreement.


                                      -47-


<PAGE>


               (E)  DEFAULT UNDER OTHER AGREEMENTS.  Any event of default shall
occur under, or Borrower or Guarantors shall default in the performance or
observance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in, any of
the Other Agreements and such default shall continue beyond any applicable
period of grace and shall continue ten (10) days after Lender has provided
Borrower with notice thereof.

               (F)  DEFAULT UNDER SECURITY DOCUMENTS.  Any event of default
shall occur under, or Borrower or Guarantors shall default in the performance or
observance of any term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in, any of
the Security Documents and such default shall continue beyond any applicable
period of grace and shall continue ten (10) days after Lender has provided
Borrower with notice thereof.

               (G)  OTHER DEFAULTS.  There shall occur any default or event of
default on the part of Borrower or Guarantors which shall continue beyond any
applicable period of grace (including specifically, but without limitation, due
to non-payment) under any material agreement, document or instrument to which
Borrower or Guarantors are a party or by which Borrower or Guarantors or any of
their Property is bound, creating or relating to any Indebtedness for Money
Borrowed if the payment or maturity of such Indebtedness is accelerated in
consequence of such event of default.

               (H)  UNINSURED LOSSES; UNAUTHORIZED DISPOSITIONS.  Any material
loss, theft, damage or destruction not fully covered by insurance (as required
by this Agreement and subject to such deductibles as Lender shall have agreed to
in writing), or sale, lease or encumbrance of any of the Collateral, other than
the sale of End User Accounts to LEC's pursuant to Billing Contracts, or the
making of any levy, seizure, or attachment thereof or thereon except in all
cases as may be specifically permitted by other provisions of this Agreement.

               (I)  ADVERSE CHANGES.  There shall occur any material adverse
change in the financial condition or business prospects of Borrower or
Guarantors, which in the reasonable judgment of Lender, threatens Borrower's or
Guarantors' ability to perform the Obligations under this Agreement.

               (J)  BANKRUPTCY, ETC.  Borrower or Guarantors shall suffer the
appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or similar fiduciary, or shall
make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or any petition for an order
for relief shall be filed by or against Borrower or Guarantors under the
Bankruptcy Code, unless any such involuntary petition is dismissed within thirty
(30) days or Borrower or Guarantors shall make any offer of 


                                    -48-


<PAGE>

settlement, extension or composition to its unsecured creditors generally.

               (K)  BUSINESS DISRUPTION; CONDEMNATION.  There shall occur a
cessation of a substantial part of the business of Borrower or Guarantors for a
period which significantly affects Borrower's or Guarantors's capacity to
continue their businesses, or Borrower or Guarantors shall suffer the loss or
revocation of any material license or permit now held or hereafter acquired by
Borrower or Guarantors which is necessary to the continued or lawful operation
of a substantial part of their businesses; or Borrower or Guarantors shall be
enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by court, governmental or
administrative order from conducting all or any material part of their business
affairs; or any material lease or agreement pursuant to which Borrower or
Guarantors lease, use or occupy any Property material to Borrower's or
Guarantors' capacity to continue their businesses shall be canceled or
terminated by the other party to such lease or agreement prior to the expiration
of its stated term; or any material part of the Collateral shall be taken
through condemnation or the value of such Collateral shall be impaired
materially through condemnation.

               (L)  ERISA.  A Reportable Event shall occur which Lender, in its
sole discretion, shall determine in good faith constitutes grounds for the
termination by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation of any Plan or for the
appointment by the appropriate United States district court of a trustee for any
Plan, or if any Plan shall be terminated or any such trustee shall be requested
or appointed, or if Borrower or Guarantors are in "default" (as defined in
Section 4219(c) (5) of ERISA) with respect to payments to a Multiemployer Plan
resulting from Borrower's or Guarantors' complete or partial withdrawal from
such Plan and shall continue ten (10) days after Lender has provided Borrower
with notice thereof.

               (M)  LITIGATION.  Borrower, Guarantors or any Affiliate shall
challenge or contest in any action, suit or proceeding the validity or
enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the
legality or enforceability of any of the Obligations or the perfection or
priority of any Lien granted to Lender.

          9.2.  ACCELERATION OF THE OBLIGATIONS.  Without in any way limiting
the right of Lender to demand payment of any portion of the Obligations payable
on demand in accordance with Section 3.5 hereof, upon and after the occurrence
of an Event of Default as above provided, all or any portion of the Obligations
due or to become due from Borrower or Guarantors to Lender, whether under this
Agreement, or any of the other Loan Documents or otherwise, 


                                    -49-


<PAGE>

shall, at the option of Lender and without notice or demand by Lender, become 
at once due and payable and Borrower and/or Guarantors shall forthwith pay to 
Lender, in addition to any and all sums and charges due, the entire principal 
of and interest accrued on the Obligations.

          9.3.      REMEDIES.  Upon and after the occurrence of an Event of
Default, Lender shall have and may exercise from time to time the following
rights and remedies:

               (A)  All of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the
Code or under other applicable law, and all other legal and equitable rights to
which Lender may be entitled, all of which rights and remedies shall be
cumulative, and none of which shall be exclusive, and shall be in addition to
any other rights or remedies contained in this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents.

               (B)  Borrower and Guarantors agree that ten (10) days written
notice to Borrower or Guarantors of any public or private sale or other
disposition of such Collateral shall be reasonable notice thereof, and such sale
shall be at such locations as Lender may designate in said notice.  Lender shall
have the right to conduct such sales on Borrower's or Guarantors' premises,
without charge therefor, and such sales may be adjourned from time to time in
accordance with applicable law.  Lender shall have the right to sell or
otherwise dispose of such Collateral, or any part thereof, for cash, credit or
any combination thereof, and Lender may purchase all or any part of such
Collateral at public or, if permitted by law, private sale and, in lieu of
actual payment of such purchase price, may set off the amount of such price
against the Obligations.

               (C)  Lender is hereby granted a license or other right to use,
without charge, Borrower's and Guarantors' labels, patents, copyrights, rights
of use of any name, trade secrets, tradenames, trademarks and advertising
matter, or any Property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral,
in advertising for sale and selling any Collateral and Borrower's rights under
all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Lender's benefit.

               (D)  The proceeds realized from the collection or sale of any
Collateral may be applied, after allowing two (2) Business Days for collection,
first to the reasonable costs, expenses and attorneys' fees and expenses
incurred by Lender for collection and for acquisition, completion, protection,
removal, storage, sale and delivery of the Collateral; secondly, to interest due
upon any of the Obligations; and thirdly, to the principal of the 


                                    -50-


<PAGE>


Obligations. If any deficiency shall arise, Borrower and Guarantors shall 
remain liable to Lender therefor.

          9.4.  REMEDIES CUMULATIVE; NO WAIVER.  All covenants, conditions,
provisions, warranties, guaranties, indemnities, and other undertakings of
Borrower and Guarantors contained in this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, or in any document referred to herein or contained in any agreement
supplementary hereto or in any schedule given to Lender or contained in any
other agreement between Lender and Borrower or Lender and Guarantors,
heretofore, concurrently, or hereafter entered into, shall be deemed cumulative
to and not in derogation or substitution of any of the terms, covenants,
conditions, or agreements of Borrower and Guarantors herein contained.  The
failure or delay of Lender to exercise or enforce any rights, Liens, powers, or
remedies hereunder or under any of the aforesaid agreements or other documents
or security or Collateral shall not operate as a waiver of such Liens, rights,
powers and remedies, but all such Liens, rights, powers, and remedies shall
continue in full force and effect until all Loans and all other Obligations
owing or to become owing from Borrower or Guarantors to Lender shall have been
fully satisfied, and all Liens, rights, powers, and remedies herein provided for
are cumulative and none are exclusive.

SECTION 10.  MISCELLANEOUS

          10.1.  POWER OF ATTORNEY.  Borrower and Guarantors hereby irrevocably
designate, make, constitute and appoint Lender (and all Persons designated by
Lender) as such Borrower's and Guarantors' true and lawful attorney (and agent-
in-fact) and Lender, or Lender's agent, may, without notice to Borrower or
Guarantors and in Borrower's, Guarantors' or Lender's name, but at the cost and
expense of Borrower or Guarantors:

               (A)  At such time or times hereafter as Lender or said agent may
determine, in its sole discretion, endorse either Borrower's or Guarantors'
names on any checks, notes, acceptances, drafts, money orders or any other
evidence of payment or proceeds of the Collateral which come into the possession
of Lender or under Lender's control; and

               (B)  At such time or times upon or after the occurrence of an
Event of Default as Lender or its agent in its sole discretion may determine:
(i) demand payment of the Accounts from the Account Debtors, enforce payment of
the Accounts by legal proceedings or otherwise, and generally exercise all of
Borrower's rights and remedies with respect to the collection of the Accounts;
(ii) settle, adjust, compromise, discharge or release any of the Accounts or
other Collateral or any legal proceedings brought to collect any of the Accounts
or other 


                                      -51-


<PAGE>


Collateral; (iii) sell or assign any of the Accounts and other Collateral 
upon such terms, for such amounts and at such time or times as Lender deems 
advisable; (iv) take control, in any manner, of any item of payment or 
proceeds relating to any Collateral; (v) obtain information pertaining to any 
portion of the Collateral from a format processing company; (vi) prepare, 
file and sign Borrower's or Guarantors' name to a proof of claim in 
bankruptcy or similar document against any Account Debtor or to any notice of 
lien, assignment or satisfaction of lien or similar document in connection 
with any of the Collateral; (vii) receive, open and dispose of all mail 
addressed to Borrower or Guarantors and to notify postal authorities to 
change the address for delivery thereof to such address as Lender may 
designate; (viii) endorse the name of Borrower upon any of the items of 
payment or proceeds relating to any Collateral and deposit the same to the 
account of Lender on account of the Obligations; (ix) endorse the name of 
Borrower or Guarantors upon any chattel paper, document, instrument, invoice, 
freight bill, bill of lading or similar document or agreement relating to the 
Accounts and any other Collateral; (x) use Borrower's or Guarantors' 
stationery and sign the name of Borrower or Guarantors' to verifications of 
the Accounts and notices thereof to Account Debtors; (xi) use the information 
recorded on or contained in any data processing equipment and computer 
hardware and software relating to the Accounts and any other Collateral and 
to which Borrower or Guarantors have access; (xii) make and adjust claims 
under policies of insurance; and (xiii) do all other acts and things 
necessary, in Lender's reasonable determination, to fulfill Borrower's and 
Guarantors' obligations under this Agreement.

          10.2.  INDEMNITY.  Borrower and Guarantors hereby agree to indemnify
Lender and hold Lender harmless from and against any liability, loss, damage,
suit, action or proceeding ever suffered or incurred by Lender as the result of
Borrower's or Guarantors' failure to observe, perform or discharge Borrower's or
Guarantors' duties hereunder except to the extent such failure is the result of
Borrower or Guarantors following Lender's instructions or the result of Lender's
gross negligence or willful misconduct.  Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, this indemnity shall extend to any claims asserted against Lender by
any Person under any Environmental Laws or similar laws by reason of Borrower's
or Guarantors' failure to comply with laws applicable to solid or hazardous
waste materials or other toxic substances or the failure of the Property to be
in compliance therewith.  The obligation of Borrower or Guarantors under this
Section 12.2 shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the
termination of this Agreement.


                                     -52-


<PAGE>

          10.3.  MODIFICATION OF AGREEMENT; SALE OF INTEREST.  This Agreement
may not be modified, altered or amended, except by an agreement in writing
signed by Borrower, Guarantors and Lender. Borrower and Guarantors may not sell,
assign or transfer any interest in this Agreement or any of the other Loan
Documents, or any portion thereof, including, without limitation, Borrower's or
Guarantors' rights, title, interests, remedies, powers, and duties hereunder or
thereunder; provided, however, that Borrower and Guarantors hereby consents to
Lender's participation, sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition, at any
time or times hereafter, of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents,
or of any portion hereof or thereof, including, without limitation, Lender's
rights, title, interests, remedies, powers, and duties hereunder or thereunder.

          10.4.  REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES.  If, at any time or times prior or
subsequent to the date hereof, Lender employs outside counsel for advice or
other representation, or incurs reasonable legal expenses or other costs or out-
of-pocket expenses in connection with: (A) the negotiation and preparation of
this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any amendment of or
modification of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; or (B) the
administration of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and the
transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; (C) any litigation, contest,
dispute, suit, proceeding or action (whether instituted by Lender, Borrower,
Guarantors or any other Person) in any way relating to the Collateral, this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or Borrower's or Guarantors'
affairs; (D) any attempt to enforce any rights of Lender against Borrower or
Guarantors or any other Person which may be obligated to Lender by virtue of
this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, including, without
limitation, the Account Debtors; or (E) any attempt to verify, protect,
preserve, restore, collect, sell, liquidate or otherwise dispose of or realize
upon the Collateral; then, in any such event, the reasonable attorneys' fees
arising from such services and all expenses, costs, charges and other fees of
such counsel, or of Lender or relating to any of the events or actions described
in this Section 10.4 shall be payable, on demand, by Borrower or Guarantors to
Lender and shall be additional Obligations here-under secured by the Collateral.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such expenses, costs, charges
and fees referred to in this Section 10.4 may include court costs and expenses;
photocopying and duplicating expenses; court reporter fees, costs and expenses;
long distance telephone charges; air express charges; telegram charges;
secretarial overtime charges; and expenses for travel, lodging and food paid or
incurred in connection with the performance of such outside legal services.
Additionally, if any taxes (excluding taxes imposed upon or measured by the net
income of Lender) shall be payable on account 


                                   -53-


<PAGE>


of the execution or delivery of this Agreement, or the execution, delivery, 
issuance or recording of any of the Loan Documents, or the creation of any of 
the Obligations hereunder, by reason of any existing or hereafter enacted 
federal or state statute, Borrower will pay all such taxes, including, but 
not limited to, any interest and penalties thereon, and will indemnify and 
hold Lender harmless from and against liability in connection therewith.

          10.5.  INDULGENCES NOT WAIVERS.  Lender's failure, at any time or
times hereafter, to require strict performance by Borrower or Guarantors of any
provision of this Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of
Lender thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance therewith.  Any
suspension or waiver by Lender of an Event of Default by Borrower or Guarantors
under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents shall not suspend, waive
or affect any other Event of Default by Borrower or Guarantors under this
Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, whether the same is prior or
subsequent thereto and whether of the same or of a different type.  None of the
undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants and representations of Borrower
or Guarantors contained in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents and
no Event of Default by Borrower or Guarantors under this Agreement or any of the
other Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by Lender,
unless such suspension or waiver is by an instrument in writing specifying such
suspension or waiver and is signed by a duly authorized representative of Lender
and directed to Borrower or Guarantors.

          10.6.  SEVERABILITY.  Wherever possible, each provision of this
Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under
applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement shall be prohibited by or
invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the
extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of
such provision or the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

          10.7.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement, the Other Agreements
and the Security Documents shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
successors and assigns of Borrower and Lender.  This provision, however, shall
not be deemed to modify Section 10.3 hereof.

          10.8.  CUMULATIVE EFFECT; CONFLICT OF TERMS.  The provisions of the
Other Agreements and the Security Documents are hereby made cumulative with the
provisions of this Agreement.  Except as otherwise provided in Section 3.4 of
this Agreement and except as otherwise provided in any of the other Loan
Documents by specific 


                                     -54-


<PAGE>

reference to the applicable provision of this Agreement, if any provision 
contained in this Agreement is in direct conflict with, or inconsistent with, 
any provision in any of the other Loan Documents, the provision contained in 
this Agreement shall govern and control.

          10.9.  EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in
any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate
counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be
an original and all of which counterparts taken together shall constitute but
one and the same instrument.

          10.10.  NOTICES.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all notices,
requests and demands to or upon a party hereto to be effective shall be in
writing (and, if sent by mail, shall be sent by certified or registered mail,
return receipt requested) or by telegraph, telex or telecopier and, unless
otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been validly
served, given or delivered when delivered against receipt or three (3) Business
Day after deposit in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telegraphic
notice, when delivered to the telegraph company, or, in the case of telex
notice, when sent, answerback received, or in the case of telecopied notice,
when sent addressed as follows:

               (A)  If to Lender:

                        Bell Atlantic Tricon Leasing Corporation
                        1060 First Avenue
                        King of Prussia, PA 19406
                        Attention:  CYRUS J. KEEFER,
                                    SENIOR VICE PRESIDENT

                                       and


                                        -55-


<PAGE>




                        Bell Atlantic TriCon Leasing Corporation
                        Asset Based Lending
                        Headway Complex
                        Prudential Building I, Suite 105
                        4500 North State Road 7
                        Fort Lauderdale, FL 33319
                        Attention:   JEFFREY WEISS

                    With a copy to:

                        Bell Atlantic TriCon Leasing Corporation
                        95 N. Route 17 South
                        Paramus, NJ 07653
                        Attention:   JOSEPH D'AMORE, ESQUIRE



                    and a copy to:

                        Blank, Rome, Comisky & McCauley
                        1200 Four Penn Center
                        Philadelphia, PA 19103
                        Attention:   LAWRENCE F. FLICK, II, ESQUIRE


               (B)  If To Borrower or Guarantors:

                        Zero Plus Dialing Inc.
                        9311 San Pedro, Suite 300
                        San Antonio, TX 78216
                        Attention:   Kelly Simmons, Vice President

                        and

                        U.S. Long Distance Corp.
                        9311 San Pedro, Suite 300 San Antonio, TX 78216
                        Attention:   Mark D. Buckner, Vice President,
                                       Finance
                                     Audie Long, Esquire

or to such other address as each party may designate for itself by like notice
given in accordance with this Section 10.10; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any notice,
request or demand to or upon Lender pursuant to Sections 2.2 or 3.5 shall not be
effective until received by Lender.

          10.11.  LENDER'S CONSENT.  Whenever Lender's consent is required to be
obtained under this Agreement, any of the Other Agreements or any of the
Security Documents as a condition to any 


                                      -56-


<PAGE>


action, inaction, condition or event, Lender shall not unreasonably withhold 
such consent, provided that Lender shall be authorized to condition its 
consent upon the giving of additional collateral security for the 
Obligations, the payment of money or any other matter to the extent not 
completely unreasonable.

          10.12 REGULATED ACTIVITIES OF LENDER.  All of Lender's activities in
connection with the Revolving Credit Facility and the Loan Documents executed in
connection therewith shall be undertaken in full compliance with the
Modification of Final Judgment in U.S. V. AT&T, ET AL, and in compliance with
all applicable state and federal regulations to which Lender is bound.  Borrower
and Guarantors acknowledge that certain affiliates of Lender may from time to
time provide services in competition with those provided by Borrower or
Guarantors and that such affiliates may from time to time engage in business
practices which could have an adverse affect on Borrower or Guarantors and its
business operations.

          10.13.    TIME OF ESSENCE.  Time is of the essence of this Agreement,
the Other Agreements and the Security Documents.

          10.14.  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement and the other Loan
Documents, together with all other instruments, agreements and certificates
executed by the parties in connection therewith or with reference thereto,
embody the entire understanding and agreement between the parties hereto and
thereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all
prior agreements, understandings and inducements, whether express or implied,
oral or written.


          10.15 CONSENT TO ADVERTISING AND PUBLICITY.  Lender may issue and
disseminate to the public information describing the credit accommodations
entered into pursuant to this Loan and Security Agreement.

          10.16.    GOVERNING LAW; CONSENT TO FORUM.  THIS AGREEMENT HAS BEEN
NEGOTIATED, EXECUTED AND DELIVERED AT AND SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE BEEN MADE IN
PHILADELPHIA, PENNSYLVANIA.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, THAT IF ANY OF THE COLLATERAL SHALL BE LOCATED IN ANY JURISDICTION
OTHER THAN PENNSYLVANIA, THE LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION SHALL GOVERN THE METHOD,
MANNER AND PROCEDURE FOR FORECLOSURE OF LENDER'S LIEN UPON SUCH COLLATERAL AND
THE ENFORCEMENT OF LENDER'S OTHER REMEDIES IN RESPECT OF SUCH COLLATERAL TO THE
EXTENT THAT THE LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION ARE DIFFERENT FROM OR INCONSISTENT
WITH THE LAWS OF PENNSYLVANIA.  AS PART OF THE CONSIDERATION FOR NEW VALUE THIS
DAY RECEIVED, BORROWER AND GUARANTORS HEREBY CONSENT 


                                      -57-


<PAGE>

TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN
PHILADELPHIA COUNTY OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA AND WAIVES PERSONAL
SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS UPON IT AND CONSENTS THAT ALL SUCH SERVICE OF
PROCESS BE MADE BY CERTIFIED OR REGISTERED MAIL DIRECTED TO BORROWER AT THE
ADDRESS STATED IN SECTION 12.10 HEREOF AND SERVICE SO MADE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE
COMPLETED UPON ACTUAL RECEIPT THEREOF.  EACH BORROWER JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY
WAIVES ANY OBJECTION TO JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF ANY ACTION INSTITUTED AGAINST
IT AS PROVIDED HEREIN AND AGREES NOT TO ASSERT ANY DEFENSE BASED ON LACK OF
JURISDICTION OR VENUE.

          10.17.    WAIVERS BY BORROWER AND GUARANTORS.  EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE
PROVIDED FOR IN THIS AGREEMENT, BORROWER AND GUARANTORS WAIVE (i) THE RIGHT TO
TRIAL BY JURY (WHICH LENDER HEREBY ALSO WAIVES) IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, PROCEEDING
OR COUNTERCLAIM OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO ANY OF THE LOAN
DOCUMENTS, THE OBLIGATIONS OR THE COLLATERAL: (ii) PRESENTMENT, DEMAND AND
PROTEST AND NOTICE OF PRESENTMENT, PROTEST, DEFAULT, NON PAYMENT, MATURITY,
AFTER THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT RELEASE, COMPROMISE, SETTLEMENT,
EXTENSION OR RENEWAL OF ANY OR ALL COMMERCIAL PAPER, ACCOUNTS, CONTRACT RIGHTS,
DOCUMENTS, INSTRUMENTS, CHATTEL PAPER AND GUARANTIES AT ANY TIME HELD BY LENDER
ON WHICH BORROWER OR GUARANTORS MAY IN ANY WAY BE LIABLE AND HEREBY RATIFIES AND
CONFIRMS WHATEVER LENDER MAY DO IN THIS REGARD; (iii) NOTICE PRIOR TO TAKING
POSSESSION OR CONTROL OF THE COLLATERAL OR ANY BOND OR SECURITY WHICH MIGHT BE
REQUIRED BY ANY COURT PRIOR TO ALLOWING LENDER TO EXERCISE ANY OF LENDER'S
REMEDIES, INCLUDING THE ISSUANCE OF AN IMMEDIATE WRIT OF POSSESSION; (iv) THE
BENEFIT OF ALL VALUATION, APPRAISEMENT AND EXEMPTION LAWS; AND (v) ANY RIGHT
BORROWER OR GUARANTORS MAY HAVE UPON PAYMENT IN FULL OF THE OBLIGATIONS TO
REQUIRE LENDER TO TERMINATE ITS SECURITY INTEREST IN THE COLLATERAL OR IN ANY
OTHER PROPERTY OF BORROWER OR GUARANTORS UNTIL TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ITS TERMS AND THE EXECUTION BY BORROWER, AND BY ANY PERSON WHOSE
LOANS TO BORROWER IS USED IN WHOLE OR IN PART TO SATISFY THE OBLIGATIONS, OF AN
AGREEMENT INDEMNIFYING LENDER FROM ANY LOSS OR DAMAGE LENDER MAY INCUR AS THE
RESULT OF DISHONORED CHECKS OR OTHER ITEMS OF PAYMENT RECEIVED BY LENDER FROM
BORROWER OR ANY LEC AND APPLIED TO THE OBLIGATIONS.

          10.18 SECTION TITLES.  The section titles and Table of Contents
contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning or
content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of the agreement between the
parties hereto.


                                     -58-


<PAGE>


          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed in
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, on the day and year specified at the beginning
hereof.


                                   ZERO PLUS DIALING INC., a
                                   Delaware corporation
                                   ("Borrower")

[CORPORATE SEAL]

Attest: MARK D. BUCKNER            By:  /s/ KELLY SIMMONS               
        ---------------------           ----------------------------
                                        Kelly Simmons
                                        Vice President



                                   U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.



Attest:                            By:  /s/ MARK D. BUCKNER             
        ---------------------           ----------------------------
                                        Mark D. Buckner
                                        Vice President, Finance




                                   U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.


Attest:                            By:  /s/ MARK D. BUCKNER             
        ---------------------           ----------------------------
                                        Mark D. Buckner
                                        Vice President, Finance



                                   BELL ATLANTIC TRICON
                                   LEASING CORPORATION ("Lender")



                                 -59-


<PAGE>


12.  TERMINATION.  This Agreement may be terminated only upon thirty (30) days
written notice by either ZPDI or the Carrier.  Termination by Carrier does not
terminate the Carrier Contract.  At ZPDI's discretion, its termination of this
Agreement may terminate the Carrier Contract.

IN WITNESS THEREOF, Carrier has executed this Addendum as the date and year
first above written.

ACKNOWLEDGED, ACCEPTED AND APPROVED:



CARRIER:

BY:                           DATE:                          
    ------------------------        -------------------------
    ------------------------        -------------------------
    (Printed or Typed Name)         TITLE

ACKNOWLEDGED, ACCEPTED AND APPROVED:

ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC.

BY:                           DATE:
    ------------------------        -------------------------
    Alan W. Saltzman
    Senior Vice President





<PAGE>

                              REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

                                                                    May __, 1991

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC., a Delaware 
corporation ("Borrower"), hereby promises to pay to the order of BELL 
ATLANTIC-TRICON LEASING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Lender"), the 
principal sum of the Credit Line, as such amount is set forth in the 
Agreement (as hereinafter defined) or such amount as shall equal the 
aggregate unpaid principal amount thereunder, three (3) years from the date 
hereof or, if applicable under the Agreement, on the expiration date of any 
Renewal Term, in lawful money of the United States of America and in 
immediately available funds, together with interest from the date hereof at a 
rate per annum equal to one and one eighth percent (1 1/8%) above the Base 
Rate (the "Contract Rate")

     In no event shall the amount of interest paid or agreed to be paid to 
Lender hereunder exceed the highest lawful rate permissible under any law 
which a court of competent jurisdiction may deem applicable hereto.  Interest 
hereunder shall be calculated on a daily basis (computed on the actual number 
of days elapsed over a year of 360 days).  Interest may be charged to 
Borrower's Loan Account as provided in the Agreement.  If any installment of 
interest is not paid in full on the due date thereof (whether by maturity or 
acceleration), or any other Event of Default occurs under the Agreement, 
then, apart from Lender's rights of acceleration or other rights set forth in 
the Agreement, the outstanding principal balance of this Note shall bear 
additional interest from the due date of such installment, or from and after 
such Event of Default, at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum above the 
Base Rate (the "Default Rate") until such late payment or Event of Default is 
cured, if applicable.

     To the extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower, for itself and its 
legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly waives presentment, 
demand, protest, notice of dishonor, notice of non-payment, notice of 
maturity and notice of protest.

     This Note is the Revolving Credit Note referred to in the Amended and 
Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the 
"Agreement"), between Borrower and Lender, and evidences the Revolving Credit 
Loans made by Lender under the Credit Line thereunder.  All of the terms, 
covenants and conditions of the Agreement, as such Agreement may from time to 
time be amended (including all exhibits and schedules thereto) and all other 
instruments evidencing and/or securing the indebtedness hereunder are hereby 
made a part of this Note and are deemed incorporated herein in full.  Any 
capitalized terms 

                                     

<PAGE>

not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the 
Agreement.

     BORROWER, BEING FULLY AWARE OF THE RIGHT TO NOTICE AND A HEARING ON THE 
QUESTION OF THE VALIDITY OF ANY CLAIMS THAT MAY BE ASSERTED AGAINST BORROWER 
BY LENDER BEFORE JUDGMENT CAN BE ENTERED HEREBY WAIVES THESE RIGHTS AND 
AGREES AND CONSENTS TO JUDGMENT BEING ENTERED BY CONFESSION UPON THE 
OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT.  LENDER MAY EMPLOY SELF HELP OR ANY LEGAL 
OR EQUITABLE PROCESS PROVIDED BY LAW TO TAKE POSSESSION OF ANY OF THE 
COLLATERAL GRANTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING FINAL 
JUDGMENT OR WITHOUT FIRST GIVING NOTICE AND THE OPPORTUNITY TO BE HEARD ON 
THE VALIDITY OF THE CLAIM UPON WHICH SUCH TAKING IS MADE.

     Borrower hereby authorizes irrevocably, the Prothonotary, Clerk of the 
Court, or any Attorney of any Court of Record to appear for it in such court, 
at any time after an Event of Default under the Agreement, and confess 
judgment against Borrower, with or without declaration in favor of the holder 
of the within Note, for all amounts as may be unpaid hereon, together with 
interest, costs, and a reasonable attorneys' collection fee, and waives and 
releases all errors and consents to immediate execution upon such judgment, 
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney may do by virtue 
hereof.  The authority herein granted to confess judgment shall not be 
exhausted by one exercise thereof, but shall continue from time to time and 
at all times until full payment of all liabilities hereunder.

     Notwithstanding the acceleration of this Note or the entry of judgment 
(whether by confession or otherwise), the liabilities of Borrower under this 
Note shall bear interest at the Contract Rate, or if applicable, at the 
Default Rate.

     All terms as used herein, unless otherwise specifically defined herein, 
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

     This Note shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance 
with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as 
of the date first above written.

[CORPORATE SEAL]                           ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC., a
                                           Delaware corporation

Attest:_______________________________     By:_______________________________
       Title:                                 Title:

                                     -2-

<PAGE>


                                 EXHIBIT 2.2(A)

                            [Form Disbursing Letter)

Pursuant to the Amended &nd restated Loan and Security Agreement between Zero
Plus Dialing, Inc.  ("Borrower"), and Bell Atlantic Tricon Leasing Corporation
("Lender"), dated May __, 1991, Borrower hereby requests $_______________ for
the following Approved Carriers:

          CLASS 3 APPROVED CARRIERS                       AMOUNT

APC       American Public Communications               $_____________
CTC       Call Technology Corporation                   _____________
[OSP]     (Class 3 Approved Carrier]                    _____________
[OSP)     [Class 3 Approved Carrier]                    _____________

               Total Class 3                           $_____________

          CLASS 2 APPROVED CARRIERS

COB       Correctional Communications                   _____________
CPS       CPS Operator Services                         _____________
FOA       Fone America Inc.                             _____________
FOC       Pone America Central                          _____________
 IP       International Pacific                         _____________
LDN       Long Distance Network                         _____________
[OSP]     [Class 2 Approved Carrier)                    _____________
[OSP]     (Class 2 Approved Carrier)                    _____________
[OSP]     [Class 2 Approved Carrier)                    _____________

          Total Class 2                                $_____________

                                                        
          CLASS 1 APPROVED CARRIERS                     
                                                        
[OSP]     (Class 1 Approved Carrier]                   $_____________
[OSP)     [Class 1 Approved Carrier)                    _____________
[OSP]     [Class 1 Approved Carrier)                    _____________

          Total Class 1                                $_____________

Total Request for Borrowing                            $_____________
                                                        _____________

                               ________________________________
                               Title: [Chief Executive Officer/
                                      Chief Financial Officer/
                                      executive Vice President)
                                      of the Borrower
<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 2.2(B)

                       [Form OSP Wire Confirmation Letter]

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement 
dated as of May __, 1991 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from 
time to time, the "Loan and Security Agreement") among Zero Plus Dialing Inc. 
("Borrower"); U.S. Long Distance Corp. and U.S. Long Distance Inc. 
(collectively referred to as "Guarantors") and Bell Atlantic-Tricon Leasing 
Corporation ("Lender"). Terms defined in the Loan and Security Agreement are 
used herein as defined therein.

Pursuant to Section 2.2(B) of the Loan and Security Agreement, the 
undersigned, the [Chief Executive Officer/Chief Financial Officer/Executive 
Vice President/or his designee], of the Borrower hereby certifies that 
Borrower has caused the wire transfer of funds in the amounts listed below to 
the Approved Carriers listed below, on the date of the receipt of funds by 
Borrower pursuant to Borrower's Disbursing Letter of even date, as further 
evidenced by [bank copy of debit advice, or other documentation as may be 
acceptable to Lender] attached hereto.

         1.         [OSP]         [APPROVED CARRIER]      [AMOUNT]
         2.         [OSP]         [APPROVED CARRIER]      [AMOUNT]
         3.
         4.

                                                          ________
                                                  TOTAL   [AMOUNT]
                                                          ________
                                                          ________

Borrower acknowledges that wire transfers to Approved Carriers in the amount 
of $_________, representing the difference between the Borrower's Disbursing 
Letter dated ______[the date of the last advance to borrower] and the total 
amount as stated herein, will be subject to a reserve by Lender.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this letter to be duly 
executed as of the ____ day of __________, 199_.

                                             ________________________________
                                             Title: [Chief Executive Officer/
                                                    Chief Financial Officer/
                                                    Executive Vice President]
                                                    of the Borrower

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 2.3(A)

                                    TERM NOTE

$__________                                                       May __, 1991



     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC., a Delaware 
corporation ("Borrower"), hereby promises to pay to the order of BELL 
ATLANTIC TRICON LEASING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Lender"), the 
principal sum of ____________________  ($____________) in lawful money of the 
United States of America and in immediately available funds, together with 
interest from the date hereof at a rate per annum equal to one and three 
quarters percent (1 3/4%) above the base rate for corporate loans at large 
United States money center banks as quoted in the Wall Street Journal under 
the caption "Prime Rate" in the section entitled "Money Rates" as such rate 
may change from time to time (the "Contract Rate") payable in _______________ 
(__) consecutive monthly installments of principal in the amount of 
____________ ($__________) plus interest, commencing ____________ __, 1991 
and on the first day of each subsequent month. The remaining principal 
balance and all accrued and unpaid interest due thereon shall be paid on 
__________________.

     In no event shall the amount of interest paid or agreed to be paid to 
Lender hereunder exceed the highest lawful rate permissible under any law 
which a court of competent jurisdiction may deem applicable hereto.  Interest 
hereunder shall be calculated on a daily basis (computed on the actual number 
of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) and shall be payable in arrears for 
the preceding one month period.  If any installment of principal or interest 
is not paid in full on the due date thereof (whether by maturity or 
acceleration), or any other Event of Default occurs under the Agreement as 
herein defined, then, apart from Lender's rights of acceleration or other 
rights set forth in the Agreement, the outstanding principal balance of this 
Term Note shall bear additional interest from the due date of such 
installment, or from and after such Event of Default, at the rate of six 
percent (6.00%) per annum above the Contract Rate (the "Default Rate") until 
such late payment or Event of Default is cured, if applicable.

     To the extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower, for itself and its 
legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly waives presentment, 
demand, protest, notice of dishonor, notice of non-payment, notice of 
maturity, notice of protest, notice of acceleration, notice of interest to 
accelerate and notice of presentment.

<PAGE>

     This Term Note is the Term Note referred to in the Amended and Restated 
Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May    , 1991 (the "Agreement"), 
between Borrower and Lender, and evidences a Term Loan made by Lender to 
Borrower thereunder.  All of the terms, covenants and conditions of the 
Agreement, as such Agreement may from time to time be amended (including all 
exhibits and schedules thereto) and all other instruments evidencing and/or 
securing the indebtedness hereunder are hereby made a part of this Term Note 
and are deemed incorporated herein in full.

     BORROWER, BEING FULLY AWARE OF THE RIGHT TO NOTICE AND A HEARING ON THE 
QUESTION OF THE VALIDITY OF ANY CLAIMS THAT MAY BE ASSERTED AGAINST BORROWER 
BY LENDER BEFORE JUDGMENT CAN BE ENTERED HEREBY WAIVES THESE RIGHTS AND 
AGREES AND CONSENTS TO JUDGMENT BEING ENTERED BY CONFESSION.  UPON THE 
OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT, LENDER MAY EMPLOY SELF HELP OR ANY LEGAL 
OR EQUITABLE PROCESS PROVIDED BY LAW TO TAKE POSSESSION OF ANY OF THE 
COLLATERAL GRANTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING FINAL 
JUDGMENT OR WITHOUT FIRST GIVING NOTICE AND THE OPPORTUNITY TO BE HEARD ON 
THE VALIDITY OF THE CLAIM UPON WHICH SUCH TAKING IS MADE.

     Borrower hereby authorizes irrevocably, the Prothonotary, Clerk of the 
Court, or any Attorney of any Court of Record to appear for it in such court, 
at any time after an Event of Default under the Agreement, and confess 
judgment against Borrower, with or without declaration in favor of the holder 
of the within Term Note, for all amounts as may be unpaid hereon, together 
with interest, costs, and a reasonable attorneys' collection fee, and waives 
and releases all errors and consents to immediate execution upon such 
judgment, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney may do by 
virtue hereof. The authority herein granted to confess judgment shall not be 
exhausted by one exercise thereof, but shall continue from time to time and 
at all times until full payment of all liabilities hereunder.

     Notwithstanding the acceleration of this Term Note or the entry of 
judgment (whether by confession or otherwise), the liabilities of Borrower 
under this Term Note shall bear interest at the Contract Rate, or if 
applicable, at the Default Rate.

     All terms as used herein, unless otherwise specifically defined herein, 
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

     This Term Note shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in 
accordance with, the laws of the State of Pennsylvania.

                                     -2-

<PAGE>

Borrower hereby consents to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts 
located in Philadelphia County of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as 
of the date first above written.

                              ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC.

                              By:_____________________________


                                     -3-

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 2.3(B)

                   ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE

Bell Atlantic TriCon Leasing Corporation
1060 First Avenue, Suite 200
King of Prussia, PA 19406


     The undersigned hereby certifies that we have, as of the date hereof, 
received from Zero Plus Dialing, Inc. ("ZPDI") one Xeta XACT telephone call 
accounting computer (the "Equipment") and have inspected the Equipment and 
found the same to be in good operating condition and, by execution and 
delivery of this Certificate, hereby unconditionally accept the Equipment as 
installed.

     In consideration of your providing financing to ZPDI for the Equipment, 
and intending to be legally bound, we acknowledge your security interest in 
the Equipment and acknowledge that we are holding such Equipment as your 
bailee.

     We acknowledge that the 0+ or 0- Services Agreement between us and ZPDI 
is in full force and effect.  We further agree to send you a copy of any 
written notice to terminate such agreement which we send to ZPDI.  If we 
terminate the agreement either at the end of the first eighteen (18) month 
period or after an event of default by ZPDI, which is not cured within the 
ten (10) day grace period provided in the agreement, and elect to retain the 
Equipment, we agree to assume ZPDI's obligation to make the monthly payments 
to you.  We acknowledge that the Equipment shall at all times remain the 
property of ZPDI and that we shall have no interest in such property until 
such time as ZPDI's obligations and liabilities to you have been paid in 
full.  In the event that ZPDI defaults on its agreement with you, we agree to 
provide you with access to the Equipment upon reasonable notice.


___________________________
By:________________________

<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT 4.5                  

                          BUSINESS/COLLATERAL LOCATIONS

     (1)  Borrower and Guarantors currently have the following business 
locations, and no others:

          9311 San Pedro, Suite 300
          San Antonio, Texas 78216

     (2)  Borrower and Guarantors maintain its books and records relating to 
LEC Receivables and General Intangibles at:

          9311 San Pedro, Suite 300
          San Antonio, Texas 78216

     (3)  During the preceding seven-year period, Borrower and Guarantors 
have had no office, place of business or agent for process located in any 
county other than as set forth above, except:

          None.

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 5.4(C)

                              (Form Payment Letter)


Date of Payment                                       ____,19__

Prior Day Balance in Dominion Account #  99761-00    $_________

Plus Current Day transfer from Clearing Account      $_________

Total Cash Balance                                                 $___________

Less:   Unreconciled Receipts                       $(_________)

Less:   Disputed Amounts                            $(_________)

Total Cash Available to Transfer                                   $___________

Transfer to BATCL:

          Revolving Loan Payments                   $__________
          Interest                                  $__________
          Fees                                      $__________
          other                                     $__________
          Less:   Uncleared Funds (l)               $(_________)
          Total to Bell Atlantic                                   $___________
          Transfer to:                                         
              MELLON BANK WEST                                 
              PITTSBURGH, PA.
              ABA # 043000261
              Bell Atlantic Financial Service
              Ref:  Tricon Distribution Sales Finance
              Account # 198-1584

Transfer to Zero Plus Dialing, Inc.:
          ZPDI Funds                                $__________
          Plus:    Prior Day Transfer to BATCL (1)  $__________
          Total to ZPDI                                            $___________
              NCNB TEXAS NATIONAL
              SAN ANTONIO BANKING CENTER
              ABA # 111000025
              FCT ZPDI ACCoUNT # 7114645438

Total Transfers                                                    $___________

Cash Remaining in Dominion Account                                 $___________
                                                                    ___________
APPROVED:

__________________________________     ___________________________________
Bell Atlantic Tricon Leasing Corp.     Zero Plus Dialing, Inc.

(1) Funds to be transferred to BATCL from ZPDI Operating Account

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 6.1(A)

                             JURISDICTIONS QUALIFIED

The following are states where Zero Plus Dialing, Inc. is duly qualified to 
do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation.

Alabama                            Missouri

Arizona                            Montana

Arkansas                           Nebraska

California                         Nevada

Canada                             New Hampshire
     Alberta
     Manitoba                      New Jersey
     New Brunswick
     Newfoundland                  New Mexico
     Nova Scotia
     Ontario                       New York
     Saskatchewan
     Prince Edward Island          North Carolina
     Yukon Territories
                                   North Dakota

Colorado                           Ohio

Connecticut                        Oklahoma

Florida                            Oregon

Georgia                            Pennsylvania

Idaho                              Rhode Island

Illinois                           South Carolina

Indiana                            Tennessee

Iowa                               Texas

Kansas                             Utah

Kentucky                           Vermont

Louisiana                          Virginia

Maryland                           Washington

Massachusetts                      Washington, D.C.

Michigan                           West Virginia

Minnesota                          Wyoming

Mississippi

                                     -57-

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 6.1(B)

                         CORPORATE TRADE NAMES; MERGERS

          (1)  Borrower's correct corporate name, as registered with the 
Secretary of State of the State of DELAWARE  is:

                             Zero Plus Dialing, Inc.

          (2)  During the preceding seven-year period, Borrower has used the 
following names:

                             Zero Plus Dialing, Inc.

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 6.1(H)

                    GENERAL INTANGIBLES, PATENTS, TRADEMARKS

(1)       Borrower and Guarantors have no patents [, except]. 

               None.

(2)       Borrower and Guarantors have no trademarks [, except].

               ZPDI filed a trademark application with the U.S. Patent &
               Trademark Office, (Serial No. 74/014331), on December 26, 1989
               registering the "ZPDI" insignia

(3)       Borrower and Guarantors have no copyrights [, except].

               None.

(4)       Borrower and Guarantors have no licenses, other than routine business
          licenses, authorizing them to transact business in local jurisdictions
          [and the following:].

               None.

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 6.1(I)

                  CORPORATE STRUCTURE; SUBSIDIARIES; SECURITIES

          (1)  The number of authorized shares of common stock of Borrower 
and U.S. Long Distance, Inc. is 1,000.  The number of issued shares of common 
stock of Borrower and Guarantors is 1,000.  Borrower has no treasury stock.

          (2)  All of the issued shares of Borrower and Guarantors are fully 
paid and non-assessable and are owned by the following Persons:

               Mega Plus Dialing, Inc.
               a wholly owned subsidiary of
               U.S. Long Distance Corp.

          (3)  Borrower and Guarantors have no Subsidiaries 
[, except the following:]

               None.

          (4)  The number of authorized shares of common stock of U.S.  Long 
Distance, Inc.  is 50,000.  The number of authorized shares of common stock 
of U.S.  Long Distance Corp. is 6,786,771 and has 95,000 treasury stock.

<PAGE>

                             EXHIBIT 6.1(J)

                        RESTRICTIVE AGREEMENTS



                                 NONE
<PAGE>

                            EXHIBIT 6.1 (K)

                              LITIGATION

          (1)  There are no proceedings pending against Borrower or 
Guarantors in any court, except as follows:

               Zero Plus Dialing, Inc.  is not a party to any suits, actions,
               proceedings or investigations, pending or threatened other than
               those regulatory matters arising in the ordinary course of
               business.

          (2)  The only threatened litigation of which Borrower or Guarantors 
are aware is as follows:

               Zero Plus Dialing, Inc.  is not a party to any suits, actions,
               proceedings or investigations, pending or threatened other than
               those regulatory matters arising in the ordinary course of
               business.


<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 6.1(P)

                                      TAXES

NOT APPLICABLE

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 6.1(O)

                                 LABOR CONTRACTS

          Borrower and Guarantors have no agreements with any organization of 
its employees [, except the following:]

NONE

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 6.1(S)

                               SURETY OBLIGATIONS

NONE

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 6.1(T)

                                   NO DEFAULTS

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 6.1(V)

                               BUSINESS LOCATIONS

NONE

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 6.1(W)

                                 TRADE RELATIONS

NONE

<PAGE>

                                EXHIBIT 6.1(X)



                        CAPITALIZED AND OPERATING LEASES


1.   Borrower and Guarantors have the following capitalized leases:

2.   Borrower and Guarantors have the following operating leases:


ATTACHED










<PAGE>

                     SUMMARY OF LEASES AS OF MAY 15, 1991

CAPITAL LEASE;                 TOTAL         MONTHLY     EXPIRATION
- - -------------                  LEASE         PAYMENT        DATE
                               -----         -------     ----------
Hewlett-Packard Company:
  Equipment and software       $347,358       11,619         2/92
  Equipment                      66,238        2,438         4/92
  Computer upgrade              267,715        9,019        12/92
  Equipment                      58,455        1,955         7/92
  Hardware                      233,617        7,982         9/93
  Hardware                       71,558        2,393        12/93


OPERATING LEASES
- - -----------------

Aloha Leasing - Konica copier                         332

Stearns County National - Konica copier               442

Lease America - Copier                                216

Beckwith Electronics - Music system                    75

Pitney Bowes - Postage scale                          285

Pitney Bowes - Postage meter                          146

TNL Financial - Toshiba copier                        491

Contel Office Comm. -  Telcom equipment                81

GMAC - Vehicle                                        822

Wilson Business Products - Furniture                2,156

Marshall Clegg - Furniture                            595

Cort Furniture - Apartment Furniture                  239

Cort Furniture - Office Furniture                   2,984

Nowlin Building - Office lease                     30,760

HBH Properties - Customer service office            4,352

Hewlett Packard Company - Hardware                    626
                                                  -------
                                                  $79,848
                                                  -------
                                                  -------



<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT 6.1(Y)

                                BILLING CONTRACTS


ATTACHED


















<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT "A"
                         BILLING TELEPHONE COMPANIES

( 1) Pacific Bell
( 2) Nevada Bell
( 3) Pacific Northwest Bell Co.
( 4) Mountain Bell Telephone & Telegraph
( 5) Northwestern Bell Telephone Co.
( 6) Illinois Bell Telephone Co.
( 7) Michigan Bell Telephone Co.
( 8) Ohio Bell Telephone
( 9) New York Telephone
(10) New Jersey Bell Telephone Co.
(11) Diamond State Telephone Co.
(12) Bell of Pennsylvania
(13) Chesapeake & Potomac Telephone Co. of Washington, D.C.
(14) Cincinnati Bell Telephone
(15) Southern New England Bell
(16) Chesapeake & Potomac Telephone Co. of Maryland
(17) Chesapeake & Potomac Telephone Co. of Virginia
(18) Chesapeake & Potomac Telephone Co. of West Virginia
(19) Malheur Home Telephone Co.
(20) New England Telephone
(21) Southwestern Bell
(22) South Central Bell
(23) Southern Bell
(24) Indiana Bell Telephone
(25) Wisconsin Bell
(26) GTE - Florida
(27) GTE - Northwest
(28) GTE - Southwest
(29) GTE - South
(30) GTE - North (Formally Midwest)
(31) GTE - California
(32) GTE - Hawaii
(33) Centel
(34) U.S. Intelco
(35) NECA Services
(36) Alltel
(37) United Companies
(38) Telecom Canada
(39) United Telephone System Company of Pennsylvania
(40) United Telephone System Company of New Jersey
(41) Contel West
(42) Contel Central
(43) Contel East


NOTE:     NPA-NXX list of above BTC's will be furnished to Carrier.  Format and
          media, i.e., tape, paper or floppy, to be mutually agreed by both
          parties.




<PAGE>


                                 EXHIBIT 6.1(Z)


                       LIST OF CARRIERS AND CREDIT LIMITS



CLASS 3 APPROVED CARRIERS                                 CREDIT LIMIT


          American Public Communications                 $4,000,000.00
          American Telecommunications                     3,000,000.00
          Conquest Operator Services                        700,000.00
          Call Technology Corporation                     1,000,000.00
          Operator Services West                            800,000.00


CLASS 2 APPROVED CARRIERS


          Advanced Communication Technology                 400,000.00
          Comtel Computer Corp.                             750,000.00
          Correctional Communications                        50,000.00
          CPS Operator Services                              75,000.00
          Equicom Communications                            500,000.00
          Eastern Telecom Company                           400,000.00
          Fone America Inc. / Fone America Central        2,500,000.00
          Gateway Technologies                              200,000.00
          Hedges & Associates, Inc.                         100,000.00
          International Pacific                             500,000.00
          Long Distance Network                           1,000,000.00
          Long Distance Operators                            75,000.00
          L. D. Communications                              300,000.00
          Mid-Atlantic Telecom                              500,000.00
          National Technical Associates                   1,800,000.00
          National Tele-Sav Inc.                            500,000.00
          Operator Services Company                         800,000.00
          Phonetel Technologies                             400,000.00
          Telescan, Inc.                                    200,000.00
          Quest Communications                              700,000.00
          Southnet Corporation                              500,000.00
          U.S. Long Distance Inc.                         3,000,000.00





<PAGE>

                                EXHIBIT 8.1(I)


                         ESCROW AND DISBURSING AGREEMENT


     This Agreement is made this the      day of May, 1991 by and between Zero
Plus Dialing, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("ZPDI"), Bell Atlantic-Tricon
Leasing Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("BATCL") and Texas Commerce Bank
National Association's Custody Group ("Escrow Agent").

     WHEREAS, ZPDI has entered into various Billing and Collection Agreements
with certain Billing Telephone Companies (the "BTCs"), as set forth on Exhibit A
attached hereto, whereby the BTCs provide interstate and intrastate billing and
collection services for ZPDI and its customers; and

     WHEREAS, ZPDI has previously entered into Billing and Collection Services
Agreements with certain customers of ZPDI who provide telephone operator
services to various end-users (the "Carriers"), pursuant to which ZPDI has
agreed, among other things, to prepare and submit to the BTCs certain System
Billed Telephone Traffic which the BTCs have agreed to purchase (the "Accounts
Receivable"); and

     WHEREAS, ZPDI and the Carriers have entered into a certain Addendum to the
Billing and Collection Services Agreement (as amended, (the "Carrier Contracts")
Exhibit B attached hereto, pursuant to which ZPDI will purchase the Accounts
Receivable from the Carriers on the terms and conditions set forth therein; and




<PAGE>


     WHEREAS, BATCL is in the business of providing financing, including the
financing of accounts receivable; and

     WHEREAS, ZPDI has requested BATCL to continue to finance its acquisition of
the Accounts Receivable pursuant to the terms of a certain Amended and Restated
Loan and Security Agreement dated the date hereof between ZPDI and BATCL (the
"Loan Agreement") Exhibit C attached hereto; and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, BATCL has required
that ZPDI establish a Dominion Account (as defined in the Loan Agreement) into
which all collections and proceeds of the sale of the Accounts Receivable to the
BTCs (the "ZPDI Accounts") shall be deposited; and

     WHEREAS, ZPDI has an existing lock box with Escrow Agent, Account Number
200809, wherein the BTCs forwarded the Accounts Receivable made payable to ZPDI
c/o the Lock Box Account, which Accounts Receivable are subsequently deposited
to an account (the "Clearing Account"), Account Number 00101752013, where Escrow
Agent is the sole authorized signatory on such account which reads: Bell
Atlantic TriCon Leasing Corporation for the benefit of Zero Plus Dialing, Inc.,
Clearing Account, which account is located at Escrow Agent's branch office at
600 Travis Street in Houston, Texas; and



                                    -2-

<PAGE>

     WHEREAS, BATCL and ZPDI have agreed that all amounts in the Clearing
Account shall continue to be deposited, on a daily basis into the Dominion
Account.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein
and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which is hereby acknowledged, and to induce BATCL to continue finance the ZPDI
Accounts and Escrow Agent to perform its functions hereunder, ZPDI, BATCL and
Escrow Agent, each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

     1.   The Escrow Agent shall continue to deposit proceeds from the Lock Box
Account directly into the Clearing Account.

     2.   Pursuant to the automatic standing transfer form already in affect,
the Cash Management Department of Escrow Agent shall continue to transfer the
collected balance in the Clearing Account, at the start of each Business Day, to
Escrow Agent's Custody Group ("EACG") for deposit directly into the Dominion
Account.  The Cash Management Department of Escrow Agent will provide ZPDI with
deposit information through its TEXCOM system which will allow ZPDI to reconcile
the account daily.  The charges for the services of the Escrow Agent are
detailed in Exhibit D attached hereto and will be paid by ZPDI.



                                    -3-


<PAGE>

     3.   Upon receipt by EACG of a disbursement form, in the form of Exhibit E,
attached hereto (the "Disbursement Authorization") which Disbursement
Authorization is fully executed by an authorized representative of BATCL and
ZPDI, EACG agrees to immediately disburse the collected funds in the Dominion
Account, in accordance with the instructions therein. The Disbursement
Authorization(s) will be transmitted by telefax to EACG no later than 12:00 p.m.
on any business day, for wire transfer that same day.

     4.   Upon written notice from Lender to the EACG certifying that at least
five (5) days have passed since Lender has given Borrower notice that Lender
believes that a portion of the proceeds in the Dominion Account represent the
proceeds of Lender's Collateral in excess of that previously shown on any
Disbursement Authorization (the "Disputed Amount"), the EACG shall immediately
make disbursements from the Dominion Account to Lender, in the amount
represented by Lender to be the Disputed Amount, in accordance with a
Disbursement Authorization executed solely by Lender.  In addition, upon written
notice from Lender to EACG that an Event of Default has occurred under the Loan
Agreement, the EACG shall make all disbursements from the Dominion Account in
accordance with a Disbursement Authorization executed solely by Lender, until
further notice by Lender that such default has been cured.



                                    -4-


<PAGE>

     5.   A.   ZPDI represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that:
               (1)  It is a corporation presently in good standing in the state
of Delaware and has proper authority to transact business and is registered as a
foreign corporation in the state of Texas;

               (2)  It has Billing and Collection Agreements with the BTCs
listed on Exhibit A, attached hereto and made a part hereof;

               (3)  ZPDI is the sole and absolute owner of each ZPDI Account,
subject only to BATCL's security interest therein;

               (4)  There is no defense, offset or counterclaim against any of
the Accounts Receivable or the ZPDI Accounts, and no agreement has been made
under which ZPDI or any Carrier may claim any deductions or discounts, except
for ZPDI's collection and service fees and charges pursuant to the terms of the
Carriers' Contracts, and the BTCs' charges.

               (5)  No BTC will dispute or refuse to pay more than ten percent
(10%) of the aggregate Accounts Receivable presented for collection.


                                    -5-


<PAGE>

          6.   ZPDI hereby agrees to indemnify Escrow Agent for any losses that
Escrow Agent may suffer as a result of ZPDI's breach of any of its warranties or
covenants, representations or agreements hereunder.

     7.   AGENTS DUTIES
          A.   All parties understand and agree that Escrow Agent is not a
principal, participant, or beneficiary of the financing transaction underlying
this Agreement.  The Escrow Agent shall be obligated only for the performance of
such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be
protected in acting or refraining from acting on any instrument believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or
parties, their officers, representatives or agents.  The Escrow Agent shall not
be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it
to be authorized hereby, nor for action taken or omitted by it in accordance
with the advice of its counsel.  Escrow Agent shall be responsible for holding
and disbursing the funds on deposit in the Dominion Account (the "Escrowed
Assets") pursuant to the Agreement.  Escrow Agent has no knowledge of or
responsibility for the terms, obligations or provisions of any related
agreements hereto, nor the representations or warranties of the other parties
contained herein.


                                    -6-


<PAGE>

          B.   Subject to the terms of paragraph four (4) above, should any
controversy arise between the undersigned with respect to this Escrow Agreement,
Escrow Agent shall have the right to consult and/or to institute a bill of
interpleader in any court of competent jurisdiction to determine the rights of
the parties. Should such actions be necessary, or should Escrow Agent become
involved in litigation in any manner whatsoever on account of or in connection
with this Escrow Agreement or the Escrowed Assets, the undersigned hereby bind
and obligate themselves, their legal representatives, successors and assigns to
pay Escrow Agent reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by Escrow Agent, and any
other disbursements, expenses, losses, costs and damages in connection with or
resulting from such actions.

          C.   The Escrow Agent shall have no liability under, or duty to
inquire beyond the terms and provisions of the Agreement, and it is agreed that
its duties are purely ministerial in nature, and that the Escrow Agent shall
incur no liability whatsoever so long as it has acted in good faith, except for
liability occasioned by Escrow Agent's willful misconduct or gross negligence. 
The Escrow Agent shall not be bound by any modification, amendment, termination,
cancellation, recision or supercision of this Escrow Agreement, unless the same
shall be in writing and signed by all of the other parties hereto and, if its



                                    -7-


<PAGE>

duties as Escrow Agent hereunder are affected thereby, unless it shall have
given its prior written consent thereto.

          D.   The Escrow Agent may at any time resign hereunder by giving
written notice of its resignation to the other parties hereto, at their
addresses set forth herein, at least thirty (30) days prior to the date
specified for such resignation to take effect.  Upon the effective date of such
resignation, the Escrowed Assets hereunder shall be delivered to such person as
may be designated in writing by the appropriate parties executing this Escrow
Agreement, whereupon all the Escrow Agents' obligations hereunder shall cease
and terminate.  The escrow Agents' sole responsibility until such termination
shall be to keep safely all Escrowed Assets and to deliver the same to a person
designated by appropriate parties executing this Escrow Agreement or in
accordance with the directions of a final order or judgment of a court of
competent jurisdiction.

          E.   The parties agrees to be severally liable only for their own acts
and not jointly liable, agree to indemnify, defend and hold Escrow Agent
harmless for the tax, liability and expenses that may be incurred by Escrow
Agent arising out of or in connection with its acceptance or appointment as
Escrow Agent hereunder, including the legal costs and expenses of defending
itself against any claim or liability in connection with its 


                                    -8-


<PAGE>

performance hereunder.  This provision shall survive the term of the Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree to be jointly and severally 
liable with respect to any costs incurred by the Escrow Agent, which costs are
incurred in the ordinary course of the Escrow Agent's duties and not costs 
arising from any claim or liability incurred by Escrow Agent.

          F.   ZPDI agrees to pay to the Escrow Agent its fees for the services
rendered pursuant to the provisions of this Escrow Agreement and will reimburse
the Escrow Agent for reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys's fees,
incurred in connection with the negotiations, drafting and performance of such
services.  Except as otherwise noted, this fee covers set-up and termination
expenses, plus usual and customary related administrative services such as
safekeeping, investment and payment of funds specified herein or in the exhibits
attached.  Activities requiring excessive administrator time or out-of-pocket
expenses such as optional substitution of collateral or securities shall be
deemed extraordinary expenses for which related costs, transaction charges, and
additional fees will be billed at Escrow Agent's standard charges for such
items.

          G.   ZPDI agrees to indemnify the Escrow Agent fully for any tax
liability, penalty or interest incurred by the Escrow Agent arising hereunder
and agrees to pay in full any such tax 



                                    -9-


<PAGE>

liability together with penalty and interest if any is ultimately assessed 
against the Escrow Agent for any reason as a result of its action hereunder 
(except for the Escrow Agent's individual income tax liability).

          H.   The Escrow Agent shall have no liability for loss arising from
any cause beyond its control, including, but not limited to, the following: a)
the act, failure or neglect of any agent or correspondent selected by the Escrow
Agent or the parties hereto; (b) any delay, error, omission or default connected
with the remittance of funds; c) any delay, error, omission or default of any
mail, telegraph, cable or wireless agency or operator; d) the acts of edicts of
any government or governmental agency or other group or entity exercising
governmental powers.

          I.   This Escrow Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the state of Texas, except that the portions of the
Texas Trust Code Sec. 111.001, et seq. of the Property Code, V.A.T.S. concerning
fiduciary duties and liability of Trustees shall not apply to this Agreement. 
The parties hereto expressly waive such duties and liabilities, it being their
intent to create solely an agency relationship and hold the Escrow Agent liable
only in the event of its gross 



                                    -10-


<PAGE>

negligence or willful misconduct in order to obtain the lower fee schedule rates
as specifically negotiated with the Escrow Agent.

          J.   It is understood by all parties to this agreement that Escrow
Agent will not have investment responsibilities for the funds in the Dominion
Account unless otherwise authorized in writing by BATCL or ZPDI, nor shall
Escrow Agent be responsible for the collection of funds or checks or other
deposits.  Escrow Agent or its Commercial Department shall be reimbursed by
ZPDI, U.S. Long Distance and/or any of its subsidiaries for any item returned
and may deduct any overdraft amounts or charges or losses incurred thereby from
ZPDI's or U.S. Long Distance's demand deposit or trust accounts at Escrow
Agent's Houston or San Antonio branch offices.

          K.   Escrow Agent is hereby given a lien on all Escrowed Assets to be
distributed to ZPDI for all fees, expenses, taxes, indebtedness, and other
financial obligations that may become owing to Escrow Agent arising hereunder,
including any indemnities prescribed herein, which lien may be enforced by
Escrow Agent without notice or presentment by setoff or appropriate foreclosure
proceedings.  In all cases, any unpaid fees may be deducted by Escrow Agent
without prior written notice before final disbursement of Escrowed Assets.


                                    -11-


<PAGE>

     8.   This Agreement shall continue in force and effect until Escrow Agent
receives written notice of cancellation from BATCL. Upon receipt of written
notice, the Escrow Agent will perform the following:

          A.   Advise parties to this Agreement of receipt of cancellation
notice; and

          B.   Request of BATCL a statement of outstanding loans attributable to
any Carrier; and

          C.   Continue to perform Escrow Agent duties as outlined in Paragraph
6 above until such time as the obligations identified in Paragraph 8B above have
been satisfied or until Escrow Agent shall resign pursuant to the terms hereof.

     9.   The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall prevail if in
conflict with the terms and conditions of any other attached or related
agreement.

BELL ATLANTIC-TRICON LEASING
CORPORATION



BY:
   ---------------------------

- - ------------------------------
(Printed or Typed Name)
                                       (Additional Signatures On
                                          Next Page)
TITLE:
      ------------------------




                                   -12-



<PAGE>

ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 300
San Antonio, TX 78216


BY:
   ---------------------------

- - ------------------------------
(Printed or Typed Name)


TITLE:
      ------------------------



TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Attn:  Rodney Crowl and Steve Scott
Custody Group
600 Travis Street, Suite 1150
Houston, TX 77002

BY:
   ---------------------------

- - ------------------------------
(Printed or Typed Name)


TITLE:
      ------------------------


U.S. Long Distance Corp. and U.S. Long Distance, Inc. hereby jointly and
severally unconditionally guarantee the prompt performance of any and all of
ZPDI's representations, warranties, covenants and agreements hereunder.

U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 300
San Antonio, TX 78216

BY:
   ---------------------------

- - ------------------------------
(Printed or Typed Name)


TITLE:
      ------------------------


U.S.  LONG DISTANCE, INC.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 300
San Antonio, TX 78216

BY:
   ---------------------------

- - ------------------------------
(Printed or Typed Name)


TITLE:
      ------------------------




                                   -13-




<PAGE>


                                                         EXHIBIT 8.1(K)



                 TELECOMMUNICATIONS RECEIVABLE FINANCING PROGRAM

                             BACKGROUND INFORMATION

                         OSP: 
                              -------------------------


CORPORATE OVERVIEW:

1) CORPORATE STRUCTURE:      C CORP     SUB-S CORP     PARTNERSHIP
                        -----       ----           ----

2) OWNERSHIP: (DESCRIBE SHAREHOLDERS OR PARENT COMPANY)

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3) ARE YOUR RECEIVABLES CURRENTLY PLEDGED TO ANYONE?
     (IF YES, PLEASE GIVE ALL DETAILS)

- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


MANAGEMENT:

     CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD:                                           AGE:
                            -----------------------------------------     ----
     TENURE WITH COMPANY:
                         -----------------------------------------------------
     PREVIOUS EMPLOYER: 
                        ------------------------------------------------------
     POSITION & TENURE: 
                        ------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF PREVIOUS EMPLOYER & SIGNIFICANT ACCOMPLISHMENTS: 
                                                                --------------
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                    -2-


<PAGE>

                TELECOMMUNICATIONS RECEIVABLE FINANCING PROGRAM
                             BACKGROUND INFORMATION
                          OSP 
                              ------------------------

PRESIDENT:                                                 AGE: 
           ----------------------------------------------      -----
TENURE WITH COMPANY:
                    ------------------------------------------------
PREVIOUS EMPLOYER: 
                  --------------------------------------------------
POSITION & TENURE: 
                   -------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF PREVIOUS EMPLOYER & SIGNIFICANT 
 ACCOMPLISHMENTS: 
                  --------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------

V.P MARKETING:                                             AGE:
              -------------------------------------------      -----
TENURE WITH COMPANY:
                    ------------------------------------------------
PREVIOUS EMPLOYER:
                  --------------------------------------------------
POSITION & TENURE:
                  --------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF PREVIOUS EMPLOYER & SIGNIFICANT ACCOMPLISHMENTS:
                                                               -----
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
V.P. OPERATIONS:                                           AGE:
                ------------------------------------------     -----
TENURE WITH COMPANY:
                    ------------------------------------------------
PREVIOUS EMPLOYER:
                  --------------------------------------------------
POSITION & TENURE:
                  --------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF PREVIOUS EMPLOYER & SIGNIFICANT ACCOMPLISHMENTS:
                                                               -----
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------



                                 -3-


<PAGE>

                TELECOMMUNICATIONS RECEIVABLE FINANCING PROGRAM
                             BACKGROUND INFORMATION
                          OSP 
                              ------------------------

V.P. LEGAL/REGULATORY:                                     AGE:
                      ------------------------------------     -----
TENURE WITH COMPANY:
                    ------------------------------------------------
PREVIOUS EMPLOYER:
                  --------------------------------------------------
POSITION & TENURE:
                  --------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF PREVIOUS EMPLOYER & SIGNIFICANT ACCOMPLISHMENTS:
                                                               -----
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------

TREASURER:                                                 AGE:
          ------------------------------------------------     -----
TENURE WITH COMPANY:
                    ------------------------------------------------
PREVIOUS EMPLOYER:
                  --------------------------------------------------
POSITION & TENURE:
                  --------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF PREVIOUS EMPLOYER & SIGNIFICANT ACCOMPLISHMENTS:
                                                               -----
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------

CONTROLLER:                                                AGE:
           -----------------------------------------------     -----
TENURE WITH COMPANY:
                    ------------------------------------------------
PREVIOUS EMPLOYER:
                  --------------------------------------------------
POSITION & TENURE:
                  --------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF PREVIOUS EMPLOYER & SIGNIFICANT ACCOMPLISHMENTS:
                                                               -----
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------


                              -4-


<PAGE>


                 TELECOMMUNICATIONS RECEIVABLE FINANCING PROGRAM
                             BACKGROUND INFORMATION

                         OSP: __________________________


RECEIVABLE ANALYSIS

LAST MONTHS            PERCENT OF
BILLINGS ($)             TOTAL                   LOCAL EXCHANGE CARRIERS
- - ------------           ----------                -----------------------

- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
- - ----------------       ----------------          REMAINDER LESS THAN 1% EACH
- - ----------------       ---------------- 
$---------------       -----------------


                                             -5-



<PAGE>

OSP:
     -------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      JAN     FEB     MAR      APR     MAY     JUN      JUL     AUG     SEPT    OCT     NOV      DEC

<S>                   <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>
0+/-
CALL VOLUME           ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

0+/-
CALL MINUTES          ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

0+/-
REVENUES              ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

ALL OTHER REVENUE     ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

TOTAL REVENUE         ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------



0+/-CASH COLLECTIONS  JAN     FEB     MAR      APR     MAY     JUN      JUL     AUG     SEPT    OCT     NOV      DEC
- - --------------------
BILLINGS              ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

DILUTIONS             ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

  REJECTS             ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

  LEC ALLOWANCE       ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

  UNBILLABLES         ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

AMOUNT REMITTED       ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

% OF AMOUNT REMITTED
TO GROSS BILLINGS     ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------


0+/0-RECEIVABLES AGINGS:           (FROM DATE THE TAPE IS SENT FOR COLLECTION)
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      JAN     FEB     MAR      APR     MAY     JUN      JUL     AUG     SEPT    OCT     NOV      DEC

  0-90 DAYS           ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

91-120 DAYS           ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

OVER 120 DAYS         ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

TOTAL 0+/0
ACCTS REC             ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

</TABLE>
                                             6


<PAGE>

OSP:
     -------------------------------------

OPERATIONS:                                FISCAL DATE ------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      JAN     FEB     MAR      APR     MAY     JUN      JUL     AUG     SEPT    OCT     NOV      DEC

<S>                   <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>

REVENUES              ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

CASH EXPENSES         ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

NON CASH
EXPENSES              ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

PRE TAX
PROFIT                ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------

NET PROFIT            ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  -------  ------  ------  ------  ------  -------  ------
</TABLE>
- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                             <C>                               <C>                                 
BANK:                             ACCOUNT NO:                     ADDRESS:
      -------------------------               ------------------           --------------------------------------------
      (IF MORE THAN ONE, FILL                                                (STREET, CITY, STATE, ZIP)
        OUT SEPARATE SHEET)

FED/ABA #:                      BANK OFFICER CONTACT:                     PHONE NO.
           -------------------                        -------------------           -----------------------------------

CREDIT LINE AMOUNT:             OUTSTANDING:
                   ------------              ----------------------------
</TABLE>

- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------


A T T A C H M E N T S:
- - ----------------------

2 YEARS         FISCAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CURRENT YEAR QUARTERLY STATEMENTS AND PRIOR YEAR'S COMPARABLE STATEMENTS


                                      7


<PAGE>

                                EXHIBIT 8.1(N)


                        [Form Class 1 OSP Certification]



                     CLASS 1 APPROVED OSP CERTIFICATION FORM




Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement 
dated as of May ____, 1991 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from 
time to time, the "Loan and Security Agreement") among Zero Plus Dialing Inc. 
("Borrower"); U.S. Long Distance Corp. and U.S. Long Distance Inc. 
(collectively referred to as "Guarantors") and Bell Atlantic-Tricon Leasing 
Corporation ("Lender"). Terms defined in the Loan and Security Agreement are 
used herein as defined therein.

Pursuant to Section 8.1(O) of the Loan and Security Agreement, the 
undersigned, the [Chief Executive Officer/Chief Financial Officer/Executive 
Vice President/or his designee] , of the Borrower hereby certifies that for 
[Class 1 Approved Carrier]: (i) he has reviewed the UCC lien searches and 
determined that within two (2) Business Days following the first purchase of 
Accounts Receivable pursuant to Addendum A, he will cause BATCL will have a 
first priority security interest in the assets of [Class 1 Approved Carrier] 
more fully described in Section 6 of Addendum A; (ii) he has reviewed the 
Dilution Factor and the advance requested by Borrower is within the parameters
of the Borrowing Base (iii) [Class 1 Approver Carrier] has not filed 
for protection under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, as amended; (iv) [Class 1 
Approve Carrier] meets all the terms and conditions set forth in the Class 1 
Collateral and Credit Criteria List; (v) he has reviewed and analyzed the OSP 
Background Form prepared by [Class 1 Approved Carrier] and certifies that to 
the best of his knowledge, the information provided therein is true and 
accurate.

The undersigned, further warrants and represents that no default or event of 
default exists as set forth in the Loan and Security Agreement and hereby 
confirms that there have been no breaches to any of the representations, 
warranties and covenants described therein which continue in full force and 
effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this letter to be duly executed
as of the ____ day of ______________________, 199__.


                         ------------------------------------
                         Title:    [Chief Executive Officer/
                                   Chief Financial Officer/
                                   Executive Vice President]
                                   of the Borrower


<PAGE>

                               EXHIBIT 8.1(O) (a)



                   CLASS 1 OSP COLLATERAL AND CREDIT CRITERIA




1.   In business and operating as an OSP.

2.   Borrower has provided to BATCCS, the following:

          A.)  Class 1 OSP Certification Form

          B.)  A current completed Application and Background Form, prepared by
               Carrier.

          C.)  UCC, tax lien, and judgement searches together with copies of
               recorded filings.

          D.)  Executed copy of form UCC 1 indicating BATCCS as Assignee of the
               collateral pursuant to Addendum A.

          E.)  Fully executed copies of Billing and Collection Services
               Agreement, and Addendum A.<PAGE>



<PAGE>


                               EXHIBIT 8.1(O) (b)



                   CLASS 2 OSP COLLATERAL AND CREDIT CRITERIA



1.   In business and operating as an OSP for the previous one (1) year period.

2.   Senior management has experience in the telecommunications industry and has
     a record satisfactory to BATCCS.

3.   Validation method, vendor, and the percentage of calls validated are
     acceptable to BATCCS.

4.   Dilution Factor for the prior three (3) months is acceptable to BATCCS. In
     the absence of an analysis of the Dilution Factor, BATCCS may apply an
     advance at BATCCS sole discretion.

5.   Borrower has provided to BATCCS, the following:

          A.)  A current completed Application and Background Form, prepared by
               Carrier.

          B.)  An analysis of call traffic by origination type, showing the
               dollar amount and percent, for a recent month. In instances of
               recent rapid growth trends, three (3) month to six (6) month
               analysis may be required.

          C.)  Financial Statements for the two (2) prior fiscal year ends, or
               since inception if less than two (2) years, prepared in
               accordance with GAAP, prepared by, and opined, in a manner
               acceptable to BATCCS.

          D.)  Current interim financial statements not greater than 90 days
               old.

          E.)  UCC, tax lien, and judgement searches together with copies of
               recorded filings.

          F.)  Executed copy of form UCC l indicating BATCCS as Assignee of the
               collateral pursuant to Addendum A.

          G.)  Fully executed copies of Billing and Collection Services
               Agreement, and Addendum A.



<PAGE>

                               EXHIBIT 8.1(O) (c)


                   CLASS 3 OSP COLLATERAL AND CREDIT CRITERIA


1.   In business and operating as an OSP for the previous one (l) year including
     six (6) months minimum satisfactory experience with BATCCS; or in business
     and operating as an OSP for the previous two (2) years.

2.   Senior management has broad experience and depth in the telecommunications
     and has a record satisfactory to BATCCS.

3.   Validation method, vendor, and the percentage of calls validated is
     acceptable to BATCCS.

4.   Dilution factor for the prior twelve (12) months is acceptable to BATCCS.

5.   Borrower has provided to BATCCS, the following:

          A.)  A current completed Application and Background Form, prepared by
               Carrier.

          B.)  An analysis of call traffic by origination type, showing the
               dollar amount and percent, for a recent month. In instances of
               recent rapid growth trends, three (3) months to six (6) months
               may be required.

          C.)  Financial Statements for the two (2) prior fiscal year ends, or
               since inception if less than two (2) years, prepared in
               accordance with GAAP, prepared by, and opined, in a manner
               acceptable to BATCCS.

          D.)  Current interim financial statements not greater than 90 days
               old.

          E.)  UCC, tax lien, and judgement searches together with copies of
               recorded filings.

          F.)  Executed copy of form UCC l indicating BATCCS as Assignee of the
               collateral pursuant to Addendum A.

          G.)  Fully executed copies of Billing and Collection Services
               Agreement, and Addendum A.



<PAGE>

                              REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

                                                                    May 24, 1991

     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC., a Delaware
corporation ("Borrower"), hereby promises to pay to the order of BELL ATLANTIC-
TRICON LEASING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Lender"), the principal sum
of the Credit Line, as such amount is set forth in the Agreement (as hereinafter
defined) or such amount as shall equal the aggregate unpaid principal amount
thereunder, three (3) years from the date hereof or, if applicable under the
Agreement, on the expiration date of any Renewal Term, in lawful money of the
United States of America and in immediately available funds, together with
interest from the date hereof at a rate per annum equal to one and one eighth
percent (1 1/8%) above the Base Rate (the "Contract Rate").

     In no event shall the amount of interest paid or agreed to be paid to
Lender hereunder exceed the highest lawful rate permissible under any law which
a court of competent jurisdiction may deem applicable hereto.  Interest
hereunder shall be calculated on a daily basis (computed on the actual number of
days elapsed over a year of 360 days).  Interest may be charged to Borrower's
Loan Account as provided in the Agreement.  If any installment of interest is
not paid in full on the due date thereof (whether by maturity or acceleration),
or any other Event of Default occurs under the Agreement, then, apart from
Lender's rights of acceleration or other rights set forth in the Agreement, the
outstanding principal balance of this Note shall bear additional interest from
the due date of such installment, or from and after such Event of Default, at
the rate of six percent (6%) per annum above the Base Rate (the "Default Rate")
until such late payment or Event of Default is cured, if applicable.

     To the extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower, for itself and its
legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly waives presentment,
demand, protest, notice of dishonor, notice of non-payment, notice of maturity
and notice of protest.

     This Note is the Revolving Credit Note referred to in the Amended and
Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the
"Agreement"), between Borrower and Lender, and evidences the Revolving Credit
Loans made by Lender under the Credit Line thereunder.  All of the terms,
covenants and conditions of the Agreement, as such Agreement may from time to
time be amended (including all exhibits and schedules thereto) and all other
instruments evidencing and/or securing the indebtedness hereunder are hereby
made a part of this Note and are deemed incorporated herein in full.  Any
capitalized terms 

<PAGE>

not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning as set forth in the 
Agreement.

     BORROWER, BEING FULLY AWARE OF THE RIGHT TO NOTICE AND A HEARING ON THE
QUESTION OF THE VALIDITY OF ANY CLAIMS THAT MAY BE ASSERTED AGAINST BORROWER BY
LENDER BEFORE JUDGMENT CAN BE ENTERED HEREBY WAIVES THESE RIGHTS AND AGREES AND
CONSENTS TO JUDGMENT BEING ENTERED BY CONFESSION UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF AN EVENT
OF DEFAULT.  LENDER MAY EMPLOY SELF HELP OR ANY LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PROCESS
PROVIDED BY LAW TO TAKE POSSESSION OF ANY OF THE COLLATERAL GRANTED IN
CONNECTION HEREWITH WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING FINAL JUDGMENT OR WITHOUT FIRST
GIVING NOTICE AND THE OPPORTUNITY TO BE HEARD ON THE VALIDITY OF THE CLAIM UPON
WHICH SUCH TAKING IS MADE.

     Borrower hereby authorizes irrevocably, the Prothonotary, Clerk of the
Court, or any Attorney of any Court of Record to appear for it in such court, at
any time after an Event of Default under the Agreement, and confess judgment
against Borrower, with or without declaration in favor of the holder of the
within Note, for all amounts as may be unpaid hereon, together with interest,
costs, and a reasonable attorneys' collection fee, and waives and releases all
errors and consents to immediate execution upon such judgment, hereby ratifying
and confirming all that said attorney may do by virtue hereof.  The authority
herein granted to confess judgment shall not be exhausted by one exercise
thereof, but shall continue from time to time and at all times until full
payment of all liabilities hereunder.

     Notwithstanding the acceleration of this Note or the entry of judgment
(whether by confession or otherwise), the liabilities of Borrower under this
Note shall bear interest at the Contract Rate, or if applicable, at the Default
Rate.

     All terms as used herein, unless otherwise specifically defined herein,
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

     This Note shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance
with, the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of
the date first above written.

[CORPORATE SEAL]                           ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC., a
                                           Delaware corporation

Attest: /s/ Mark D. Buckner                By: /s/ [Illegible sig]
        ------------------------------         ----------------------------
        Title: Corporate Secretary             Title: Vice President


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

                             REPLACEMENT TERM NOTE




$200,162.31                                                        May 24, 1991


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, U. S. LONG DISTANCE, INC., a Delaware
corporation ("Borrower"), hereby promises to pay to the order of BELL ATLANTIC
TRICON LEASING CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation ("Lender"), the principal sum
of Two Hundred Thousand One Hundred Sixty-two and 31/100 Dollars ($200,162.31)
in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available
funds, together with interest from the date hereof at a rate per annum equal to
one and three quarters percent (1-3/4%) above the base rate for corporate loans
at large United States money center banks as quoted in the Wall Street Journal
under the caption "Prime Rate" in the section entitled "Money Rates" as such
rate may change from time to time (the "Contract Rate") payable in Fifteen (15)
consecutive monthly installments of principal in the amount of Thirteen Thousand
Three Hundred Forty-four and 15/100 Dollars ($13,344.15) plus interest,
commencing June 1, 1991 and on the first day of each subsequent month.  The
remaining principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest due thereon
shall be paid an September 1, 1992.

     This Note evidences the obligation of Borrower as successor to Hobic Plus,
Inc. due to Lender as assignee of Source, Inc.  under and replaces that certain
Term Note between Hobic Plus, Inc. as maker and Source, Inc. as payee dated July
12, 1990, in the original principaL amount of $320,000.

     In no event shall the amount of interest paid or agreed to be paid to
Lender hereunder exceed the highest lawful rate permissible under any law which
a court of competent jurisdiction may deem applicable hereto.  Interest
hereunder shall be calculated on a daily basis (computed on the actual number of
days elapsed over a year of 360 days) and shall be payable in arrears for the
preceding one month period.  If any installment of principal or interest is not
paid in full on the due date thereof (whether by maturity or acceleration), or
any other Event of Default occurs under the Agreement as herein defined, then,
apart from Lender's rights of acceleration or other rights set forth in the
Agreement, the outstanding principal balance of this Term Note shall bear
additional interest from the due date of such installment, or from and after
such Event of Default, at the rate of six percent (6.00%) per annum above the
contract Rate (the "Default Rate") until such late payment or Event of Default
is cured, if applicable.

<PAGE>

     To the extent permitted by applicable law, Borrower, for itself and its
legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly waives presentment,
demand, protest, notice of dishonor, notice of non-payment, notice of maturity,
notice of protest, notices of acceleration, notice of interest to accelerate and
notice of presentment.

     This Term Note is the Term Note referred to in the Amended and Restated
Loan and Security Agreement dated as of May __, 1991 (the "Agreement"), between
Borrower and Lender, and evidences a Term Loan made by Lender to Borrower
thereunder.  All of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Agreement, as
such Agreement may from time to time be amended (including all exhibits and
schedules thereto) and all other instruments evidencing and/or securing the
indebtedness hereunder are hereby made a part of this Term Note and are deemed
incorporated herein in full.

     BORROWER, BEING FULLY AWARE OF THE RIGHT TO NOTICE AND A HEARING ON THE
QUESTION OF THE VALIDITY OF ANY CLAIMS THAT MAY BE ASSERTED AGAINST BORROWER BY
LENDER BEFORE JUDGMENT CAN BE ENTERED HEREBY WAIVES THESE RIGHTS AND AGREES AND
CONSENTS TO JUDGMENT BEING ENTERED BY CONFESSION. UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF AN
EVENT OF DEFAULT, LENDER MAY EMPLOY SELF HELP OR ANY LEGAL OR EQUITABLE PROCESS
PROVIDED BY LAW TO TAKE POSSESSION OF ANY OF THE COLLATERAL GRANTED IN
CONNECTION HEREWITH WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING FINAL JUDGMENT OR WITHOUT FIRST
GIVING NOTICE AND THE OPPORTUNITY TO BE HEARD ON THE VALIDITY OF THE CLAIM UPON
WHICH SUCH TAKING IS MADE.

     Borrower hereby authorizes irrevocably, the Prothonotary, Clerk of the
Court, or any Attorney of any Court of Record to appear for it in such court, at
any time after an Event of Default under the Agreement, and confess judgment
against Borrower, with or without declaration in favor of the holder of the
within term Note, for all amounts as may be unpaid hereon, together with
interest, costs, and a reasonable attorneys' collection fee, and waives and
releases all errors and consents to immediate execution upon such judgment,
hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney may do by virtue hereof. 
The authority herein granted to confess judgment shall not be exhausted by one
exercise thereof, but shall continue from time to time and at all times until
full payment of all liabilities hereunder.

     Notwithstanding the acceleration of this Term Note or the entry of judgment
(whether by confession or otherwise), the liabilities of Borrower under this
Term Note shall bear interest at the Contract Rate, or if applicable, at the
Default Rate.

<PAGE>

     All terms as used herein, unless otherwise specifically defined herein,
shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement.

     This Term Note shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Pennsylvania. Borrower hereby consents
to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in Philadelphia
County of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of
the date first above written.


                                   U. S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.

                                   By: /s/ MARK D. BUCKNER
                                       ------------------------------

<PAGE>

                   FIRST AMENDMENT AND JOINDER TO AMENDED AND
                      RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement
("First Amendment") is made this 26th day of December, 1992 among Zero Plus
Dialing, Inc. ("Borrower"), a Delaware corporation with its chief executive
office and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San
Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. Long Distance Corp. ("USLDC"), a Delaware corporation
with its chief executive office and principal place of business at 9311 San
Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. Long Distance, Inc. ("USLDI"),
a Texas corporation with its chief executive office and principal place of
business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. Billing,
Inc. ("USBI"), a Texas corporation with its chief executive office and principal
place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, and
Bell Atlantic Tricon Leasing corporation ("Lender").

                                   BACKGROUND

     A.   On May 24, 1991, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, and Lender entered into a
certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement ("Loan Agreement") and
certain related agreements and instruments, to reflect certain loan arrangements
among the parties.

     B.   On or about May 24, 1991, Borrower and Lender executed a certain
letter agreement ("Letter Agreement") clarifying certain terms of the Loan
Agreement.

<PAGE>

     C.   The Loan Agreement, the related agreements and instruments executed in
connection therewith, and the Letter Agreement are hereinafter collectively
referred to as the "Existing Loan Documents."

     D.   USBI desires to become an additional party to the Existing Loan
Documents as amended hereby, and Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, and Lender desire to
amend certain terms and conditions of the Existing Loan Documents.

     NOW THEREFORE, with the foregoing Background hereinafter deemed
incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof, the parties hereto,
intending to be legally bound, hereby promise and agree as follows:

     1.   a.  USBI hereby joins in, assumes, adopts and agrees to be subject to
the terms and conditions of the Existing Loan Documents, as amended hereby, and
the Obligations evidenced thereby.  Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, USBI shall be liable, as surety, for all Obligations now existing or
hereafter incurred, including without limitation the Revolving Credit Note and
the Term Notes, and USBI grants to Lender a continuing first lien on and
security interest in all of its assets of the type described as Collateral in
Section 4 of the Loan Agreement, including without limitation all now owned or
hereafter acquired Accounts, General Intangibles, and Equipment, and including
all proceeds of all of the foregoing.


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

          b.   The Loan Agreement is hereby amended to provide that in each
instance where the term "Guarantors" or "Guarantor" appears, such term or terms
shall jointly and severally include a reference to USBI.

     2.   The definition of the term "Credit Line" in Section 1.1 of the Loan
Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by the following new definition of
Credit Line:

          CREDIT LINE - as at any date of determination thereof, the total
     amount available to Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility, which is
     the sum of (A) Twenty Million ($20,000,000.00) Dollars, and (B) the
     aggregate amount of the credit limit as requested by Borrower and approved
     in writing by Lender for all Class 3 Approved Carriers.  The credit limits
     for each Class 3 Approved Carriers as of the date hereof are listed on
     Exhibit 6.1(Z).

     3.   The term "Tangible Capital Funds" is added to Section 1.1  of the 
Loan Agreement and is defined as follows:

          TANGIBLE CAPITAL FUNDS - shall mean, as of any date of determination
     thereof, the sum (without duplication) of the following: (i) Net Worth,
     MINUS (ii) assets other than cash, trade receivables, and property, plant
     and equipment (net of leasehold improvements), MINUS (iii) allowances, in
     excess of those shown in financial statements, on Accounts as Lender may
     reasonably determine in good faith, PLUS (iv) Indebtedness subordinated to
     Lender evidenced by duly executed subordination agreement(s) in form and
     substance acceptable to Lender.

     4.   Subsections (ii), (iii), and (v) of the definition of the term
"Borrowing Base" in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement are hereby deleted and
replaced by the following new subsections (ii), (iii), and (v):


                                      -3-

<PAGE>

               (ii) advances against Eligible Accounts for any Class 1 Approved
          Carrier shall not exceed Two Hundred and Fifty Thousand ($250,000.00)
          Dollars for each Class 1 Approved Carrier and the aggregate advances
          for all Class 1 Approved Carriers shall not exceed the lesser of (a)
          Eight Million ($8,000,000.00) Dollars and (b) fifty (50%) percent of
          USLDC's Tangible Capital Funds (adjusted quarterly as set forth in
          USLDC's 10Q and 10K reports);

               (iii) advances against Eligible Accounts for all Class 1 and
          Class 2 Approved Carriers shall not exceed at any one time in the
          aggregate for all Class 1 and Class 2 Approved carriers (a) Twenty
          Million ($20,000,000.00) Dollars on the date of the First Amendment
          and at all times thereafter;

               (v)  advances against Eligible Accounts of U.S. Long Distance,
          Inc. (which shall be treated as a Class 2 Approved Carrier) shall not
          exceed Three Million ($3,000,000.00) Dollars at any time in the
          aggregate; provided, however that U.S. Long Distance, Inc. shall be
          reclassified as a Class 3 Approved Carrier and the sublimit shall be
          increased to Five Million ($5,000,000.00) Dollars, at any time in the
          aggregate, upon the earlier of (a) Borrower's request for such
          reclassification and increase, and (b) May 1, 1993.

     5.   Borrower has informed Lender of its intention to hire a new credit
officer to perform due diligence for Class 1 OSP's and to prepare credit
packages and approvals for such Class 1 OSP's. In the event that Lender is
satisfied with the form and substance of the first three (3) of Borrower's Class
1 OSP credit packages submitted to Lender for review after the date hereof,
Lender will increase the amount of the Borrowing Base advances against Eligible
Accounts for Class 1 Approved Carriers from Two Hundred 


                                      -4-

<PAGE>

and Fifty Thousand ($250,000.00) Dollars to Five Hundred Thousand ($500,000.00) 
Dollars for each Class 1 Approved Carrier.

     6.   Section 2.1(B) of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by
the following new Section 2.1(B):

          2.1  (B) The Revolving Credit Loans shall be used by Borrower to
     purchase certain End User Accounts of Approved Carriers to the extent not
     inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.  For approval requests
     involving Carriers for credit up to Two Million ($2,000,000.00) Dollars,
     and increases for Approved Carriers with credit limits up to Two Million
     ($2,000,000.00) Dollars, Lender shall have a maximum of twenty (20) days
     from the point at which all relevant credit information is received in
     order to consider requests and advise Borrower of its determination for
     approval of a Carrier or an increase of credit for an Approved Carrier. 
     Lender shall use its best efforts to promptly inform Borrower of any
     additional information it deems necessary to consider such a request.  Upon
     approval of a Carrier or an increase of credit for an Approved Carrier,
     Lender shall provide Borrower with written notification thereof within five
     (5) Business Days.

     7.   The following Section 2.6 is hereby added to the Loan Agreement:

          2.6. INVESTMENT ACCOUNT - Lender shall establish an investment account
     ("Investment Account") on the books of Lender, in which Lender shall
     record, in increments of no less than $250,000.00, funds received by Lender
     from Borrower.  That portion of the amounts received by Lender and recorded
     in the Investment Account equal to the difference between (i) the
     outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, and (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the
     Credit Line, shall earn interest at an annual rate equal to the Base Rate,
     in effect from time to time, which shall be calculated in a manner
     consistent with that set forth in Section 3.1(A) hereof.  For the purpose
     of computing interest on amounts in the Investment Account, amounts shall
     be deemed to have been transferred into the Investment Account on the first
     Business Day after receipt by Lender of such amounts. Disbursements made in
     connection with amounts in the Investment Account shall be made by Lender
     in increments of $250,000.00 and shall be made in the manner as set forth
     in Section 7.3(B) of the Loan Agreement.  All disbursements 


                                      -5-

<PAGE>

     from the Investment Account shall be subject to a wire transfer fee of 
     $20.00 per wire transfer.

     8.   Section 3.1(A) of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended such that
interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Revolving Credit Loans
outstanding at the end of each day at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to one
and three eighths percent (1 3/8%) above the Base Rate in effect on such day. 
All other provisions of Section 3.1(A) remain unchanged and in full force and
effect.

     9.   Section 3.2(e) of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted upon the
condition that, on the date hereof, Borrower pays to Lender the unused facility
fee at the rate set forth and calculated in accordance with Section 3.2(e),
which fee shall cover the period through and including the date hereof.

     10.  Section 3.3 of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced by
the following new Section 3.3:

          3.3  TERM OF AGREEMENT.  Subject to Lender's right to cease making
     loans to Borrower at any time upon or after the occurrence of any Default
     or Event of Default, and such Event of Default has not been cured within
     the required time limits, if any, the provisions of this Agreement shall be
     in effect through and including two (2) years from the date of the First
     Amendment, (the "Original Term"), unless terminated as provided in Section
     3.4 hereof, and may be extended by the written consent of Lender and
     Borrower (the "Renewal Term").

     11.  Paragraph 3.4(A) of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced
by the following new paragraph 3.4(A):

          3.4(A) Borrower may at any time prior to the end of the Original Term
     or any Renewal Term and on not less than ninety (90) days prior written
     notice to Lender, terminate 


                                      -6-

<PAGE>

     this Agreement; provided, however, that on the termination date Borrower 
     shall pay all the outstanding Obligations and Borrower shall deposit 
     such amount of cash collateral as Lender determines is necessary to 
     secure Lender from loss, cost, damage or expenses, including reasonable 
     attorney fees, in connection with any remittance items or other payments 
     provisionally credited towards the repayment of the Obligations and/or 
     to which Lender has not yet received final and indefeasible payment.  
     Borrower shall also pay to Lender on such termination date a prepayment 
     fee ("Prepayment Fee") equal to one percent (1%) of the Credit Line.

     12.  The following paragraph (u) is added to Section 7.2 of the Loan
Agreement:

          (u)  PURCHASE OF END USER ACCOUNTS FROM APPROVED CARRIERS.  Purchase
     End User Accounts from Approved Carriers other than with advances received
     directly from Lender pursuant to the Revolving Credit Loans.

     13.  Exhibit 8.1(N)-Class 1 OSP Certification form is hereby deleted and
replaced by a new Exhibit 8.1(N)-Class 1 OSP Certification form attached to this
First Amendment.

     14.  Section 10.10 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended such that
notices to Bell Atlantic TriCon Leasing Corporation in King of Prussia, PA
should be sent to the attention of Larry Jadlocki.  All other notice provisions
of Section 10.10 remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

     15.  Borrower shall pay to Lender a loan origination fee equal to three
quarters of one percent (.75%) of the increase in the sublimit for advances
against Eligible Accounts for Class 1 and Class 2 Approved Carriers, which fee
is fully earned on the date hereof and shall be payable to Lender on the date of
such increases.  Borrower shall also pay to Lender a loan origination 


                                      -7-

<PAGE>

fee in connection with the reclassification of U.S. Long Distance, Inc., 
equal to one half of one percent (.50%) per annum of $5,000,000.00, in 
accordance with Section 3.2(c) of the Loan Agreement, which fee is fully 
earned on the date hereof and shall be payable to Lender upon the earlier of 
(i) Borrower's request for such reclassification and increase, and (ii) May 
1, 1993.

     16.  Borrower shall deliver or cause Guarantors to deliver the following to
Lender prior to Closing (all documents to be in form and substance satisfactory
to Lender):

          a.   This fully executed First Amendment and any other documents
required by any provision hereof;

          b.   A Corporate Guaranty executed by USBI, guaranteeing, as surety,
all Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement);

          a.   UCC-1 financing statements covering the Collateral of USBI which
is pledged to Lender hereunder;

          b.   UCC, federal and state tax lien and judgment searches for USBI
indicating that upon filing of the UCC-1 financing statements described in (c)
above, Lender shall have first liens on the Collateral pledged by USBI to
Lender;

          c.   Certified copies of resolutions of Borrower's and Guarantors'
(including USBI) board of directors authorizing the execution of this First
Amendment, and all agreements and documents referred to herein; and 


                                      -8-

<PAGE>

          d.   Payment of the loan origination fee due on the date hereof
($37,500.00) in accordance with Section 3.2(a) of the Loan Agreement, based upon
the increase in the credit Line as of the date hereof.

     17.  Guarantors hereby accept and approve the terms and conditions of this
First Amendment and covenant and agree that all Obligations, as modified by this
First Amendment, are covered by the Corporate Guarantees, and such corporate
Guarantees remain in full force and effect.

     18.  The parties acknowledge and agree that this First Amendment is
incorporated into and made part of the Existing Loan Documents, the terms and
provisions of which, unless expressly modified herein, or unless no longer
applicable by their terms, continue unchanged and in full force and effect.  To
the extent that any term or provision of this First Amendment is or may be
deemed expressly inconsistent with any term or provision in the Existing Loan
Documents, the terms and provisions hereof shall control.

     19.  a.   All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents;

          b.   No modification hereof or any agreement referred to herein shall
be binding or enforceable unless in writing and signed on behalf of the party
against who enforcement is sought;


                                      -9-

<PAGE>

          c.   No rights are intended to be created hereunder for the benefit of
any third party donee, creditor, or incidental beneficiary.

                                         ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC.


                                          By: [Illegible sig]
                                             ---------------------------------
                                          Attest:  ??????


                                          U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.

                                          By: [Illegible sig]
                                             ---------------------------------
                                          Attest:  ??????


                                          U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.

                                          By: [Illegible sig]
                                             ---------------------------------
                                          Attest:  ??????


                                          U.S. BILLING, INC

                                          By: [Illegible sig]
                                             ---------------------------------
                                          Attest:  ??????


                                          BELL ATLANTIC TRICON LEASING
                                          CORPORATION

                                          By: [Illegible sig]
                                             ---------------------------------


                                      -10-

<PAGE>

                         SECOND AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND
                      RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security 
Agreement ("Second Amendment") is made this 2nd day of April 1993 among Zero 
Plus Dialing, Inc. ("Borrower"), a Delaware corporation with its chief 
executive office and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 
300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. Long Distance Corp. ("USLDC"), a Delaware 
corporation with its chief executive office and principal place of business 
at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. Long Distance, 
Inc. ("USLDI"), a Texas corporation with its chief executive office and 
principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 
78216, U.S. Billing, Inc. ("USBI"), a Texas corporation with its chief 
executive office and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 
300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, and Bell Atlantic TriCon Leasing Corporation 
("Lender").

                                   BACKGROUND

     A.   On May 24, 1991, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, and Lender entered into a
certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement ("Loan Agreement") and
certain related agreements and instruments, to reflect certain loan arrangements
among the parties.

     B.   On or about May 24, 1991, Borrower and Lender executed a certain
letter agreement ("Letter Agreement") clarifying certain terms of the Loan
Agreement.


<PAGE>

     C.   On December 28, 1992, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI and USBI and Lender
executed a certain First Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan and
Security Agreement ("First Amendment").

     D.   The Loan Agreement, the related agreements and instruments executed in
connection therewith, the Letter Agreement and the First Amendment are
hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Existing Loan Documents."

     NOW THEREFORE, with the foregoing Background hereinafter deemed
incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof, the parties hereto,
intending to be legally bound, hereby promise and agree as follows:

     1.   Paragraph 7.2(u) of the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced
with the following new Paragraph 7.2(u):

          (u)  PURCHASE OF END-USER ACCOUNTS FROM APPROVED CARRIERS.  Purchase
               End-User Accounts from Approved Carriers other than with advances
               received directly from Lender pursuant to the Revolving Credit
               Loans; provided, however, that at any time after Borrower has
               requested that Lender increase the Credit Line for any Approved
               Carrier, then while such request is pending and at any time total
               advances to such Approved Carrier are equal to the Credit Line
               and Borrowing Base for such Approved Carrier, then Borrower may
               purchase End-User Accounts from such Approved Carrier with other
               funds.

     2.   Guarantors hereby accept and approve the terms and conditions of 
this Second Amendment and covenant and agree that all Obligations, as 
modified by this Second Amendment, are 

                                      -2-

<PAGE>


covered by the Corporate Guarantees, and such Corporate Guarantees remain in 
full force and effect.

     3.   The parties acknowledge and agree that this Second Amendment is
incorporated into and made part of the Existing Loan Documents, the terms and
provisions of which, unless expressly modified herein, or unless no longer
applicable by their terms, continue unchanged and in full force and effect.  To
the extent that any term or provision of this Second Amendment is or may be
deemed expressly inconsistent with any term or provision in the Existing Loan
Documents, the terms and provisions hereof shall control.

     4.   a.   All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents;

          b.   No modification hereof or any agreement referred to herein shall
be binding or enforceable unless in writing and signed on behalf of the party
against who enforcement is sought;

          c.   No rights are intended to be created hereunder for the benefit of
any third party donee, creditor, or incidental beneficiary.


                                      -3-

<PAGE>


     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have executed this Agreement
the day and year first above written.


                                        ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC.


                                        By: /s/ Mark D. Buckner
                                           --------------------------------
                                        Attest:
                                               ----------------------------


                                        U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.

                                        By: /s/ Mark D. Buckner
                                           --------------------------------
                                        Attest:
                                               ----------------------------

                                        U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.

                                        By: /s/ Mark D. Buckner
                                           --------------------------------
                                        Attest:
                                               ----------------------------

                                        U.S. BILLING, INC.

                                        By: /s/ Mark D. Buckner
                                           --------------------------------
                                        Attest:
                                               ----------------------------

                                        BELL ATLANTIC TRICON LEASING
                                        CORPORATION

                                        By: [Illegible sig]
                                           --------------------------------








                                      -4-

<PAGE>

                         THIRD AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND
                      RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement 
("Third Amendment") is made this  1st day of October, 1993 among Zero Plus 
Dialing, Inc. ("Borrower"), a Delaware corporation with its chief executive 
office and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San 
Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. Long Distance Corp. ("USLDC"), a Delaware 
corporation with its chief executive office and principal place of business 
at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. Long Distance, 
Inc. ("USLDI"), a Texas corporation with its chief executive office and 
principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 
78216, U.S. Billing, Inc. ("USBI"), a Texas corporation with its chief 
executive office and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 
300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, and Bell Atlantic Tricon Leasing corporation 
("Lender").

                             BACKGROUND

     A.   On May 24, 1991, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, and Lender entered into a 
certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement ("Loan Agreement") 
and certain related agreements and instruments, to reflect certain loan 
arrangements among the parties.


<PAGE>

     B.   On or about May 24, 1991, Borrower and Lender executed a certain 
letter agreement ("Letter Agreement") clarifying certain terms of the Loan 
Agreement.

     C.   On December 28, 1992, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI and USBI and Lender 
executed a certain First Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan 
and Security Agreement ("First Amendment").

     D.   On April 2, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI and USBI and Lender 
executed a certain Second Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan 
and Security Agreement ("Second Amendment").

     E.   The Loan Agreement, the related agreements and instruments executed 
in connection therewith, the Letter Agreement, First Amendment and the Second 
Amendment are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Existing Loan 
Documents."

     NOW THEREFORE, with the foregoing Background hereinafter deemed 
incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof, the parties hereto, 
intending to be legally bound, hereby promise and agree as follows:

     1.   The amount provided for in Subparagraph (A) of the definition of 
Credit Line shall at all times from the date hereof through October 31, 1993 
be increased from Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) to Twenty-two Million 
Dollars ($22,000,000) and on November 1, 1993 and at all times thereafter 
shall be Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000).  At no time shall the amount 
of 

                                       -2-

<PAGE>

the Revolving Credit Loans exceed the amount of the Credit Line as amended 
hereby.

     2.   Guarantors hereby accept and approve the terms and conditions of 
this Third Amendment and covenant and agree that all Obligations, as modified 
by this Third Amendment, are covered by the Corporate Guarantees, and such 
Corporate Guarantees remain in full force and effect.

     3.   The parties acknowledge and agree that this Third Amendment is 
incorporated into and made part of the Existing Loan Documents, the terms and 
provisions of which, unless expressly modified herein, or unless no longer 
applicable by their terms, continue unchanged and in full force and effect.  
To the extent that any term or provision of this Third Amendment is or may be 
deemed expressly inconsistent with any term or provision in the Existing Loan 
Documents, the terms and provisions hereof shall control.

     4.   a.  All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have 
the meanings as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents;

          b.   No modification hereof or any agreement referred to herein 
shall be binding or enforceable unless in writing and signed on behalf of the 
party against who enforcement is sought;

          c.   No rights are intended to be created hereunder for the benefit 
of any third party donee, creditor, or incidental beneficiary.

                                       -3-


<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties have executed this Agreement 
the day and year first above written.

                                       ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC.

                                       By: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                          -------------------------------
                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                              ---------------------------

                                       U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.

                                       By: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                          -------------------------------
                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                              ---------------------------

                                       U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.

                                       By: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                          -------------------------------
                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                              ---------------------------

                                       U.S. BILLING, INC.

                                       By: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                          -------------------------------
                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                              ---------------------------

                                       BELL ATLANTIC TRICON LEASING
                                       CORPORATION
                                       By: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                          -------------------------------


                                       -4-


<PAGE>

                   FOURTH AMENDMENT AND JOINDER TO AMENDED AND
                      RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security 
Agreement ("Fourth Amendment") is made this 1ST day of October, 1993 among 
Zero Plus Dialing, Inc. ("Borrower"), a Delaware corporation with its chief 
executive office and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 
300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. Long Distance Corp. ("USLDC"), a Delaware 
corporation with its chief executive office and principal place of business 
at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. Long Distance, 
Inc. ("USLDI"), a Texas corporation with its chief executive office and 
principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 
78216, U.S Billing, Inc. ("USBI"), a Texas corporation with its chief 
executive office and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 
300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, and USLD Acquisition Corp. d/b/a Telecom West, 
Inc., an Texas corporation with its chief executive office and principal 
place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, and 
Bell Atlantic Tricon Leasing Corporation ("Lender").

                                   BACKGROUND

     A.   On May 24, 1991, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, and Lender entered into a 
certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement ("Loan Agreement") 
and certain related agreements and instruments, to reflect certain loan 
arrangements among the parties.


                                       

<PAGE>

     B.   On or about May 24, 1991, Borrower and Lender executed a certain 
letter agreement ("Letter Agreement") clarifying certain terms of the Loan 
Agreement.

     C.   On December 28, 1992, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI and USBI and Lender 
executed a certain First Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan 
and Security Agreement ("First Amendment").

     D.   On April 2, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI and USBI and Lender 
executed a certain Second Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan 
and Security Agreement ("Second Amendment").

     E.   On October 1, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, USBI and Lender 
executed a certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security 
Agreement ("Third Amendment").

     F.   USLDC's wholly owned subsidiary, USLD Acquisition Corp. ("USLDA"), 
is merging with Telecom West, Inc.  The name of the successor corporation to 
this merger shall be USLD Acquisition Corp. d/b/a Telecom West, Inc. 
("Telecom").

     G.   The Loan Agreement, the related agreements and instruments executed 
in connection therewith, the Letter Agreement, the First Amendment, the 
Second Amendment and the Third Amendment are hereinafter collectively 
referred to as the "Existing Loan Documents."

     NOW THEREFORE, with the foregoing Background hereinafter deemed 
incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof, the parties hereto, 
intending to be legally bound, hereby promise and agree as follows:

                                       2

<PAGE>

     1.   a.   Telecom hereby joins in, assumes, adopts and agrees to be 
subject to the terms and conditions of the Existing Loan Documents, as 
amended hereby, and the Obligations evidenced thereby.  Without limiting the 
generality of the foregoing, Telecom shall be liable, as surety, for all 
Obligations now existing or hereafter incurred, including without limitation 
the Revolving Credit Note and the Term Notes, and Telecom grants to Lender a 
continuing first lien on and security interest in all of its assets of the 
type described as Collateral in Section 4 of the Loan Agreement, including 
without limitation all now owned or hereafter acquired Accounts, General 
Intangibles, and Equipment, and including all cash and non-cash proceeds of 
all of the foregoing.

          b.   The Loan Agreement is hereby amended to provide that in each 
instance where the term "Guarantors" or "Guarantor" appears, such term or 
terms shall jointly and severally include a reference to Telecom.

     2.   Borrower shall deliver or cause Guarantors to deliver the following 
to Lender prior to Closing (all documents to be in form and substance 
satisfactory to Lender):

          a.   This fully executed Fourth Amendment and any other documents 
required by any provision hereof;

          b.   A Corporate Guaranty executed by Telecom guaranteeing, as 
surety, all Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement);


                                       3

<PAGE>

          c.   UCC-1 financing statements covering the Collateral of Telecom 
which is pledged to Lender hereunder;

          d.   UCC, federal and state tax lien and judgment searches for 
Telecom indicating that upon filing of the UCC-l financing statements 
described in (c) above, Lender shall have a first priority security interest 
in the Collateral pledged by Telecom to Lender; and

          e.   Certified copies of resolutions of Borrower's and Guarantors' 
(including Telecom) board of directors authorizing the execution of this 
Fourth Amendment, and all agreements and documents referred to herein.

     3.   Guarantors hereby accept and approve the terms and conditions of 
this Fourth Amendment and covenant and agree that all Obligations, as 
modified by this Fourth Amendment, are covered by the Corporate Guarantees, 
and such Corporate Guarantees remain in full force and effect.

     4.   The parties acknowledge and agree that this Fourth Amendment is 
incorporated into and made part of the Existing Loan Documents, the terms and 
provisions of which, unless expressly modified herein, or unless no longer 
applicable by their terms, continue unchanged and in full force and effect.  
To the extent that any term or provision of this Fourth Amendment is or may 
be deemed expressly inconsistent with any term or provision of the Existing 
Loan Documents, the terms and provisions hereof shall control.


                                       4

<PAGE>

     5.   a.   All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall the 
meanings as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents;

          b.   No modification hereof or any agreement referred to herein 
shall be binding or enforceable unless in writing and signed on behalf of the 
party against who enforcement is sought;

          c.   No rights are intended to be created hereunder for the benefit 
of any third party donee, creditor, or incidental beneficiary.

     6.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  Telecom represents and 


                                       5

<PAGE>

warrants that Telecom is qualified to do business in the State of Oregon.

     INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND, the undersigned parties have executed 
this Fourth Amendment and Joinder to the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement 
the date and year first written above.


                                       ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC.

                                       By: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                          -------------------------------
                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                              ---------------------------

                                       U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.

                                       By: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                          -------------------------------
                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                              ---------------------------

                                       U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.

                                       By: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                          -------------------------------
                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                              ---------------------------

                                       U.S. BILLING, INC.

                                       By: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                          -------------------------------
                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                              ---------------------------

                                       USLD ACQUISITION CORP.

                                       By: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                          -------------------------------
                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                              ---------------------------

                                       BELL ATLANTIC TRICON LEASING
                                       CORPORATION

                                       By: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                          -------------------------------
                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAMES]
                                              ---------------------------


                                       6

<PAGE>

                   FIFTH AMENDMENT AND JOINDER TO AMENDED AND
                      RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement 
("Fifth Amendment") is made this 16th day of November, 1993 among Zero Plus 
Dialing, Inc. ("Borrower"), a Delaware corporation with its chief executive 
office and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San 
Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. Long Distance Corp. ("USLDC"), a Delaware 
corporation with its chief executive office and principal place of business 
at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. Long Distance, 
Inc. ("USLDI"), a Texas corporation with its chief executive office and 
principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 
78216, U.S. Billing, Inc. ("USBI"), a Texas corporation with its chief 
executive office and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 
300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, USLD Acquisition Corp. d/b/a Telecom West, 
Inc. ("Telecom"), a Texas corporation with its chief executive office and 
principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 
78216, STS Telecommunications, Inc. ("STS"), a Texas corporation with its 
chief executive officer and principal place of business at 1049 North 3rd 
Street, Abilene, Texas 79604 and Bell Atlantic Capital Corp. (formerly known 
as Bell Atlantic Tricon Leasing Corporation) ("Lender").

                                   BACKGROUND

     A.   On May 24, 1991, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, and Lender entered into a 
certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security 

                                        

<PAGE>

Agreement ("Loan Agreement") and certain related agreements and instruments, 
to reflect certain loan arrangements among the parties.

     B.   On or about May 24, 1991, Borrower and Lender executed a certain 
letter agreement ("Letter Agreement") clarifying certain terms of the Loan 
Agreement.

     C.   On December 28, 1992, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI and USBI and Lender 
executed a certain First Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan 
and Security Agreement ("First Amendment").

     D.   On April 2, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI and USBI and Lender 
executed a certain Second Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan 
and Security Agreement ("Second Amendment").

     E.   On October 1, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, USBI and Lender 
executed a certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security 
Agreement ("Third Amendment").

     F.   On October 1, 1993, USLDC's wholly owned subsidiary, USLD 
Acquisition Corp. ("USLDA"), merged with Telecom West, Inc. The name of the 
successor corporation to this merger shall be USLD Acquisition Corp. d/b/a 
Telecom West, Inc. ("Telecom").

     G.   On October 1, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, USBI, USLDA, Telecom 
and Lender executed a certain Fourth Amendment and Joinder to Amended and 
Restated Loan and Security Agreement ("Fourth Amendment")

     H.   STS, J.T. Poorman, Lou Poorman, Brad Poorman, Tony Poorman (J.T. 
Poorman, Lou Poorman, Brad Poorman and Tony Poorman 

                                       2

<PAGE>

are collectively referred to herein as the "Individual Owners") NTS 
Communications, Inc. ("NTS") and USLDC entered into that certain Stock 
Purchase Agreement dated as of November 2, 1993 (the "STS Stock Purchase 
Agreement").  Pursuant to the STS Stock Purchase Agreement, USLDC agreed to 
purchase all of the issued and outstanding shares of STS from the Individual 
Owners and NTS, by no later than December 31, 1993.

     I.   The Loan Agreement, the related agreements and instruments executed 
in connection therewith, the Letter Agreement, the First Amendment, the 
Second Amendment, the Third Amendment and the Fourth Amendment are 
hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Existing Loan Documents."

     NOW THEREFORE, with the foregoing Background hereinafter deemed 
incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof; the parties hereto, 
intending to be legally bound, hereby promise and agree as follows:

     1.   a.   STS hereby joins in, assumes, adopts and agrees to be subject 
to the terms and conditions of the Existing Loan Documents, as amended 
hereby, and the Obligations evidenced thereby.  Without limiting the 
generality of the foregoing, STS shall be liable, as surety, for all 
Obligations now existing or hereafter incurred, including without limitation 
the Revolving Credit Note and the Term Notes, and STS grants to Lender a 
continuing first lien on and security interest in all of its assets of the 
type described as Collateral in Section 4 of the Loan Agreement, including 
without limitation all now owned or 

                                       3

<PAGE>

hereafter acquired Accounts, General Intangibles, and Equipment, and 
including all cash and non-cash proceeds of all of the foregoing.

          b.   The Loan Agreement is hereby amended to provide that in each 
instance where the term "Guarantors" or "Guarantor" appears, such term or 
terms shall jointly and severally include a reference to STS.

     2.   Borrower shall deliver or cause Guarantors to deliver the following 
to Lender prior to Closing (all documents to be in form and substance 
satisfactory to Lender):

          a.   This fully executed Fifth Amendment and any other documents 
required by any provision hereof;

          b.   A Corporate Guaranty executed by STS guaranteeing, as surety, 
all Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement);

          c.   UCC-1 financing statements covering the Collateral of STS 
which is pledged to Lender hereunder;

          d.   UCC, federal and state tax lien and judgment searches for STS 
indicating that upon filing of the UCC-1 financing statements described in 
(c) above, Lender shall have a first priority security interest in the 
Collateral pledged by STS to Lender; and

          e.   Certified copies of resolutions of Borrower's and Guarantors' 
(including STS) board of directors authorizing the execution of this Fifth 
Amendment, and all agreements and documents referred to herein.

                                       4

<PAGE>

     3.   Guarantors hereby accept and approve the terms and conditions of 
this Fifth Amendment and covenant and agree that all Obligations, as modified 
by this Fifth Amendment, are covered by the Corporate Guarantees, and such 
Corporate Guarantees remain in full force and effect.

     4.   The parties acknowledge and agree that this Fifth Amendment is 
incorporated into and made part of the Existing Loan Documents, the terms and 
provisions of which, unless expressly modified herein, or unless no longer 
applicable by their terms, continue unchanged and in full force and effect.  
To the extent that any term or provision of this Fifth Amendment is or may be 
deemed expressly inconsistent with any term or provision of the Existing Loan 
Documents, the terms and provisions hereof shall control.

     5.   a.   All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall the 
meanings as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents;

          b.   No modification hereof or any agreement referred to herein 
shall be binding or enforceable unless in writing and signed on behalf of the 
party against who enforcement is sought;

          c.   No rights are intended to be created hereunder for the benefit 
of any third party donee, creditor, or incidental beneficiary.

     6.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.  STS represents and warrants that 
STS is qualified to do business in the State of Oregon.

                                       5

<PAGE>

     INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND, the undersigned parties have executed 
this Fifth Amendment and Joinder to the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement 
the date and year first written above.

                                        ZERO PLUS DIALING INC.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       -----------------------------       ----------------------------
                                        Title: President

                                        U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       -----------------------------       ----------------------------
                                        Title: President

                                        U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       -----------------------------       ----------------------------
                                        Title: President

                                        U.S. BILLING, INC

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       -----------------------------       ----------------------------
                                        Title: President

                                        USLD ACQUISITION CORP.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       -----------------------------       ----------------------------
                                        Title: President

                     [SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

                                       6

<PAGE>


                                        STS TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       -----------------------------       ----------------------------
                                        Title: President

                                        BELL ATLANTIC CAPITAL CORP.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       -----------------------------       ----------------------------
                                        Title: Staff Vice President 

                                       7
<PAGE>

                       SIXTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND    
                    RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT 

     This sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement 
("Sixth Amendment") is made as of December 7, 1993 among Zero Plus Dialing, 
Inc. ("Borrower"), a Delaware corporation with its chief executive office and 
principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 
78216, U.S. Long Distance Corp. ("USLDC"), a Delaware corporation with its 
chief executive office and principal place of business at 9311 Ban Pedro, 
Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas, 78216, U.S. Long Distance, Inc. ("USLDI"), a 
Texas corporation with its chief executive office and principal place of 
business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. 
Billing, Inc. ("USBI"), a Texas corporation with its chief executive office 
and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, 
Texas 78216, USLD Acquisition Corp. d/b/a Telecom West, Inc. ("Telecom"), a 
Texas corporation with its chief executive office and principal place of 
business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, STS 
Telecommunications, Inc. ("STS"), a Texas corporation with its chief 
executive officer and principal place of business at 1049 North 3rd Street, 
Abilene, Texas 79604 and Bell Atlantic Capital Corp. (formerly known as Bell 
Atlantic TriCon Leasing corporation) ("Lender").

                                   BACKGROUND

     A.   On May 24, 1991, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, and Lender entered into a 
certain Amended and Restated Ban and Security Agreement ("Loan Agreement") 
and certain related agreements and 


<PAGE>

instruments, to reflect certain loan arrangements among the parties.
                                      
     B.   On or about May 24, 1991, Borrower and Lender executed a certain 
letter agreement ("Letter Agreement") clarifying certain terms of the Loan 
Agreement.

     C.   On December 28, 1992, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI and USBI and Lab 
executed a certain First Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Related Loan 
and Security Agreement ("First Amendment").

     D.   On April 2, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI and USBI and Lender 
executed a certain Second Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan 
and Security Agreement ("Second Amendment").

     E.   On October 1, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, USBI and Lender 
executed a certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security 
Agreement ("Third Amendment").

     F.   On October 1, 1993, USLDC's wholly owned subsidiary, USLD 
Acquisition Corp. ("USLDA"), merged with Telecom West, Inc. The name of the 
successor corporation to this merger is USLD Acquisition Corp. d/b/a Telecom 
West, Inc. ("Telecom").

     G.   On October 1, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, USBI, USLDA, Telecom 
and Lender executed a certain Fourth Amendment and Joinder to Amended and 
restated loan and Security Agreement ("Fourth Amendment").

     H.   On November 16, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, USBI, Telecom, STS 
and Lender executed a certain Fifth Amendment to 

                                       2


<PAGE>

Amended and restated Loan and Security Agreement ("Fifth Amendment').

     I.   The Loan Agreement, the related agreements and instruments executed 
in connection therewith, the Later Agreement, the First Amendment, the Second 
Amendment, the Third Amendment, the Fourth Amendment and the Fifth Amendment 
are hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Existing Loan Documents."

     NOW THEREFORE, with the foregoing Background hereinafter deemed 
incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof, the parties hereto, 
intending to be legally bound, hereby promise and agree as follows:

     1.   The definition of Approved Carrier in the Loan Agreement shall be 
deleted and replaced in its entirety to read as follows:

          APPROVED CARRIER - any operator service provider or interexchange 
carrier (collectively, an "OSP") which beets each of the following 
requirements to Lender's satisfaction in the exercise of its sole discretion: 
(i) such OSP shall have executed and delivered the Carrier Contract and the 
Addendum thereto, and UCC-1 financing statements to perfect Borrower's 
interests in the Accounts being purchased, which financing statements shall 
also indicate that Lender is the assignee thereof; and (ii) Borrower shall 
have received copies of a Uniform Commercial Code searches and judgment, 
state and federal tax lien searches against such OSP where such OSP's 
principal place of business is located, indicating that there are no liens 
against any of the Accounts of Such OSP.

     2.   The definition of Borrowing Bale in the Loan Agreement shall be 
deleted and replaced in its entirety to read as follows:

          BORROWING BASE - as at any date of determination thereof, an amount 
up to the lesser of (A) the Credit Line, or (B) eighty percent (80%) of the 
gross amount of Eligible Account: outstanding at such date (the "Advance 
Rate"), provided, however, 

                                       3

<PAGE>

that Lender may, in its sole discretion, adjust the Advance Rate as follows; 
(i) if the Dilution Factor exceeds eight percent (8.0%), the Advance Rate may 
be reduced by Lender to seventy-five percent (75.0%), (ii) if the Dilution Fact
or exceeds eleven percent (11.0%), the Advance Rate may be reduced by Lender to
seventy percent (70.0%), or (iii) it the Dilution Factor exceeds fifteen 
percent (15.0%), the Advance rate may be reduced by Lender two (2) percentage 
points for each one (1) percentage point increase in the Dilution Factor over 
fifteen percent (15.0%) and if the Dilution Factor exceeds fifty percent 
(50.0%), the Advance Rate may be reduced by Lender to zero percent (0.0%). All 
changes to the Advance Rate may result from the review of the Dilution Factors 
on a quarterly basis or whenever a field examination is performed.

          For purposes hereof, the gross amount of Eligible Accounts at any 
time shall be the face amount of such Eligible Accounts without deducting any 
discounts, credits, unbillability or uncollectability, whether or not due to 
fraud and allowances of any nature at any time, but not including any excise 
taxes owing in connection with such Accounts.

     3.   The definition of Credit Line in the Loan Agreement shall be 
deleted and replaced in its entirety to read as follows:

          CREDIT LINE - as at any date of determination thereof, the total 
amount available to Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility shall be 
Forty-Five Million Dollars ($45,000,000) during the original Term, unless, 
Borrower, at its sole option as lang as no Event of Default exists or would 
exist with the passage of time or notice or both, has notified wider in 
writing ninety (90) days prior to the third year of the original Tea that 
Borrower requests that the total amount to be available under the Revolving 
Credit Facility be increased, in which case the total amount available to 
Borrower under the Revolving Credit Facility shall be increased to sixty 
Million Dollars ($60,000,000) during the third year of the Original Term and 
during any Renewal Tar: thereafter.

     4.   The definition of Eligible Account in the Loan Agreement shall be 
deleted and replaced in its entirety to read as follows:

          ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT - A LEC Receivable or USLD Receivable arising in 
the ordinary course of business which Lender, in its reasonable judgment, 
deems to be an Eligible Account.

                                       4


<PAGE>

          No LEC Receivable shall be an Eligible LEC Receivable if: (i) such 
Account arises out of a sale made by an Approved Carrier to a Subsidiary or 
an Affiliate of such Approved Carrier or of Borrower (other than sales by 
U.S. Long Distance, Inc.) or to a Person controlled by an Affiliate of such 
Approved Carrier or of Borrower,  or (ii) such Account is unpaid more than 
ninety (90) days after the date of the applicable billing tape or 
transmission date; or (iii) fifty percent (50%) or more of the LEC 
Receivables from a LEC are not deemed Eligible Accounts hereunder; or (iv) 
any covenant, representation or warranty contained in this Agreement with 
respect to such Account has been breached; or (v) the LEC has disputed 
liability with respect to a LEC Receivable, or has made any claim with 
respect to any other LEC Receivable due from the LEC to Borrower, to the 
extent of any dispute or claim; or (vi) the LEC has commenced a voluntary 
case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now constituted or hereafter 
amended, or made an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a decree or 
order for relief has been entered by a Court having jurisdiction over the LEC 
in an involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy law, as now constituted 
or hereafter amended, or any other petition or other application for relief 
under the federal bankruptcy laws has been filed against the LEC, or if the 
LEC has failed, suspended business, ceased to be Solvent, or consented to or 
suffered a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian to be appointed for it 
or for all or a significant portion of its assets or affairs; or (vii) Lender 
believes, in its reasonable judgment, that collection of such LEC Receivable 
is insecure or that payment thereof is doubtful or will be delayed by reason 
of the LEC's  financial condition; or (viii) the LEC Receivable is subject to 
a Lien; or (ix) more than thirty-five percent (35%) of Borrower's total 
Accounts consist of LEC Receivables from the LEC; or (x) the LEC Receivable 
is evidenced by chattel paper or an instrument of any kind, or has been 
reduced to judgment; or (xi) Borrower has made any agreement with a LEC for 
any deduction therefrom, except for post-billing adjustments which are made 
in the ordinary course of business and except as provided in the applicable 
Billing Contract; or (xii) Borrower has made an agreement with the LEC to 
extend the time of payment thereof, unless notwithstanding such agreement 
payment is made within ninety (90) days of the billing tape date or 
transmission date, or (xiii) such LEC Receivable does not arise from the 
purchase by Borrower from the Approved Carrier originating the End User 
Account which has been sold, assigned or transferred to a LEC to create such 
LEC Receivable pursuant to the terms set forth in the Carrier Contract in the 
form attached to the Loan Agreement as EXHIBIT 1.1; or (xiv) more than 
twenty-five percent (25%) of Borrower's total accounts consist of or arise 
from End User Accounts purchased from any single OSP; or (xv) call records 
for such Account have not been subjected to validation acceptable to Lender 
or have dilution rates which are unacceptable to Lender.

                                       5

<PAGE>

          No USLD Receivable shall be an Eligible USLD Receivable if: (i) 
such Account arises out of a sale made by an Approved Carrier to a Subsidiary 
or an Affiliate of such Approved Carrier or of Account Debtor or to a Person 
controlled by an Affiliate of such Approved Carrier or of Account Debtor; or 
(ii) such Account is unpaid more than ninety (90) day. after the date of the 
applicable billing tape or transmission date; or (iii) fifty percent (50%) or 
more of the USLD Receivables from an Account Debtor are not deemed Eligible 
Accounts hereunder; or (iv) any covenant, representation or warranty 
contained in this Agreement with respect to such Account has been breached; 
or (v) the Account Debtor has disputed liability with respect to a USLD 
Receivable, or has made any claim with respect to any other USLD Receivable 
due from the Account Debtor to USLD, Inc., to the extent of any dispute or 
claim; or (vi) the Account Debtor has commenced a voluntary case under the 
federal bankruptcy laws, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or made an 
assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a decree or order for relief has 
been entered by a court having jurisdiction over the Account Debtor in an 
involuntary case under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now constituted or 
hereafter amended, or any other petition or other application for relief 
under the federal bankruptcy laws has been filed against any Account Debtor, 
or if the Account Debtor has failed, suspended business, ceased to be 
Solvent, or consented to or suffered a receiver, trustee, liquidator or 
custodian to be appointed for it or for all or a significant portion of its 
assets or affairs; or (vii) Lender believes, in its reasonable judgment, that 
collection of such USLD Receivable is insecure or that payment thereof is 
doubtful or will be delayed by reason of the Account Debtor's financial 
condition; or (viii) the USLD Receivable is subject to a Lien; or (ix) loft 
than thirty-five percent (35%) of USLD, Inc.'s total Accounts consist of USLD 
Receivables from a single Account Debtor; or (x) the USLD Receivable is 
evidenced by chattel paper or an instrument of any kind, or has been reduced 
to judgment; or (xi) USLD, Inc. has made any agreement with an Account Debtor 
for any deduction therefrom, except for post-billing adjustments which are 
made in the ordinary course of business and except as provided in the 
applicable Billing Contract; or (xii) USLD, Inc. has made an agreement with 
the Account Debtor to extend the time of payment thereof, unless 
notwithstanding such agreement payment is made within ninety (90) days of the 
billing tape date or transmission date.

          Lender has financed, and may continue in the future to finance 
Persons in the same or similar business as Borrower which loans are, and 
shall be, secured by LEC Receivables of various Persons (the LEC Loan 
Program").  Borrower acknowledges that Lender's LEC Loan Program (which shall 
include Lender's loans under this Agreement to Borrower) limits Lender's 
aggregate loans to all borrowers thereunder which are secured by LEC 
Receivables as follows: (i) the aggregate Accounts due from any single Bell 

                                       6

<PAGE>

Operating Telephone Company (each, a "BOC") which secure loans under the LEC 
Loan Program shall not exceed at any one time in the aggregate for all 
Persons Twenty Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000.00), (ii) the aggregate 
Accounts due from any single telephone company unit of GTE, United Telephone, 
and Centel which secure loans under the LEC Loan Program shall not exceed at 
any one time in the aggregate for all Persons Fifteen Million Dollars 
($15,000,000.00), and (iii) the aggregate Accounts due from any other single 
LEC which is not a BOC which secure loans under the LEC loan Program shall 
not exceed such lesser ceilings as may be established by Lender from time to 
time on a case by case basis. USLD, Inc. acknowledges that Lender may from 
time to time in its sole discretion increase or decrease the above per BOC 
and per LEC ceilings.  Due to the above stated restrictions on the LEC Loan 
Program, Lender may from time to time exclude certain Eligible Accounts from 
the respective Borrowing Bases of borrowers under the LEC Loan Program exceed 
the ceilings set forth above, as such ceilings may from time to time be 
increased or decreased by Lender.  Lender shall provide Borrower with prompt 
notice of Lender's becoming aware that Lender has reached ninety percent 
(90%) of its limit for a specific LEC.

     5.   The definition of USLD Receivable in the Loan Agreement shall be 
deleted and replaced in its entirety to read as follows:

          USLD RECEIVABLE - shall mean all accounts receivable of U.S. Long 
Distance, Inc. arising out of 0+ or 1+ services provided by (7.5. Long 
Distance, Inc. to an Account Debtor.

     6.   The following definitions in the Loan Agreement are hereby deleted:

         (i) Class 1 OSP Certification; (ii) Collateral and Credit Criteria 
List; and (iii) OSP Certification Form.

    7.   Section 2.1(B) of the Loan Bent shall be deleted and shall be 
replaced in its entirety to read:

          (B)  The Revolving Credit Loans shall be used by Borrower for its 
working capital needs, including without limitation, for the purchase of 
certain End User Accounts from OSPs and for acquisitions permitted hereunder, 
to the extent not otherwise inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement.

    8.   A new Section 2.1(C) shall be added to Loan Agreement and shall 
read in its entirety as follows:

                                       7

<PAGE>


     (C)  The outstanding balance under the Revolving Credit Facility may 
fluctuate from time to time, to be reduced by repayments made by Borrower, to 
be increased by future advances and extensions of credit which may be made by 
Lender to or for the benefit of Borrower.  For the purposes of this 
Agreement, any determination as to whether there is availability within the 
Borrowing Base for advances or extensions of credit shall be determined by 
Lender, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the provisions this 
Agreement and such determination shall be final and binding upon Borrower.  
Subject to availability under the Borrowing Base, the fulfillment of any 
other conditions to borrowing contained in this Agreement and the absence of 
an Event of Default or any event which with the giving of notice or passage 
of time or both would become an Event of Default, Borrower may borrow, repay 
and reborrow under the Revolving Credit Facility from time to time during the 
Original Term.

     9.   Section 2.6 of the Loan Agreement which was added in the First 
Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement 
dated December 26, 1992 shall be deleted in its entirety.

     10.  Section 3.1(A) of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and replaced 
in its entirety to read as follows:

          (A)  Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Revolving 
Credit Loans outstanding at the end of each day at a fluctuating rate per 
annum equal to one-half of one percent (0.5%) above the Base Rate in effect 
on such day. Interest shall accrue on the principal amount of the Term Loans 
outstanding at the end of each day at a fluctuating rate per annum equal to 
one-half of one percent (0.5%) above the Base Rate in effect on such day.  
After the date hereof, the foregoing rate of interest shall be increased or 
decreased, as the case may be, by an amount equal to any increase or decrease 
in the Base Rate, with such adjustments to be effective as of the opening of 
business on the day that any such change in the Base Rate becomes effective.  
The Base Rate in effect on the date hereof shall be the Base Rate effective 
as of the opening of business on the date hereof, but if this Agreement is 
executed on a day that is not a Business Day, the Base Rate in effect on the 
date hereof shall be the Base Rate effective as of the opening of business on 
the last Business Day immediately preceding the date hereof.  Interest shall 
be calculated on a daily basis (computed on the actual number of bays elapsed 
over a year of 360 days), commencing on the date hereof, and shall be payable 
monthly, in arrears, on the first Business Day of each month.

     11.  Section 2.2 or the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and shall be 
replaced in its entirety to read:

                                       8

<PAGE>

               3.2  FEES.

               (A)  Borrower shall pay to Lender on the date of this Sixth 
Amendment, a commitment fee equal to one-half of one percent (0.5%) of the 
credit Line as of the date hereof which fee shall be deemed to have been 
fully earned as of the date hereof and shall be paid as follows: $112,500 on 
the date hereof, $56,250 on December 14, 1994 and $56,250 on December 14, 
1995.

               (B)  Borrower shall pay to Lender a revolving loan facility 
fee equal to one half of one percent (0.5%) of Fifteen Million Dollars 
($15,000,000) if the Credit Line increases from Forty-Five Million Dollars 
($45,000,000) to Sixty million Dollars ($60,000,000), payable on the date of 
such increase.

               (C)  Borrower shall pay to lender monthly, in arrears, an 
unused facility fee equal to one quarter of one percent (0.25%) per annum 
multiplied by the difference between the average outstanding daily loan 
balance of the Revolving Line of Credit and the Credit Line for the month, 
which fee shall be payable on the first Business Day after the end of any 
month.

     12.  Section 3.3 of the Wan Agreement shall be deleted and shall be 
replaced in its entirety to read:

               3.3  TERM OF AGREEMENT.  Subject to Lender's right to cease 
making Loans to Borrower at any time upon or after the occurrence of any 
Default or Event of Default, the provisions of this Agreement shall be in 
effect from the date hereof through December 21, 1996 (the "Original Term"), 
unless terminated as provided in Section 3.4 hereof and may be extended by 
the written consent of Lender and Borrower (the "Renewal Term").

     13.  Section 4.1(E) of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and shall be 
replaced in its entirety to read:

               (E)  Equipment (excluding, however, all Equipment hereafter 
acquired by Borrower).

     14.  Section 7.1(I) of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and shall be 
replaced in its entirety to read:

     (I)  VISITS AND INSPECTIONS.  Permit representatives of Lender, from 
time to time as often as way be requested, to visit and inspect the 
Properties of borrower or any Guarantor, to inspect and make extracts from 
their books, records, and corporate minutes and to discuss with their 
officers, their employees and their independent accountants, the business, 

                                       9

<PAGE>

assets, liabilities, financial condition, business prospects and results of 
operations of Borrower or any Guarantor.  Borrower shall pay all of Lender's 
out-of-pocket expenses incurred under this section.

     15.  The following sections of the Loan Agreement shall be deleted: (i) 
7.3(A); and (ii) 7.3(C).  Section 7.3(B) is hereby renamed as Section 7.3(A).

     16.  In addition to the reporting requirements set forth in Section 
7.1(J) of the Loan Agreement, Borrower shall cause to be prepared and 
furnished to lender the following (all to be kept and prepared in accordance 
with GAAP applied on a consistent basis unless Borrower's and/or Guarantor's 
certified public accountants concur in any change therein and such change is 
disclosed to Lender and is consistent with (i) as soon as possible, but not 
later than forty (40) days after the close of each month, unaudited monthly 
and year to date financial statements of Borrower and Guarantors, together with 
consolidating financial information, and all supporting schedules, all 
certified by the Vice President and Treasurer, chief financial officer or 
President of Borrower and Guarantors; (ii) as soon as possible but not later 
than fifteen (15) days after the close of each month, Borrower shall deliver 
a list of all OSPs participating in Borrower's advance funding program; (iii) 
as soon as possible but not later than fifteen (15) days after the close of 
each month, a report in form and substance acceptable to Lender, which sets 
forth the monthly dilution rates by OSP; and (iv) as soon as possible but not 
later than thirty (30) days prior to the end of any fiscal year, Borrower and 

                                       10

<PAGE>

Guarantors shall deliver annual projections, on a month by month basis, for 
the coming fiscal year.

     17.  Lender and Borrower agree that Lender shall service Borrower's 
account from its King of Prussia, Pennsylvania office and Borrower agrees to 
address all Notices required under Section 10.10 of the Loan Agreement to be 
addressed as follows:

                     Bell Atlantic Capital Corp.         
                     1060 First Avenue, Suite 100        
                     King of Prussia, 
                     PA 19406
                     Attention; Frank Monzo

          with copies to:

                     Bell Atlantic Capital Corp. 
                     95 N. Route 17 South
                     Paramus, NJ 07653
                     Attention:     Fred Bauman, Esquire
                     Blank, Rome, Comisky & McCauley 
                     1200 Four Penn Center Plaza 
                     Philadelphia, PA 19103

                     Attention: Lawrence F. Flick, II, Esquire

     18.  Borrower shall cause to be delivered to Lender on the date hereof, 
the favorable, written opinion of counsel to Borrower: and Guarantor:, 
regarding Borrowers and Guarantors, the loan Agreement, the Sixth Amendment 
and the transactions contemplated thereby, in form and substance acceptable 
to Lender and its counsel.

     19.  Any Disbursing latter provided by Borrower to Lender under Section 
2. 2 (A) of the Loan Agreement shall contain such reporting information and 
borrowing base documentation as required by Lender in its sole discretion.

                                       11


<PAGE>

     20.  The parties acknowledge and agree that this sixth Amendment is 
incorporated into and made part of the Existing Loan Documents, the terms and 
provisions of which, unless expressly modified herein, or unless no longer 
applicable by their terms, continue unchanged and in full force and effect.  
To the extent that any term or provision of this Sixth Amendment is or may be 
deemed expressly inconsistent with any term or provision of the Existing Loan 
Documents, the terms and provisions hereof shall control.

     21.  All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall the 
meanings as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents;

          b.   No modification hereof or any agreement referred to herein 
shall be binding or enforceable unless in writing and signed on behalf of the 
party against who enforcement is sought;

          c.   No rights are intended to be created hereunder for the benefit 
of any third party donee, creditor, or incidental beneficiary.

     INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND, the undersigned parties have executed 
this Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan Agreement the date and year 
first written above.

                              ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE]                     By: [ILLEGIBLE]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President and 
                                               Treasurer
                                        ----------------------------

                      [SIGNATURES CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE]

                                       12

<PAGE>

                   [SIGNATURES CONTINUED FROM PREVIOUS PAGE]

                                        U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE]                     By: [ILLEGIBLE]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: President
                                        ----------------------------

                                        U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE]                     By: [ILLEGIBLE]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: President
                                        ----------------------------

                                        U.S.BILLING, INC.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE]                     By: [ILLEGIBLE]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: President
                                        ----------------------------

                                        USLD ACQUISITION CORP.  

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE]                     By: [ILLEGIBLE]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: President
                                        ----------------------------

                                        STS TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE]                     By: [ILLEGIBLE]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: President
                                        ----------------------------

                                        BELL ATLANTIC CAPITAL CORP.

Attest:                                 By: [ILLEGIBLE]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: Vice President 
                                        ----------------------------

                                       13

<PAGE>

                        SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND
                      RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

     This Seventh Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security 
Agreement ("Seventh Amendment") is made as of March 17, 1994 among Zero Plus 
Dialing, Inc. ("Borrower"), a Delaware corporation with its chief executive 
office and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San 
Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S. Long Distance Corp. ("USLDC"), a Delaware 
corporation with its chief executive office and principal place of business 
at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, U.S Long Distance, 
Inc. ("USLDI"), a Texas corporation with its chief executive office and 
principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 
78216, U.S. Billing, Inc. ("USBI"), a Texas corporation with its chief 
executive office and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 
300, San Antonio, Texas 78216, USLD Acquisition Corp. d/b/a Telecom West, 
Inc. ("Telecom"), a Texas corporation with its chief executive office and 
principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 
78216, STS Telecommunications, Inc. ("STS"), a Texas corporation with its 
chief executive officer and principal place of business at 1049 North 3rd 
Street, Abilene, Texas 79604, Enhanced Services Billing, Inc., a Delaware 
corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of USLDC with its chief executive 
office and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San 
Antonio, Texas 78216 ("Enhanced"), California Acquisition Corp., a Texas 
corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of USLDC with its chief executive 
office and 

                                

<PAGE>

principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 
78216 ("CAC"), a Texas corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of USLDC with 
its chief executive office and principal place of business at 9311 San Pedro, 
Suite 300, San Antonio, Texas 78216 ("TAC"), and Bell Atlantic Capital Corp. 
("Lender")

                                   BACKGROUND

     A.   On May 24, 1991, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, and Lender entered into a 
certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement ("Loan Agreement") 
and certain related agreements and instruments, to reflect certain loan 
arrangements among the parties.

     B.   On or about May 24, 1991, Borrower and Lender executed a certain 
letter agreement ("Letter Agreement") clarifying certain terms of the Loan 
Agreement.

     C.   On December 28, 1992, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI and USBI and Lender 
executed a certain First Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan 
and Security Agreement ("First Amendment").

     D.   On April 2, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI and USBI and Lender 
executed a certain Second Amendment and Joinder to Amended and Restated Loan 
and Security Agreement ("Second Amendment").

     E.   On October 1, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, USBI and Lender 
executed a certain Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security 
Agreement ("Third Amendment").

                                       2

<PAGE>

     F.   On October 1, 1993, USLDC's wholly owned subsidiary, USLD 
Acquisition Corp. ("USLDA"), merged with Telecom West, Inc. The name of the 
successor corporation to this merger is USLD Acquisition Corp. d/b/a Telecom 
West, Inc. ("Telecom").

     G.   On October l, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, USBI, USLDA, Telecom 
and Lender executed a certain Fourth Amendment and Joinder to Amended and 
Restated Loan and Security Agreement ("Fourth Amendment").

     H.   On November 16, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, USBI, Telecom, STS 
and Lender executed a certain Fifth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan 
and Security Agreement ("Fifth Amendment").

     I.   On December 7, 1993, Borrower, USLDC, USLDI, USBI, Telecom, STS and 
Lender executed a certain Sixth Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and 
Security Agreement ("Sixth Amendment").

     J.   The Loan Agreement, the related agreements and instruments executed 
in connection therewith, the Letter Agreement, the First Amendment, the 
Second Amendment, the Third Amendment, the Fourth Amendment, the Fifth 
Amendment, and the Sixth Amendment are hereinafter collectively referred to 
as the "Existing Loan Documents."

     K.   On March 17, 1994, USLDC formed Enhanced as its wholly owned 
subsidiary for the purposes of billing and collecting "900" calls.


                                       3

<PAGE>

     L.   Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 1, 
1994 by and among USLDC, TAC and Inland Call America, Inc. ("Inland") and the 
sole individual shareholders of Inland, Inland was merged into TAC.

     M.   Pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 14, 
1994 and effective as of March 15, 1994, by and among USLDC, CAC and Donyda, 
Inc. d/b/a Call America of Palm Desert and Call America of San Diego 
("Donyda") and Donald C. Clem, Nancy C. Clem and David M. Clem (the sole 
individual shareholders of Donyda), Donyda was merged into CAC.

     NOW THEREFORE, with the foregoing Background hereinafter deemed 
incorporated by reference herein and made a part hereof, the parties hereto, 
intending to be legally bound, hereby promise and agree as follows:

     1.   a.   Enhanced, TAC and CAC each hereby joins in, assumes, adopts 
and agrees to be subject to the terms and conditions of the Existing Loan 
Documents, as amended hereby, and the Obligations evidenced thereby.  Without 
limiting' the generality of the foregoing, Enhanced, TAC and CAC shall each 
be liable, as surety, for all Obligations now existing or hereafter incurred, 
including, without limitation, the Revolving Credit Note and the Term Notes, 
and Enhanced, TAC and CAC each grants to Lender a continuing first lien on 
and security interest in all of its assets of the type described as 
Collateral in Section 4 of the Loan Agreement, including, without limitation, 
all now owned or hereafter acquired Accounts, General Intangibles, and 


                                       4

<PAGE>

Equipment, and including all cash and non-cash proceeds of all of the 
foregoing.

          b.   The Loan Agreement is hereby amended to provide that in each 
instance where the term "Guarantors" or "Guarantor" appears, such term or 
terms shall jointly and severally include a reference to Enhanced, TAC and 
CAC.

     2.   Borrower shall deliver or cause Guarantors to deliver the following 
to Lender prior to Closing (all documents to be in form and substance 
satisfactory to Lender):

          a.   This fully executed Seventh Amendment and any other documents 
required by any provision hereof;

          b.   A Corporate Guaranty executed by Enhanced, TAC and CAC each 
guaranteeing, as suretys, all Obligations (as defined in the Loan Agreement);

          c.   UCC-1 financing statements covering the Collateral of 
Enhanced, TAC and CAC which are pledged to Lender hereunder;

          d.   UCC, federal and state tax lien and judgment searches for
Enhanced, TAC and CAC indicating that upon filing of the UCC-1 financing
statements described in (c) above, Lender shall have a first priority security
interest in the Collateral pledged by Enhanced, TAC and CAC to Lender; and

          e.   Certified copies of resolutions of each of Enhanced, TAC and 
CAC's board of directors authorizing the execution of this Seventh Amendment, 
and all agreements and documents referred to herein.


                                       5

<PAGE>

     3.   Guarantors hereby accept and approve the terms and conditions of 
this Seventh Amendment and covenant and agree that all Obligations, as 
modified by this Seventh Amendment, are covered by the Corporate Guarantees, 
and such Corporate Guarantees remain in full force and effect.

     4.   The parties acknowledge and agree that this Seventh Amendment is 
incorporated into and made part of the Existing Loan Documents, the terms and 
provisions of which, unless expressly modified herein, or unless no longer 
applicable by their terms, continue unchanged and in full force and effect.  
To the extent that any term or provision of this Seventh Amendment is or may 
be deemed expressly inconsistent with any term or provision of the Existing 
Loan Documents, the terms and provisions hereof shall control.

     5.   a.   All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall the 
meanings as set forth in the Existing Loan Documents;

          b.   No modification hereof or any agreement referred to herein 
shall be binding or enforceable unless in writing and signed on behalf of the 
party against who enforcement is sought;

          c.   No rights are intended to be created hereunder for the benefit 
of any third party donee, creditor, or incidental beneficiary.

     6.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Enhanced, TAC and CAC each 
represents and warrants that Enhanced, TAC and CAC are qualified to do 
business in their respective states of incorporation and in any other state 
or commonwealth where 


                                       6

<PAGE>

Enhanced, TAC and CAC conduct business unless not being qualified will not 
affect their ability to conduct business in such state or commonwealth.

     INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND, the undersigned parties have executed 
this Seventh Amendment and Joinder to the Amended and Restated Loan Agreement 
the date and year first written above.


                                        ZERO PLUS DIALING INC.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: PRESIDENT

                                        U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: PRESIDENT

                                        U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: PRESIDENT

                                        U.S. BILLING, INC

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: PRESIDENT

                                       7

<PAGE>

                                        USLD ACQUISITION CORP.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: PRESIDENT

                                        CALIFORNIA ACQUISITION CORP.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: PRESIDENT

                                        TELECOM ACQUISITION CORP.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: PRESIDENT

                                        STS TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: President

                                        ENHANCED BILLING SERVICES, INC.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: PRESIDENT

                                        BELL ATLANTIC CAPITAL CORP.

Attest: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]                By: [ILLEGIBLE NAME]
       ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                        Title: Staff Vice President 

                                       8

<PAGE>
                               CORPORATE GUARANTY



     TO:  Bell Atlantic-TriCon Leasing Corporation
          1060 First Avenue
          Suite 200
          King of Prussia, PA 19406


     1.   IDENTIFICATION. This Guaranty is made by each of the undersigned, 
jointly and severally if more than one, in your favor, in order to induce you 
to enter into one or more notes, loan agreements and/or security agreements 
(herein, the "Agreements"), with U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC. (herein, the 
"Debtor"), or to otherwise extend or continue financial accommodations in 
favor of the Debtor or to acquire obligations or indebtedness owing by the 
Debtor.

     2.   GUARANTY OBLIGATION.

          (a)  We unconditionally guarantee to you and undertake the obligations
of a surety with respect to the following described obligations and liabilities
of the Debtor (herein, the "Debtor's Liabilities"):

          (i)  the prompt payment in full of any and all now existing or
hereafter arising indebtedness or obligations of the Debtor to you of every kind
or nature, whether acquired by you by negotiation, assignment or otherwise, and
whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, or
otherwise, and including without limitation all advances and other loans now or
at any time hereafter made by you to the Debtor under or secured by the
Agreements, or otherwise. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING GUARANTY SHALL
EXTEND TO ANY OBLIGATIONS WHICH THE DEBTOR MAY INCUR TO YOU UNDER ANY AGREEMENT
OR BY REASON OF ANY OTHER FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION BETWEEN YOU AND THE DEBTOR
MADE AFTER THE DATE HEREOF WHETHER OR NOT PRESENTLY CONTEMPLATED. WE ACKNOWLEDGE
THAT IT IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN FROM TIME TO TIME DIRECTLY FROM THE
DEBTOR SUCH INFORMATION AS WE MAY REQUIRE CONCERNING THE OBLIGATIONS AND
INDEBTEDNESS GUARANTEED HEREBY, WHICH RESPONSIBILITY IS REASONABLE IN LIGHT OF
OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE DEBTOR; and

          (ii) the prompt, full and faithful performance and discharge by the
Debtor of each and every term, condition, agreement, representation, warranty
and provision on the part of the Debtor contained in any of the Agreements or in
any modification, amendment or substitution thereof or in any other document or
instrument evidencing or securing any obligation or indebtedness of the Debtor
to you.

          (b)  We shall, on your demand, reimburse you for all expenses,
collection charges, court costs and attorneys' fees incurred by you in
endeavoring to collect Debtor's Liabilities, and to enforce, protect or defend
any of your rights and remedies against us and/or the Debtor or against any
other person or entity primarily or secondarily liable for the obligations and
indebtedness guaranteed hereby (herein, an "Obligor"), or against or with
respect to any property, real or personal, now or hereafter granted to or
obtained by you as security for Debtor's Liabilities or for our liabilities and
obligations to you hereunder or for those of any Obligor (herein, "Secured
Property"), together with interest thereon until reimbursed at a rate equal to
five (5) percent above the rate of interest payable on the Debtor's Liabilities
guaranteed hereby (or the highest rate permitted by law) of the amount due by us
to you.

     3.   LIABILITY ABSOLUTE; WAIVERS.


          (a)  We shall pay all of the foregoing amounts and perform all of the
foregoing terms, covenants and conditions notwithstanding that any part or all
of the Agreements or other documents or instruments evidencing the Debtor's
Liabilities, or any financial accommodation for or transaction with the Debtor,
shall be invalid, void, voidable or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in
part, as against the Debtor, any property of the Debtor, or any of Debtor's
creditors, including a trustee in bankruptcy of Debtor or Debtor as a debtor-in-
possession, including without limitation by reason of any theory or provision of
law or equity, statutory or otherwise, relating to consideration, or the lack
thereof, or to any alleged fraudulent, preferential or other improper transfer
or conveyance, and including further, without limitation, by reason of failure
by any person, including yourself, to file any document or take any other action
to make any of your rights against the Debtor, any other Obligor or any
property, pursuant to the Agreements or otherwise, enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms.

          (b)  You shall have the right from time to time, and at any time,
without notice to or consent from us, and without affecting, impairing or
discharging, in whole or in part, our obligations to you hereunder, to enter
into agreements with the Debtor or any other Obligor to modify, change or
supplement, in any respect whatsoever, any evidence of indebtedness, or any
agreement or transaction between you and the Debtor or between you and any other
Obligor, or any portion or provision of any thereof; to grant extensions of time
and other indulgences of any kind to the Debtor or other Obligor; to compromise,
release, substitute, exercise, enforce, or fail or refuse to exercise or enforce
any claims, rights or remedies of any kind which you may have, at any time,
against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any portion thereof, or with respect
to any Secured Property; and to release, substitute or surrender and to enforce,
collect or liquidate any security of any kind held by you at any time, and all
of the foregoing whether done negligently, willfully or otherwise.

          (c)  Our obligations to you shall not be affected, impaired or
discharged, in whole or in part, by reason of your failure to obtain, in the
first instance, rights against any person or entity, including without
limitation, the Debtor, or in or with respect to any property, or to protect,
perfect, continue or maintain any such rights.

          (d)  We waive notice of acceptance hereof and all notices and demands
of any kind to which we may otherwise be entitled including, without limitation,
all demands of payment and notice of nonpayment, protest and dishonor, to us or
to the Debtor, or to the makers or endorsers of any notes or other instruments
for which we are or may be liable hereunder, and further waive notice of any
adverse change in the Debtor's financial condition, the value of any Secured
Property, or any other fact which might materially increase our risk to you
hereunder.

<PAGE>
          (e)  We waive any right to require you to, prior to proceeding against
us hereunder: (i) proceed against Debtor and/or any other Obligor; (ii) proceed
against or exhaust any Secured Property; or (iii) pursue any other remedy which
you may have.

     4.   PRIMARY NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS; NO SET-OFF.

          Our liability to you hereunder is primary, absolute, unconditional,
continuing, direct and independent of the obligations of the Debtor. Nothing
shall discharge or satisfy our liability hereunder except the full performance
and payment of all of the Debtor's Liabilities. In the event that all of
Debtor's Liabilities shall have at any time been paid and performed in full,
this Guaranty and our obligations hereunder shall nevertheless remain in full
force and effect and be operative with respect to Debtor's Liabilities incurred
or arising at any time or times thereafter. We shall have no right of
subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever and no right of recourse to
or with respect to the Debtor and/or any property of the Debtor, unless and
untIl all of Debtor's Liabilities have been paid and performed in full. Our
liability to you hereunder shall not be subject to set-off, counterclaim,
crossclaim or defense arising out of or by virtue of any claim or right which we
may at any time have against the Debtor or other Obligor, or which we may at any
time have against you in connection with this or any other transaction with or
acquired by you.

     5.   CONTINUING NATURE OF GUARANTY.

          Our obligations under this Guaranty shall be continuing. This
instrument shall continue in full force and effect until our obligations to you
are terminated by the actual receipt by you of written notice from us of such
termination. Such termination shall be applicable only to such of Debtor's
Liabilities as have their inception thereafter. Specifically, without
limitation, we shall, after and notwithstanding such termination, remain
obligated to you under the terms hereof for: (i) all of Debtor's Liabilities
incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of termination, including
interest or other finance charges at any time theretofore accrued or thereafter
accruing or payable thereon, (ii) all of your costs and expenses, including
attorney's fees, at any time incurred in connection with your enforcement and
collection of Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such
notice of termination, (iii) Debtor's Liabilities incurred subsequent to your
actual receipt of such notice of termination pursuant to any perceived or actual
commitment made on your part prior to such notice of termination, arising out of
any course of dealing or other perceived or actual legal or other requirement
obligating or committing you to make advances, loans or other financial
accommodations giving rise to such Debtor's Liabilities, and (iv) advances at
any time made by you to protect your interests under or in connection with
Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of
termination. We acknowledge that, upon such termination, you will have
absolutely no further obligation to consider any further requests for loans or
other extensions of credit or financial accommodations for the Debtor.

     6.   SECURITY FOR GUARANTY.

          All sums at any time to our credit and any of our present and future
property at any time in your possession shall be deemed held by you as security
for any and all of our obligations to you hereunder.

     7.   SUBORDINATION.

          Any and all present and future indebtedness and obligations of the
Debtor to us are hereby agreed to be postponed in your favor. Upon written
notice given by you to us, which you may give at any time whether or not the
Debtor is in default to you, we will refrain from accepting any payments on
account of such indebtedness tendered by the Debtor or any other Obligor
thereon, or realized from any security therefor, and any amounts received by us
in violation of the foregoing shall be held by us upon an express trust for your
benefit and turned over to you upon demand. Until such notice, we will accept
only such payments which are in the nature of regularly scheduled payments made
pursuant to periodic reductions required by the terms of the documents
evidencing such indebtedness, and shall not accept any prepayment thereof,
whether on default, on demand under any demand instrument, or otherwise. We
represent to you that all such indebtedness owing to us is, and agree that it
shall remain, and any future indebtedness shall be unsecured

     8.   NO WAIVER.

          No failure, omission or delay on your part in exercising any rights
hereunder or under the Agreements or with respect to Debtor's Liabilities,
either against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any Secured Property, shall
operate as a waiver of any such rights or shall, in any manner, prejudice your
rights against us hereunder or otherwise.

     9.   CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.

          All of your rights and remedies under the Agreements, this Guaranty
and under any other document or instrument evidencing or securing Debtor's
Liabilities are separate and cumulative and may be pursued separately,
successively or concurrently, are non-exclusive and the exercise of any one or
more of them shall in no way limit or prejudice any other legal or equitable
right, remedy or recourse to which you may be entitled. This Guaranty shall be
deemed to be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any prior suretyship or
guaranty delivered by us to you, and any suretyship or guaranty at any time
hereafter delivered by us to you shall be deemed to be in addition to, and not
in lieu of, this Guaranty.

     10.  APPLICATION OF FUNDS.

          Any payment made by us hereunder, or by the Debtor or any other
Obligor, and any proceeds realized by you from any Secured Property, may be
applied by you to any of Debtor's Liabilities in any order which you may
determine, notwithstanding any designation by us, the Debtor or other Obligor to
the contrary. To the extent that the Debtor has at any time any liabilities or
obligations to you for which we are not obligated to you under the terms of this
Guaranty, any payments received by you from the Debtor or any other Obligor, or
proceeds realized by you from any security, and regardless of any designation by
any person or entity to the contrary, may be applied by you to such other
liabilities and obligations prior to your applying any amounts to Debtor's
Liabilities for which we are obligated to you hereunder.

     11.  MODIFICATIONS.

          No provision hereof shall be modified or limited, except by a written
agreement expressly referring hereto and to the provision so modified or
limited, and signed by us and you.
<PAGE>

     12.  MERGER.

          This writing is intended as a final, complete and exclusive expression
of our agreement with you relative to the subject matter hereof. No course of
prior dealing between you and us, no usage of the trade, and no parole or
extrinsic evidence of any nature, shall be used or be relevant to supplement or
explain or modify any term used in this Guaranty.

     13.  SEVERABILITY.

          In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty
shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any
other provisions hereof, and this Guaranty shall be construed as if such
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

     14.  NOTICES.

          We agree that any notice or demand upon us shall be deemed to be
sufficiently given or served if it is in writing and is personally served, or in
lieu of personal service is mailed by first class certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to us at the address set forth below. Any notice or demand so
mailed shall be deemed received on the date of actual receipt or the first
business day following mailing, whichever first occurs.

     15.  JUDGMENT INTEREST.

          Any judgment entered against us hereunder shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, bear interest at the highest rate applicable to the
Debtor's Liabilities guaranteed hereby.

     16.  GOVERNING LAW.

          THIS INSTRUMENT SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA. WE CONSENT TO
THE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF
PENNSYLVANIA OR ANY STATE COURT LOCATED IN PHILADELPHIA COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL ACTION COMMENCED HEREUNDER. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN
IS INTENDED TO PRECLUDE YOU FROM COMMENCING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER IN ANY COURT
HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF.

     17.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

          AS AN INDEPENDENT COVENANT, WE IRREVOCABLY WAIVE JURY TRIAL AND THE
RIGHT THERETO IN ANY AND ALL ACTIONS BETWEEN US, WHETHER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR
OTHERWISE.

     18.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of your successors and
assigns and shall be binding on our successors and assigns.

     19.  GENDER; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.

          If there be more than one person or entity signing this Guaranty, each
of us will be jointly and severally obligated to you hereunder, and the terms
"we", "us" or "our" as used herein shall refer to each of us jointly and
severally. If less than all persons or entities who were intended to sign this
Guaranty do so, the same shall nevertheless be binding upon those who do sign.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Guaranty
this 24th day of May, 1991


                                       U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.
                                       --------------------------------------
                                       (Corporate Name)


                                       a   Delaware               Corporation
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Address: 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300,
                                                ------------------------------
                                                San Antonio, TX  78216
                                                ------------------------------

                                       By: /s/ MARK D. BUCKNER
                                           ---------------------------------
                                           Mark D. Buckner

                                       Title: Vice President, Finance
                                             -------------------------------

                                       Attest: /s/ KELLY SIMMONS
                                               ------------------------------

                                                       (Corporate Seal) 


<PAGE>
                               CORPORATE GUARANTY


     TO:  Bell Atlantic-TriCon Leasing Corporation
          1060 First Avenue
          Suite 200
          King of Prussia, PA 19406


     1.   IDENTIFICATION. This Guaranty is made by each of the undersigned, 
jointly and severally if more than one, in your favor, in order to induce you 
to enter into one or more notes, loan agreements and/or security agreements 
(herein, the "Agreements"), with ZERO PLUS DIALING INC. (herein, the 
"Debtor"), or to otherwise extend or continue financial accommodations in 
favor of the Debtor or to acquire obligations or indebtedness owing by the 
Debtor.

     2.   GUARANTY OBLIGATION.

          (a)  We unconditionally guarantee to you and undertake the obligations
of a surety with respect to the following described obligations and liabilities
of the Debtor (herein, the "Debtor's Liabilities"):

          (i)  the prompt payment in full of any and all now existing or
hereafter arising indebtedness or obligations of the Debtor to you of every kind
or nature, whether acquired by you by negotiation, assignment or otherwise, and
whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, or
otherwise, and including without limitation all advances and other loans now or
at any time hereafter made by you to the Debtor under or secured by the
Agreements, or otherwise. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING GUARANTY SHALL
EXTEND TO ANY OBLIGATIONS WHICH THE DEBTOR MAY INCUR TO YOU UNDER ANY AGREEMENT
OR BY REASON OF ANY OTHER FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION BETWEEN YOU AND THE DEBTOR
MADE AFTER THE DATE HEREOF WHETHER OR NOT PRESENTLY CONTEMPLATED. WE ACKNOWLEDGE
THAT IT IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN FROM TIME TO TIME DIRECTLY FROM THE
DEBTOR SUCH INFORMATION AS WE MAY REQUIRE CONCERNING THE OBLIGATIONS AND
INDEBTEDNESS GUARANTEED HEREBY, WHICH RESPONSIBILITY IS REASONABLE IN LIGHT OF
OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE DEBTOR; and

          (ii) the prompt, full and faithful performance and discharge by the
Debtor of each and every term, condition, agreement, representation, warranty
and provision on the part of the Debtor contained in any of the Agreements or in
any modification, amendment or substitution thereof or in any other document or
instrument evidencing or securing any obligation or indebtedness of the Debtor
to you.

          (b)  We shall, on your demand, reimburse you for all expenses,
collection charges, court costs and attorneys' fees incurred by you in
endeavoring to collect Debtor's Liabilities, and to enforce, protect or defend
any of your rights and remedies against us and/or the Debtor or against any
other person or entity primarily or secondarily liable for the obligations and
indebtedness guaranteed hereby (herein, an "Obligor"), or against or with
respect to any property, real or personal, now or hereafter granted to or
obtained by you as security for Debtor's Liabilities or for our liabilities and
obligations to you hereunder or for those of any Obligor (herein, "Secured
Property"), together with interest thereon until reimbursed at a rate equal to
five (5) percent above the rate of interest payable on the Debtor's Liabilities
guaranteed hereby (or the highest rate permitted by law) of the amount due by us
to you.

     3.   LIABILITY ABSOLUTE; WAIVERS.

          (a)  We shall pay all of the foregoing amounts and perform all of the
foregoing terms, covenants and conditions notwithstanding that any part or all
of the Agreements or other documents or instruments evidencing the Debtor's
Liabilities, or any financial accommodation for or transaction with the Debtor,
shall be invalid, void, voidable or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in
part, as against the Debtor, any property of the Debtor, or any of Debtor's
creditors, including a trustee in bankruptcy of Debtor or Debtor as a debtor-in-
possession, including without limitation by reason of any theory or provision of
law or equity, statutory or otherwise, relating to consideration, or the lack
thereof, or to any alleged fraudulent, preferential or other improper transfer
or conveyance, and including further, without limitation, by reason of failure
by any person, including yourself, to file any document or take any other action
to make any of your rights against the Debtor, any other Obligor or any
property, pursuant to the Agreements or otherwise, enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms.

          (b)  You shall have the right from time to time, and at any time,
without notice to or consent from us, and without affecting, impairing or
discharging, in whole or in part, our obligations to you hereunder, to enter
into agreements with the Debtor or any other Obligor to modify, change or
supplement, in any respect whatsoever, any evidence of indebtedness, or any
agreement or transaction between you and the Debtor or between you and any other
Obligor, or any portion or provision of any thereof; to grant extensions of time
and other indulgences of any kind to the Debtor or other Obligor; to compromise,
release, substitute, exercise, enforce, or fail or refuse to exercise or enforce
any claims, rights or remedies of any kind which you may have, at any time,
against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any portion thereof, or with respect
to any Secured Property; and to release, substitute or surrender and to enforce,
collect or liquidate any security of any kind held by you at any time, and all
of the foregoing whether done negligently, willfully or otherwise.

          (c)  Our obligations to you shall not be affected, impaired or
discharged, in whole or in part, by reason of your failure to obtain, in the
first instance, rights against any person or entity, including without
limitation, the Debtor, or in or with respect to any property, or to protect,
perfect, continue or maintain any such rights.

          (d)  We waive notice of acceptance hereof and all notices and demands
of any kind to which we may otherwise be entitled including, without limitation,
all demands of payment and notice of nonpayment, protest and dishonor, to us or
to the Debtor, or to the makers or endorsers of any notes or other instruments
for which we are or may be liable hereunder, and further waive notice of any
adverse change in the Debtor's financial condition, the value of any Secured
Property, or any other fact which might materially increase our risk to you
hereunder.

<PAGE>
          (e)  We waive any right to require you to, prior to proceeding against
us hereunder: (i) proceed against Debtor and/or any other Obligor; (ii) proceed
against or exhaust any Secured Property; or (iii) pursue any other remedy which
you may have.

     4.   PRIMARY NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS; NO SET-OFF.

          Our liability to you hereunder is primary, absolute, unconditional,
continuing, direct and independent of the obligations of the Debtor. Nothing
shall discharge or satisfy our liability hereunder except the full performance
and payment of all of the Debtor's Liabilities. In the event that all of
Debtor's Liabilities shall have at any time been paid and performed in full,
this Guaranty and our obligations hereunder shall nevertheless remain in full
force and effect and be operative with respect to Debtor's Liabilities incurred
or arising at any time or times thereafter. We shall have no right of
subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever and no right of recourse to
or with respect to the Debtor and/or any property of the Debtor, unless and
untIl all of Debtor's Liabilities have been paid and performed in full. Our
liability to you hereunder shall not be subject to set-off, counterclaim,
crossclaim or defense arising out of or by virtue of any claim or right which we
may at any time have against the Debtor or other Obligor, or which we may at any
time have against you in connection with this or any other transaction with or
acquired by you.

     5.   CONTINUING NATURE OF GUARANTY.

          Our obligations under this Guaranty shall be continuing. This
instrument shall continue in full force and effect until our obligations to you
are terminated by the actual receipt by you of written notice from us of such
termination. Such termination shall be applicable only to such of Debtor's
Liabilities as have their inception thereafter. Specifically, without
limitation, we shall, after and notwithstanding such termination, remain
obligated to you under the terms hereof for: (i) all of Debtor's Liabilities
incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of termination, including
interest or other finance charges at any time theretofore accrued or thereafter
accruing or payable thereon, (ii) all of your costs and expenses, including
attorney's fees, at any time incurred in connection with your enforcement and
collection of Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such
notice of termination, (iii) Debtor's Liabilities incurred subsequent to your
actual receipt of such notice of termination pursuant to any perceived or actual
commitment made on your part prior to such notice of termination, arising out of
any course of dealing or other perceived or actual legal or other requirement
obligating or committing you to make advances, loans or other financial
accommodations giving rise to such Debtor's Liabilities, and (iv) advances at
any time made by you to protect your interests under or in connection with
Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of
termination. We acknowledge that, upon such termination, you will have
absolutely no further obligation to consider any further requests for loans or
other extensions of credit or financial accommodations for the Debtor.

     6.   SECURITY FOR GUARANTY.

          All sums at any time to our credit and any of our present and future
property at any time in your possession shall be deemed held by you as security
for any and all of our obligations to you hereunder.

     7.   SUBORDINATION.

          Any and all present and future indebtedness and obligations of the
Debtor to us are hereby agreed to be postponed in your favor. Upon written
notice given by you to us, which you may give at any time whether or not the
Debtor is in default to you, we will refrain from accepting any payments on
account of such indebtedness tendered by the Debtor or any other Obligor
thereon, or realized from any security therefor, and any amounts received by us
in violation of the foregoing shall be held by us upon an express trust for your
benefit and turned over to you upon demand. Until such notice, we will accept
only such payments which are in the nature of regularly scheduled payments made
pursuant to periodic reductions required by the terms of the documents
evidencing such indebtedness, and shall not accept any prepayment thereof,
whether on default, on demand under any demand instrument, or otherwise. We
represent to you that all such indebtedness owing to us is, and agree that it
shall remain, and any future indebtedness shall be unsecured

     8.   NO WAIVER.

          No failure, omission or delay on your part in exercising any rights
hereunder or under the Agreements or with respect to Debtor's Liabilities,
either against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any Secured Property, shall
operate as a waiver of any such rights or shall, in any manner, prejudice your
rights against us hereunder or otherwise.

     9.   CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.

          All of your rights and remedies under the Agreements, this Guaranty
and under any other document or instrument evidencing or securing Debtor's
Liabilities are separate and cumulative and may be pursued separately,
successively or concurrently, are non-exclusive and the exercise of any one or
more of them shall in no way limit or prejudice any other legal or equitable
right, remedy or recourse to which you may be entitled. This Guaranty shall be
deemed to be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any prior suretyship or
guaranty delivered by us to you, and any suretyship or guaranty at any time
hereafter delivered by us to you shall be deemed to be in addition to, and not
in lieu of, this Guaranty.

     10.  APPLICATION OF FUNDS.

          Any payment made by us hereunder, or by the Debtor or any other
Obligor, and any proceeds realized by you from any Secured Property, may be
applied by you to any of Debtor's Liabilities in any order which you may
determine, notwithstanding any designation by us, the Debtor or other Obligor to
the contrary. To the extent that the Debtor has at any time any liabilities or
obligations to you for which we are not obligated to you under the terms of this
Guaranty, any payments received by you from the Debtor or any other Obligor, or
proceeds realized by you from any security, and regardless of any designation by
any person or entity to the contrary, may be applied by you to such other
liabilities and obligations prior to your applying any amounts to Debtor's
Liabilities for which we are obligated to you hereunder.

     11.  MODIFICATIONS.

          No provision hereof shall be modified or limited, except by a written
agreement expressly referring hereto and to the provision so modified or
limited, and signed by us and you.
<PAGE>

     12.  MERGER.

          This writing is intended as a final, complete and exclusive expression
of our agreement with you relative to the subject matter hereof. No course of
prior dealing between you and us, no usage of the trade, and no parole or
extrinsic evidence of any nature, shall be used or be relevant to supplement or
explain or modify any term used in this Guaranty.

     13.  SEVERABILITY.

          In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty
shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any
other provisions hereof, and this Guaranty shall be construed as if such
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

     14.  NOTICES.

          We agree that any notice or demand upon us shall be deemed to be
sufficiently given or served if it is in writing and is personally served, or in
lieu of personal service is mailed by first class certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to us at the address set forth below. Any notice or demand so
mailed shall be deemed received on the date of actual receipt or the first
business day following mailing, whichever first occurs.

     15.  JUDGMENT INTEREST.

          Any judgment entered against us hereunder shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, bear interest at the highest rate applicable to the
Debtor's Liabilities guaranteed hereby.

     16.  GOVERNING LAW.

          THIS INSTRUMENT SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA. WE CONSENT TO
THE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF
PENNSYLVANIA OR ANY STATE COURT LOCATED IN PHILADELPHIA COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL ACTION COMMENCED HEREUNDER. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN
IS INTENDED TO PRECLUDE YOU FROM COMMENCING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER IN ANY COURT
HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF.

     17.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

          AS AN INDEPENDENT COVENANT, WE IRREVOCABLY WAIVE JURY TRIAL AND THE
RIGHT THERETO IN ANY AND ALL ACTIONS BETWEEN US, WHETHER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR
OTHERWISE.

     18.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of your successors and
assigns and shall be binding on our successors and assigns.

     19.  GENDER; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.

          If there be more than one person or entity signing this Guaranty, each
of us will be jointly and severally obligated to you hereunder, and the terms
"we", "us" or "our" as used herein shall refer to each of us jointly and
severally. If less than all persons or entities who were intended to sign this
Guaranty do so, the same shall nevertheless be binding upon those who do sign.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Guaranty
this 24th day of May, 1991


                                       U.S. LONG DISTANCE INC.
                                       --------------------------------------
                                       (Corporate Name)


                                       a   Texas                  Corporation
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Address: 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300,
                                                -----------------------------
                                                San Antonio, TX  78216
                                                -----------------------------

                                       By: /s/ MARK D. BUCKNER
                                           ---------------------------------

                                       Title:
                                             -------------------------------

                                       Attest: /s/ KELLY SIMMONS
                                               ------------------------------

                                                       (Corporate Seal) 


<PAGE>
                               CORPORATE GUARANTY


     TO:  Bell Atlantic-TriCon Leasing Corporation
          1060 First Avenue
          Suite 200
          King of Prussia, PA 19406


     1.   IDENTIFICATION. This Guaranty is made by each of the undersigned, 
jointly and severally if more than one, in your favor, in order to induce you 
to enter into one or more notes, loan agreements and/or security agreements 
(herein, the "Agreements"), with ZERO PLUS DIALING INC. (herein, the 
"Debtor"), or to otherwise extend or continue financial accommodations in 
favor of the Debtor or to acquire obligations or indebtedness owing by the 
Debtor.

     2.   GUARANTY OBLIGATION.

          (a)  We unconditionally guarantee to you and undertake the obligations
of a surety with respect to the following described obligations and liabilities
of the Debtor (herein, the "Debtor's Liabilities"):

          (i)  the prompt payment in full of any and all now existing or
hereafter arising indebtedness or obligations of the Debtor to you of every kind
or nature, whether acquired by you by negotiation, assignment or otherwise, and
whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, or
otherwise, and including without limitation all advances and other loans now or
at any time hereafter made by you to the Debtor under or secured by the
Agreements, or otherwise. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING GUARANTY SHALL
EXTEND TO ANY OBLIGATIONS WHICH THE DEBTOR MAY INCUR TO YOU UNDER ANY AGREEMENT
OR BY REASON OF ANY OTHER FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION BETWEEN YOU AND THE DEBTOR
MADE AFTER THE DATE HEREOF WHETHER OR NOT PRESENTLY CONTEMPLATED. WE ACKNOWLEDGE
THAT IT IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN FROM TIME TO TIME DIRECTLY FROM THE
DEBTOR SUCH INFORMATION AS WE MAY REQUIRE CONCERNING THE OBLIGATIONS AND
INDEBTEDNESS GUARANTEED HEREBY, WHICH RESPONSIBILITY IS REASONABLE IN LIGHT OF
OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE DEBTOR; and

          (ii) the prompt, full and faithful performance and discharge by the
Debtor of each and every term, condition, agreement, representation, warranty
and provision on the part of the Debtor contained in any of the Agreements or in
any modification, amendment or substitution thereof or in any other document or
instrument evidencing or securing any obligation or indebtedness of the Debtor
to you.

          (b)  We shall, on your demand, reimburse you for all expenses,
collection charges, court costs and attorneys' fees incurred by you in
endeavoring to collect Debtor's Liabilities, and to enforce, protect or defend
any of your rights and remedies against us and/or the Debtor or against any
other person or entity primarily or secondarily liable for the obligations and
indebtedness guaranteed hereby (herein, an "Obligor"), or against or with
respect to any property, real or personal, now or hereafter granted to or
obtained by you as security for Debtor's Liabilities or for our liabilities and
obligations to you hereunder or for those of any Obligor (herein, "Secured
Property"), together with interest thereon until reimbursed at a rate equal to
five (5) percent above the rate of interest payable on the Debtor's Liabilities
guaranteed hereby (or the highest rate permitted by law) of the amount due by us
to you.

     3.   LIABILITY ABSOLUTE; WAIVERS.

          (a)  We shall pay all of the foregoing amounts and perform all of the
foregoing terms, covenants and conditions notwithstanding that any part or all
of the Agreements or other documents or instruments evidencing the Debtor's
Liabilities, or any financial accommodation for or transaction with the Debtor,
shall be invalid, void, voidable or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in
part, as against the Debtor, any property of the Debtor, or any of Debtor's
creditors, including a trustee in bankruptcy of Debtor or Debtor as a debtor-in-
possession, including without limitation by reason of any theory or provision of
law or equity, statutory or otherwise, relating to consideration, or the lack
thereof, or to any alleged fraudulent, preferential or other improper transfer
or conveyance, and including further, without limitation, by reason of failure
by any person, including yourself, to file any document or take any other action
to make any of your rights against the Debtor, any other Obligor or any
property, pursuant to the Agreements or otherwise, enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms.

          (b)  You shall have the right from time to time, and at any time,
without notice to or consent from us, and without affecting, impairing or
discharging, in whole or in part, our obligations to you hereunder, to enter
into agreements with the Debtor or any other Obligor to modify, change or
supplement, in any respect whatsoever, any evidence of indebtedness, or any
agreement or transaction between you and the Debtor or between you and any other
Obligor, or any portion or provision of any thereof; to grant extensions of time
and other indulgences of any kind to the Debtor or other Obligor; to compromise,
release, substitute, exercise, enforce, or fail or refuse to exercise or enforce
any claims, rights or remedies of any kind which you may have, at any time,
against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any portion thereof, or with respect
to any Secured Property; and to release, substitute or surrender and to enforce,
collect or liquidate any security of any kind held by you at any time, and all
of the foregoing whether done negligently, willfully or otherwise.

          (c)  Our obligations to you shall not be affected, impaired or
discharged, in whole or in part, by reason of your failure to obtain, in the
first instance, rights against any person or entity, including without
limitation, the Debtor, or in or with respect to any property, or to protect,
perfect, continue or maintain any such rights.

          (d)  We waive notice of acceptance hereof and all notices and demands
of any kind to which we may otherwise be entitled including, without limitation,
all demands of payment and notice of nonpayment, protest and dishonor, to us or
to the Debtor, or to the makers or endorsers of any notes or other instruments
for which we are or may be liable hereunder, and further waive notice of any
adverse change in the Debtor's financial condition, the value of any Secured
Property, or any other fact which might materially increase our risk to you
hereunder.
<PAGE>
          (e)  We waive any right to require you to, prior to proceeding against
us hereunder: (i) proceed against Debtor and/or any other Obligor; (ii) proceed
against or exhaust any Secured Property; or (iii) pursue any other remedy which
you may have.

     4.   PRIMARY NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS; NO SET-OFF.

          Our liability to you hereunder is primary, absolute, unconditional,
continuing, direct and independent of the obligations of the Debtor. Nothing
shall discharge or satisfy our liability hereunder except the full performance
and payment of all of the Debtor's Liabilities. In the event that all of
Debtor's Liabilities shall have at any time been paid and performed in full,
this Guaranty and our obligations hereunder shall nevertheless remain in full
force and effect and be operative with respect to Debtor's Liabilities incurred
or arising at any time or times thereafter. We shall have no right of
subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever and no right of recourse to
or with respect to the Debtor and/or any property of the Debtor, unless and
untIl all of Debtor's Liabilities have been paid and performed in full. Our
liability to you hereunder shall not be subject to set-off, counterclaim,
crossclaim or defense arising out of or by virtue of any claim or right which we
may at any time have against the Debtor or other Obligor, or which we may at any
time have against you in connection with this or any other transaction with or
acquired by you.

     5.   CONTINUING NATURE OF GUARANTY.

          Our obligations under this Guaranty shall be continuing. This
instrument shall continue in full force and effect until our obligations to you
are terminated by the actual receipt by you of written notice from us of such
termination. Such termination shall be applicable only to such of Debtor's
Liabilities as have their inception thereafter. Specifically, without
limitation, we shall, after and notwithstanding such termination, remain
obligated to you under the terms hereof for: (i) all of Debtor's Liabilities
incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of termination, including
interest or other finance charges at any time theretofore accrued or thereafter
accruing or payable thereon, (ii) all of your costs and expenses, including
attorney's fees, at any time incurred in connection with your enforcement and
collection of Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such
notice of termination, (iii) Debtor's Liabilities incurred subsequent to your
actual receipt of such notice of termination pursuant to any perceived or actual
commitment made on your part prior to such notice of termination, arising out of
any course of dealing or other perceived or actual legal or other requirement
obligating or committing you to make advances, loans or other financial
accommodations giving rise to such Debtor's Liabilities, and (iv) advances at
any time made by you to protect your interests under or in connection with
Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of
termination. We acknowledge that, upon such termination, you will have
absolutely no further obligation to consider any further requests for loans or
other extensions of credit or financial accommodations for the Debtor.

     6.   SECURITY FOR GUARANTY.

          All sums at any time to our credit and any of our present and future
property at any time in your possession shall be deemed held by you as security
for any and all of our obligations to you hereunder.

     7.   SUBORDINATION.

          Any and all present and future indebtedness and obligations of the
Debtor to us are hereby agreed to be postponed in your favor. Upon written
notice given by you to us, which you may give at any time whether or not the
Debtor is in default to you, we will refrain from accepting any payments on
account of such indebtedness tendered by the Debtor or any other Obligor
thereon, or realized from any security therefor, and any amounts received by us
in violation of the foregoing shall be held by us upon an express trust for your
benefit and turned over to you upon demand. Until such notice, we will accept
only such payments which are in the nature of regularly scheduled payments made
pursuant to periodic reductions required by the terms of the documents
evidencing such indebtedness, and shall not accept any prepayment thereof,
whether on default, on demand under any demand instrument, or otherwise. We
represent to you that all such indebtedness owing to us is, and agree that it
shall remain, and any future indebtedness shall be unsecured

     8.   NO WAIVER.

          No failure, omission or delay on your part in exercising any rights
hereunder or under the Agreements or with respect to Debtor's Liabilities,
either against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any Secured Property, shall
operate as a waiver of any such rights or shall, in any manner, prejudice your
rights against us hereunder or otherwise.

     9.   CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.

          All of your rights and remedies under the Agreements, this Guaranty
and under any other document or instrument evidencing or securing Debtor's
Liabilities are separate and cumulative and may be pursued separately,
successively or concurrently, are non-exclusive and the exercise of any one or
more of them shall in no way limit or prejudice any other legal or equitable
right, remedy or recourse to which you may be entitled. This Guaranty shall be
deemed to be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any prior suretyship or
guaranty delivered by us to you, and any suretyship or guaranty at any time
hereafter delivered by us to you shall be deemed to be in addition to, and not
in lieu of, this Guaranty.

     10.  APPLICATION OF FUNDS.

          Any payment made by us hereunder, or by the Debtor or any other
Obligor, and any proceeds realized by you from any Secured Property, may be
applied by you to any of Debtor's Liabilities in any order which you may
determine, notwithstanding any designation by us, the Debtor or other Obligor to
the contrary. To the extent that the Debtor has at any time any liabilities or
obligations to you for which we are not obligated to you under the terms of this
Guaranty, any payments received by you from the Debtor or any other Obligor, or
proceeds realized by you from any security, and regardless of any designation by
any person or entity to the contrary, may be applied by you to such other
liabilities and obligations prior to your applying any amounts to Debtor's
Liabilities for which we are obligated to you hereunder.

     11.  MODIFICATIONS.

          No provision hereof shall be modified or limited, except by a written
agreement expressly referring hereto and to the provision so modified or
limited, and signed by us and you.

<PAGE>

     12.  MERGER.

          This writing is intended as a final, complete and exclusive expression
of our agreement with you relative to the subject matter hereof. No course of
prior dealing between you and us, no usage of the trade, and no parole or
extrinsic evidence of any nature, shall be used or be relevant to supplement or
explain or modify any term used in this Guaranty.

     13.  SEVERABILITY.

          In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty
shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any
other provisions hereof, and this Guaranty shall be construed as if such
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

     14.  NOTICES.

          We agree that any notice or demand upon us shall be deemed to be
sufficiently given or served if it is in writing and is personally served, or in
lieu of personal service is mailed by first class certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to us at the address set forth below. Any notice or demand so
mailed shall be deemed received on the date of actual receipt or the first
business day following mailing, whichever first occurs.

     15.  JUDGMENT INTEREST.

          Any judgment entered against us hereunder shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, bear interest at the highest rate applicable to the
Debtor's Liabilities guaranteed hereby.

     16.  GOVERNING LAW.

          THIS INSTRUMENT SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA. WE CONSENT TO
THE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF
PENNSYLVANIA OR ANY STATE COURT LOCATED IN PHILADELPHIA COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL ACTION COMMENCED HEREUNDER. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN
IS INTENDED TO PRECLUDE YOU FROM COMMENCING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER IN ANY COURT
HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF.

     17.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

          AS AN INDEPENDENT COVENANT, WE IRREVOCABLY WAIVE JURY TRIAL AND THE
RIGHT THERETO IN ANY AND ALL ACTIONS BETWEEN US, WHETHER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR
OTHERWISE.

     18.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of your successors and
assigns and shall be binding on our successors and assigns.

     19.  GENDER; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.

          If there be more than one person or entity signing this Guaranty, each
of us will be jointly and severally obligated to you hereunder, and the terms
"we", "us" or "our" as used herein shall refer to each of us jointly and
severally. If less than all persons or entities who were intended to sign this
Guaranty do so, the same shall nevertheless be binding upon those who do sign.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Guaranty
this 24th day of May, 1991


                                       U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.
                                       --------------------------------------
                                       (Corporate Name)


                                       a   Delaware               Corporation
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Address: 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300,
                                                -----------------------------
                                                San Antonio, TX  78216
                                                -----------------------------

                                       By: /s/ MARK D. BUCKNER
                                           ---------------------------------

                                       Title:
                                             -------------------------------

                                       Attest: /s/ KELLY SIMMONS
                                               ------------------------------

                                                       (Corporate Seal) 


<PAGE>
                               CORPORATE GUARANTY


     TO:  Bell Atlantic-TriCon Leasing Corporation
          1060 First Avenue
          Suite 200
          King of Prussia, PA 19406


     1.   IDENTIFICATION. This Guaranty is made by each of the undersigned, 
jointly and severally if more than one, in your favor, in order to induce you 
to enter into one or more notes, loan agreements and/or security agreements 
(herein, the "Agreements"), with U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC. (herein, the 
"Debtor"), or to otherwise extend or continue financial accommodations in 
favor of the Debtor or to acquire obligations or indebtedness owing by the 
Debtor.

     2.   GUARANTY OBLIGATION.

          (a)  We unconditionally guarantee to you and undertake the obligations
of a surety with respect to the following described obligations and liabilities
of the Debtor (herein, the "Debtor's Liabilities"):

          (i)  the prompt payment in full of any and all now existing or
hereafter arising indebtedness or obligations of the Debtor to you of every kind
or nature, whether acquired by you by negotiation, assignment or otherwise, and
whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, or
otherwise, and including without limitation all advances and other loans now or
at any time hereafter made by you to the Debtor under or secured by the
Agreements, or otherwise. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING GUARANTY SHALL
EXTEND TO ANY OBLIGATIONS WHICH THE DEBTOR MAY INCUR TO YOU UNDER ANY AGREEMENT
OR BY REASON OF ANY OTHER FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION BETWEEN YOU AND THE DEBTOR
MADE AFTER THE DATE HEREOF WHETHER OR NOT PRESENTLY CONTEMPLATED. WE ACKNOWLEDGE
THAT IT IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN FROM TIME TO TIME DIRECTLY FROM THE
DEBTOR SUCH INFORMATION AS WE MAY REQUIRE CONCERNING THE OBLIGATIONS AND
INDEBTEDNESS GUARANTEED HEREBY, WHICH RESPONSIBILITY IS REASONABLE IN LIGHT OF
OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE DEBTOR; and

          (ii) the prompt, full and faithful performance and discharge by the
Debtor of each and every term, condition, agreement, representation, warranty
and provision on the part of the Debtor contained in any of the Agreements or in
any modification, amendment or substitution thereof or in any other document or
instrument evidencing or securing any obligation or indebtedness of the Debtor
to you.

          (b)  We shall, on your demand, reimburse you for all expenses,
collection charges, court costs and attorneys' fees incurred by you in
endeavoring to collect Debtor's Liabilities, and to enforce, protect or defend
any of your rights and remedies against us and/or the Debtor or against any
other person or entity primarily or secondarily liable for the obligations and
indebtedness guaranteed hereby (herein, an "Obligor"), or against or with
respect to any property, real or personal, now or hereafter granted to or
obtained by you as security for Debtor's Liabilities or for our liabilities and
obligations to you hereunder or for those of any Obligor (herein, "Secured
Property"), together with interest thereon until reimbursed at a rate equal to
five (5) percent above the rate of interest payable on the Debtor's Liabilities
guaranteed hereby (or the highest rate permitted by law) of the amount due by us
to you.

     3.   LIABILITY ABSOLUTE; WAIVERS.

          (a)  We shall pay all of the foregoing amounts and perform all of the
foregoing terms, covenants and conditions notwithstanding that any part or all
of the Agreements or other documents or instruments evidencing the Debtor's
Liabilities, or any financial accommodation for or transaction with the Debtor,
shall be invalid, void, voidable or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in
part, as against the Debtor, any property of the Debtor, or any of Debtor's
creditors, including a trustee in bankruptcy of Debtor or Debtor as a debtor-in-
possession, including without limitation by reason of any theory or provision of
law or equity, statutory or otherwise, relating to consideration, or the lack
thereof, or to any alleged fraudulent, preferential or other improper transfer
or conveyance, and including further, without limitation, by reason of failure
by any person, including yourself, to file any document or take any other action
to make any of your rights against the Debtor, any other Obligor or any
property, pursuant to the Agreements or otherwise, enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms.

          (b)  You shall have the right from time to time, and at any time,
without notice to or consent from us, and without affecting, impairing or
discharging, in whole or in part, our obligations to you hereunder, to enter
into agreements with the Debtor or any other Obligor to modify, change or
supplement, in any respect whatsoever, any evidence of indebtedness, or any
agreement or transaction between you and the Debtor or between you and any other
Obligor, or any portion or provision of any thereof; to grant extensions of time
and other indulgences of any kind to the Debtor or other Obligor; to compromise,
release, substitute, exercise, enforce, or fail or refuse to exercise or enforce
any claims, rights or remedies of any kind which you may have, at any time,
against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any portion thereof, or with respect
to any Secured Property; and to release, substitute or surrender and to enforce,
collect or liquidate any security of any kind held by you at any time, and all
of the foregoing whether done negligently, willfully or otherwise.

          (c)  Our obligations to you shall not be affected, impaired or
discharged, in whole or in part, by reason of your failure to obtain, in the
first instance, rights against any person or entity, including without
limitation, the Debtor, or in or with respect to any property, or to protect,
perfect, continue or maintain any such rights.

          (d)  We waive notice of acceptance hereof and all notices and demands
of any kind to which we may otherwise be entitled including, without limitation,
all demands of payment and notice of nonpayment, protest and dishonor, to us or
to the Debtor, or to the makers or endorsers of any notes or other instruments
for which we are or may be liable hereunder, and further waive notice of any
adverse change in the Debtor's financial condition, the value of any Secured
Property, or any other fact which might materially increase our risk to you
hereunder.
<PAGE>
          (e)  We waive any right to require you to, prior to proceeding against
us hereunder: (i) proceed against Debtor and/or any other Obligor; (ii) proceed
against or exhaust any Secured Property; or (iii) pursue any other remedy which
you may have.

     4.   PRIMARY NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS; NO SET-OFF.

          Our liability to you hereunder is primary, absolute, unconditional,
continuing, direct and independent of the obligations of the Debtor. Nothing
shall discharge or satisfy our liability hereunder except the full performance
and payment of all of the Debtor's Liabilities. In the event that all of
Debtor's Liabilities shall have at any time been paid and performed in full,
this Guaranty and our obligations hereunder shall nevertheless remain in full
force and effect and be operative with respect to Debtor's Liabilities incurred
or arising at any time or times thereafter. We shall have no right of
subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever and no right of recourse to
or with respect to the Debtor and/or any property of the Debtor, unless and
untIl all of Debtor's Liabilities have been paid and performed in full. Our
liability to you hereunder shall not be subject to set-off, counterclaim,
crossclaim or defense arising out of or by virtue of any claim or right which we
may at any time have against the Debtor or other Obligor, or which we may at any
time have against you in connection with this or any other transaction with or
acquired by you.

     5.   CONTINUING NATURE OF GUARANTY.

          Our obligations under this Guaranty shall be continuing. This
instrument shall continue in full force and effect until our obligations to you
are terminated by the actual receipt by you of written notice from us of such
termination. Such termination shall be applicable only to such of Debtor's
Liabilities as have their inception thereafter. Specifically, without
limitation, we shall, after and notwithstanding such termination, remain
obligated to you under the terms hereof for: (i) all of Debtor's Liabilities
incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of termination, including
interest or other finance charges at any time theretofore accrued or thereafter
accruing or payable thereon, (ii) all of your costs and expenses, including
attorney's fees, at any time incurred in connection with your enforcement and
collection of Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such
notice of termination, (iii) Debtor's Liabilities incurred subsequent to your
actual receipt of such notice of termination pursuant to any perceived or actual
commitment made on your part prior to such notice of termination, arising out of
any course of dealing or other perceived or actual legal or other requirement
obligating or committing you to make advances, loans or other financial
accommodations giving rise to such Debtor's Liabilities, and (iv) advances at
any time made by you to protect your interests under or in connection with
Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of
termination. We acknowledge that, upon such termination, you will have
absolutely no further obligation to consider any further requests for loans or
other extensions of credit or financial accommodations for the Debtor.

     6.   SECURITY FOR GUARANTY.

          All sums at any time to our credit and any of our present and future
property at any time in your possession shall be deemed held by you as security
for any and all of our obligations to you hereunder.

     7.   SUBORDINATION.

          Any and all present and future indebtedness and obligations of the
Debtor to us are hereby agreed to be postponed in your favor. Upon written
notice given by you to us, which you may give at any time whether or not the
Debtor is in default to you, we will refrain from accepting any payments on
account of such indebtedness tendered by the Debtor or any other Obligor
thereon, or realized from any security therefor, and any amounts received by us
in violation of the foregoing shall be held by us upon an express trust for your
benefit and turned over to you upon demand. Until such notice, we will accept
only such payments which are in the nature of regularly scheduled payments made
pursuant to periodic reductions required by the terms of the documents
evidencing such indebtedness, and shall not accept any prepayment thereof,
whether on default, on demand under any demand instrument, or otherwise. We
represent to you that all such indebtedness owing to us is, and agree that it
shall remain, and any future indebtedness shall be unsecured

     8.   NO WAIVER.

          No failure, omission or delay on your part in exercising any rights
hereunder or under the Agreements or with respect to Debtor's Liabilities,
either against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any Secured Property, shall
operate as a waiver of any such rights or shall, in any manner, prejudice your
rights against us hereunder or otherwise.

     9.   CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.

          All of your rights and remedies under the Agreements, this Guaranty
and under any other document or instrument evidencing or securing Debtor's
Liabilities are separate and cumulative and may be pursued separately,
successively or concurrently, are non-exclusive and the exercise of any one or
more of them shall in no way limit or prejudice any other legal or equitable
right, remedy or recourse to which you may be entitled. This Guaranty shall be
deemed to be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any prior suretyship or
guaranty delivered by us to you, and any suretyship or guaranty at any time
hereafter delivered by us to you shall be deemed to be in addition to, and not
in lieu of, this Guaranty.

     10.  APPLICATION OF FUNDS.

          Any payment made by us hereunder, or by the Debtor or any other
Obligor, and any proceeds realized by you from any Secured Property, may be
applied by you to any of Debtor's Liabilities in any order which you may
determine, notwithstanding any designation by us, the Debtor or other Obligor to
the contrary. To the extent that the Debtor has at any time any liabilities or
obligations to you for which we are not obligated to you under the terms of this
Guaranty, any payments received by you from the Debtor or any other Obligor, or
proceeds realized by you from any security, and regardless of any designation by
any person or entity to the contrary, may be applied by you to such other
liabilities and obligations prior to your applying any amounts to Debtor's
Liabilities for which we are obligated to you hereunder.

     11.  MODIFICATIONS.

          No provision hereof shall be modified or limited, except by a written
agreement expressly referring hereto and to the provision so modified or
limited, and signed by us and you.
<PAGE>

     12.  MERGER.

          This writing is intended as a final, complete and exclusive expression
of our agreement with you relative to the subject matter hereof. No course of
prior dealing between you and us, no usage of the trade, and no parole or
extrinsic evidence of any nature, shall be used or be relevant to supplement or
explain or modify any term used in this Guaranty.

     13.  SEVERABILITY.

          In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty
shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any
other provisions hereof, and this Guaranty shall be construed as if such
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

     14.  NOTICES.

          We agree that any notice or demand upon us shall be deemed to be
sufficiently given or served if it is in writing and is personally served, or in
lieu of personal service is mailed by first class certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to us at the address set forth below. Any notice or demand so
mailed shall be deemed received on the date of actual receipt or the first
business day following mailing, whichever first occurs.

     15.  JUDGMENT INTEREST.

          Any judgment entered against us hereunder shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, bear interest at the highest rate applicable to the
Debtor's Liabilities guaranteed hereby.

     16.  GOVERNING LAW.

          THIS INSTRUMENT SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA. WE CONSENT TO
THE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF
PENNSYLVANIA OR ANY STATE COURT LOCATED IN PHILADELPHIA COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL ACTION COMMENCED HEREUNDER. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN
IS INTENDED TO PRECLUDE YOU FROM COMMENCING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER IN ANY COURT
HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF.

     17.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

          AS AN INDEPENDENT COVENANT, WE IRREVOCABLY WAIVE JURY TRIAL AND THE
RIGHT THERETO IN ANY AND ALL ACTIONS BETWEEN US, WHETHER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR
OTHERWISE.

     18.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of your successors and
assigns and shall be binding on our successors and assigns.

     19.  GENDER; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.

          If there be more than one person or entity signing this Guaranty, each
of us will be jointly and severally obligated to you hereunder, and the terms
"we", "us" or "our" as used herein shall refer to each of us jointly and
severally. If less than all persons or entities who were intended to sign this
Guaranty do so, the same shall nevertheless be binding upon those who do sign.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Guaranty
this 24th day of May, 1991


                                       ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC.
                                       --------------------------------------
                                       (Corporate Name)


                                       a   Delaware               Corporation
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Address: 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300,
                                                -----------------------------
                                                San Antonio, TX  78216
                                                -----------------------------

                                       By: /s/ KELLY SIMMONS
                                           ---------------------------------
                                           Kelly Simmons

                                       Title: Vice President 
                                             -------------------------------

                                       Attest: /s/ MARK D. BUCKNER
                                               ------------------------------

                                                       (Corporate Seal) 


<PAGE>
                               CORPORATE GUARANTY


     TO:  Bell Atlantic-TriCon Leasing Corporation
          1060 First Avenue
          Suite 200
          King of Prussia, PA 19406


     1.   Identification. This Guaranty is made by each of the undersigned, 
jointly and severally if more than one, in your favor, in order to induce you 
to enter into one or more notes, loan agreements and/or security agreements 
(herein, the "Agreements"), with U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC. AND ZERO PLUS 
DIALING, INC. (collectively herein, the "Debtor"), or to otherwise extend or 
continue financial accommodations in favor of the Debtor or to acquire 
obligations or indebtedness owing by the Debtor.

     2.   GUARANTY OBLIGATION.

          (a)  We unconditionally guarantee to you and undertake the obligations
of a surety with respect to the following described obligations and liabilities
of the Debtor (herein, the "Debtor's Liabilities"):

          (i)  the prompt payment in full of any and all now existing or
hereafter arising indebtedness or obligations of the Debtor to you of every kind
or nature, whether acquired by you by negotiation, assignment or otherwise, and
whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, or
otherwise, and including without limitation all advances and other loans now or
at any time hereafter made by you to the Debtor under or secured by the
Agreements, or otherwise. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING GUARANTY SHALL
EXTEND TO ANY OBLIGATIONS WHICH THE DEBTOR MAY INCUR TO YOU UNDER ANY AGREEMENT
OR BY REASON OF ANY OTHER FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION BETWEEN YOU AND THE DEBTOR
MADE AFTER THE DATE HEREOF WHETHER OR NOT PRESENTLY CONTEMPLATED. WE ACKNOWLEDGE
THAT IT IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN FROM TIME TO TIME DIRECTLY FROM THE
DEBTOR SUCH INFORMATION AS WE MAY REQUIRE CONCERNING THE OBLIGATIONS AND
INDEBTEDNESS GUARANTEED HEREBY, WHICH RESPONSIBILITY IS REASONABLE IN LIGHT OF
OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE DEBTOR; and

          (ii) the prompt, full and faithful performance and discharge by the
Debtor of each and every term, condition, agreement, representation, warranty
and provision on the part of the Debtor contained in any of the Agreements or in
any modification, amendment or substitution thereof or in any other document or
instrument evidencing or securing any obligation or indebtedness of the Debtor
to you.

          (b)  We shall, on your demand, reimburse you for all expenses,
collection charges, court costs and attorneys' fees incurred by you in
endeavoring to collect Debtor's Liabilities, and to enforce, protect or defend
any of your rights and remedies against us and/or the Debtor or against any
other person or entity primarily or secondarily liable for the obligations and
indebtedness guaranteed hereby (herein, an "Obligor"), or against or with
respect to any property, real or personal, now or hereafter granted to or
obtained by you as security for Debtor's Liabilities or for our liabilities and
obligations to you hereunder or for those of any Obligor (herein, "Secured
Property"), together with interest thereon until reimbursed at a rate equal to
five (5) percent above the rate of interest payable on the Debtor's Liabilities
guaranteed hereby (or the highest rate permitted by law) of the amount due by us
to you.

     3.   LIABILITY ABSOLUTE; WAIVERS.

          (a)  We shall pay all of the foregoing amounts and perform all of the
foregoing terms, covenants and conditions notwithstanding that any part or all
of the Agreements or other documents or instruments evidencing the Debtor's
Liabilities, or any financial accommodation for or transaction with the Debtor,
shall be invalid, void, voidable or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in
part, as against the Debtor, any property of the Debtor, or any of Debtor's
creditors, including a trustee in bankruptcy of Debtor or Debtor as a debtor-in-
possession, including without limitation by reason of any theory or provision of
law or equity, statutory or otherwise, relating to consideration, or the lack
thereof, or to any alleged fraudulent, preferential or other improper transfer
or conveyance, and including further, without limitation, by reason of failure
by any person, including yourself, to file any document or take any other action
to make any of your rights against the Debtor, any other Obligor or any
property, pursuant to the Agreements or otherwise, enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms.

          (b)  You shall have the right from time to time, and at any time,
without notice to or consent from us, and without affecting, impairing or
discharging, in whole or in part, our obligations to you hereunder, to enter
into agreements with the Debtor or any other Obligor to modify, change or
supplement, in any respect whatsoever, any evidence of indebtedness, or any
agreement or transaction between you and the Debtor or between you and any other
Obligor, or any portion or provision of any thereof; to grant extensions of time
and other indulgences of any kind to the Debtor or other Obligor; to compromise,
release, substitute, exercise, enforce, or fail or refuse to exercise or enforce
any claims, rights or remedies of any kind which you may have, at any time,
against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any portion thereof, or with respect
to any Secured Property; and to release, substitute or surrender and to enforce,
collect or liquidate any security of any kind held by you at any time, and all
of the foregoing whether done negligently, willfully or otherwise.

          (c)  Our obligations to you shall not be affected, impaired or
discharged, in whole or in part, by reason of your failure to obtain, in the
first instance, rights against any person or entity, including without
limitation, the Debtor, or in or with respect to any property, or to protect,
perfect, continue or maintain any such rights.

          (d)  We waive notice of acceptance hereof and all notices and demands
of any kind to which we may otherwise be entitled including, without limitation,
all demands of payment and notice of nonpayment, protest and dishonor, to us or
to the Debtor, or to the makers or endorsers of any notes or other instruments
for which we are or may be liable hereunder, and further waive notice of any
adverse change in the Debtor's financial condition, the value of any Secured
Property, or any other fact which might materially increase our risk to you
hereunder.

<PAGE>
          (e)  We waive any right to require you to, prior to proceeding against
us hereunder: (i) proceed against Debtor and/or any other Obligor; (ii) proceed
against or exhaust any Secured Property; or (iii) pursue any other remedy which
you may have.

     4.   PRIMARY NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS; NO SET-OFF.

          Our liability to you hereunder is primary, absolute, unconditional,
continuing, direct and independent of the obligations of the Debtor. Nothing
shall discharge or satisfy our liability hereunder except the full performance
and payment of all of the Debtor's Liabilities. In the event that all of
Debtor's Liabilities shall have at any time been paid and performed in full,
this Guaranty and our obligations hereunder shall nevertheless remain in full
force and effect and be operative with respect to Debtor's Liabilities incurred
or arising at any time or times thereafter. We shall have no right of
subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever and no right of recourse to
or with respect to the Debtor and/or any property of the Debtor, unless and
untIl all of Debtor's Liabilities have been paid and performed in full. Our
liability to you hereunder shall not be subject to set-off, counterclaim,
crossclaim or defense arising out of or by virtue of any claim or right which we
may at any time have against the Debtor or other Obligor, or which we may at any
time have against you in connection with this or any other transaction with or
acquired by you.

     5.   CONTINUING NATURE OF GUARANTY.

          Our obligations under this Guaranty shall be continuing. This
instrument shall continue in full force and effect until our obligations to you
are terminated by the actual receipt by you of written notice from us of such
termination. Such termination shall be applicable only to such of Debtor's
Liabilities as have their inception thereafter. Specifically, without
limitation, we shall, after and notwithstanding such termination, remain
obligated to you under the terms hereof for: (i) all of Debtor's Liabilities
incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of termination, including
interest or other finance charges at any time theretofore accrued or thereafter
accruing or payable thereon, (ii) all of your costs and expenses, including
attorney's fees, at any time incurred in connection with your enforcement and
collection of Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such
notice of termination, (iii) Debtor's Liabilities incurred subsequent to your
actual receipt of such notice of termination pursuant to any perceived or actual
commitment made on your part prior to such notice of termination, arising out of
any course of dealing or other perceived or actual legal or other requirement
obligating or committing you to make advances, loans or other financial
accommodations giving rise to such Debtor's Liabilities, and (iv) advances at
any time made by you to protect your interests under or in connection with
Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of
termination. We acknowledge that, upon such termination, you will have
absolutely no further obligation to consider any further requests for loans or
other extensions of credit or financial accommodations for the Debtor.

     6.   SECURITY FOR GUARANTY.

          All sums at any time to our credit and any of our present and future
property at any time in your possession shall be deemed held by you as security
for any and all of our obligations to you hereunder.

     7.   SUBORDINATION.

          Any and all present and future indebtedness and obligations of the
Debtor to us are hereby agreed to be postponed in your favor. Upon written
notice given by you to us, which you may give at any time whether or not the
Debtor is in default to you, we will refrain from accepting any payments on
account of such indebtedness tendered by the Debtor or any other Obligor
thereon, or realized from any security therefor, and any amounts received by us
in violation of the foregoing shall be held by us upon an express trust for your
benefit and turned over to you upon demand. Until such notice, we will accept
only such payments which are in the nature of regularly scheduled payments made
pursuant to periodic reductions required by the terms of the documents
evidencing such indebtedness, and shall not accept any prepayment thereof,
whether on default, on demand under any demand instrument, or otherwise. We
represent to you that all such indebtedness owing to us is, and agree that it
shall remain, and any future indebtedness shall be unsecured

     8.   NO WAIVER.

          No failure, omission or delay on your part in exercising any rights
hereunder or under the Agreements or with respect to Debtor's Liabilities,
either against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any Secured Property, shall
operate as a waiver of any such rights or shall, in any manner, prejudice your
rights against us hereunder or otherwise.

     9.   CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.

          All of your rights and remedies under the Agreements, this Guaranty
and under any other document or instrument evidencing or securing Debtor's
Liabilities are separate and cumulative and may be pursued separately,
successively or concurrently, are non-exclusive and the exercise of any one or
more of them shall in no way limit or prejudice any other legal or equitable
right, remedy or recourse to which you may be entitled. This Guaranty shall be
deemed to be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any prior suretyship or
guaranty delivered by us to you, and any suretyship or guaranty at any time
hereafter delivered by us to you shall be deemed to be in addition to, and not
in lieu of, this Guaranty.

     10.  APPLICATION OF FUNDS.

          Any payment made by us hereunder, or by the Debtor or any other
Obligor, and any proceeds realized by you from any Secured Property, may be
applied by you to any of Debtor's Liabilities in any order which you may
determine, notwithstanding any designation by us, the Debtor or other Obligor to
the contrary. To the extent that the Debtor has at any time any liabilities or
obligations to you for which we are not obligated to you under the terms of this
Guaranty, any payments received by you from the Debtor or any other Obligor, or
proceeds realized by you from any security, and regardless of any designation by
any person or entity to the contrary, may be applied by you to such other
liabilities and obligations prior to your applying any amounts to Debtor's
Liabilities for which we are obligated to you hereunder.

     11.  MODIFICATIONS.

          No provision hereof shall be modified or limited, except by a written
agreement expressly referring hereto and to the provision so modified or
limited, and signed by us and you.

<PAGE>

     12.  MERGER.

          This writing is intended as a final, complete and exclusive expression
of our agreement with you relative to the subject matter hereof. No course of
prior dealing between you and us, no usage of the trade, and no parole or
extrinsic evidence of any nature, shall be used or be relevant to supplement or
explain or modify any term used in this Guaranty.

     13.  SEVERABILITY.

          In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty
shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any
other provisions hereof, and this Guaranty shall be construed as if such
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

     14.  NOTICES.

          We agree that any notice or demand upon us shall be deemed to be
sufficiently given or served if it is in writing and is personally served, or in
lieu of personal service is mailed by first class certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to us at the address set forth below. Any notice or demand so
mailed shall be deemed received on the date of actual receipt or the first
business day following mailing, whichever first occurs.

     15.  JUDGMENT INTEREST.

          Any judgment entered against us hereunder shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, bear interest at the highest rate applicable to the
Debtor's Liabilities guaranteed hereby.

     16.  GOVERNING LAW.

          THIS INSTRUMENT SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA. WE CONSENT TO
THE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF
PENNSYLVANIA OR ANY STATE COURT LOCATED IN PHILADELPHIA COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL ACTION COMMENCED HEREUNDER. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN
IS INTENDED TO PRECLUDE YOU FROM COMMENCING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER IN ANY COURT
HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF.

     17.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

          AS AN INDEPENDENT COVENANT, WE IRREVOCABLY WAIVE JURY TRIAL AND THE
RIGHT THERETO IN ANY AND ALL ACTIONS BETWEEN US, WHETHER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR
OTHERWISE.

     18.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of your successors and
assigns and shall be binding on our successors and assigns.

     19.  GENDER; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.

          If there be more than one person or entity signing this Guaranty, each
of us will be jointly and severally obligated to you hereunder, and the terms
"we", "us" or "our" as used herein shall refer to each of us jointly and
severally. If less than all persons or entities who were intended to sign this
Guaranty do so, the same shall nevertheless be binding upon those who do sign.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Guaranty
this ____ day of October, 1993.


                                       USLD ACQUISITION CORP.
                                       --------------------------------------
                                                 (Corporate Name)

                                       a Texas                   Corporation
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Address: 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300,
                                                -----------------------------
                                                San Antonio, TX  78216
                                                -----------------------------

                                       By: /s/ LARRY M. JAMES
                                       --------------------------------------
                                           
                                       Title: Larry M. James, President
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Attest: /s/ KELLY E. SIMMONS
                                       --------------------------------------
                                       Kelly E. Simmons, Treasurer/Asst. Secy

                                                 (Corporate Seal) 


<PAGE>
                               CORPORATE GUARANTY


     TO:  Bell Atlantic-TriCon Leasing Corporation
          1060 First Avenue
          Suite 200
          King of Prussia, PA 19406


     1.   IDENTIFICATION. This Guaranty is made by each of the undersigned, 
jointly and severally if more than one, in your favor, in order to induce you 
to enter into one or more notes, loan agreements and/or security agreements 
(herein, the "Agreements"), with ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC. & U.S. LONG 
DISTANCE, INC. (collectively herein, the "Debtor"), or to otherwise extend or 
continue financial accommodations in favor of the Debtor or to acquire 
obligations or indebtedness owing by the Debtor.

     2.   GUARANTY OBLIGATION.

          (a)  We unconditionally guarantee to you and undertake the obligations
of a surety with respect to the following described obligations and liabilities
of the Debtor (herein, the "Debtor's Liabilities"):

          (i)  the prompt payment in full of any and all now existing or
hereafter arising indebtedness or obligations of the Debtor to you of every kind
or nature, whether acquired by you by negotiation, assignment or otherwise, and
whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, or
otherwise, and including without limitation all advances and other loans now or
at any time hereafter made by you to the Debtor under or secured by the
Agreements, or otherwise. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING GUARANTY SHALL
EXTEND TO ANY OBLIGATIONS WHICH THE DEBTOR MAY INCUR TO YOU UNDER ANY AGREEMENT
OR BY REASON OF ANY OTHER FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION BETWEEN YOU AND THE DEBTOR
MADE AFTER THE DATE HEREOF WHETHER OR NOT PRESENTLY CONTEMPLATED. WE ACKNOWLEDGE
THAT IT IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN FROM TIME TO TIME DIRECTLY FROM THE
DEBTOR SUCH INFORMATION AS WE MAY REQUIRE CONCERNING THE OBLIGATIONS AND
INDEBTEDNESS GUARANTEED HEREBY, WHICH RESPONSIBILITY IS REASONABLE IN LIGHT OF
OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE DEBTOR; and

          (ii) the prompt, full and faithful performance and discharge by the
Debtor of each and every term, condition, agreement, representation, warranty
and provision on the part of the Debtor contained in any of the Agreements or in
any modification, amendment or substitution thereof or in any other document or
instrument evidencing or securing any obligation or indebtedness of the Debtor
to you.

          (b)  We shall, on your demand, reimburse you for all expenses,
collection charges, court costs and attorneys' fees incurred by you in
endeavoring to collect Debtor's Liabilities, and to enforce, protect or defend
any of your rights and remedies against us and/or the Debtor or against any
other person or entity primarily or secondarily liable for the obligations and
indebtedness guaranteed hereby (herein, an "Obligor"), or against or with
respect to any property, real or personal, now or hereafter granted to or
obtained by you as security for Debtor's Liabilities or for our liabilities and
obligations to you hereunder or for those of any Obligor (herein, "Secured
Property"), together with interest thereon until reimbursed at a rate equal to
five (5) percent above the rate of interest payable on the Debtor's Liabilities
guaranteed hereby (or the highest rate permitted by law) of the amount due by us
to you.

     3.   LIABILITY ABSOLUTE; WAIVERS.

          (a)  We shall pay all of the foregoing amounts and perform all of the
foregoing terms, covenants and conditions notwithstanding that any part or all
of the Agreements or other documents or instruments evidencing the Debtor's
Liabilities, or any financial accommodation for or transaction with the Debtor,
shall be invalid, void, voidable or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in
part, as against the Debtor, any property of the Debtor, or any of Debtor's
creditors, including a trustee in bankruptcy of Debtor or Debtor as a debtor-in-
possession, including without limitation by reason of any theory or provision of
law or equity, statutory or otherwise, relating to consideration, or the lack
thereof, or to any alleged fraudulent, preferential or other improper transfer
or conveyance, and including further, without limitation, by reason of failure
by any person, including yourself, to file any document or take any other action
to make any of your rights against the Debtor, any other Obligor or any
property, pursuant to the Agreements or otherwise, enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms.

          (b)  You shall have the right from time to time, and at any time,
without notice to or consent from us, and without affecting, impairing or
discharging, in whole or in part, our obligations to you hereunder, to enter
into agreements with the Debtor or any other Obligor to modify, change or
supplement, in any respect whatsoever, any evidence of indebtedness, or any
agreement or transaction between you and the Debtor or between you and any other
Obligor, or any portion or provision of any thereof; to grant extensions of time
and other indulgences of any kind to the Debtor or other Obligor; to compromise,
release, substitute, exercise, enforce, or fail or refuse to exercise or enforce
any claims, rights or remedies of any kind which you may have, at any time,
against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any portion thereof, or with respect
to any Secured Property; and to release, substitute or surrender and to enforce,
collect or liquidate any security of any kind held by you at any time, and all
of the foregoing whether done negligently, willfully or otherwise.

          (c)  Our obligations to you shall not be affected, impaired or
discharged, in whole or in part, by reason of your failure to obtain, in the
first instance, rights against any person or entity, including without
limitation, the Debtor, or in or with respect to any property, or to protect,
perfect, continue or maintain any such rights.

          (d)  We waive notice of acceptance hereof and all notices and demands
of any kind to which we may otherwise be entitled including, without limitation,
all demands of payment and notice of nonpayment, protest and dishonor, to us or
to the Debtor, or to the makers or endorsers of any notes or other instruments
for which we are or may be liable hereunder, and further waive notice of any
adverse change in the Debtor's financial condition, the value of any Secured
Property, or any other fact which might materially increase our risk to you
hereunder.
<PAGE>
          (e)  We waive any right to require you to, prior to proceeding against
us hereunder: (i) proceed against Debtor and/or any other Obligor; (ii) proceed
against or exhaust any Secured Property; or (iii) pursue any other remedy which
you may have.

     4.   PRIMARY NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS; NO SET-OFF.

          Our liability to you hereunder is primary, absolute, unconditional,
continuing, direct and independent of the obligations of the Debtor. Nothing
shall discharge or satisfy our liability hereunder except the full performance
and payment of all of the Debtor's Liabilities. In the event that all of
Debtor's Liabilities shall have at any time been paid and performed in full,
this Guaranty and our obligations hereunder shall nevertheless remain in full
force and effect and be operative with respect to Debtor's Liabilities incurred
or arising at any time or times thereafter. We shall have no right of
subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever and no right of recourse to
or with respect to the Debtor and/or any property of the Debtor, unless and
untIl all of Debtor's Liabilities have been paid and performed in full. Our
liability to you hereunder shall not be subject to set-off, counterclaim,
crossclaim or defense arising out of or by virtue of any claim or right which we
may at any time have against the Debtor or other Obligor, or which we may at any
time have against you in connection with this or any other transaction with or
acquired by you.

     5.   CONTINUING NATURE OF GUARANTY.

          Our obligations under this Guaranty shall be continuing. This
instrument shall continue in full force and effect until our obligations to you
are terminated by the actual receipt by you of written notice from us of such
termination. Such termination shall be applicable only to such of Debtor's
Liabilities as have their inception thereafter. Specifically, without
limitation, we shall, after and notwithstanding such termination, remain
obligated to you under the terms hereof for: (i) all of Debtor's Liabilities
incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of termination, including
interest or other finance charges at any time theretofore accrued or thereafter
accruing or payable thereon, (ii) all of your costs and expenses, including
attorney's fees, at any time incurred in connection with your enforcement and
collection of Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such
notice of termination, (iii) Debtor's Liabilities incurred subsequent to your
actual receipt of such notice of termination pursuant to any perceived or actual
commitment made on your part prior to such notice of termination, arising out of
any course of dealing or other perceived or actual legal or other requirement
obligating or committing you to make advances, loans or other financial
accommodations giving rise to such Debtor's Liabilities, and (iv) advances at
any time made by you to protect your interests under or in connection with
Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of
termination. We acknowledge that, upon such termination, you will have
absolutely no further obligation to consider any further requests for loans or
other extensions of credit or financial accommodations for the Debtor.

     6.   SECURITY FOR GUARANTY.

          All sums at any time to our credit and any of our present and future
property at any time in your possession shall be deemed held by you as security
for any and all of our obligations to you hereunder.

     7.   SUBORDINATION.

          Any and all present and future indebtedness and obligations of the
Debtor to us are hereby agreed to be postponed in your favor. Upon written
notice given by you to us, which you may give at any time whether or not the
Debtor is in default to you, we will refrain from accepting any payments on
account of such indebtedness tendered by the Debtor or any other Obligor
thereon, or realized from any security therefor, and any amounts received by us
in violation of the foregoing shall be held by us upon an express trust for your
benefit and turned over to you upon demand. Until such notice, we will accept
only such payments which are in the nature of regularly scheduled payments made
pursuant to periodic reductions required by the terms of the documents
evidencing such indebtedness, and shall not accept any prepayment thereof,
whether on default, on demand under any demand instrument, or otherwise. We
represent to you that all such indebtedness owing to us is, and agree that it
shall remain, and any future indebtedness shall be unsecured

     8.   NO WAIVER.

          No failure, omission or delay on your part in exercising any rights
hereunder or under the Agreements or with respect to Debtor's Liabilities,
either against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any Secured Property, shall
operate as a waiver of any such rights or shall, in any manner, prejudice your
rights against us hereunder or otherwise.

     9.   CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.

          All of your rights and remedies under the Agreements, this Guaranty
and under any other document or instrument evidencing or securing Debtor's
Liabilities are separate and cumulative and may be pursued separately,
successively or concurrently, are non-exclusive and the exercise of any one or
more of them shall in no way limit or prejudice any other legal or equitable
right, remedy or recourse to which you may be entitled. This Guaranty shall be
deemed to be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any prior suretyship or
guaranty delivered by us to you, and any suretyship or guaranty at any time
hereafter delivered by us to you shall be deemed to be in addition to, and not
in lieu of, this Guaranty.

     10.  APPLICATION OF FUNDS.

          Any payment made by us hereunder, or by the Debtor or any other
Obligor, and any proceeds realized by you from any Secured Property, may be
applied by you to any of Debtor's Liabilities in any order which you may
determine, notwithstanding any designation by us, the Debtor or other Obligor to
the contrary. To the extent that the Debtor has at any time any liabilities or
obligations to you for which we are not obligated to you under the terms of this
Guaranty, any payments received by you from the Debtor or any other Obligor, or
proceeds realized by you from any security, and regardless of any designation by
any person or entity to the contrary, may be applied by you to such other
liabilities and obligations prior to your applying any amounts to Debtor's
Liabilities for which we are obligated to you hereunder.

     11.  MODIFICATIONS.

          No provision hereof shall be modified or limited, except by a written
agreement expressly referring hereto and to the provision so modified or
limited, and signed by us and you.
<PAGE>

     12.  MERGER.

          This writing is intended as a final, complete and exclusive expression
of our agreement with you relative to the subject matter hereof. No course of
prior dealing between you and us, no usage of the trade, and no parole or
extrinsic evidence of any nature, shall be used or be relevant to supplement or
explain or modify any term used in this Guaranty.

     13.  SEVERABILITY.

          In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty
shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any
other provisions hereof, and this Guaranty shall be construed as if such
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

     14.  NOTICES.

          We agree that any notice or demand upon us shall be deemed to be
sufficiently given or served if it is in writing and is personally served, or in
lieu of personal service is mailed by first class certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to us at the address set forth below. Any notice or demand so
mailed shall be deemed received on the date of actual receipt or the first
business day following mailing, whichever first occurs.

     15.  JUDGMENT INTEREST.

          Any judgment entered against us hereunder shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, bear interest at the highest rate applicable to the
Debtor's Liabilities guaranteed hereby.

     16.  GOVERNING LAW.

          THIS INSTRUMENT SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA. WE CONSENT TO
THE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF
PENNSYLVANIA OR ANY STATE COURT LOCATED IN PHILADELPHIA COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL ACTION COMMENCED HEREUNDER. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN
IS INTENDED TO PRECLUDE YOU FROM COMMENCING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER IN ANY COURT
HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF.

     17.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

          AS AN INDEPENDENT COVENANT, WE IRREVOCABLY WAIVE JURY TRIAL AND THE
RIGHT THERETO IN ANY AND ALL ACTIONS BETWEEN US, WHETHER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR
OTHERWISE.

     18.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of your successors and
assigns and shall be binding on our successors and assigns.

     19.  GENDER; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.

          If there be more than one person or entity signing this Guaranty, each
of us will be jointly and severally obligated to you hereunder, and the terms
"we", "us" or "our" as used herein shall refer to each of us jointly and
severally. If less than all persons or entities who were intended to sign this
Guaranty do so, the same shall nevertheless be binding upon those who do sign.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Guaranty
this ____ day of NOVEMBER, 1993.


                                       STS TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                       --------------------------------------
                                                 (Corporate Name)

                                       a TEXAS                   Corporation
                                       --------------------------------------
                                       Address: 

                                       --------------------------------------

                                       By: /s/ LARRY M. JAMES
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Title: President
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE]
                                       --------------------------------------

                                                 (Corporate Seal) 


<PAGE>
                               CORPORATE GUARANTY


     TO:  TriCon Capital Corporation
          1060 First Avenue
          Suite 200
          King of Prussia, PA 19406


     1.   IDENTIFICATION. This Guaranty is made by each of the undersigned, 
jointly and severally if more than one, in your favor, in order to induce you 
to enter into one or more notes, loan agreements and/or security agreements 
(herein, the "Agreements"), with U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC. & ZERO PLUS 
DIALING, INC. (collectively herein, the "Debtor"), or to otherwise extend or 
continue financial accommodations in favor of the Debtor or to acquire 
obligations or indebtedness owing by the Debtor.

     2.   GUARANTY OBLIGATION.

          (a)  We unconditionally guarantee to you and undertake the obligations
of a surety with respect to the following described obligations and liabilities
of the Debtor (herein, the "Debtor's Liabilities"):

          (i)  the prompt payment in full of any and all now existing or
hereafter arising indebtedness or obligations of the Debtor to you of every kind
or nature, whether acquired by you by negotiation, assignment or otherwise, and
whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, or
otherwise, and including without limitation all advances and other loans now or
at any time hereafter made by you to the Debtor under or secured by the
Agreements, or otherwise. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING GUARANTY SHALL
EXTEND TO ANY OBLIGATIONS WHICH THE DEBTOR MAY INCUR TO YOU UNDER ANY AGREEMENT
OR BY REASON OF ANY OTHER FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION BETWEEN YOU AND THE DEBTOR
MADE AFTER THE DATE HEREOF WHETHER OR NOT PRESENTLY CONTEMPLATED. WE ACKNOWLEDGE
THAT IT IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN FROM TIME TO TIME DIRECTLY FROM THE
DEBTOR SUCH INFORMATION AS WE MAY REQUIRE CONCERNING THE OBLIGATIONS AND
INDEBTEDNESS GUARANTEED HEREBY, WHICH RESPONSIBILITY IS REASONABLE IN LIGHT OF
OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE DEBTOR; and

          (ii) the prompt, full and faithful performance and discharge by the
Debtor of each and every term, condition, agreement, representation, warranty
and provision on the part of the Debtor contained in any of the Agreements or in
any modification, amendment or substitution thereof or in any other document or
instrument evidencing or securing any obligation or indebtedness of the Debtor
to you.

          (b)  We shall, on your demand, reimburse you for all expenses,
collection charges, court costs and attorneys' fees incurred by you in
endeavoring to collect Debtor's Liabilities, and to enforce, protect or defend
any of your rights and remedies against us and/or the Debtor or against any
other person or entity primarily or secondarily liable for the obligations and
indebtedness guaranteed hereby (herein, an "Obligor"), or against or with
respect to any property, real or personal, now or hereafter granted to or
obtained by you as security for Debtor's Liabilities or for our liabilities and
obligations to you hereunder or for those of any Obligor (herein, "Secured
Property"), together with interest thereon until reimbursed at a rate equal to
five (5) percent above the rate of interest payable on the Debtor's Liabilities
guaranteed hereby (or the highest rate permitted by law) of the amount due by us
to you.

     3.   LIABILITY ABSOLUTE; WAIVERS.

          (a)  We shall pay all of the foregoing amounts and perform all of the
foregoing terms, covenants and conditions notwithstanding that any part or all
of the Agreements or other documents or instruments evidencing the Debtor's
Liabilities, or any financial accommodation for or transaction with the Debtor,
shall be invalid, void, voidable or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in
part, as against the Debtor, any property of the Debtor, or any of Debtor's
creditors, including a trustee in bankruptcy of Debtor or Debtor as a debtor-in-
possession, including without limitation by reason of any theory or provision of
law or equity, statutory or otherwise, relating to consideration, or the lack
thereof, or to any alleged fraudulent, preferential or other improper transfer
or conveyance, and including further, without limitation, by reason of failure
by any person, including yourself, to file any document or take any other action
to make any of your rights against the Debtor, any other Obligor or any
property, pursuant to the Agreements or otherwise, enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms.

          (b)  You shall have the right from time to time, and at any time,
without notice to or consent from us, and without affecting, impairing or
discharging, in whole or in part, our obligations to you hereunder, to enter
into agreements with the Debtor or any other Obligor to modify, change or
supplement, in any respect whatsoever, any evidence of indebtedness, or any
agreement or transaction between you and the Debtor or between you and any other
Obligor, or any portion or provision of any thereof; to grant extensions of time
and other indulgences of any kind to the Debtor or other Obligor; to compromise,
release, substitute, exercise, enforce, or fail or refuse to exercise or enforce
any claims, rights or remedies of any kind which you may have, at any time,
against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any portion thereof, or with respect
to any Secured Property; and to release, substitute or surrender and to enforce,
collect or liquidate any security of any kind held by you at any time, and all
of the foregoing whether done negligently, willfully or otherwise.

          (c)  Our obligations to you shall not be affected, impaired or
discharged, in whole or in part, by reason of your failure to obtain, in the
first instance, rights against any person or entity, including without
limitation, the Debtor, or in or with respect to any property, or to protect,
perfect, continue or maintain any such rights.

          (d)  We waive notice of acceptance hereof and all notices and demands
of any kind to which we may otherwise be entitled including, without limitation,
all demands of payment and notice of nonpayment, protest and dishonor, to us or
to the Debtor, or to the makers or endorsers of any notes or other instruments
for which we are or may be liable hereunder, and further waive notice of any
adverse change in the Debtor's financial condition, the value of any Secured
Property, or any other fact which might materially increase our risk to you
hereunder.
<PAGE>
          (e)  We waive any right to require you to, prior to proceeding against
us hereunder: (i) proceed against Debtor and/or any other Obligor; (ii) proceed
against or exhaust any Secured Property; or (iii) pursue any other remedy which
you may have.

     4.   PRIMARY NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS; NO SET-OFF.

          Our liability to you hereunder is primary, absolute, unconditional,
continuing, direct and independent of the obligations of the Debtor. Nothing
shall discharge or satisfy our liability hereunder except the full performance
and payment of all of the Debtor's Liabilities. In the event that all of
Debtor's Liabilities shall have at any time been paid and performed in full,
this Guaranty and our obligations hereunder shall nevertheless remain in full
force and effect and be operative with respect to Debtor's Liabilities incurred
or arising at any time or times thereafter. We shall have no right of
subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever and no right of recourse to
or with respect to the Debtor and/or any property of the Debtor, unless and
untIl all of Debtor's Liabilities have been paid and performed in full. Our
liability to you hereunder shall not be subject to set-off, counterclaim,
crossclaim or defense arising out of or by virtue of any claim or right which we
may at any time have against the Debtor or other Obligor, or which we may at any
time have against you in connection with this or any other transaction with or
acquired by you.

     5.   CONTINUING NATURE OF GUARANTY.

          Our obligations under this Guaranty shall be continuing. This
instrument shall continue in full force and effect until our obligations to you
are terminated by the actual receipt by you of written notice from us of such
termination. Such termination shall be applicable only to such of Debtor's
Liabilities as have their inception thereafter. Specifically, without
limitation, we shall, after and notwithstanding such termination, remain
obligated to you under the terms hereof for: (i) all of Debtor's Liabilities
incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of termination, including
interest or other finance charges at any time theretofore accrued or thereafter
accruing or payable thereon, (ii) all of your costs and expenses, including
attorney's fees, at any time incurred in connection with your enforcement and
collection of Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such
notice of termination, (iii) Debtor's Liabilities incurred subsequent to your
actual receipt of such notice of termination pursuant to any perceived or actual
commitment made on your part prior to such notice of termination, arising out of
any course of dealing or other perceived or actual legal or other requirement
obligating or committing you to make advances, loans or other financial
accommodations giving rise to such Debtor's Liabilities, and (iv) advances at
any time made by you to protect your interests under or in connection with
Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of
termination. We acknowledge that, upon such termination, you will have
absolutely no further obligation to consider any further requests for loans or
other extensions of credit or financial accommodations for the Debtor.

     6.   SECURITY FOR GUARANTY.

          All sums at any time to our credit and any of our present and future
property at any time in your possession shall be deemed held by you as security
for any and all of our obligations to you hereunder.

     7.   SUBORDINATION.

          Any and all present and future indebtedness and obligations of the
Debtor to us are hereby agreed to be postponed in your favor. Upon written
notice given by you to us, which you may give at any time whether or not the
Debtor is in default to you, we will refrain from accepting any payments on
account of such indebtedness tendered by the Debtor or any other Obligor
thereon, or realized from any security therefor, and any amounts received by us
in violation of the foregoing shall be held by us upon an express trust for your
benefit and turned over to you upon demand. Until such notice, we will accept
only such payments which are in the nature of regularly scheduled payments made
pursuant to periodic reductions required by the terms of the documents
evidencing such indebtedness, and shall not accept any prepayment thereof,
whether on default, on demand under any demand instrument, or otherwise. We
represent to you that all such indebtedness owing to us is, and agree that it
shall remain, and any future indebtedness shall be unsecured

     8.   NO WAIVER.

          No failure, omission or delay on your part in exercising any rights
hereunder or under the Agreements or with respect to Debtor's Liabilities,
either against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any Secured Property, shall
operate as a waiver of any such rights or shall, in any manner, prejudice your
rights against us hereunder or otherwise.

     9.   CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.

          All of your rights and remedies under the Agreements, this Guaranty
and under any other document or instrument evidencing or securing Debtor's
Liabilities are separate and cumulative and may be pursued separately,
successively or concurrently, are non-exclusive and the exercise of any one or
more of them shall in no way limit or prejudice any other legal or equitable
right, remedy or recourse to which you may be entitled. This Guaranty shall be
deemed to be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any prior suretyship or
guaranty delivered by us to you, and any suretyship or guaranty at any time
hereafter delivered by us to you shall be deemed to be in addition to, and not
in lieu of, this Guaranty.

     10.  APPLICATION OF FUNDS.

          Any payment made by us hereunder, or by the Debtor or any other
Obligor, and any proceeds realized by you from any Secured Property, may be
applied by you to any of Debtor's Liabilities in any order which you may
determine, notwithstanding any designation by us, the Debtor or other Obligor to
the contrary. To the extent that the Debtor has at any time any liabilities or
obligations to you for which we are not obligated to you under the terms of this
Guaranty, any payments received by you from the Debtor or any other Obligor, or
proceeds realized by you from any security, and regardless of any designation by
any person or entity to the contrary, may be applied by you to such other
liabilities and obligations prior to your applying any amounts to Debtor's
Liabilities for which we are obligated to you hereunder.

     11.  MODIFICATIONS.

          No provision hereof shall be modified or limited, except by a written
agreement expressly referring hereto and to the provision so modified or
limited, and signed by us and you.

<PAGE>

     12.  MERGER.

          This writing is intended as a final, complete and exclusive expression
of our agreement with you relative to the subject matter hereof. No course of
prior dealing between you and us, no usage of the trade, and no parole or
extrinsic evidence of any nature, shall be used or be relevant to supplement or
explain or modify any term used in this Guaranty.

     13.  SEVERABILITY.

          In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty
shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any
other provisions hereof, and this Guaranty shall be construed as if such
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

     14.  NOTICES.

          We agree that any notice or demand upon us shall be deemed to be
sufficiently given or served if it is in writing and is personally served, or in
lieu of personal service is mailed by first class certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to us at the address set forth below. Any notice or demand so
mailed shall be deemed received on the date of actual receipt or the first
business day following mailing, whichever first occurs.

     15.  JUDGMENT INTEREST.

          Any judgment entered against us hereunder shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, bear interest at the highest rate applicable to the
Debtor's Liabilities guaranteed hereby.

     16.  GOVERNING LAW.

          THIS INSTRUMENT SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA. WE CONSENT TO
THE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF
PENNSYLVANIA OR ANY STATE COURT LOCATED IN PHILADELPHIA COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL ACTION COMMENCED HEREUNDER. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN
IS INTENDED TO PRECLUDE YOU FROM COMMENCING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER IN ANY COURT
HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF.

     17.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

          AS AN INDEPENDENT COVENANT, WE IRREVOCABLY WAIVE JURY TRIAL AND THE
RIGHT THERETO IN ANY AND ALL ACTIONS BETWEEN US, WHETHER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR
OTHERWISE.

     18.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of your successors and
assigns and shall be binding on our successors and assigns.

     19.  GENDER; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.

          If there be more than one person or entity signing this Guaranty, each
of us will be jointly and severally obligated to you hereunder, and the terms
"we", "us" or "our" as used herein shall refer to each of us jointly and
severally. If less than all persons or entities who were intended to sign this
Guaranty do so, the same shall nevertheless be binding upon those who do sign.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Guaranty
this ____ day of ____________, ____.


                                       TELECOM ACQUISITION CORP.
                                       --------------------------------------
                                                 (Corporate Name)

                                       a Texas                   Corporation
                                       --------------------------------------
                                       Address: 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300,

                                       San Antonio, TX  78216
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       By: /s/ LARRY M. JAMES
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Title: President
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE]
                                       --------------------------------------

                                                 (Corporate Seal) 


<PAGE>
                               CORPORATE GUARANTY


     TO:  TriCon Capital Corporation
          1060 First Avenue
          Suite 200
          King of Prussia, PA 19406


     1.   IDENTIFICATION. This Guaranty is made by each of the undersigned, 
jointly and severally if more than one, in your favor, in order to induce you 
to enter into one or more notes, loan agreements and/or security agreements 
(herein, the "Agreements"), with U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC. and ZERO PLUS 
DIALING, INC. (collectively herein, the "Debtor"), or to otherwise extend or 
continue financial accommodations in favor of the Debtor or to acquire 
obligations or indebtedness owing by the Debtor.

     2.   GUARANTY OBLIGATION.

          (a)  We unconditionally guarantee to you and undertake the obligations
of a surety with respect to the following described obligations and liabilities
of the Debtor (herein, the "Debtor's Liabilities"):

          (i)  the prompt payment in full of any and all now existing or
hereafter arising indebtedness or obligations of the Debtor to you of every kind
or nature, whether acquired by you by negotiation, assignment or otherwise, and
whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, or
otherwise, and including without limitation all advances and other loans now or
at any time hereafter made by you to the Debtor under or secured by the
Agreements, or otherwise. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING GUARANTY SHALL
EXTEND TO ANY OBLIGATIONS WHICH THE DEBTOR MAY INCUR TO YOU UNDER ANY AGREEMENT
OR BY REASON OF ANY OTHER FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION BETWEEN YOU AND THE DEBTOR
MADE AFTER THE DATE HEREOF WHETHER OR NOT PRESENTLY CONTEMPLATED. WE ACKNOWLEDGE
THAT IT IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN FROM TIME TO TIME DIRECTLY FROM THE
DEBTOR SUCH INFORMATION AS WE MAY REQUIRE CONCERNING THE OBLIGATIONS AND
INDEBTEDNESS GUARANTEED HEREBY, WHICH RESPONSIBILITY IS REASONABLE IN LIGHT OF
OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE DEBTOR; and

          (ii) the prompt, full and faithful performance and discharge by the
Debtor of each and every term, condition, agreement, representation, warranty
and provision on the part of the Debtor contained in any of the Agreements or in
any modification, amendment or substitution thereof or in any other document or
instrument evidencing or securing any obligation or indebtedness of the Debtor
to you.

          (b)  We shall, on your demand, reimburse you for all expenses,
collection charges, court costs and attorneys' fees incurred by you in
endeavoring to collect Debtor's Liabilities, and to enforce, protect or defend
any of your rights and remedies against us and/or the Debtor or against any
other person or entity primarily or secondarily liable for the obligations and
indebtedness guaranteed hereby (herein, an "Obligor"), or against or with
respect to any property, real or personal, now or hereafter granted to or
obtained by you as security for Debtor's Liabilities or for our liabilities and
obligations to you hereunder or for those of any Obligor (herein, "Secured
Property"), together with interest thereon until reimbursed at a rate equal to
five (5) percent above the rate of interest payable on the Debtor's Liabilities
guaranteed hereby (or the highest rate permitted by law) of the amount due by us
to you.

     3.   LIABILITY ABSOLUTE; WAIVERS.

          (a)  We shall pay all of the foregoing amounts and perform all of the
foregoing terms, covenants and conditions notwithstanding that any part or all
of the Agreements or other documents or instruments evidencing the Debtor's
Liabilities, or any financial accommodation for or transaction with the Debtor,
shall be invalid, void, voidable or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in
part, as against the Debtor, any property of the Debtor, or any of Debtor's
creditors, including a trustee in bankruptcy of Debtor or Debtor as a debtor-in-
possession, including without limitation by reason of any theory or provision of
law or equity, statutory or otherwise, relating to consideration, or the lack
thereof, or to any alleged fraudulent, preferential or other improper transfer
or conveyance, and including further, without limitation, by reason of failure
by any person, including yourself, to file any document or take any other action
to make any of your rights against the Debtor, any other Obligor or any
property, pursuant to the Agreements or otherwise, enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms.

          (b)  You shall have the right from time to time, and at any time,
without notice to or consent from us, and without affecting, impairing or
discharging, in whole or in part, our obligations to you hereunder, to enter
into agreements with the Debtor or any other Obligor to modify, change or
supplement, in any respect whatsoever, any evidence of indebtedness, or any
agreement or transaction between you and the Debtor or between you and any other
Obligor, or any portion or provision of any thereof; to grant extensions of time
and other indulgences of any kind to the Debtor or other Obligor; to compromise,
release, substitute, exercise, enforce, or fail or refuse to exercise or enforce
any claims, rights or remedies of any kind which you may have, at any time,
against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any portion thereof, or with respect
to any Secured Property; and to release, substitute or surrender and to enforce,
collect or liquidate any security of any kind held by you at any time, and all
of the foregoing whether done negligently, willfully or otherwise.

          (c)  Our obligations to you shall not be affected, impaired or
discharged, in whole or in part, by reason of your failure to obtain, in the
first instance, rights against any person or entity, including without
limitation, the Debtor, or in or with respect to any property, or to protect,
perfect, continue or maintain any such rights.

          (d)  We waive notice of acceptance hereof and all notices and demands
of any kind to which we may otherwise be entitled including, without limitation,
all demands of payment and notice of nonpayment, protest and dishonor, to us or
to the Debtor, or to the makers or endorsers of any notes or other instruments
for which we are or may be liable hereunder, and further waive notice of any
adverse change in the Debtor's financial condition, the value of any Secured
Property, or any other fact which might materially increase our risk to you
hereunder.

<PAGE>
          (e)  We waive any right to require you to, prior to proceeding against
us hereunder: (i) proceed against Debtor and/or any other Obligor; (ii) proceed
against or exhaust any Secured Property; or (iii) pursue any other remedy which
you may have.

     4.   PRIMARY NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS; NO SET-OFF.

          Our liability to you hereunder is primary, absolute, unconditional,
continuing, direct and independent of the obligations of the Debtor. Nothing
shall discharge or satisfy our liability hereunder except the full performance
and payment of all of the Debtor's Liabilities. In the event that all of
Debtor's Liabilities shall have at any time been paid and performed in full,
this Guaranty and our obligations hereunder shall nevertheless remain in full
force and effect and be operative with respect to Debtor's Liabilities incurred
or arising at any time or times thereafter. We shall have no right of
subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever and no right of recourse to
or with respect to the Debtor and/or any property of the Debtor, unless and
untIl all of Debtor's Liabilities have been paid and performed in full. Our
liability to you hereunder shall not be subject to set-off, counterclaim,
crossclaim or defense arising out of or by virtue of any claim or right which we
may at any time have against the Debtor or other Obligor, or which we may at any
time have against you in connection with this or any other transaction with or
acquired by you.

     5.   CONTINUING NATURE OF GUARANTY.

          Our obligations under this Guaranty shall be continuing. This
instrument shall continue in full force and effect until our obligations to you
are terminated by the actual receipt by you of written notice from us of such
termination. Such termination shall be applicable only to such of Debtor's
Liabilities as have their inception thereafter. Specifically, without
limitation, we shall, after and notwithstanding such termination, remain
obligated to you under the terms hereof for: (i) all of Debtor's Liabilities
incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of termination, including
interest or other finance charges at any time theretofore accrued or thereafter
accruing or payable thereon, (ii) all of your costs and expenses, including
attorney's fees, at any time incurred in connection with your enforcement and
collection of Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such
notice of termination, (iii) Debtor's Liabilities incurred subsequent to your
actual receipt of such notice of termination pursuant to any perceived or actual
commitment made on your part prior to such notice of termination, arising out of
any course of dealing or other perceived or actual legal or other requirement
obligating or committing you to make advances, loans or other financial
accommodations giving rise to such Debtor's Liabilities, and (iv) advances at
any time made by you to protect your interests under or in connection with
Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of
termination. We acknowledge that, upon such termination, you will have
absolutely no further obligation to consider any further requests for loans or
other extensions of credit or financial accommodations for the Debtor.

     6.   SECURITY FOR GUARANTY.

          All sums at any time to our credit and any of our present and future
property at any time in your possession shall be deemed held by you as security
for any and all of our obligations to you hereunder.

     7.   SUBORDINATION.

          Any and all present and future indebtedness and obligations of the
Debtor to us are hereby agreed to be postponed in your favor. Upon written
notice given by you to us, which you may give at any time whether or not the
Debtor is in default to you, we will refrain from accepting any payments on
account of such indebtedness tendered by the Debtor or any other Obligor
thereon, or realized from any security therefor, and any amounts received by us
in violation of the foregoing shall be held by us upon an express trust for your
benefit and turned over to you upon demand. Until such notice, we will accept
only such payments which are in the nature of regularly scheduled payments made
pursuant to periodic reductions required by the terms of the documents
evidencing such indebtedness, and shall not accept any prepayment thereof,
whether on default, on demand under any demand instrument, or otherwise. We
represent to you that all such indebtedness owing to us is, and agree that it
shall remain, and any future indebtedness shall be unsecured

     8.   NO WAIVER.

          No failure, omission or delay on your part in exercising any rights
hereunder or under the Agreements or with respect to Debtor's Liabilities,
either against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any Secured Property, shall
operate as a waiver of any such rights or shall, in any manner, prejudice your
rights against us hereunder or otherwise.

     9.   CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.

          All of your rights and remedies under the Agreements, this Guaranty
and under any other document or instrument evidencing or securing Debtor's
Liabilities are separate and cumulative and may be pursued separately,
successively or concurrently, are non-exclusive and the exercise of any one or
more of them shall in no way limit or prejudice any other legal or equitable
right, remedy or recourse to which you may be entitled. This Guaranty shall be
deemed to be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any prior suretyship or
guaranty delivered by us to you, and any suretyship or guaranty at any time
hereafter delivered by us to you shall be deemed to be in addition to, and not
in lieu of, this Guaranty.

     10.  APPLICATION OF FUNDS.

          Any payment made by us hereunder, or by the Debtor or any other
Obligor, and any proceeds realized by you from any Secured Property, may be
applied by you to any of Debtor's Liabilities in any order which you may
determine, notwithstanding any designation by us, the Debtor or other Obligor to
the contrary. To the extent that the Debtor has at any time any liabilities or
obligations to you for which we are not obligated to you under the terms of this
Guaranty, any payments received by you from the Debtor or any other Obligor, or
proceeds realized by you from any security, and regardless of any designation by
any person or entity to the contrary, may be applied by you to such other
liabilities and obligations prior to your applying any amounts to Debtor's
Liabilities for which we are obligated to you hereunder.

     11.  MODIFICATIONS.

          No provision hereof shall be modified or limited, except by a written
agreement expressly referring hereto and to the provision so modified or
limited, and signed by us and you.
<PAGE>

     12.  MERGER.

          This writing is intended as a final, complete and exclusive expression
of our agreement with you relative to the subject matter hereof. No course of
prior dealing between you and us, no usage of the trade, and no parole or
extrinsic evidence of any nature, shall be used or be relevant to supplement or
explain or modify any term used in this Guaranty.

     13.  SEVERABILITY.

          In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty
shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any
other provisions hereof, and this Guaranty shall be construed as if such
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

     14.  NOTICES.

          We agree that any notice or demand upon us shall be deemed to be
sufficiently given or served if it is in writing and is personally served, or in
lieu of personal service is mailed by first class certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to us at the address set forth below. Any notice or demand so
mailed shall be deemed received on the date of actual receipt or the first
business day following mailing, whichever first occurs.

     15.  JUDGMENT INTEREST.

          Any judgment entered against us hereunder shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, bear interest at the highest rate applicable to the
Debtor's Liabilities guaranteed hereby.

     16.  GOVERNING LAW.

          THIS INSTRUMENT SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA. WE CONSENT TO
THE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF
PENNSYLVANIA OR ANY STATE COURT LOCATED IN PHILADELPHIA COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL ACTION COMMENCED HEREUNDER. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN
IS INTENDED TO PRECLUDE YOU FROM COMMENCING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER IN ANY COURT
HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF.

     17.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

          AS AN INDEPENDENT COVENANT, WE IRREVOCABLY WAIVE JURY TRIAL AND THE
RIGHT THERETO IN ANY AND ALL ACTIONS BETWEEN US, WHETHER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR
OTHERWISE.

     18.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of your successors and
assigns and shall be binding on our successors and assigns.

     19.  GENDER; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.

          If there be more than one person or entity signing this Guaranty, each
of us will be jointly and severally obligated to you hereunder, and the terms
"we", "us" or "our" as used herein shall refer to each of us jointly and
severally. If less than all persons or entities who were intended to sign this
Guaranty do so, the same shall nevertheless be binding upon those who do sign.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Guaranty
this ____ day of ____________, ____.


                                       ENHANCED SERVICES BILLING, INC.
                                       --------------------------------------
                                                 (Corporate Name)

                                       a Delaware                   Corporation
                                       --------------------------------------
                                       Address: 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300,

                                       San Antonio, TX  78216
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       By: /s/ LARRY M. JAMES
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Title: President
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE]
                                       --------------------------------------

                                                 (Corporate Seal) 

<PAGE>
                               CORPORATE GUARANTY


     TO:  TriCon Capital Corporation
          1060 First Avenue
          Suite 200
          King of Prussia, PA 19406


     1.   IDENTIFICATION. This Guaranty is made by each of the undersigned, 
jointly and severally if more than one, in your favor, in order to induce you 
to enter into one or more notes, loan agreements and/or security agreements 
(herein, the "Agreements"), with U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC. & ZERO PLUS 
DIALING, INC. (collectively herein, the "Debtor"), or to otherwise extend or 
continue financial accommodations in favor of the Debtor or to acquire 
obligations or indebtedness owing by the Debtor.

     2.   GUARANTY OBLIGATION.

          (a)  We unconditionally guarantee to you and undertake the obligations
of a surety with respect to the following described obligations and liabilities
of the Debtor (herein, the "Debtor's Liabilities"):

          (i)  the prompt payment in full of any and all now existing or
hereafter arising indebtedness or obligations of the Debtor to you of every kind
or nature, whether acquired by you by negotiation, assignment or otherwise, and
whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, or
otherwise, and including without limitation all advances and other loans now or
at any time hereafter made by you to the Debtor under or secured by the
Agreements, or otherwise. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING GUARANTY SHALL
EXTEND TO ANY OBLIGATIONS WHICH THE DEBTOR MAY INCUR TO YOU UNDER ANY AGREEMENT
OR BY REASON OF ANY OTHER FINANCIAL ACCOMMODATION BETWEEN YOU AND THE DEBTOR
MADE AFTER THE DATE HEREOF WHETHER OR NOT PRESENTLY CONTEMPLATED. WE ACKNOWLEDGE
THAT IT IS OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO OBTAIN FROM TIME TO TIME DIRECTLY FROM THE
DEBTOR SUCH INFORMATION AS WE MAY REQUIRE CONCERNING THE OBLIGATIONS AND
INDEBTEDNESS GUARANTEED HEREBY, WHICH RESPONSIBILITY IS REASONABLE IN LIGHT OF
OUR RELATIONSHIP WITH THE DEBTOR; and

          (ii) the prompt, full and faithful performance and discharge by the
Debtor of each and every term, condition, agreement, representation, warranty
and provision on the part of the Debtor contained in any of the Agreements or in
any modification, amendment or substitution thereof or in any other document or
instrument evidencing or securing any obligation or indebtedness of the Debtor
to you.

          (b)  We shall, on your demand, reimburse you for all expenses,
collection charges, court costs and attorneys' fees incurred by you in
endeavoring to collect Debtor's Liabilities, and to enforce, protect or defend
any of your rights and remedies against us and/or the Debtor or against any
other person or entity primarily or secondarily liable for the obligations and
indebtedness guaranteed hereby (herein, an "Obligor"), or against or with
respect to any property, real or personal, now or hereafter granted to or
obtained by you as security for Debtor's Liabilities or for our liabilities and
obligations to you hereunder or for those of any Obligor (herein, "Secured
Property"), together with interest thereon until reimbursed at a rate equal to
five (5) percent above the rate of interest payable on the Debtor's Liabilities
guaranteed hereby (or the highest rate permitted by law) of the amount due by us
to you.

     3.   LIABILITY ABSOLUTE; WAIVERS.

          (a)  We shall pay all of the foregoing amounts and perform all of the
foregoing terms, covenants and conditions notwithstanding that any part or all
of the Agreements or other documents or instruments evidencing the Debtor's
Liabilities, or any financial accommodation for or transaction with the Debtor,
shall be invalid, void, voidable or otherwise unenforceable, in whole or in
part, as against the Debtor, any property of the Debtor, or any of Debtor's
creditors, including a trustee in bankruptcy of Debtor or Debtor as a debtor-in-
possession, including without limitation by reason of any theory or provision of
law or equity, statutory or otherwise, relating to consideration, or the lack
thereof, or to any alleged fraudulent, preferential or other improper transfer
or conveyance, and including further, without limitation, by reason of failure
by any person, including yourself, to file any document or take any other action
to make any of your rights against the Debtor, any other Obligor or any
property, pursuant to the Agreements or otherwise, enforceable in accordance
with their respective terms.

          (b)  You shall have the right from time to time, and at any time,
without notice to or consent from us, and without affecting, impairing or
discharging, in whole or in part, our obligations to you hereunder, to enter
into agreements with the Debtor or any other Obligor to modify, change or
supplement, in any respect whatsoever, any evidence of indebtedness, or any
agreement or transaction between you and the Debtor or between you and any other
Obligor, or any portion or provision of any thereof; to grant extensions of time
and other indulgences of any kind to the Debtor or other Obligor; to compromise,
release, substitute, exercise, enforce, or fail or refuse to exercise or enforce
any claims, rights or remedies of any kind which you may have, at any time,
against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any portion thereof, or with respect
to any Secured Property; and to release, substitute or surrender and to enforce,
collect or liquidate any security of any kind held by you at any time, and all
of the foregoing whether done negligently, willfully or otherwise.

          (c)  Our obligations to you shall not be affected, impaired or
discharged, in whole or in part, by reason of your failure to obtain, in the
first instance, rights against any person or entity, including without
limitation, the Debtor, or in or with respect to any property, or to protect,
perfect, continue or maintain any such rights.

          (d)  We waive notice of acceptance hereof and all notices and demands
of any kind to which we may otherwise be entitled including, without limitation,
all demands of payment and notice of nonpayment, protest and dishonor, to us or
to the Debtor, or to the makers or endorsers of any notes or other instruments
for which we are or may be liable hereunder, and further waive notice of any
adverse change in the Debtor's financial condition, the value of any Secured
Property, or any other fact which might materially increase our risk to you
hereunder.

<PAGE>
          (e)  We waive any right to require you to, prior to proceeding against
us hereunder: (i) proceed against Debtor and/or any other Obligor; (ii) proceed
against or exhaust any Secured Property; or (iii) pursue any other remedy which
you may have.

     4.   PRIMARY NATURE OF OBLIGATIONS; NO SET-OFF.

          Our liability to you hereunder is primary, absolute, unconditional,
continuing, direct and independent of the obligations of the Debtor. Nothing
shall discharge or satisfy our liability hereunder except the full performance
and payment of all of the Debtor's Liabilities. In the event that all of
Debtor's Liabilities shall have at any time been paid and performed in full,
this Guaranty and our obligations hereunder shall nevertheless remain in full
force and effect and be operative with respect to Debtor's Liabilities incurred
or arising at any time or times thereafter. We shall have no right of
subrogation, reimbursement or indemnity whatsoever and no right of recourse to
or with respect to the Debtor and/or any property of the Debtor, unless and
untIl all of Debtor's Liabilities have been paid and performed in full. Our
liability to you hereunder shall not be subject to set-off, counterclaim,
crossclaim or defense arising out of or by virtue of any claim or right which we
may at any time have against the Debtor or other Obligor, or which we may at any
time have against you in connection with this or any other transaction with or
acquired by you.

     5.   CONTINUING NATURE OF GUARANTY.

          Our obligations under this Guaranty shall be continuing. This
instrument shall continue in full force and effect until our obligations to you
are terminated by the actual receipt by you of written notice from us of such
termination. Such termination shall be applicable only to such of Debtor's
Liabilities as have their inception thereafter. Specifically, without
limitation, we shall, after and notwithstanding such termination, remain
obligated to you under the terms hereof for: (i) all of Debtor's Liabilities
incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of termination, including
interest or other finance charges at any time theretofore accrued or thereafter
accruing or payable thereon, (ii) all of your costs and expenses, including
attorney's fees, at any time incurred in connection with your enforcement and
collection of Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such
notice of termination, (iii) Debtor's Liabilities incurred subsequent to your
actual receipt of such notice of termination pursuant to any perceived or actual
commitment made on your part prior to such notice of termination, arising out of
any course of dealing or other perceived or actual legal or other requirement
obligating or committing you to make advances, loans or other financial
accommodations giving rise to such Debtor's Liabilities, and (iv) advances at
any time made by you to protect your interests under or in connection with
Debtor's Liabilities incurred prior to your actual receipt of such notice of
termination. We acknowledge that, upon such termination, you will have
absolutely no further obligation to consider any further requests for loans or
other extensions of credit or financial accommodations for the Debtor.

     6.   SECURITY FOR GUARANTY.

          All sums at any time to our credit and any of our present and future
property at any time in your possession shall be deemed held by you as security
for any and all of our obligations to you hereunder.

     7.   SUBORDINATION.

          Any and all present and future indebtedness and obligations of the
Debtor to us are hereby agreed to be postponed in your favor. Upon written
notice given by you to us, which you may give at any time whether or not the
Debtor is in default to you, we will refrain from accepting any payments on
account of such indebtedness tendered by the Debtor or any other Obligor
thereon, or realized from any security therefor, and any amounts received by us
in violation of the foregoing shall be held by us upon an express trust for your
benefit and turned over to you upon demand. Until such notice, we will accept
only such payments which are in the nature of regularly scheduled payments made
pursuant to periodic reductions required by the terms of the documents
evidencing such indebtedness, and shall not accept any prepayment thereof,
whether on default, on demand under any demand instrument, or otherwise. We
represent to you that all such indebtedness owing to us is, and agree that it
shall remain, and any future indebtedness shall be unsecured

     8.   NO WAIVER.

          No failure, omission or delay on your part in exercising any rights
hereunder or under the Agreements or with respect to Debtor's Liabilities,
either against the Debtor or any other Obligor, or any Secured Property, shall
operate as a waiver of any such rights or shall, in any manner, prejudice your
rights against us hereunder or otherwise.

     9.   CUMULATIVE REMEDIES.

          All of your rights and remedies under the Agreements, this Guaranty
and under any other document or instrument evidencing or securing Debtor's
Liabilities are separate and cumulative and may be pursued separately,
successively or concurrently, are non-exclusive and the exercise of any one or
more of them shall in no way limit or prejudice any other legal or equitable
right, remedy or recourse to which you may be entitled. This Guaranty shall be
deemed to be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any prior suretyship or
guaranty delivered by us to you, and any suretyship or guaranty at any time
hereafter delivered by us to you shall be deemed to be in addition to, and not
in lieu of, this Guaranty.

     10.  APPLICATION OF FUNDS.

          Any payment made by us hereunder, or by the Debtor or any other
Obligor, and any proceeds realized by you from any Secured Property, may be
applied by you to any of Debtor's Liabilities in any order which you may
determine, notwithstanding any designation by us, the Debtor or other Obligor to
the contrary. To the extent that the Debtor has at any time any liabilities or
obligations to you for which we are not obligated to you under the terms of this
Guaranty, any payments received by you from the Debtor or any other Obligor, or
proceeds realized by you from any security, and regardless of any designation by
any person or entity to the contrary, may be applied by you to such other
liabilities and obligations prior to your applying any amounts to Debtor's
Liabilities for which we are obligated to you hereunder.

     11.  MODIFICATIONS.

          No provision hereof shall be modified or limited, except by a written
agreement expressly referring hereto and to the provision so modified or
limited, and signed by us and you.

<PAGE>

     12.  MERGER.

          This writing is intended as a final, complete and exclusive expression
of our agreement with you relative to the subject matter hereof. No course of
prior dealing between you and us, no usage of the trade, and no parole or
extrinsic evidence of any nature, shall be used or be relevant to supplement or
explain or modify any term used in this Guaranty.

     13.  SEVERABILITY.

          In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty
shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any
respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any
other provisions hereof, and this Guaranty shall be construed as if such
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

     14.  NOTICES.

          We agree that any notice or demand upon us shall be deemed to be
sufficiently given or served if it is in writing and is personally served, or in
lieu of personal service is mailed by first class certified mail, postage
prepaid, addressed to us at the address set forth below. Any notice or demand so
mailed shall be deemed received on the date of actual receipt or the first
business day following mailing, whichever first occurs.

     15.  JUDGMENT INTEREST.

          Any judgment entered against us hereunder shall, to the extent
permitted by applicable law, bear interest at the highest rate applicable to the
Debtor's Liabilities guaranteed hereby.

     16.  GOVERNING LAW.

          THIS INSTRUMENT SHALL FOR ALL PURPOSES BE GOVERNED BY AND INTERPRETED
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF PENNSYLVANIA. WE CONSENT TO
THE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL DISTRICT COURT FOR THE EASTERN DISTRICT OF
PENNSYLVANIA OR ANY STATE COURT LOCATED IN PHILADELPHIA COUNTY, PENNSYLVANIA
WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL ACTION COMMENCED HEREUNDER. NOTHING CONTAINED HEREIN
IS INTENDED TO PRECLUDE YOU FROM COMMENCING ANY ACTION HEREUNDER IN ANY COURT
HAVING JURISDICTION THEREOF.

     17.  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

          AS AN INDEPENDENT COVENANT, WE IRREVOCABLY WAIVE JURY TRIAL AND THE
RIGHT THERETO IN ANY AND ALL ACTIONS BETWEEN US, WHETHER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR
OTHERWISE.

     18.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

          This Guaranty shall inure to the benefit of your successors and
assigns and shall be binding on our successors and assigns.

     19.  GENDER; JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY.

          If there be more than one person or entity signing this Guaranty, each
of us will be jointly and severally obligated to you hereunder, and the terms
"we", "us" or "our" as used herein shall refer to each of us jointly and
severally. If less than all persons or entities who were intended to sign this
Guaranty do so, the same shall nevertheless be binding upon those who do sign.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Guaranty
this ____ day of ____________, ____.


                                       CALIFORNIA ACQUISITION CORP.
                                       --------------------------------------
                                                 (Corporate Name)

                                       a Texas                   Corporation
                                       --------------------------------------
                                       Address: 9311 San Pedro, Suite 300,

                                       San Antonio, TX  78216
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       By: /s/ LARRY M. JAMES
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Title: President
                                       --------------------------------------

                                       Attest: [ILLEGIBLE]
                                       --------------------------------------

                                                 (Corporate Seal) 


<PAGE>

                         ESCROW AND DISBURSING AGREEMENT


     This Agreement is made this the 24th day of May, 1991 by and between Zero
Plus Dialing, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("ZPDI"), Bell Atlantic-Tricon
Leasing Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("BATCL") and Texas Commerce Bank
National Association's Custody Group ("Escrow Agent").

     WHEREAS, ZPDI has entered into various Billing and Collection Agreements
with certain Billing Telephone Companies (the "BTCs"), as set forth on Exhibit A
attached hereto, whereby the BTCs provide interstate and intrastate billing and
collection services for ZPDI and its customers; and

     WHEREAS, ZPDI has previously entered into Billing and Collection Services
Agreements with certain customers of ZPDI who provide telephone operator
services to various end-users (the "Carriers"), pursuant to which ZPDI has
agreed, among other things, to prepare and submit to the BTCs certain System
Billed Telephone Traffic which the BTCs have agreed to purchase (the "Accounts
Receivable"); and

     WHEREAS, ZPDI and the Carriers have entered into a certain Addendum to the
Billing and Collection Services Agreement (as amended, (the "Carrier Contracts")
Exhibit B attached hereto, pursuant to which ZPDI will purchase the Accounts
Receivable from the Carriers on the terms and conditions set forth therein; and


<PAGE>

WHEREAS, BATCL is in the business of providing financing, including the
financing of accounts receivable; and

     WHEREAS, ZPDI has requested BATCL to continue to finance its acquisition of
the Accounts Receivable pursuant to the terms of a certain Amended and Restated
Loan and Security Agreement dated the date hereof between ZPDI and BATCL (the
"Loan Agreement") Exhibit C attached hereto; and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement, BATCL has required
that ZPDI establish a Dominion Account (as defined in the Loan Agreement) into
which all collections and proceeds of the sale of the Accounts Receivable to the
BTCs (the "ZPDI Accounts") shall be deposited; and

     WHEREAS, ZPDI has an existing lock box with Escrow Agent, Account Number
200809, wherein the BTCs forwarded the Accounts Receivable made payable to ZPDI
c/o the Lock Box Account, which Accounts Receivable are subsequently deposited
to an account (the "Clearing Account"), Account Number 00101752013, where Escrow
Agent is the sole authorized signatory on such account which reads: Bell
Atlantic TriCon Leasing Corporation for the benefit of Zero Plus Dialing, Inc.,
Clearing Account, which account is located at Escrow Agent's branch office at
600 Travis Street in Houston, Texas; and


                                      -2-

<PAGE>

     WHEREAS, BATCL and ZPDI have agreed that all amounts in the Clearing
Account shall continue to be deposited, on a daily basis into the Dominion
Account.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein
and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which is hereby acknowledged, and to induce BATCL to continue finance the ZPDI
Accounts and Escrow Agent to perform its functions hereunder, ZPDI, BATCL and
Escrow Agent, each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

     1.   The Escrow Agent shall continue to deposit proceeds from the Lock Box
Account directly into the Clearing Account.

     2.  Pursuant to the automatic standing transfer form already in affect, the
Cash Management Department of Escrow Agent shall continue to transfer the
collected balance in the Clearing Account, at the start of each Business Day, to
Escrow Agent's Custody Group ("EACG") for deposit directly into the Dominion
Account.  The Cash Management Department of Escrow Agent will provide ZPDI with
deposit information through its TEXCOM system which will allow ZPDI to reconcile
the account daily.  The charges for the services of the Escrow Agent are
detailed in Exhibit D attached hereto and will be paid by ZPDI.


                                      -3-

<PAGE>

     3.   Upon receipt by EACG of a disbursement form, in the form of Exhibit E,
attached hereto (the "Disbursement Authorization") which Disbursement
Authorization is fully executed by an authorized representative of BATCL and
ZPDI, EACG agrees to immediately disburse the collected funds in the Dominion
Account, in accordance with the instructions therein. The Disbursement
Authorization(s) will be transmitted by telefax to EACG no later than 12:00 p.m.
on any business day, for wire transfer that same day.

     4.  Upon written notice from Lender to the EACG certifying that at least
five (5) days have passed since Lender has given Borrower notice that Lender
believes that a portion of the proceeds in the Dominion Account represent the
proceeds of Lender's Collateral in excess of that previously shown on any
Disbursement Authorization (the "Disputed Amount"), the EACG shall immediately
make disbursements from the Dominion Account to Lender, in the amount
represented by Lender to be the Disputed Amount, in accordance with a
Disbursement Authorization executed solely by Lender.  In addition, upon written
notice from Lender to EACG that an Event of Default has occurred under the Loan
Agreement, the EACG shall make all disbursements from the Dominion Account in
accordance with a Disbursement Authorization executed solely by Lender, until
further notice by Lender that such default has been cured.


                                      -4-

<PAGE>

     5.   A.   ZPDI represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that:

               (1)  It is a corporation presently in good standing in the state
of Delaware and has proper authority to transact business and is registered as a
foreign corporation in the state of Texas;

               (2)  It has Billing and Collection Agreements with the BTCs
listed on Exhibit A, attached hereto and made a part hereof;

               (3)  ZPDI is the sole and absolute owner of each ZPDI Account,
subject only to BATCL's security interest therein;

               (4)  There is no defense, offset or counterclaim against any of
the Accounts Receivable or the ZPDI Accounts, and no agreement has been made
under which ZPDI or any Carrier may claim any deductions or discounts, except
for ZPDI's collection and service fees and charges pursuant to the terms of the
Carriers' Contracts, and the BTCs' charges.

               (5)  No BTC will dispute or refuse to pay more than ten percent
(10%) of the aggregate Accounts Receivable presented for collection.


                                      -5-

<PAGE>

     6.   ZPDI hereby agrees to indemnify Escrow Agent for any losses that
Escrow Agent may suffer as a result of ZPDI's breach of any of its warranties or
covenants, representations or agreements hereunder.

     7.  AGENTS DUTIES

          A.   All parties understand and agree that Escrow Agent is not a
principal, participant, or beneficiary of the financing transaction underlying
this Agreement.  The Escrow Agent shall be obligated only for the performance of
such duties as are specifically set forth herein and may rely and shall be
protected in acting or refraining from acting on any instrument believed by it
to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or
parties, their officers, representatives or agents.  The Escrow Agent shall not
be liable for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it
to be authorized hereby, nor for action taken or omitted by it in accordance
with the advice of its counsel.  Escrow Agent shall be responsible for holding
and disbursing the funds on deposit in the Dominion Account (the "Escrowed
Assets") pursuant to the Agreement.  Escrow Agent has no knowledge of or
responsibility for the terms, obligations or provisions of any related
agreements hereto, nor the representations or warranties of the other parties
contained herein.


                                      -6-

<PAGE>

          B.   Subject to the terms of paragraph four (4) above, should any
controversy arise between the undersigned with respect to this Escrow Agreement,
Escrow Agent shall have the right to consult and/or to institute a bill of
interpleader in any court of competent jurisdiction to determine the rights of
the parties. Should such actions be necessary, or should Escrow Agent become
involved in litigation in any manner whatsoever on account of or in connection
with this Escrow Agreement or the Escrowed Assets, the undersigned hereby bind
and obligate themselves, their legal representatives, successors and assigns to
pay Escrow Agent reasonable attorneys' fees incurred by Escrow Agent, and any
other disbursements, expenses, losses, costs and damages in connection with or
resulting from such actions.

          C.   The Escrow Agent shall have no liability under, or duty to
inquire beyond the terms and provisions of the Agreement, and it is agreed that
its duties are purely ministerial in nature, and that the Escrow Agent shall
incur no liability whatsoever so long as it has acted in good faith, except for
liability occasioned by Escrow Agent's willful misconduct or gross negligence. 
The Escrow Agent shall not be bound by any modification, amendment, termination,
cancellation, recision or supercision of this Escrow Agreement, unless the same
shall be in writing and signed by all of the other parties hereto and, if its


                                      -7-

<PAGE>

duties as Escrow Agent hereunder are affected thereby, unless it shall have
given its prior written consent thereto.

          D.   The Escrow Agent may at any time resign hereunder by giving
written notice of its resignation to the other parties hereto, at their
addresses set forth herein, at least thirty (30) days prior to the date
specified for such resignation to take effect.  Upon the effective date of such
resignation, the Escrowed Assets hereunder shall be delivered to-such person as
may be designated in writing by the appropriate parties executing this Escrow
Agreement, whereupon all the Escrow Agents' obligations hereunder shall cease
and terminate.  The escrow Agents' sole responsibility until such termination
shall be to keep safely all Escrowed Assets and to deliver the same to a person
designated by appropriate parties executing this Escrow Agreement or in
accordance with the directions of a final order or judgment of a court of
competent jurisdiction.

          E.   The parties agrees to be severally liable only for their own acts
and not jointly liable, agree to indemnify, defend and hold Escrow Agent
harmless for the tax, liability and expenses that may be incurred by Escrow
Agent arising out of or in connection with its acceptance or appointment as
Escrow Agent hereunder, including the legal costs and expenses of defending
itself against any claim or liability in connection with its 


                                      -8-

<PAGE>

performance hereunder.  This provision shall survive the term of the 
Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties agree to be jointly and 
severally liable with respect to any costs incurred by the Escrow Agent, 
which costs are incurred in the ordinary course of the Escrow Agent's duties 
and not costs arising from any claim or liability incurred by Escrow Agent.

          F.   ZPDI agrees to pay to the Escrow Agent its fees for the services
rendered pursuant to the provisions of this Escrow Agreement and will reimburse
the Escrow Agent for reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys's fees,
incurred in connection with the negotiations, drafting and performance of such
services.  Except as otherwise noted, this fee covers set-up and termination
expenses, plus usual and customary related administrative services such as
safekeeping, investment and payment of funds specified herein or in the exhibits
attached.  Activities requiring excessive administrator time or out-of-pocket
expenses such as optional substitution of collateral or securities shall be
deemed extraordinary expenses for which related costs, transaction charges, and
additional fees will be billed at Escrow Agent's standard charges for such
items.

          G.   ZPDI agrees to indemnify the Escrow Agent fully for any tax
liability, penalty or interest incurred by the Escrow Agent arising hereunder
and agrees to pay in full any such tax 


                                      -9-

<PAGE>

liability together with penalty and interest if any is ultimately assessed 
against the Escrow Agent for any reason as a result of its action hereunder 
(except for the Escrow Agent's individual income tax liability).

          H.   The Escrow Agent shall have no liability for loss arising from
any cause beyond its control, including, but not limited to, the following: a)
the act, failure or neglect of any agent or correspondent selected by the Escrow
Agent or the parties hereto; (b) any delay, error, omission or default connected
with the remittance of funds; c) any delay, error, omission or default of any
mail, telegraph, cable or wireless agency or operator; d) the acts of edicts of
any government or governmental agency or other group or entity exercising
governmental powers.

          I.   This Escrow Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the state of Texas, except that the portions of the
Texas Trust Code Sec. 111.001, et seq. of the Property Code, V.A.T.S. concerning
fiduciary duties and liability of Trustees shall not apply to this Agreement. 
The parties hereto expressly waive such duties and liabilities, it being their
intent to create solely an agency relationship and hold the Escrow Agent liable
only in the event of its gross 


                                      -10-

<PAGE>

negligence or willful misconduct in order to obtain the lower fee schedule 
rates as specifically negotiated with the Escrow Agent.

          J.   It is understood by all parties to this agreement that Escrow
Agent will not have investment responsibilities for the funds in the Dominion
Account unless otherwise authorized in writing by BATCL or ZPDI, nor shall
Escrow Agent be responsible for the collection of funds or checks or other
deposits.  Escrow Agent or its Commercial Department shall be reimbursed by
ZPDI, U.S. Long Distance and/or any of its subsidiaries for any item returned
and may deduct any overdraft amounts or charges or losses incurred thereby from
ZPDI's or U.S. Long Distance's demand deposit or trust accounts at Escrow
Agent's Houston or San Antonio branch offices.

          K.   Escrow Agent is hereby given a lien on all Escrowed Assets to be
distributed to ZPDI for all fees, expenses, taxes, indebtedness, and other
financial obligations that may become owing to Escrow Agent arising hereunder,
including any indemnities prescribed herein, which lien may be enforced by
Escrow Agent without notice or presentment by set-off or appropriate foreclosure
proceedings.  In all cases, any unpaid fees may be deducted by Escrow Agent
without prior written notice before final disbursement of Escrowed Assets.


                                      -11-

<PAGE>

     8.   This Agreement shall continue in force and effect until Escrow Agent
receives written notice of cancellation from BATCL. Upon receipt of written
notice, the Escrow Agent will perform the following:

          A.   Advise parties to this Agreement of receipt of cancellation
notice; and

          B.   Request of BATCL a statement of outstanding loans attributable to
any Carrier; and

          C.   Continue to perform Escrow Agent duties as outlined in Paragraph
6 above until such time as the obligations identified in Paragraph 8B above have
been satisfied or until Escrow Agent shall resign pursuant to the terms hereof.

     9.   The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall prevail if in
conflict with the terms and conditions of any other attached or related
agreement.

BELL ATLANTIC-TRICON LEASING
CORPORATION



BY: /s/ G. ALEXANDER COLE
   ------------------------------------

G. Alexander Cole
- - ---------------------------------------
(Printed or Typed Name)
                                        (Additional Signatures On
                                             Next Page)
TITLE: Vice President
      ---------------------------------


                                      -12-

<PAGE>

ZERO PLUS DIALING, INC.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 300
San Antonio, TX  78216

BY: /s/ KELLY E. SIMMONS
   -------------------------------

Kelly E. Simmons
- - ----------------------------------
(Printed or Typed Name)

TITLE: Vice President
      ----------------------------


TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
Attn:  Rodney Crowl and Steve Scott
Custody Group
600 Travis Street, Suite 1150
Houston, TX 77002

BY: 
   -------------------------------

- - ----------------------------------
(Printed or Typed Name)

TITLE:
      ----------------------------

U.S. Long Distance Corp. and U.S. Long Distance, Inc. hereby jointly and
severally unconditionally guarantee the prompt performance of any and all of
ZPDI's representations, warranties, covenants and agreements hereunder.

U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 300
San Antonio, TX  78216

BY: /s/ Mark D. Buckner
   -------------------------------

- - ----------------------------------
(Printed or Typed Name)

TITLE:
      ----------------------------

U.S. LONG DISTANCE, INC.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 300
San Antonio, TX  78216

BY: /s/ Mark D. Buckner
   -------------------------------

- - ----------------------------------
(Printed or Typed Name)

TITLE:
      ----------------------------



                                      -13-


<PAGE>

                                  EXHIBIT 21.1

                              LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES


     The following is a list of all subsidiaries of the Company, jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization and the percentage of shares owned, directly or
indirectly, by the Company assuming the consummation of the Preliminary
Transactions.


                                          STATE OR OTHER
                                          JURISDICTION OF      PERCENTAGE OF
             NAME                         INCORPORATION        SHARES OWNED
             ----                         --------------       ------------

     Billing Information Concepts, Inc.      Delaware             100%
     Enhanced Billing Services, Inc.         Texas                100%





<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS 
CORP. AS OF AND FOR THE SIX-MONTH PERIOD ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 AND IS QUALIFIED
IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             OCT-01-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               MAR-31-1996
<CASH>                                          32,582
<SECURITIES>                                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                   20,368
<ALLOWANCES>                                         0
<INVENTORY>                                          0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               116,062
<PP&E>                                           8,687
<DEPRECIATION>                                   3,239
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 122,295
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                           85,978
<BONDS>                                          1,805
                                0
                                        100
<COMMON>                                             1
<OTHER-SE>                                      34,355
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   122,295
<SALES>                                              0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                50,301
<CGS>                                                0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                   32,145
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                     0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                     0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 154<F1>
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 14,466
<INCOME-TAX>                                     5,497
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                              8,969
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     8,969
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0
<FN>
<F1>DOES NOT INCLUDE INTEREST EXPENSE OF $598 RELATED TO THE COMPANY'S ADVANCE 
FUNDING PROGRAM
</FN>
        

</TABLE>

<PAGE>
                                    ANNEX 1
                            SCHEDULE 14C INFORMATION
 
               Information Statement Pursuant to Section 14(c) of
             the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Amendment No.   )
 
    Check the appropriate box:
    /X/  Preliminary Information Statement
    / /  Confidential, for Use of the Commission Only (as permitted by Rule
         14c-5(d)(2))
    / /  Definitive Information Statement
 
                                   U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                  (Name of Registrant As Specified In Charter)
 
                                  U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.*
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              (Name of Person(s) Filing the Information Statement)
 
Payment of Filing Fee (Check the appropriate box):
 
/ /  $125 per Exchange Act Rules 0-11(c)(1)(ii), or 14c-5(g).
/X/  Fee computed on table below per Exchange Act Rules 14c-5(g) and 0-11.
     1) Title of each class of securities to which transaction applies:
        Common Stock
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     2) Aggregate number of securities to which transaction applies:
        14,839,486
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     3) Per  unit  price  or  other  underlying  value  of  transaction computed
        pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 0-11**  Pro forma book value per share  of
        the  Common  Stock to  be distributed  was  $2.32 as  of March  31, 1996
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     4) Proposed maximum aggregate value of transaction:
        $34,427,607
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     5) Total fee paid:
        $6,885.52
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
/ /  Fee paid previously with preliminary materials.
 
/ /  Check box if any part of the fee is offset as provided by Exchange Act Rule
     0-11(a)(2) and identify the  filing for which the  offsetting fee was  paid
     previously.  Identify the previous filing by registration statement number,
     or the Form or Schedule and the date of its filing.
 
     1) Amount Previously Paid:
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     2) Form, Schedule or Registration Statement No.:
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     3) Filing Party:
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
     4) Date Filed:
        ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
- - ------------------------
 *  On behalf of Billing Information Concepts Corp.
 
**  Set forth the amount on which the filing fee is calculated and state how  it
    was determined.
<PAGE>
                    [LETTERHEAD OF U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP.]
 
                                                                          , 1996
 
To the Stockholders of U.S. Long Distance Corp.:
 
    The Board of Directors of U.S. Long Distance Corp. ("USLD") has approved the
distribution  of  the outstanding  shares of  common stock  of its  wholly owned
subsidiary, Billing Information Concepts Corp.  ("Billing"), to holders of  USLD
Common  Stock. Billing  will operate the  third party  billing clearinghouse and
information management  services  business  formerly operated  by  USLD  through
certain   of  its  subsidiaries   and  will  be   a  major  third-party  billing
clearinghouse for records resulting from telephone calls and other  transactions
carried  by its customers. These customers consist primarily of direct dial long
distance telephone  companies and  operator  services and  information  services
providers.  The enclosed  Information Statement  contains information  about the
distribution and related  transactions and other  important financial and  other
information  about  Billing, its  organization,  business, management  and other
matters.
 
    If you are a holder of USLD Common Stock of record at the close of  business
on                 , 1996, you will  receive as a dividend  one share of Billing
Common Stock for each share of USLD Common Stock you hold. No fractional  shares
will  be issued. We expect  to mail the Billing  Common Stock certificates on or
about             , 1996.
 
    The Board  of Directors  believes that  the spinoff  will enhance  value  to
USLD's stockholders. The spinoff will provide Billing with more efficient access
to  capital  markets to  finance  the anticipated  growth  of its  business. The
spinoff will  separate  two  distinct  companies  with  different  missions  and
different  financial, investment and operating  characteristics so that each can
pursue business strategies and objectives appropriate to its specific  business.
The direct dial long distance and operator services provided by USLD through its
telecommunications   group  and  the  third   party  billing  clearinghouse  and
information management services  provided by  Billing are  operated by  distinct
management  teams, and  separation of  the businesses  should result  in greater
focus of the  management teams  on the core  strengths that  make each  business
successful  and allow  for more effective  incentives for key  employees of each
group. In  addition,  the  spinoff  will  eliminate  the  perceived  concern  of
Billing's   customers   and  potential   customers   who  compete   with  USLD's
telecommunications group that Billing's  affiliation with USLD could  compromise
customer  proprietary information.  Moreover, as a  result of  the spinoff, USLD
will be  able  to  compete  with  customers of  Billing  for  the  provision  of
telecommunications  services  without concern  for  the impact  on  Billing. The
separation will permit investors, customers, lenders and other constituencies to
evaluate the respective businesses of USLD and Billing.
 
    USLD will continue its telecommunications services business, offering direct
dial long  distance services  primarily  to small  and medium  sized  commercial
customers  and operator services  for the hospitality  and private pay telephone
industries.
 
    The Information Statement is being sent to stockholders of record of USLD as
of the  date  hereof.  Stockholders  of  record  on  the  record  date  for  the
Distribution  automatically participate in  the Distribution. We  are not asking
you for  a  proxy, and  stockholder  approval  of the  Distribution  is  neither
required nor sought. Because USLD will continue as a separate entity, your share
certificate  of  USLD  must be  retained.  You  will receive  new  Billing share
certificates.
 
    We are excited about this restructuring and the growth opportunities it will
create for each company and their respective stockholders.
 
                                          Sincerely,
 
                                          Parris H. Holmes, Jr.
                                          CHAIRMAN
<PAGE>
               [LETTERHEAD OF BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.]
 
                                                                          , 1996
 
To the Stockholders of U.S. Long Distance Corp.:
 
    The enclosed Information  Statement contains important  financial and  other
information  about  Billing  Information  Concepts  Corp.  (the  "Company"), the
corporation of which you  will become a  stockholder if you  own shares of  U.S.
Long  Distance Corp.  as of  the record  date for  the distribution.  We want to
welcome you as a stockholder and invite you to learn more about our company.
 
    The Company believes it is the largest third-party billing clearinghouse and
information management  services provider  to the  telecommunications  industry.
Through  our contractual  billing arrangements  with over  1,200 local telephone
companies, we process telephone call records and other transactions and  collect
the  related end-user charges from these  local telephone companies on behalf of
our customers.
 
    Our customers  primarily  consist of  direct  dial long  distance  telephone
companies,  who use  the Company as  a billing clearinghouse  for processing and
collecting call  records generated  by their  end-users, and  operator  services
providers,  who provide operator services largely  to the hospitality, penal and
private and  public  pay  telephone  industries.  In  1994,  the  Company  began
providing  enhanced  billing  services for  processing  transactions  related to
providers of premium services  or products that also  can be billed through  the
local   telephone  companies,  such  as  charges  for  900  access  pay-per-call
transactions, cellular  long  distance  services, paging  services,  voice  mail
services, caller ID and other telecommunications equipment charges.
 
    In  addition to its billing clearinghouse  services, the Company also offers
billing management services to  customers who have  their own arrangements  with
the  local  telephone  companies.  These management  services  may  include data
processing,  accounting,  end-user   customer  service,  telecommunication   tax
processing and reporting.
 
    We at Billing are excited about the future of our Company and the impact our
services can have in the growing telecommunications industry and elsewhere.
 
                                          Sincerely,
 
                                          Alan W. Saltzman
                                          PRESIDENT
<PAGE>
INFORMATION STATEMENT
 
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                           (PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE)
 
    This  Information  Statement  is  being  furnished  in  connection  with the
distribution (the  "Distribution")  by  U.S. Long  Distance  Corp.  ("USLD")  to
holders  of record of USLD common stock ("USLD Common Stock") as of the close of
business on                , 1996  (the "Record Date"), of  one share of  common
stock,  par value  $.01 per  share (together  with the  associated rights issued
pursuant to a stockholder rights plan, collectively the "Billing Common Stock"),
of Billing Information  Concepts Corp.  ("Billing" or the  "Company"), for  each
share of USLD Common Stock owned as of the close of business on the Record Date,
pursuant to the terms of a Distribution Agreement between Billing and USLD dated
            , 1996.
 
    Billing   is  a  wholly  owned  subsidiary  of  USLD  that  will,  upon  the
effectiveness of the Distribution, own the  business and assets of, and will  be
responsible  for  the  liabilities  associated  with,  the  third  party billing
clearinghouse and information  management services business  currently owned  by
USLD. See "Special Factors" and "Business." The Distribution will result in 100%
of  the outstanding shares of Billing  Common Stock being distributed to holders
of USLD Common  Stock on  a pro  rata basis. No  consideration will  be paid  by
USLD's  stockholders for  shares of  Billing Common  Stock. The  Distribution is
scheduled to occur on               ,  1996 (the "Distribution Date"). See  "The
Distribution."
 
    There  is no current public market for the Billing Common Stock, although it
is expected  that a  "when-issued"  trading market  will  develop prior  to  the
Distribution  Date.  Billing  Common  Stock has  made  application  to  list and
believes that  the Billing  Common Stock  will be  approved for  listing on  the
Nasdaq  National  Market  subject  to  official  notice  of  issuance.  See "The
Distribution -- Listing and Trading of the Billing Common Stock."
 
                            ------------------------
 
NO VOTE  OF  STOCKHOLDERS IS  REQUIRED  IN CONNECTION  WITH  THIS  DISTRIBUTION,
   NO   PROXIES  ARE   BEING  SOLICITED,  AND   YOU  ARE   REQUESTED  NOT  TO
                                              SEND US A PROXY.
 
                            ------------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
   EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR  HAS THE
      SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE   SECURITIES
        COMMISSION   PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR  ADEQUACY  OF  THIS
             INFORMATION STATEMENT. ANY  REPRESENTATION TO  THE
                             CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
                            ------------------------
 
THIS  INFORMATION  STATEMENT  DOES  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
                       SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY SECURITIES.
 
                            ------------------------
 
    Stockholders of  USLD  with inquiries  related  to the  Distribution  should
contact  Investor Relations, USLD, 9311 San Pedro, Suite 100, San Antonio, Texas
78216, Telephone: (210) 525-6228;  or the Billing  Common Stock Transfer  Agent,
Montreal  Trust Company  of Canada, Montreal  Trust Centre,  510 Burrard Street,
Vancouver, British Columbia V6C 3B9,  Telephone: (604) 661-0275. Montreal  Trust
is also acting as Distribution Agent for the Distribution.
 
                            ------------------------
 
         The date of this Information Statement is             , 1996.
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
SUMMARY....................................................................................................           4
SPECIAL FACTORS............................................................................................          11
  Lack of Operating History as a Separate Entity; Limited Relevance of Historical Financial Information....          11
  Absence of USLD Financial Support........................................................................          11
  Dependence upon Key Personnel; Management of Growth......................................................          11
  Dependence on Proprietary Technology.....................................................................          11
  Absence of Trading Market for the Billing Common Stock...................................................          11
  Changes in Trading Prices of USLD Common Stock...........................................................          12
  Certain Anti-Takeover Features...........................................................................          12
  Uncertainty of Tax Consequences..........................................................................          12
  Certain Consent Requirements.............................................................................          13
  Dividend Policy..........................................................................................          13
  The Relationship Between USLD and Billing................................................................          13
  Fraudulent Transfer Considerations; Legal Dividend Requirements..........................................          13
  Dependence upon Contracts with Local Telephone Companies.................................................          14
  Anticipated Billing System Expenditures..................................................................          14
  Competition..............................................................................................          14
  Forward-Looking Information May Prove Inaccurate.........................................................          15
THE DISTRIBUTION...........................................................................................          15
  Reasons for the Distribution.............................................................................          15
  Opinions of Financial Advisor............................................................................          16
  Distribution Agent.......................................................................................          18
  Manner of Effecting the Distribution.....................................................................          18
  Results of Distribution..................................................................................          18
  Listing and Trading of the Billing Common Stock..........................................................          19
  Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution..............................................          20
  Conditions; Termination..................................................................................          22
  Reasons for Furnishing the Information Statement.........................................................          23
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN BILLING AND USLD AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION...............................................          23
  Distribution Agreement...................................................................................          23
  Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement................................................          24
  Tax Sharing Agreement....................................................................................          29
  Transitional Services and Sublease Agreement.............................................................          30
  Billing Agreement........................................................................................          30
  Telecommunications Agreement.............................................................................          30
  Policies and Procedures for Addressing Conflicts.........................................................          30
PRELIMINARY TRANSACTIONS...................................................................................          31
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT.......................................................................................          31
DIVIDEND POLICY............................................................................................          31
CAPITALIZATION.............................................................................................          32
PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET.............................................................          33
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA.........................................................................          35
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS......................          37
  Results of Operations....................................................................................          37
  Liquidity and Capital Resources..........................................................................          40
  Advance Funding Program and Receivable Financing Facility................................................          41
  Seasonality..............................................................................................          42
  Effect of Inflation......................................................................................          42
</TABLE>
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
  New Accounting Standards.................................................................................          42
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
BUSINESS...................................................................................................          43
  General..................................................................................................          43
  Industry Background......................................................................................          43
  Development of Business..................................................................................          44
  Billing Clearinghouse and Information Management Services................................................          45
  Billing Process..........................................................................................          45
  Operations...............................................................................................          46
  Customers................................................................................................          47
  Competition..............................................................................................          47
  Business Strategy........................................................................................          48
  Employees................................................................................................          49
  Properties...............................................................................................          49
  Litigation...............................................................................................          49
MANAGEMENT.................................................................................................          51
  Board of Directors and Committees of the Board...........................................................          51
  Compensation of Directors................................................................................          51
  Board of Directors and Executive Officers................................................................          53
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.....................................................................................          54
  Stock Option Grants in Fiscal 1995.......................................................................          55
  Aggregated Option Exercises in Fiscal 1995 and Fiscal Year-End Option Values.............................          55
  Employee Benefit Plans...................................................................................          56
  Employment Agreements and Change-of-Control Arrangements.................................................          64
  Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation..............................................          66
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT.............................................          66
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK...............................................................................          67
  General..................................................................................................          67
  Common Stock.............................................................................................          67
  Billing Stockholder Rights Plan and Junior Preferred Stock...............................................          68
  Preferred Stock..........................................................................................          68
  No Preemptive Rights.....................................................................................          68
  Transfer Agent and Registrar.............................................................................          68
PURPOSES AND ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF BILLING'S CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS AND DELAWARE
 LAW.......................................................................................................          68
  Billing's Certificate and Bylaws.........................................................................          68
  Stockholder Rights Plan..................................................................................          72
  Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders.......................................................          74
LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS....................................................          74
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS....................................................................................          76
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.....................................................................................          76
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..............................................................................         F-1
  Annex A - Opinion of The Chicago Corporation
  Annex B - Opinion of Houlihan Lokey Howard & Zukin
  Annex C - Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Billing Information Concepts Corp.
  Annex D - Bylaws of Billing Information Concepts Corp.
  Annex E - Billing Information Concepts Corp. 1996 Employee Comprehensive Stock Plan
  Annex F - Billing Information Concepts Corp. 1996 Non-Employee Director Plan
  Annex G - Billing Information Concepts Corp. 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
</TABLE>
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING IS  A SUMMARY OF  CERTAIN INFORMATION  CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN
THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT. REFERENCE IS MADE TO, AND THIS SUMMARY IS  QUALIFIED
BY,  THE MORE DETAILED  INFORMATION SET FORTH IN  THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT AND
THE ANNEXES HERETO, WHICH SHOULD BE READ IN ITS ENTIRETY. CAPITALIZED TERMS USED
BUT NOT  DEFINED IN  THIS  SUMMARY ARE  DEFINED  ELSEWHERE IN  THIS  INFORMATION
STATEMENT. UNLESS THE CONTEXT OTHERWISE REQUIRES, REFERENCES IN THIS INFORMATION
STATEMENT  TO  BILLING PRIOR  TO THE  CONSUMMATION  OF THE  DISTRIBUTION INCLUDE
USLD'S  BILLING  CLEARINGHOUSE  AND  INFORMATION  MANAGEMENT  SERVICES  BUSINESS
CONDUCTED  THROUGH CERTAIN OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES,  AND REFERENCES TO BILLING AFTER
CONSUMMATION OF  THE  DISTRIBUTION INCLUDE  BILLING,  ITS PREDECESSORS  AND  ITS
SUBSIDIARIES.
 
                                THE DISTRIBUTION
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Distributing Company..............  U.S.   Long  Distance  Corp.,   a  Delaware  corporation
                                    ("USLD").  References   herein  to   USLD  include   its
                                    consolidated   subsidiaries  except  where  the  context
                                    otherwise requires.
Distributed Company...............  Billing Information  Concepts  Corp. ("Billing"  or  the
                                    "Company"),  a Delaware corporation  that currently is a
                                    wholly owned subsidiary  of USLD,  and that,  as of  the
                                    Distribution  Date,  will  own the  third  party billing
                                    clearinghouse  and   information   management   services
                                    business  which is currently owned by USLD and conducted
                                    through  certain  of  its  subsidiaries  (the   "Billing
                                    Group").
Distribution Ratio................  Each  USLD  stockholder will  receive  one share  of the
                                    Billing Common Stock for each share of USLD Common Stock
                                    held on the Record Date.
Shares to be Distributed..........  Approximately  14,839,486  million  shares  of   Billing
                                    Common Stock (based on 14,839,486 million shares of USLD
                                    Common Stock outstanding on May 10, 1996). The shares to
                                    be  distributed will  constitute all  of the outstanding
                                    shares of  Billing Common  Stock immediately  after  the
                                    Distribution.
Record Date.......................  Close of business on             , 1996.
Distribution Date.................  , 1996.
Mailing Date......................  Certificates  representing the shares  of Billing Common
                                    Stock to  be distributed  pursuant to  the  Distribution
                                    will  be  delivered  to the  Distribution  Agent  on the
                                    Distribution Date.  The  Distribution  Agent  will  mail
                                    certificates  representing the shares  of Billing Common
                                    Stock to  holders  of  USLD  Common  Stock  as  soon  as
                                    practicable  thereafter.  Holders of  USLD  Common Stock
                                    should not send stock  certificates to USLD, Billing  or
                                    the  Distribution Agent. See "The Distribution -- Manner
                                    of Effecting the Distribution."
Distribution Agent and Transfer
 Agent............................  Montreal Trust Company of Canada.
Conditions to the Distribution....  The  Distribution  is  conditioned  upon,  among   other
                                    things, declaration of the special dividend by the Board
                                    of  Directors of USLD (the "USLD Board"). The USLD Board
                                    has reserved the  right to waive  any conditions to  the
                                    Distribution  or, even if  all of the  conditions to the
                                    Distribution are satisfied, to
</TABLE>
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    abandon, defer or  modify the Distribution  at any  time
                                    prior to the Distribution Date. See "The Distribution --
                                    Conditions; Termination."
Principal Businesses to be
 Retained by USLD.................  USLD   will  retain   the  direct   dial  long  distance
                                    telecommunication   services   and   operator   services
                                    businesses,  including  its  internal  billing functions
                                    (the "Telecommunications Group").
Reasons for the Distribution......  The USLD Board  believes that the  spinoff will  enhance
                                    value   to  USLD's  stockholders.  The  separation  will
                                    provide Billing with  more efficient  access to  capital
                                    markets   to  finance  the  anticipated  growth  of  its
                                    business. The spinoff also will eliminate the  perceived
                                    concern of those customers or potential customers of the
                                    Billing  Group who  compete with  the Telecommunications
                                    Group that doing business with the Billing Group assists
                                    a competitor and  could compromise customer  proprietary
                                    information.  In addition,  the spinoff  will permit the
                                    Telecommunications Group to compete for the provision of
                                    telecommunications  services  with   customers  of   the
                                    Billing  Group without any concern  as to affecting that
                                    customer's relationship with  Billing. The  Distribution
                                    is  designed  to  separate two  distinct  companies with
                                    different missions and  different financial,  investment
                                    and  operating characteristics  so that  each can pursue
                                    business strategies  and objectives  appropriate to  its
                                    specific  business. The Telecommunications Group and the
                                    Billing Group are operated by separate management teams,
                                    and  separation  of  the  businesses  should  result  in
                                    greater  focus  of  the  management  teams  on  the core
                                    strengths that make  each business successful.  Further,
                                    separation   of  the  two  businesses  will  enable  the
                                    respective management  teams of  the  Telecommunications
                                    Group   and  the  Billing  Group  to  concentrate  their
                                    attention and  financial  resources on  their  own  core
                                    business  without  regard to  the  corporate objectives,
                                    policies and capital requirements of the other and allow
                                    for more effective incentives for key employees of  each
                                    group,   including   stock-based  and   other  incentive
                                    programs that  will more  directly reward  employees  of
                                    each business based on the success of that business. The
                                    separation will permit investors, customers, lenders and
                                    other   constituencies   to   evaluate   the  respective
                                    businesses of USLD and Billing. See "The Distribution --
                                    Reasons for the Distribution."
Certain Federal Tax Consequences..  As a condition to the Distribution, USLD will receive  a
                                    tax opinion from Arter & Hadden, special tax counsel, to
                                    the  effect, among other things,  that receipt of shares
                                    of Billing Common  Stock will  be tax  free for  federal
                                    income tax purposes to the stockholders of USLD and that
                                    USLD will not recognize income, gain or loss as a result
                                    of  the Distribution. The tax opinion will be based upon
                                    certain representations made  by USLD  and Billing,  the
                                    accuracy of which are critical
</TABLE>
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    to   the   Distribution   qualifying   as   a   tax-free
                                    distribution. Further, the  opinion of  counsel is  only
                                    the  best judgment of counsel and  is not binding on the
                                    Internal Revenue Service (the "Service"). No ruling will
                                    be sought  from the  Service.  See "The  Distribution  -
                                    Certain   Federal   Income  Tax   Consequences   of  the
                                    Distribution" and "Special Factors -- Uncertainty of Tax
                                    Consequences."
Trading Market....................  There is currently no public market for Billing's Common
                                    Stock. The  Company has  made  application to  list  the
                                    shares  of Billing  Common Stock on  the Nasdaq National
                                    Market subject to official notice of issuance. See  "The
                                    Distribution  --  Listing  and  Trading  of  the Billing
                                    Common Stock" and "Special Factors -- Absence of Trading
                                    Market for the Billing Common Stock."
Ticker Symbol.....................
Dividends.........................  The Company anticipates that it will retain any earnings
                                    and will not  pay dividends to  its stockholders in  the
                                    foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."
Preliminary Transactions..........  Prior  to the Distribution, USLD  intends to transfer to
                                    Billing the stock of certain subsidiaries conducting the
                                    third  party  billing   clearinghouse  and   information
                                    management  services business, as  well as certain other
                                    assets associated with  this business. See  "Preliminary
                                    Transactions."
Anti-Takeover Provisions..........  The  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  and  Billing's
                                    Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws contain
                                    provisions that  may  have the  effect  of  discouraging
                                    unsolicited  takeover  bids  from  third  parties.  Such
                                    provisions could further  have the effect  of making  it
                                    more   difficult   for  third   parties  to   cause  the
                                    replacement of the current  management of Billing  with-
                                    out  the  concurrence  of Billing's  Board  of Directors
                                    ("Billing  Board").  See  "Purposes  and   Anti-Takeover
                                    Effects  of Certain Provisions  of Billing's Certificate
                                    and Bylaws and Delaware Law."
Relationship Between USLD and
 Billing after the Distribution...  USLD will have  no stock ownership  in the Company  upon
                                    consummation   of  the  Distribution.  For  purposes  of
                                    governing  certain  ongoing  relationships  between  the
                                    Company  and USLD after the  Distribution and to provide
                                    for an orderly transition, Billing and USLD have entered
                                    into  or  will  enter  into  certain  agreements.   Such
                                    proposed   agreements  include:   (i)  the  Distribution
                                    Agreement,  providing  for,  among  other  things,   the
                                    Distribution  and the  division between  the Company and
                                    USLD of  certain  assets and  liabilities  and  material
                                    indemnification  provisions; (ii) the  Benefit Plans and
                                    Employment Matters Allocation  Agreement, providing  for
                                    certain  allocations of responsibilities with respect to
                                    benefit plans,  employee  compensation,  and  labor  and
                                    employment  matters;  (iii)  the  Tax  Sharing Agreement
                                    pursuant to which  the Company  and USLD  will agree  to
                                    allocate tax liabilities that relate to periods prior to
                                    and after the Distribution Date;
</TABLE>
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    (iv)  the Transitional  Services and  Sublease Agreement
                                    pursuant to which USLD will provide certain services  on
                                    a  temporary basis and sublease  certain office space to
                                    the Company and Billing will provide certain services to
                                    USLD on a  temporary basis;  (v) the Zero  Plus --  Zero
                                    Minus   Billing  and   Information  Management  Services
                                    Agreement pursuant  to which  the Company  will  provide
                                    billing   clearinghouse   and   information   management
                                    services to USLD for an  initial period of three  years;
                                    (vi)  the Telecommunications Agreement pursuant to which
                                    USLD  will  provide  long  distance   telecommunications
                                    services  to the Company for  an initial period of three
                                    years; and (vii) the Expense Sharing Agreement,  whereby
                                    USLD  and Billing agree to pay certain usage charges and
                                    share certain expenses relating  to the operation of  an
                                    airplane.  It is the intention  of USLD and Billing that
                                    the Transitional  Services and  Sublease Agreement,  the
                                    Zero   Plus  --  Zero   Minus  Billing  and  Information
                                    Management Services  Agreement,  the  Telecommunications
                                    Agreement  and  the  Expense  Sharing  Agreement reflect
                                    terms and conditions  similar to those  that would  have
                                    been  arrived  at by  independent parties  bargaining at
                                    arm's length.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  such
                                    agreements  have been  or will  be effected  on terms at
                                    least as favorable to USLD or Billing as could have been
                                    obtained   from   unaffiliated   third   parties.    See
                                    "Relationship   Between  Billing  and   USLD  After  the
                                    Distribution."
Policies and Procedures for Ad-
 dressing Conflicts...............  Billing and USLD will share one common director. (Parris
                                    H. Holmes, Jr. will  serve as Chairman  of the Board  of
                                    Directors of USLD and Chairman of the Board of Directors
                                    and Chief Executive Officer of Billing.) The Company and
                                    USLD  will adopt policies and  procedures to be followed
                                    by the Board of Directors  of each company to limit  the
                                    involvement   of  Parris  H.  Holmes,  Jr.  in  conflict
                                    situations, including  requiring  him  to  abstain  from
                                    voting  as  a  director  of either  Billing  or  USLD on
                                    certain matters  that  present a  conflict  of  interest
                                    between  the two companies and providing for the outside
                                    directors of each company to control the decision making
                                    process in  certain  situations. The  Company  and  USLD
                                    believe  that such conflict  situations will be minimal.
                                    See "Relationship  Between Billing  and USLD  After  the
                                    Distribution  -- Policies and  Procedures for Addressing
                                    Conflicts."
Special Factors...................  See  "Special  Factors"  for  a  discussion  of  certain
                                    factors that should be considered in connection with the
                                    Billing Common Stock received in the Distribution.
</TABLE>
 
                SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following table presents summary historical financial and other data and
summary  pro forma  financial data  for the Company  after giving  effect to the
Distribution and  related transactions.  The financial  data presented  for  the
fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  1993, 1994  and  1995  should  be  read in
conjunction with the  Consolidated Financial Statements,  the notes thereto  and
the  other  financial information  included in  this Information  Statement. The
Statements of Income and Statements of
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the Balance
Sheets at September 30, 1994 and 1995 have been audited by Arthur Andersen  LLP,
the  Company's  independent public  accountants.  All historical  financial data
shown below  for these  periods have  been derived  from the  audited  financial
statements.  The Income Statement data  for the six months  ended March 31, 1996
and March 31, 1995 and for the  fiscal years ended September 30, 1992 and  1991,
the  balance sheet data at March 31, 1996, and all Operating Data are unaudited.
In the opinion of management of Billing, the information presented reflects  all
adjustments considered necessary for a fair presentation of the results for such
periods.  Summary historical per share amounts are  not included as they may not
be indicative  of future  performance.  The following  data  should be  read  in
conjunction  with  Billing's  Consolidated Financial  Statements  and  the notes
thereto, "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and
Results  of  Operations"  and  other  financial  information  included elsewhere
herein.
 
                    SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                            FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,                  MARCH 31,
                                 -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                   1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                     (UNAUDITED)                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Operating revenues.............  $  16,327  $  33,162  $  46,451  $  57,746  $  80,847  $  34,942  $  50,301
Income from operations.........      *          *         10,416     13,392     22,055      9,402     14,230
Net income.....................      *          *          6,441      8,565     14,118      6,013      8,969
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                              ----------------------
                                                                                1994        1995
                                                                              ---------  -----------   MARCH 31,
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                      -----------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>          <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital.............................................................  $  11,132  $    17,300   $  30,084
Total assets................................................................     89,710      106,895     122,295
Long-term obligations, less current portion.................................        853        2,216       1,805
U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s investment in and advances to Billing............     13,001       21,122      34,355
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       SEPTEMBER 30,                           MARCH 31,
                                   -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                     1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BILLING SERVICES CUSTOMERS)
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING DATA:
EBITDA (1).......................      *          *      $  11,293  $  14,346  $  23,271  $   9,921  $  15,170
Billing call records processed
 per month (2)(3)................      6,500     10,800     16,900     25,920     40,410     28,530     45,340
Billing services customers (4)...         71        115        143        168        272      *            305
</TABLE>
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
                    SUMMARY PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     MARCH 31, (5)
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                     -------------
<S>                                                                                                  <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital....................................................................................   $    16,523
Total assets.......................................................................................       108,734
Long-term obligations, less current portion........................................................         1,805
U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s investment in and advances to Billing...................................             0
Paid-in capital....................................................................................        20,745
</TABLE>
 
- - ------------------------
 *  Information is not available.
 
(1) "EBITDA"  represents  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and
    amortization. EBITDA is a commonly used profitability/cash flow measurement.
 
(2) Calculated based upon a monthly average over the fiscal quarter ended on the
    date indicated.
 
(3) Does  not  include  call  records that  the  Company  processed  for billing
    management customers.
 
(4) At end of the period.
 
(5) The pro  forma  financial data  are  derived from  the  unaudited  financial
    information  and  notes  thereto  included  elsewhere  in  this  Information
    Statement. The pro forma  financial data gives  effect to the  Distribution,
    the  Preliminary Transactions and certain other adjustments including a cash
    transfer from  Billing  to  USLD  of $13,561,000  as  if  the  Distribution,
    Preliminary Transactions and adjustments were consummated on March 31, 1996.
    The  pro forma financial data does  not include direct costs associated with
    the  Distribution  estimated  to  range  from  approximately  $8,500,000  to
    approximately  $10,500,000.  See "Pro  Forma Condensed  Consolidated Balance
    Sheet."
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    The Company believes it is the largest third-party billing clearinghouse and
information management services provider to the telecommunications industry. The
Company  maintains  contractual  billing  arrangements  with  over  1,200  local
telephone companies which provide access lines to and collect for services  from
end-users  of telecommunication  services. The Company  processes telephone call
records and other transactions  and collects the  related end-user charges  from
these local telephone companies on behalf of its customers. See "Business."
 
    Billing's  direct dial long distance customers, including local and regional
long  distance  carriers,  use  the  Company  as  a  billing  clearinghouse  for
processing  and collecting call  records generated by  their end-users. Although
such carriers can bill end-users directly, Billing provides these carriers  with
a  very cost-effective  means of  billing and  collecting residential  and small
commercial accounts through the local telephone companies.
 
    The  Company  processes  telephone  call  records  for  customers  providing
operator  services largely to the hospitality, penal, and private and public pay
telephone industries. In addition, Billing processes records for telephone calls
that require  operator assistance  and/or alternative  billing options  such  as
collect  and  person-to-person  calls,  third-party  billing  and  calling  card
billing. Because operator services  providers have only  the billing number  and
not  the name  or address  of the  billed party,  they must  have access  to the
services of the local telephone companies to collect their charges. The  Company
provides   this  access  to  its   customers  through  its  contractual  billing
arrangements with the local telephone companies that bill and collect on  behalf
of these operator services providers.
 
    Because  Billing acts as  an aggregator of telephone  call records and other
transactions from various  sources, it  can negotiate  discounted billing  costs
with the local telephone companies due to its large volume and can pass on these
discounts  to its customers.  Additionally, Billing can  provide its services to
those long distance carriers and operator services providers who would otherwise
not be able to  make the investments in  billing and collection agreements  with
the   local  telephone  companies,  fees,  systems,  infrastructure  and  volume
commitments required to establish and maintain the necessary relationships  with
the local telephone companies.
 
    In  1994, Billing began  providing enhanced billing  services for processing
transactions related to providers  of premium services or  products that can  be
billed  through the  local telephone companies,  such as charges  for 900 access
pay-per-call transactions,  cellular long  distance services,  paging  services,
voice mail services, caller ID and other telecommunications equipment charges.
 
    In  addition  to its  billing  clearinghouse services,  Billing  also offers
billing management services to customers who have their own billing arrangements
with the local telephone companies.  These management services may include  data
processing,   accounting,  end-user  customer   service,  telecommunication  tax
processing and reporting.
 
    Billing is  a  newly  formed  corporation  which,  upon  completion  of  the
Distribution,  will be an  independent, publicly held company  that will own and
operate substantially all of the assets of, and will assume substantially all of
the liabilities  associated  with, the  third  party billing  clearinghouse  and
information  management services business now operated by USLD. This business is
currently conducted  primarily through  USLD's subsidiaries  Zero Plus  Dialing,
Inc. ("ZPDI") and Enhanced Services Billing, Inc. ("ESBI").
 
    Prior  to the Distribution,  USLD will contribute the  capital stock of U.S.
Billing Management Corp. ("USBMC") and U.S. Billing, Inc. ("USBI"), also  wholly
owned  subsidiaries of  USLD, to  Billing in exchange  for the  capital stock of
Billing. ZPDI and ESBI will then  merge with USBMC and USBI, respectively.  ZPDI
and ESBI will be the surviving corporation in the mergers and will become wholly
owned  subsidiaries  of  Billing. ZPDI  will  also  change its  name  to Billing
Information Concepts, Inc.  ("BICI"). The  description of  Billing that  follows
assumes  completion of the Preliminary Transactions  (as defined herein) and the
Distribution.
 
    Billing is  a  Delaware corporation  with  its principal  executive  offices
located at 9311 San Pedro, Suite 400, San Antonio, Texas 78216.
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                                SPECIAL FACTORS
 
    In   addition  to  the  other  information  contained  in  this  Information
Statement, holders  of  Billing  Common  Stock  should  carefully  consider  the
following information.
 
LACK OF OPERATING HISTORY AS A SEPARATE ENTITY; LIMITED
RELEVANCE OF HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Company  was  organized  in  1996  for  the  purpose  of  effecting the
Distribution. Billing  does not  have  an operating  history as  an  independent
public  company,  but  will  own  and  conduct  the  billing  clearinghouse  and
information  management  services   business  previously   conducted  by   USLD.
Management  of  the  Company  has  historically  relied  upon  USLD  for certain
administrative   services   such   as   personnel   management   and   financial
administration.  After the  Distribution Date,  Billing will  be responsible for
maintaining its own administrative functions  except for certain services to  be
provided  by USLD  during a transitional  period pursuant  to certain agreements
between Billing and USLD. See "Relationship  between Billing and USLD after  the
Distribution."
 
    The  financial information included  herein may not  necessarily reflect the
results of operations, financial position and  cash flows of the Company in  the
future  or what  the results  of operations,  financial position  and cash flows
would have been had the Company  been a separate, stand-alone entity during  the
periods presented. See "Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet."
 
ABSENCE OF USLD FINANCIAL SUPPORT
 
    USLD  has no obligation  or intent to support  Billing financially after the
Distribution. Billing  has  a  revolving  line of  credit  with  FINOVA  Capital
Corporation,  secured by its accounts  receivable and other unencumbered assets,
in order  to offer  an advance  funding program  to its  billing customers.  The
Company  believes that internally  generated funds and this  line of credit will
continue to be sufficient to meet its other cash needs for the immediate future.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  of
Operations -- Advance Funding Program and Receivable Financing Facility."
 
DEPENDENCE UPON KEY PERSONNEL; MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH
 
    The  Company's  future  success depends  to  a significant  degree  upon the
continued services  of  its  President  and Chief  Operating  Officer,  Alan  W.
Saltzman,  and other key senior management personnel, none of whom is covered by
an insurance policy under  which Billing is the  beneficiary. The Company  does,
however,  have a two  year employment agreement with  Mr. Saltzman that contains
noncompete and confidentiality provisions. Billing's future success also depends
on its  continuing ability  to attract  and retain  highly qualified  managerial
personnel.  Competition  for such  personnel  is intense,  and  there can  be no
assurance that Billing will  be able to retain  its key managerial employees  or
attract, assimilate or retain other highly qualified managerial personnel in the
future. The Company's ability to manage growth successfully will require that it
continue  to  improve  its  operational, management  and  financial  systems and
controls. Failure  to  do so  could  have a  material  adverse effect  upon  the
Company's business and results of operations.
 
DEPENDENCE ON PROPRIETARY TECHNOLOGY
 
    The  Company's  future success  is  heavily dependent  upon  its proprietary
software technology. Billing  relies principally on  trade secret and  copyright
law  and nondisclosure agreements and  other contractual arrangements to protect
its  software  technology.   Billing  currently   enters  into   confidentiality
agreements  with its  key employees.  There can be  no assurance  that the steps
taken by the  Company will be  effective in preventing  misappropriation of  its
proprietary rights.
 
ABSENCE OF TRADING MARKET FOR THE BILLING COMMON STOCK
 
    There  is not currently  a public market  for the Billing  Common Stock, and
there can be  no assurance  as to  the prices at  which trading  in the  Billing
Common  Stock will occur after the  Distribution. Until the Billing Common Stock
is fully distributed and an orderly market develops, the prices at which trading
in such  stock occurs  may fluctuate  significantly. The  trading price  of  the
Billing
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
Common Stock will be influenced by a variety of factors, including the Company's
operating  results, the  depth and  liquidity of  the market  for Billing Common
Stock, investor perception  of Billing and  the industry in  which its  business
operates  and  general  and economic  market  conditions. The  Company  has made
application to  list and  anticipates  that the  Billing  Common Stock  will  be
approved for listing on the Nasdaq National Market subject to official notice of
issuance.  See "The  Distribution -- Listing  and Trading of  the Billing Common
Stock."
 
CHANGES IN TRADING PRICES OF USLD COMMON STOCK
 
    It is expected that USLD Common Stock will continue to be listed and  traded
on  the  Nasdaq National  Market  after the  Distribution.  As a  result  of the
Distribution, the trading  price range of  USLD Common Stock  is expected to  be
lower  than  the  trading  price  range  of  USLD  Common  Stock  prior  to  the
Distribution. The combined trading prices of  the Billing Common Stock and  USLD
Common Stock held by stockholders after the Distribution may be less than, equal
to  or  greater  than the  trading  prices of  USLD  Common Stock  prior  to the
Distribution. See "The Distribution -- Listing and Trading of the Billing Common
Stock."
 
CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER FEATURES
 
    Upon consummation  of  the  Distribution, certain  provisions  of  Billing's
Certificate  of  Incorporation  and  Bylaws, along  with  certain  provisions of
Delaware statutory law and  certain agreements between  Billing and USLD,  could
discourage  potential acquisition proposals and could  delay or prevent a change
in control of the Company. Such provisions could diminish the opportunities  for
a  stockholder to  participate in  tender offers,  including tender  offers at a
price above  the  then-current  market  value  of  Billing  Common  Stock.  Such
provisions  also may inhibit fluctuations in  the market price of Billing Common
Stock that could result from takeover attempts. See "Purposes and  Anti-Takeover
Effects  of Certain Provisions of Billing's  Certificate and Bylaws and Delaware
Law."
 
UNCERTAINTY OF TAX CONSEQUENCES
 
    As a condition to the completion of the Distribution, USLD and Billing  will
receive an opinion from special tax counsel, to the effect that the Distribution
will  qualify as a  tax-free spinoff under  Section 355 of  the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). This tax opinion is delivered in reliance
on a  number of  representations made  by  USLD and  Billing. Certain  of  these
representations  are  critical to  the qualification  of  the Distribution  as a
tax-free spinoff under Section  355 of the Code.  If any of the  representations
are  breached, then the total foundation of  the tax opinion would be flawed and
it may not be relied upon.
 
    Among the principal  representations made  by USLD to  special tax  counsel,
USLD has represented that it has no current plan or intent, and is not currently
engaged  in any discussions,  to merge USLD  or Billing with  another company or
sell or  otherwise dispose  of all  or  a substantial  portion of  its  business
operations or assets of USLD or Billing after the Distribution (a "Disposition")
other than (i) in the ordinary course of business or (ii) in a transaction that,
in  the opinion of tax counsel, would  not be inconsistent with the Distribution
qualifying as a tax-free spinoff. In general, if a Disposition occurred in which
gain or loss was recognized and such  Disposition, based upon all the facts  and
circumstances,  was found  to be  related to  the Distribution,  the Service may
assert that the Distribution was used  as a "device" to distribute the  earnings
and  profits  of one  or both  of USLD  and  Billing, with  the result  that the
Distribution may not  qualify as  a tax-free spinoff  under Section  355 of  the
Code. Legislation recently has been introduced proposing changes in the nation's
tax  laws, including a proposal to recognize gain in certain Section 355 spinoff
transactions. The probability of  passage of such a  proposal and its impact  on
the Distribution are uncertain.
 
    Further,  as reflected in the tax  opinion, the applicability of Section 355
to the Distribution is complex and may be subject to differing  interpretations.
Accordingly, even if the representations are accurate, there can be no assurance
that  the Service will  not successfully challenge  the applicability of Section
355 to the Distribution, or assert that the Distribution fails the  requirements
of Section 355
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
on  the basis  of facts either  existing at  the Distribution Date  or which may
arise after the Distribution  Date. No ruling will  be sought from the  Service,
and  the opinion of special tax counsel is  not binding on the Service. See "The
Distribution -- Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution."
 
CERTAIN CONSENT REQUIREMENTS
 
    USLD and its subsidiaries have  reviewed their existing debt agreements  and
other  contractual arrangements  in connection  with the  Distribution. It  is a
condition of the Distribution that any amendments, consents or waivers necessary
to effect the Distribution have been  obtained, except for those the failure  of
which to obtain would not have a material adverse effect on Billing or USLD. The
Company believes that there will be no individual consents, the failure of which
to  obtain would have a material adverse effect on it, USLD or the Distribution.
However, certain of  the waivers and/or  consents are expected  to require  that
existing   cross  guarantees  and  pledges  of  assets  remain  in  effect.  See
"Relationship between Billing  and USLD after  the Distribution --  Distribution
Agreement."
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The future payment of dividends by the Company will depend on decisions that
will be made by the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time based on
the  results of  operations and  financial condition  of Billing  and such other
business considerations as the Board of Directors of Billing considers relevant.
The Company  currently does  not  expect to  pay  dividends in  the  foreseeable
future.  Additionally,  the Company  is a  holding  company whose  only material
assets are the stock of its subsidiaries.  As a result, the Company conducts  no
business   and  will  be  dependent  on   distributions  it  receives  from  its
subsidiaries to  pay  dividends.  There  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  such
distributions  will be adequate  to pay any dividends.  Moreover, the Company is
subject to certain  restrictions on  the payment  of dividends  pursuant to  its
credit agreements. See "Dividend Policy."
 
THE RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN USLD AND BILLING
 
    The  Distribution  Agreement also  provides  that by  the  Distribution Date
Billing's Certificate  of Incorporation  and  Bylaws shall  be  in the  form  as
attached  hereto as Annexes C and D, respectively, and that the Company and USLD
will take all actions  that may be  required to elect  or otherwise appoint,  as
directors   of  Billing,   the  persons  indicated   herein.  See  "Management,"
"Description of  Capital  Stock"  and "Purposes  and  Anti-Takeover  Effects  of
Certain Provisions of Billing's Certificate and Bylaws and Delaware Law."
 
    For  purposes of governing certain of the ongoing relationships between USLD
and the Company after the Distribution and to provide for an orderly transfer on
the Distribution Date of  certain of the  billing clearinghouse and  information
management  services business  to the Company  and an orderly  transition to the
status of two  separate companies,  USLD and the  Company have  entered or  will
enter  into various  agreements. In  addition, the  Company and  USLD will adopt
policies and procedures to be followed by the Board of Directors of each company
to limit  the involvement  of  Parris H.  Holmes,  Jr. in  conflict  situations,
including  requiring him to abstain from voting  as a director of either Billing
or USLD on certain matters that present  a conflict of interest between the  two
companies. See "Relationship between Billing and USLD after the Distribution."
 
FRAUDULENT TRANSFER CONSIDERATIONS; LEGAL DIVIDEND REQUIREMENTS
 
    It  is a  condition to  the consummation of  the Distribution  that the USLD
Board shall  have received  a  satisfactory opinion  regarding the  solvency  of
Billing  and USLD and  that the USLD  Board determine the  permissibility of the
Distribution under Section 170 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL").
See "The Distribution -- Opinions of Financial Advisors." There is no certainty,
however, that a court would find the solvency opinion rendered by Houlihan Lokey
Howard & Zukin  to be binding  on creditors of  the Company and  USLD or that  a
court  would reach the same conclusions set forth in such opinion in determining
whether the Company or USLD was insolvent at the time of, or after giving effect
to, the Distribution.
 
    If a  court  in  a  lawsuit  by an  unpaid  creditor  or  representative  of
creditors,  such as a trustee in bankruptcy, were  to find that at the time USLD
effected the Distribution, Billing or USLD, as the case
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
may be,  (i)  was  insolvent; (ii)  was  rendered  insolvent by  reason  of  the
Distribution; (iii) was engaged in a business or transaction for which Billing's
or  USLD's remaining assets, as the  case may be, constituted unreasonably small
capital; or (iv) intended to incur, or believed it would incur, debts beyond its
ability to  pay as  such debts  matured, such  court may  be asked  to void  the
Distribution  (in whole or in part) as  a fraudulent conveyance and require that
the stockholders return the special dividend (in  whole or in part) to USLD,  or
require  Billing to fund  certain liabilities for the  benefit of creditors. The
measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing will vary depending upon the
jurisdiction whose law is being applied. Generally, however, Billing or USLD, as
the case  may be,  would be  considered insolvent  if the  fair value  of  their
respective  assets were less than the  amount of their respective liabilities or
if they incurred debt beyond  its ability to repay such  debt as it matures.  In
addition,   under  Section  170  of  the   DGCL  (which  is  applicable  to  the
Distribution), a corporation may make distributions to its stockholders only out
of its surplus (net assets minus capital) and not out of capital.
 
    USLD's Board and management  believe that, in  accordance with the  solvency
opinion  rendered in connection with the Distribution, (i) Billing and USLD each
will be  solvent  at  the time  of  the  Distribution (in  accordance  with  the
foregoing definitions), will be able to repay its debts as they mature following
the  Distribution and will have sufficient  capital to carry on their respective
businesses, and (ii) the Distribution will  be made entirely out of surplus,  as
provided under Section 170 of the DGCL.
 
DEPENDENCE UPON CONTRACTS WITH LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANIES
 
    The  Company's business is dependent upon its contractual relationships with
over 1,200 local  telephone companies  pursuant to which  these local  telephone
companies bill and collect from their customers on Billing's behalf. Most of the
billing  and collection agreements cover  a one to five  year period and provide
for automatic renewals unless notice of  termination is given. Certain of  these
local  telephone  companies, whose  billing services  provide  access to  a vast
majority of the  businesses and  households in  the United  States, are  legally
required  to provide billing and collection services for Billing if they provide
such services for any other third party, such as Billing's competitors. Although
the Company has not  experienced the termination of  any contracts in the  past,
there  can be no assurance that these contracts will continue in effect on their
present terms, if  at all. The  termination of  one or more  of these  contracts
would  severely diminish the  Company's capacity to  provide billing services in
the geographic areas  covered by  the terminated contracts  and could  adversely
affect the Company's business.
 
ANTICIPATED BILLING SYSTEM EXPENDITURES
 
    To  facilitate and support  the growth anticipated  in its business, Billing
plans to make significant  expenditures in its operations  over the next one  to
two  years. Specifically, the  Company currently intends  to spend approximately
$18 million to license, develop and create information systems that will  enable
it  to offer "direct billing" and "invoice ready" services to its customers (see
"Business -- Business Strategy"). These expenditures are expected to be made  in
the  areas of software development, hardware, additional local telephone company
agreements and related staffing.  The Company believes that  it will be able  to
fund  these  expenditures with  internally generated  funds and  borrowings, but
there can be  no assurance that  such funds  will be generated  and/or spent  in
these projects.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  billing  services  industry is  highly  competitive and  is  based upon
pricing,  customer  service  and  value-added  services.  The  Company  competes
primarily  with a unit of Electronic Data Systems, Inc., a subsidiary of General
Motors Corporation. This  competitor and  its parent company  have greater  name
recognition  than the Company and have, or have access to, substantially greater
financial and personnel  resources than  those available to  the Company.  While
management  believes that measured by revenues, Billing is currently the largest
third-party billing clearinghouse in the industry, its success is dependent upon
its continued  ability  to maintain  high  quality, market  driven  services  at
competitive  prices. Although  the Company  believes that  it currently competes
favorably with respect
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
to these factors, there can be no assurance that Billing will be able to compete
successfully with  existing  or  future  competitors  or  that  the  competitive
pressures  faced  by Billing  will not  have  a material  adverse effect  on its
business,  operating   results  or   financial  condition.   See  "Business   --
Competition."
 
FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION MAY PROVE INACCURATE
 
    This  Information Statement contains  certain forward-looking statements and
information relating to Billing that are based on the beliefs of USLD or Billing
management as well as assumptions made by and information currently available to
USLD or Billing management. When used  in this document the words  "anticipate,"
"believe,"  "estimate," "expect" and  "intend" and similar  expressions, as they
relate to USLD, Billing or USLD or Billing management, are intended to  identify
forward-looking statements. Such statements reflect the current views of USLD or
Billing  with  respect  to  future  events and  are  subject  to  certain risks,
uncertainties and  assumptions, including  the risk  factors described  in  this
Information  Statement.  Should  one or  more  of these  risks  or uncertainties
materialize, or should  underlying assumptions prove  incorrect, actual  results
may  vary  materially  from  those described  herein  as  anticipated, believed,
estimated, expected  or intended.  Neither USLD  nor Billing  intends to  update
these forward-looking statements.
 
                                THE DISTRIBUTION
 
REASONS FOR THE DISTRIBUTION
 
    USLD,  through  its  Telecommunications  Group,  provides  direct  dial long
distance and operator services and, through its Billing Group, provides  billing
clearinghouse  and information management services to direct dial long distance,
operator services and other telecommunications businesses. The USLD Board, after
careful study and analysis and  consultation with financial and other  advisors,
has  determined that it is  in the best interests  of USLD and its stockholders,
for the reasons set forth below, to separate ownership of the Telecommunications
Group  and   the   Billing   Group.   USLD  will   continue   to   conduct   the
Telecommunications  Group business, and  Billing will conduct  the Billing Group
business.
 
    The USLD Board believes that the  Distribution will enhance value to  USLD's
stockholders.  The spinoff  will provide Billing  with more  efficient access to
capital markets to finance the anticipated growth of its business. In  addition,
the Distribution will eliminate the perceived concern of Billing's customers and
potential  customers  who compete  with  the Telecommunications  Group  that the
Billing Group's affiliation with  the Telecommunications Group could  compromise
customer  proprietary information. Regarding this reason, the Billing Group uses
"most favored nations" contracts (wherein all  customers pay the same rates  for
given  volumes of records)  for certain of  its services in  part to appease the
concerns of the Telecommunications Group's competitors that they are subsidizing
the Telecommunications  Group's billing  and collection  expenses. Although  the
Billing  Group is  widely believed  to be  the most  cost efficient  provider of
billing and  information  management  services,  the  prospect  of  any  special
arrangement  between the Telecommunications Group and the Billing Group, and the
possibility that  the  Telecommunications Group  could  have access  to  certain
proprietary information of the Billing Group's customers, has led some potential
customers  to express concerns  over such matters  and in some  cases to use the
Billing Group's competitors.
 
    The  advent  of   the  new   telecommunications  law   has  heightened   the
telecommunications  industry's awareness  of such potential  conflicts. Prior to
the enactment of  the Telecommunications  Act of  1996 (the  "Telecommunications
Act"), the Regional Bell Operating Companies ("RBOCs") and the General Telephone
Operating  Companies from whom Billing  purchased certain billing and collection
services were  generally  prohibited from  competing  in the  direct  dial  long
distance  market, and direct dial  long distance carriers such  as USLD, to whom
Billing resold local  telephone company  billing and  collection services,  were
generally prohibited from competing with the local telephone companies for local
services.  The Telecommunications Act now  allows this competition, but requires
the structural
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
separation between an RBOC local service  provider and the RBOC's long  distance
entity.  This structural separation  was deemed necessary  to prevent the RBOC's
long distance entity  from utilizing customer  proprietary information  obtained
through  the RBOC's  local telephone records  or billing and  collection data to
target their competitors'  premium long  distance customers for  their own  long
distance  service. As a result  of the Telecommunications Act,  all of the local
telephone companies with whom the Billing Group has contracts are now  potential
direct  dial long  distance billing  customers, and  all of  the Billing Group's
existing direct dial  long distance  billing customers  may now  enter into  the
local  telephone market as Billing's vendors  and customers aggressively vie for
each other's market share.  As evidenced by Congress's  mandate to separate  the
local  and long  distance arms of  the RBOCs,  the concerns of  direct dial long
distance  businesses  in  these  areas  will   take  a  forefront  in  the   new
telecommunications  marketplace. Although  the Telecommunications  Group and the
Billing Group have taken measures to ensure that no such proprietary information
could be shared in the past, it has become extremely important for the continued
growth of  the Billing  Group to  eliminate these  fears from  its existing  and
potential customer base.
 
    Moreover, as a result of the Distribution, the Telecommunications Group will
be  able to  compete with customers  of the  Billing Group for  the provision of
telecommunications services without any concern as to the impact on the  Billing
Group.  The  Distribution will  separate two  distinct companies  with different
missions and different  financial, investment and  operating characteristics  so
that  each  can pursue  business strategies  and  objectives appropriate  to its
specific business. While the Telecommunications Group and the Billing Group  are
currently   operated  by  separate  management  teams,  separation  of  the  two
businesses will enable each  management group to  concentrate its attention  and
financial  resources  on  its  own  business  without  regard  to  the corporate
objectives, policies and capital  requirements of the other  and allow for  more
effective  incentives for key employees  of each business, including stock-based
and other incentive programs  that will more directly  reward employees of  each
business.  The separation  will permit  investors, customers,  lenders and other
constituencies to evaluate the respective businesses of USLD and Billing.
 
OPINIONS OF FINANCIAL ADVISORS
 
    BEST INTERESTS  OF  STOCKHOLDERS.    As  a  condition  of  the  Distribution
Agreement to be entered into between USLD and Billing prior to the Distribution,
the USLD Board received a written opinion from The Chicago Corporation dated May
13,  1996, to the effect that, based upon the factors set forth in such opinion,
the Distribution is in  the best interests  of the stockholders  of USLD from  a
financial point of view after considering other alternatives that were available
regarding  Billing. The  full text of  The Chicago Corporation's  opinion is set
forth in Annex A, and this summary is qualified in its entirety by reference  to
the  text  of  such  opinion. It  is  a  condition to  the  consummation  of the
Distribution that The Chicago Corporation deliver an updated opinion to the USLD
Board, to be dated the Distribution Date, in substantially the same form as  the
opinion  set forth in Annex A. See "The Distribution -- Conditions; Termination"
below.
 
    In its opinion,  The Chicago  Corporation states  that it  has, among  other
things, (i) reviewed the publicly available consolidated financial statements of
USLD  for recent years  and interim periods  to date and  certain other relevant
financial and operating data of USLD made available to it from published sources
and by  officers of  USLD; (ii)  reviewed the  financial statements  of  Billing
contained   in  the  Information  Statement;  (iii)  reviewed  certain  internal
financial and operating information, including certain projections, relating  to
USLD  and Billing prepared by the managements of USLD and Billing, respectively;
(iv) discussed  the business,  financial condition  and prospects  of USLD  with
certain  officers of USLD;  (v) discussed the  business, financial condition and
prospects of Billing with  certain officers of USLD  and Billing; (vi)  reviewed
the  financial terms of the Distribution; (vii) reviewed the financial terms, to
the extent  publicly  available, of  certain  transactions it  deemed  relevant;
(viii)  reviewed  certain  publicly available  information  relating  to certain
companies it deemed appropriate in analyzing USLD and Billing; (ix) reviewed the
trading history of  USLD Common  Stock; (x) reviewed  the Information  Statement
included  in the Registration Statement on Form  10 for the Billing Common Stock
filed  with  the   Securities  and   Exchange  Commission  on   May  14,   1996;
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
(xi)  reviewed the  tax opinion  of Arter &  Hadden, Special  Tax Counsel, that,
among  other  things,  the  transaction  will  be  tax-free  to  USLD  and   its
stockholders;  (xii)  reviewed  the  solvency  and  sufficient  surplus opinions
provided by Houlihan, Lokey, Howard and  Zukin; and (xiii) performed such  other
analysis  and  examinations  and considered  such  other  information, financial
studies, analyses and investigations and financial, economic and market data  as
it  deemed relevant. In making its  analysis, The Chicago Corporation considered
the financial aspects of other alternatives available to USLD, including selling
certain of USLD's subsidiaries to an unaffiliated purchaser, the potential  sale
of  all or a portion of Billing to the public through an initial public offering
and maintaining Billing as a USLD  subsidiary. The opinion also states that  The
Chicago   Corporation  has  relied  upon   publicly  available  information  and
information provided by USLD and Billing (including the information contained in
this Information  Statement), has  not  independently verified  the  information
concerning  USLD and  Billing or  other data considered  in its  review, and has
relied upon the accuracy and completeness of all such information. In connection
with its opinion  provided to the  USLD Board, The  Chicago Corporation was  not
asked  to,  and  did  not,  provide any  opinion  as  to  the  valuation, future
performance or long-term viability of  Billing as an independent public  company
following  the Distribution. The Chicago Corporation's opinion does not opine or
give assurances of the price at which the shares of USLD Common Stock or Billing
Common Stock will trade after the Distribution.
 
    In connection with the services performed and to be performed by The Chicago
Corporation regarding the Distribution, including  the rendering of its  written
opinion,  USLD has  paid The  Chicago Corporation  the sum  of $200,000  and has
agreed to pay The Chicago Corporation a fee equal to .75% of the market value of
the Billing Common Stock distributed to USLD stockholders upon completion of the
Distribution, less the  $200,000 fee previously  paid. USLD also  has agreed  to
reimburse  The Chicago Corporation for its reasonable expenses, and to indemnify
it against certain liabilities and expenses  in connection with its services  as
financial  advisor.  The Chicago  Corporation has  from  time to  time performed
various investment banking and financial advisory services for USLD.
 
    The Chicago  Corporation, as  part of  its investment  banking services,  is
regularly  engaged  in  the  valuation of  businesses  and  their  securities in
connection with mergers  and acquisitions,  corporate restructurings,  strategic
alliances,  negotiated  underwritings,  secondary  distributions  of  listed and
unlisted securities, private placements and  valuations for corporate and  other
purposes.
 
    SOLVENCY  AND ADEQUATE  SURPLUS.   In reaching  a decision  to undertake the
Distribution, the USLD Board considered, among  other things, the advice of  one
its  financial advisors,  Houlihan Lokey  Howard &  Zukin ("Houlihan  Lokey"). A
summary  of  the  opinion  rendered  by  Houlihan  Lokey  with  respect  to  the
Distribution  is set forth below. The opinion rendered by Houlihan Lokey assumes
that  the  Distribution  is  consummated  substantially  as  described  in  this
Information Statement. The full text of Houlihan Lokey's opinion is set forth in
Annex  B, and this summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text
of such opinion. It is a condition to the consummation of the Distribution  that
Houlihan  Lokey deliver an  updated opinion to  the USLD Board,  to be dated the
Distribution Date in  substantially the same  form as the  opinion set forth  in
Annex B. See "The Distribution -- Conditions; Termination" below.
 
    In  a written opinion dated May 13,  1996, Houlihan Lokey stated that, based
upon the conditions set forth therein  and other factors it deemed relevant,  it
was  of the opinion that,  (i) with respect to  USLD before the Distribution and
with respect  to  each  of  USLD  and  Billing,  assuming  the  Distribution  is
consummated as proposed, immediately after and giving effect to the Distribution
on a pro forma basis (a) the fair value of such company's aggregate assets would
exceed  such company's total liabilities (including contingent liabilities); (b)
the present fair  salable value  for such  company's aggregate  assets would  be
greater  than such  company's probable  liabilities on  its debts  as such debts
become absolute  and mature  or  due; (ii)  with respect  to  each of  USLD  and
Billing, assuming the Distribution is consummated as proposed, immediately after
and  giving effect to the Distribution (c) such company would be able to pay its
debts and other  liabilities (including contingent  liabilities) as they  become
absolute  and mature or due; and (d) the capital remaining in such company after
the
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
Distribution would not  be unreasonably  small for  the business  in which  such
company  is engaged,  as management  has indicated  it is  now conducted  and is
proposed to be conducted following  consummation of the Distribution; and  (iii)
the  excess of the value of aggregate assets of USLD, before consummation of the
Distribution,  over  the  total  identified  liabilities  (including  contingent
liabilities) of USLD would equal or exceed the value of the Distribution to USLD
stockholders plus the stated capital of USLD.
 
    In  preparing  its  opinion,  Houlihan  Lokey  relied  on  the  accuracy and
completeness of all information  supplied or otherwise made  available to it  by
USLD and did not independently verify such information or undertake any physical
inspection  or independent  appraisal of  the assets  or liabilities  of USLD or
Billing. Such  opinion  was  based  on  business,  economic,  market  and  other
conditions existing on the date such opinion was rendered.
 
    Houlihan Lokey's opinion is also based on, among other things, its review of
the  agreements relating to the Distribution, historical and pro forma financial
information and  certain  business information  relating  to Billing  and  USLD,
including  that  contained in  this Information  Statement,  as well  as certain
financial forecasts and other data provided  by USLD relating to the  respective
businesses  and prospects  of Billing  and USLD.  Houlihan Lokey  also conducted
discussions with USLD's management with respect to the business and prospects of
USLD  and  Billing   and  conducted   such  financial   studies,  analysis   and
investigations as it deemed appropriate in rendering its opinion.
 
    In  connection with the Distribution, USLD has  paid Houlihan Lokey a fee of
$65,000 and out-of-pocket expenses in connection with Houlihan Lokey's  delivery
of the opinion.
 
DISTRIBUTION AGENT
 
    The  Distribution Agent ("Distribution Agent")  is Montreal Trust Company of
Canada.
 
MANNER OF EFFECTING THE DISTRIBUTION
 
    The general terms and conditions relating to the Distribution are set  forth
in  the Distribution  Agreement, dated as  of                        , 1996 (the
"Distribution Agreement"), between USLD and Billing.
 
    USLD will effect  the Distribution  on the Distribution  Date by  delivering
shares  of Billing Common  Stock to the Distribution  Agent, for distribution to
holders of record of USLD Common Stock as of the close of business on the Record
Date. The Distribution will be made on the basis of one share of Billing  Common
Stock  for  each share  of  USLD Common  Stock outstanding  as  of the  close of
business on the Record Date. The actual total number of shares of Billing Common
Stock to be distributed will depend on the number of shares of USLD Common Stock
outstanding on the Record Date. The shares of Billing Common Stock will be fully
paid and  nonassessable  and  the  holders  thereof  will  not  be  entitled  to
preemptive rights. See "Description of Capital Stock." Certificates representing
shares  of  Billing Common  Stock will  be  mailed to  USLD stockholders  by the
Distribution Agreement as soon as practicable after the Distribution Date.
 
    HOLDERS OF USLD COMMON STOCK SHOULD  NOT SEND CERTIFICATES TO BILLING,  USLD
OR   THE  DISTRIBUTION  AGENT.  THE  DISTRIBUTION  AGENT  WILL  MAIL  THE  STOCK
CERTIFICATES REPRESENTING SHARES OF BILLING COMMON STOCK AS SOON AS  PRACTICABLE
AFTER  THE DISTRIBUTION DATE. USLD STOCK CERTIFICATES WILL CONTINUE TO REPRESENT
SHARES OF USLD COMMON STOCK AFTER THE  DISTRIBUTION IN THE SAME AMOUNT SHOWN  ON
THE CERTIFICATES.
 
    No  holder of USLD  Common Stock will be  required to pay  any cash or other
consideration  for  the  shares  of   Billing  Common  Stock  received  in   the
Distribution or to surrender or exchange shares of USLD Common Stock in order to
receive  shares  of Billing  Common  Stock. Because  of  the one  for  one share
dividend, there will be no fractional shares issued in the Distribution.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF DISTRIBUTION
 
    After the Distribution, Billing will be  a separate public company and  will
own  and operate the commercial billing clearinghouse and information management
services business formerly  conducted by  USLD's Billing Group.  The number  and
identity   of  the  holders  of  Billing  Common  Stock  immediately  after  the
Distribution will be substantially the same  as the number and identity of  USLD
Common  Stock on  the Record Date.  Immediately after  the Distribution, Billing
expects to have approximately 730 holders of record of Billing Common Stock  and
approximately 14,839,486 shares of Billing Common Stock outstanding based on the
number  of record stockholders and outstanding shares of USLD Common Stock as of
the close of business on May 10, 1996  and a Distribution ratio of one share  of
Billing  Common Stock for each share of  USLD Common Stock. The actual number of
shares of Billing Common Stock  to be distributed will  be determined as of  the
Record  Date. The Distribution will not  affect the number of outstanding shares
of USLD Common Stock or any rights of USLD stockholders. For certain information
regarding the options to purchase Billing Common Stock that will be  outstanding
after  the Distribution,  see "Relationship Between  Billing and  USLD After the
Distribution -- Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement."
 
LISTING AND TRADING OF THE BILLING COMMON STOCK
 
    Billing has made application to the  Nasdaq National Market for the  listing
of  the Billing  Common Stock. It  is presently anticipated  that Billing Common
Stock will be approved for  listing on the Nasdaq  National Market prior to  the
Distribution  Date, and trading  may commence on a  "when-issued" basis prior to
the Distribution. It is also possible that USLD Common Stock would be traded  on
a  "when-distributed"  basis  prior  to the  Distribution.  On  the  trading day
following the date that certificates for Billing Common Stock are mailed by  the
Distribution  Agent, "when-issued" or "when-distributed" trading, as applicable,
in respect of each of the Billing  Common Stock and USLD Common Stock would  end
and  "regular-way"  trading would  begin. The  Nasdaq  National Market  will not
approve any trading in respect of the Billing Common Stock until the  Securities
and   Exchange  Commission   (the  "Commission")  has   declared  effective  the
Registration Statement of Billing  on Form 10 in  respect of the Billing  Common
Stock  (the "Registration  Statement on  Form 10"),  which is  expected to occur
prior to the Distribution Date.
 
    There is not currently a public market for the Billing Common Stock.  Prices
at  which the  Billing Common  Stock may  trade prior  to the  Distribution on a
"when-issued" basis or  after the  Distribution cannot be  predicted. Until  the
Billing  Common Stock is  fully distributed and an  orderly market develops, the
prices at which trading  in such stock occurs  may fluctuate significantly.  The
prices  at  which the  Billing Common  Stock  trades will  be determined  by the
marketplace and may be influenced by many factors, including, among others,  the
depth  and  liquidity  of the  market  for  the Billing  Common  Stock, investor
perception  of  Billing  and  the  industries  in  which  Billing  participates,
Billing's  dividend  policy and  general  economic and  market  conditions. Such
prices also may be  affected by certain provisions  of Billing's Certificate  of
Incorporation  and  Bylaws,  each  of  which will  be  in  effect  following the
Distribution, which may have  an anti-takeover effect.  See "Special Factors  --
Dividend  Policy" and "Purposes and  Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions
of the Billing's Certificate and Bylaws and Delaware Law."
 
    USLD filed  a  request  for  a  no action  letter  with  the  staff  of  the
Commission, setting forth, among other things, USLD's view that the Distribution
of  Billing Common Stock does not  require registration under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). As of the date hereof, USLD has  not
received  a  decision from  the Commission  Staff in  response to  such request.
Assuming receipt  of a  favorable  decision from  the  Commission Staff,  it  is
Billing's  belief that  the shares of  Billing Common Stock  distributed to USLD
stockholders will be freely transferable, except for shares received by  persons
who  may  be deemed  to be  "affiliates"  of Billing  under the  Securities Act.
Persons who may  be deemed to  be affiliates of  Billing after the  Distribution
generally  include individuals or  entities that control,  are controlled by, or
are under  common control  with,  Billing, and  may  include the  Directors  and
principal  executive officers of Billing as well as any principal stockholder of
Billing. Persons who are affiliates of  Billing will be permitted to sell  their
shares of Billing Common Stock only
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
pursuant  to an effective registration statement  under the Securities Act or an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, such as  the
exemptions  afforded  by  Section  4(1)  of  the  Securities  Act  and  Rule 144
thereunder.
 
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION
 
    The  following   discussion   sets   forth  certain   federal   income   tax
considerations  under the Code, for holders of USLD Common Stock with respect to
the receipt  of the  Billing  Common Stock  pursuant  to the  Distribution.  The
discussion  is intended  for general  information only  and may  not address all
federal income  tax  consequences  that  may  be  relevant  to  particular  USLD
stockholders,  e.g.,  foreign persons,  dealers  in securities  and  persons who
received USLD  Common  Stock  in compensatory  transactions.  In  addition,  the
discussion  does  not address  any state,  local  or foreign  tax considerations
relative to the Distribution. ACCORDINGLY, ALL STOCKHOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT
THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS.
 
    USLD has not requested a ruling from the Service with respect to the federal
income tax  consequences of  the Distribution.  However, it  is a  condition  of
consummation  of the  Distribution that USLD  and Billing receive  an opinion of
Arter & Hadden ("Special Tax Counsel") to the effect that the Distribution  will
qualify as a tax-free spinoff under Section 355 of the Code and in general that:
 
    (1) No gain or loss will be recognized by USLD or Billing solely as a result
of the Distribution;
 
    (2)  No gain or loss will be recognized by or be includable in the income of
a holder of  USLD Common  Stock solely  as a result  of the  receipt of  Billing
Common Stock pursuant to the Distribution;
 
    (3)  The  tax  basis  of  USLD  Common  Stock  held  by  a  USLD stockholder
immediately before the Distribution will  be allocated between such USLD  Common
Stock  and  the  Billing  Common  Stock  received  by  such  stockholder  in the
Distribution (based upon  the relative  fair market  value of  such USLD  Common
Stock and Billing Common Stock on the Distribution Date); and
 
    (4) Assuming that USLD Common Stock is held as a capital asset by the holder
thereof,  the  holding  period for  the  Billing  Common Stock  received  in the
Distribution will include  the period during  which such USLD  Common Stock  was
held by the holder thereof.
 
    The  tax opinion does not bind the  Service nor does it preclude the Service
from adopting  a  contrary position  from  that taken  in  the tax  opinion.  In
rendering   the  tax  opinion,  Special  Tax  Counsel  will  rely  upon  certain
representations made by USLD and Billing,  certain of which are critical to  the
qualification of the Distribution as a tax-free spinoff under Section 355 of the
Code.  In the event the representations are  not accurate, USLD and Billing will
be unable to rely on  the tax opinion. The Company  is not aware of any  present
facts  or circumstances that could make such assumptions, facts, representations
and advice unobtainable or untrue. However, certain future events not within the
control of USLD  and Billing,  including, for example,  certain dispositions  of
USLD  Common Stock or  Billing Common Stock after  the Distribution, could cause
the Distribution not to qualify as tax-free.
 
    Among the principal  representations made  by USLD to  Special Tax  Counsel,
USLD  has represented  that it has  no current plan  or intent to  merge USLD or
Billing with  another  company  or  sell  or  otherwise  dispose  of  all  or  a
substantial  portion of  its business  operations or  assets of  USLD or Billing
after the Distribution (a "Disposition") other  than (i) in the ordinary  course
of business or (ii) in a transaction which, in the opinion of tax counsel, would
not  be inconsistent with the Distribution  qualifying as a tax-free spinoff. In
general, if a Disposition occurred in which gain or loss was recognized and such
Disposition, based upon all the facts and circumstances, was found to be related
to the Distribution, the Service may assert that the Distribution was used as  a
"device"  to distribute  the earnings  and profits  of one  or both  of USLD and
Billing, with the  result that the  Distribution may not  qualify as a  tax-free
spinoff under Section 355 of the Code.
 
    Other  representations made by USLD to  Special Tax Counsel, the accuracy of
which are critical  to the  conclusions set forth  in the  tax opinion,  include
statements  that (i)  except for  the provision  by USLD  to Billing  of certain
administrative services and  subleasing of office  space for a  short period  of
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
time  following the  Distribution, the provision  by Billing  of certain billing
services to USLD, the provision  by USLD of certain telecommunications  services
to  Billing, after the Distribution the  provision of certain guarantees by both
companies in consideration of a credit support fee, and an agreement by USLD and
Billing to pay certain usage charges  and to share certain expenses relating  to
the  operation of  an airplane,  USLD and Billing  will continue  the conduct of
their active  businesses independently  of one  another; (ii)  any  indebtedness
incurred after the Distribution between USLD and Billing will be entered into in
the  ordinary course of business; (iii) to  the best knowledge of the management
of USLD, there is no current plan or intent on the part of USLD stockholders  to
dispose  of their stock in USLD or Billing after the Distribution; (iv) there is
no current plan or intent on the part of Billing to dispose of any of its assets
other than in  the ordinary course  of business;  and (v) all  payments made  in
connection  with transactions  between USLD  and Billing  after the Distribution
will be based upon terms and conditions arrived at by the parties bargaining  at
arm's length.
 
    To   avoid  adversely  affecting  the   intended  tax  consequences  of  the
Distribution and related transactions, the Distribution Agreement provides that,
until the second anniversary  of the Distribution Date,  Billing must obtain  an
opinion  of counsel reasonably satisfactory to USLD or a supplemental tax ruling
before Billing may make certain material  dispositions of its assets, engage  in
certain  repurchases of Billing capital stock or cease the active conduct of its
business independently, with  its own  employees and  without material  changes.
Billing   does  not  expect  these  limitations  to  inhibit  significantly  its
operations, growth  opportunities or  its ability  to respond  to  unanticipated
developments.   USLD  also  must   obtain  an  opinion   of  counsel  reasonably
satisfactory to Billing or a supplemental  tax ruling before USLD may engage  in
similar  transactions during such period. See "Special Factors -- Uncertainty of
Tax  Consequences."  USLD   does  not  expect   these  limitations  to   inhibit
significantly  its operations, growth opportunities or its ability to respond to
unanticipated developments.
 
    If  USLD  should  determine  to  engage  in  a  Disposition  that   required
stockholder  approval,  the  possible  effect of  such  Disposition  on  the tax
treatment  of  the  Disposition  would  be  considered  and  presented  to   the
stockholders in connection with obtaining their approval.
 
    As  reflected in the  tax opinion, the  applicability of Section  355 of the
Code  to  the  Distribution  is  complex   and  may  be  subject  to   differing
interpretations.  Accordingly,  even if  the  representations made  by  USLD and
Billing are  accurate, there  can be  no assurance  that the  Service could  not
successfully  challenge  the applicability  of Section  355 of  the Code  to the
Distribution or assert that the  Distribution fails the requirements of  Section
355  on the basis  of facts either existing  at the time  of the Distribution or
which may arise thereafter.
 
    If the Distribution  does not satisfy  the requirements to  be treated as  a
tax-free  spinoff under Section 355 of the  Code, then: (i) USLD would recognize
capital gain  equal to  the difference  between  the fair  market value  of  the
Billing Common Stock on the Distribution Date and the tax basis of USLD therein;
(ii)   each  stockholder  receiving  shares  of  Billing  Common  Stock  in  the
Distribution would  be treated  as having  received a  dividend taxable  to  the
extent of USLD's current and accumulated earnings and profits; (iii) the holding
period  for  determining  capital gain  treatment  of the  Billing  Common Stock
received in the Distribution would commence  on the Distribution Date; and  (iv)
each  stockholder would have a  tax basis in the  shares of Billing Common Stock
received in the Distribution equal  to the fair market  value of such shares  on
the  Distribution Date.  Further, corporate stockholders  may be  eligible for a
dividend-received deduction (subject to certain limitations) with respect to the
portion of the Distribution constituting a  dividend, and may be subject to  the
Code's  extraordinary dividend provisions which,  if applicable, would require a
reduction in such holder's tax basis to the extent of such deduction.
 
    Whether or  not  the  Distribution  qualifies as  a  tax-free  spinoff,  the
Distribution  will trigger  the recognition  of certain  income or  tax items to
USLD. In  October 1991,  ZPDI declared  a stock  dividend payable  to Mega  Plus
Dialing,  Inc. ("MPDI")  (ZPDI's parent  company at  that time)  payable in non-
voting cumulative preferred shares of ZPDI with redemption/liquidation and  fair
market values equal
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
to  the then  fair market value  of ZPDI of  $4,000,000. Immediately thereafter,
USLD (parent company) converted its advances  to ZPDI into voting common  shares
of  ZPDI resulting in USLD (parent company) owning over 99% of the common shares
of ZPDI.
 
    Prior to the Distribution  of Billing, MPDI will  sell all of its  preferred
and  common share holdings  in ZPDI to  USLD (parent company).  The sale of ZPDI
stock to USLD  (parent company)  will cause MPDI  to recognize  Canadian-taxable
gain  equal to the  excess of the sales  proceeds of the  ZPDI shares over their
cost. For U.S. tax purposes, the gain will be considered "sub-part F" income and
cause a deemed  dividend to USLD  (parent company)  in the amount  of the  gain.
After  the sale, MPDI will  distribute its assets to  its sole stockholder, USLD
(parent company), in liquidation. The  liquidating distribution will be  subject
to  Canadian withholding tax to the  extent it exceeds MPDI's "paid-up" capital.
As a result of the above transactions,  MPDI will recognize gain and pay  income
and withholding taxes to Revenue Canada of approximately $2.1 million and to the
provincial  government of British  Columbia of approximately  $1.1 million. USLD
(parent company) will recognize  "sub-part F" income, but  will generate a  U.S.
federal income tax benefit directly through foreign tax credits for the Canadian
taxes  paid with respect to this income. Consequently, no U.S. income taxes will
be payable as a result of the above transactions.
 
    Within a reasonable time following the Distribution Date, USLD will  provide
appropriate   information  to  USLD   stockholders  concerning  the  appropriate
allocation of tax basis  between USLD Common Stock  and Billing Common Stock  as
well as other relevant tax information.
 
    THE FOREGOING IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
OF  THE DISTRIBUTION UNDER  CURRENT LAW AND IS  INTENDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION
ONLY. EACH  STOCKHOLDER  SHOULD  CONSULT  HIS  OR HER  TAX  ADVISOR  AS  TO  THE
PARTICULAR CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO SUCH STOCKHOLDER, IN LIGHT OF HIS
OR  HER PERSONAL  CIRCUMSTANCES, INCLUDING THE  APPLICATION OF  STATE, LOCAL AND
FOREIGN TAX  LAWS AND  POSSIBLE  CHANGES IN  TAX LAW  THAT  MAY AFFECT  THE  TAX
CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED ABOVE.
 
CONDITIONS; TERMINATION
 
    USLD  Board has conditioned  the Distribution upon,  among other things, (i)
the transfers  of  assets  and  liabilities  contemplated  by  the  Distribution
Agreement  to occur  prior to  the Distribution  having been  consummated in all
material respects; (ii) the  Billing Board having been  elected by USLD as  sole
stockholder  of Billing, and the Certificate  of Incorporation and the Bylaws of
Billing, as each will be in  effect after the Distribution, having been  adopted
and  being in effect; (iii) the Registration  Statement on Form 10 having become
effective under the Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, as amended (the  "Exchange
Act");  (iv) The Chicago Corporation having  delivered an updated opinion to the
USLD Board, dated as of the Distribution Date, in substantially the same form as
the opinion attached hereto as Annex  A; (v) Houlihan Lokey having delivered  an
updated  opinion  to the  USLD  Board, dated  as  of the  Distribution  Date, in
substantially the same form as the opinion attached hereto as Annex B; and  (vi)
receipt  of any  necessary consents  to the  Distribution from  third parties to
certain contracts, except  for those the  failure of which  to obtain would  not
have  a material adverse  effect on Billing  or USLD. USLD  believes that, there
will be no  individual consents, the  failure of  which to obtain  would have  a
material  adverse effect on Billing, USLD or the Distribution. Because the terms
of certain debt  agreement waivers and  consents are expected  to require  that,
after  the Distribution, USLD or  Billing each remain liable  as a guarantor and
continue to pledge security with respect to certain indebtedness that cannot  be
economically  allocated to only  USLD or only Billing  prior to the Distribution
Date, each of USLD and Billing has agreed to pay each other a credit support fee
equal to 1% per annum of the average monthly balance of indebtedness  guaranteed
by one on behalf of the other for as long as such guarantees continue.
 
    Any  of the above conditions may be  waived in the discretion of USLD Board.
Even if all of the above conditions  are satisfied, the USLD Board has  reserved
the  right to abandon, defer or modify  aspects of the Distribution or the other
elements of  the  Distribution at  any  time  prior to  the  Distribution  Date;
however, the USLD Board will not waive any of the conditions to the Distribution
or make
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
any  changes in the terms  of the Distribution unless  the USLD Board determines
that such changes would not be materially adverse to the USLD stockholders.  See
"Relationship  Between Billing and  USLD After the  Distribution -- Distribution
Agreement."
 
REASONS FOR FURNISHING THE INFORMATION STATEMENT
 
    This Information  Statement is  being furnished  by USLD  solely to  provide
information  to USLD stockholders  who will receive the  Billing Common Stock in
the Distribution. It is  not, and is  not to be construed  as, an inducement  or
encouragement  to buy or sell any securities of USLD or Billing. The information
contained in this Information  Statement is believed by  USLD and Billing to  be
accurate  as of the  date set forth on  its cover. Changes  may occur after that
date, and neither  Billing nor USLD  will update the  information except in  the
normal course of their respective public disclosure practices.
 
                        RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN BILLING AND
                          USLD AFTER THE DISTRIBUTION
 
    For  purposes of governing certain of the ongoing relationships between USLD
and Billing after the  Distribution, and to provide  for an orderly transfer  on
the  Distribution Date of  certain of the  billing clearinghouse and information
management services business to Billing and an orderly transition to the  status
of  two separate  companies, USLD  and Billing have  entered or  will enter into
various agreements,  including those  described in  this section.  The terms  of
these  agreements  are  subject  to  change prior  to  execution.  The  forms of
agreements  summarized  in  this  section  are  included  as  exhibits  to   the
Registration  Statement on Form  10 of which this  Information Statement forms a
part, and the following summaries are  qualified in their entirety by  reference
to the agreements as filed.
 
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
 
    Prior  to  the  Distribution Date,  Billing  and  USLD will  enter  into the
Distribution Agreement, which provides for,  among other things, (i) certain  of
the   Preliminary  Transactions  (see   "Preliminary  Transactions");  (ii)  the
Distribution; (iii) the division between Billing and USLD of certain assets  and
liabilities  with  Billing retaining  substantially  all the  commercial billing
clearinghouse and information  management services business  and USLD  retaining
its  direct billing function,  pursuant to which USLD  will continue to directly
bill its direct dial  long distance charges; and  (iv) certain other  agreements
governing the relationship between Billing and USLD following the Distribution.
 
    Subject  to  certain exceptions,  the  Distribution Agreement  provides for,
among other things, assumptions of liabilities and cross-indemnities designed to
allocate, effective as  of the Distribution  Date, financial responsibility  for
the liabilities arising out of or in connection with the business of the Billing
Group  ("Billing Group Business") to Billing and its subsidiaries, and financial
responsibility for the  liabilities arising  out of  or in  connection with  the
business  of the Telecommunications  Group ("Telecommunications Group Business")
to USLD  and  its  retained  subsidiaries. The  agreements  to  be  executed  in
connection   with  the   Distribution  Agreement  set   forth  certain  specific
allocations of liabilities between Billing  and USLD. See "Relationship  Between
Billing  and USLD after the Distribution -- Benefit Plans and Employment Matters
Allocation Agreement"; -- "Tax Sharing Agreement"; and -- "Transitional Services
and Sublease Agreement"  below. Under the  Distribution Agreement, Billing  will
transfer  to USLD on the Distribution Date  cash in an amount necessary to cause
USLD's working capital to be approximately $21,500,000 after taking into account
direct  costs  of  the  Distribution  estimated  to  range  from   approximately
$8,500,000  to approximately  $10,500,000. The  calculation of  this cash amount
will be based  upon current assets  and current liabilities  as reported on  the
USLD  balance sheet at the month-end date immediately preceding the Distribution
and is subject  to change at  any time  prior to execution  of the  Distribution
Agreement in light of changes in the financial position and results of operation
of Billing and USLD. See "Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet."
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
    To   avoid  adversely  affecting  the   intended  tax  consequences  of  the
Distribution and related transactions, the Distribution Agreement provides that,
until the second anniversary  of the Distribution Date,  Billing must obtain  an
opinion  of counsel reasonably satisfactory to USLD or a supplemental tax ruling
from the Service before  Billing may make certain  material dispositions of  its
assets,  engage in  certain repurchases  of Billing  capital stock  or cease the
active conduct of its business independently, with its own employees and without
material  changes.  Billing  does  not  expect  these  limitations  to   inhibit
significantly  its operations, growth opportunities or its ability to respond to
unanticipated  developments.  USLD  must  also  obtain  an  opinion  of  counsel
reasonably satisfactory to Billing or a supplemental tax ruling from the Service
before  USLD may engage in similar transactions during such period. See "Special
Factors --  Uncertainty  of  Tax  Consequences."  USLD  does  not  expect  these
limitations to inhibit significantly its operations, growth opportunities or its
ability to respond to unanticipated developments.
 
    The  Distribution  Agreement also  provides that  by the  Distribution Date,
Billing's Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall be in the forms attached
hereto as Annex C and D, respectively,  and that Billing and USLD will take  all
actions  which may be  required to elect  or otherwise appoint,  as directors of
Billing, the persons indicated  herein. See "Description  of Capital Stock"  and
"Purposes   and  Anti-Takeover  Effects  of   Certain  Provisions  of  Billing's
Certificate and Bylaws and Delaware Law."
 
    The Distribution Agreement also provides that each of Billing and USLD  will
be  granted access to certain  records and information in  the possession of the
other generally  consisting  of pre-Distribution,  nonproprietary,  noncustomer,
noncompetitive  related  information,  and  requires the  retention  by  each of
Billing and USLD for  a period of  ten years following  the Distribution of  all
such information in its possession, and thereafter requires that each party give
the  other prior  notice of  its intention  to dispose  of such  information. In
addition, the  Distribution  Agreement provides  for  the allocation  of  shared
privileges  with respect to certain information and requires each of Billing and
USLD to obtain the consent of the other prior to waiving any shared privilege.
 
    Because the  terms  of  certain  debt agreement  waivers  and  consents  are
expected  to require that,  after the Distribution, USLD  or Billing each remain
liable as a guarantor  and continue to pledge  security with respect to  certain
indebtedness  that cannot be economically allocated to only USLD or only Billing
prior to the  Distribution Date,  each of  USLD and  Billing has  agreed to  pay
annually to each other a credit support fee equal to 1% per annum of the average
monthly  balance of indebtedness guaranteed by one on behalf of the other for as
long as such guarantees continue after the Distribution Date.
 
    The Distribution  Agreement provides  that, except  as otherwise  set  forth
therein  or in any related agreement, all  costs and expenses in connection with
the Distribution will be charged to the party for whose benefit the expenses are
incurred.
 
BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT MATTERS ALLOCATION AGREEMENT
 
    Prior to the Distribution Date, USLD  and Billing will enter into a  Benefit
Plans  and  Employment  Matters  Allocation Agreement  (the  "Benefit  Plans and
Employment Matters  Allocation  Agreement")  providing  for  the  allocation  of
certain  responsibilities  with respect  to  employee compensation,  benefit and
labor matters.  The allocation  of  responsibility and  adjustments to  be  made
pursuant  to the Benefit  Plans and Employment  Matters Allocation Agreement are
substantially consistent with the existing  benefits provided to USLD  employees
under  USLD's  various  compensation  plans. The  Benefit  Plans  and Employment
Matters Allocation Agreement will provide that, effective as of the Distribution
Date, Billing will, or will cause one or more of its subsidiaries to, assume  or
retain,  as the case may be, all liabilities of USLD, to the extent unpaid as of
the Distribution  Date, under  employee benefit  plans, policies,  arrangements,
contracts  and  agreements,  with respect  to  employees  who, on  or  after the
Distribution Date, will be employees of Billing or its subsidiaries. The Benefit
Plans and  Employment  Matters  Allocation Agreement  will  also  provide  that,
effective  as of the Distribution Date, USLD will,  or will cause one or more of
its   subsidiaries   to,   assume   or    retain,   as   the   case   may    be,
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
all liabilities of USLD, to the extent unpaid as of the Distribution Date, under
employee  benefit plans,  policies, arrangements, contracts  and agreements with
respect to employees who on or after the Distribution Date will be employees  of
USLD or its subsidiaries.
 
    USLD  currently provides additional compensation to its employees (including
Billing employees) under one  or more of the  following employee benefit  plans:
USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan (the "USLD Retirement Plan"), the USLD 1990 Employee
Stock  Option Plan  ("USLD Employee Stock  Option Plan"),  the 1993 Non-Employee
Director  Plan  of  USLD  (the   "USLD  Director  Plan"),  the  USLD   Executive
Compensation  Deferral  Plan  (the  "USLD Executive  Deferral  Plan"),  the USLD
Director Compensation Deferral  Plan ("USLD Director  Deferral Plan"), the  USLD
Employee  Stock Purchase  Plan ("USLD  Stock Purchase  Plan") and  the USLD 1995
Employee Restricted Stock Plan ("USLD  Restricted Stock Plan"). Pursuant to  the
Benefit  Plans and Employment  Matters Allocation Agreement,  subject to certain
conditions set  forth in  the Benefit  Plans and  Employment Matters  Allocation
Agreement  in connection with  the Distribution, USLD  will adjust each existing
USLD employee benefit  plan and  award outstanding thereunder  in the  following
manner:
 
    U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP. 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN
 
    Under  the USLD Retirement  Plan, participants generally  may make voluntary
salary deferred contributions, on a pre-tax basis of between 1% and 15% of their
base compensation in the  form of voluntary payroll  deductions up to a  maximum
amount  as  indexed for  cost of  living  adjustments. USLD  has agreed  to make
matching contributions  equal  to  50%  of  the  first  3%  of  a  participant's
compensation  contributed as  salary deferral. USLD  also may from  time to time
make additional discretionary contributions at the sole discretion of the  Board
of  Directors  of USLD.  USLD will  make matching  contributions under  the USLD
Retirement Plan prior to the Distribution Date. As of the Distribution Date, the
plan administrator of the USLD Retirement Plan shall adjust the account  balance
of  all participants entitled under such  plan to reflect such contributions and
any forfeitures under the plan. As soon as is practicable after the Distribution
Date, USLD shall cause the  trustee of the USLD  Retirement Plan to transfer  to
the  trustee or  other funding agent  of the Billing  Information Concepts Corp.
401(k) Retirement Plan  the amounts (in  cash, securities, other  property or  a
combination   thereof)  acceptable  to  the  Billing  administrator  or  trustee
representing the  account  balances  of  all employees  who,  on  or  after  the
Distribution  Date, will be employees of Billing or its subsidiaries and certain
former employees of  Billing or any  Billing Group Business,  and Billing  shall
credit  the accounts of such individuals  under the Billing Information Concepts
Corp. 401(k) Retirement Plan with these amounts.
 
   U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP. DIRECTOR COMPENSATION DEFERRAL
    PLAN AND EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN
 
    Under the USLD Director Deferral Plan and the USLD Executive Deferral  Plan,
respectively,  as of April  30, 1996, three outside  directors and 26 executives
and  other  employees,  defer  current  compensation  for  retirement  or  other
purposes.  In connection with  the Distribution, Billing  will adopt the Billing
Information Concepts Corp. Director Compensation  Deferral Plan and the  Billing
Information  Concepts Corp. Executive Compensation Deferral Plan and will assume
all liabilities and obligations of USLD relating to outside directors of Billing
and all employees who, on or after  the Distribution Date, will be directors  or
employees of Billing or its subsidiaries and certain former employees of Billing
or any Billing Group Business, accrued through the day immediately preceding the
Distribution  Date  with respect  to the  USLD Director  Deferral Plan  and USLD
Executive Deferral Plan, respectively,  along with the  earnings required to  be
credited  to  account balances  included in  such plans.  USLD will  retain such
obligations with respect  to all  directors or employees  who, on  or after  the
Distribution  Date, will be  directors or employees of  USLD or its subsidiaries
and certain former employees  of USLD or  any Telecommunications Group  Business
and  directors of USLD. All service with USLD will be credited under the Billing
Information Concepts  Corp.  Director  Compensation Deferral  Plan  and  Billing
Information  Concepts Corp. Executive Compensation Deferral Plan, as applicable,
for purposes of vesting thereunder.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP. 1995 EMPLOYEE RESTRICTED STOCK PLAN
 
    As of April 30, 1996, there  were outstanding 115,000 shares of USLD  Common
Stock  awarded under  the USLD Restricted  Stock Plan. Immediately  prior to the
Distribution, the vesting  of all of  these shares will  be accelerated and  all
restrictions  on these  shares shall  lapse. As a  result, the  holders of these
shares will participate in the Distribution as any other USLD stockholder and no
adjustments will be required.
 
   U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP. 1990 EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION
    PLAN AND 1993 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN
 
    As of  April  30, 1996,  there  were  outstanding options  to  purchase  (i)
1,702,386 shares of USLD Common Stock under the USLD Employee Stock Option Plan,
and  (ii) 70,000 shares  of USLD Common  Stock under the  USLD Director Plan. Of
these outstanding stock  options ("USLD Options"),  options to purchase  603,986
shares  are  held by  individuals who  will continue  as directors,  officers or
employees of Billing after the Distribution.
 
    Prior to  the  Distribution,  Billing  also will  adopt  the  1996  Employee
Comprehensive   Stock  Plan  (the  "Billing   Employee  Stock  Plan")  and  1996
Non-Employee Director Plan  (the "Billing Director  Plan") under which  officers
and  employees,  and non-employee  directors, respectively,  of Billing  and its
affiliates  are  eligible  to  receive  stock  option  grants.  See   "Executive
Compensation -- Employee Benefit Plans -- Stock Option and Grant Plans."
 
    Immediately  prior to the Distribution, Billing  intends to grant, under the
Billing Employee Stock Plan and Billing Director Plan, respectively, options  to
purchase  Billing  Common  Stock  ("Billing  Options")  to  each  holder  of  an
outstanding option  to purchase  shares  of USLD  Common  Stock under  the  USLD
Employee  Stock Option  Plan and USLD  Director Plan,  respectively. The Billing
Options will be exercisable for Billing Common  Stock on the basis of one  share
of  Billing Common Stock for every one share of USLD Common Stock subject to the
outstanding USLD Options.  Based on the  number of USLD  Options outstanding  on
April  30, 1996, it is  anticipated that Billing Options  to purchase a total of
1,772,386 shares of Billing Common Stock will be granted in connection with  the
grant to USLD Option holders.
 
    In  connection with the grant of the  Billing Options, the exercise price of
the USLD  Options  will be  adjusted  (the "Formula  Adjustment").  The  Formula
Adjustment  and the grant  of the Billing  Options are designed  to preserve the
economic  value  of  the  USLD   Options  existing  immediately  prior  to   the
Distribution  (collectively, the  "USLD Adjusted Options").  The Billing Options
shall have vesting schedules mirroring the vesting schedules of the related USLD
Options. As  a result  of the  Formula Adjustment,  and subject  to the  vesting
provisions of the Billing Options, the holders of the USLD Adjusted Options will
have  the opportunity  to acquire  the same number  of shares  of Billing Common
Stock as they would have received had they exercised their USLD Options in  full
prior to the Distribution.
 
    Except  for the Formula  Adjustment, the terms of  each USLD Adjusted Option
will be substantially the same as those in effect under the related USLD Options
prior to the Distribution.
 
    FORMULA ADJUSTMENT.  The per share  exercise price of the USLD Options  will
be  adjusted by  allocating it among  each of  the USLD Adjusted  Options on the
basis of the relative fair market values of the underlying common stock of  each
of  the two companies  after the Distribution. For  purposes of such allocation,
the fair market  value per share  of common stock  of each company  will be  the
average  of the last  sales price per share  of that common  stock on the Nasdaq
National Market for each of the ten (10) consecutive trading days beginning with
and including  the Distribution  Date.  The USLD  Adjusted Options  will  remain
exercisable  for the same  number of shares  of USLD Common  Stock as before the
Distribution.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
    The Formula Adjustment will be based on the following formulas:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>
                                                                                   X
THE EXERCISE PRICES FOR USLD ADJUSTED OPTIONS WILL EQUAL:           A X            Z
 
                                                                                   Y
THE EXERCISE PRICE FOR BILLING OPTIONS WILL EQUAL:                  A X            Z
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<S>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Where      A          =          The original exercise price of the USLD Options.
 
           x          =          The fair market value per share of USLD Common Stock based on the  average
                                 of  the last sales price per share  for each of the 10 consecutive trading
                                 days beginning on the Distribution Date.
 
           y          =          The fair  market value  per share  of Billing  Common Stock  based on  the
                                 average  of the last sales price per  share for each of the 10 consecutive
                                 trading days beginning on the Distribution Date.
 
           z          =          The sum of x + y.
</TABLE>
 
    The Formula Adjustment will assure that  each holder of an outstanding  USLD
Option   prior  to  the  Distribution  will   have  the  opportunity  after  the
Distribution to obtain  Billing Common Stock  and the same  number of shares  of
USLD Common Stock at the same aggregate exercise price as if such individual had
exercised  the USLD Option in full (as  if such options were fully vested) prior
to the Distribution Date.
 
    POST-DISTRIBUTION EXERCISABILITY.  It is anticipated that immediately  after
the  Distribution each option holder who is an employee of USLD or Billing prior
to the consummation  of the Distribution  will continue in  employment with  the
same  company employing that individual as prior to the Distribution. Therefore,
after the Distribution  Date, such USLD  Option holders will  not only have  the
right  to purchase shares of USLD Common Stock, but will also possess separately
exercisable Billing Options. For each such  USLD Option holder who continues  to
be  employed  with  either USLD  or  Billing  after the  Distribution  Date, the
post-Distribution exercisability of his or her Billing Options and USLD Adjusted
Options will be as follows:
 
        (a) Each  USLD  Adjusted  Option  held by  a  USLD  employee  after  the
    Distribution  Date will terminate in accordance with the USLD Employee Stock
    Option Plan upon the earliest to occur of (i) the specified expiration  date
    of  the original USLD Option, (ii)  the expiration of the three-month period
    following the  retirement  (with  the  written consent  of  USLD)  or  other
    termination  of employment with USLD other than a termination that is either
    (y) for cause or (z) voluntary on  the part of the employee and without  the
    written consent of USLD (except that in the event that employment terminates
    due  to disability, the three  month period shall be  a one year period), or
    (iii) the expiration of the 12 month period following the date of the option
    holder's death, if  such individual  dies while in  the service  of USLD  or
    within  three months after  the termination of employment  with USLD. In the
    event of termination that is  either for cause or  voluntary on the part  of
    the  employee and  without the written  consent of USLD,  each USLD Adjusted
    Option will terminate immediately on  the date of termination of  employment
    with USLD.
 
        (b)  Each Billing Option granted in connection with the Distribution and
    held by  a USLD  employee  after the  Distribution  Date will  terminate  in
    accordance  with the Billing Employee Stock  Plan upon the earliest to occur
    of (i) the specified expiration date  of the original USLD Option, (ii)  the
    expiration  of the  three month  period following  the retirement  (with the
    written consent of USLD) or other termination of employment with USLD  other
    than a termination that is (y) for cause or (z) voluntary on the part of the
    employee  and without the written consent of  USLD (except that in the event
    that employment terminates due to  disability, the three month period  shall
    be  a  one year  period), or  (iii) the  expiration of  the 12  month period
    following the date  of the option  holder's death, if  such individual  dies
    while in the service of USLD or within three
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    months  after  the termination  of  employment with  USLD.  In the  event of
    termination that  is  either for  cause  or voluntary  on  the part  of  the
    employee  and without the written consent  of USLD, each Billing Option will
    terminate immediately on the date of termination of employment with USLD.
 
        (c) Each  USLD Adjusted  Option held  by a  Billing employee  after  the
    Distribution  Date will terminate in accordance with the USLD Employee Stock
    Option Plan upon the earliest to occur of (i) the specified expiration  date
    of  the original USLD Option, (ii) the  expiration of the three month period
    following the  retirement (with  the written  consent of  Billing) or  other
    termination  of employment with Billing other than a termination that is (y)
    for cause or  (z) voluntary  on the  part of  the employee  and without  the
    written  consent  of  Billing  (except that  in  the  event  that employment
    terminates due to  disability, the three  month period shall  be a one  year
    period),  or (iii) the expiration of the  12 month period following the date
    of the option holder's death, if  such individual dies while in the  service
    of  Billing or within three months  after the termination of employment with
    Billing. In the event of termination  that is either for cause or  voluntary
    on the part of the employee and without the written consent of Billing, each
    USLD  Adjusted Option will terminate immediately  on the date of termination
    of employment with Billing.
 
        (d) Each Billing Option granted in connection with the Distribution  and
    held  by a  Billing employee after  the Distribution Date  will terminate in
    accordance with the Billing Employee Stock  Plan upon the earliest to  occur
    of  (i) the specified expiration date of  the original USLD Option, (ii) the
    expiration of  the three  month period  following the  retirement (with  the
    written  consent of Billing) or other termination of employment with Billing
    other than a termination that  is either (y) for  cause or (z) voluntary  on
    the  part of the employee and without the written consent of Billing (except
    that in the event  that employment terminates due  to disability, the  three
    month  period shall be a one year period), or (iii) the expiration of the 12
    month period  following the  date  of the  option  holder's death,  if  such
    individual dies while in the service of Billing or within three months after
    the termination of employment with Billing. In the event of termination that
    is either for cause or voluntary on the part of the employee and without the
    written  consent of Billing, each  Billing Option will terminate immediately
    on the date of termination of employment with Billing.
 
    Each USLD  Adjusted  Option  agreement provides,  and  each  Billing  Option
agreement  will  provide, that  upon  a change  of  control (as  defined  in the
applicable stock option agreement) of either USLD or Billing, all nonvested USLD
Adjusted Options  and  all nonvested  Billing  Options shall  immediately  vest,
whether  held by a  USLD employee or  a Billing employee.  USLD and Billing have
also agreed to give effect in  its corrresponding stock option agreement to  any
amendments  that the other may make to any USLD Adjusted Option agreement or any
Billing Option agreement,  as the case  may be, subsequent  to the  Distribution
Date.
 
    The USLD Adjusted Options will be administered under the USLD Employee Stock
Option  Plan and USLD Director Plan, as  applicable. The Billing Options will be
granted and  administered under  the  Billing Employee  Stock Plan  and  Billing
Director Plan, as applicable, adopted by Billing prior to the Distribution.
 
    TAX  EFFECT OF OPTION ADJUSTMENT.  Neither  the grant of the Billing Options
nor the Formula Adjustment to the USLD Options should result in the  recognition
of taxable income by USLD or Billing or their respective option holders.
 
    U.S. LONG DISTANCE CORP. EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    The  USLD Stock  Purchase Plan  provides the  ability for  USLD employees to
purchase, on the  last day of  each participation period  (each offering  period
commences  at the beginning of USLD's  regular payroll period that falls closest
to February 1 and August 1 of each year, and lasts approximately six months,  or
such  other period as  the committee administering the  USLD Stock Purchase Plan
prescribes), USLD Common Stock at the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value
on the first day of
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
the applicable participation period or (ii) 85% of the fair market value on  the
last  day of such participation period. The purchase price is collected by means
of employee salary  and wage deferrals.  The USLD Stock  Purchase Plan  provides
that  the  right  to  participate  terminates  immediately  upon  the  date  the
participant ceases employment  with USLD. Any  contributions collected prior  to
the  date of  termination are  paid to  the participant  in cash.  The committee
administering the USLD Stock Purchase Plan will adjust the length of the current
participation period to end prior to the  Record Date and shares of USLD  Common
Stock  shall  be  purchased  for  all  eligible  participants  so  as  to  allow
participants to participate in the  Distribution of Billing Common Stock.  After
the Distribution, employees of Billing will be eligible to enroll in the Billing
Stock Purchase Plan. New offering periods under the USLD Stock Purchase Plan and
the  Billing Stock Purchase Plan will begin on  August 1, 1996, or on such other
date that the administrators under the respective plans determine.
 
    ADDITIONAL ACTIONS
 
    Prior to  the  Distribution, USLD,  as  sole stockholder  of  Billing,  will
approve  the adoption  by Billing of  the Billing Comprehensive  Stock Plan, the
Billing Stock  Purchase Plan  and  the Billing  Director  Plan. USLD  will  also
approve  the reservation by Billing of  3,500,000, 1,000,000, and 400,000 shares
of Billing Common Stock under the Billing Comprehensive Stock Plan, the  Billing
Stock  Purchase  Plan  and  the  Billing  Director  Plan,  respectively.  For  a
discussion of the principal terms and  conditions of each of these stock  plans,
see  "Executive Compensation -- Employee Benefit Plans -- Stock Option and Grant
Plans."
 
    Billing will  assume,  with  respect  to employees  who,  on  or  after  the
Distribution  Date, will be employees of Billing or any of its subsidiaries, all
responsibility for liabilities and obligations  as of the Distribution Date  for
medical  and dental plan coverage and for  vacation and welfare plans. USLD will
assume, with respect to employees who,  on or after the Distribution Date,  will
be  employees  of  USLD  or  any of  its  subsidiaries,  all  responsibility for
liabilities and obligations as of the  Distribution Date for medical and  dental
plan coverage and for vacation and welfare plans.
 
    The  Benefit Plans and Employment  Matters Allocation Agreement will provide
that the  Distribution  does not  constitute  a termination  of  employment  for
employees  who, on or after the Distribution  Date, will be employees of Billing
or any of its subsidiaries or employees who, on or after the Distribution  Date,
will  be employees of USLD or any  of its subsidiaries, and those employees who,
on or after the Distribution  Date, will be employees of  Billing or any of  its
subsidiaries  who are employed  immediately prior to  the Distribution Date will
not be deemed severed from employment from  USLD or any of its subsidiaries  for
purposes of any policy, plan, program or agreement that provides for the payment
of  severance, salary, continuation or similar benefits based on periods of past
service.
 
TAX SHARING AGREEMENT
 
    Billing and USLD will enter into  a Tax Sharing Agreement (the "Tax  Sharing
Agreement")  that defines  the parties' rights  and obligations  with respect to
deficiencies and refunds of federal, state  and other income or franchise  taxes
relating  to Billing's business for tax years prior to the Distribution and with
respect to certain tax attributes of Billing after the Distribution. In general,
with respect to periods ending on or before September 30, 1996, the fiscal  year
end  for USLD, USLD is responsible for  (i) filing both consolidated federal tax
returns for the  USLD affiliated group  and combined or  consolidated state  tax
returns  for any  group that  includes a  member of  the USLD  affiliated group,
including in each case Billing and its subsidiaries for the relevant periods  of
time  that such companies were  members of the applicable  group and (ii) paying
the  taxes  related  to  such  returns  (including  any  subsequent  adjustments
resulting  from the  redetermination of such  tax liabilities  by the applicable
taxing authorities). Billing will reimburse to USLD the taxes attributed to  any
Billing  Group member and the cost of  preparation of the associated tax returns
related to the  Billing Group.  Billing is  responsible for  filing returns  and
paying  taxes related to the  Billing Group for periods  commencing on and after
October 1, 1996. Billing and USLD have  agreed to cooperate with each other  and
to share information in preparing such tax returns and in dealing with other tax
matters.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
TRANSITIONAL SERVICES AND SUBLEASE AGREEMENT
 
    USLD  and Billing  will enter  into the  Transitional Services  and Sublease
Agreement pursuant to  which (i)  USLD will provide  to Billing  for six  months
after  the Distribution Date  certain services necessary for  the conduct of its
business, (ii) USLD will  sublease to Billing certain  office space utilized  by
Billing  until January  1998 with  a one year  renewal option  and certain other
office space on a month-to-month basis,  and (iii) Billing will provide to  USLD
for  six months after  the Distribution Date certain  services necessary for the
conduct of  its  business. The  fee  for USLD's  services  will be  based  on  a
cost-plus  basis or other negotiated arm's length basis. The sublease will be on
the same terms and conditions as the terms and conditions of the lease agreement
pursuant to  which  USLD  leases such  space  from  its landlord.  The  fee  for
Billing's  services will be based on a cost-plus basis or other negotiated arm's
length basis. Subject to  termination provisions of  the agreement, Billing  and
USLD  will be free to procure such  services from outside vendors or may develop
an in-house capability in order to provide such services internally and  Billing
may  lease office space from outside  landlords. The transitional services to be
provided to Billing pursuant to such agreement will include corporate  secretary
services,  accounting services, legal services, tax planning and administration,
information services, and may  include any other  similar services that  Billing
may  require. The transitional services to be  provided to USLD pursuant to such
agreement will include  management information systems  and software  consulting
with respect to the direct billing function to be retained by USLD.
 
BILLING AGREEMENT
 
    USLD  and  Billing will  enter into  a Zero  Plus -  Zero Minus  Billing and
Information Management Services Agreement (the "Zero Plus -- Zero Minus  Billing
Agreement").  Under the Zero Plus --  Zero Minus Billing Agreement, Billing will
provide to USLD billing through local telephone companies for certain qualifying
"zero plus"  and "zero  minus" direct  dialed or  operator assisted  station  to
station  or person  to person  calls. USLD  is charged  for the  local telephone
company's applicable  fees, charges,  chargebacks,  credits and  adjustments  as
prescribed  in the agreement between Billing and the local telephone company, as
well as billing service fees,  charges, chargebacks, credits and assessments  of
Billing.  These  charges  are deducted  from  the  amounts payable  to  USLD for
qualifying calls. The  Zero Plus --  Zero Minus Billing  Agreement will have  an
initial term of three (3) years.
 
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AGREEMENT
 
    USLD  and  Billing  will  enter  into  a  Telecommunications  Agreement (the
"Telecommunications Agreement")  whereby USLD  will provide  to Billing  certain
direct dial long distance and 800 services. The Telecommunications Agreement has
a  three-year term  and renews  for an additional  one year  unless either party
notifies the other  not less  than 60  days prior  to the  termination date.  In
addition,   Billing   has   the   right   to   terminate   services   under  the
Telecommunications Agreement  by  providing written  notice  within 30  days  of
Billing's intent to cancel services 60 days from notice.
 
POLICIES AND PROCEDURES FOR ADDRESSING CONFLICTS
    The  ongoing  relationship between  USLD  and Billing  will  present certain
conflict situations for  Parris H. Holmes,  Jr., who serves  as Chairman of  the
Board  of USLD  and Billing  and Chief Executive  Officer of  Billing. Parris H.
Holmes, Jr., as well as other officers  and directors of USLD and Billing,  also
own  (or have options or other rights to acquire) a significant number of shares
of USLD Common Stock  and, as a  result of the Distribution,  will own (or  have
options  or other rights to  acquire) a significant number  of shares of Billing
Common Stock. Billing and USLD have adopted appropriate policies and  procedures
to  be  followed  by  the  board  of directors  of  each  company  to  limit the
involvement of  Parris H.  Holmes, Jr.  (or such  executive officers  and  other
directors  having a significant ownership interest in the companies) in conflict
situations, including matters  relating to contractual  relations or  litigation
between  USLD and Billing. Such procedures include requiring Mr. Holmes (or such
executive officers or other directors having a significant ownership interest in
the companies) to abstain from voting as directors of each company with  respect
to  matters that place a significant conflict of interest between the companies.
Whether or  not a  significant conflict  of interest  situation exists  will  be
determined on a case by case basis depending on such factors as the dollar value
of  the matter, the degree of personal interest of Mr. Holmes (or such executive
officers and other directors having a significant ownership
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
interest in the companies) in the matter and a likelihood that resolution of the
matter has significant strategic, operational or financial implications for  the
business  of Billing. It is the  principal responsibility of the general counsel
of each of Billing and USLD to monitor this issue in consultation with USLD's or
Billing's (as applicable)  board of directors.  In the event  that the Board  of
either company is unable to reach a decision on a particular matter because of a
split  in the Board, the vote of its outside directors will control. Billing and
USLD believe such conflicts will be minimal.
 
                            PRELIMINARY TRANSACTIONS
 
    The following transactions  will be consummated  prior to the  Distribution:
(a)  USLD will  organize Billing  as a  wholly owned  subsidiary; (b)  USLD will
contribute or  cause certain  of its  Telecommunications Group  Subsidiaries  to
contribute  certain Billing Group  related assets to Zero  Plus Dialing, Inc., a
99%-owned subsidiary of USLD ("ZPDI"), and ZPDI will make a transfer of cash  to
USLD  in an amount necessary to cause USLD's working capital to be approximately
$21,500,000 after  taking into  account  the direct  costs of  the  Distribution
estimated  to range from approximately  $8,500,000 to approximately $10,500,000;
(c) USLD's net intercompany payable to  Billing ($14,500,000 at March 31,  1996)
will be cancelled; (d) USLD will contribute the stock of U.S. Billing Management
Corp.  ("USBMC") and U.S. Billing, Inc. ("USBI"), also wholly owned subsidiaries
of USLD, to Billing in exchange for shares of Billing Common Stock; (e) MPDI,  a
wholly owned subsidiary of USLD, and holder of all the preferred stock and 1% of
the  common  stock  of  ZPDI ("MPDI/ZPDI  Holdings")  will  sell  such MPDI/ZPDI
Holdings to USLD for $8,185,000 in cash;  (f) ZPDI will redeem from USLD all  of
its  shares of preferred stock and common stock previously held by MPDI, and (g)
ZPDI and  one other  wholly owned  subsidiary  of USLD  engaged in  the  billing
business,  Enhanced Services Billing, Inc. ("ESBI"),  will adopt plans of merger
with USBMC and USBI,  whereby (i) ZPDI  and ESBI will be  merged with USBMC  and
USBI,  respectively, with ZPDI and ESBI continuing as the surviving corporations
with ZPDI changing its name to Billing Information Concepts, Inc., ("BICI")  and
(ii) the stock of USBMC and USBI will be converted into shares of Billing Common
Stock.  As a result of the foregoing  transactions, BICI and ESBI will be wholly
owned operating subsidiaries of Billing.  See "Pro Forma Condensed  Consolidated
Balance Sheet."
 
    The calculation of the cash amount to be transferred by Billing to USLD will
be  based on  current assets  and current  liabilities as  reported on  the USLD
balance sheet on the month-end  date immediately preceding the Distribution  and
is  subject  to  change at  any  time  prior to  execution  of  the Distribution
Agreement in light of changes in the financial position and results of operation
of  Billing  and  USLD.  Had  the  Distribution  occurred  on  March  31,  1996,
approximately  $13,561,000 of cash would have been required to be transferred by
Billing to USLD, not including any transfers of cash for payment of direct costs
of the Distribution. Had the Distribution occurred on March 31, 1996, the  total
transfers  from Billing  to USLD under  the cash  transfer in (b)  above and the
cancellation of  the net  intercompany  payable in  (c)  above would  have  been
$28,061,000.
 
                              ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
 
    The  historical  financial  statements  of  Billing  present  its  financial
position, results of operations and cash flows  as if it were a separate  entity
for all periods presented. USLD's historical basis in the assets and liabilities
of Billing has been carried over.
 
    Upon  approval  of the  Distribution, USLD  will  present the  Billing Group
business as a  discontinued operation  to the extent  financial information  for
periods  prior  to  the  Distribution  is  required  to  be  included  in USLD's
historical financial  statements.  After  the Distribution,  the  Billing  Group
business  will  be reflected  in Billing's  own separate  consolidated financial
statements.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    Billing presently intends  to retain earnings  for use in  its business  and
does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of Billing as of March 31,
1996,  and pro forma capitalization as of March 31, 1996, after giving effect to
the transactions described under the  caption "Pro Forma Condensed  Consolidated
Balance Sheet." The capitalization of Billing should be read in conjunction with
Billing's  Consolidated  Financial Statements  and the  notes thereto,  the "Pro
Forma Condensed  Consolidated Balance  Sheet" and  "Management's Discussion  and
Analysis  of  Financial Condition  and  Results of  Operations,"  each contained
elsewhere herein.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 AS OF MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                               ------------------------
                                                                                ACTUAL    PRO FORMA (1)
                                                                               ---------  -------------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
Revolving credit receivable financing facility...............................  $  23,686   $    23,686
Debt, including current portion..............................................      2,524         2,524
Stockholders' equity.........................................................     34,456        20,895
                                                                               ---------  -------------
Total Capitalization.........................................................  $  60,666   $    47,105
                                                                               ---------  -------------
                                                                               ---------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
- - ------------------------
(1) Pro forma  for  the consummation  of  the Distribution  including  the  cash
    transfer  by  Billing to  USLD in  the amount  of $13,561,000,  assuming the
    Distribution was consummated as  of March 31, 1996.  The pro forma  excludes
    direct  costs  associated with  the  Distribution, estimated  to  range from
    approximately  $8,500,000  to  approximately  $10,500,000.  See  "Pro  Forma
    Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet."
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
                              PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
    The  unaudited  Pro Forma  Condensed Consolidated  Balance Sheet  of Billing
gives effect  to  the Distribution,  the  Preliminary Transactions  and  certain
adjustments  including a cash transfer from Billing to USLD of $13,561,000 as of
March 31, 1996 as if such transactions  occurred as of such date. The Pro  Forma
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet of Billing does not include adjustments for
direct  costs incurred in connection with the Distribution that are estimated to
range from approximately $8,500,000 to approximately $10,500,000.
 
    The Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated  Balance Sheet of Billing is  unaudited
and  presented for  informational purposes  only and  may not  reflect Billing's
future results  of operations  and financial  position or  what the  results  of
operations   and  financial  position  of  Billing  would  have  been  had  such
transactions occurred as of the  dates indicated. Billing's Pro Forma  Condensed
Consolidated  Balance Sheet and notes thereto should be read in conjunction with
Billing's Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto and  "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial Condition  and  Results  of Operations"
contained elsewhere herein.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                              PRO FORMA CONDENSED
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
 
                                  (UNAUDITED)
                                 MARCH 31, 1996
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         PRO FORMA
                                                                         HISTORICAL     ADJUSTMENTS     PRO FORMA
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>              <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents............................................  $    32,582  $   (13,561)(A)  $    19,021
  Accounts receivable..................................................       20,368                        20,368
  Purchased receivables................................................       62,381                        62,381
  Prepaids and other...................................................          731                           731
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
    Total current assets...............................................      116,062      (13,561)         102,501
  Property and equipment...............................................        6,826                         6,826
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.......................       (2,747)                       (2,747)
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
    Net property and equipment.........................................        4,079                         4,079
  Equipment held under capital leases..................................        1,369                         1,369
  Other assets, net....................................................          785                           785
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
    Total assets.......................................................  $   122,295  $   (13,561)     $   108,734
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts Payable:
    Trade..............................................................  $    10,922  $                $    10,922
    Billing customers..................................................       32,730                        32,730
  Accrued liabilities..................................................       17,921                        17,921
  Revolving line of credit for purchased receivables...................       23,686                        23,686
  Current portion of long-term debt....................................          298                           298
  Current portion of obligations under capital leases..................          421                           421
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
    Total current liabilities..........................................       85,978                        85,978
Long-term debt, less current portion...................................          880                           880
Obligations under capital leases, less current portion.................          925                           925
Other liabilities......................................................           56                            56
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
    Total liabilities..................................................       87,839                        87,839
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred shares, $10.00 par value, 10,000 shares authorized, 10,000
   shares issued and oustanding........................................          100         (100)(B)            0
  Common shares, no par value, 102,000 shares authorized, 102,000
   shares issued and outstanding.......................................            1          149(C)           150
U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s investment in and advances to Billing.......       34,355      (34,355)(D)            0
Paid-in capital........................................................            0       20,745           20,745
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity.........................................       34,456      (13,561)          20,895
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.........................  $   122,295  $   (13,561)     $   108,734
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
                                                                         -----------  ---------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
Notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet:
(A) Cash transfer made to USLD
(B) Redemption of preferred stock
(C) Issuance of Billing Common Stock
(D) Reclassified to paid-in capital
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                       SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following table presents  selected historical financial  and other data
and selected pro forma financial data for the Company after giving effect to the
Distribution and  related transactions.  The financial  data presented  for  the
fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  1993, 1994  and  1995  should  be  read in
conjunction with the  Consolidated Financial Statements,  the notes thereto  and
the  other  financial information  included in  this Information  Statement. The
Statements of Income and Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended  September
30,  1993, 1994 and 1995  and the Balance Sheets at  September 30, 1994 and 1995
have been  audited by  Arthur  Andersen LLP,  the Company's  independent  public
accountants.  All historical financial  data shown below  for these periods have
been derived from the  audited financial statements.  The Income Statement  data
for  the six months ended March  31, 1996 and March 31,  1995 and for the fiscal
years ended September 30,  1992 and 1991,  the balance sheet  data at March  31,
1996,  and all  Operating Data  are unaudited. In  the opinion  of management of
Billing, the data presented reflects all adjustments considered necessary for  a
fair  presentation of the results for such periods. Historical per share amounts
are not  included as  they may  not  be indicative  of future  performance.  The
following  data  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  Billing's Consolidated
Financial  Statements  and  the  notes  thereto,  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis  of Financial Condition and Results  of Operations" and other financial
information included elsewhere herein.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             SIX MONTHS
                                            FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,               ENDED MARCH 31,
                                 -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                   1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT DATA:
Operating revenues.............  $  16,327  $  33,162  $  46,451  $  57,746  $  80,847  $  34,942  $  50,301
Gross profit...................      *          *         16,458     20,158     29,510     12,966     18,156
Advance funding program
 income........................      1,896      2,435      3,299      3,467      4,384      1,898      2,968
Advance funding program
 expense.......................     (1,552)    (1,794)    (2,581)    (1,858)    (1,351)      (624)      (598)
Income from operations.........      *          *         10,416     13,392     22,055      9,402     14,230
Net income.....................      *          *          6,441      8,565     14,118      6,013      8,969
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     SEPTEMBER 30,                                   PRO FORMA (1)
                                 -----------------------------------------------------   MARCH 31,     MARCH 31,
                                   1991       1992       1993       1994       1995        1996          1996
                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital................      *          *          *      $  11,132  $  17,300  $    30,084   $    16,523
Total assets...................      *          *          *         89,710    106,895      122,295       108,734
Long-term obligations, less
 current portion...............      *          *          *            853      2,216        1,805         1,805
U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s
 investment in and advances to
 Billing (2)...................      *          *          *         13,001     21,122       34,355             0
Paid-in capital................          0          0          0          0          0            0        20,745
</TABLE>
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,                           MARCH 31,
                                      -----------------------------------------------------  --------------------
                                        1991       1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                      ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT BILLING SERVICES CUSTOMERS)
<S>                                   <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING DATA:
EBITDA(3)...........................      *          *      $  11,293  $  14,346  $  23,271  $   9,921  $  15,170
Billing call records processed per
 month (4)(5).......................      6,500     10,800     16,900     25,920     40,410     28,530     45,340
Billing services customers (6)......         71        115        143        168        272      *            305
</TABLE>
 
- - ------------------------
*   Information is not available.
 
(1) The pro  forma  financial data  are  derived from  the  unaudited  financial
    information  and  notes  thereto  included  elsewhere  in  this  Information
    Statement. The pro forma  financial data includes an  adjustment for a  cash
    transfer  from Billing to USLD of $13,561,000, assuming the Distribution was
    consummated as  of  March  31,  1996, but  does  not  include  direct  costs
    associated  with  the  Distribution estimated  to  range  from approximately
    $8,500,000  to   approximately  $10,500,000.   See  "Pro   Forma   Condensed
    Consolidated Balance Sheet."
 
(2) The  Company has never declared cash dividends on its Common Stock, nor does
    it anticipate doing so in the foreseeable future.
 
(3) Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA") is
    a commonly used profitability/cash flow measurement.
 
(4) Calculated based upon a monthly average over the fiscal quarter ended on the
    date indicated.
 
(5) Does not  include  call  records  that the  Company  processed  for  billing
    management customers.
 
(6) At end of the period.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The  following discussion should  be read in  conjunction with the Financial
Statements of the Company, the Notes thereto and the other financial information
included elsewhere in this Information Statement. For purposes of the  following
discussion,  references to year periods refer to the Company's fiscal year ended
September 30 and references to quarterly  periods refer to the Company's  fiscal
quarters ended December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             YEAR ENDED                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,                   MARCH 31,
                                                 ----------------------------------  ----------------------
AS A PERCENTAGE OF REVENUES                         1993        1994        1995        1995        1996
                                                 ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                              <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
Operating revenues.............................      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%      100.0%
Cost of services...............................       64.6        65.1        63.5        62.9        63.9
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Gross profit...................................       35.4        34.9        36.5        37.1        36.1
Selling, general and administrative............       12.7        12.9        11.5        12.4        10.6
Advance funding program income.................       (7.1)       (6.0)       (5.4)       (5.4)       (5.9)
Advance funding program expense................        5.6         3.2         1.7         1.8         1.2
Depreciation and amortization..................        1.9         1.7         1.5         1.5         1.9
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Operating income...............................       22.4        23.2        27.3        26.9        28.3
Other income (expense), net....................        (.5)         .4          .9          .9          .5
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Income before taxes............................       21.9        23.6        28.2        27.8        28.8
Income tax.....................................        8.1         8.7        10.7        10.6        10.9
                                                     -----       -----       -----       -----       -----
Net income.....................................       13.9        14.8        17.5        17.2        17.8
</TABLE>
 
OPERATING REVENUES
 
    The   Company's  revenues  are   derived  from  the   provision  of  billing
clearinghouse and information management services  to direct dial long  distance
carriers  and operator services providers. Beginning in 1995, revenues also have
been derived from enhanced services billing provided to companies that offer 900
services, as well as the billing for non-regulated telecommunications  equipment
and  services.  Fees  charged by  the  Company include  processing  and customer
service inquiry fees. Processing fees are assessed to customers either as a  fee
charged  for each telephone call  record or other transaction  processed or as a
percentage of the customer's revenue that  is submitted by the Company to  local
telephone  companies for billing  and collection. Customer  service inquiry fees
are assessed to customers either as a  fee charged for each record processed  by
the  Company or  as a fee  charged for  each billing inquiry  made by end-users.
Revenues include processing and  customer service fees, as  well as any  charges
assessed  to the Company by local telephone companies for billing and collection
services which are passed through to the customer.
 
    Billing services revenues during the first six months of 1996 increased  44%
to  $50.3  million from  $34.9  million during  the  comparable period  of 1995.
Billing services  revenues  in 1995  totaled  $80.8 million  compared  to  $57.7
million  for 1994 and $46.5  million for 1993 representing  increases of 40% and
24%, respectively. During  the five-year  period ended September  30, 1995,  the
Company's revenues grew at a compounded annual rate of approximately 61%.
 
    The  revenue  increases are  primarily attributable  to  an increase  in the
number of  telephone  call records  processed  and billed.  Call  record  volume
increases  in all  periods were  primarily the result  of new  business from new
direct dial long distance carriers, as  well as expanded business from  existing
direct  dial  long distance  customers. The  revenue increase  in the  first six
months of 1996 from the comparable prior  year period is also due to the  growth
of  enhanced billing services revenues.  Revenues derived from operator services
customers in both 1994 and  1995 were virtually the same  as 1993. This lack  of
operator  services revenues growth is attributable to several factors, including
an increasing number of regulatory agencies  that impose guidelines or rules  on
operator services providers, such as
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
the  imposition  of rate  ceilings,  which limit  or  impair the  growth  of the
operator services industry. Additionally, there has been an increased  awareness
on  the part of  the consumer of the  ability of the telephone  user to select a
carrier of choice  by dialing access  codes of carriers  other than the  carrier
contracted  by  the telephone  owner, resulting  in a  lower number  of billable
telephone calls generated by the Company's customers (800 dial-around).
 
Telephone call record volumes were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 SIX MONTHS
                                                              YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,        ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                           -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                             1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                (MILLIONS)
<S>                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Direct dial long distance services.......................       30.9      103.3      252.0       99.4      191.0
Operator services........................................      133.7      142.9      138.0       67.2       63.9
Enhanced billing services................................        0.0        0.0        4.4        1.1        5.1
</TABLE>
 
COST OF SERVICES
 
    Cost of services includes billing and collection fees charged to the Company
by local telephone  companies and  related transmission  costs, as  well as  all
costs  associated  with the  customer  service organization,  including staffing
expenses and costs  associated with  800 services. Billing  and collection  fees
charged by the local telephone companies include fees that are assessed for each
record  submitted  and for  each bill  rendered to  its end-user  customers. The
Company achieves discounted billing costs due to its aggregated volumes and  can
pass these discounted costs on to its customers.
 
    Gross  profit margin  of 36.1%  reported for  the first  six months  of 1996
compares to 37.1% achieved  in the comparable prior  year period. This  decrease
was primarily attributable to higher customer service costs which were partially
offset  by lower billing and collection  fees. The higher customer service costs
were due to increased 800 services  usage and staffing expenses incurred by  the
Company in order to support the rapid growth in the volume of customer inquiries
resulting from the significant growth in the number of records processed.
 
    Gross profit margin of 36.5% reported for 1995 compares to 34.9% achieved in
1994  and  35.4% achieved  in 1993.  The improvement  from 1994  to 1995  is due
primarily to  the  significant  growth  of the  Company's  higher  gross  margin
business from direct dial long distance and enhanced services billing customers.
The  decrease in gross profit margin from 1993 to 1994 is attributable to higher
customer  service  costs  that  were  partially  offset  by  lower  billing  and
collection  fees.  The lower  billing  and collection  fees  as a  percentage of
revenues were  the  result  of  growth of  the  Company's  higher  gross  margin
business.
 
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE
 
    Selling,  general and administrative ("SG&A")  expenses are comprised of all
selling, marketing and administrative  costs incurred in  direct support of  the
business  operations of the  Company. Additionally, the  expense of certain USLD
corporate functions, such as treasury, financial reporting, investor  relations,
legal,  payroll and  management information  systems has  been allocated  to the
Company and is reflected in its historical financial results. SG&A expenses as a
percentage of revenues  may be higher  or lower  in the future  as actual  costs
incurred differ from costs historically allocated to the Company.
 
    SG&A  expenses  for  the  first  six  months  of  1996  were  $5.4  million,
representing 10.6% of revenues, compared to $4.3 million in the first six months
of 1995,  or  12.4% of  revenues.  SG&A expenses  for  1995 were  $9.3  million,
representing  11.5% of revenues, compared  to $7.4 million in  1994, or 12.9% of
revenues, and $5.9 million in 1993, or 12.7% of revenues.
 
    SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenues for 1995 and the first six  months
of  1996 decreased from the comparable prior  year periods primarily as a result
of efficiencies  associated with  significant revenue  growth, as  certain  SG&A
expenses,   such  as  office  administration   and  accounting,  do  not  change
proportionately with revenue. The increase in  SG&A expenses as a percentage  of
revenues  from  1993 to  1994  was primarily  attributable  to higher  legal and
accounting costs allocated to the
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
Company  in   connection  with   USLD's  Securities   and  Exchange   Commission
investigations and subse-
quent  stockholder litigation. Based upon its review of facts and circumstances,
management expects that these costs will be nonrecurring.
 
ADVANCE FUNDING PROGRAM INCOME AND EXPENSE
 
    Advance funding program income increased from $1.9 million in the first  six
months  of 1995 to $3.0 million in the first six months of 1996. Advance funding
program income was $4.4 million in 1995  compared with $3.5 million in 1994  and
$3.3  million in 1993.  The year-to-year increases were  primarily the result of
financing a higher  level of  customer receivables under  the Company's  advance
funding program (see "Advance Funding Program and Receivable Financing Facility"
below).  The  quarterly  average  balance  of  purchased  receivables  was $51.1
million, $44.1 million and $42.2 million in 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    Advance funding  program expense  during the  first six  months of  1996  of
$598,000  compares to $624,000 during the  comparable prior year period. Advance
funding program expense was $1.4 million  in 1995 compared with $1.9 million  in
1994  and $2.6  million in  1993. In  addition to  declining from  year to year,
advance funding program expense  in 1994 and 1995  declined relative to  advance
funding  program income reported in the respective years. The decreases in these
year-to-year periods  were primarily  attributable to  the Company  financing  a
higher  level of customer receivables with  internally generated funds and lower
interest rates on  borrowed funds  as a  result of  renegotiating the  Company's
revolving credit facility in December 1993. During the periods when this Company
operated as a subsidiary within the USLD consolidated group, the cash management
function  was  centralized  and  utilized  all  the  available  cash  among  the
consolidated entities to pay  down the revolving credit  facility to reduce  the
expense  of this facility  as much as possible.  Subsequent to the Distribution,
the Company will no longer have access to USLD's funds. In addition, the Company
anticipates making certain  capital expenditures  over the next  two years  (see
"Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources").  Consequently,  Advance  Funding  Program
expense initially will increase as a result of lower cash balances.
 
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
    Depreciation and amortization expenses are incurred with respect to  certain
assets  including computer  hardware and software,  office equipment, furniture,
leasehold improvements,  and costs  incurred in  securing contracts  with  local
telephone  companies  and agreements  with  financing institutions.  Asset lives
generally range between three and seven years.
 
    Depreciation and  amortization expense  was $940,000  during the  first  six
months  of  1996  compared  with  $519,000 in  the  first  six  months  of 1995.
Depreciation and amortization expense as  a percentage of revenues increased  to
1.9% in the first six months of 1996 from 1.5% over the corresponding prior year
period.  The increase in the percentage of revenues is primarily attributable to
the purchase  of  computer  equipment  and software  and  office  furniture  and
equipment to support the growth of the Company.
 
    Depreciation and amortization expense was $1.2 million in 1995 compared with
$954,000  in 1994 and $877,000 in 1993. Depreciation and amortization expense as
a percentage  of revenues  was 1.5%,  1.7% and  1.9% in  1995, 1994,  and  1993,
respectively.  These  year-to-year  decreases in  depreciation  and amortization
expense as a percentage of  revenues are primarily attributable to  efficiencies
associated with the Company's revenue growth.
 
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
 
    Income  from operations  during the  first six  months of  1996 increased to
$14.2 million from  $9.4 million during  the comparable period  of 1995.  Income
from operations as a percent of revenues increased to 28.3% during the first six
months  of  1996  from  26.9%  during the  comparable  prior  year  period. This
improvement was the result  of lower SG&A expenses  as a percentage of  revenues
and  higher net advance funding program income, which were partially offset by a
lower gross profit  margin and  higher depreciation  expenses in  the first  six
months of 1996.
 
    Income from operations was $22.1 million, $13.4 million and $10.4 million in
1995,  1994 and  1993, respectively.  As a  percentage of  revenues, income from
operations  represented  27.3%,  23.2%  and  22.4%  in  1995,  1994,  and  1993,
respectively.  The  increase  in  income  from  operations  as  a  percentage of
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
revenues from 1994 to 1995 is primarily attributable to an improved gross profit
margin, lower SG&A expenses as a  percentage of revenues and higher net  advance
funding  income. The increase in the percentage of revenues from 1993 to 1994 is
primarily attributable to higher net advance funding income.
 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)
 
    Net other income decreased to $236,000 in the first six months of 1996  from
$301,000 in the first six months of 1995.
 
    Net  other  income of  $724,000  in 1995  compares  to net  other  income of
$211,000 in 1994  and net other  expense of $228,000  in 1993. The  year-to-year
improvements  were  primarily  attributable to  increased  interest  income from
short-term investments.  During  the periods  when  the Company  operated  as  a
subsidiary  within the USLD consolidated group, the cash management function was
centralized and all excess cash of the  consolidated group was used to pay  down
the  revolving credit facility or invested in short-term investments. Subsequent
to the Distribution, the Company will no longer have access to USLD's funds.  In
addition,  the Company anticipates making  certain capital expenditures over the
next two years (see "Liquidity and Capital Resources"). Consequently, investment
income is expected to decrease initially as a result of lower cash balances.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    The Company's effective tax rate was 38.0%  in the first six months of  1996
and  1995. The effective tax  rate was 38.0%, 37.0% and  36.8% in 1995, 1994 and
1993, respectively. The Company's effective tax rate is higher than the  federal
statutory  rate due to the addition of state income taxes and certain deductions
taken for  financial reporting  purposes  that are  not deductible  for  federal
income tax purposes. The increase in the effective tax rate from 1994 to 1995 is
due to an increase in the federal statutory tax rate.
 
NET INCOME
 
    The  Company reported net income of $9.0 million during the first six months
of 1996 compared to net income of  $6.0 million during the comparable period  of
1995, representing an increase of 49%.
 
    The  Company reported net  income of $14.1  million in 1995  compared to net
income of $8.6 million in 1994 and $6.4 million in 1993. The net income in  1995
and 1994 represented increases of 65% and 33% over 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    The  Company's operating  cash requirements  consist principally  of working
capital requirements, requirements under its advance funding program,  scheduled
payments  of principal on its outstanding indebtedness and capital expenditures.
The Company  believes that  cash  flow from  operating activities  and  periodic
borrowings  under its receivable financing facility will be adequate to meet the
Company's operating cash requirements in the future.
 
    Net cash provided by  operating activities was  $21.1 million, $9.6  million
and  $9.0  million  in 1995,  1994  and  1993, respectively,  and  reflected the
increases in net income from 1993 to 1995.
 
    To facilitate  and  support the  growth  anticipated in  its  business,  the
Company  plans to  spend approximately  $18 million,  over the  next one  to two
years, to develop and  create information systems that  will enable it to  offer
"direct   billing"  and  "invoice  ready"   services  to  its  customers.  These
expenditures, if made,  will be focused  in the areas  of software  development,
computer  hardware, additional  local telephone  company agreements  and related
staffing. The Company believes that it  will be able to fund these  expenditures
with  internally generated funds  and borrowings, but there  can be no assurance
that such  funds  will be  available  and/or  invested in  these  projects.  See
"Special Factors -- Anticipated Billing System Expenditures."
 
    Statements   regarding   anticipated   billing   system   expenditures   are
forward-looking statements  which  by  their  nature  are  subject  to  numerous
uncertainties that could cause actual results to vary.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
    Historically,  the Company  has obtained financing  for capital expenditures
through term debt agreements and  capital lease agreements that were  guaranteed
and  cross-collateralized by  USLD and  other members  of the Telecommunications
Group. These  debt agreements  were  negotiated based  on  the strength  of  the
consolidated   financial  statements,  earnings  and   cash  flow  of  the  USLD
consolidated group. Most of these debt agreements were secured by the assets  of
all  the  subsidiaries within  the consolidated  group.  The Company  expects to
receive  from  certain  lenders  loan  agreement  amendments  or  separate  loan
agreements  whereby  the  subject  indebtedness  will  be  secured  by  only the
Company's or  USLD's assets.  In  other cases,  the  Company expects  to  obtain
waivers  from  its  lenders, provided  that  the cross  guarantees  and existing
security arrangements remain in place for the duration of the facility. In other
cases, Billing  and  USLD intend  to  pay off  existing  indebtedness  releasing
applicable  guarantees and security  arrangements. The Company  believes that it
has the ability  to continue to  secure long-term equipment  financing and  that
this  ability,  combined  with cash  flows  generated from  operations,  will be
sufficient  to  fund  capital  expenditures,  working  capital  needs  and  debt
repayment  requirements  for  the foreseeable  future.  Additionally, management
believes that it has the ability to raise funds in the private and public equity
markets.
 
    The  Company's  credit  facilities  and  equipment  loans  contain   various
restrictions.  Under the  most restrictive terms  of its  credit facilities, the
Company is prohibited from paying dividends on its common stock. The Company may
also be subject to certain limitations on its annual capital expenditures and on
the issuance  of  additional  secured  debt. Cross  default  provisions  of  the
Company's most significant credit facilities may place the Company in default of
such  facilities  should it  fail to  satisfy provisions  of certain  other loan
agreements. Under the Company's most significant credit facilities, the  Company
has  guaranteed  the  obligations  of  its  subsidiaries.  The  Company  was  in
compliance with all required covenants at March 31, 1996, September 30, 1995 and
1994.
 
ADVANCE FUNDING PROGRAM AND RECEIVABLE FINANCING FACILITY
 
    The Company has a $45 million revolving line of credit facility with  FINOVA
to  draw upon to advance  funds to its billing  customers prior to collection of
the funds from  the local telephone  companies (see Note  4 to the  Consolidated
Financial  Statements). This  credit facility  terminates on  December 31, 1996.
Management believes that the  capacity under this  revolving credit facility  is
sufficient to fund advances to its billing customers for the foreseeable future.
 
    Because  it generally takes  40 to 90  days to collect  receivables from the
local telephone companies, customers can significantly accelerate cash  receipts
by   utilizing  the  Company's  advance  funding  program.  The  Company  offers
participation in  this  program to  qualifying  customers through  its  Advanced
Payment  Agreement. Under the terms of this agreement, the Company purchases the
customer's accounts receivable  for an amount  equal to the  face amount of  the
billing  records submitted to  the local telephone companies  by the Company for
billing and collection, less certain deductions. The purchase price is  remitted
by the Company to its customers in two payments.
 
    Within  five days from receiving a customer's records, an initial payment is
made to the customer based on a  percentage of the value of the customer's  call
records   submitted  to  the  local  telephone  companies.  This  percentage  is
established by the Advanced Payment  Agreement and generally ranges between  50%
and  80%,  but  typically  averages  approximately  70%.  The  Company  pays the
remaining balance of the purchase price upon collection of funds from the  local
telephone  companies. The funds used to  make the initial payments generally are
borrowed under  the Company's  revolving line  of credit  facility with  FINOVA.
Since  the facility was amended  in December 1993, the  Company has from time to
time paid down a portion  of the line with excess  funds prior to collection  of
the related receivables from the local telephone companies. The Company had paid
down   $18.8  million  of  the  credit  facility  at  September  30,  1995,  and
consequently,  the  outstanding  balance  of  the  line  of  credit  represented
approximately  42% of  purchased receivables at  September 30,  1995. The amount
borrowed by  the Company  under  this credit  facility  to finance  the  advance
funding  program was $23.0 million  and $25.2 million at  September 30, 1995 and
1994, respectively.
 
    Service fees charged  to customers by  the Company are  recorded as  advance
funding  program income and are  computed at a rate above  the prime rate on the
amount of advances (initial payments)
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
outstanding to a customer during the period commencing from the date the initial
payment is made until the Company recoups the full amount of the initial payment
from local telephone companies. The rate charged to the customer by the  Company
is  higher than the interest  rate charged to the Company  by FINOVA, in part to
cover the administrative expenses incurred in providing this service.  Borrowing
costs  are computed at a rate above the prime interest rate and are based on the
amount of borrowings outstanding during the period commencing from the date  the
funds  are borrowed until the loan is repaid by the Company. Borrowing costs are
recorded as  advance funding  program  expense. The  result of  these  financing
activities  is the generation of a net  amount of advance funding program income
that contributes to the net income of the Company.
 
    As part  of  the  Advanced  Payment  Agreement,  the  Company  contractually
purchases  the customer  accounts upon  which funds  are advanced.  Further, the
customer may grant a first lien security interest in other customer accounts and
assets and will take other  action as may be  required to perfect the  Company's
first  lien security interest in  such assets. Under the  terms of the agreement
with FINOVA, the Company is obligated to repay amounts borrowed from FINOVA  and
advanced  to  its  billing  customers  whether  or  not  the  purchased accounts
receivable are actually collected.
 
SEASONALITY
 
    To some  extent, the  revenues and  telephone call  record volumes  of  most
customers of the Company are affected by seasonality. For example, the Company's
operator  services customers typically experience decreases in operator services
revenues and telephone call record volumes in the fall and winter months as  pay
telephone  usage declines due to cold and inclement weather in many parts of the
United States.  As  a  result  of this  seasonal  variation,  operator  services
telephone  call record  volumes processed  by the  Company during  the Company's
first fiscal  quarter  ending  December 31  (which  includes  the  Thanksgiving,
Christmas  and New Year's Eve holidays), historically have been the lowest level
of any quarter of the year. Consequently, revenues reported by the Company  that
are  derived  from  operator  services  telephone  call  records  are  similarly
affected. Conversely, due to  increased traffic from  pay telephones during  the
spring  and summer  months and a  lower concentration of  national holidays, the
Company has  historically processed  its highest  volumes of  operator  services
telephone  call  records  and  reported  its  highest  operator services-related
revenues in  the third  and fourth  quarters of  the fiscal  year. The  seasonal
effects  caused by the Company's operator  services customers has been lessened,
however, as a result of  the growth in the  Company's business from direct  dial
long  distance carriers. The  Company's direct dial  long distance customers use
the Company's services primarily to  bill residential accounts, which  typically
generate  a higher  traffic volume  around holidays,  particularly Thanksgiving,
Christmas and New Year's Day. The growth in billing revenues derived from direct
dial long  distance carrier  customers as  a percentage  of total  revenues  has
mitigated  the  seasonal  effects of  the  revenues derived  from  the Company's
operator services customers.
 
EFFECT OF INFLATION
 
    Inflation is not a material factor affecting the Company's business.  Prices
charged  to the Company by local telephone companies and third-party vendors for
billing, collection and transmission  services have not increased  significantly
during  the past  year. General  operating expenses  such as  salaries, employee
benefits and  occupancy  costs  are, however,  subject  to  normal  inflationary
pressures.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
    In  October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of Financial  Accounting Standards  No. 123  ("SFAS No.  123"), "Accounting  for
Stock-Based  Compensation,"  which  provides for  a  fair-value-based  method of
accounting for stock-based  compensation plans  with employees  and others.  The
Company  will not adopt  the recognition and measurement  provisions of SFAS No.
123, but  will  continue  to  account  for  stock-based  compensation  plans  in
accordance  with APB Opinion 25. However, the Company will be required to comply
with the disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123 beginning in fiscal 1997.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    The Company believes it is the largest third-party billing clearinghouse and
information management  services provider  to the  telecommunications  industry.
Billing's  customers  include  direct dial  long  distance  telephone companies,
operator services providers, information providers, telecommunications equipment
suppliers and other telecommunication services providers. The Company  maintains
contractual billing arrangements with over 1,200 local telephone companies which
provide   access  lines   to  and  collect   for  services   from  end-users  of
telecommunication services.  The Company  processes telephone  call records  and
other  transactions and collects  the related end-user  charges from these local
telephone companies on behalf of its customers.
 
    Billing's direct dial long distance customers, including local and  regional
long  distance  carriers,  use  the  Company  as  a  billing  clearinghouse  for
processing and collecting  call records generated  by their end-users.  Although
such  carriers can bill end-users directly, Billing provides these carriers with
a very  cost-effective means  of billing  and collecting  residential and  small
commercial accounts through the local telephone companies.
 
    The  Company  processes  telephone  call  records  for  customers  providing
operator services largely to the hospitality, penal, and private and public  pay
telephone industries. In addition, Billing processes records for telephone calls
that  require  operator assistance  and/or alternative  billing options  such as
collect  and  person-to-person  calls,  third-party  billing  and  calling  card
billing.  Because operator services  providers have only  the billing number and
not the  name or  address of  the billed  party, they  must have  access to  the
services  of the local telephone companies to collect their charges. The Company
provides  this  access  to  its   customers  through  its  contractual   billing
arrangements  with the local telephone companies that bill and collect on behalf
of these operator services providers.
 
    Because Billing acts as  an aggregator of telephone  call records and  other
transactions  from various  sources, it  can negotiate  discounted billing costs
with the local telephone companies due to its large volume and can pass on these
discounts to its customers.  Additionally, Billing can  provide its services  to
those long distance carriers and operator services providers who would otherwise
not  be able to make  the investments in billing  and collection agreements with
the  local  telephone  companies,  fees,  systems,  infrastructure  and   volume
commitments  required to establish and maintain the necessary relationships with
the local telephone companies.
 
    In 1994, Billing  began providing enhanced  billing services for  processing
transactions  related to providers  of premium services or  products that can be
billed through the  local telephone companies,  such as charges  for 900  access
pay-per-call  transactions,  cellular long  distance services,  paging services,
voice mail services, caller ID and other telecommunications equipment charges.
 
    In addition  to  its billing  clearinghouse  services, Billing  also  offers
billing management services to customers who have their own billing arrangements
with  the local telephone companies. These  management services may include data
processing,  accounting,  end-user   customer  service,  telecommunication   tax
processing and reporting.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
    Billing   clearinghouse   and   information  management   services   in  the
telecommunications industry  developed  out  of the  1984  breakup  of  American
Telephone  &  Telegraph ("AT&T")  and the  Bell System.  In connection  with the
breakup, the local telephone companies that make up the Regional Bell  Operating
Companies,  Southern  New England  Telephone,  Cincinnati Bell  and  the General
Telephone Operating  Companies  ("GTE") were  required  to provide  billing  and
collections   on  a  nondiscriminatory  basis  to  all  carriers  that  provided
telecommunication services to their end-user customers. Because of both the cost
of acquiring and the minimum charges associated with many of the local telephone
company billing  and  collection  agreements, only  the  largest  long  distance
carriers,  including AT&T, MCI Telecommunications Corporation ("MCI") and Sprint
Incorporated ("Sprint"), could afford the option of billing directly through the
local telephone companies.  Several companies, including  Billing, entered  into
these   billing   and   collection   agreements   and   became   aggregators  of
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
telephone call records for operator services providers and second and third tier
long distance carriers,  thereby becoming  "third-party clearinghouses."  Today,
management believes that Billing is the largest third-party clearinghouse in the
telecommunications  industry,  providing  billing  and  information  services to
approximately 300 customers as of the date hereof.
 
    The operator services industry began to  develop in 1986 with the advent  of
technology  that  allowed  a zero-plus  call  (automated calling  card  call) or
zero-minus call (collect, third-party billing, operator assisted calling card or
person-to-person call)  to  be routed  away  from  AT&T to  a  competitive  long
distance  services provider. Because a zero-plus or zero-minus call is placed by
an end-user whose billing information is  unrelated to the telephone being  used
to  place the call,  a long distance  carrier would typically  not have adequate
information to  produce a  bill.  This information  typically resides  with  the
billed  party's local  telephone company.  In order  to bill  its telephone call
records, a long  distance services  provider carrying  zero-plus and  zero-minus
telephone  calls must either  obtain billing and  collection agreements with the
local telephone companies or utilize the services of a third-party clearinghouse
that has the billing and collection agreements required.
 
    Third-party clearinghouses  such as  Billing  process these  telephone  call
records  and other transactions and submit them to the local telephone companies
for inclusion  in their  monthly  bills to  end-users.  As the  local  telephone
companies  collect payments from  end-users, they remit  them to the third-party
clearinghouses who, in turn, remit payments to their carrier customers.
 
DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS
 
    Billing is  a newly  formed corporation  that, upon  the completion  of  the
Distribution,  will  be  an  independent, publicly  held  company.  Billing will
comprise the existing billing clearinghouse and information management  services
business currently operated by USLD through its Billing Group subsidiaries.
 
    In  1988, USLD acquired ZPDI and  its billing and collection agreements with
several local  telephone  companies.  USLD used  these  billing  and  collection
agreements to bill and collect through the local telephone companies for its own
operator services call record transactions. As USLD's operator services business
expanded,  ZPDI entered into  additional billing and  collection agreements with
other  local  telephone  companies,   including  the  Regional  Bell   Operating
Companies,  GTE  and other  independent local  telephone companies.  The Company
recognized the expense  and time  related to obtaining  and administering  these
billing  and  collection  agreements  and  began  offering  its  services  as  a
third-party clearinghouse to other operator services businesses who did not have
any proprietary agreements with the local telephone companies. In 1992,  Billing
entered  into a  new set  of billing  and collection  agreements with  the local
telephone companies  and began  offering billing  clearinghouse and  information
management  services as a third-party clearinghouse to direct dial long distance
services providers. The Company has  billing and collection agreements  covering
over 1,200 local telephone companies with access lines into approximately 95% of
the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico.
 
    A key factor in the evolution of the Company's business has been the ongoing
development  of  its  information  management  systems.  In  1990,  the  Company
developed a comprehensive information system capable of processing, tracing  and
accounting   for   telephone  call   record   transactions  (see   "Business  --
Operations"). Management  believes that  this  proprietary system  provides  the
Company's   customers  with  more  detailed  information  and  yields  a  better
collection rate than its competitors. Also in 1990, the Company became the first
third-party billing clearinghouse to finance its customers' accounts receivable.
Today, this activity  is accomplished through  a revolving receivable  financing
facility  with  FINOVA  Capital Corporation  (see  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and  Results of Operations  -- Advance  Funding
Program   and  Receivable  Funding  Facility").  In  1991,  USLD  separated  the
day-to-day management and operations of the  Company from its long distance  and
operator services businesses. The purpose of this separation was to satisfy some
of the Company's customers who were also competitors of USLD's long distance and
operator  services businesses. These  customers had two  main concerns: (i) that
USLD's long distance and  operator services businesses  could gain knowledge  of
its competitors through call records processed by Billing
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
and  (ii) that Billing was somehow subsidizing USLD's long distance and operator
services businesses with  which these customers  compete. Since the  separation,
the  Billing Group and the Telecommunications Group have operated independently,
except for certain corporate activities conducted by USLD's corporate staff.
 
    In 1993, the Company  began to offer billing  management services to  direct
dial  long distance carriers  and information services  providers who have their
own billing and collection agreements with the local telephone companies.  These
customers  collect charges directly from the  local telephone companies and, for
marketing purposes,  may desire  to  place their  own  logo, name  and  customer
service  number  on the  long distance  bill  page. Billing  management services
provided by  the Company  to  such customers  may include  contract  management,
transaction processing, information management and reporting, tax compliance and
customer service.
 
    In  1994,  the Company  began  offering enhanced  billing  clearinghouse and
information   management    services   to    other   businesses    within    the
telecommunications   industry.   These  businesses   include  telecommunications
equipment providers,  information  providers and  other  communication  services
providers  of nonregulated services and products such as 900 access pay-per-call
transactions, cellular  long  distance  services, paging  services,  voice  mail
services,  caller ID and other telecommunications equipment. The Company entered
into additional  billing  and collection  agreements  with the  local  telephone
companies  to  process these  types  of transactions.  Management  believes that
billing for such  nonregulated products  and services  represents a  significant
expansion opportunity for the Company.
 
BILLING CLEARINGHOUSE AND INFORMATION MANAGEMENT SERVICES
 
    In  general, the  Company performs four  types of  billing clearinghouse and
information  management  services   under  different   billing  and   collection
agreements  with the local  telephone companies. First,  the Company offers Zero
Plus --  Zero Minus  billing  and information  management services  to  operator
services providers. This service is the original form of local telephone company
billing  provided by the Company  and has driven the  development of the systems
and infrastructure utilized by  all of the  Company's billing clearinghouse  and
information  management services. Second, the  Company performs direct dial long
distance billing, which is the billing of "1+" long distance telephone calls  to
individual  residential  customers  and small  commercial  accounts.  Third, the
Company performs  enhanced  billing  clearinghouse  and  information  management
services whereby it bills a wide array of charges that can be applied to a local
telephone  company  telephone  bill,  including  charges  for  900  pay-per-call
transactions, cellular services, paging services, voice mail services, caller ID
and other telecommunications  equipment. Finally, under  its billing  management
function,  the  Company  provides  any of  the  three  services  discussed above
utilizing the customer's own billing and collection agreements.
 
BILLING PROCESS
 
    Local telephone company billing relates to billing for transactions that are
included in the monthly  local telephone bill  of the end-user  as opposed to  a
direct bill that the end-user would receive directly from the telecommunications
or other services provider. The Company's customers submit telephone call record
data in batches, typically in weekly intervals; however, the frequency can range
from  daily  to monthly.  The  data is  submitted  either electronically  or via
magnetic tape. Billing,  through its  proprietary software,  sets-up an  account
receivable  for each batch of  call records that it  processes and processes the
telephone call  record data  to determine  the validity  of each  record and  to
include  for each record certain telecommunication taxes and applicable customer
identification information.  The Company  then  submits, through  a  third-party
vendor,  the relevant billable telephone call  records and other transactions to
the appropriate  local telephone  company for  billing and  collection.  Billing
monitors  and tracks each account receivable by customer and by batch throughout
the billing and collection process.  The local telephone companies then  include
these  telephone  call records  and other  transactions  in their  monthly local
telephone bills and remit the collected funds to the Company for payment to  its
customers. The complete cycle can take up to 18 months from the time the records
are submitted for billing until all bad debt reserves are "trued up" with actual
bad  debt experience. However, the billing and collection agreements provide for
the local telephone companies to purchase
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
the accounts  receivable, with  recourse, within  a  40 to  90 day  period.  The
payment  cycle from the time call records are transmitted to the local telephone
companies to  the  initial receipt  of  funds by  the  Company is,  on  average,
approximately  55  days. Typically,  90% of  the  value of  the call  records is
received in the initial payments by the local telephone companies.
 
    The Company  processes  the  tax records  associated  with  each  customer's
submitted  telephone  call  records  and other  transactions  and  files certain
federal excise  and  state  and  local  telecommunications-related  tax  returns
covering  such records and transactions on behalf  of many of its customers. The
Company submits more  than 1,000  tax returns on  behalf of  its customers  each
month.
 
    Billing  provides end-user inquiry and  investigation (customer service) for
billed  telephone  call  records.  This  service  allows  end-users  to  inquire
regarding  calls  for which  they were  billed.  The Company's  customer service
telephone number  is  included  in  the local  telephone  company  bill  to  the
end-user,  and the Company's customer  service representatives are authorized to
resolve end-user disputes regarding such calls.
 
    Billing earns its revenues based on (i) a processing fee that is assessed to
customers either  as a  fee charged  for  each telephone  call record  or  other
transaction  processed  or  as  percentage of  the  customer's  revenue  that is
submitted by  the Company  to  the local  telephone  companies for  billing  and
collection and (ii) a customer service inquiry fee that is assessed to customers
either  as a fee  charged for each record  processed by the Company  or as a fee
charged for each billing inquiry made by end-users. Any charges assessed to  the
Company  by local telephone  companies for billing  and collection services also
are included in revenues and are passed through to the customer.
 
    Through its  accounts  receivable  financing  program,  Billing  offers  its
customers  the option to receive, within  five days of the customer's submission
of records to Billing, a significant portion of the revenue associated with such
records. The customer pays interest for the period of time between the  purchase
of  records by  the Company  and the  time the  local telephone  company submits
payment to Billing for the subject records.
 
OPERATIONS
 
    The Company's billing clearinghouse and information management services  are
highly  automated  through  the  Company's  proprietary  computer  software  and
state-of-the-art data transmission  protocols. Except for  the end-user  inquiry
and  investigation service (Customer Service), the staff required to provide the
Company's billing clearinghouse and  information management services is  largely
administrative  and the  number of employees  is not  directly volume sensitive.
Most of the services offered by  Billing are automated and electronic by  nature
and  require a minimal amount of human intervention. Many of Billing's customers
submit their  records to  the Company  using electronic  transmission  protocols
directly  into  the  Company's  electronic  bulletin  board.  These  records are
automatically accessed by  Billing's proprietary software,  processed, and  then
submitted  to the local  telephone companies electronically.  Upon completion of
the billing process, the Company  provides reports relating to billable  records
and  returns any unbillable records to  its customers electronically through the
bulletin board.
 
    The Company operates two independent computer systems to ensure a continual,
uninterrupted processing  of billing  and information  management services.  One
system  is dedicated to daily processing activities and the other serves as both
a back-up to the primary  system and for storage of  up to 12 months of  billing
detail.  This  detail is  immediately accessible  to Billing's  customer service
representatives who handle billing inquiries. Because timely submission of  call
records  to the local telephone companies  is critical to prompt collections and
high collection rates,  Billing has  made a significant  investment in  computer
systems  so that its customers' call records  are processed and submitted to the
local telephone  companies in  a timely  manner, generally  within 24  hours  of
receipt by Billing.
 
    The  Company's  contracts with  its customers  provide  for the  billing and
information management services required by the customer specifying, among other
things, the services to be provided and the cost and term of the services.  Once
the   customer   executes   an   agreement,   Billing   updates   tables  within
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
each of the  local telephone companys'  billing systems to  control the type  of
records  processed,  the products  or services  allowed  by the  local telephone
companies, and the  printing of the  customer's name on  the end-user's  monthly
bill.  While  these  local  telephone  company  tables  are  being  updated, the
Company's technical  support  staff tests  the  customer's records  through  its
proprietary  software to ensure that the records can be transmitted to the local
telephone companies.
 
    Billing maintains a  relatively small direct  sales force of  less than  ten
people   and  accomplishes  most   of  its  marketing   efforts  through  active
participation in telecommunications industry  trade shows, educational  seminars
and  workshops. The Company advertises to a limited extent in trade journals and
other industry publications.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
    The Company  provides billing  and information  management services  to  the
following categories of telecommunications services providers:
 
    - Interexchange  Carriers  or  Long  Distance  Companies:  Facilities  based
      carriers that possess their own telecommunications switching equipment and
      networks and  that  provide  traditional  direct  dial  telecommunications
      services.  Certain  long  distance  companies  provide  operator  assisted
      services as well as  direct dial services. These  calls are billed to  the
      end-user  by the  local telephone company  in the case  of residential and
      small commercial accounts.
 
    - Switchless Resellers: Marketing  organizations, affinity  groups, or  even
      aggregator  operations  that buy  direct  dial long  distance  services in
      volume at wholesale rates  from a facilities  based long distance  company
      and  sell it back to individual customers at market rates. These calls are
      billed to  the end-user  by the  local telephone  company in  the case  of
      residential and small commercial accounts.
 
    - Operator  Services Providers: Carriers who handle "live" operator assisted
      or "automated"  operator  assisted calls  from  remote locations  using  a
      centralized telecommunications switching device. These calls are billed to
      local  telephone company  calling cards,  collect, third-party  numbers or
      person-to-person.
 
    - Customer  Owned  Coin  Operated  Telephone  Providers:  Privately   owned,
      intelligent pay telephones that handle "automated" operator assisted calls
      that are billed to a local telephone company calling card, collect or to a
      third-party number.
 
    - Customer  Premise Equipment  Providers: Carriers who  install equipment at
      aggregator  locations,  such  as  hotels,  university  dormitories,  penal
      institutions,  etc.,  which  handle calls  originated  from  that location
      device. These calls  are subsequently  billed to  local telephone  company
      calling cards, collect, third-party numbers or person-to-person.
 
    - Information   Providers:   Companies   that  provide   various   forms  of
      information, entertainment or  voice mail services  to subscribers.  These
      services  are  typically billed  to the  end-user  by the  local telephone
      company based on a 900 pay-per-call or a monthly recurring service fee.
 
    Other  billing   customers   include   suppliers   of   various   forms   of
telecommunications equipment, pager and cellular telephone companies.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The   Company   operates   in   a   highly   competitive   segment   of  the
telecommunications industry.  All  the  third-party  clearinghouses  are  either
privately held or, like Billing, are part of a larger parent company. Management
believes   that  Billing   is  the   largest  participant   in  the  third-party
clearinghouse industry in the  United States followed by  OAN Services, Inc.,  a
subsidiary  of Electronic  Data Systems,  Inc., itself  a subsidiary  of General
Motors Corporation. Consequently, availability of information on the industry is
scarce and it is  difficult to accurately  assess. However, management  believes
that  approximately  110  million  transactions  are  processed  each  month  by
third-party clearinghouses. The
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
Company estimates that  it processes  approximately 60%  of these  transactions.
Competition  among the  clearinghouses is  based on  the quality  of information
reporting, collection  history,  the  speed  of collections  and  the  price  of
services.
 
    The Company believes that there are several significant challenges that face
potential  new entrants in  the local telephone  company billing and information
management services  industry. The  cost to  acquire the  necessary billing  and
collection agreements is significant as is the cost to develop and implement the
required  systems for processing telephone  call records and other transactions.
Additionally, most of the  billing and collection agreements  require a user  to
make  substantial monthly or annual volume commitments. Given these factors, the
average cost of billing and collecting a  record could be expensive until a  new
entrant  could generate sufficient traffic to  compete effectively on price. The
price charged  by most  local  telephone companies  for billing  and  collection
services is based on volume commitments and actual volumes being processed. As a
major third-party clearinghouse, Billing enjoys some of the most favorable rates
available  in the industry and passes the benefits of its buying power on to its
customers.
 
    Because most  customers  in the  billing  clearinghouse industry  are  under
contract  with Billing or  one of its competitors,  management believes that the
existing market is already committed for up  to three years. In addition, a  new
entrant  must  be  financially sound  and  have system  integrity  because funds
collected  by  the  local  telephone  companies  flow  through  the  third-party
clearinghouse,  which then distributes the cash to the customer whose traffic is
being billed. Management believes  that the Company  enjoys a reputation  within
the   industry  for  the   timeliness  and  accuracy   of  its  collections  and
disbursements to customers.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    As the markets for the Company's services continue to develop and its target
market continues to demand increasingly sophisticated billing clearinghouse  and
information  management services,  the Company believes  there exist significant
opportunities to continue the expansion of its business base as new and existing
customers seek  to  outsource  these  services to  the  Company.  The  Company's
business strategy contains the following key elements:
 
    MAINTAIN  LEADERSHIP POSITION.  Billing  has developed a leadership position
in providing billing  clearinghouse and information  management services to  its
customers.  These services include  managing relations with  the local telephone
companies, developing automated reporting  and cash management tools,  providing
cost  efficient customer service operations  and offering cash flow alternatives
in the form of its advanced payment  program. While each of these functions  was
developed  separately over time, the combination  of these service offerings has
positioned the Company as  a total solution for  the management of a  customer's
billing  and information  management function. Billing's  services are currently
utilized by approximately  300 customers, and  management believes that  Billing
will maintain and expand its leadership position.
 
    EXPAND CUSTOMER BASE.  Management believes that the Company's reputation for
high  quality  services will  make  it an  important  resource for  providers of
services  and  products,  such  as,  900  pay-per-call  transactions,   cellular
services,  paging  services, voice  mail  services, Internet  services, personal
communication  services  ("PCS"),   caller  ID   and  other   telecommunications
equipment.  Like  its existing  customers, these  services providers  are likely
candidates  not  only  for  the  core  services  of  billing  clearinghouse  and
information  management, but also for the full package of services that includes
customer service and advanced payment for receivables. Management believes  that
the  high growth potential  of these services  providers may present significant
potential opportunities for the Company.
 
    NEW AND  ENHANCED  SERVICES.   The  Company  believes that  certain  new  or
enhanced  services  it currently  contemplates  developing and  offering  to the
marketplace present significant opportunities. These include the following:
 
    ENHANCE SYSTEM TO  INCLUDE INVOICE  READY PLATFORM.   The  Company plans  to
enhance  its  systems  and  billing and  collection  agreements  with  the local
telephone companies  to  include  an  "invoice ready"  billing  option  for  its
customers.  An invoice ready billing platform will enable the Company to offer a
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
customized bill page  for inclusion  in the  local telephone  company bill.  The
Company  will be  able to  put each  customer's logo,  end-user customer service
number, and a brief  marketing message on this  bill page. Currently,  companies
such  as AT&T, MCI  and Sprint bill  in this manner  through the local telephone
companies. Because of the substantial cost associated with the implementation of
an invoice  ready platform,  it is  not  economical for  many of  the  Company's
customers to develop this capability in-house. Therefore, the Company intends to
invest  in system  enhancements and new  billing and  collection agreements that
will allow it to offer invoice ready billing to its customers.
 
    EXPAND DIRECT  BILLING  CAPABILITY.    Management  believes  that  there  is
substantial demand by its customers and potential customers for a direct billing
product  that would allow them to bill  end-users directly for the services they
provide. Because these customers typically do not have or desire to maintain the
operational infrastructure or  the billing platform  necessary to produce  bills
and  send them directly  to end-users, these  customers typically outsource this
activity to  third-party  clearinghouses. The  Company  has targeted  as  likely
candidates  for such a direct billing  product the following types of customers:
long  distance  providers   serving  commercial   accounts,  cellular   services
providers,  PCS providers, competitive local  access providers, cable television
companies and utilities. Additionally the  Company is investigating the  concept
of  a  "Universal Bill"  whereby multiple  services and  products can  be billed
directly to the end-user  under one, unified billing  statement. The Company  is
currently  expanding its direct billing capability  and plans to begin marketing
the expanded service in 1997.
 
    PURSUE NEW TELECOMMUNICATIONS ACT  OPPORTUNITIES.  Management believes  that
the  recently enacted Telecommunications  Act will create  new opportunities for
third-party  clearinghouses.  The  Telecommunications  Act  requires  that   the
Regional  Bell Operating Companies use separate subsidiaries to provide services
not related to their existing regulated local services. The Company is presently
negotiating with  several  Regional Bell  Operating  Companies to  provide  both
in-territory  and  out-of-territory billing  for  their long  distance services.
While certain  telephone  call  records  are currently  being  billed  by  local
telephone  companies for each  other, the competition  among the local telephone
companies created by the Telecommunications Act may encourage these companies to
use a third-party clearinghouse such as the Company. The Telecommunications  Act
may provide an opportunity for the Company to compete for certain telephone call
records originated on pay telephones owned by the local telephone companies that
terminate  out of their territories. Management believes the Company is the most
efficient processor of these types of telephone call records and can succeed  in
penetrating this potential market as it develops.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
    At  April  30, 1996,  Billing had  215  full-time employees,  including five
executive officers,  five  sales  and  marketing  personnel,  34  technical  and
operations  personnel, 71 accounting, administrative  and support personnel, and
100 customer service representatives and related support personnel. At April 30,
1996, Billing also employed 181  part-time customer service representatives  and
support  personnel.  None  of Billing's  employees  is represented  by  a union.
Billing believes that its employee relations are good.
 
PROPERTIES
 
    At April  30, 1996,  Billing occupied  approximately 16,000  square feet  of
space  for its  corporate offices  at 9311  San Pedro,  Suite 400,  San Antonio,
Texas, substantially  all  of  which  will be  leased  pursuant  to  a  sublease
agreement  with USLD that expires in January 1998  with an option for a one year
renewal. In addition, Billing  will also sublease certain  space from USLD on  a
month  to  month basis.  See "Relationship  Between Billing  and USLD  After The
Distribution -- Transitional  Services and  Sublease Agreement."  At such  date,
Billing  also occupied an additional 50,000 square feet located at 10500 Highway
281, also  in San  Antonio,  Texas. Billing  believes  that its  facilities  are
adequate to meet its current needs.
 
LITIGATION
 
    In December 1993, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"),
Division  of Enforcement, instituted an informal  inquiry relating to certain of
USLD's accounting practices,
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
including revenue  recognition and  accounting related  to accounts  receivable,
purchased  receivables and other assets, and  related disclosures. When the USLD
Board learned of the Commission's informal inquiry, Arthur Andersen LLP,  USLD's
independent  public  accountants, was  engaged to  conduct  a special  review of
USLD's accounting policies and procedures. This  review was managed by a  senior
partner  of Arthur Andersen  LLP who was  not then involved  in the annual audit
process. This  special  review provided  strong  additional assurance  that  the
financial statements of USLD were fairly stated and in conformity with generally
accepted  accounting principles. Representatives of USLD and Arthur Andersen LLP
have met with the Enforcement Division  of the Commission to discuss the  issues
raised by the inquiry. On May 5, 1994, USLD was informed that the Commission had
instituted  a formal order of private investigation pursuant to Section 21(a) of
the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended  (IN THE MATTER  OF U.S.  LONG
DISTANCE   (HO-2852)),  relating  to,  among   other  things,  USLD's  financial
condition, results of operations, assets  and liabilities, revenues and  revenue
recognition   and  agreements  and  transactions.  Prior  to  August  1994,  the
Commission issued subpoenas requesting documentation  in a number of areas  from
USLD,  from Arthur Andersen  LLP, USLD's independent  auditors, and from certain
third parties, including former employees of USLD. USLD has and will continue to
cooperate fully with the  Commission. Although USLD  and Billing cannot  predict
when  the Commission's private investigation will be concluded, based upon their
review of facts and  circumstances, neither of  USLD's nor Billing's  management
believes  that  the  Commission's  review  of this  matter  will  result  in any
adjustment of USLD's or Billing's financial statements.
 
    Billing  is  involved  in  various  claims,  legal  actions  and  regulatory
proceedings  arising in the ordinary course  of business. Billing believes it is
unlikely that the final  outcome of any  of the claims  or proceedings to  which
Billing  is a party would have a  material adverse effect on Billing's financial
position or results of operations; however,  due to the inherent uncertainty  of
litigation,  there can  be no  assurance that  the resolution  of any particular
claim or  proceeding would  not  have a  material  adverse effect  on  Billing's
results of operations for the fiscal period in which such resolution occurred.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD
 
    Upon  consummation of  the Distribution,  Billing's Board  of Directors will
comprise five directors, Parris H. Holmes, Jr. (Chairman), Alan W. Saltzman, Lee
Cooke, and two directors to be named prior to the Distribution.
 
    In connection with the Distribution, the Billing Board will be divided  into
three classes. Directors for each class will stand for re-election at the annual
meeting  of  stockholders held  in the  year in  which the  term for  such class
expires and, if elected, will serve  thereafter for three years. The  expiration
of  the initial term of Billing's directors  as of the Distribution Date will be
as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        INITIAL TERM
DIRECTOR                                                                                   EXPIRES
- - -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr...............................................................
Alan W. Saltzman...................................................................
Lee Cooke..........................................................................
                        ...........................................................
                        ...........................................................
</TABLE>
 
    The business of Billing will be managed under the direction of its Board  of
Directors.  The Billing  Board will have  three standing  committees: (i) Audit,
(ii) Compensation and (iii) Nominating and Corporate Governance ("Nominating").
 
    The Audit Committee will comprise certain directors who are not employees of
Billing or  any of  its subsidiaries.  The Audit  Committee will  meet with  the
independent   auditors,  management   representatives  and   internal  auditors;
recommend to the Billing Board appointment of independent auditors; approve  the
scope  of  audits and  other services  to  be performed  by the  independent and
internal auditors; consider whether the performance of any professional  service
by  the  auditors other  than  services provided  in  connection with  the audit
function could impair the independence of  the outside auditors; and review  the
results of internal and external audits and the accounting principles applied in
financial  reporting  and financial  and  operational controls.  The independent
auditors and  internal  auditors will  have  unrestricted access  to  the  Audit
Committee and vice versa.
 
    The  Compensation  Committee will  comprise  certain directors  who  are not
employees of Billing or  any of its  subsidiaries. The Compensation  Committee's
functions  will include recommendations  on policies and  procedures relating to
senior officers' compensation and various employee stock and other benefit plans
and approval of individual salary adjustments and stock awards in those areas.
 
    The Nominating  Committee  will  comprise  certain  directors  who  are  not
employees  of Billing or any of  its subsidiaries. The Nominating Committee will
consider candidates  for  election as  directors  and will  be  responsible  for
keeping   abreast  of  and  making  recommendations  with  regard  to  corporate
governance in  general. In  addition,  the Committee  will fulfill  an  advisory
function  with respect to a range of matters affecting the Billing Board and its
Committees,  including   the  making   of   recommendations  with   respect   to
qualifications  of director candidates, compensation of directors, the selection
of committee chairmen, committee assignments  and related matters affecting  the
functioning  of the Billing  Board. The Committee will  consider nominees to the
Billing Board recommended by stockholders of Billing where such  recommendations
are made pursuant to the procedures which are described in Billing's Certificate
of  Incorporation and Bylaws. The form of Billing's Bylaws is attached hereto as
Annex D.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    MEETING AND  ANNUAL RETAINER  FEES.   Each outside  member of  the Board  of
Directors  will receive a  meeting fee of  $2,000 for each  meeting of the Board
attended.  Additionally,  each  member  of  the  Compensation  Committee,  Audit
Committee  or Nominating Committee will receive  $500 for each committee meeting
attended during the year except that the Chairperson of each such committee will
receive $1,000 for attendance. In  each case, the members  of the Board will  be
reimbursed for their
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
travel  expenses to and from the meetings.  The Board members will not receive a
fee for telephonic meetings.  In addition, Billing will  pay an Annual  Director
Fee,  currently  $15,000 per  year,  to each  outside  director of  Billing. See
"Executive Compensation  -- Employee  Benefit Plans  -- Stock  Option and  Grant
Plans."
 
    STOCK  OPTIONS.  Pursuant to Billing's  Director Plan, each outside director
automatically will  be granted  a stock  option to  purchase certain  shares  of
Billing  Common Stock. See "Executive Compensation  -- Employee Benefit Plans --
Stock Option and Grant Plans." Options automatically received under the  Billing
Director  Plan are  in addition to  any stock  option elected to  be received in
payment of the Annual Director Fee.
 
    The following table sets forth certain information regarding options granted
during the  period  October  1,  1994 through  September  30,  1995  to  outside
directors  of USLD,  who will be  outside directors of  Billing. For information
concerning the treatment  of USLD options  held by Billing  directors after  the
Distribution,  see "Relationship Between Billing and USLD after the Distribution
- - -- Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         UNREALIZED
                                                       SECURITIES                         VALUE OF
                                                       UNDERLYING         EXERCISE       OPTIONS AT
                                                        PRESENTLY           PRICE       SEPTEMBER 30,
DIRECTOR                                           EXERCISABLE OPTIONS    PER SHARE      1995 ($)(1)
- - -------------------------------------------------  -------------------  -------------  ---------------
<S>                                                <C>                  <C>            <C>
Lee Cooke........................................          15,000        $    11.125     $    59,063
                                                           10,000        $     12.00     $    30,625
</TABLE>
 
- - ------------------------
(1) Reflects  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  underlying  securities  as
    determined  by reference to  the closing price  of USLD Common  Stock on the
    Nasdaq National Market on September 29, 1995 ($15.0625 per share) minus  the
    aggregate exercise price for each option.
 
    DIRECTOR  COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN.  Billing  has adopted, to be effective
upon  the  Distribution,  the   Billing  Information  Concepts  Corp.   Director
Compensation Deferral Plan (the "Billing Director Deferral Plan"). Participation
in  the Billing Director Deferral  Plan will be offered  to outside directors of
Billing who elect  to participate  as provided  in the  plan ("Billing  Director
Deferral  Participants").  The  Billing  Director Deferral  Plan  is  a deferred
compensation plan that generally  allows Billing Director Deferral  Participants
to make voluntary deferral contributions ("Voluntary Director Contribution"), on
a  pre-tax basis, in increments of 1%, of up to 100% of the fees paid by Billing
for services rendered as a director. In addition, Billing intends to  contribute
each  plan year,  on behalf  of each  Billing Director  Deferral Participant, an
amount equal  to 33%  of that  director's Voluntary  Director Contribution  (the
"Billing  Director Contribution"); provided, however,  that Billing reserves the
right to eliminate the  Billing Director Contribution at  any time or provide  a
Billing  Director Contribution of a different  amount. From time to time Billing
shall credit  each Billing  Director Deferral  Participant's participating  plan
with  interest at the  rate declared by  Billing in accordance  with the Billing
Director Deferral Plan.
 
    Billing Director Deferral Participants will be annually vested in 33% of any
Billing Director  Contribution  beginning  with the  Billing  Director  Deferral
Participant's  first anniversary of  service and becoming  100% vested after the
third anniversary of service  or upon a change  in control of Billing.  Benefits
are  generally  payable  to  a Billing  Director  Deferral  Participant  (or his
beneficiary) upon retirement,  disability, termination of  service or death,  in
each case as provided in the Billing Director Deferral Plan. In fiscal 1995, Lee
Cooke elected to make voluntary deferral contributions of $14,500, and USLD made
a contribution of $4,785 on Mr. Cooke's behalf.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
    Set  forth below  is information  with respect  to each  individual who will
serve as a director or executive officer of Billing as of the Distribution Date.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          NAME                 AGE                                    POSITION
- - -------------------------      ---      --------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>          <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr.....          52   Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Alan W. Saltzman.........          49   President and Chief Operating Officer
Kelly E. Simmons.........          41   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Paul L. Gehri............          42   Vice President of Sales of BICI and ESBI
Michael R. Long..........          51   Vice President of Information Technology of BICI and ESBI
Lee Cooke................          49   Director
</TABLE>
 
- - ------------------------
(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.
 
(3) Member of the Nominating Committee.
 
    The following is  a description  of the biographies  of Billing's  executive
officers and directors for the past five years.
 
    PARRIS  H.  HOLMES,  JR. has  served  as  Chairman of  the  Board  and Chief
Executive Officer of  USLD since  September 8, 1986.  Prior to  March 1993,  Mr.
Holmes  also served  as President of  USLD. Mr. Holmes  is also a  member of the
Board of Directors  of Tanisys  Technology, Inc.,  a developer  and marketer  of
computer peripheral equipment.
 
    ALAN  W. SALTZMAN has  been Executive Vice  President -- Operations, Billing
and Information Management  of the USLD  since May 1993.  Mr. Saltzman has  been
Chief  Operating  Officer  of ZPDI  since  February  1991. In  August  1994, Mr.
Saltzman was elected President of ZPDI. Mr. Saltzman has been an adviser to  the
Board  of Directors of USLD since February  1994. Mr. Saltzman joined Billing in
1989 as Vice  President --  Information Management  Systems. Mr.  Saltzman is  a
director of Tanisys Technology, Inc.
 
    KELLY  E.  SIMMONS joined  USLD in  November  1988 as  Corporate Controller.
During 1990,  Mr. Simmons  was promoted  to the  position of  Vice President  of
Accounting  and Corporate Treasurer. In July  1992, separate departments for the
accounting and  treasury  functions were  created,  at which  time  Mr.  Simmons
retained  responsibility for the treasury  function and was named Vice-President
- - -- Finance and Corporate Treasurer. In  September 1994, Mr. Simmons also  became
Vice  President  -- Administration.  In October  1995,  Mr. Simmons  also became
Senior Vice President of Business Development and Corporate Treasurer.
 
    PAUL L. GEHRI has served as Vice President of Sales for ZPDI since May 1992.
Mr. Gehri was Vice President of Sales of U.S. Long Distance, Inc. from July 1991
to May 1992  and was Director  of Sales  and a principal  of National  Telephone
Exchange, Inc., a company acquired by USLD, from 1988 to July 1991.
 
    MICHAEL  R.  LONG has  served as  Vice  President --  Management Information
Systems of U.S.  Long Distance, Inc.  since December 1993.  Prior to that  time,
from  1989 to  1993, Mr.  Long served in  various capacities  at United Services
Automobile Association, first as Director -- Life Systems Strategic  Development
(1989-1991),  then as Executive  Director -- Life  Systems Strategic Development
(1991-1993) and most recently  as Assistant Vice President  -- Life, Health  and
Annuity Systems (1993).
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
    LEE  COOKE has served as  a director of USLD since  1991. Since May 1992, he
has been Chairman of the Board  and Chief Executive Officer of Medical  Polymers
Technologies,  Inc.  From 1988  through 1991,  Mr. Cooke  served in  the elected
position of Mayor of Austin, Texas.
 
                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following  Summary Compensation  Table  sets forth  certain  information
regarding  compensation paid  by USLD  to the  individuals serving  as Billing's
Chief Executive Officer  and the  four other most  highly compensated  executive
officers  for the three  fiscal years ended  September 30, 1995,  1994 and 1993.
During the periods  presented, the  individuals were  compensated in  accordance
with  USLD's plan and policies. All references  in the tables to stock and stock
options relate to awards of stock and stock options of USLD.
 
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                             LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                                                                                     AWARDS
                                                                                           --------------------------
                                                ANNUAL COMPENSATION                         RESTRICTED    SECURITIES
           NAME AND                          -------------------------    OTHER ANNUAL         STOCK      UNDERLYING
      PRINCIPAL POSITION        FISCAL YEAR   SALARY ($)   BONUS ($)(1) COMPENSATION ($)   AWARDS ($)(3)  OPTIONS (#)
- - ------------------------------  -----------  ------------  -----------  -----------------  -------------  -----------
<S>                             <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>                <C>            <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr..........        1995   $ 276,000      $ 750,000      $  22,421(2)     $       0        100,000
  Chairman of the Board               1994     271,113              0              0          159,375(4)      90,000
  and Chief Executive Officer         1993     223,254        175,000              0                0         50,000
Alan W. Saltzman..............        1995     147,308        100,000              0                0         25,000
  President and                       1994     136,790         10,000              0           31,875(6)      58,000
  Chief Operating Officer             1993     118,269         45,000              0                0         28,000
Kelly E. Simmons..............        1995      96,000         33,000              0                0              0
  Senior Vice President               1994      95,479          5,000              0           12,250(8)      19,000
  and Chief Financial Officer         1993      86,385         10,000              0                0         10,000
Paul L. Gehri.................        1995      83,654         10,000              0                0              0
  Vice President of Sales             1994      80,462         10,000              0                0         16,500
  of BICI and ESBI                    1993      74,923         16,000              0                0          6,500
Michael R. Long...............        1995      84,900         15,500              0                0              0
  Vice President of                   1994      63,750(11)          0              0                0         19,500
  Information Technology of           1993           0              0              0                0              0
  BICI and ESBI
 
<CAPTION>
                                  ALL OTHER
           NAME AND              COMPENSATION
      PRINCIPAL POSITION             ($)
- - ------------------------------  --------------
<S>                             <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr..........   $  38,964(5)
  Chairman of the Board             24,637
  and Chief Executive Officer        3,125
Alan W. Saltzman..............       8,792(7)
  President and                      6,614
  Chief Operating Officer            2,212
Kelly E. Simmons..............       2,863(9)
  Senior Vice President                  0
  and Chief Financial Officer            0
Paul L. Gehri.................       3,333(10)
  Vice President of Sales            3,033
  of BICI and ESBI                   1,390
Michael R. Long...............           0
  Vice President of                      0
  Information Technology of              0
  BICI and ESBI
</TABLE>
 
- - ------------------------------
(1)  In 1994 and 1993, represents bonuses earned in the applicable fiscal  year,
     but  paid 50%  in January and  50% in  April of the  following fiscal year.
     Payment of such bonuses was conditioned  upon USLD recognizing a profit  in
     its  first  and  second  fiscal  quarters  respectively.  These conditions,
     however, were waived by USLD for  those bonuses earned for fiscal 1993  and
     1994.
 
(2)  Represents amounts reimbursed during fiscal 1995 for the payment of taxes.
 
(3)  At  September 30, 1995, the number  and value of aggregate restricted stock
     award holdings were as  follows: Mr. Holmes,  15,000 shares ($225,938)  and
     Mr.  Saltzman, 3,000  shares ($45,188). The  value of  the restricted stock
     awards was determined by multiplying the market value of the USLD's  Common
     Stock on September 29, 1995 as determined by reference to the closing price
     of  the Common Stock on the Nasdaq  National Market ($15.0625 per share) by
     the number of shares  of restricted stock held.  If any dividends are  paid
     with  respect to USLD's  Common Stock, such  dividends will be  paid on the
     restricted stock.
 
(4)  Mr. Holmes was granted 15,000 shares of restricted stock on March 1,  1994,
     which vested 50% on February 1, 1995 and 50% on February 1, 1996.
 
(5)  Represents  $1,871 in USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan contributions, $15,686 in
     USLD deferred  compensation contributions  and  $21,407 in  life  insurance
     premiums made or paid on behalf of Mr. Holmes during fiscal 1995.
 
(6)  Mr.  Saltzman was granted 3,000 shares on  March 1, 1994, which vest 50% on
     February 1, 1995 and 50% on February 1, 1996.
 
(7)  Represents $2,391 in USLD 401(k)  Retirement Plan contributions and  $6,401
     in  USLD deferred compensation contributions made on behalf of Mr. Saltzman
     during fiscal 1995.
 
(8)  Mr. Simmons was granted 1,000 shares on March 24, 1994, which vested 50% on
     February 1, 1995 and 50% on February 1, 1996.
 
(9) Represents $1,303 in USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan contributions and $1,560 in
    USLD deferred  compensation  contributions made  on  behalf of  Mr.  Simmons
    during fiscal 1995.
 
(10)  Represents $1,538 in USLD 401(k)  Retirement Plan contributions and $1,795
    in USLD deferred compensation contributions made on behalf of Mr. Gehri.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
(11) Amount  shown  reflects Mr.  Long's  salary  from December  27,  1993,  the
    beginning  date of his employment with U.S. Long Distance, Inc., through the
    end of fiscal 1994.
 
STOCK OPTION GRANTS IN FISCAL 1995
 
    The following table provides certain information related to options  granted
to  the named executive  officers of Billing  during the period  October 1, 1994
through September  30,  1995  pursuant  to USLD  stock  plans.  For  information
concerning  the treatment  of USLD  options held  by Billing  officers after the
Distribution, see "Relationship Between Billing and USLD after the  Distribution
- - -- Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                  INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                         VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                            ------------------------------                                  ANNUAL RATES OF
                                               NUMBER OF      % OF TOTAL                                      STOCK PRICE
                                              SECURITIES        OPTIONS        EXERCISE                     APPRECIATION FOR
                                              UNDERLYING      GRANTED TO       OR BASE                      OPTION TERM (4)
                                                OPTIONS      EMPLOYEES IN       PRICE        EXPIRATION   --------------------
NAME                                        GRANTED (#)(1)    FISCAL 1995     ($/SH) (2)        DATE       5% ($)     10% ($)
- - ------------------------------------------  ---------------  -------------  --------------  ------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                         <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>           <C>        <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr......................       100,000            44.4     $  14.875(3)      4/12/00(3) $ 410,969  $ 908,134
                                                                                                           (310,817)  (686,824)
Alan W. Saltzman..........................        25,000            11.1        14.875(3)      4/12/00(3)   102,742    227,033
                                                                                                            (77,704)  (171,706)
Kelly E. Simmons..........................             0               0           N/A             N/A          N/A        N/A
Paul L. Gehri.............................             0               0           N/A             N/A          N/A        N/A
Michael R. Long...........................             0               0           N/A             N/A          N/A        N/A
</TABLE>
 
- - ------------------------------
(1)  For  each named  executive officer,  the option  listed represents  a grant
     under USLD's  Employee  Option  Plan.  Of  the  options  granted  in  1995,
     one-third  were immediately  vested and,  under the  terms of  the Employee
     Option Plan,  were  exercisable six  months  from  the date  of  grant  and
     one-third  each are exercisable on the two anniversaries following the date
     of grant.
 
(2) The exercise price may be paid by delivery of already owned shares of Common
    Stock or by offset of the underlying shares of USLD Common Stock, subject to
    certain conditions.
 
(3) In  November 1995,  each of  these options  was voluntarily  surrendered  in
    consideration  of an option grant for the same number of shares at an option
    exercise price of  $11.25 per share,  and the option  expiration dates  were
    extended to November 27, 2000.
 
(4)  Calculation  based on  stock option  exercise price  over period  of option
    assuming annual  compounding. The  columns  present estimates  of  potential
    values  based on certain mathematical assumptions. The actual value, if any,
    that an executive officer may realize is dependent upon the market price  on
    the  date  of option  exercise.  Amounts in  parentheses  indicate potential
    realizable value after giving effect to repricing described in footnote 3.
 
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN FISCAL 1995 AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
    The following table provides information related to options exercised by the
named executive officers of  Billing during the period  October 1, 1994  through
September  30, 1995 and the number and value of USLD options held at fiscal year
end.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        NUMBER OF SECURITIES       VALUE(3) OF UNEXERCISED
                                                                       UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED            IN-THE-MONEY
                                   SHARES ACQUIRED                    OPTIONS AT FY-END (#)(2)     OPTIONS AT FY-END ($)(3)
                                     UPON OPTION         VALUE       --------------------------  ----------------------------
              NAME                  EXERCISE (#)     REALIZED ($)(1) EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- - --------------------------------  -----------------  --------------  -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------
<S>                               <C>                <C>             <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr............         18,000        $  138,250       105,501       100,499    $  396,304     $  200,571
                                                                                                   (517,140)(4)   (442,235)(4)
Alan W. Saltzman................         15,000           129,375        64,334        38,666       315,313        125,000
                                                                                                   (345,562)(4)   (185,414)(4)
Kelly E. Simmons................          7,333            88,913        24,000        11,000       177,000         60,813
Paul L. Gehri...................          7,000            78,785        24,709        10,041       184,620         20,118
Michael R. Long.................          6,501            35,370             0        12,999             0        111,222
</TABLE>
 
- - ------------------------------
(1)  Market value  of the  underlying  securities at  exercise date,  minus  the
     exercise price.
 
(2)  Does  not give  effect to  the repricing and  regrant of  options in fiscal
     1996, which, among  other things, lengthened  the period of  time in  which
     certain options become exercisable.
 
(3)  Market  value of the underlying securities  at September 29, 1995 ($15.0625
     per share), minus the exercise price.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
(4)  Amount in parentheses reflects value  after repricing of options  occurring
     in fiscal 1996. See "Stock Option Grants in Fiscal 1995" above.
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. 401(K) RETIREMENT PLAN
 
    Prior  to  the  Distribution,  Billing will  adopt  the  Billing Information
Concepts Corp. 401(k) Retirement Plan (the "Billing Retirement Plan") which will
be effective upon the effective date  of the Registration Statement on Form  10.
Participation  in  the  Billing  Retirement Plan  will  be  offered  to eligible
employees of  Billing or  its subsidiaries  (collectively, the  "Participants").
Generally,  all employees of Billing or its subsidiaries who are 21 years of age
and who have completed  one year of  service during which  they worked at  least
1,000 hours will be eligible for participation in the Billing Retirement Plan.
 
    The  Billing  Retirement Plan  will  be a  401(k)  plan, a  form  of defined
contribution plan which provides that Participants generally may make  voluntary
salary  deferral contributions,  on a  pre-tax basis, of  between 1%  and 15% of
their base compensation  in the  form of voluntary  payroll deductions  up to  a
maximum   amount   as   indexed  for   cost-of-living   adjustments  ("Voluntary
Contributions"). Billing will make  matching contributions equal  to 50% of  the
first 3% of a Participant's compensation contributed as salary deferral. Billing
may  from time to  time make additional discretionary  contributions at the sole
discretion of the Billing  Board. The discretionary  contributions, if any,  are
allocated  to Participants' accounts based on  a discretionary percentage of the
Participants' respective salary deferrals.
 
    Participants will be gradually vested  in all contributions made by  Billing
over  a period of  five years of credited  service, vesting 25%  a year for each
full year of service  beginning with the  Participant's second anniversary,  and
becoming  100%  vested after  five years  of  service or  upon death,  total and
permanent disability, retirement  under the Billing  Retirement Plan or  Billing
Retirement  Plan termination. Participants  will be always  100% vested in their
Voluntary Contributions. Service with USLD  prior to the Distribution Date  will
be credited under the Billing Retirement Plan for purposes of vesting as well as
eligibility to participate.
 
    STOCK OPTION AND GRANT PLANS.
 
    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. 1996 EMPLOYEE COMPREHENSIVE STOCK PLAN
 
    GENERAL.   Prior to  the Distribution, Billing  will adopt, and  USLD as the
sole stockholder of Billing will approve, the Billing Information Concepts, Inc.
1996 Employee  Comprehensive Stock  Plan (the  "Billing Employee  Stock  Plan"),
which  will  become  effective  upon  the  effective  date  of  the Registration
Statement on Form  10. The  purpose of  the Billing  Employee Stock  Plan is  to
further  the success of Billing and its  affiliates by making the Billing Common
Stock available for purchase by all officers and employees upon the exercise  of
options  and  by  awarding restricted  shares  of  Billing Common  Stock  to its
officers and  employees and  thus  providing incentive  to such  individuals  to
continue  in  the  service  of  Billing  and  its  affiliates  and  giving  such
individuals a greater interest in Billing as stockholders. The Billing  Employee
Stock Plan provides for (i) the grant of incentive stock options ("ISOs"), under
Section  422 of the Internal Revenue Code,  (ii) the grant of nonqualified stock
options that do not qualify  under Section 422 of  the Code ("NQSOs") and  (iii)
the  award of  shares of  restricted stock  of Billing.  Under the  terms of the
Billing Employee Stock Plan, 3,500,000 shares of Billing Common Stock have  been
reserved  for the  granting of  options and awards  of restricted  stock. If any
option or  award  granted under  the  Billing Employee  Stock  Plan  terminates,
expires or is surrendered as to any shares, new options or awards may thereafter
be made covering such shares.
 
    Based  upon the number of USLD stock options outstanding on May 10, 1996, it
is anticipated that  NQSOs to purchase  a total of  1,685,475 shares of  Billing
Common  Stock will be granted in connection with the distribution to USLD option
holders prior to the  Distribution. See "Relationship  Between Billing and  USLD
after  the  Distribution  --  Benefit Plans  and  Employment  Matters Allocation
Agreement."
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
    ADMINISTRATION.  The Billing Employee Stock Plan will be administered by the
Compensation Committee of  two "disinterested persons"  appointed by the  Board.
The  Billing  Employee Stock  Plan grants  broad  authority to  the Compensation
Committee to grant options or award restricted shares to full-time employees and
officers of  Billing  and its  subsidiaries  (estimated to  total  600  eligible
individuals at the Distribution Date) selected by the Compensation Committee, to
determine  the number of shares subject to  options or awards and to provide for
the appropriate periods and methods  of exercise and requirements regarding  the
vesting of options and awards of restricted shares.
 
    TERMS OF OPTIONS.  The Billing Employee Stock Plan will limit the discretion
allowed  to the Compensation Committee in granting options. The option price per
share with  respect to  each  option shall  be  determined by  the  Compensation
Committee,  but shall in  no instance be less  than the par  value of the shares
subject to the option. In  addition, the option price for  ISOs may not be  less
than  100% of the fair market  value of the Billing Common  Stock on the date of
grant. An ISO may be granted to  a participant only if such participant, at  the
time  the option is granted, does not own  stock possessing more than 10% of the
total combined voting power of all classes of Common Stock of Billing or of  its
parent  or subsidiary. The preceding restriction shall  not apply if at the time
the option is granted the option price is at least 110% of the fair market value
of the Billing Common Stock subject to  the option and such option by its  terms
is  not exercisable after the  expiration of five years  from the date of grant.
The aggregate  fair  market value  (determined  as of  the  time the  option  is
granted)  of the stock with respect to  which ISOs are exercisable for the first
time by a participant in  any calendar year (under all  plans of Billing and  of
any  parent  or  subsidiary)  shall  not  exceed  $100,000.  There  is  no price
requirement for NQSOs,  other than  that the option  price must  exceed the  par
value  of the  Billing Common Stock.  The Compensation Committee  may permit the
option purchase price  to be payable  by transfer to  Billing of Billing  Common
Stock  owned  by the  option holder  with a  fair  market value  at the  time of
exercise equal to the option purchase price. The expiration date of each  option
shall  be fixed by the Compensation Committee, but notwithstanding any provision
of the Billing Employee Stock Plan to the contrary, such expiration shall not be
more than ten years  from the date  of grant. No  participant shall receive  any
grant  of options, whether ISOs or NQSOs,  for more than an aggregate of 150,000
shares of Billing Common Stock during any one fiscal year of Billing.
 
    Options to acquire Billing Common Stock granted to USLD optionees under  the
Billing  Employee Stock  Plan prior to  the Distribution shall  have vesting and
other material provisions  similar to  those of  the related  USLD options.  See
"Relationship  Between Billing and USLD after  the Distribution -- Benefit Plans
and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement."
 
    TERMS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.   The Billing Employee Stock Plan  permits
the Compensation Committee to make awards of shares of Billing Common Stock that
are  subject to a designated  period during which such  shares of Billing Common
Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise  encumbered,
which  period shall not  be less than one  (1) year nor more  than two (2) years
from the date of grant. As a condition to any award, the Compensation  Committee
may  require an employee to pay to Billing  the amount (such as the par value of
such shares) required to  be received by Billing  in order to assure  compliance
with  applicable state law. Any award  for which such requirement is established
shall automatically expire if not purchased in accordance with the  Compensation
Committee's   requirements  within  60  days  after   the  date  of  grant.  The
Compensation Committee  may, at  any  time, reduce  the restricted  period  with
respect  to  any  outstanding  shares  of  restricted  stock  and  any  retained
distributions with  respect thereto  awarded under  the Billing  Employee  Stock
Plan.  Shares of restricted stock awarded  under the Billing Employee Stock Plan
shall constitute issued and outstanding shares  of Billing Common Stock for  all
corporate purposes.
 
    Each employee shall have the right to vote the restricted stock held by such
employee, to receive and retain all cash dividends and distributions thereon and
exercise  all other rights, powers and privileges  of a holder of Billing Common
Stock with respect  to such restricted  stock, with the  exception that (i)  the
employee  will  not  be  entitled  to  delivery  of  the  stock  certificate  or
certificates representing  such restricted  stock  until the  restricted  period
applicable to such shares or a portion thereof shall have expired and unless all
other  vesting  requirements with  respect  thereto shall  have  been fulfilled;
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
(ii) other than cash  dividends and distributions and  rights to purchase  stock
that  might  be  distributed to  stockholders  of Billing,  Billing  will retain
custody of all retained  distributions (any securities  or other property  other
than  cash dividends distributed by Billing  or otherwise received by the holder
in respect of restricted stock during any restricted period) made or declared or
otherwise received by the holder thereof  with respect to restricted stock  (and
such  retained distributions will be subject to the same restrictions, terms and
conditions as are applicable to the restricted stock with respect to which  they
made,  paid or  declared) until  such time,  if ever,  as the  restricted period
applicable to the shares with respect to which such retained distribution  shall
have  been  made, paid  or declared  or  received shall  have expired,  and such
retained distribution  shall not  bear  interest or  be segregated  in  separate
accounts;  (iii) an employee  may not sell,  assign, transfer, pledge, exchange,
encumber or dispose of any restricted stock or any retained distributions during
the applicable restricted period; and (iv) upon the breach of any  restrictions,
terms  or  conditions  provided  in  the  Billing  Employee  Stock  Plan  or the
respective agreement or otherwise established by the Compensation Committee with
respect to any restricted stock or retained distributions, such restricted stock
and  any  related  retained  distributions  shall  thereupon  be   automatically
forfeited.  Unless otherwise provided  in the agreement  relating to award, upon
the occurrence of a change of control, as defined in the Billing Employee  Stock
Plan,  all  restrictions  imposed on  the  employee's restricted  stock  and any
retained  distributions  shall  automatically   terminate  and  lapse  and   the
restricted  period shall  terminate; provided,  however, that  if the  change in
control occurs within six months of the  date of grant the restrictions and  the
restricted period shall terminate on the sixth anniversary of the date of grant.
 
    ADJUSTMENTS.   The Compensation Committee, in  its discretion, may make such
adjustments in the  option price,  the number  of shares  and other  appropriate
provisions  covered  by outstanding  options and  the number  or kind  of shares
covered by outstanding awards of restricted  stock that are required to  prevent
any  dilution or enlargement  of the rights  of the holders  of such options and
awards that would  otherwise result from  any reorganization,  recapitalization,
stock  split,  stock  dividend, combination  of  shares,  merger, consolidation,
issuance of rights or any other change in the capital structure of Billing.  The
Compensation Committee, in its discretion, may also make such adjustments in the
aggregate  number of shares subject to options and the number or class of shares
subject to  restricted  stock  awards  which  are  appropriate  to  reflect  any
transaction or event described in the preceding sentence.
 
    AMENDMENT  AND TERMINATION.  The Board of  Directors may at any time suspend
or terminate the Billing Employee Stock Plan  or may amend it from time to  time
in  such respects  as the Board  of Directors  may deem advisable  in order that
options and awards  of restricted stock  granted thereunder may  conform to  any
changes  in the law or in any other respect that the Board of Directors may deem
to be in the best interests of Billing; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that without approval
by the stockholders of Billing voting the proper percentage of its voting power,
no such amendment shall make any change  in the Billing Employee Stock Plan  for
which  stockholder approval is required  of Billing in order  to comply with (i)
Rule 16b-3, as  amended, promulgated under  the Exchange Act,  (ii) the Code  or
regulatory  provisions dealing with  ISOs, (iii) any  rules for listed companies
promulgated by any national stock exchange on which Billing stock is traded,  or
(iv)  any other  applicable rule or  law. Unless sooner  terminated, the Billing
Employee Stock  Plan  shall  terminate  ten years  after  the  date  it  becomes
effective. Except in connection with satisfaction of withholding requirements of
any  federal,  state  or  local withholding  tax,  no  amendment,  suspension or
termination of  the Billing  Employee Stock  Plan shall,  or consent  impair  or
negate  any of the rights or obligations under any option or award of restricted
stock theretofore  granted under  the Billing  Employee Stock  Plan without  the
consent  of  the  participant granted  such  option  or awarded  such  shares of
restricted stock.
 
    CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES.  The following is intended only  as
a  general guide as to certain federal income tax consequences under current law
for participation in  the Billing Employee  Stock Plan and  does not attempt  to
describe  all  potential  tax consequences.  Furthermore,  tax  consequences are
subject to change and  a taxpayer's particular situation  may be such that  some
variation of the described rules is applicable.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
    Options.   No tax obligation will arise for the optionee or Billing upon the
granting of either  ISOs or NQSOs  under the Billing  Employee Stock Plan.  Upon
exercise  of a  NQSO, an  optionee will recognize  ordinary income  in an amount
equal to the excess, if any, of the fair market value on the date of exercise of
the stock  acquired over  the exercise  price  of the  option. Billing  will  be
entitled to a tax deduction in an amount equal to the ordinary income recognized
by  the  optionee.  Any additional  gain  or  loss realized  by  an  optionee on
disposition of the shares generally will be capital gain or loss to the optionee
and will not result in any additional  tax deduction to Billing. Because a  NQSO
cannot  be exercised  prior to six  months from  the date of  grant, the taxable
event arising from exercise of NQSOs  by officers of Billing subject to  Section
16(b) of the Exchange Act occurs on the date the option is exercised. The income
recognized  at the end of  any deferral period will  include any appreciation in
the value of the stock during that  period, and the capital gain holding  period
of the stock for purposes of obtaining long-term capital gain treatment will not
begin until the completion of such period.
 
    Upon  the exercise  of an ISO,  an optionee recognizes  no immediate taxable
income. The tax cost is deferred until the optionee ultimately sells the  shares
of stock. If the optionee does not dispose of the option shares within two years
from  the date the option was granted and  within one year after the exercise of
the option ("holding  periods"), and the  ISO is exercised  no later than  three
months  after the termination of the optionee's employment, the gain on the sale
will be treated  as long-term capital  gain. Subject to  the limitations in  the
Billing  Employee Stock  Plan, certain of  these holding  periods and employment
requirements are liberalized in the event of the optionee's death or  disability
while  employed by Billing. Billing is not entitled to any tax deduction, except
that if  the  stock is  disposed  of prior  to  satisfying the  holding  periods
described  above, the gain on the sale of  such stock equal to the lesser of (i)
the fair market  value of the  stock on the  date of exercise  minus the  option
price  or (ii) the amount realized on disposition minus the option price will be
taxed to the  optionee as  ordinary income  and Billing  will be  entitled to  a
deduction  in the  same amount.  Any additional  gain or  loss recognized  by an
optionee upon  disposition of  shares prior  to the  expiration of  the  holding
periods  outlined above generally will  be capital gain or  loss to the optionee
and will not  result in any  additional tax deduction  to Billing. The  "spread"
between  the fair  market value of  the option  stock and the  option price upon
exercise of an  ISO is  an item  of adjustment used  in the  computation of  the
"alternative minimum tax" of the optionee under the Code. The tax benefits which
might  otherwise accrue to an optionee may be affected by the imposition of such
tax if applicable in the optionee's individual circumstances.
 
    Restricted Stock.   Awards of restricted  stock will not  result in  taxable
income  to the  employee or a  tax deduction  to Billing for  Federal income tax
purposes at the time of grant. A recipient of restricted stock generally will be
subject to tax at ordinary income rates on the fair market value of the  Billing
Common Stock at the time the shares of restricted stock are no longer subject to
forfeiture.  However, a recipient who so elects  under Section 83(b) of the Code
within 30 days of the date of the grant will have ordinary taxable income on the
date of the grant equal to the fair  market value of the restricted stock as  if
such  shares of stock  were unrestricted and  could be sold  immediately. If the
shares of restricted stock subject to such election are forfeited, the recipient
will not be  entitled to any  deduction, refund  or loss for  tax purposes  with
respect  to the forfeited  shares. Upon sale  of the restricted  stock after the
forfeiture period  has expired,  the  holding period  to determine  whether  the
recipient  has  long-term or  short-term capital  gain or  loss begins  when the
restriction period expires. However, if the recipient timely elects to be  taxed
as  of the date  of the grant, the  holding period commences on  the date of the
grant and the tax basis will be equal to the fair market value of the shares  of
restricted  stock  on  the  date  of  the grant  as  if  such  shares  were then
unrestricted and could be sold immediately.
 
    Billing is entitled  to a deduction  (subject to the  provisions of  Section
162(m)  of the Code) for compensation paid to a participant at the same time and
in the  same  amount  as the  participant  is  considered to  have  realized  as
compensation  by reason of the  lapse of restrictions on  an award of restricted
stock or  by  reason of  the  election under  Code  Section 83(b)  to  recognize
ordinary income at the time of the grant.
 
                                       59
<PAGE>
    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. 1996 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN
 
    GENERAL.   Prior to  the Distribution, Billing  will adopt, and  USLD as the
sole stockholder of Billing will approve, the 1996 Non-Employee Director Plan of
Billing Information Concepts  Corp. (the  "Billing Director  Plan"), which  will
become effective on the effective date of the Registration Statement on Form 10.
The  Billing  Director  Plan  authorizes the  granting  of  nonincentive options
("Billing Director Options")  to purchase Billing  Common Stock to  non-employee
directors  (estimated to  total three  eligible individuals  at the Distribution
Date). A total  of 400,000 shares  of Billing Common  Stock (subject to  certain
adjustments)  have been reserved for issuance  upon exercise of Billing Director
Options and upon the exercise of Billing Director Fee Options (described  below)
granted to non-employee directors who elect to receive their Annual Director Fee
(described  below) wholly  or partly  in a Billing  Director Fee  Option. If any
Billing Director Option or Billing Director Fee Option terminates, expires or is
cancelled or surrendered as to any  shares, new Billing Director Options  and/or
Billing Director Fee Options may be granted covering such shares.
 
    ADMINISTRATION.   The Billing Director Plan  will be administered by a stock
option committee consisting of not fewer than three (3) members of the Board  of
Directors.  Until this  committee is  appointed by  the Board  of Directors, the
Board of Directors will administer the Billing Director Plan.
 
    TERMS OF  OPTIONS.   The  Billing Director  Plan  provides that  any  future
non-employee  director of Billing (who was not previously a director of Billing)
who is elected  to the Board  of Directors  will be granted  a Billing  Director
Option  exercisable for 15,000 shares  of Billing Common Stock  on the date such
non-employee director is so elected as a director, whether at the annual meeting
of stockholders or  otherwise, at  an exercise price  equal to  the fair  market
value  of the  Billing Common  Stock on the  date such  non-employee director is
elected. In  addition, each  non-employee director  will receive,  on the  first
business  day after the date of each  annual meeting of stockholders of Billing,
commencing with the  annual meeting  of stockholders  immediately following  the
full  vesting of any  previously granted Billing Director  Option, a new Billing
Director Option to purchase an additional 15,000 shares of Billing Common  Stock
at  an exercise price per share equal to the fair market value of Billing Common
Stock on the date of grant. In each case, such Billing Director Option will vest
as to  5,000  shares  of  Billing  Common Stock  on  each  of  the  first  three
anniversaries of the date of grant.
 
    Each  outside  Billing Director  will receive  an  annual retainer  fee (the
"Annual Director Fee") on the business  day on or immediately after December  15
of each year in either cash or, in lieu thereof, at the election of each outside
director,  a stock  option ("Billing Director  Fee Option")  to purchase certain
shares of  Billing Common  Stock. Each  outside director  may also  receive  the
Annual  Director Fee partly in cash and partly in a Billing Director Fee Option.
The Billing Director Plan provides that no later than December 31 of each  year,
each  non-employee director of Billing must elect  to receive his or her Billing
Annual Director Fee for the following year  in cash ($15,000) or in whole or  in
part  through the grant of  a Billing Director Fee  Option exercisable for up to
7,500 shares of Billing Common Stock at an exercise price per share equal to the
fair market value of the  Billing Common Stock on the  date of grant (I.E.,  the
business  day on or immediately after December 15). A non-employee director must
still be  a director  of Billing  on December  15 to  be eligible  to receive  a
Billing  Annual  Director  Fee.  The  Billing  Director  Fee  Option  will  vest
immediately, but will  not be exercisable  for six months  and will expire  five
years from the date of grant.
 
    A  Billing Director Option is not exercisable for six months commencing with
the date of grant and  terminates on the earlier to  occur of (i) 30 days  after
the  date that the optionee ceases to be a Director, except that if the optionee
dies while a director, the Billing Director Option expires one year therefrom or
six months therefrom if  the optionee dies during  the 30-day period  referenced
above, or (ii) five years from the date of grant of the Billing Director Option.
A Billing Director Fee Option will terminate five years from the date of grant.
 
    LIMITS ON GRANTS.  Billing Director Options and Billing Director Fee Options
may  not be granted  at an exercise price  per share that is  less than the fair
market value of  the Billing Common  Stock at  the date of  grant. The  exercise
price  of a  Billing Director Option  and a  Billing Director Fee  Option may be
 
                                       60
<PAGE>
paid in  cash, certified  or cashier's  check, money  order, or  by delivery  of
already owned shares of Billing Common Stock having a fair market value equal to
the  exercise price, or by  delivery of a combination  of the above. One purpose
for permitting delivery of  Billing Common Stock in  full or partial payment  of
the  exercise price  is to  make it  possible for  the optionee  to exercise his
Billing Director Options  or Billing Director  Fee Option, without  the need  to
sell Billing Common Stock already owned, which sale would result in the optionee
incurring  capital  gain  (or  loss)  for  federal  income  tax  purposes and/or
potential Section 16(b) liability.
 
    ADJUSTMENTS.  To prevent  dilution of the  rights of a  holder of a  Billing
Director  Option and  a Billing Director  Fee Option, the  Billing Director Plan
provides for  the adjustment  of (i)  the number  of shares  upon which  Billing
Director  Options  and Billing  Director Fee  Options may  be granted,  (ii) the
number of shares  subject to  outstanding Billing Director  Options and  Billing
Director  Fee Options and (iii) the exercise  price of a Billing Director Option
and a  Billing  Director  Fee  Option,  in  the  event  of  any  subdivision  or
consolidation   of  shares  of   Billing  Common  Stock,   any  stock  dividend,
recapitalization or other capital adjustment.
 
    ASSIGNABILITY.   The  Billing  Director Options  and  Billing  Director  Fee
Options  are not assignable or transferable other than by will or by the laws of
descent and distribution or  pursuant to a  qualified domestic relations  order.
During  the  lifetime  of an  optionee,  a  Billing Director  Option  or Billing
Director Fee Option is exercisable only by the optionee, the optionee's guardian
or legal representative.  Billing has  registered the shares  of Billing  Common
Stock  issuable pursuant to the exercise of Billing Director Options and Billing
Director Fee Options with the Commission.
 
    TERMINATION.  The Billing Director Plan terminates on             , 2006 and
any Billing Director Option  or any Billing Director  Fee Option outstanding  on
such date will remain outstanding until it has either expired or been exercised.
 
    CERTAIN  FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES.   The  federal income  tax rules
summarized below are based upon current tax laws and thus are subject to change.
Moreover, this summary of the tax consequences is not intended to be a  complete
description  of all  federal, state  and local  tax consequences  of the Billing
Director Plan.
 
    The amount of the Annual Director Fee received in cash will be taxable  upon
receipt.  The grant of a Billing Director  Option or Billing Director Fee Option
will not be taxable to  an optionee. Generally, upon  the exercise of a  Billing
Director  Option  or Billing  Director  Fee Option  that  has been  held  by the
optionee for at least six months, an optionee who is subject to Section 16(b) of
the Exchange Act will recognize  ordinary income at the  time of exercise in  an
amount  equal to  the excess  of the  then fair  market value  of the  shares of
Billing Common Stock purchased  over the exercise price.  Optionees who are  not
subject to Section 16(b) will generally recognize income at the time of exercise
of  a Billing Director Option  or Billing Director Fee  Option determined in the
same manner as optionees subject to  Section 16(b). Because participants in  the
Billing  Director  Plan will  not  be employees  of  Billing, there  will  be no
withholding with respect to  the recognized ordinary  income resulting from  the
exercise  of Billing  Director Options or  Billing Director Fee  Options or with
respect  to  receipt  of  the  Annual   Director  Fee  in  cash  (although   the
self-employment tax on self-employed persons generally will apply thereto). When
shares  of Billing Common Stock received upon the exercise of a Billing Director
Option or Billing Director Fee Option subsequently are disposed of in a  taxable
transaction, the optionee generally will recognize capital gain (or loss) in the
amount  by which the amount  realized exceeds (or is  less than) the fair market
value of the Billing  Common Stock on  the date the  Billing Director Option  or
Billing  Director Fee Option was exercised. Such  capital gain (or loss) will be
long- or short-term depending upon the optionee's holding period for the Billing
Common Stock acquired upon  exercise of the Billing  Director Option or  Billing
Director Fee Option.
 
    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. 1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    GENERAL.   Prior to  the Distribution, Billing  will adopt, and  USLD as the
sole stockholder of Billing will approve, the Billing Information Concepts Corp.
1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
 
                                       61
<PAGE>
"Billing Purchase Plan"), which will become effective upon the effective date of
the Registration Statement on Form 10. The Billing Purchase Plan is intended  to
allow employees of Billing and its subsidiaries to purchase Billing Common Stock
at  regular intervals  by means  of wage and  salary deferrals  on a tax-favored
basis. A total of 1,000,000 shares of Billing Common Stock has been reserved for
issuance under the Billing Purchase Plan.
 
    ADMINISTRATION.  The  Billing Purchase  Plan, which is  intended to  qualify
under  Section  423 of  the Code,  will  be administered  by the  Employee Stock
Purchase Plan Committee, which will be appointed by the Board of Directors.  The
Committee  will consist of at least three persons who need not be members of the
Board  of  Directors.  The  Committee  will  supervise  the  administration  and
enforcement of the Billing Purchase Plan, and all questions of interpretation or
application  of  the  Billing  Purchase  Plan will  be  determined  in  the sole
discretion of the Committee. All decisions made by the Committee will be  final,
conclusive  and binding on all of the  participants of the Billing Purchase Plan
and Billing.
 
    ELIGIBILITY  AND  PARTICIPATION.    Every   employee  of  Billing  and   its
subsidiaries  will be eligible to participate in  the Billing Purchase Plan on a
voluntary basis with the  exception of (i) employees  who have not completed  at
least  six  months  of continuous  service  with  Billing as  of  the applicable
enrollment date and (ii) employees  who would, immediately upon enrollment,  own
directly  or indirectly, or hold purchase  rights, options or rights to acquire,
an aggregate of 5% or  more of the total combined  voting power or value of  all
outstanding  shares of all classes of  Billing or any subsidiary. To participate
in the Billing  Purchase Plan,  eligible employees  must enroll  in the  Billing
Purchase  Plan and authorize payroll deductions pursuant to the Billing Purchase
Plan.  These  payroll  deductions  may  not  exceed  $10,625  in  any  six-month
participation  period. A  participant will  be automatically  re-enrolled in the
Billing Purchase Plan, under the same terms, on the next offering period  unless
the  participant notifies  Billing of  his or her  election not  to re-enroll or
desire to change his or her contribution amount. A participant has the right  to
suspend payroll deductions at any time, including during an offering period. Any
participant  who suspends  participation in the  Billing Purchase  Plan must re-
enroll during any subsequent  enrollment period in order  to participate in  any
future  offering periods.  Once a participant  withdraws from  an offering, that
participant may not participate in  the same offering. Billing anticipates  that
approximately  600  employees  will  be eligible  to  participate  in  the first
offering period under the Billing Purchase Plan.
 
    OFFERING PERIODS.  The initial offering period will begin on August 1,  1996
and  will  end on  January 31,  1997.  After the  initial offering  period, each
offering of Billing Common Stock under the  Billing Purchase Plan will be for  a
period of approximately six months. The commencement of each offering will start
at  the  beginning of  Billing's regular  payroll period  that falls  closest to
February 1 and August 1 of each year.
 
    PURCHASE PRICE.  Enrollment in the Billing Purchase Plan constitutes a grant
by Billing  to the  participant of  the right  to purchase  shares of  Billing's
Common  Stock.  The aggregate  number of  shares  that may  be issued  under the
Billing Purchase Plan may not exceed  1,000,000 shares of Billing Common  Stock,
subject  to adjustment  as provided in  the Billing Purchase  Plan. The purchase
price per share is the lesser of (i) 85% of the fair market value of the Billing
Common Stock on the first day of the applicable participation period or (ii) 85%
of the fair market  value of the Billing  Common Stock on the  last day of  such
participation  period. The number of shares  purchased is determined by dividing
the total amount of payroll  deductions withheld from a participant's  paychecks
during  a participation period  by the purchase price.  The aggregate of monthly
payroll deductions cannot exceed $10,625 in any six-month participation  period.
At  the end of each offering period,  the applicable number of shares of Billing
Common Stock is automatically purchased for the participant.
 
    ADJUSTMENTS  ON  CHANGES   IN  CAPITALIZATION.     In  the   event  of   any
reorganization,  recapitalization,  stock  split,  reverse  stock  split,  stock
dividend, combination of  shares, merger, consolidation,  offering of rights  or
other  similar change  in the capital  structure of Billing,  the Employee Stock
Purchase  Plan  Committee  may  make  such  adjustment,  if  any,  as  it  deems
appropriate in the number, kind and
 
                                       62
<PAGE>
purchase  price of the shares available  for purchase under the Billing Purchase
Plan and in the maximum  number of shares that may  be issued under the  Billing
Purchase Plan, subject to the approval of the Board of Directors.
 
    ASSIGNMENT.  The rights of a participant under the Billing Purchase Plan are
not  assignable or otherwise transferrable by  the participant except by will or
the laws of descent and distribution.
 
    TERMINATION.   The  right of  an  employee  to participate  in  the  Billing
Purchase Plan terminates immediately when a participant ceases to be employed by
Billing  or any subsidiary. Any contributions collected for the offering then in
effect prior to the date of termination will be paid to the employee in cash.
 
    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.  The Board of Directors may amend  or
terminate  the Billing Purchase Plan  at any time as  permitted by law, with the
exception that the  provisions of the  Billing Purchase Plan  that constitute  a
formula  award for purposes of Rule 16b-3 and  may not be amended more than once
every six months, other than  to comply with changes in  the Code, or the  rules
thereunder.  No amendment  shall be effective  unless within one  year after the
change is adopted by the Board of Directors  it is approved by the holders of  a
majority  of the voting power of Billing's  outstanding shares (i) if and to the
extent such amendment is required to be approved by stockholders to continue the
exemption provided for in  Rule 16b-3 (or any  successor provision); or (ii)  if
such amendment would cause the rights granted under the Billing Purchase Plan to
purchase  shares of  Billing Common  Stock to fail  to meet  the requirements of
Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor provision).
 
    CERTAIN FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES.   The  Billing Purchase  Plan  is
intended  to be an "Employee Stock Purchase  Plan" within the meaning of Section
423 of the Code. Under a plan that so qualifies, no taxable income is reportable
by a participant, and no deductions are  allowable to Billing, by reason of  the
grant  of the purchase right at the beginning  of an offering or the purchase of
shares at the end of an offering. A participant will, however, recognize taxable
income in the year in which the shares purchased under the Billing Purchase Plan
are sold or otherwise made the subject of a taxable disposition.
 
    A sale or other disposition of the purchased shares will be a  disqualifying
disposition  if it is made  either within two years  after the date the purchase
right is  granted (I.E.,  the commencement  date of  the offering  to which  the
purchase  right pertains) or  within one year  from the date  of transfer of the
stock received pursuant to such offering  for the particular shares involved  in
the  disposition. If  the participant makes  a disqualifying  disposition of the
purchased shares, then Billing will be  entitled to an income tax deduction  for
the  taxable year  of Billing  in which  such disposition  occurs, equal  to the
amount by which the  fair market value  of such shares on  the date of  purchase
exceeds  the purchase  price. In  no other  instance will  Billing be  allowed a
deduction with respect to the participant's disposition of the purchased shares.
 
    If the  shares are  disposed of  in a  disqualifying disposition,  then  the
excess  of the fair market value of the  shares on the date of purchase over the
purchase price will be treated as ordinary income to the participant at the time
of such disposition. This amount is subject to tax even if the participant  does
not realize any gain on the disposition. In addition, the participant could also
recognize  a capital loss if the fair market  value of the shares on the date of
purchase exceeds the  amount realized  on the  sale, or  a capital  gain if  the
amount  realized on the sale exceeds the fair  market value of the shares on the
date of purchase.
 
    If the participant  disposes of the  shares in a  taxable disposition  after
satisfying   the  two-year  and  one-year  holding  periods  outlined  above  (a
qualifying disposition), then  the participant will  realize ordinary income  in
the  year of disposition equal to the lesser of (i) the amount by which the fair
market value of the shares on the date of disposition exceeds the purchase price
or (ii) 15% of the fair market value of the shares on the day the purchase right
relating to the disposed shares was  first granted. Similar rules result in  the
recognition   of   income   by   an   individual   who   owns   stock   acquired
 
                                       63
<PAGE>
under the Billing Purchase Plan at his  or her death. Except for shares held  by
an  estate, this amount  of ordinary income  will be added  to the participant's
basis in the shares, and any gain (or loss) recognized upon the disposition will
be a long-term capital gain (or loss).
 
    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION DEFERRAL PLAN
 
    Prior to  the  Distribution,  Billing will  adopt  the  Billing  Information
Concepts  Corp.  Executive Compensation  Deferral  Plan (the  "Billing Executive
Deferral Plan"),  which will  become  effective on  the  effective date  of  the
Registration  Statement  on  Form  10. Participation  in  the  Billing Executive
Deferral Plan is offered to certain key employees occupying management positions
and/or certain other highly compensated employees of Billing who are  determined
by  the Board, from time  to time, to be eligible  to participate in the Billing
Executive Deferral  Plan ("Billing  Executive  Deferral Participants").  At  the
Distribution  Date,  it is  estimated  that 8  individuals  will be  eligible to
participate in the Billing Executive Deferral Plan.
 
    The Billing Executive  Deferral Plan  is a deferred  compensation plan  that
provides  that  Billing  Executive  Deferral  Participants  generally  may  make
voluntary salary deferral contributions,  on a pre-tax  basis, in equal  monthly
amounts  of up  to 100%  of his  or her  base compensation  ("Voluntary Deferral
Contribution").  In  addition,   Billing  intends  to   make  certain   matching
contributions   with  respect  to  each  Voluntary  Deferral  Contribution  (the
"Deferral Contribution")  equal to  the  lesser of  (i) the  Voluntary  Deferral
Contribution   or  (ii)  that  amount   together  with  the  Voluntary  Deferral
Contribution which actuarially determined would yield a 10-year annuity equal to
50% of the Billing Executive Deferral Participant's compensation payable at  age
65,  with a minimum contribution of $3,000. However, Billing reserves the right,
at any time, to decrease the Billing Deferral Contribution or provide no Billing
Deferral Contribution whatsoever for  any plan year. From  time to time  Billing
shall  credit each  Billing Executive  Deferral Participant's  plan account with
interest at  the  rate  declared  by Billing  in  accordance  with  the  Billing
Executive Deferral Plan.
 
    Unless terminated for cause, Billing Executive Deferral Participants will be
annually  vested in 33% of any  Billing Deferral Contribution beginning with the
Billing Executive  Deferral  Participant's  first  anniversary  of  service  and
becoming  100% vested after the third anniversary of service or upon a change in
control of Billing. Service  with USLD is considered  service for this  purpose.
Benefits  will be generally payable to  a Billing Executive Deferral Participant
(or his  or  her  beneficiaries) upon  retirement,  disability,  termination  of
employment  (other than  for cause) or  death, in  each case as  provided in the
Billing Executive Deferral Plan.
 
    BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. EXECUTIVE QUALIFIED DISABILITY PLAN
 
    Prior to  the  Distribution,  Billing will  adopt  the  Billing  Information
Concepts Corp. Executive Qualified Disability Plan (the "Disability Plan") to be
effective  on the effective date  of the Registration Statement  on Form 10. The
Disability Plan  provides long-term  disability benefits  for certain  employees
occupying  management positions with Billing or its subsidiaries. Benefits under
the Disability Plan are provided directly by Billing based on definitions, terms
and conditions contained in  the Disability Plan  documents. Benefits under  the
Disability  Plan supplement benefits provided  under Billing's insured long-term
disability  plan.  At  the   Distribution  Date,  there   are  expected  to   be
approximately 8 participants in the Disability Plan.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS AND CHANGE-OF-CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS
 
    Prior  to the Distribution  Date, the Company will  enter into an employment
agreement with Mr.  Parris H.  Holmes, Jr.  which will  be effective  as of  the
consummation  of the Distribution. The agreement  provides for a four-year term,
subject to  automatic extension  for an  additional one  year on  each  one-year
anniversary  of  the  agreement  unless terminated  early  as  provided therein,
including termination by the Company for  "cause" (as defined in the  employment
agreement)  or termination by  Mr. Holmes for  "good reason" (as  defined in the
employment  agreement).  This  employment  agreement  provides  for  an  annual,
calendar  year base salary of $300,000 and  an incentive bonus at the discretion
of the Compensation Committee of the Board.
 
                                       64
<PAGE>
    Prior to the Distribution  Date, the Company will  enter into an  employment
agreement  with Mr. Saltzman which  will be effective as  of the consummation of
the Distribution. This agreement expires  on                ,      , subject  to
extension  for successive two-year terms unless the Company elects not to extend
the agreement.  The employment  agreement  is subject  to early  termination  as
provided  therein, including termination by the  Company for "cause" (as defined
in the employment agreement)  or termination by Mr.  Saltzman for "good  reason"
(as  defined in the employment agreement). The employment agreement provides for
an annual, calendar year base salary of $180,000. The employment agreement  also
provides  for incentive bonuses at the  discretion of the Compensation Committee
of the Board.
 
    Prior to the Distribution  Date, the Company will  enter into an  employment
agreement with Mr. Simmons which will be effective as of the consummation of the
Distribution.  This agreement provides for a one-year term, subject to automatic
extension unless and until terminated by either the Company or Mr. Simmons  upon
not  less  than 120  days'  prior written  notice.  The employment  agreement is
subject to early termination as provided therein, including if Mr. Simmons fails
to perform his duties thereunder or to comply with any of the provisions thereof
or commits any act of  misconduct, malfeasance, gross negligence or  disloyalty,
upon  written notice from the Company.  The employment agreement provides for an
annual, calendar year base  salary of $        .  The employment agreement  also
provides  for an incentive bonus at the discretion of the Compensation Committee
of the Board.
 
    The employment agreements with Messrs. Holmes, Saltzman and Simmons  provide
that  if the  Company terminates their  employment without  cause (including the
Company's election to not extend the  employment agreement at any renewal  date)
or  if  they resign  their employment  for  "good reason"  (as "good  reason" is
defined in the  employment agreement), they  will be entitled  to the  following
severance:  Mr. Holmes  -- at  his election,  either a  lump-sum payment  in the
amount equal to his base salary for the unexpired portion of the four-year  term
of  his  agreement then  in  effect and  without  giving effect  to  any further
extension (a maximum of  approximately $1,200,000) or  continuation of his  base
salary and benefits through the unexpired term of his agreement; Mr. Saltzman --
a  lump-sum payment in the  amount equal to two  times his then effective annual
base salary ($360,000 ); Mr. Simmons --  a lump-sum payment in the amount  equal
to one times his then effective annual base salary ($      ).
 
    A  change of control is deemed to have  occurred if (i) more than 30% of the
combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities is  acquired,
directly  or indirectly, or (ii) at any  time during the 24-month period after a
tender offer, merger, consolidation,  sale of assets  or contested election,  or
any combination of such transactions, at least a majority of the Company's Board
of Directors shall cease to consist of "continuing directors" (meaning directors
of  the  Company who  either were  directors  prior to  such transaction  or who
subsequently became directors and whose election, or nomination for election  by
the Company's stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least two thirds of the
directors then still in office who were directors prior to such transaction), or
(iii)  the stockholders of the Company approve  a merger or consolidation of the
Company with any other  corporation, other than a  merger or consolidation  that
would  result in  the voting securities  of the  Company outstanding immediately
prior thereto continuing  to represent  (either by remaining  outstanding or  by
being  converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least 60% of
the total voting power  represented by the voting  securities of the Company  or
such   surviving   entity   outstanding  immediately   after   such   merger  or
consolidation, or  (iv)  the stockholders  of  the  Company approve  a  plan  of
complete  liquidation of the Company  or an agreement of  sale or disposition by
the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.
 
    The employment agreements with Messrs. Holmes, Saltzman and Simmons  provide
that  if, at any time within twelve months of a change of control, they cease to
be an employee of the  Company by reason of (i)  termination by the Company  (or
its  successor) without "cause" (as defined in the employment agreement) or (ii)
voluntary termination by the employee for  "good reason upon change of  control"
(as defined in the employment agreement), they will be entitled to the following
benefits in
 
                                       65
<PAGE>
addition to the severance stated above: Mr. Holmes, Mr. Saltzman and Mr. Simmons
- - --  all outstanding  stock options  held by each  shall become  fully vested and
exercisable and such individuals shall receive an additional payment that,  when
added  to all other  payments received in  connection with a  change of control,
will result in  the maximum amount  allowed to  be paid to  an employee  without
triggering  an  excess parachute  payment (as  defined  by the  Internal Revenue
Code); Mr. Holmes -- all benefits (as defined by his employment agreement) shall
continue throughout the remainder of its term.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Directors Cooke  and one  outside director  to be  named will  comprise  the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
    Mr.  Saltzman, the Company's President and  Chief Operating Officer, and Mr.
Holmes serve on the Board of Directors of Tanisys Technology, Inc., a  developer
and  marketer of  computer peripheral equipment.  Mr. Holmes also  serves on the
Compensation Committee of Tanisys Technology, Inc. Mr. Holmes is Chairman of the
Board of Directors of the Company.
 
                         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
                        BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
 
    USLD knows of no person or entity  that as of April 30, 1996 had  beneficial
ownership  of five percent  (5%) or more  of the outstanding  USLD Common Stock.
Accordingly, Billing knows  of no person  or entity that  will beneficially  own
five  percent  (5%)  or  more  of the  outstanding  Billing  Common  Stock after
completion of the Distribution based upon application of the Distribution  Ratio
to each stockholder's USLD holdings.
 
    The  following table  sets forth information  with respect to  the shares of
Billing Common Stock  which are  anticipated to  be beneficially  owned by  each
director  of Billing and by all directors and executive officers of Billing as a
group after  completion  of  the  Distribution based  upon  application  of  the
Distribution  Ratio to the respective holdings of  USLD Common Stock as of April
30, 1996, according to the data furnished by the person named.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            COMMON STOCK
                                                           -----------------------------------------------
                                                           AMOUNT AND NATURE OF      PERCENT OF CLASS
NAME AND BENEFICIAL OWNER                                  BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP   BENEFICIALLY OWNED (1)
- - ---------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  -------------------------
<S>                                                        <C>                   <C>
Parris H. Holmes, Jr.....................................        262,420(2)                    1.7%
Alan W. Saltzman.........................................        139,411(3)                  *
Kelly E. Simmons.........................................         36,000(4)                  *
Paul L. Gehri............................................         19,170(5)                  *
Michael R. Long..........................................          6,500(6)                  *
Lee Cooke................................................          5,000(7)                  *
All executive officers and directors as a group (six
 persons, including the executive officers and directors
 listed above)...........................................        468,501                       3.1
</TABLE>
 
- - ------------------------
*   Represents less than  1% of  the issued  and outstanding  shares of  Billing
    Common Stock.
 
(1) The  percentages of Common Stock indicated are based on 14,822,575 shares of
    Common Stock issued and outstanding on April 30, 1996.
 
(2) Includes 151,667 shares that  Mr. Holmes has the  right to acquire upon  the
    exercise  of  stock  options, exercisable  within  60 days,  and  753 shares
    purchased under the USLD Stock Purchase Plan.
 
(3) Includes 94,667  shares that  Mr. Saltzman  has the  right to  acquire  upon
    exercise  of stock options, exercisable within  60 days, an aggregate of 700
    shares held in individual retirement accounts for
 
                                       66
<PAGE>
    Mr. Saltzman and his wife, and 3,293  shares that Mr. Saltzman holds in  his
    Billing  401(k) Retirement  Plan account  at March  31, 1996  and 753 shares
    purchased under the USLD Stock Purchase Plan.
 
(4) Includes 32,000  shares that  Mr.  Simmons has  the  right to  acquire  upon
    exercise of stock options, exercisable within 60 days.
 
(5) Includes 18,417 shares that Mr. Gehri has the right to acquire upon exercise
    of stock options, exercisable within 60 days, and 753 shares purchased under
    the USLD Stock Purchase Plan.
 
(6) Includes  6,500 shares that Mr. Long has  the right to acquire upon exercise
    of stock options, exercisable within 60 days.
 
(7) Represents 5,000 shares  that Mr. Cooke  has the right  to acquire upon  the
    exercise of stock options, exercisable within 60 days.
 
(8)  Includes 308,251 shares that six  directors and executive officers have the
    right to acquire upon exercise of stock options, exercisable within 60 days,
    700 shares held in individual retirement accounts and 3,293 shares that such
    executive officers held in their Billing 401(k) Retirement Plan accounts  at
    March 31, 1996.
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
GENERAL
 
    Billing's  authorized capital stock consists of 70,000,000 shares of Billing
Common Stock, of which         shares  are issued and  outstanding and owned  by
USLD.  Prior to  the Distribution  Date, Billing's  Certificate of Incorporation
will be  amended by  the  Billing Board  and by  USLD,  as sole  stockholder  of
Billing.  Under such Certificate of Billing,  which will be substantially in the
form set for  in Annex  C to  this Information  Statement, the  total number  of
shares  of all classes  of stock of  which Billing will  have authority to issue
will be 70,000,000, of which 10,000,000  will be shares of preferred stock,  par
value  $.01 per share ("Billing Preferred Stock"), and 60,000,000 will be shares
of common stock, par value $.01 per share ("Billing Common Stock"). Based on the
number of shares of USLD Common Stock outstanding at May 10, 1996, approximately
14,839,486 shares of Billing Common Stock, constituting 24.7% of the  authorized
Billing  Common Stock, will be issued to USLD and distributed to stockholders of
USLD in the Distribution. All  of the shares of  Billing Common Stock issued  in
the Distribution will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    VOTING  RIGHTS.  The holders of Billing Common Stock will be entitled to one
vote for each share on all matters voted on by stockholders, and the holders  of
such  shares will possess all voting power,  except as otherwise required by law
or provided in any resolution adopted by the Board of Directors of Billing  with
respect  to any  series of  Preferred Stock  of Billing.  The shares  of Billing
Common Stock will not have cumulative voting rights. As a result, subject to the
voting rights, if any, of the holders of any shares of Billing's Preferred Stock
that may  be  at any  time  outstanding, the  holders  of Billing  Common  Stock
entitled  to  exercise more  than 50%  of the  voting rights  in an  election of
directors will be  able to elect  100% of the  directors to be  elected if  they
choose  to do so. In such event, the  holders of the remaining shares of Billing
Common Stock voting for the election of directors will not be able to elect  any
person  to Billing's Board. The Billing  Certificate will provide that Billing's
Board shall be classified  into three classes, each  serving a three year  term,
with  one class to  be elected in  each of three  consecutive years. The Billing
Certificate and  Bylaws contain  certain  other provisions  that could  have  an
anti-takeover   effect.  See  "Purpose  and  Anti-Takeover  Effects  of  Certain
Provisions of Billing's Certificate and Bylaws and Delaware Law."
 
    DIVIDEND RIGHTS.    Subject to  any  preferential  or other  rights  of  any
outstanding  series of  Preferred Stock of  Billing that may  be designated from
time to  time by  the Board  of Directors  of Billing,  and subject  to  certain
contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends contained in Billing's debt
 
                                       67
<PAGE>
agreements,  the  holders  of Billing  Common  Stock  will be  entitled  to such
dividends as may  be declared from  time to time  by the Board  of Directors  of
Billing  from funds  legally available  therefor. Because  virtually all  of the
operations of  Billing  will be  conducted  through wholly  owned  subsidiaries,
Billing's  cash  flow and  consequent ability  to pay  dividends on  the Billing
Common Stock are  dependent to a  substantial degree upon  the earnings of  such
subsidiaries and on dividends and other payments therefrom. See "Special Factors
- - -- Dividend Policy."
 
    LIQUIDATION  RIGHTS AND  OTHER PROVISIONS.   Subject to the  prior rights of
creditors and the holders of any Billing preferred stock that may be outstanding
from time to time, the holders of Billing Common Stock are entitled in the event
of liquidation, dissolution or winding up to share pro rata in the  distribution
of all remaining assets.
 
    Billing  Common Stock is not liable for  any calls or assessments and is not
convertible into any other securities.  Billing's Certificate will provide  that
the  private property of the stockholders shall not be subject to the payment of
corporate debts. There are no  redemption or sinking fund provisions  applicable
to Billing Common Stock.
 
BILLING STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN AND JUNIOR PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Billing's  Board will adopt a stockholder  rights plan that is substantially
similar to the USLD stockholder rights plan,  and cause to be issued, with  each
share of Billing Common Stock issued to USLD's stockholders in the Distribution,
one  Billing Right. The Billing Rights will be governed by a rights agreement to
be entered into between Billing and U.S. Trust Company of Texas, N.A., acting as
rights agent. See "Purposes and  Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions  of
Billing's Certificate and Bylaws and Delaware Law -- Stockholder Rights Plan."
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Board of  Directors of  Billing will be  authorized to  provide for the
issuance of shares of  Preferred Stock, in  one or more series,  and to fix  for
each  such series  such voting  powers, designations,  preferences and relative,
participating, optional  and  other  special rights,  and  such  qualifications,
limitations  or restrictions,  as are  stated in  the resolution  adopted by the
Board of Directors of Billing providing for  the issuance of such series and  as
are  permitted by  the Delaware  General Corporation  Law. No  shares of Billing
Preferred Stock will be issued in connection with the Distribution, although  it
is  anticipated  that  approximately 6,000  shares  of Billing  Series  A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock will be  reserved for issuance in connection  with
the  Billing stockholder rights plan described  in "Description of Capital Stock
- - -- Billing Stockholder Rights  Plan and Junior  Preferred Stock." See  "Purposes
and  Anti-Takeover Effects  of Certain  Provisions of  Billing's Certificate and
Bylaws and Delaware Law -- Stockholder Rights Plan."
 
NO PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS
 
    No  holder  of  any  stock  of  Billing  of  any  class  authorized  at  the
Distribution  Date  will then  have  any preemptive  right  to subscribe  to any
securities of Billing of any kind or class.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The registrar and transfer agent of the Common Stock will be Montreal  Trust
Company of Canada.
 
                       PURPOSES AND ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS
                       OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF BILLING'S
                    CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS AND DELAWARE LAW
 
BILLING'S CERTIFICATE AND BYLAWS
 
    Billing's  Certificate contains several provisions  that will make difficult
an acquisition of control  of Billing by  means of a  tender offer, open  market
purchase,  proxy fight  or otherwise, that  is not approved  by Billing's Board.
Billing's Bylaws  also  contain  provisions that  could  have  an  anti-takeover
effect.
 
                                       68
<PAGE>
    The  purpose of the relevant provisions  of Billing's Certificate and Bylaws
are to  discourage certain  types of  transactions, described  below, which  may
involve  an actual or threatened  change of control of  Billing and to encourage
persons seeking to acquire control of Billing to consult first with the Board of
Directors to negotiate the terms of any proposed business combination or  offer.
The  provisions  are  designed to  reduce  the  vulnerability of  Billing  to an
unsolicited proposal for a takeover that does not contemplate the acquisition of
all outstanding shares or is otherwise  unfair to stockholders of Billing or  an
unsolicited  proposal for the restructuring  or sale of all  or part of Billing.
USLD and Billing believe that, as a general rule, such proposals would not be in
the best interests of Billing and its stockholders.
 
    Certain provisions of Billing's Certificate and Bylaws, in the view of  USLD
and  Billing, will help ensure that Billing's Board, if confronted by a surprise
proposal from  a third  party that  has acquired  a block  of stock,  will  have
sufficient  time  to review  the proposal  and  appropriate alternatives  to the
proposal and  to act  in  what it  believes  to be  the  best interests  of  the
stockholders.
 
    These provisions, individually and collectively, will make difficult and may
discourage  a merger, tender offer  or proxy fight, even  if such transaction or
occurrence may be favorable to the interests of the stockholders, and may  delay
or frustrate the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of Billing's
Common Stock and the removal of incumbent management, even if such removal might
be  beneficial to the  stockholders. Furthermore, these  provisions may deter or
could be utilized to frustrate a future takeover attempt that is not approved by
the incumbent Billing Board, but which the  holders of a majority of the  shares
may  deem to be in  their best interests or in  which stockholders may receive a
substantial premium for their  stock over the then  prevailing market prices  of
such  stock. By discouraging takeover attempts,  these provisions might have the
incidental effect of inhibiting  certain changes in management  (some or all  of
the members of which might be replaced in the course of a change of control) and
also  the temporary fluctuations  in the market  price of the  stock which often
result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.
 
    Set forth below is a description of such provisions in Billing's Certificate
and Bylaws. Such description is intended as  a summary only and is qualified  in
its  entirety by  reference to  Billing's Certificate  and Bylaws,  the forms of
which  are  attached  to  this  Information  Statement  as  Annexes  C  and   D,
respectively.
 
    CLASSIFIED  BOARD OF  DIRECTORS.   Billing's Certificate  and Bylaws provide
that, subject  to  any rights  of  holders of  preferred  stock, the  number  of
directors  shall  be  fixed by  the  Board but  shall  not be  less  than three.
Billing's Certificate provides for  its Board to be  divided into three  classes
serving  staggered terms so that directors'  initial terms will expire either at
the 1997, 1998 or  1999 annual meeting of  stockholders. Starting with the  1997
annual meeting of Billing's stockholders, one class of directors will be elected
each  year  for three-year  terms.  See "Management  --  Board of  Directors and
Committees of the Board."
 
    The classification  of directors  will have  the effect  of making  it  more
difficult  for stockholders  to change the  composition of Billing's  Board in a
relatively short period of time. At  least two annual meetings of  stockholders,
instead  of one, generally will be required to  effect a change in a majority of
Billing's Board. Such a delay may help ensure that its Board, if confronted by a
holder attempting to force a stock repurchase at a premium above market  prices,
a  proxy contest or an extraordinary corporate transaction, will have sufficient
time to review the proposal and appropriate alternatives to the proposal and  to
act in what it believes are the best interests of the stockholders.
 
    The classified board provision could have the effect of discouraging a third
party  from making a tender  offer or otherwise attempting  to obtain control of
Billing, even though  such an  attempt might be  beneficial to  Billing and  its
stockholders.  The classified board provision thus could increase the likelihood
that incumbent directors will retain  their positions. In addition, because  the
classified  board  provision is  designed to  discourage accumulations  of large
blocks of Billing's stock  by purchasers whose objective  is to have such  stock
repurchased  by Billing at a  premium or intend to use  such block to initiate a
proxy contest, the classified board provision could tend to reduce the temporary
 
                                       69
<PAGE>
fluctuations in the  market price  of Billing's stock  that could  be caused  by
accumulations  of large blocks of such stock. Accordingly, stockholders could be
deprived of certain opportunities  to sell their stock  at a temporarily  higher
market price.
 
    Billing  believes that a  classified board of directors  will help to assure
the  continuity  and  stability  of  Billing's  Board  and  Billing's   business
strategies  and policies as determined by the Billing Board, because generally a
majority of the directors at  any given time will  have had prior experience  as
directors  of Billing. The classified board provision also will help assure that
the Billing Board, if confronted with an unsolicited proposal from a third party
that has acquired a block of the  voting stock of Billing, will have  sufficient
time  to review the proposal  and appropriate alternatives and  to seek the best
available result for all stockholders.
 
    REMOVAL; FILLING VACANCIES.  Billing's Certificate provides that, subject to
any rights of the holders of preferred stock, only a majority of the Board  then
in  office shall have the authority to  fill any vacancies of the Billing Board,
including vacancies  created by  an  increase in  the  number of  directors.  In
addition,  Billing's Certificate provides that a  new director elected to fill a
vacancy on the Billing Board  will serve for the remainder  of the full term  of
his  or her class and that no decrease  in the number of directors shall shorten
the  term  of  an  incumbent.  Moreover,  Billing's  Certificate  provides  that
directors  may be removed with or without  cause only by the affirmative vote of
holders of at least 66 2/3% of the  voting power of the shares entitled to  vote
at  the  election  of  directors,  voting  together  as  a  single  class. These
provisions relating to  removal and filling  of vacancies on  the Billing  Board
will  preclude  stockholders  from  enlarging  the  Billing  Board  or  removing
incumbent directors and filling the vacancies with their own nominees.
 
    LIMITATIONS   ON   STOCKHOLDER   ACTION   BY   WRITTEN   CONSENT;    SPECIAL
MEETINGS.   Billing's Certificate and Bylaws provide that stockholder action can
be taken  only at  an annual  or special  meeting of  stockholders and  prohibit
stockholder  action  by  written  consent  in lieu  of  a  meeting  (except that
Billing's name may be changed by written consent of the stockholders in lieu  of
a meeting). Billing's Certificate and Bylaws provide that, subject to the rights
of  holders of any  series of preferred stock,  special meetings of stockholders
can be called only by a majority  of the entire Billing Board. Stockholders  are
not  permitted to call a special meeting or to require that Billing's Board call
a special  meeting  of stockholders.  Moreover,  the business  permitted  to  be
conducted  at any  special meeting  of stockholders  is limited  to the business
brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Billing Board.
 
    The provisions of Billing's  Certificate and Bylaws restricting  stockholder
action  by written consent  may have the  effect of delaying  consideration of a
stockholder proposal until the next annual  meeting unless a special meeting  is
called  by a majority of  the entire Billing Board.  These provisions also would
prevent the holders of a majority of  the voting power of the voting stock  from
using  the written consent procedure to  take stockholder action and from taking
action by consent  without giving all  the stockholders of  Billing entitled  to
vote  on a  proposed action the  opportunity to participate  in determining such
proposed  action.   Moreover,  a   stockholder  could   not  force   stockholder
consideration  of a proposal over the opposition of the Billing Board by calling
a special meeting of stockholders prior  to the time the Billing Board  believed
such consideration to be appropriate.
 
    USLD  and Billing believe  that such limitations  on stockholder action will
help to assure the continuity and  stability of the Billing Board and  Billing's
business  strategies and  policies as  determined by  the Billing  Board, to the
benefit  of  all  of  Billing's  stockholders.  These  provisions  increase  the
likelihood  that the Billing  Board, if confronted  with an unsolicited proposal
from stockholders, will have sufficient time to review such proposal and to seek
the best available result for all stockholders, before such proposal is approved
by such  stockholders by  written consent  in lieu  of a  meeting or  through  a
special meeting of stockholders.
 
    NOMINATION  OF  DIRECTORS  AND  STOCKHOLDER  PROPOSALS.    Billing's  Bylaws
establish an advance notice procedure with  regard to the nomination other  than
by or at the direction of the Billing Board
 
                                       70
<PAGE>
of  candidates for election  as directors (the  "Nomination Procedure") and with
regard to  stockholder proposals  to  be brought  before  an annual  or  special
meeting of stockholders (the "Business Procedure").
 
    The  Nomination Procedure provides that only persons who are nominated by or
at the direction of the Billing Board, or by a stockholder who has given  timely
prior  written notice to the Secretary of  Billing prior to the meeting at which
directors are to  be elected, will  be eligible for  election as directors.  The
Business  Procedure  provides that  stockholder proposals  must be  submitted in
writing in a timely manner  in order to be considered  at any annual or  special
meeting.  To be timely, notice must be received by Billing (i) in the case of an
annual meeting, not less than 90 days prior to the annual meeting for a director
nomination, and not less than 120 days prior to the date established for release
by Billing of proxy materials for  the previous year's annual meeting  whichever
is  earlier for a stockholder proposal or (ii)  in the case of a special meeting
not later than the seventh day following the day on which notice of such meeting
is first given to stockholders for both a director nomination and a  stockholder
proposal.
 
    Under  the Nomination  Procedure, notice to  Billing from  a stockholder who
proposes to nominate  a person  at a  meeting for  election as  a director  must
contain  certain information about that person, including business and residence
addresses, a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of  stock
of  Billing entitled to vote at such meeting  and intends to appear in person or
by  proxy  to  nominate  the  person,  a  description  of  all  arrangements  or
understandings  between the  stockholder and each  nominee and  any other person
pursuant to which the nomination is to be made, such other information regarding
each nominee as would be required pursuant to the proxy rules of the  Securities
and Exchange Commission had the nominee been nominated by the Billing Board, the
consent  of such nominee to be nominated  and such other information as would be
required to be included in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election
of the proposed nominee, and certain information about the stockholder proposing
to nominate that  person. Under the  Business Procedures, notice  relating to  a
stockholder  proposal must contain  certain information about  such proposal and
about the stockholder  who proposes to  bring the proposal  before the  meeting,
including  the class and  number of shares of  Billing Common Stock beneficially
owned by  such stockholder.  If the  Chairman or  other officer  presiding at  a
meeting  determines  that a  person  was not  nominated  in accordance  with the
Nomination Procedure,  such  person will  not  be  eligible for  election  as  a
director,  or if  he determines that  the stockholder proposal  was not properly
brought before  such meeting,  such  proposal will  not  be introduced  at  such
meeting.  Nothing in  the Nomination  Procedure or  the Business  Procedure will
preclude discussion by any  stockholder of any  nomination or proposal  properly
made  or brought  before an  annual or  special meeting  in accordance  with the
above-mentioned procedures.
 
    The purpose of the Nomination Procedure  is, by requiring advance notice  of
nomination by stockholders, to afford the Billing Board a meaningful opportunity
to  consider  the qualifications  of the  proposed nominees  and, to  the extent
deemed necessary and desirable by the  Board, to inform stockholders about  such
qualifications.  The purpose of the Business  Procedure is, by requiring advance
notice of  stockholder  proposals,  to  provide a  more  orderly  procedure  for
conducting  annual meetings of stockholders and,  to the extent deemed necessary
or desirable  by  the  Billing  Board,  to provide  the  Billing  Board  with  a
meaningful  opportunity to inform  stockholders, prior to  such meetings, of any
proposal to be introduced at such meetings, together with any recommendation  as
to  the Board's position or belief as to action to be taken with respect to such
proposal, so as to enable stockholders  better to determine whether they  desire
to attend such meeting or grant a proxy to Billing's Board as to the disposition
of  any such proposal. Although Billing's Bylaws do not give the Board any power
to approve or disapprove stockholder  nominations for the election of  directors
or  of any other  proposal submitted by stockholders,  Billing's Bylaws may have
the effect  of  precluding  a  nomination  for  the  election  of  directors  or
precluding the conducting of business at a particular stockholder meeting if the
proper  procedures  are  not  followed,  and may  discourage  or  deter  a third
 
                                       71
<PAGE>
party from  conducting a  solicitation of  proxies  to elect  its own  slate  of
directors  or otherwise  attempting to  obtain control  of Billing,  even if the
conduct of such solicitation or such attempt might be beneficial to Billing  and
its stockholders.
 
    The  provisions of the Nomination Procedure  and the Business Procedure will
be subject to rules of the  Commission with respect to stockholder proposals  so
long as the Billing Common Stock remains quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or
is  listed on  a national  securities exchange  or is  otherwise required  to be
registered under the Exchange Act. Any stockholder proposal that is submitted in
compliance with such rules and is required by such rules to be set forth in  the
proxy  statement of the Company will be so set forth despite the requirements of
the Bylaws of the Company with respect to the timing and form of notice for such
proposals.
 
    AMENDMENT OF  BILLING'S  CERTIFICATE  AND  BYLAWS.    Billing's  Certificate
contains  provisions requiring the  affirmative vote of the  holders of at least
66-2/3% of the  voting power  of the  stock entitled  to vote  generally in  the
election  of directors to amend certain  provisions of Billing's Certificate and
Bylaws (including the provisions discussed above). These provisions will make it
more difficult  for stockholders  to make  changes in  Billing's Certificate  or
Bylaws,  including changes  designed to  facilitate the  exercise of  control of
Billing. In  addition,  the requirement  for  approval by  at  least a  66  2/3%
stockholder  vote will  enable the  holders of  a minority  of Billing's capital
stock to  prevent holders  of less  than  66 2/3%  majority from  amending  such
provisions of Billing's Certificate or Bylaws.
 
STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN
 
    The  Billing Board  will adopt  a stockholder  rights plan  and cause  to be
issued, with each share of Billing Common Stock issued to Billing's stockholders
in the  Distribution,  one  Right. The  Rights  will  be governed  by  a  rights
agreement  (the "Rights Agreement") to be  entered into between Billing and U.S.
Trust Company of Texas, N.A., as rights agent. The following is a summary of the
anticipated terms of the Rights Agreement.
 
    Each Right entitles the registered  holder thereof to purchase from  Billing
one  ten-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock,
par value $.01  per share  (the "Series  A Preferred  Stock"), at  a price  (the
"Purchase  Price") of $      . As discussed below, initially the Rights will not
be exercisable, certificates for  the Rights will not  be issued and the  Rights
will automatically trade with the Billing Common Stock.
 
    The  Billing Common  Stock will  contain a  legend incorporating  the Rights
Agreement by reference. The Rights Agreement provides that, until the Occurrence
Date as defined below (or the  earlier redemption or expiration of the  Rights),
the  Rights will  be represented  by and  transferred with,  and only  with, the
Billing Common Stock. Until  the Occurrence Date (or  the earlier redemption  or
expiration of the Rights), the surrender for transfer of any of Billing's Common
Stock  certificates,  with  or without  such  legend, also  will  constitute the
surrender for transfer of  the Rights associated with  the Billing Common  Stock
evidenced  by such certificates. The Occurrence Date  will be the earlier of (i)
the tenth  day following  the public  announcement  that a  person or  group  of
affiliated  or associated persons  ("Acquiring Person") other  than Billing, any
subsidiary of Billing  or any employee  benefit plan or  employee stock plan  of
Billing  or  of any  subsidiary of  Billing ("Exempt  Person") has  acquired, or
obtained the  right to  acquire, beneficial  ownership  of 15%  or more  of  the
outstanding  Billing Common  Stock (the  "Stock Acquisition  Date") or  (ii) the
tenth business  day following  the commencement  by any  person (other  than  an
Exempt Person) of, or the announcement of the intention to commence, a tender or
exchange  offer  that  would result  in  the ownership  of  15% or  more  of the
outstanding  Billing  Common  Stock.  As  soon  as  practicable  following   the
Occurrence Date, separate right Certificates will be mailed to holders of record
of  Billing Common Stock  at the close  of business on  the Occurrence Date, and
thereafter the Right Certificates alone will evidence the Rights and the  Rights
will be transferable separate and apart from the Billing Common Stock.
 
    The  Rights are not  exercisable until the Occurrence  Date. The Rights will
expire at the close  of business on                 ,  2006, unless redeemed  or
exchanged earlier as described below.
 
                                       72
<PAGE>
    The  Series A Preferred  Stock will not be  redeemable and, unless otherwise
provided in connection  with the creation  of a subsequent  series of  preferred
stock,  will be  subordinate to all  other series of  Billing's preferred stock.
Each share of  Series A  Preferred Stock will  represent the  right to  receive,
when,  as and if declared,  a quarterly dividend at an  annual rate equal to the
greater of  $1.00  per  share or  10,000  times  the quarterly  per  share  cash
dividends  declared on Billing's  Common Stock during  the immediately preceding
fiscal year. In addition, each share of Series A Preferred Stock will  represent
the  right to receive  10,000 times any noncash  dividends (other than dividends
payable in Billing Common Stock) declared  on the Billing Common Stock, in  like
kind.  In the event  of the liquidation,  dissolution or winding  up of Billing,
each share of Series  A Preferred Stock  will represent the  right to receive  a
liquidation  payment in  an amount equal  to the  greater of $1.00  per share or
10,000 times the  liquidation payment made  per share of  Billing Common  Stock.
Each  share of Series A Preferred Stock  will have 10,000 votes, voting together
with the Billing  Common Stock.  In the event  of any  merger, consolidation  or
other  transaction in which common shares are  exchanged, each share of Series A
Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive 10,000 times the amount received per
share of Billing Common Stock. The rights of the Series A Preferred Stock as  to
dividends,  liquidation, voting rights and merger participation are protected by
anti-dilution provisions.
 
    The Purchase Price payable  and the number of  shares of Series A  Preferred
Stock  or other securities or property issuable  upon exercise of the Rights are
subject to adjustment from time to time to prevent dilution (i) in the event  of
a  stock dividend on, or a  subdivision, combination or reclassification of, the
Series A  Preferred Stock,  (ii)  upon the  grant to  holders  of the  Series  A
Preferred  Stock  of  certain  rights  or warrants  to  subscribe  for  Series A
Preferred Stock or convertible securities at less than the current market  price
of the Series A Preferred Stock or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of the
Series  A  Preferred Stock  of evidences  of  indebtedness or  assets (excluding
regular cash dividends and dividends payable in Series A Preferred Stock) or  of
subscription rights or warrants.
 
    If  any Person (other than an Exempt Person) becomes the beneficial owner of
15% or more of the then outstanding shares of Billing Common Stock, each  holder
of  a Right, other  than the Acquiring  Person, will have  the right to receive,
upon payment of  the Purchase  Price, in  lieu of  Series A  Preferred Stock,  a
number  of shares of Billing  Common Stock having a  market value equal to twice
the Purchase Price.  In the  event that  insufficient shares  of Billing  Common
Stock  are available for the  exercise in full of  the Rights, Billing shall, in
lieu of issuing shares of Billing Common  Stock upon exercise of Rights, to  the
extent permitted by applicable law and any material agreements then in effect to
which  Billing  is a  party, issue  shares  of Series  A Preferred  Stock, cash,
property or other securities of Billing (which may be accompanied by a reduction
in the  Purchase Price),  in  proportions determined  by  Billing, so  that  the
aggregate  value of such cash, property or other securities received is equal to
twice the Purchase  Price. After  the acquisition  of shares  of Billing  Common
Stock  by an Acquiring  Person as described  in this paragraph,  Rights that are
(or, under certain  circumstances, Rights  that were) beneficially  owned by  an
Acquiring Person will be void.
 
    The  Board  of Directors  may, at  its option,  at any  time after  a person
becomes an Acquiring Person,  authorize Billing to exchange  all or part of  the
then  outstanding and exercisable  Rights for shares of  Billing Common Stock or
Series A Preferred Stock  at an exchange  ratio of one  share of Billing  Common
Stock  for one ten-thousandth of a share  of Series A Preferred Stock per Right,
provided that the Board of Directors may not effect such exchange after the time
that any Person (other  than an Exempt Person)  becomes the beneficial owner  of
50%  or more  of the Billing  Common Stock  then outstanding. In  the event that
insufficient shares of Billing Common Stock are available for such exchange, the
Board of Directors may substitute, in lieu thereof, shares of Series A Preferred
Stock or equivalent preferred stock of equal value.
 
    Unless the  Rights are  earlier redeemed,  if, after  the Stock  Acquisition
Date,  Billing is acquired in  a merger or other  business combination (in which
any shares of the Billing Common Stock  are changed into or exchanged for  other
securities or assets) or more than 50% of the assets or earning power of Billing
and  its subsidiaries (taken as  a whole) is sold or  transferred in one or more
transactions, other than a transfer to a lender (or an assignee of a lender)  of
Billing pursuant to material
 
                                       73
<PAGE>
agreements  then in  effect to  which Billing is  a party,  the Rights Agreement
provides that proper provision shall be made so that each holder of record of  a
Right  will from and after that time have  the right to receive, upon payment of
the Purchase  Price, that  number of  shares of  common stock  of the  acquiring
company  which has a current market price  at the time of such transaction equal
to twice the Purchase Price.
 
    Interests in fractions  of shares of  Series A Preferred  Stock may, at  the
election of Billing, be evidenced by depository receipts. Billing also may issue
cash  in lieu  of fractional  shares of  Series A  Preferred Stock  that are not
integral multiples of one ten-thousandth of a share.
 
    At any  time  until a  person  becomes an  Acquiring  Person, the  Board  of
Directors may cause Billing to redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a
price  of $.001 per Right, subject to adjustment. Immediately upon the effective
time of  the redemption  authorized by  the  Board of  Directors, the  right  to
exercise  the  Rights will  terminate, and  the  holders of  the Rights  will be
entitled to receive only the redemption price without any interest thereon.
 
    As long as the  Rights are redeemable, Billing  may, except with respect  to
the  redemption price or  the number of  shares of Series  A Preferred Stock for
which a Right is exercisable, amend the  Rights in any manner. At any time  when
the  Rights are not redeemable, Billing may  amend the Rights in any manner that
does not adversely affect the interests of holders of the Rights as such.
 
    Until a Right is exercised,  the holder, as such, will  have no rights as  a
stockholder  of Billing,  including without limitation  the right to  vote or to
receive dividends.
 
BUSINESS COMBINATIONS WITH INTERESTED STOCKHOLDERS
 
    Section  203  of  the  DGCL   prohibits  transactions  between  a   Delaware
corporation  and  an "interested  stockholder," which  is  defined therein  as a
person who,  together with  any  affiliates and/or  associates of  such  person,
beneficially  owns, directly or directly, 15%  or more of the outstanding voting
stock of  a  Delaware corporation.  This  provision prohibits  certain  business
combinations (defined broadly to include mergers, consolidations, sales or other
dispositions  of  assets having  an  aggregate value  in  excess of  10%  of the
consolidated assets  of the  corporation, and  certain transactions  that  would
increase  the  interested  stockholder's proportionate  stock  ownership  in the
corporation) between an interested stockholder and a corporation for a period of
three years after the date the interested stockholder acquired its stock  unless
(i) the business combination is approved by the corporation's board of directors
prior to the date the interested stockholder acquired stock, (ii) the interested
stockholder  acquired at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation in the
transaction in which it becomes an interested stockholder, or (iii) the business
combination is approved  by a  majority of  the board  of directors  and by  the
affirmative  vote of 66 2/3%  of the votes entitled  to be cast by disinterested
stockholders at an annual or special meeting.
 
    Billing has  not  opted  out  of  being  governed  by  the  above  described
provisions  of Delaware law. Consequently, business combinations between Billing
and an interested stockholder would be subject to its provisions.
 
                         LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
                           OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    Articles XI  and XV  of the  Billing  Certificate and  Article VIII  of  the
Billing  Bylaws (the "Director Liability  and Indemnification Provisions") limit
the personal liability of Billing's directors to Billing or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty.
 
    The Director Liability and Indemnification Provisions define and clarify the
rights of certain  individuals, including Billing's  directors and officers,  to
indemnification  by  Billing  in the  event  of personal  liability  or expenses
incurred by them as a result of certain litigation against them. Such provisions
are consistent with  Section 102(b)(7)  of the  DGCL, which  is designed,  among
other  things,  to  encourage qualified  individuals  to serve  as  directors of
Delaware corporations by permitting
 
                                       74
<PAGE>
Delaware corporations  to  include  in their  certificates  of  incorporation  a
provision  limiting or eliminating directors' liability for monetary damages and
with other  existing  DGCL  provisions  permitting  indemnification  of  certain
individuals,  including directors and officers.  The limitations of liability in
the Directors Liability  and Indemnification  Provisions may  not affect  claims
arising under the federal securities laws.
 
    In  performing  their  duties,  directors  of  a  Delaware  corporation  are
obligated as fiduciaries  to exercise their  business judgment and  act in  what
they  reasonably determine in good faith, after appropriate consideration, to be
the best interests of  the corporation and its  stockholders. Decisions made  on
that  basis are protected by the "business judgment rule." The business judgment
rule is designed to protect directors from personal liability to the corporation
or  its  stockholders  when  business  decisions  are  subsequently  challenged.
However, the expense of defending lawsuits, the frequency with which unwarranted
litigation  is brought against  directors and the  inevitable uncertainties with
respect to the  outcome of  applying the  business judgment  rule to  particular
facts and circumstances mean that, as a practical matter, directors and officers
of  a  corporation  rely  on  indemnity from,  and  insurance  procured  by, the
corporation they serve as a financial backstop in the event of such expenses  or
unforeseen  liability.  The Delaware  legislature  has recognized  that adequate
insurance and  indemnity provisions  are often  a condition  of an  individual's
willingness  to serve as  director of a  Delaware corporation. The  DGCL has for
some time specifically permitted corporations  to provide indemnity and  procure
insurance for its directors and officers.
 
    The  Director  Liability and  Indemnification  Provisions will  be approved,
along with the rest of the Billing Certificate and the Billing Bylaws, by  USLD,
as sole stockholder of Billing prior to the Distribution Date.
 
    Set   forth  below   is  a  description   of  the   Director  Liability  and
Indemnification Provisions. Such description is  intended as a summary only  and
is  qualified in its  entirety by reference  to the Billing  Certificate and the
Billing Bylaws.
 
    ELIMINATION OF  LIABILITY  IN CERTAIN  CIRCUMSTANCES.   Article  XV  of  the
Billing  Certificate  of Incorporation  ("Article  XV") eliminates  the personal
liability of Billing's  directors to  Billing or its  stockholders for  monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty. Directors remain liable for (i) any breach
of  the duty of loyalty to Billing or its stockholders, (ii) any act or omission
not in  good  faith  or  which involves  intentional  misconduct  or  a  knowing
violation  of  law,  (iii) any  violation  of  Section 174  of  the  DGCL, which
proscribes the payment  of dividends  and stock purchases  or redemptions  under
certain circumstances, and (iv) any transaction from which a director is derived
an improper personal benefit.
 
    Article  XV further  provides that future  repeal or amendment  of its terms
will not  adversely affect  any  rights of  directors existing  thereunder  with
respect  to  acts or  omissions  occurring prior  to  such repeal  or amendment.
Article XV also incorporates any future amendments to Delaware law which further
eliminate or limit the liability of directors.
 
    INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE.  Under Section 145 of the DGCL, directors and
officers as well as other employees  and individuals may be indemnified  against
expenses  (including  attorneys' fees),  judgments,  fines and  amounts  paid in
settlement in connection with specified  actions, suits or proceedings,  whether
civil,  criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in
the right of the corporation  -- a "derivative action"),  if they acted in  good
faith  and in a manner they  reasonably believed to be in  or not opposed to the
best  interests  of  Billing,  and  with  respect  to  any  criminal  action  or
proceeding,  had no  reasonable cause to  believe their conduct  was unlawful. A
similar standard of care is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except
that indemnification  extends  only  to  expenses  (including  attorneys'  fees)
incurred in connection with defense or settlement of such an action and the DGCL
requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person
making indemnification has been found liable to Billing.
 
    Article VIII of the Billing Bylaws provides that Billing shall indemnify any
person  to whom, and to  the extent, indemnification may  be granted pursuant to
Section 145 of the DGCL.
 
                                       75
<PAGE>
    Article XI of the Billing Certificate  provides that each person who was  or
is  made a party to, or is involved  in any action, suit or proceeding by reason
of the fact that he is or was a director, officer or employee of Billing will be
indemnified  by  Billing  against   all  expenses  and  liabilities,   including
attorneys' fees, reasonably incurred by or imposed upon him, except in such case
where   the  director,  officer  or  employee  is  adjudged  guilty  of  willful
misfeasance or malfeasance  in the performance  of his duties.  Article XI  also
provides  that the  right of  indemnification shall  be in  addition to  and not
exclusive of all other rights, to  which such director, officer or employee  may
be entitled.
 
    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors and  officers and controlling persons pursuant  to
the  foregoing provisions, Billing has been advised  that, in the opinion of the
Securities and  Exchange  Commission,  such indemnification  is  against  public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
 
                            INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS
 
    The  Board of Directors of Billing will select before the end of fiscal 1996
an independent accounting firm to  audit Billing's financial statements for  the
year  ending September 30,  1996. Arthur Andersen LLP  has served as independent
accountants of  USLD through  the periods  covered by  the financial  statements
included in this Information Statement.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    Billing  has filed with  the Commission a Registration  Statement on Form 10
under the Exchange Act with respect  to the Billing Common Stock being  received
by  USLD stockholders in  the Distribution. This  Information Statement does not
contain all of the information set  forth in the Registration Statement and  the
exhibits  and schedules thereto,  to which reference  is hereby made. Statements
made in this Information Statement as to the contents of any contract, agreement
or other document referred to herein are not necessarily complete. With  respect
to  each  contract, agreement  or  other document  filed  as an  exhibit  to the
Registration Statement, reference is  made to such exhibit  for a more  complete
description  of the  matter involved,  and each  such statement  shall be deemed
qualified in its entirety by such reference. The Registration Statement and  the
exhibits  thereto filed by Billing  with the Commission may  be inspected at the
public reference facilities of the Commission listed below.
 
    USLD is and  Billing will be  subject to the  reporting requirements of  the
Exchange  Act, and  in accordance  therewith, USLD  files and  Billing will file
periodic reports,  proxy  statements  and  other  information  relating  to  its
business,  financial and other matters. Such reports, proxy statements and other
information filed by Billing can be inspected and copied at the public reference
facilities maintained by the  Commission at Room 1024,  450 Fifth Avenue,  N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the following regional offices of the Commission:
New  York Regional Office, 7 World Trade  Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York
10048, and Chicago Regional Office, Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison
Street, Suite 1400,  Chicago, Illinois 60661.  Copies of such  materials can  be
obtained  from the Public Reference Section  of the Commission, Washington, D.C.
20549, at prescribed rates.
 
                            ------------------------
 
    Billing intends  to furnish  holders  of Billing  Common Stock  with  annual
reports  containing consolidated financial statements  audited by an independent
public accounting firm  and quarterly reports  for the first  three quarters  of
each fiscal year containing unaudited financial statements.
 
                                       76
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
 
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants...................................................................        F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 1994 and September 30, 1995...................................        F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended September 30, 1993, September 30, 1994 and September
 30, 1995..................................................................................................        F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended September 30, 1993, September 30, 1994
 and September 30, 1995....................................................................................        F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30, 1993, September 30, 1994 and
 September 30, 1995........................................................................................        F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................        F-7
 
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 1995 and March 31, 1996 (unaudited)..................       F-17
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income for the Six Months Ended March 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996
 (unaudited)...............................................................................................       F-18
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended March 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996
 (unaudited)...............................................................................................       F-19
 
Notes to Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)...................................       F-20
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
Billing Information Concepts Corp.:
 
    We  have  audited the  accompanying consolidated  balance sheets  of Billing
Information Concepts  Corp.  (a Delaware  corporation)  and subsidiaries  as  of
September  30, 1994 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of income,
stockholders' equity and cash flows  for each of the  three years in the  period
ended  September 30, 1995. These financial  statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is  to express an opinion on  these
financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts  and disclosures  in financial  statements. An  audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In  our opinion, the financial statements  referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Billing Information Concepts
Corp. and subsidiaries as  of September 30,  1994 and 1995,  and the results  of
their  operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended September  30,  1995, in  conformity  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles.
 
    As  explained in Note 2 to  the Consolidated Financial Statements, effective
October 1, 1993, the Company changed its method of accounting for income taxes.
 
                                                   ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
San Antonio, Texas
May 13, 1996
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                           ----------------------
                                                                                             1994        1995
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents..............................................................  $  20,742  $    26,770
  Accounts receivable....................................................................     12,668       18,113
  Purchased receivables..................................................................     53,347       55,228
  Prepaids and other.....................................................................         74          624
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Total current assets...............................................................     86,831      100,735
Property and equipment...................................................................      3,281        5,563
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization.........................................     (1,788)      (2,334)
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Net property and equipment.........................................................      1,493        3,229
Equipment held under capital leases, net of accumulated amortization of $108 (1994) and
 $305 (1995).............................................................................        504        1,556
Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $1,806 (1994) and $2,105 (1995).........        882        1,375
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Total assets.......................................................................  $  89,710  $   106,895
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
 
                                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable:
    Trade................................................................................  $   7,748  $    12,604
    Billing customers....................................................................     36,995       34,756
  Accrued liabilities....................................................................      5,463       12,362
  Revolving line of credit for purchased receivables.....................................     25,235       23,030
  Current portion of long-term debt......................................................        124          285
  Current portion of obligations under capital leases....................................        134          398
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Total current liabilities..........................................................     75,699       83,435
Long-term debt, less current portion.....................................................        440        1,048
Obligations under capital leases, less current portion...................................        413        1,168
Other liabilities........................................................................         56           21
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Total liabilities..................................................................     76,608       85,672
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 8)
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred shares, $10.00 par value, 10,000 shares authorized, 10,000 shares issued and
   outstanding...........................................................................        100          100
  Common shares, no par value, 102,000 shares authorized, 102,000 shares issued and
   outstanding...........................................................................          1            1
U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s investment in and advances to Billing.........................     13,001       21,122
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Total stockholders' equity.........................................................     13,102       21,223
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity.........................................  $  89,710  $   106,895
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
                                                                                           ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                                                                          SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                 -------------------------------
                                                                                   1993       1994       1995
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>
Operating revenues.............................................................  $  46,451  $  57,746  $  80,847
Cost of services...............................................................     29,993     37,588     51,337
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Gross profit...................................................................     16,458     20,158     29,510
Selling, general and administrative expenses...................................      5,883      7,421      9,272
Advance funding program income.................................................     (3,299)    (3,467)    (4,384)
Advance funding program expense................................................      2,581      1,858      1,351
Depreciation and amortization expense..........................................        877        954      1,216
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from operations.........................................................     10,416     13,392     22,055
Other income (expense):
  Interest income..............................................................        179        346      1,081
  Interest expense.............................................................       (466)      (103)      (188)
  Other, net...................................................................         59        (32)      (169)
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total other income (expense)...............................................       (228)       211        724
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Income before provision for income taxes.......................................     10,188     13,603     22,779
Provision for income taxes.....................................................     (3,747)    (5,038)    (8,661)
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income.....................................................................  $   6,441  $   8,565  $  14,118
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
             FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    U.S. LONG
                                                                                                                    DISTANCE
                                                                                                                     CORP.'S
                                                                   COMMON STOCK            PREFERRED STOCK        INVESTMENT IN
                                                             ------------------------  ------------------------  AND ADVANCES TO
                                                               SHARES       AMOUNT       SHARES       AMOUNT         BILLING
                                                             -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Balances at September 30, 1992.............................         102    $       1           10    $     100     $     4,480
  Transfers to affiliates..................................           0            0            0            0          (5,990)
  Net income...............................................           0            0            0            0           6,441
                                                                    ---        -----          ---        -----   ---------------
Balances at September 30, 1993.............................         102            1           10          100           4,931
  Transfers to affiliates..................................           0            0            0            0            (495)
  Net income...............................................           0            0            0            0           8,565
                                                                    ---        -----          ---        -----   ---------------
Balances at September 30, 1994.............................         102            1           10          100          13,001
  Transfers to affiliates..................................           0            0            0            0          (5,997)
  Net income...............................................           0            0            0            0          14,118
                                                                    ---        -----          ---        -----   ---------------
Balances at September 30, 1995.............................         102    $       1           10    $     100     $    21,122
                                                                    ---        -----          ---        -----   ---------------
                                                                    ---        -----          ---        -----   ---------------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                --------------------------------
                                                                                  1993        1994       1995
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
<S>                                                                             <C>        <C>         <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income..................................................................  $   6,441  $    8,565  $  14,118
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating
   activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.............................................        877         954      1,216
    Deferred compensation.....................................................         33          24         18
    Changes in current assets and liabilities:
      Increase in accounts receivable.........................................     (1,857)     (4,437)    (5,445)
      (Increase) decrease in prepaids and other...............................       (203)        129       (550)
      Increase in trade accounts payable......................................      2,580       2,321      4,856
      Increase in accrued liabilities.........................................      1,101       1,963      6,899
      Increase (decrease) in other liabilities................................          0          56        (35)
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities.....................................      8,972       9,575     21,077
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchases of property and equipment.........................................       (557)       (684)    (1,922)
  Payments for purchased receivables, net.....................................     (6,384)     (6,078)    (1,881)
  Collections of proceeds due (payments made) to customers, net...............      2,203      13,046     (2,239)
  Other investing activities..................................................        (37)       (573)      (792)
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities...........................     (4,775)      5,711     (6,834)
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Draws (payments) on revolving line of credit for purchased receivables,
   net........................................................................      4,637     (10,826)    (2,205)
  Proceeds from issuance of debt..............................................        197         365        917
  Payments on debt............................................................        (13)        (44)      (148)
  Payments on capital leases..................................................       (329)       (227)      (230)
  Transfers to affiliates.....................................................     (5,894)     (1,007)    (6,549)
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
Net cash used in financing activities.........................................     (1,402)    (11,739)    (8,215)
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.....................................      2,795       3,547      6,028
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year..................................     14,400      17,195     20,742
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year........................................  $  17,195  $   20,742  $  26,770
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
                                                                                ---------  ----------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                       SEPTEMBER 30, 1993, 1994 AND 1995
 
NOTE 1. BUSINESS ACTIVITY
    Billing  Information  Concepts Corp.,  a Delaware  corporation, is  a wholly
owned subsidiary  of U.S.  Long  Distance Corp.  ("USLD")  that will,  upon  the
effectiveness of the Distribution, be an independent, publicly held company that
will  own and operate all of  the assets of, and will  be responsible for all of
the liabilities  associated  with,  the  commercial  billing  clearinghouse  and
information  management services business currently owned by USLD. This business
is currently conducted primarily through USLD's subsidiaries Zero Plus  Dialing,
Inc.  ("ZPDI")  and  Enhanced  Services Billing,  Inc.  ("ESBI").  Prior  to the
Distribution, these subsidiaries  will be  merged with  U.S. Billing  Management
Corp.  ("USBMC") and U.S. Billing, Inc. ("USBI"), which will become wholly owned
subsidiaries  of  Billing  (collectively  referred   to  as  "Billing"  or   the
"Company").
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The  accompanying consolidated financial statements  include the accounts of
Billing and USLD's subsidiaries ZPDI, USBI, ESBI and Mega-Plus Dialing, Inc. All
significant intercompany  accounts  and  transactions have  been  eliminated  in
consolidation.
 
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    On  May  13,  1996,  the Board  of  Directors  of USLD  approved  a  plan to
distribute all of the Common Stock of  Billing, pro rata to the stockholders  of
USLD  (the  "Distribution")  with the  result  being  that Billing  would  be an
independent, publicly held company that would own and operate all of the  assets
of,  and will  be responsible  for all of  the liabilities  associated with, the
billing clearinghouse  and information  management services  business  currently
owned  by USLD. The accompanying financial  statements include the operations of
Billing which,  until  the date  of  Distribution,  will be  combined  with  and
reported  as part of  the consolidated financial statements  of USLD. The assets
and liabilities of Billing are reflected at the historical book values  included
in  the  USLD  consolidated  financial  statements.  Immediately  prior  to  the
Distribution, Billing  will  cancel all  of  USLD's intercompany  debt  owed  to
Billing. In recognition of this, the balance of the intercompany receivable from
USLD  has been combined with and included  in the balance sheet caption entitled
"U.S. Long  Distance  Corp.'s  investment  in  and  advances  to  Billing."  All
stockholder  equity account balances, except for the par value of Billing common
stock, have also been reported as "U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s investment in  and
advances to Billing."
 
    Certain  assets  and  liabilities and  selling,  general  and administrative
expenses of USLD were historically accounted for on a consolidated basis with no
allocation to individual subsidiaries. The historical statements of Billing have
been adjusted  to include  all  of the  assets,  liabilities and  expenses  that
appropriately  and fairly  could have been  allocated to Billing  except for the
following items:
 
        (a) Cash --  Cash has historically  been managed by  a centralized  cash
    management department in Billing. Consequently, cash was not allocated among
    USLD's  subsidiaries and was recorded on the balance sheet of Billing. There
    is no reasonable means by which to allocate cash to the historical financial
    statements of USLD's subsidiaries.
 
        (b) Income taxes -- USLD's  federal income taxes have historically  been
    determined  on a consolidated  basis. For purposes  of preparing the Billing
    historical  consolidated  financial  statements,  income  taxes  have   been
    determined on a separate company basis. Deferred taxes have been recorded on
    Billing's  consolidated financial statements, as appropriate. Accrued income
    taxes payable are reflected in the balance sheet caption "U.S. Long Distance
    Corp.'s investment
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    in and advances to Billing" as such amounts payable would have been  payable
    to  USLD. Tax liabilities are reflected in  a manner consistent with the Tax
    Sharing Agreement between USLD and Billing.
 
    For purposes  of  preparing  Billing's  consolidated  financial  statements,
certain  amounts  that  have previously  been  classified as  revenue,  costs of
service,  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses,  and  other   income
(expense)  have been  reclassified. Certain  intercompany transactions  that had
been eliminated  in  consolidation  are properly  reflected  in  the  historical
consolidated  financial statements  of Billing at  amounts that  are believed by
management to reflect an arm's length relationship.
 
REVENUE RECOGNITION POLICIES
 
    The Company recognizes revenue from  its billing services upon  transmission
of  billable records to the  local telephone companies, which  records are to be
billed and collected by the Company.
 
BILLING SERVICES
 
    The Company provides  billing services  to operator  services providers  and
direct  dial long distance  companies through billing  agreements with the local
telephone companies, which maintain the critical database of end-user names  and
addresses  of the  billed parties.  Bills are  generated by  the local telephone
companies and the  collected funds are  remitted to the  Company, which in  turn
remits these funds, net of fees, to its billing customers. The Company records a
trade accounts receivable and revenue for fees charged for its billing services.
When  the customer's  receivables are  collected by  the Company  from the local
telephone companies, the Company's trade  receivables are reduced by the  amount
corresponding  to  the Company's  processing fees  and  the remaining  funds are
recorded as an accounts payable to billing customers.
 
    The Company offers participation in an advance funding program to qualifying
customers through  its  Advance  Payment  Agreement. Under  the  terms  of  this
agreement,  the  Company purchases  the  customer's accounts  receivable  for an
amount equal to the face  amount of the billing  records submitted to the  local
telephone companies by the Company for billing and collection less:
 
    - all  local telephone  company charges,  rejects, unbillables  and bad debt
      deductions;
 
    - all credits and adjustments granted to end-users;
 
    - all of the Company's processing fees and sales taxes, if appropriate;
 
    - all financing service charges assessed by the Company; and
 
    - any and  all  losses,  costs  or  expenses  incurred  by  the  Company  in
      processing  or collecting the customer accounts from all previously billed
      records.
 
    The purchase  price is  remitted by  the  Company to  its customers  in  two
payments.  Within  five days  from receiving  a  customer's records,  an initial
payment is made to the customer based on a percentage of the face amount of  the
customer's  call  records  submitted  by  the  Company  to  the  local telephone
companies. The Company pays the remaining  balance of the purchase price to  the
customer  upon  collection  of funds  from  the local  telephone  companies. The
purchase date is the date  the initial payment is  made. In connection with  its
purchase of billing records, the Company, generally, draws down on its revolving
credit facility for purchased receivables.
 
    Any  accounts receivable purchased by the  Company are recorded as purchased
receivables from billing customers in an amount equal to the face amount of  the
billing  records submitted to  the local telephone companies  by the Company for
billing and collection. Concurrently,  an equal amount  is recorded as  accounts
payable  to billing  customers. The  amount of the  initial payment  made to the
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
customer reduces accounts payable to billing customers. The balance, reported as
accounts payable to billing customers ($36,995,000 and $34,756,000 at  September
30, 1994 and 1995, respectively), consists of:
 
    - an  amount equal to  the face value of  all purchased receivables, reduced
      for  any  amounts  paid  as   initial  payments  under  Advanced   Payment
      Agreements, and
 
    - an  amount equal to  collections from local  telephone companies that have
      not yet been remitted to customers.
 
    The purchased  receivables balance  is  relieved at  the time  the  customer
receivables  are collected from  the local telephone  companies. Any differences
between the amount initially recorded as  a purchased receivable and the  amount
ultimately collected from the local telephone companies, resulting from the fees
and deductions detailed above, are recorded as a reduction of both the purchased
receivable  and accounts  payable to billing  customers in an  equal amount. The
funds are remitted  to the customer  after the Company  deducts finance  service
charges earned under the Advance Payment Agreement.
 
    Finance service charges are assessed to customers and are computed at a rate
above  the prime interest rate based on the amounts funded to customers. Finance
service charges are recorded as advance funding program income during the period
from the date of initial  payment until the Company  recoups the full amount  of
the  initial  payment from  receipts from  local  telephone companies.  No other
revenues  or  income  are  recorded  in  connection  with  the  Advance  Payment
Agreement.
 
    The  following  receivables  purchased  and  financed  by  the  Company were
outstanding at:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                 --------------------
                                                                                   1994       1995
                                                                                 ---------  ---------
                                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                              <C>        <C>
Purchased receivables from billing customers...................................  $  53,347  $  55,228
Purchase money borrowings under revolving credit facility for purchased
 receivables...................................................................     25,235     23,030
</TABLE>
 
    The Company  has  virtually no  collection  risk related  to  its  purchased
accounts  receivable and thus does not record an allowance for doubtful accounts
related to such receivables. While the Company does not have the legal right  of
recourse  against its billing  customers with respect  to purchased receivables,
the Company does have the right of offset against all funds held for the account
of such customers and may  hold a first lien  security interest in such  billing
customers'  accounts, generally including those not acquired by the Company. The
Company does, however, have some risk  with regard to adjustments charged to  it
by the local telephone companies related to customers who are no longer serviced
by  the Company to the extent that  these adjustments exceed funds withheld from
such customers. Therefore, the Company has recorded an accrual for the estimated
liability associated with such charges.
 
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation and amortization are
computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related
assets, which range from  three to seven years.  Upon disposition, the cost  and
related  accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts
and the resulting gain or loss is  reflected in other income (expense) for  that
period.  Expenditures  for maintenance  and repairs  are  charged to  expense as
incurred and major improvements are capitalized.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
OTHER ASSETS
 
    Other assets include costs incurred to acquire billing agreements with local
telephone companies for  billing and collection  services and other  agreements.
These  costs are being  amortized over five to  seven-year periods. Other assets
also include financing costs  related to the issuance  of debt, which have  been
deferred and are amortized over the life of each respective financing agreement.
In  addition,  a  certificate  of  deposit held  as  security  for  an equipment
financing facility and long-term deposits have been included in other assets.
 
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
    Cash and cash equivalents  are valued at their  carrying amounts, which  are
reasonable  estimates  of fair  value.  The fair  value  of all  other financial
instruments approximates cost as stated.
 
INCOME TAXES
 
    In February 1992, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued  Statement
of  Financial  Accounting Standards  ("SFAS")  No. 109,  "Accounting  for Income
Taxes," which the Company adopted effective October 1, 1993. Under SFAS No. 109,
deferred tax liabilities  and assets are  recorded based on  enacted income  tax
rates  that are expected to be in effect in the period in which the deferred tax
liability or asset is expected  to be settled or realized.  A change in the  tax
laws  or rates results in adjustments to the deferred tax liabilities or assets.
The effects of such  adjustments are required  to be included  in income in  the
period  in which the tax laws or rates are changed. The adoption of SFAS No. 109
did not have a material impact on the Company's financial position or results of
operations. Prior to October 1, 1993, the Company accounted for income taxes  in
accordance  with the provisions  of Accounting Principles  Board Opinion No. 11,
"Accounting for Income Taxes."
 
    Billing and USLD will  enter into a Tax  Sharing Agreement that defines  the
parties'  respective  rights and  obligations with  respect to  deficiencies and
refunds of  federal, state  and  other income  or  franchise taxes  relating  to
Billing's  business for tax years prior to  the Distribution and with respect to
certain tax  attributes of  Billing  after the  Distribution. In  general,  with
respect  to periods ending  on or before the  last day of the  year in which the
Distribution occurs,  USLD  is  responsible for  (i)  filing  both  consolidated
federal  tax returns for the USLD  affiliated group and combined or consolidated
state tax returns for any  group that includes a  member of the USLD  affiliated
group,  including in  each case  Billing and  its subsidiaries  for the relevant
periods of time  that such companies  were members of  the applicable group  and
(ii)  paying  the  taxes  related  to  such  returns  (including  any subsequent
adjustments resulting from the  redetermination of such  tax liabilities by  the
applicable  taxing authorities).  Billing will reimburse  USLD for  a portion of
such taxes and the cost of preparation of the associated tax returns related  to
the  Billing affiliated  group. Billing  is responsible  for filing  returns and
paying taxes related  to the  Billing affiliated group  for subsequent  periods.
Billing  and  USLD  have  agreed  to cooperate  with  each  other  and  to share
information in preparing such tax returns and in dealing with other tax matters.
 
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARD
 
    In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board issued  Statement
of   Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.   123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation," which provides  for a fair-value-based  method of accounting  for
stock-based  compensation plans with employees and  others. The Company will not
adopt the  recognition and  measurement provisions  of SFAS  No. 123,  but  will
continue  to account for  stock-based compensation plans  in accordance with APB
Opinion 25. However, the Company will be required to comply with the  disclosure
requirements of SFAS No. 123 beginning in fiscal 1997.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
    Cash  payments and non-cash activities during  the periods indicated were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                             1993       1994       1995
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Cash payments for interest...............................................  $   2,789  $   1,847  $   1,564
Cash payments for income taxes...........................................      3,677      4,954      8,859
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
  Capital lease obligations incurred.....................................        229        327      1,249
  Tax benefit recognized in connection with stock option exercises.......         99         93         94
</TABLE>
 
    For purposes of determining cash flows, the Company considers all  temporary
cash  investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to
be cash equivalents.
 
NOTE 3. DEBT
    Long-term debt is comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                   --------------------
                                                                                     1994       1995
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                <C>        <C>
Revolving line of credit for purchased receivables, with a company, 9.25% at
 September 30, 1995 (prime rate (8.75%) plus .5%), due in varying amounts through
 December 1996...................................................................  $  25,235  $  23,030
Fixed interest rate term notes...................................................        564      1,333
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
Total debt.......................................................................     25,799     24,363
Less -- Current portion..........................................................     25,359     23,315
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   $     440  $   1,048
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
                                                                                   ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company has a  $45 million revolving  line of credit  with a company  to
finance  the  purchase of  certain eligible  accounts  receivable. This  line of
credit matures December 31, 1996.  Any amounts borrowed to purchase  receivables
under  this revolving credit  facility are due upon  the Company's collection of
the related receivables. At  September 30, 1995,  the Company had  approximately
$22.0  million available for borrowing under this facility. Any borrowings under
this facility  bear  interest at  the  prime rate  plus  .5%. This  facility  is
collateralized  by the related  accounts receivable and by  virtually all of the
assets of  the  Company not  otherwise  pledged  as security  under  other  debt
agreements.  Performance under the revolving credit facility has been guaranteed
by the Company.
 
    The Company has various  fixed rate notes with  rates ranging from 6.75%  to
11%, due in varying amounts through October 2000. The proceeds from the issuance
of  these  notes were  used  to acquire  certain  computer equipment  and office
furniture. The loans are guaranteed by the Company and are secured by the assets
acquired with the proceeds of such notes.
 
    The credit  facilities  discussed  above contain  various  restrictions  and
financial  ratio maintenance requirements.  Under the most  restrictive terms of
its credit facilities, the Company is required to maintain a quarterly ratio  of
consolidated  operating income,  as defined  in the  agreements, to consolidated
fixed charges of at least 1.5 to 1.0 and is prohibited from paying dividends  on
its  common stock. The Company also may be subject to certain limitations on its
annual capital expenditures and on the issuance of additional secured debt,  but
can  issue subordinated unsecured debt provided  the ratio of total consolidated
debt to  total capitalization  does  not exceed  85%.  Further, the  Company  is
required
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3. DEBT (CONTINUED)
to maintain a ratio of funded debt, as defined in the applicable loan agreement,
to  total capitalization not  greater than 60%.  Cross-default provisions of the
Company's most significant credit facilities may place the Company in default of
such facilities  should it  fail to  satisfy provisions  of certain  other  loan
agreements.  Under the Company's most significant credit facilities, the Company
has  guaranteed  the  obligations  of  its  subsidiaries.  The  Company  was  in
compliance with all required covenants at September 30, 1994 and 1995.
 
    Historically,  the Company  has obtained financing  for capital expenditures
through term debt  agreements that were  guaranteed and cross-collateralized  by
USLD.  These  debt  agreements were  negotiated  based  on the  strength  of the
consolidated  financial  statements,  earnings  and   cash  flow  of  the   USLD
consolidated  group. Most of these debt agreements were secured by the assets of
all the  subsidiaries within  the  consolidated group.  The Company  expects  to
receive  from  certain  lenders  loan  agreement  amendments  or  separate  loan
agreements whereby the  indebtedness will be  secured by only  the Company's  or
USLD's  assets. In other cases,  the Company expects to  obtain waivers from its
lenders, provided that the cross  guarantees and existing security  arrangements
remain  in place for the  duration of the facility.  In other cases, Billing and
USLD intend to payoff existing indebtedness releasing applicable guarantees  and
security arrangements.
 
    Scheduled  maturities for the  years ending September  30, 1996 through 2000
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                          --------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Year Ending September 30,
  1996..................................................................................    $   23,315
  1997..................................................................................           307
  1998..................................................................................           296
  1999..................................................................................           258
  2000..................................................................................           184
  Thereafter............................................................................             3
                                                                                          --------------
                                                                                            $   24,363
                                                                                          --------------
                                                                                          --------------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 4. LEASES
    The Company leases equipment and office space under operating leases. Rental
expense for fiscal  1993, 1994 and  1995 was $284,000,  $304,000, and  $555,000,
respectively.  Future  minimum  lease payments  under  non-cancelable  leases at
September 30, 1995  are shown  below. These amounts  do not  include any  future
payments  relating  to office  space  for the  Company's  administrative support
functions as the Company currently has not executed any agreements to lease such
space.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                          ---------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Year Ending September 30,
  1996..................................................................................     $     367
  1997..................................................................................           388
  1998..................................................................................           169
                                                                                                 -----
    Total minimum lease payments........................................................     $     924
                                                                                                 -----
                                                                                                 -----
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4. LEASES (CONTINUED)
    The Company  also  leases various  computer  equipment under  capital  lease
arrangements. Future minimum lease payments under these capital leases, together
with  the present value of the net minimum lease payments at September 30, 1995,
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                          --------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Year Ending September 30,
  1996..................................................................................    $      524
  1997..................................................................................           533
  1998..................................................................................           498
  1999..................................................................................           308
                                                                                               -------
  Total minimum lease payments..........................................................         1,863
  Less: Amount representing interest....................................................          (297)
                                                                                               -------
  Present value of net minimum lease payments...........................................    $    1,566
                                                                                               -------
                                                                                               -------
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 5. SHARE CAPITAL
    Billing has, historically,  operated as  a wholly-owned  subsidiary of  USLD
and, consequently, had no publicly owned common shares.
 
NOTE 6. INCOME TAXES
    The provision for income taxes is comprised of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                             1993       1994       1995
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Current..................................................................  $   3,777  $   5,034  $   8,927
Deferred.................................................................        (30)         4       (266)
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           $   3,747  $   5,038  $   8,661
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  provision for income taxes for fiscal  1993, 1994 and 1995 differs from
the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 34% for
fiscal 1993  and 1994,  and 35%  for fiscal  1995 to  income before  taxes.  The
reasons for these differences were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                           -------------------------------
                                                                             1993       1994       1995
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Computed income tax provision at statutory rate..........................  $   3,464  $   4,625  $   7,973
Increases (reductions) in taxes resulting from:
  State income taxes.....................................................        370        558        970
  Amortization of asset valuations in excess of tax......................         77         51        (97)
  Other, net.............................................................       (164)      (196)      (185)
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
Provision for income taxes...............................................  $   3,747  $   5,038  $   8,661
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 6. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The  tax  effect of  significant temporary  differences, which  comprise the
deferred tax assets and liabilities, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                        --------------------
                                                                                          1994       1995
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                     <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Expense provisions..................................................................  $     118  $     530
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Tax depreciation and amortization in excess of book.................................        (61)      (325)
  Prepaid expenses....................................................................        (86)       (21)
  Other...............................................................................         (3)         0
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
Total gross deferred tax liabilities..................................................       (150)      (346)
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax asset (liability)....................................................  $     (32) $     184
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
                                                                                        ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The Company has been notified by the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that a
fiscal 1992 transaction between a wholly owned foreign subsidiary of USLD  (Mega
Plus Dialing, Inc.) and the Company is proposed to be treated differently by the
IRS  than originally characterized by the  Company. The Company understands that
the IRS will issue a  report that will propose an  assessment of income tax  and
related  excise taxes, interest  and penalties. The Company  and its tax counsel
disagree with the IRS's position, and, therefore, no accrual for this  potential
liability or any associated taxes, interest or penalties has been made.
 
NOTE 7. BENEFIT PLANS
    Employees  and  directors  of the  Company  are eligible  to  participate in
certain compensation and benefit plans provided by USLD.
 
    Participation in  the  U.S.  Long  Distance  Corp.  401(k)  Retirement  Plan
("Retirement  Plan") is offered to eligible employees of the Company. Generally,
all employees of  the Company  who are 21  years of  age or older  and who  have
completed one year of service during which they worked at least 1,000 hours were
eligible  for participation  in the  Retirement Plan.  The Retirement  Plan is a
defined contribution plan  which provides that  participants generally may  make
voluntary  salary deferral contributions,  on a pretax basis,  of between 2% and
15% of their compensation in  the form of voluntary  payroll deductions up to  a
maximum  amount  as indexed  for cost-of-living  adjustments. The  Company makes
matching contributions as a percentage determined annually of the first 6% of  a
participant's  compensation contributed as salary deferral. The Company may make
additional discretionary  contributions.  During fiscal  1994,  a  discretionary
contribution  in the amount  of $8,000 was  made. No discretionary contributions
were made  in fiscal  1993  or 1995.  During fiscal  1993,  1994 and  1995,  the
Company's  contributions  totaled  approximately $14,000,  $31,000  and $27,000,
respectively.
 
    Participation  in  the  U.S.  Long  Distance  Corp.  Executive  Compensation
Deferral  Plan  ("Executive Plan")  is offered  to selected  employees occupying
management positions who are determined by  USLD's board of directors from  time
to  time to be eligible  to participate in the  Executive Plan. Participation in
the U.S.  Long Distance  Corp. Director  Compensation Deferral  Plan  ("Director
Plan")  is offered to  individuals occupying a position  as an outside director.
The Executive and Director  Plans are defined  contribution plans which  provide
that  participants  could make  voluntary  salary deferral  contributions,  on a
pretax basis, of between 1% and  100% of their eligible compensation. Under  the
Executive  Plan, the Company made matching  contributions equal to the lesser of
100% of a participant's contributions or an amount determined based on a formula
established by the plan. Matching contributions under the Director Plan were 33%
of the participant's contributions. The Company has
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7. BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
the  right  to  make  matching  contributions  of  a  different  amount  or   no
contributions  under  both  plans.  During fiscal  1994  and  1995,  the Company
contributed $7,000 and $12,000 to the Executive Plan, respectively.
 
    Additionally, the U.S.  Long Distance Corp.  Executive Qualified  Disability
Plan  ("Disability Plan") is provided  to certain employees occupying management
positions. The Disability  Plan provides long-term  disability benefits  through
disability  insurance  coverage purchased  by  the Company  and  through Company
funded payments. Benefits under the Disability Plan are provided directly by the
Company based on definitions contained in the applicable insurance policies.
 
    The U.S.  Long Distance  Corp. Employee  Stock Purchase  Plan (the  "ESPP"),
which  was established  under the  requirements of  Section 423  of the Internal
Revenue Code  of 1986,  as amended,  is  offered to  eligible employees  of  the
Company.  The ESPP enables employees  who have completed at  least six months of
continuous service with the Company to purchase shares of USLD's common stock at
a 15% discount through voluntary payroll deductions.
 
NOTE 8. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The Company  is involved  in various  claims, legal  actions and  regulatory
proceedings  arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes it
is unlikely that the final outcome of any of the claims or proceedings to  which
the  Company is  a party will  have a  material adverse effect  on the Company's
financial position  or  results of  operations;  however, due  to  the  inherent
uncertainty  of litigation, there can be no assurance that the resolution of any
particular claim or proceeding would not  have a material adverse effect on  the
Company's  results of operations for the  fiscal period in which such resolution
occurred.
 
    The Company is obligated to pay certain local telephone companies a total of
approximately $4,355,000  during fiscal  1996 for  minimum usage  charges  under
billing and collection agreements. The Company anticipates exceeding the minimum
usage volumes with these vendors.
 
    The  Distribution plan provides the Company will only assume liabilities and
obligations for claims and litigation that arose from the ordinary course of the
Company's business. The Company will not assume any liabilities arising prior to
the date  of Distribution  that relate  to  the direct  dial long  distance  and
operator service businesses of USLD.
 
NOTE 9. RELATED PARTIES
    The  Company provides billing  and information management  services for USLD
and purchases long distance and 800  services from USLD. Transactions under  the
agreements   for  these  services  have   been  reflected  in  the  accompanying
consolidated financial  statements at  market prices.  Transactions between  the
Company and USLD are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1993       1994       1995
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>
Sales to USLD............................................................  $   4,485  $   5,308  $   5,322
Purchases from USLD......................................................        610        916      1,729
</TABLE>
 
    In addition, the Company's accounts receivable balance at September 30, 1994
and  1995 includes $1,053,000  and $1,127,000, respectively,  related to billing
services performed for USLD.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 10. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------
                                                    DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        1994         1995        1995         1995
                                                    ------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
Revenues..........................................   $   17,010    $  17,932   $  21,367   $    24,538
Income from operations............................        4,529        4,873       6,109         6,544
Net income........................................        2,911        3,102       3,921         4,184
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------
                                                    DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        1993         1994        1994         1994
                                                    ------------  -----------  ---------  -------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>          <C>        <C>
Revenues..........................................   $   11,842    $  13,342   $  15,622   $    16,940
Income from operations............................        1,537        2,983       3,990         4,882
Net income........................................        1,022        1,846       2,547         3,150
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                     CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
                                     ASSETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                            1995
                                                                                        -------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                                                          1996
                                                                                                       -----------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                                     <C>            <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................................................   $    26,770    $  32,582
  Accounts receivable.................................................................        18,113       20,368
  Purchased receivables...............................................................        55,228       62,381
  Prepaids and other..................................................................           624          731
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Total current assets............................................................       100,735      116,062
Property and equipment................................................................         5,563        6,826
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization......................................        (2,334)      (2,747)
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Net property and equipment......................................................         3,229        4,079
Equipment held under capital leases, net of accumulated amortization of $305 (1995)
 and $492 (1996)......................................................................         1,556        1,369
Other Assets:
  Other assets, net of accumulated amortization of $2,105 (1995) and $2,272 (1996)....         1,375          785
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Total assets....................................................................   $   106,895    $ 122,295
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
 
                                       LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable:
    Trade.............................................................................   $    12,604    $  10,922
    Billing customers.................................................................        34,756       32,730
  Accrued liabilities.................................................................        12,362       17,921
  Revolving line of credit for purchased receivables..................................        23,030       23,686
  Current portion of long-term debt...................................................           285          298
  Current portion of obligations under capital leases.................................           398          421
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Total current liabilities.......................................................        83,435       85,978
Long-term debt, less current portion..................................................         1,048          880
Obligations under capital leases, less current portion................................         1,168          925
Other liabilities.....................................................................            21           56
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Total liabilities...............................................................        85,672       87,839
Commitments and contingencies (See Note 3)
Stockholders' equity:
  Preferred shares, $10.00 par value, 10,000 shares authorized, 10,000 shares issued
   and outstanding....................................................................           100          100
  Common shares, no par value, 102,000 shares authorized, 102,000 shares issued and
   outstanding........................................................................             1            1
U.S. Long Distance Corp.'s investment in and advances to Billing......................        21,122       34,355
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Total stockholders' equity......................................................        21,223       34,456
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity......................................   $   106,895    $ 122,295
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
                                                                                        -------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
                             financial statements.
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                  CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              FOR THE SIX MONTHS
                                                                                               ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                             --------------------
                                                                                               1995       1996
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                          <C>        <C>
Operating revenues.........................................................................  $  34,942  $  50,301
Cost of services...........................................................................     21,976     32,145
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Gross profit...............................................................................     12,966     18,156
Selling, general and administrative expenses...............................................      4,319      5,356
Advance funding program income.............................................................     (1,898)    (2,968)
Advance funding program expense............................................................        624        598
Depreciation and amortization expense......................................................        519        940
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Income from operations.....................................................................      9,402     14,230
Other income (expense):
  Interest income..........................................................................        441        486
  Interest expense.........................................................................        (72)      (154)
  Other, net...............................................................................        (68)       (96)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
    Total other income (expense)...........................................................        301        236
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Income before provision for income taxes...................................................      9,703     14,466
Provision for income taxes.................................................................     (3,690)    (5,497)
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
Net income.................................................................................  $   6,013  $   8,969
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
                             financial statements.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            FOR THE SIX MONTHS
                                                                                             ENDED MARCH 31,
                                                                                           --------------------
                                                                                             1995       1996
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                        <C>        <C>
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net income.............................................................................  $   6,013  $   8,969
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization........................................................        519        940
    Deferred compensation................................................................          9          7
    Changes in current assets and liabilities:
      Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable.........................................      5,478     (2,255)
      Increase in prepaids and other.....................................................       (135)      (107)
      Decrease in trade accounts payable.................................................       (163)    (1,682)
      Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities.........................................       (632)     5,559
      Increase (decrease) in other liabilities...........................................        (26)        35
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities................................................     11,063     11,466
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Purchase of property and equipment.....................................................       (398)    (1,196)
  Payments for purchased receivables, net................................................     (1,118)    (7,153)
  Payments made to customers, net........................................................     (6,949)    (2,026)
  Other investing activities.............................................................       (588)       424
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net cash used in investing activities....................................................     (9,053)    (9,951)
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Draws on revolving line of credit for purchased receivables, net.......................      1,083        656
  Proceeds from issuance of debt.........................................................        182          0
  Payments on long-term debt.............................................................        (59)      (155)
  Payments on capital leases.............................................................        (78)      (220)
  Transfers from (to) affiliates.........................................................     (1,802)     4,016
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities......................................       (674)     4,297
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents................................................      1,336      5,812
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period...........................................     20,742     26,770
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period.................................................  $  22,078  $  32,582
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed consolidated
                             financial statements.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
          NOTES TO INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                                  (UNAUDITED)
 
NOTE 1. PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
    The interim condensed consolidated financial statements included herein have
been  prepared  by Billing  and subsidiaries  (collectively  referred to  as the
"Company"), without  audit,  pursuant  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the
Securities  and Exchange Commission  ("SEC"). All adjustments  have been made to
the accompanying interim condensed consolidated financial statements which  are,
in the opinion of the Company's management, necessary for a fair presentation of
the  Company's  operating results.  All adjustments  are  of a  normal recurring
nature. Certain  information  and  footnote  disclosures  normally  included  in
financial  statements prepared in accordance  with generally accepted accounting
principles  have  been  condensed  or   omitted  pursuant  to  such  rules   and
regulations.  It  is  recommended  that  these  interim  condensed  consolidated
financial statements  be read  in conjunction  with the  consolidated  financial
statements  and the notes thereto included in this Information Statement for the
year  ended  September  30,  1995.  Certain  prior  period  amounts  have   been
reclassified for comparative purposes.
 
NOTE 2. STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
    Cash  payments and non-cash activities during  the periods indicated were as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                    MARCH 31,
                                                                               --------------------
                                                                                 1995       1996
                                                                               ---------  ---------
                                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                            <C>        <C>
Cash payments for income taxes...............................................  $   2,887  $   4,999
Cash payments for interest...................................................        697        775
</TABLE>
 
NOTE 3. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The Company  is involved  in various  claims, legal  actions and  regulatory
proceedings  arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company believes it
is unlikely that the final outcome of any of the claims or proceedings to  which
the  Company is a  party would have  a material adverse  effect on the Company's
financial position  or  results of  operations;  however, due  to  the  inherent
uncertainty  of litigation, there can be no assurance that the resolution of any
particular claim or proceeding would not  have a material adverse effect on  the
Company's  results of operations for the  fiscal period in which such resolution
occurred.
 
NOTE 4. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    The Company provides  billing and information  management services for  USLD
and  purchases long distance and 800  services from USLD. Transactions under the
agreements for these services have been reflected in the accompanying  financial
statements  at  market prices.  Transactions between  the  Company and  USLD are
summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                MARCH 31,
                                                                           --------------------
                                                                             1995       1996
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Sales to USLD............................................................  $   2,476  $   2,594
Purchases from USLD......................................................        662      1,544
</TABLE>
 
In addition, the Company's accounts receivable balance at September 30, 1995 and
March 31,  1996  includes  $1,127,000 and  $885,000,  respectively,  related  to
billing services performed for USLD.
 
NOTE 5. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    In  connection  with  a plan  of  Distribution  adopted by  USLD's  Board of
Directors on May 13,  1996, USLD intends to  distribute shares of the  Company's
common  stock to  the existing stockholders  of USLD. At  the Distribution Date,
USLD   stockholders   on   the   record   date   for   the   Distribution   will
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
    NOTES TO INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 5. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)
receive  one share of the  Company's common stock for  each share of USLD common
stock held. If the Distribution had taken place on March 31, 1996, approximately
15.0 million  shares of  the Company's  stock  would have  been issued  to  USLD
stockholders.
 
    For  purposes of governing certain ongoing relationships between the Company
and USLD  after the  Distribution  and to  provide  for an  orderly  transition,
Billing  and USLD will  enter into certain  agreements. Such proposed agreements
include: (i) the Distribution Agreement, providing for, among other things,  the
Distribution and the division between the Company and USLD of certain assets and
liabilities  and material indemnification provisions; (ii) the Benefit Plans and
Employment Matters Allocation  Agreement, providing for  certain allocations  of
responsibilities with respect to benefit plans, employee compensation, and labor
and  employment matters; (iii)  the Tax Sharing Agreement  pursuant to which the
Company and USLD will agree to  allocate tax liabilities that relate to  periods
prior  to and  after the Distribution  Date; (iv) the  Transitional Services and
Sublease Agreement pursuant  to which USLD  will provide certain  services on  a
temporary  basis and  sublease certain office  space to the  Company and Billing
will provide certain services to USLD on a temporary basis; (v) the Zero Plus --
Zero Minus Billing  and Information  Management Services  Agreement pursuant  to
which  the Company will provide billing clearinghouse and information management
services  to   USLD  for   an  initial   period  of   three  years;   (vi)   the
Telecommunications  Agreement pursuant to which  USLD will provide long distance
telecommunications services to the Company for an initial period of three years;
and (vii) the Expense Sharing Agreement,  whereby USLD and Billing agree to  pay
certain usage charges and share certain expenses relating to the operation of an
airplane. It is the intention of USLD and Billing that the Transitional Services
and  Sublease Agreement,  the Zero  Plus --  Zero Minus  Billing and Information
Management Services Agreement, the Telecommunications Agreement and the  Expense
Sharing  Agreement reflect terms and conditions similar to those that would have
been arrived at by independent parties bargaining at arm's length.
 
    The Benefit  Plans and  Employment Matters  Allocation Agreement  ("Benefits
Agreement") provides for the allocation of certain responsibilities with respect
to   employee  compensation  benefit  and   labor  matters.  The  allocation  of
responsibility and adjustments  to be  made pursuant to  the Benefits  Agreement
will  be substantially  consistent with the  existing benefits  provided to USLD
employees under  USLD's  various compensation  plans.  Among other  things,  the
Benefits  Agreement will  provide that, effective  as of  the Distribution Date,
Billing will or will cause one or more of its subsidiaries to, assume or retain,
as the case  may be, all  liabilities of USLD,  to the extent  unpaid as of  the
Distribution   Date,  under  employee  benefit  plans,  policies,  arrangements,
contracts and  agreements,  with respect  to  employees  who, on  or  after  the
Distribution  Date,  will  be  employees of  Billing  or  its  subsidiaries. The
Benefits Agreement  will also  provide that,  effective as  of the  Distribution
Date,  USLD will,  or will cause  one or more  of its subsidiaries  to assume or
retain, as the case may be, all liabilities of USLD, to the extent unpaid as  of
the  Distribution Date,  under employee  benefit plans,  policies, arrangements,
contracts and  agreements,  with  respect  to employees  who  on  or  after  the
Distribution Date will be employees of USLD or its subsidiaries.
 
    In addition, Billing will assume, with respect to employees who, on or after
the  Distribution Date, will be employees of Billing or any of its subsidiaries,
all responsibility for liabilities and  obligations as of the Distribution  Date
for  medical and dental plan  coverage and for vacation  and welfare plans. USLD
will assume, with  respect to the  employees who, on  or after the  Distribution
Date, will be employees of USLD or any of its subsidiaries, all responsibilities
for  all liabilities and obligations as of the Distribution Date for medical and
dental plan coverage and for vacation and welfare plans.
 
    USLD currently provides additional compensation to its employees  (including
Billing  employees) under one  or more of the  following employee benefit plans:
USLD 401(k) Retirement Plan, the USLD
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>
              BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
    NOTES TO INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 5. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (CONTINUED)
1990 Employee Stock Option  Plan, the 1993 Non-Employee  Director Plan of  USLD,
the  USLD Executive Compensation  Deferral Plan, the  USLD Director Compensation
Deferral Plan, the USLD Executive  Qualified Disability Plan, the USLD  Employee
Stock  Option Purchase  Plan and the  USLD 1995 Employee  Restricted Stock Plan.
Pursuant to the Benefits Agreement, subject  to certain conditions set forth  in
the  Benefits Agreement  in connection with  the Distribution,  USLD will adjust
each existing USLD employee benefit plan and award outstanding thereunder in the
manner described in "Benefit Plans and Employment Matters Allocation  Agreement"
in this Information Statement.
 
    Billing  will adopt the 1996 Comprehensive  Stock Plan and 1996 Non-Employee
Director Plan under  which officers and  employees, and non-employee  directors,
respectively,  of Billing and  its affiliates will be  eligible to receive stock
option grants. Immediately prior to the Distribution, Billing intends to  grant,
under   the  Billing  Comprehensive  Stock   Plan  and  Billing  Director  Plan,
respectively, options to  purchase Billing  Common Stock  to each  holder of  an
outstanding  option  to purchase  shares  of USLD  common  stock under  the USLD
Employee Stock Option  Plan and USLD  Non-Employee Director Plan,  respectively.
The Billing options will be exercisable for Billing common stock on the basis of
one  share of  Billing common  stock for  every one  share of  USLD common stock
subject to the  outstanding USLD options.  Based on the  number of USLD  options
outstanding  on  March  31, 1996,  it  is  anticipated that  Billing  options to
purchase a total of 1,686,000 shares of Billing common stock will be granted  in
connection  with the grant to USLD option  holders. In connection with the grant
of the Billing options, the exercise price of the USLD options will be  adjusted
to preserve the economic value of the USLD options existing immediately prior to
the  Distribution after giving effect  to the grant of  the Billing options (see
"Benefits Plans and Employment Matters Allocation Agreement" included  elsewhere
in  this Information Statement). The Billing options will have vesting schedules
mirroring the vesting schedules of the related USLD options. Each Billing option
granted in connection with  the Distribution and held  by a USLD employee  after
the Distribution Date will terminate in accordance with the original USLD option
grant.  Each Billing option granted in connection with the Distribution and held
by a Billing employee will terminate in accordance with the original USLD option
grant.
 
    USLD, as sole stockholder of Billing, is expected to approve the adoption of
the Billing 1996 Employee  Comprehensive Stock Plan,  the Billing 1996  Employee
Stock Purchase Plan and the Billing 1996 Non-Employee Director Plan.
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX A
 
The Board of Directors
U.S. Long Distance Corp.
9311 San Pedro Avenue
Suite 100
San Antonio, TX 78216
 
Gentlemen:
 
    We  have acted as financial advisor to  U.S. Long Distance Corp., a Delaware
corporation  ("USLD"),  in  connection  with  the  proposed  distribution   (the
"Distribution")  to the holders of  USLD common stock, par  value $.01 per share
(the "USLD Common Stock"), of 100% of the common stock, par value $.01 per share
(the "Billing Common Stock") of  Billing Information Concepts Corp., a  Delaware
corporation  ("Billing"). Billing  is a wholly  owned subsidiary  of USLD which,
upon completion of the "Preliminary Transactions", as defined in the Information
Statement,  will  own  the  billing  clearinghouse  and  information  management
services  businesses  currently owned  by USLD.  We have  been advised  that the
purposes of  the Distribution  are as  set forth  in the  Information  Statement
proposed  to be sent to stockholders of USLD, a copy of which has been furnished
to us. The Distribution is described  more fully in such Information  Statement.
You  have requested our  opinion as to  whether the Distribution  is in the best
interests of the holders of USLD Common Stock from a financial point of view  in
comparison  to  other alternatives  that would  be  available to  USLD regarding
Billing. We have assumed that the Distribution will not be a taxable transaction
to USLD or  to stockholders  of USLD. We  have not  been asked to,  and do  not,
express  any  opinion  as  to the  valuation,  future  performance  or long-term
viability of Billing  or USLD  as an  independent public  company following  the
Distribution.  This opinion does not opine on or give assurance of the prices at
which the shares  of USLD  Common Stock or  Billing Common  Stock will  actually
trade after the Distribution.
 
    In  connection with our review  of the Distribution, and  in arriving at our
opinion, we have, among other things:
 
    (i) reviewed the  publicly available  consolidated financial  statements  of
        USLD  for recent  years and  interim periods  to date  and certain other
        relevant financial and operating data of USLD made available to us  from
        published sources and by officers of USLD;
 
    (ii) reviewed   the  financial  statements  of   Billing  contained  in  the
         Information Statement;
 
   (iii) reviewed  certain   internal  financial   and  operating   information,
         including certain projections, relating to USLD and Billing prepared by
         the managements of USLD and Billing, respectively;
 
   (iv) discussed  the business, financial condition  and prospects of USLD with
        certain officers of USLD;
 
    (v) discussed the  business, financial  condition and  prospects of  Billing
        with certain officers of USLD and Billing;
 
   (vi) reviewed the financial terms of the Distribution;
 
   (vii) reviewed  the  financial terms,  to the  extent publicly  available, of
         certain transactions we deemed relevant;
 
  (viii) reviewed certain  publicly available  information relating  to  certain
         companies we deemed appropriate in analyzing USLD and Billing;
 
   (ix) reviewed the trading history of USLD Common Stock;
 
                                      A-1
<PAGE>
    (x) reviewed   the  Information  Statement   included  in  the  Registration
        Statement on  Form  10 for  the  Billing  Common Stock  filed  with  the
        Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 1996;
 
   (xi) reviewed  the tax opinion of Arter  & Hadden, Special Tax Counsel, that,
        among other things,  the transaction will  be tax-free to  USLD and  its
        stockholders;
 
   (xii) reviewed  the  solvency  and sufficient  surplus  opinions  provided by
         Houlihan, Lokey, Howard & Zukin; and
 
  (xiii) performed such  other analyses  and  examinations and  considered  such
         other  information, financial studies,  analyses and investigations and
         financial, economic and market data as we deemed relevant.
 
    We have not independently verified any of the information concerning USLD or
Billing considered in connection  with our review of  the Distribution and,  for
purposes  of the opinion set  forth herein, we have  assumed and relied upon the
accuracy and completeness of all such information. With respect to the financial
forecasts and projections made available to us and used in our analysis, we have
assumed that they  have been reasonably  prepared on bases  reflecting the  best
currently  available  estimates and  judgments of  the  managements of  USLD and
Billing as  to the  expected future  financial performance  of their  respective
companies.  In  our  analysis we  considered  the financial  aspects  of certain
alternatives available to USLD, including selling certain of USLD's subsidiaries
to an unaffiliated purchaser, selling all or a portion of Billing to the  public
through   an  initial  public  offering,  and  maintaining  Billing  as  a  USLD
subsidiary. Our opinion  is necessarily based  upon market, economic,  financial
and  other conditions as they exist and can  be evaluated as of the date of this
letter. Any  change in  such conditions  would require  a reevaluation  of  this
opinion.
 
    The  Chicago Corporation,  as part  of its  investment banking  services, is
regularly engaged  in  the  valuation  of businesses  and  their  securities  in
connection  with mergers  and acquisitions,  corporate restructurings, strategic
alliances, negotiated  underwritings,  secondary  distributions  of  listed  and
unlisted  securities, private placements and  valuations for corporate and other
purposes. We have acted as financial advisor  to the Board of Directors of  USLD
in  connection with the  Distribution and will  receive a fee  for our services,
part of which is  contingent upon the consummation  of the Distribution. In  the
past,  we have provided investment banking and other financial advisory services
to USLD and  have received fees  for rendering these  services. In the  ordinary
course of business, The Chicago Corporation acts as a market maker and broker in
the  USLD  Common  Stock  and  receives  customary  compensation  in  connection
therewith. The Chicago Corporation expects to  act as a market maker and  broker
in the Billing Common Stock following the Distribution.
 
    This  letter and the opinion stated herein  are solely for the use of USLD's
Board of Directors  and may  not be  reproduced, summarized,  excerpted from  or
otherwise publicly referred to in any manner without our prior written consent.
 
    Based  upon and  subject to the  foregoing and after  considering such other
matters as we deem relevant, we are of  the opinion that as of the date  hereof,
in  comparison to other  alternatives that would be  available to USLD regarding
Billing, the Distribution is in the best interests of the holders of USLD Common
Stock from a financial point of view.
 
    We hereby consent to the inclusion of  the full extent of our opinion and  a
summary  thereof in the  Registration Statement on  Form 10 for  Billing and the
Schedule 14C of USLD and to references to our name therein.
 
                                          Sincerely,
 
                                          THE CHICAGO CORPORATION
 
                                      A-2
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX B
 
May 13, 1996
 
To The Board of Directors
U.S. Long Distance Corp.
9311 San Pedro, Suite 300
San Antonio, TX 78216
 
Dear Directors:
 
    We  understand  that  U.S. Long  Distance  Corp. ("USLD")  is  considering a
restructuring, including the distribution,  on a tax-free  basis, of the  issued
and  outstanding  shares  of  a  to-be-formed  wholly-owned  subsidiary, Billing
Information Concepts Corp. ("Billing")  to holders of  USLD's common stock  (the
"Distribution").  Billing  will  be  a  newly  formed  corporation  which,  upon
completion of the Distribution,  will be an  independent, publicly held  company
that  will own and operate  substantially all of the  assets of, and will assume
substantially  all   of  the   liabilities  associated   with,  USLD's   billing
clearinghouse  and information  management services  business. This  business is
currently conducted  through  USLD's  subsidiaries,  Zero  Plus  Dialing,  Inc.,
Enhanced   Services  Billing,  Inc.   and  U.S.  Billing,   Inc.  Prior  to  the
Distribution, USLD will contribute the capital  stock of U.S. Billing, Inc.  and
U.S.  Billing  Management  Corp.,  another subsidiary  of  USLD,  to  Billing in
exchange for the capital stock of  Billing. Enhanced Services Billing, Inc.  and
Zero  Plus Dialing, Inc. will be merged with U.S. Billing, Inc. and U.S. Billing
Management Corp., respectively.  Enhanced Services Billing,  Inc. and Zero  Plus
Dialing,  Inc. will be the surviving corporations in the mergers and will become
wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of  Billing.  The  Distribution  and  other  related
transactions  disclosed to Houlihan Lokey are referred to collectively herein as
the "Transaction."
 
    You have requested our written opinion (the "Opinion") as to the matters set
forth below.  This Opinion  values  each of  USLD  and Billing  (each  sometimes
referred to hereinafter singularly as a "Company") as a going concern (including
goodwill),  on a  pro forma  basis, immediately after  and giving  effect to the
Distribution. Nothing  has  come to  our  attention  during the  course  of  our
investigation  which would  lead us  to believe that  each of  USLD and Billing,
after giving effect to the Distribution, is not a going concern. For purposes of
this Opinion, "fair value" shall be defined  as the amount at which the  Company
would  change hands between  a willing buyer  and a willing  seller, each having
reasonable knowledge of the relevant  facts, neither being under any  compulsion
to  act, with equity to both; and "present fair saleable value" shall be defined
as the amount that may be realized if the Company's aggregate assets  (including
goodwill)  are sold as an entirety with reasonable promptness in an arm's length
transaction under  present  conditions  for  the  sale  of  comparable  business
enterprises,  as such conditions can be  reasonably evaluated by Houlihan Lokey.
We have used  the same  valuation methodologies  in determining  fair value  and
present  fair saleable  value for purposes  of rendering this  Opinion. The term
"identified contingent liabilities" shall mean  the stated amount of  contingent
liabilities  identified to us and valued by responsible officers of the Company,
upon whom  we  have  relied  upon without  independent  verification;  no  other
contingent   liabilities  will   be  considered.   During  the   course  of  our
investigation, nothing has come to our attention which would cause us to believe
our reliance on such identified amounts and the value thereof to be unreasonable
or that use of only such amounts was unreasonable. Being "able to pay its  debts
as  they  become absolute  and  mature or  due"  shall mean  that,  assuming the
Transaction has been consummated as  proposed, the Company's financial  forecast
for  the period September 30, 1996 to  2000 indicate positive cash flow for such
period. It is  Houlihan Lokey's understanding,  upon which it  is relying,  that
USLD's  Board of Directors and  any other recipient of  the Opinion will consult
with and  rely  solely  upon  their  own legal  counsel  with  respect  to  said
definitions.  No representation is made herein, or directly or indirectly by the
Opinion, as to any legal matter or as to the sufficiency of said definitions for
any purpose  other then  setting forth  the scope  of Houlihan  Lokey's  Opinion
hereunder.
 
    Notwithstanding  the use of the defined terms "fair value" and "present fair
saleable value," we have not been engaged to identify prospective purchasers  or
to  ascertain the actual prices  at which and terms  on which either Company can
currently be sold, and we know of no such efforts by others. Because the sale of
any business enterprise involves numerous assumptions and uncertainties, not all
 
                                      B-1
<PAGE>
of which can be quantified or ascertained prior to engaging in an actual selling
effort, we express  no opinion as  to whether either  Company would actually  be
sold  for the amount we believe to be its respective fair value and present fair
saleable value.
 
    In connection with  this Opinion, we  have made such  reviews, analyses  and
inquiries  as we have deemed necessary  and appropriate under the circumstances.
Among other things, we have:
 
    1.  reviewed USLD's annual reports to shareholders and on Form 10-K for  the
       five  fiscal years ended September 30,  1995 and quarterly report on Form
       10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 1995, which USLD's management has
       identified as the most current information available;
 
    2.  reviewed Billing's proforma  historical income statements for the  three
       years  ended September 30,  1995 and for  the six months  ended March 31,
       1995 and March 31, 1996  and balance sheets as  of December 31, 1995  and
       March 31, 1996;
 
    3.   reviewed  USLD's proforma  historical income  statements for  the three
       years ended September 30,  1995, and for the  six months ended March  31,
       1995  and March 31, 1996  and balance sheets as  of December 31, 1995 and
       March 31, 1996;
 
    4.  review copies of the following agreements:
 
        a.  Distribution Agreement and exhibits;
 
        b.  Tax Sharing Agreement
 
        c.  Transitional Services and Sublease Agreement;
 
        d.   Zero Plus-Zero  Minus Billing  and Information  Management  Service
           Agreement; and
 
        e.  Telecommunications Agreement.
 
    5.  reviewed drafts of USLD's Schedule 14C and Form 10 filings with the U.S.
       Securities and Exchange Commission, dated May 7, 1996;
 
    6.   met with  certain members of  the senior management  of each Company to
       discuss  the  operations,  financial  condition,  future  prospects   and
       projected  operations and  performance of  the respective  Company and to
       discuss certain other matters;
 
    7.  visited certain facilities and business offices of USLD;
 
    8.  reviewed forecasts and projections prepared by each Company's management
       with respect to the respective Company for the years ended September  30,
       1996 through 2000;
 
    9.   reviewed  the historical  market prices  and trading  volume for USLD's
       publicly traded securities;
 
    10. reviewed other publicly  available financial data  for each Company  and
       certain companies that we deem comparable to each Company;
 
    11.  reviewed drafts of certain documents to  be delivered at the closing of
       the Transaction,  including, but  not  limited to,  the reports  of  each
       Company's  chief  financial  officer  and  of  the  respective  Company's
       independent public accountants; and
 
    12. conducted such  other studies,  analyses and investigations  as we  have
       deemed appropriate.
 
    We  have relied upon and assumed, without independent verification, that the
financial forecasts and projections provided to us have been reasonably prepared
and reflect  the best  currently  available estimates  of the  future  financial
results  and condition  of each  Company, and  that there  has been  no material
adverse change  in the  assets, financial  condition, business  or prospects  of
either  Company  since the  date of  the most  recent financial  statements made
available to us.  Nothing has come  to our  attention during the  course of  our
investigation  which would lead  us to believe that  our acceptance and reliance
upon such financial forecasts and projections was unreasonable.
 
    We have  not independently  verified the  accuracy and  completeness of  the
information  supplied to us with  respect to each Company  and do not assume any
responsibility with respect to it. Nothing has
 
                                      B-2
<PAGE>
come to our attention during the course of our investigation which would lead us
to believe  that any  information, when  taken as  a whole,  reviewed by  us  or
presented to us in connection with our rendering of the Opinion was unreasonable
in  any material respect or that is was  unreasonable for us to utilize and rely
upon the financial projections or forecasts, financial statements,  assumptions,
estimates, and judgments or statements, as the case may be, of the management of
USLD  and Billing and their outside counsel, accountants and financial advisors.
We have not made any physical inspection or independent appraisal of any of  the
properties  or assets  of either  Company. Our  opinion is  necessarily based on
business, economic,  market  and other  conditions  as  they exist  and  can  be
evaluated by us at the date of this letter.
 
    Based  upon the foregoing, and in reliance  thereon, it is our opinion as of
the date of this letter that:
 
    (i) with respect to USLD before the Distribution and with respect to each of
       USLD and  Billing,  assuming  the Transaction  had  been  consummated  as
       proposed,  immediately after and  giving effect to  the Distribution on a
       pro forma basis;
 
        (a) the fair value  of the Company's aggregate  assets would exceed  the
           Company's total liabilities (including contingent liabilities);
 
        (b)  the present fair saleable value  for the Company's aggregate assets
           would be greater than the Company's probable liabilities on its debts
           (including contingent liabilities) as such debts become absolute  and
           mature or due;
 
    (ii)  with respect to each of USLD and Billing, assuming the Transaction had
       been consummated as proposed, immediately after and giving effect to  the
       Distribution:
 
        (c)  the Company would  be able to  pay its debts  and other liabilities
           (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and mature
           or due; and
 
        (d) the capital remaining  in the Company  after the Distribution  would
           not  be unreasonably small for the  business in which such company is
           engaged, as  management has  indicated it  has now  conducted and  is
           proposed  to be conducted following consummation of the Distribution,
           and
 
    (iii)  the  excess  of  the  value  of  aggregate  assets  of  USLD,  before
       consummation  of the Distribution, over  the total identified liabilities
       (including contingent  liabilities) of  USLD would  equal or  exceed  the
       value of the Distribution to USLD stockholders plus the stated capital of
       USLD.
 
    This Opinion is furnished solely for your benefit and may not be relied upon
by  any other person without our express, prior written consent. This Opinion is
delivered to  each recipient  subject to  the conditions,  scope of  engagement,
limitations  and understandings  set forth  in this  Opinion and  our engagement
letter dated  April  19,  1996,  and  subject  to  the  understanding  that  the
obligations   of  Houlihan  Lokey  in   the  Transaction  are  solely  corporate
obligations,  and  no  officer,   director,  employee,  agent,  shareholder   or
controlling  person  of  Houlihan  Lokey  shall  be  subjected  to  any personal
liability whatsoever to any person, nor will any such claim be asserted by or on
behalf of you or your affiliates.
 
    We hereby ratify and confirm our consent to the inclusion of the full extent
of our opinion and a  summary thereof in the  Registration Statement on Form  10
for  Billing and the Schedule 14C of USLD  and to references to our name therein
which was given in our engagement letter dated April 19, 1996.
 
                                          HOULIHAN, LOKEY, HOWARD & ZUKIN, INC.
 
                                      B-3
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX C
 
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
 
    This  document  constitutes an  amendment  and restatement  of  the original
Certificate of Incorporation  of BILLING  INFORMATION CONCEPTS  CORP. which  was
filed  with the Secretary of  State of Delaware on  April 26, 1996. This Amended
and Restated Certificate of  Incorporation was duly  adopted in accordance  with
the  provisions of  Section 245(c) of  the Delaware General  Corporation Law and
shall become effective at midnight on             , 1996.
 
                                   ARTICLE I.
 
                                      NAME
 
    The name  of  the corporation  (the  "corporation") is  BILLING  INFORMATION
CONCEPTS CORP.
 
                                  ARTICLE II.
 
             ADDRESS OF REGISTERED OFFICE, NAME OF REGISTERED AGENT
 
    The  address, including street,  number, city and  county, of the registered
office of the corporation in  the State of Delaware  is One Rodney Square,  10th
Floor,  Tenth and King Streets, in the  City of Wilmington, County of New Castle
19801; and the name of the registered  agent of the corporation in the State  of
Delaware at such address is RL&F Service Corp.
 
                                  ARTICLE III.
 
                               PURPOSE AND POWERS
 
    The  purpose of the corporation  is to engage in  any lawful act or activity
for which a  corporation may now  or hereafter be  organized under the  Delaware
General  Corporation Law. It shall have all  powers that may now or hereafter be
lawful for a corporation to exercise under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
 
                                  ARTICLE IV.
 
                                 CAPITAL STOCK
 
    4.1  TOTAL NUMBER  OF SHARES OF STOCK.   The total number  of shares of  all
classes  of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is seventy
million (70,000,000). Of such  shares, (i) sixty  million (60,000,000) shall  be
common  stock, par value $0.01 per share  ("Common Stock"), and (ii) ten million
(10,000,000) shall be  preferred stock,  par value $0.01  per share  ("Preferred
Stock").
 
    4.2   PREFERRED STOCK.  Preferred Stock may be issued in one or more series.
To the fullest extent permitted  by law, the board  of directors shall have  the
authority, by resolution, to create and issue such series of Preferred Stock and
to  fix with respect to any such series  the number of shares of Preferred Stock
comprising such series and the powers, designations, preferences and rights (and
the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof) of the shares, of such
series including, without limitation, the following:
 
        (a) the number of  shares constituting that  series and the  distinctive
    designation of that series;
 
                                      C-1
<PAGE>
        (b)  the dividend rate  of the shares of  that series, whether dividends
    shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and the  relative
    rights  of  priority, if  any, of  payment  of dividends  on shares  of that
    series;
 
        (c) whether that  series shall have  voting rights, in  addition to  the
    voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such voting rights;
 
        (d)  whether that series  shall have conversion  privileges, and, if so,
    the terms  and  conditions  of  such  conversion,  including  provision  for
    adjustment  of the conversion rate in such  events as the board of directors
    shall determine;
 
        (e) whether or not the shares  of such series shall be redeemable,  and,
    if  so, the terms and conditions of  such redemptions, including the date or
    dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per share
    payable in  case  of  redemption,  which amount  may  vary  under  different
    conditions and at different redemption dates;
 
        (f)  whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or
    purchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of  such
    sinking fund;
 
        (g)  the rights of the  shares of that series  in the event of voluntary
    liquidation, dissolution  or winding  up of  the corporation,  and  relative
    rights of priority, if any, of payments of such shares of that series; and
 
        (h)  any  other relative  rights,  preferences and  limitations  of that
    series.
 
    4.3  DESIGNATION OF SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK.  There is
hereby established  from among  the Preferred  Stock authorized  above Series  A
Junior   Participating  Preferred  Stock  ("Series   A  Preferred  Stock").  The
designation and  number of  shares,  and the  relative rights,  preferences  and
limitations of the Series A Preferred Stock is as follows:
 
    (a)  DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT.
 
    The  shares  of  such  series  shall  be  designated  as  "Series  A  Junior
Participating Preferred Stock" (the "Series  A Preferred Stock") and the  number
of  shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 5,000. Such number
of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors;
provided that  no  decrease  shall reduce  the  number  of shares  of  Series  A
Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus
the  number of  shares reserved  for issuance  upon the  exercise of outstanding
options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities
issued by the corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.
 
    (b)  DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS.
 
        (i) Subject to  the rights of  the holders  of any shares  of any  other
    series  of Preferred  Stock (or any  similar stock) of  the corporation, the
    holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the  holders
    of  Common Stock of the corporation, and of any other junior stock, shall be
    entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors  out
    of   funds  legally  available  for  the  purpose,  cumulative  preferential
    dividends, payable in  cash on  the first day  of January,  April, July  and
    October  in each year (each such date, a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"),
    commencing on  the first  Quarterly Dividend  Payment Date  after the  first
    issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, at a
    rate  per annum (rounded  to the nearest  cent) equal to  the greater of (a)
    $1.00 per share, or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment  hereinafter
    set  forth,  10,000  times  the  aggregate  per  share  amount  of  all cash
    dividends, and 10,000 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind)
    of all  noncash dividends  or  other distributions  (other than  a  dividend
    payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares
    of  Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise)), declared on the Common
    Stock during  the  immediately  preceding  fiscal year.  In  the  event  the
    corporation  shall at any time after               , 1996 declare or pay any
    dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect  a
    subdivision  (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend
    in  shares  of  Common  Stock)  or  combination  or  consolidation  of   the
    outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares
    of
 
                                      C-2
<PAGE>
    Common  Stock, then in each such case  the amount to which holders of shares
    of Series A Preferred  Stock were entitled immediately  prior to such  event
    under  clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying
    such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of
    Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of
    which is  the  number  of  shares of  Common  Stock  that  were  outstanding
    immediately prior to such event.
 
        (ii)  Dividends shall begin  to accrue and  be cumulative on outstanding
    shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment  Date
    next preceding the date of issuance of such shares, unless the date of issue
    of  such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend
    Payment Date, in which case dividends  on such shares shall begin to  accrue
    from  the date of  issue of such  shares, or unless  the date of  issue is a
    Quarterly Dividend  Payment Date  or is  a date  after the  record date  for
    determination  of holders of shares of  Series A Preferred Stock entitled to
    receive a  quarterly dividend  and before  such Quarterly  Dividend  Payment
    Date,  in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be
    cumulative from such  Quarterly Dividend  Payment Date.  Accrued but  unpaid
    dividends  shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A
    Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at
    the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a
    share-by-share basis  among all  such shares  at the  time outstanding.  The
    Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of
    shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend
    or  distribution declared thereon, which record  date shall be not more than
    60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
 
    (c)  VOTING RIGHTS.
 
    The holders of shares of Series  A Preferred Stock shall have the  following
voting rights:
 
        (i)  Each share  of Series  A Preferred  Stock shall  entitle the holder
    thereof to  10,000  votes  on  all  matters  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the
    stockholders  of the corporation. In the  event the corporation shall at any
    time after                , 1996 declare or pay  any dividend on the  Common
    Stock  payable  in  shares of  Common  Stock,  or effect  a  subdivision (by
    reclassification or otherwise  than by payment  of a dividend  in shares  of
    Common  Stock) or combination or consolidation  of the outstanding shares of
    Common Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then
    in each such case the number of votes to which holders of shares of Series A
    Preferred Stock  were entitled  immediately  prior to  such event  shall  be
    adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is
    the  number of  shares of  Common Stock  outstanding immediately  after such
    event and the denominator of which is  the number of shares of Common  Stock
    that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
 
        (ii)  Except as otherwise  provided herein, in  any other Certificate of
    Designation, Preferences  and Rights  in respect  of a  series of  preferred
    stock (or any similar stock) of the corporation, in the Amended and Restated
    Certificate  of Incorporation of the corporation,  or by law, the holders of
    shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock
    and any other capital stock of the corporation having general voting  rights
    shall  vote together  as one  class on  all matters  submitted to  a vote of
    stockholders of the corporation.
 
        (iii)  Except  as  set  forth  herein,  in  the  Amended  and   Restated
    Certificate  of Incorporation of the corporation or as otherwise provided by
    law, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights
    and their  consent shall  not be  required (except  to the  extent they  are
    entitled  to vote  with holders  of Common  Stock as  set forth  herein) for
    taking any corporate action.
 
    (d)  CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS.
 
        (i) Whenever  quarterly dividends  or other  dividends or  distributions
    payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 4.3(b) are in
    arrears,   thereafter  and  until  all  accrued  and  unpaid  dividends  and
    distributions, whether  or not  declared, on  shares of  Series A  Preferred
    Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the corporation shall not:
 
                                      C-3
<PAGE>
           (1) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any
       shares   of  stock  ranking  junior  (either  as  to  dividends  or  upon
       liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;
 
           (2) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any
       shares of  stock ranking  on a  parity (either  as to  dividends or  upon
       liquidation,  dissolution  or winding  up)  with the  Series  A Preferred
       Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock  and
       all  such parity stock  on which dividends  are payable or  in arrears in
       proportion to the total amounts to  which the holders of all such  shares
       are then entitled;
 
           (3)  redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares
       of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon  liquidation,
       dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that
       the  corporation may  at any time  redeem, purchase  or otherwise acquire
       shares of any such junior  stock in exchange for  shares of any stock  of
       the   corporation  ranking  junior   (both  as  to   dividends  and  upon
       liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred  Stock;
       or
 
           (4)  purchase or  otherwise acquire  for consideration  any shares of
       Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with
       the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase  offer
       made  in  writing  or  by  publication (as  determined  by  the  Board of
       Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board  of
       Directors,  after consideration  of the respective  annual dividend rates
       and other relative rights  and preferences of  the respective series  and
       classes,  shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable
       treatment among the respective series or classes.
 
        (ii) The corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the  corporation
    to  purchase or otherwise  acquire for consideration any  shares of stock of
    the corporation unless the  corporation could, under  paragraph (e) of  this
    Section  4.3, purchase or otherwise acquire such  shares at such time and in
    such manner.
 
    (e)  REACQUIRED SHARES.
 
    Any shares  of Series  A Preferred  Stock redeemed,  purchased or  otherwise
acquired  by  the corporation  in  any manner  whatsoever  shall be  retired and
cancelled promptly after  the acquisition  thereof. All such  shares shall  upon
their  cancellation  become authorized  but unissued  shares of  Preferred Stock
without designation as to series and may be reissued as part of a new series  of
Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth
herein,  in the  Amended and  Restated Certificate  of Incorporation,  or in any
other Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights in respect of a  series
of  preferred stock (or any  similar stock) of the  corporation, or as otherwise
required by law.
 
    (f)  LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP.
 
    Upon any  liquidation, dissolution  or  winding up  of the  corporation,  no
distribution  shall be made to (1) the holders  of shares of Common Stock or any
other stock ranking  junior to the  Series A Preferred  Stock upon  liquidation,
distribution  or winding  up, unless,  prior thereto,  the holders  of shares of
Series A Preferred  Stock shall have  received $1.00 per  share, plus an  amount
equal  to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not
declared, to the date of  such payment; provided that  the holders of shares  of
Series  A Preferred Stock shall  be entitled to receive  an aggregate amount per
share, subject to the provision for  adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal  to
10,000  times the  aggregate amount  to be distributed  per share  to holders of
shares of Common Stock, or  (2) to the holders of  shares of stock ranking on  a
parity  with  the  Series A  Preferred  Stock upon  liquidation,  dissolution or
winding up, except distributions  made ratably on the  Series A Preferred  Stock
and  all  such parity  stock in  proportion to  the total  amounts to  which the
holders of all such  shares are entitled upon  such liquidation, dissolution  or
winding  up. In the event the corporation shall at any time after              ,
1996 declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common
Stock, or effect a subdivision (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment
of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) or combination or consolidation of  the
outstanding shares of
 
                                      C-4
<PAGE>
Common  Stock into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in
each such case  the aggregate  amount to  which holders  of shares  of Series  A
Preferred  Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the proviso
in clause (1) of  the preceding sentence shall  be adjusted by multiplying  such
amount  by a fraction, the numerator of which  is the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding immediately after such event  and the denominator of which  is
the  number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to
such event.
 
    (g)  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC.
 
    In the event  the corporation  shall enter into  any consolidation,  merger,
combination  or  other  transaction in  which  the  shares of  Common  Stock are
exchanged for  or converted  or changed  into other  stock or  securities,  cash
and/or any other property, then in any such event proper provision shall be made
so  that  each share  of Series  A Preferred  Stock  shall at  the same  time be
similarly exchanged  for or  converted  or changed  into  an amount  per  share,
subject  to the provision for adjustment  hereinafter set forth, equal to 10,000
times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other  property
(payable  in kind), as  the case may be,  for which or into  which each share of
Common Stock  is  exchanged  for or  converted  or  changed. In  the  event  the
corporation  shall at any  time after                 , 1996  declare or pay any
dividend on the  Common Stock payable  in shares  of Common Stock,  or effect  a
subdivision  (by reclassification or otherwise than  by payment of a dividend in
shares of  Common Stock)  or  combination or  consolidation of  the  outstanding
shares  of Common  Stock into  a greater  or lesser  number of  shares of Common
Stock, then in each such  event the amount set  forth in the preceding  sentence
with  respect to  the exchange  or conversion  or change  of shares  of Series A
Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction,  the
numerator  of  which  is  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock outstanding
immediately after  such event  and the  denominator of  which is  the number  of
shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
 
    (h)  NO REDEMPTION.
 
    Shares of the Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.
 
    (i)  AMENDMENT.
 
    This  Section 4.3 shall not  be amended in any  manner that would materially
alter or  change the  powers, preferences  or  special rights  of the  Series  A
Preferred  Stock so as to affect them  adversely without the affirmative vote of
the holders  of  at least  two-thirds  of the  outstanding  shares of  Series  A
Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.
 
    4.4   COMMON STOCK.  The shares of  Common Stock of the corporation shall be
identical in  all respects  and  shall have  equal  rights and  privileges.  The
holders  of Common Stock  shall have one vote  per share of  Common Stock on all
matters on which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote.
 
    4.5   NO  PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS.    No  holder of  stock  of any  class  of  the
corporation, whether now or hereafter authorized or issued, shall be entitled as
such,  as a matter of right, to subscribe for or purchase any part of any new or
additional issue  of  stock  of  any class  whatsoever,  or  of  any  securities
convertible  into stock of any class, or  any character or to which are attached
or with which are issued warrants or rights to purchase any such stock,  whether
now  or  hereafter authorized,  issued  or sold,  or  whether issued  for money,
property or  services, or  by way  of dividend  or otherwise,  or any  right  or
subscription  to any thereof, other than such, if any, as the board of directors
in its  direction  may from  time  to time  fix,  pursuant to  authority  hereby
conferred  upon  it; and  any shares  of stock  or convertible  obligations with
warrants or rights to purchase any such stock, which the board of directors  may
determine  to offer for subscription, may be sold without being first offered to
any of the holders of  the stock of the corporation  of any class or classes  or
may,  as such board of  directors shall determine, be  offered to holders of any
class or classes of stock exclusively or to the holders of all classes of stock,
and if offered to more than one  class of stock, in such proportions as  between
such  classes  of  stock as  the  board  of directors,  in  its  discretion, may
determine.
 
                                      C-5
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE V.
 
                          PLACE OF BOOKS AND RECORDS;
                         STOCKHOLDER INSPECTION RIGHTS
 
    5.1  PLACE OF BOOKS AND RECORDS.  The stockholders and directors shall  have
power  to hold their  meetings and keep  the books, documents  and papers of the
corporation outside the State of Delaware, at such places as may be from time to
time designated by the Bylaws or by resolution of the stockholders or directors.
 
    5.2  STOCKHOLDER INSPECTION RIGHTS.  The Bylaws shall determine whether  and
to what extent the accounts and books of this corporation, or any of them, shall
be open to the inspection of the stockholders; and no stockholder shall have any
right  of inspecting any account, book,  or document of this corporation, except
as conferred by  law or  the Bylaws,  or by  resolution of  the stockholders  or
directors.
 
                                  ARTICLE VI.
 
                                   EXISTENCE
 
    The corporation is to have perpetual existence.
 
                                  ARTICLE VII.
 
                       LIMITED LIABILITY OF SHAREHOLDERS
 
    The private property of the stockholders shall not be subject to the payment
of the corporate debts to any extent whatsoever.
 
                                 ARTICLE VIII.
 
                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    8.1   NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  Except as  otherwise fixed by or pursuant to the
provisions of Article IV  hereof relating to  the rights of  the holders of  any
class  or  series of  stock  having a  preference over  the  Common Stock  as to
dividends or  upon liquidation  to elect  additional directors  under  specified
circumstances,  the number  of the directors  of the corporation  shall be fixed
from time to time by or pursuant to the Bylaws of the corporation.
 
    8.2  CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS.  The directors, other than those who may
be elected by the holders  of any class or series  of stock having a  preference
over  the Common Stock as to dividends or upon liquidation, shall be classified,
with respect  to the  time for  which  they severally  hold office,  into  three
classes,  as nearly  equal in number  as possible,  as shall be  provided in the
manner specified in the  Bylaws of the corporation,  one class to be  originally
elected  for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in
1997, another class to be originally elected  for a term expiring at the  annual
meeting  of stockholders to be held in  1998, and another class to be originally
elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders in 1999,  with
each  class to hold office until its successor is elected and qualified. At each
annual meeting of  the stockholders of  the corporation, the  successors of  the
class  of directors whose term expires at  that meeting shall be elected to hold
office for a term  expiring at the  annual meeting of  stockholders held in  the
third year following the year of their election.
 
    8.3    ADVANCE  NOTICE  OF  STOCKHOLDER  NOMINATIONS.    Advance  notice  of
stockholder nominations for  the election  of directors  shall be  given in  the
manner provided in the Bylaws of the corporation.
 
    8.4    INCREASE IN  NUMBER  OF DIRECTORS;  VACANCIES.   Except  as otherwise
provided for or  fixed by or  pursuant to  the provisions of  Article IV  hereof
relating  to the rights of the holders of  any class or series of stock having a
preference over the Common  Stock as to dividends  or upon liquidation to  elect
directors  under specified circumstances,  newly created directorships resulting
from any increase in
 
                                      C-6
<PAGE>
the number of directors  and any vacancies on  the board of directors  resulting
from  death,  resignation, disqualification,  removal  or other  cause  shall be
filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then  in
office,  even though less than a quorum of the board of directors. Any directors
elected in accordance  with the  preceding sentence  shall hold  office for  the
remainder  of  the  full  term  of  the class  of  directors  in  which  the new
directorship was  created or  the  vacancy occurred  and until  such  director's
successor  shall have been elected  and qualified. No decrease  in the number of
directors constituting the  board of  directors shall  shorten the  term of  any
incumbent director.
 
    8.5   REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS.  Subject to the rights of any class or series of
stock having  a  preference  over the  Common  Stock  as to  dividends  or  upon
liquidation  to elect directors under  specified circumstances, any director may
be removed from office, with or without  cause and only by the affirmative  vote
of  the holders of  at least sixty-six  and two-thirds percent  (66 2/3%) of the
power of all the  shares of the  corporation entitled to  vote generally in  the
election of directors, voting together as a single class.
 
    8.6   AMENDMENT OF ARTICLE VIII.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this
Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  to  the  contrary,   the
affirmative  vote of  the holders of  at least sixty-six  and two-thirds percent
voting (66  2/3%) of  the voting  power of  all the  shares of  the  corporation
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall
be  required to alter, amend or adopt any provisions inconsistent with or repeal
this Article VIII.
 
    8.7  WRITTEN BALLOTS.  Election of  directors need not be by written  ballot
unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.
 
                                  ARTICLE IX.
 
                                   COMPROMISE
 
    Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this corporation or
its  creditors or  any class  of them  and/or between  this corporation  and its
stockholders or any class  of them, any court  of equitable jurisdiction  within
the  State  of  Delaware  may, on  the  application  in a  summary  way  of this
corporation or of any creditor or  stockholder thereof or on the application  of
any receiver or receivers appointed for this corporation under the provisions of
Section  291 of the  Delaware General Corporation  Law or on  the application of
trustees in  dissolution or  of any  receiver or  receivers appointed  for  this
corporation  under  the  provisions  of  Section  279  of  the  Delaware General
Corporation Law, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors,  and/or
the  stockholders or class of stockholders of  this corporation, as the case may
be, to be summoned in  such manner as the said  court directs. If a majority  in
number  representing seventy  five percent  (75%) in  value of  the creditors or
class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of  this
corporation,  as the case may be, agrees to any compromise or arrangement and to
any reorganization  of this  corporation as  consequence of  such compromise  or
arrangement,  the  said compromise  or arrangement  and the  said reorganization
shall, if sanctioned by the court to  which the said application has been  made,
be  binding  on all  the  creditors or  class of  creditors,  and/or on  all the
stockholders or class of stockholders, of this corporation, as the case may  be,
and also on this corporation.
 
                                   ARTICLE X.
 
                    TRANSACTIONS WITH OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The  corporation may enter  into contracts or transact  business with one or
more of its officers or directors, or with any firms of which one or more of its
directors is a  member, or may  invest its funds  in the securities  of and  may
enter  into contracts, or transact business  with any corporation or association
in which any one or more of its officers or directors is a stockholder,  officer
or  director, and in the absence of  bad faith, or unfair dealing, such contract
or transaction or investment shall not be invalidated or to any extent  affected
by  the fact that any such officer or officers or any such director or directors
has or may have interests that are or  might be adverse to the interests of  the
corporation,  provided that the remaining directors  are sufficient in number to
ratify and approve the transaction.
 
                                      C-7
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE XI.
 
                                INDEMNIFICATION
 
    Every director, officer or employee of the corporation shall be  indemnified
by the corporation against all expenses and liabilities, including counsel fees,
reasonably  incurred by or imposed upon him in connection with any proceeding to
which he may be made a party, or  in which he may become involved, by reason  of
his  being or having been a director, officer or employee of the corporation, or
any settlement thereof, whether or not he is a director, officer or employee  at
the  time such expenses are incurred or liability incurred, except in such cases
where  the  director,  officer  or  employee  is  adjudged  guilty  of   willful
misfeasance  or malfeasance in  the performance of his  duties; provided that in
the event of a settlement the  indemnification herein shall apply only when  the
board  of directors approves such settlement  and reimbursement as being for the
best interests of the corporation. The foregoing right of indemnification  shall
be  in addition to and not exclusive of all other rights to which such director,
officer or employee may be entitled.
 
                                  ARTICLE XII.
 
                     REQUIRED VOTE FOR CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    The affirmative vote  of the holders  of shares representing  not less  than
sixty-six  and  two-thirds  percent  (66  2/3%)  of  the  voting  power  of  the
corporation shall  be  required  for  the  approval  of  any  proposal  for  the
corporation  to reorganize, merge, or consolidate with any other corporation, or
sell, lease,  or exchange  substantially  all of  its  assets or  business.  The
amendment,  alteration or  repeal of  this Article  XII, or  any portion hereof,
shall require  the approval  of  the holders  of  shares representing  at  least
sixty-six  and  two-thirds  percent  (66  2/3%)  of  the  voting  power  of  the
corporation.
 
                                 ARTICLE XIII.
 
              LIMITATION ON STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT
 
    Notwithstanding the  provisions  of  Article XII,  any  action  required  or
permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the corporation must be effected at
a  duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected
by any consent  in writing by  such holders,  except that an  amendment to  this
Certificate  of Incorporation in order to change the name of the corporation may
be approved without  a meeting,  by consent  in writing  of the  holders of  the
outstanding  stock of the corporation having not less than the minimum number of
votes that would be necessary  to approve such amendment  at a meeting at  which
all  shares entitled  to vote  thereon were  present and  voted pursuant  to the
provisions of Section  228 of the  Delaware General Corporation  Law. Except  as
otherwise  required by law and subject to the rights of the holders of any class
or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock as to dividends  or
upon  liquidation, special  meetings of stockholders  of the  corporation may be
called only by the  board of directors  pursuant to a  resolution approved by  a
majority of the entire board of directors. Notwithstanding anything contained in
this  Amended and  Restated Certificate  of Incorporation  to the  contrary, the
affirmative vote of  the holders of  at least sixty-six  and two-thirds  percent
entitled  to  vote (66  2/3%)  of the  voting  power of  all  the shares  of the
generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall
be required to alter, amend or  adopt any provision inconsistent with or  repeal
this Article XIII.
 
                                  ARTICLE XIV.
 
                                   AMENDMENTS
 
    14.1   CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION.  This corporation reserves the right to
amend, alter,  change or  repeal any  provision contained  in this  Amended  and
Restated  Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter set forth
herein or, in the absence of specific provision herein, in the manner prescribed
in the statutes of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred on  officers,
directors and stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.
 
                                      C-8
<PAGE>
    14.2  AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS.  The board of directors shall have power to make,
alter,  amend and repeal  the Bylaws of  the corporation (except  insofar as the
Bylaws of the corporation adopted by the stockholders shall otherwise  provide).
Any  Bylaws  made by  the directors  under  the powers  conferred hereby  may be
altered,  amended  or  repealed  by  the  directors  or  by  the   stockholders.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing  and  anything  contained  in  this  Amended and
Restated Certificate of Incorporation to  the contrary, the affirmative vote  of
the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting
power  of all the  shares of the  corporation entitled to  vote generally in the
election of directors, voting together as  a single class, shall be required  to
alter,  amend or  adopt any provision  inconsistent with or  repeal this Article
XIV.
 
                                  ARTICLE XV.
 
                      LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS
 
    No person shall be personally liable to the corporation or its  stockholders
for  monetary  damages for  breach of  fiduciary duty  as a  director; provided,
however, that the  foregoing shall  not eliminate or  limit the  liability of  a
director (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation
or  its stockholders,  (ii) for  acts or  omissions not  in good  faith or which
involve intentional  misconduct  or a  knowing  violation of  law,  (iii)  under
Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction
from  which the director  derived an improper personal  benefit. If the Delaware
General Corporation  Law  is amended  hereafter  to authorize  corporate  action
further  eliminating or limiting  the personal liability  of directors, then the
liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the
fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.
Any amendment, repeal  or modification of  this Article XV  shall not  adversely
affect  any  right  or protection  of  a  director of  the  corporation existing
hereunder with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment,
repeal or modification.
 
                                  ARTICLE XVI.
 
                                  SEVERABILITY
 
    In the  event  that any  of  the provisions  of  this Amended  and  Restated
Certificate  of Incorporation (including any  provision within a single section,
paragraph or  sentence) is  held by  a  court of  competent jurisdiction  to  be
invalid, void or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions are severable
and shall remain enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
 
    THE  UNDERSIGNED,  being  the Chairman  of  the  Board of  Directors  of the
corporation, for  the  purpose of  amending  and restating  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation  of the corporation  pursuant to the  Delaware General Corporation
Law, does make this  Certificate, hereby declaring and  certifying that this  is
the  act and deed of the corporation and  that the facts herein stated are true,
and accordingly have hereunto set my hand as of this     day of          , 1996.
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Parris H. Holmes, Jr., Chairman
 
                                          ATTEST:
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                             , Secretary
 
                                      C-9
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX D
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                                     BYLAWS
 
                                       OF
 
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
 
                            (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
 
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- - --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                     BYLAWS
 
                                       OF
 
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                            (A DELAWARE CORPORATION)
 
                            ------------------------
 
                                   ARTICLE I.
 
                                    OFFICES
 
    1.1  The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New
Castle, State of Delaware.
 
    1.2 The Corporation may also have  offices at such other places both  within
and  without the State  of Delaware as the  board of directors  may from time to
time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
 
                                  ARTICLE II.
 
                              STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS
 
    2.1 The annual meeting shall be held on the date and at the time fixed, from
time to time, by the directors, provided, that the first annual meeting shall be
held on a date within thirteen months after the organization of the Corporation,
and each  successive annual  meeting shall  be held  on a  date within  thirteen
months  after the date of the preceding  annual meeting. A special meeting shall
be held on the date and at the time fixed by the directors.
 
    2.2 All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall  be
held  at such place either  within or without the State  of Delaware as shall be
designated from time to time by the board of directors and stated in the  notice
of  the meeting. Meetings of  stockholders for any other  purpose may be held at
such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated
in the notice of the meetings or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.
 
    2.3 Annual  meetings  may be  called  by the  directors  or by  any  officer
instructed  by the directors to call the meeting. Special meetings may be called
only as provided by Section 10.1 of Article X of these Bylaws.
 
    2.4 Written notice of all meetings  shall be given, stating the place,  date
and  hour  of  the  meeting and  stating  the  place within  the  city  or other
municipality or community at which the  list of stockholders of the  Corporation
may be examined. The notice of an annual meeting shall state that the meeting is
called  for the election of directors and  for the transaction of other business
that may properly come before the meeting, and shall (if any other action  which
could be taken at a special meeting is to be taken at such annual meeting) state
the  purpose or purposes. The notice of a special meeting shall in all instances
state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. The notice of any
meeting shall also  include, or  be accompanied by,  any additional  statements,
information,  or documents prescribed  by the Delaware  General Corporation Law.
Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law, a copy  of
the  notice of any meeting shall be given,  personally or by mail, not less than
ten days nor more  than sixty days  before the date of  the meeting, unless  the
lapse  of the prescribed period of time  shall have been waived, and directed to
each stockholder at his record address or at such other address that he may have
furnished by request in writing to  the Secretary of the Corporation. Notice  by
mail  shall be deemed to be given  when deposited, with postage thereon prepaid,
in the United States mail. If a  meeting is adjourned to another time, not  more
than  thirty days hence, and/or to another  place, and if an announcement of the
adjourned time and/or place is made at the meeting, it shall not be necessary to
give notice of the  adjourned meeting unless  the directors, after  adjournment,
fix   a  new  record  date  for  the  adjourned  meeting.  Notice  need  not  be
 
                                      D-1
<PAGE>
given to any  stockholder who  submits a  written waiver  signed by  him or  her
before  or  after the  time stated  therein.  Attendance of  a stockholder  at a
meeting of stockholders  shall constitute a  waiver of notice  of such  meeting,
except  when  the stockholder  attends the  meeting for  the express  purpose of
objecting, at the beginning of the  meeting, to the transaction of any  business
because  the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to
be transacted at,  nor the purpose  of, any  regular or special  meeting of  the
stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice.
 
    2.5  Business transacted  at any  special meeting  of stockholders  shall be
limited to the purposes stated in the notice.
 
    2.6 The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation  shall
prepare  and make,  at least  ten days before  every meeting  of stockholders, a
complete list of the stockholders,  arranged in alphabetical order, and  showing
the  address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name
of each  stockholder.  Such  list  shall  be open  to  the  examination  of  any
stockholder,  for any purpose  germane to the  meeting, during ordinary business
hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place
within the city or other  municipality or community where  the meeting is to  be
held,  which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so
specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also  be
produced  and kept at  the time and place  of the meeting  during the whole time
thereof, and  may be  inspected by  any stockholder  who is  present. The  stock
ledger  shall be the  only evidence as  to who are  the stockholders entitled to
examine the stock ledger, the list required by this section or the books of  the
Corporation, or to vote at any meeting of stockholders.
 
    2.7  Meetings  of the  stockholders shall  be  presided over  by one  of the
following officers in the  order of seniority  and if present  and acting -  the
Chairperson of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairperson of the Board, if any, the
Chief  Executive Officer,  the President, a  Vice-President, or, if  none of the
foregoing is in office and present and acting, by a chairperson to be chosen  by
the  stockholders.  The Secretary  of  the Corporation,  or  in his  absence, an
Assistant Secretary, shall act as secretary of every meeting, but if neither the
Secretary nor an Assistant Secretary is present, the chairperson of the  meeting
shall appoint a secretary of the meeting.
 
    2.8 Every stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for him
by  proxy in  all matters  in which  a stockholder  is entitled  to participate,
whether by waiving notice of any meeting, voting or participating at a  meeting,
or  expressing consent or dissent without a  meeting. Every proxy must be signed
by the stockholder or by his attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be voted or  acted
upon  after three years  from its date  unless such proxy  provides for a longer
period. A  duly executed  proxy shall  be irrevocable  if it  means that  it  is
irrevocable  and,  if, and  only  as long  as, it  is  coupled with  an interest
sufficient in  law  to  support  an  irrevocable power.  A  proxy  may  be  made
irrevocable  regardless of whether the  interest with which it  is coupled is an
interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.
 
    2.9 The directors, in advance of any meeting, may, but need not, appoint one
or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof.
If an inspector  or inspectors are  not appointed, the  person presiding at  the
meeting  may, but need not,  appoint one or more  inspectors. In case any person
who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may  be
filled  by appointment made by the directors in advance of the meeting or at the
meeting by the person presiding thereat. Each inspector, if any, before entering
upon the discharge  of his duties,  shall take  and sign an  oath faithfully  to
execute  the duties of  inspectors at such meeting  with strict impartiality and
according to the best  of his ability. The  inspectors, if any, shall  determine
the  number of  shares of stock  outstanding and  the voting power  of each, the
shares of  stock represented  at the  meeting, the  existence of  a quorum,  the
validity  and effect of  proxies, and shall receive  votes, ballots or consents,
hear and determine all challenges and  questions arising in connection with  the
right  to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the
result, and do such acts as are proper to
 
                                      D-2
<PAGE>
conduct the election or  vote with fairness to  all stockholders. On request  of
the  person presiding at the meeting, the inspector or inspectors, if any, shall
make a report in writing of any challenge, question or matter determined by him,
her or them and execute a certificate of any fact so found.
 
    2.10  The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock  entitled
to  vote  at the  meeting,  present in  person  or represented  by  proxy, shall
constitute a quorum  at a  meeting of stockholders  for the  transaction of  any
business.  The stockholders present may adjourn  the meeting despite the absence
of a quorum.
 
    2.11  When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of  a
majority  of the stock having  voting power present in  person or represented by
proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question
is one upon which, by express provision of the statutes or of the Certificate of
Incorporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision
shall govern and control the decision of such question.
 
                                  ARTICLE III.
 
                                   DIRECTORS
 
    3.1 The  business  of the  Corporation  shall be  managed  by its  board  of
directors, which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such
lawful  acts  and  things  as  are  not by  statute  or  by  the  Certificate of
Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by
the stockholders. The use of the phrase "whole board of directors" herein refers
to the total number of directors that  the Corporation would have if there  were
no vacancies.
 
    3.2 A director need not be stockholder, a citizen of the United States, or a
resident  of the State of Delaware. Except  as otherwise fixed by or pursuant to
the provisions of Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation relating to the
rights of the holders of any class  or series of stock having a preference  over
the  Common  Stock  as to  dividends  or  upon liquidation  to  elect additional
directors under  specified circumstances,  the number  of the  directors of  the
Corporation  shall be  fixed from time  to time  by the board  of directors, but
shall not be less than three.
 
    The directors, other than  those who may  be elected by  the holders of  any
class  or  series of  stock  having a  preference over  the  Common Stock  as to
dividends or upon liquidation, shall be classified, with respect to the time for
which they severally hold office, into three classes, as nearly equal in  number
as  possible, as determined  by the board  of directors of  the Corporation, one
class to be  originally elected for  a term  expiring at the  annual meeting  of
stockholders  to be held in  1997, another class to  be originally elected for a
term expiring at  the annual meeting  of stockholders  to be held  in 1998,  and
another class to be originally elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting
of  stockholders to be  held in 1999, with  each class to  hold office until its
successors is elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of the  stockholders
of  the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires
at that meeting  shall be  elected to  hold office for  a term  expiring at  the
annual  meeting of  stockholders held  in the third  year following  the year of
their election. Advance notice  of stockholder nominations  for the election  of
directors  shall be given in the manner provided in Section 3.13 of this Article
III of these Bylaws.
 
    3.3 Except  as  otherwise  provided for  or  fixed  by or  pursuant  to  the
provisions  of Article  IV of the  Certificate of Incorporation  relating to the
rights of the holders of any class  or series of stock having a preference  over
the  Common Stock as to  dividends or upon liquidation  to elect directors under
specified circumstances, newly created directorships resulting from any increase
in the number of directors and any vacancies on the board of directors resulting
from death,  resignation,  disqualification, removal  or  other cause  shall  be
filled  by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in
office, even though less than a quorum of the board of directors. Any  directors
elected  in accordance  with the  preceding sentence  shall hold  office for the
remainder of  the  full  term  of  the class  of  directors  in  which  the  new
directorship  was  created or  the vacancy  occurred  and until  such director's
successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the  number
of directors
 
                                      D-3
<PAGE>
constituting  the board  of directors  shall shorten  the term  of any incumbent
director. Subject  to the  rights  of any  class or  series  of stock  having  a
preference  over the Common Stock  as to dividends or  upon liquidation to elect
directors under  specified  circumstances,  any director  may  be  removed  from
office, with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at
least  sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all the
shares of  the  Corporation  entitled  to vote  generally  in  the  election  of
directors, voting together as a single class.
 
    3.4  The  board  of  directors  shall  choose  from  among  the  directors a
Chairperson of the Board and a  Vice-Chairperson of the Board. Unless  otherwise
provided in the resolution choosing him or her, the Chairperson of the Board and
the Vice-Chairperson of the Board shall be chosen for a term that shall continue
until the meeting of the board of directors following the next annual meeting of
stockholders  and  until  his  or  her  successor  shall  have  been  chosen and
qualified.
 
                          THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD
 
    3.5  The  Chairperson  of  the  Board  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of
stockholders and directors.
 
                       THE VICE-CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD
 
    3.6  The  Vice-Chairperson  of  the  Board  shall  preside  at  meetings  of
stockholders and directors if the Chairperson  of the Board is absent or  unable
to serve as chairperson at any such meeting.
 
                             MEETINGS OF DIRECTORS
 
    3.7 Meetings shall be held at such time as the board of directors shall fix,
except  that the first  meeting of a  newly elected board  of directors shall be
held as soon after its election as the directors may conveniently assemble.
 
    3.8 Meetings shall  be held at  such place  within or without  the State  of
Delaware as shall be fixed by the board of directors.
 
    3.9  No call shall be  required for regular meetings  for which the time and
place have been fixed. Special meetings may be called by or at the direction  of
the Chairperson of the Board, if any, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, if any, of
the  President, or of the Secretary on the written request of any two directors.
Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to
each director either  by mail not  less than forty-eight  (48) hours before  the
date  of the meeting, by  telephone or telegraph not  less than twenty-four (24)
hours notice before the date  of the meeting, or on  such shorter notice as  the
person  or persons calling such meeting may deem necessary or appropriate in the
circumstances.
 
    3.10  No notice shall  be required for regular  meetings for which the  time
and  place have been fixed. Notice  need not be given to  any director or to any
member of a committee of directors who submits a written waiver of notice signed
by him before or after the time stated therein. Attendance of any such person at
a meeting shall constitute a  waiver of notice of  such meeting, except when  he
attends  a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the
meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not  lawfully
called  or convened. Neither the  business to be transacted  at, nor the purpose
of, any regular or  special meeting of  the directors need  be specified in  any
notice or written waiver of notice.
 
    3.11   A majority of the whole  board of directors shall constitute a quorum
except when a vacancy or vacancies prevents such majority, whereupon a  majority
of  the  directors in  office  shall constitute  a  quorum, provided,  that such
majority shall constitute at least one third of the whole board of directors.  A
majority  of the  directors present,  whether or  not a  quorum is  present, may
adjourn a meeting to  another time and place.  Except as otherwise  specifically
provided  herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, and except as otherwise
provided by the Delaware  General Corporation Law, the  vote of the majority  of
the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act
 
                                      D-4
<PAGE>
of  the board of directors. The quorum and voting provisions herein stated shall
not be construed  as conflicting  with any  provisions of  the Delaware  General
Corporation Law or these Bylaws which govern a meeting of directors held to fill
vacancies and newly created directorships in the board of directors or action of
disinterested directors.
 
    Any  member  or members  of  the board  of  directors, or  of  any committee
designated by the board of directors, may participate in a meeting of the  board
of  directors, or any such committee, as the case may be, by means of conference
telephone or  similar communications  equipment by  means of  which all  persons
participating in the meeting can hear each other.
 
    3.12   The Chairperson of the Board, if any and if present and acting, shall
preside at all meetings.  Otherwise, the Vice-Chairperson of  the Board, if  any
and if present and acting, or the President, if present and acting, or any other
director chosen by the board of directors, shall preside.
 
                                   COMMITTEES
 
    3.13   Any action  required or permitted to  be taken at  any meeting of the
board of directors or any  committee thereof may be  taken without a meeting  if
all  members of the board  or committee, as the case  may be, consent thereto in
writing, and the writing or writings  are filed with the minutes of  proceedings
of the board or committee.
 
    3.14   The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the
whole board of directors,  designate one or more  committees, each committee  to
consist  of  one or  more  of the  directors of  the  Corporation. The  board of
directors may  designate one  or  more directors  as  alternate members  of  any
committee,  who may replace any absent or  disqualified member at any meeting of
the committee. In  the absence  or disqualification of  any member  of any  such
committee  or committees, the  member or members thereof  present at any meeting
and not disqualified from voting,  whether or not he,  she or they constitute  a
quorum,  may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act
at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any  such
committee,  to the extent provided in the  resolution of the board of directors,
shall have and may exercise the powers  and authority of the board of  directors
in  the  management of  the business  and  affairs of  the Corporation  with the
exception of any authority the delegation of which is prohibited by Section  141
of  the Delaware  General Corporation  Law, and  may authorize  the seal  of the
Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it.
 
                                  COMPENSATION
 
    3.15  The directors  may be paid  their expenses, if  any, of attendance  at
each  meeting  of  the board  of  directors and  may  be  paid a  fixed  sum for
attendance at each meeting of the board of directors and/ or a stated salary  or
other compensation as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from
serving  the  Corporation  in  any  other  capacity  and  receiving compensation
therefor. Members  of  special  or  standing  committees  may  be  allowed  like
compensation for attending committee meetings.
 
                                   NOMINATION
 
    3.16   Subject  to the  rights of holders  of any  class or  series of stock
having a preference over the Common  Stock as to dividends or upon  liquidation,
nominations  for the election of directors may be made by the board of directors
or a proxy committee appointed by the  board of directors or by any  stockholder
entitled to vote in the election of directors. However, any stockholder entitled
to  vote in the election of directors at  a meeting may nominate a director only
if written  notice of  such  stockholder's intent  to  make such  nomination  or
nominations  has been  given, either  by personal  delivery or  by United States
mail, postage prepaid, to  the Secretary of the  Corporation not later than  (i)
with  respect to an  election to be  held at an  annual meeting of stockholders,
ninety days in advance of the date established by the Bylaws for the holding  of
such  meeting, and  (ii) with  respect to an  election to  be held  at a special
meeting of stockholders for the election of directors, the close of business  on
the
 
                                      D-5
<PAGE>
seventh day following the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to
stockholders.  Each such notice shall set forth  (a) the name and address of the
stockholder who intends to make the nomination  and of the person or persons  to
be nominated; (b) a representation that the stockholder is a holder of record of
stock  of the Corporation entitled to vote at each meeting and intends to appear
in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified
in the notice; (c) a description  of all arrangements or understandings  between
the  stockholder and each  nominee and any  other person or  person (naming such
person or persons)  pursuant to which  the nomination or  nominations are to  be
made  by  the stockholder;  (d) such  other  information regarding  each nominee
proposed by such  stockholder as would  be required  to be included  in a  proxy
statement  filed  pursuant to  the proxy  rules of  the Securities  and Exchange
Commission, had the nominee been nominated  or intended to be nominated, by  the
board  of directors; and (e) the consent of  each nominee to serve as a director
of the Corporation if so elected. The  chairperson of the meeting may refuse  to
acknowledge  the  nomination  of any  person  not  made in  compliance  with the
foregoing procedure.
 
                              STOCKHOLDER PROPOSAL
 
    3.17  Any  stockholder entitled  to vote in  the election  of directors  and
who/which  meets  the  requirements  of the  proxy  rules  under  the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as  amended, may submit to  the directors proposals to  be
considered for submission to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote.
The introduction of any stockholder proposal that the directors decide should be
voted  on by  the stockholders  of the  Corporation shall  be made  by notice in
writing delivered or mailed by first-class United States mail, postage  prepaid,
to the Secretary of the Corporation, and received by the Secretary not less than
(i)  with  respect to  any proposal  to be  introduced at  an annual  meeting of
stockholders, one  hundred  and  twenty days  in  advance  of the  date  of  the
Corporation's  proxy statement released  to stockholders in  connection with the
previous year's annual  meeting, and  (ii) with respect  to any  proposal to  be
introduced  at a special meeting  of stockholders, the close  of business on the
seventh day following the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to
stockholders. Each such notice shall set forth: (a) the name and address of  the
stockholder  who intends to make the proposal and the text of the proposal to be
introduced; (b) the class and  number of shares of  stock held of record,  owned
beneficially  and represented by proxy by such stockholder as of the record date
for the meeting (if such date shall then have been made publicly available)  and
as  of the date  of such notice;  and (c) a  representation that the stockholder
intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to introduce the proposal
or proposals, specified in the notice. The Chairperson of the meeting may refuse
to acknowledge  the  introduction  of  any  stockholder  proposal  not  made  in
compliance with the foregoing procedure.
 
                                  ARTICLE IV.
 
                                    NOTICES
 
    4.1  Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of
Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director
or stockholder, it  shall not  be construed to  mean personal  notice, but  such
notice  may  be  given  in  writing, by  mail,  addressed  to  such  director or
stockholder, at his  address as it  appears on the  records of the  Corporation,
with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the
time  when the  same shall  be deposited  in the  United States  mail. Notice to
directors may also be given by telegram.
 
    4.2 Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of  the
statutes  or of the  Certificate of Incorporation  or of these  Bylaws, a waiver
thereof in writing,  signed by the  person or persons  entitled to said  notice,
whether  before or  after the  time stated  therein, shall  be deemed equivalent
thereto.
 
                                      D-6
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE V.
 
                                    OFFICERS
 
    5.1 The  officers of  the Corporation  shall consist  of a  Chief  Executive
Officer,  a  President,  a Secretary,  a  Treasurer, and,  if  deemed necessary,
expedient, or desirable by the board of directors, an Executive  Vice-President,
one  or more  other Vice-Presidents, one  or more Assistant  Secretaries, one or
more Assistant  Treasurers, and  such other  officers with  such titles  as  the
resolution  of the board of directors  choosing them shall designate. Any number
of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine.
 
    5.2 Unless otherwise provided  in the resolution choosing  him or her,  each
officer  shall be chosen for a term that shall continue until the meeting of the
board of directors following the next  annual meeting of stockholders and  until
his or her successor shall have been chosen and qualified.
 
    5.3  All officers of  the Corporation shall have  such authority and perform
such duties  in the  management and  operation of  the Corporation  as shall  be
prescribed in the resolutions of the board of directors designating and choosing
such  officers and prescribing  their authority and duties,  and shall have such
additional authority and duties  as are incident to  their office except to  the
extent  that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. The Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the  Corporation shall record all  of the proceedings  of
all meetings and actions in writing of stockholders, directors and committees of
directors,  and  shall  exercise  such  additional  authority  and  perform such
additional duties as  the board of  directors shall  assign to him  or her.  Any
officer  may be removed, with  or without cause, by  the board of directors. Any
vacancy in any office may be filled by the board of directors.
 
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
 
    5.4 The Chief  Executive Officer shall  be the head  of the Corporation  and
shall have general and active supervision of the business of the Corporation and
shall  see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried
into effect and shall be responsible to the board of directors for the execution
of such duties and powers. The Chief Executive Officer shall, in the absence  or
inability  to act of  the Chairperson of  the Board and  Vice-Chairperson of the
Board, assume and carry out all responsibilities set forth with respect to  such
Chairperson of the Board and Vice-Chairperson of the Board.
 
                                 THE PRESIDENT
 
    5.5  The President shall be the  chief operating officer of the Corporation.
The President shall, in the absence or  inability to act of the Chief  Executive
Officer,  assume and  carry out all  responsibilities set forth  with respect to
such Chief Executive Officer.
 
    5.6 The  Chief  Executive Officer  or  the President  shall  execute  bonds,
mortgages,  and  other  contracts  requiring  a  seal,  under  the  seal  of the
Corporation, except where required  or permitted by law  to be otherwise  signed
and  executed  and  except where  the  signing  and execution  thereof  shall be
expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent  of
the Corporation.
 
                              THE VICE PRESIDENTS
 
    5.7  Executive Vice Presidents, Senior Vice Presidents, Vice Presidents, and
Assistant Vice Presidents shall have duties and powers as the board of directors
may designate.
 
                    THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES
 
    5.8 The Secretary shall  attend all meetings of  the board of directors  and
all  meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings
of the Corporation and of the board of  directors in a book to be kept for  that
purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing
 
                                      D-7
<PAGE>
committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice
of  all  meetings of  the  stockholders and  special  meetings of  the  board of
directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board
of directors or President, under whose  supervision the Secretary shall be.  The
Secretary  shall have custody of  the corporate seal of  the Corporation and the
Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same  to
any  instrument requiring it and  when so affixed, it may  be attested by his or
her signature or by the signature of such assistant. The board of directors  may
give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation
and to attest the affixing by his or her signature.
 
    5.9  The Assistant Secretary,  or if there  be more than  one, the Assistant
Secretaries in the  order determined by  the board of  directors, shall, in  the
absence  or disability  of the  Secretary, perform  the duties  and exercise the
powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such  other
person as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.
 
                     THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURER
 
    5.10    The Treasurer  shall have  the  custody of  the corporate  funds and
securities and shall deposit all monies  and other valuable effects in the  name
and  to the credit of the Corporation  in such depositories as may be designated
by the board of directors.
 
    5.11  The Treasurer shall have the  authority to invest the normal funds  of
the  Corporation  in the  purchase  and acquisition  and  to sell  and otherwise
dispose of these investments upon such terms as the Treasurer may deem desirable
and advantageous,  and shall,  upon request,  render to  the President  and  the
directors an accounting of all such normal investment transactions.
 
    5.12   The Treasurer shall  disburse the funds of  the Corporation as may be
ordered  by  the   board  of   directors,  taking  proper   vouchers  for   such
disbursements,  and shall render to the President and the board of directors, at
its regular meetings, or when the board of directors so requires, an account  of
all  his  transactions  as  Treasurer  and of  the  financial  condition  of the
Corporation.
 
    5.13  If required by  the board of directors,  the Treasurer shall give  the
Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with
such  surety or sureties as shall be  satisfactory to the board of directors for
the faithful  performance  of the  duties  of his  or  her office  and  for  the
restoration  to the Corporation, in case  of his death, resignation, retirement,
or removal  from  office, of  all  books,  papers, vouchers,  money,  and  other
property  of whatever kind in  his possession or under  his control belonging to
the Corporation.
 
    5.14  The  Assistant Treasurer,  or if  there shall  be more  than one,  the
Assistant  Treasurers in the order determined  by the board of directors, shall,
in the absence or disability of  the Treasurer, perform the duties and  exercise
the  powers of the Treasurer  and shall perform such  other duties and have such
other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.
 
    5.15  The  controller shall  keep the Corporation's  accounting records  and
shall  prepare accounting  reports of the  operating results as  required by the
board of directors and governmental authorities. The controller shall  establish
systems  of internal control and accounting procedures for the protection of the
Corporation's assets and funds.
 
                                  ARTICLE VI.
 
                             CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
 
    6.1 Every holder of  stock in the  Corporation shall be  entitled to have  a
certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chief Executive
Officer,  or  the President  or a  Vice-President,  and by  the Secretary  or an
Assistant Secretary,  or by  the  Treasurer or  an  Assistant Treasurer  of  the
Corporation,  certifying the number  of shares owned by  him in the Corporation.
All certificates shall also be signed by a transfer agent and by a registrar.
 
                                      D-8
<PAGE>
    6.2  All  signatures  that  appear  on  the  certificate  may  be  facsimile
including,  without limitation, signatures of officers of the Corporation or the
signatures of  the stock  transfer  agent or  registrar.  In case  any  officer,
transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been
placed  upon a certificate shall have ceased  to be such officer, transfer agent
or registrar  before  such  certificate is  issued,  it  may be  issued  by  the
Corporation  with the same effect as if  such person were such officer, transfer
agent or registrar at the date of issue.
 
    6.3 If the Corporation shall be authorized  to issue more than one class  of
stock  or more than one series of  any class, the designations, preferences, and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock
or series thereof and  the qualifications, limitations  or restrictions of  such
preferences  and/or rights shall be set forth  in full or summarized on the face
or back of the certificate which  the Corporation shall issue to represent  such
class  or series of stock; provided,  however, that except as otherwise provided
in Section 202 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, in lieu of the foregoing
requirements, there may  be set forth  on the  face or back  of the  certificate
which  the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a
statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge, to each  stockholder
who  so requests,  the designations,  preferences, and  relative, participating,
optional or other special rights  of each class of  stock or series thereof  and
the  qualifications,  limitations  or restrictions  of  such  preferences and/or
rights.
 
                               LOST CERTIFICATES
 
    6.4 The board of directors may  direct a new certificate or certificates  to
be  issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the
Corporation alleged to have been lost,  stolen or destroyed, upon the making  of
an  affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be
lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing  such issue of a new certificate  or
certificates,  the board of directors may, in  its discretion and as a condition
precedent to the  issuance thereof, require  the owner of  such lost, stolen  or
destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise
the  same in such  manner as it shall  require and/or to  give the Corporation a
bond in such sum  as it may direct  as indemnity against any  claim that may  be
made  against the  Corporation with respect  to the certificate  alleged to have
been lost, stolen or destroyed.
 
                               TRANSFERS OF STOCK
 
    6.5 Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by
direction of the  person named  in the  certificate or  such person's  attorney,
lawfully  constituted in writing, and only upon the surrender of the certificate
therefor and  a  written  assignment  of the  shares  evidenced  thereby,  which
certificate shall be cancelled before the new certificate is issued.
 
                               FIXING RECORD DATE
 
    6.6 In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to
notice  of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof,
or to  express consent  to corporate  action in  writing without  a meeting,  or
entitled  to receive payment of any  dividend or other distribution or allotment
of any rights,  or entitled to  exercise any  rights in respect  of any  change,
conversion  or exchange of stock or for  the purpose of any other lawful action,
the board of directors may  fix, in advance, a record  date, which shall not  be
less  than ten days  before the date of  such meeting, nor  more than sixty days
prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment
of the meeting; provided,  however, that the  board of directors  may fix a  new
record  date  for  the adjourned  meeting.  In  order that  the  Corporation may
determine the stockholders entitled  to consent to  corporate action in  writing
without  a meeting, the board  of directors may fix  a record date, which record
date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date
is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than  ten
days  after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted
by the board  of directors. If  no record date  has been fixed  by the board  of
directors, the record
 
                                      D-9
<PAGE>
date for determining the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in
writing  without a meeting,  when no prior  action by the  board of directors is
required by the  Delaware General Corporation  Law, shall be  the first date  on
which  a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be
taken is delivered to  the Corporation by delivery  to its registered office  in
the  State of Delaware, its principal place  of business, or an officer or agent
of the Corporation having custody of  the book in which proceedings of  meetings
of  stockholders  are recorded.  Delivery made  to the  corporation's registered
office shall  be by  hand or  by certified  or registered  mail, return  receipt
requested.  If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior
action by the board of directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation
Law, the  record  date  for  determining stockholders  entitled  to  consent  to
corporate  action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business
on the day on  which the board  of directors adopts  the resolution taking  such
prior  action.  In order  that the  Corporation  may determine  the stockholders
entitled to receive payment of any  dividend or other distribution or  allotment
of  any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of
any change, conversion or  exchange of stock,  or for the  purpose of any  other
lawful  action, the board of directors may  fix a record date, which record date
shall not precede the date upon which  the resolution fixing the record date  is
adopted,  and which record date shall be not  more than sixty days nor less than
ten days prior to such action. If no  record date is fixed, the record date  for
determining  stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business
on the  day on  which the  board  of directors  adopts the  resolution  relating
thereto.
 
                            REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
 
    6.7  The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a
person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends,  and
to  vote as such  owner, and to hold  liable for calls  and assessments a person
registered on  its books  as the  owner of  shares, and  shall not  be bound  to
recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on
the  part of  any other person,  whether or not  it shall have  express or other
notice thereof,  except  as otherwise  provided  by the  laws  of the  State  of
Delaware.
 
                            MEANING OF CERTAIN TERMS
 
    6.8  As  used herein  in respect  of the  right  to notice  of a  meeting of
stockholders or a waiver thereof or to participate or vote thereat or to consent
or dissent in writing in lieu of a meeting, as the case may be, the term "share"
or "shares"  or  "share of  stock"  or "shares  of  stock" or  "stockholder"  or
"stockholders" refers to an outstanding share or shares of stock and to a holder
or  holders of  record of  outstanding shares of  stock when  the Corporation is
authorized to issue only  one class of  shares of stock,  and said reference  is
also intended to include any outstanding share or shares of stock and any holder
or  holders of record of outstanding shares of  stock of any class upon which or
upon whom the Certificate of Incorporation  confers such rights where there  are
two  or more classes or series of shares of stock or upon which or upon whom the
Delaware General Corporation  Law confers such  rights notwithstanding that  the
Certificate  of Incorporation may provide  for more than one  class or series of
shares of  stock,  one or  more  of which  are  limited or  denied  such  rights
thereunder;  provided, however, that no such right shall vest in the event of an
increase or a decrease in the authorized number of shares of stock of any  class
or  series which is otherwise  denied voting rights under  the provisions of the
Certificate of  Incorporation, except  as  any provision  of law  may  otherwise
require.
 
                                      D-10
<PAGE>
                                  ARTICLE VII.
 
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS
 
                                   DIVIDENDS
 
    7.1  Dividends upon  the capital  stock of  the Corporation,  subject to the
provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation,  if any, may be declared by  the
board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends
may  be paid in cash, in property or  in shares of the capital stock, subject to
the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.
 
    7.2 Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any  funds
of  the Corporation available  for dividends such  sum or sums  as the directors
from time to time, in  their absolute discretion, think  proper as a reserve  or
reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or
maintaining  any property of the  Corporation, or for such  other purpose as the
directors shall think  conducive to  the interest  of the  Corporation, and  the
directors  may modify or abolish any such reserve  in the manner in which it was
created.
 
                                ANNUAL STATEMENT
 
    7.3 The board of directors shall present  at each annual meeting and at  any
special  meeting of the stockholders when called for by vote of the stockholders
a full and clear statement of the business and condition of the Corporation.
 
                                     CHECKS
 
    7.4 All checks or demands  for money and notes  of the Corporation shall  be
signed  by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the board
of directors may from time to time designate.
 
                                 CORPORATE SEAL
 
    7.5 The corporate seal shall be in such form as the board of directors shall
prescribe.
 
                                  FISCAL YEAR
 
    7.6 The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on September 30.
 
                                 ARTICLE VIII.
 
                   INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    8.1 The Corporation shall indemnify any person  who was or is a party or  is
threatened  to be made a  party to any threatened,  pending or completed action,
suit or  proceeding, whether  civil, criminal,  administrative or  investigative
(other  than an action by or  in the right of the  Corporation) by reason of the
fact that such person is  or was a director, officer,  employee or agent of  the
Corporation,  or  is or  was  serving at  the request  of  the Corporation  as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership,  joint
venture,  trust  or  other enterprise,  against  expenses  (including attorneys'
fees), judgments, fines and amounts  paid in settlement actually and  reasonably
incurred  by such person in  connection with such action,  suit or proceeding if
such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably  believed
to  be in  or not opposed  to the best  interests of the  Corporation, and, with
respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe
such person's  conduct was  unlawful. The  termination of  any action,  suit  or
proceeding  by judgment,  order, settlement, conviction  or upon a  plea of nolo
contendere or its equivalent,  shall not, of itself,  create a presumption  that
the person did not act in good faith and in a manner that such person reasonably
believed  to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and,
with respect  to any  criminal action  or proceeding,  had reasonable  cause  to
believe that such person's conduct was unlawful.
 
                                      D-11
<PAGE>
    8.2  The Corporation shall indemnify any person who  was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action  or
suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason  of the fact that such person is  or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as a director, officer, employee  or agent of another corporation,  partnership,
joint  venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys'
fees) actually and  reasonably incurred by  such person in  connection with  the
defense  or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith
and in a manner such person reasonably believed  to be in or not opposed to  the
best  interests of the  Corporation and except that  no indemnification shall be
made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have
been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that
the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action
or  suit  was  brought  shall  determine  upon  application  that,  despite  the
adjudication  of liability, but  in view of  all the circumstances  of the case,
such person is  fairly and reasonably  entitled to indemnity  for such  expenses
which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
    8.3  To  the extent  that  a director,  officer,  employee or  agent  of the
Corporation has been  successful on the  merits or otherwise  in defense of  any
action,  suit or proceeding referred to in  Sections 8.1 and 8.2 of this Article
VIII, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall  be
indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably
incurred by such person in connection therewith. For purposes of determining the
reasonableness  of  any such  expenses, a  certification to  such effect  by any
member of the Bar  of the State of  Delaware, which member of  the Bar may  have
acted  as counsel to  any such director,  officer or employee,  shall be binding
upon the Corporation unless the  Corporation establishes that the  certification
was made in bad faith.
 
    8.4  Any indemnification  under Sections  8.1 and  8.2 of  this Article VIII
(unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as  authorized
in  the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director,
officer, employee  or agent  is proper  in the  circumstances because  any  such
person  has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 8.1 and
8.2 of this Article VIII. Such determination  shall be made (1) by the board  of
directors,  by a majority vote of a  quorum consisting of directors who were not
parties to such  action, suit  or proceeding,  or (2) if  such a  quorum is  not
obtainable,  or  even  if obtainable,  a  quorum of  disinterested  directors so
directs, by  independent legal  counsel in  a  written opinion,  or (3)  by  the
stockholders.
 
    8.5  Expenses (including attorneys' fees)  incurred by an officer, director,
employee  or  agent  of  the  Corporation  in  defending  any  civil,  criminal,
administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding, shall be paid by the
Corporation  in  advance  of  the  final disposition  of  such  action,  suit or
proceeding upon receipt  of an  undertaking by or  on behalf  of such  director,
officer,  employee  or agent  to repay  such  amount if  it shall  ultimately be
determined that  any  such person  is  not entitled  to  be indemnified  by  the
Corporation as authorized by this Article VIII.
 
    8.6  The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted
pursuant to,  the  other sections  of  this Article  VIII  shall not  be  deemed
exclusive  of any  other rights to  which any person  seeking indemnification or
advancement of expenses  may be  entitled under  any bylaw,  agreement, vote  of
stockholders  or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such
person's official capacity and  as to action in  another capacity while  holding
such office.
 
    8.7  The Corporation may but shall not  be required to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation
as a director, officer, employee  or agent of another corporation,  partnership,
joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against
such  person and incurred by such person in any capacity, or arising out of such
person's status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power  to
indemnify such person against such liability under this Article VIII.
 
    8.8 For purposes of this Article VIII, references to "the Corporation" shall
include,  in addition to the  resulting corporation, any constituent corporation
(including any constituent of a constituent)
 
                                      D-12
<PAGE>
absorbed in  a consolidation  or merger  which, if  its separate  existence  had
continued,  would  have  had power  and  authority to  indemnify  its directors,
officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a  director,
officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving
at  the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee
or agent  of another  corporation, partnership,  joint venture,  trust or  other
enterprise,  shall  stand in  the  same position  under  this Article  VIII with
respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with
respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
 
    8.9 For purposes  of this  Article VIII, references  to "other  enterprises"
shall  include employee benefit  plans; references to  "fines" shall include any
excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and
references to "serving  at the  request of  the Corporation"  shall include  any
service  as  a director,  officer, employee  or agent  of the  Corporation which
imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee  or
agent   with  respect  to   an  employee  benefit   plan,  its  participants  or
beneficiaries, and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such  person
reasonably  believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries
of an employee  benefit plan  shall be  deemed to have  acted in  a manner  "not
opposed to the best interests of the Corporation" as referred to in this Article
VIII.
 
    8.10    The  indemnification and  advancement  of expenses  provided  by, or
granted pursuant to,  this Article  VIII shall, unless  otherwise provided  when
authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director,
officer,  employee  or  agent and  shall  inure  to the  benefit  of  the heirs,
executors and administrators of such a person.
 
    8.11  This Article VIII shall be  interpreted and construed to accord, as  a
matter  of right, to any  person who is or was  a director, officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the  Corporation
as  a director, officer, employee or  agent of another corporation, partnership,
joint venture, trust or  other enterprise, the  full measure of  indemnification
and  advancement of  expenses permitted by  Section 145 of  the Delaware General
Corporation Law.
 
    8.12   Any person  seeking  indemnification or  advancement of  expenses  by
virtue  of such  person being  or having been  a director,  officer, employee or
agent of the Corporation may seek to enforce the provisions of this Article VIII
by an action in law or equity in any court of the United States or any state  or
political  subdivision  thereof  having  jurisdiction  of  the  parties. Without
limitation of  the  foregoing,  it  is  specifically  recognized  that  remedies
available at law may not be adequate if the effect thereof is to impose delay on
the  immediate realization by  any such person  of the rights  conferred by this
Article VIII. Any costs  incurred by any person  in enforcing the provisions  of
this  Article VIII shall be  an indemnifiable expense in  the same manner and to
the same extent as other indemnifiable expenses under this Article VIII.
 
    8.13  No amendment, modification or  repeal of this Article VIII shall  have
the  effect  of  or be  construed  to limit  or  adversely affect  any  claim to
indemnification or advancement of expenses  made by any person  who is or was  a
director,  officer, employee  or agent  of the  Corporation with  respect to any
statement  of  facts  that  existed  prior  to  the  date  of  such   amendment,
modification  or repeal. Accordingly,  any amendment, modification  or repeal of
this Article VIII shall be deemed to have prospective application only and shall
not be applied retroactively.
 
                                  ARTICLE IX.
 
                                BYLAW AMENDMENTS
 
    9.1 Subject to  the provisions  of the Certificate  of Incorporation,  these
Bylaws  may  be altered,  amended  or repealed  at  any regular  meeting  of the
stockholders (or at any special meeting thereof duly called for that purpose) by
a majority vote of the shares represented and entitled to vote at such  meeting;
provided that in the notice of such special meeting notice of such purpose shall
be  given. Subject  to the  laws of  the State  of Delaware,  the Certificate of
Incorporation and these Bylaws, the board  of directors may by majority vote  of
those    present   at   any    meeting   at   which    a   quorum   is   present
 
                                      D-13
<PAGE>
amend these Bylaws,  or enact  such other  Bylaws as  in their  judgment may  be
advisable  for the regulation of the conduct  of the affairs of the Corporation,
except that Sections 3.3 and  3.13 of Article III and  Articles IX and X of  the
Bylaws  may be amended only  by the affirmative vote of  the holders of at least
sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the voting power of all the shares
of the Corporation  entitled to  vote generally  in the  election of  directors,
voting together as a single class.
 
                                   ARTICLE X.
 
                               STOCKHOLDER ACTION
 
    10.1 Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the
Corporation  must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such
holders and may  not be  effected by  any consent  in writing  by such  holders,
except  that an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation
in order  to change  the  name of  the Corporation  may  be approved  without  a
meeting,  by consent in writing  of the holders of  the outstanding stock of the
Corporation having  not less  than the  minimum number  of votes  that would  be
necessary to approve such amendment at a meeting at which all shares entitled to
vote thereon were present and voted pursuant to the provisions of Section 228 of
the  Delaware General Corporation  Law. Except as otherwise  required by law and
subject to the rights of  the holders of any class  or series of stock having  a
preferences  over the Common Stock as  to dividends or upon liquidation, special
meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may  be called only by the board  of
directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire board of
directors.
 
    I HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing is a full, true, and correct copy of the
Bylaws  of BILLING  INFORMATION CONCEPTS  CORP., a  Delaware corporation,  as in
effect on the date hereof.
 
    WITNESS my hand and seal of the Corporation.
 
Dated:             , 1996
 
                                          --------------------------------------
                                             SECRETARY OF BILLING INFORMATION
                                                      CONCEPTS CORP.
 
(SEAL)
 
                                      D-14
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX E
 
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                     1996 EMPLOYEE COMPREHENSIVE STOCK PLAN
 
    1.   PURPOSE.   The purpose of  this 1996 Employee  Comprehensive Stock Plan
(the "Plan") is to further the success of Billing Information Concepts Corp.,  a
Delaware  corporation (the "Company"),  and certain of  its affiliates by making
available Common Stock of the Company  to certain officers and employees of  the
Company  and its affiliates, and thus to provide an additional incentive to such
individuals to continue in the service of  the Company or its affiliates and  to
give  them a  greater interest  as stockholders in  the success  of the Company.
Subject to compliance with  the provisions of the  Plan and the Code,  Incentive
Stock  Options as authorized by Section 422  of the Code and stock options which
do not qualify under Section 422 of  the Code are authorized and may be  granted
under  the Plan.  Further, the  Company may  grant Restricted  Stock, as defined
below.
 
    2.  DEFINITIONS.  As  used in this Plan the  following terms shall have  the
meanings indicated as follows:
 
        (a)  "Award" means an award of  stock options (including Incentive Stock
    Options) or Restricted Stock, on a stand alone, combination or tandem basis,
    as described in or granted under this Plan.
 
        (b) "Award Agreement" means a written agreement setting forth the  terms
    of an Award, in the form prescribed by the Committee.
 
        (c) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
        (d)  "Cause"  shall  mean,  in  the  context  of  the  termination  of a
    Participant, as determined by the Board,  in the reasonable exercise of  its
    business  judgment  the  occurrence  of one  of  the  following  events: (i)
    conviction of or a plea of NOLO  CONTENDERE to a charge of a felony  (which,
    through  lapse of time or otherwise, is not subject to appeal); (ii) willful
    refusal without  proper  legal cause  to  perform, or  gross  negligence  in
    performing, Participant's duties and responsibilities; (iii) material breach
    of  fiduciary duty  to the Company  through the  misappropriation of Company
    funds or  property  or  otherwise;  or  (iv)  the  unauthorized  absence  of
    Participant from work (other than for sick leave or disability) for a period
    of thirty working days or more during any period of forty-five working days;
    provided,  further, within one  year following a  Change of Control, "Cause"
    shall be limited to the  conviction of or a plea  of NOLO CONTENDERE to  the
    charge  of  a felony  (which, through  lapse  of time  or otherwise,  is not
    subject to an appeal), or a material breach of fiduciary duty to the Company
    through the misappropriation of Company funds or property or otherwise.
 
        (e) "Change of  Control" shall  be deemed to  have occurred  if (i)  any
    "Person"  (as such term is used in  Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange
    Act) is or becomes a "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under  the
    Exchange  Act),  directly  or  indirectly,  of  securities  of  the  Company
    representing more than  30% of the  combined voting power  of the  Company's
    then  outstanding voting securities, or (ii) at any time during the 24-month
    period after  a  tender offer,  merger,  consolidation, sale  of  assets  or
    contested  election, or  any combination  of such  transactions, at  least a
    majority of  the Board  shall  cease to  consist of  "continuing  directors"
    (meaning  directors of the  Company who either were  directors prior to such
    transaction or  who subsequently  became directors  and whose  election,  or
    nomination  for election  by the Company's  stockholders, was  approved by a
    vote of at least two thirds of  the directors then still in office who  were
    directors  prior  to such  transaction), or  (iii)  the stockholders  of the
    Company approve a  merger or  consolidation of  the Company  with any  other
    corporation,  other than a merger or  consolidation that would result in the
    voting securities  of  the  Company outstanding  immediately  prior  thereto
    continuing  to  represent  (either  by  remaining  outstanding  or  by being
    converted into voting securities  of the surviving entity)  at least 70%  of
    the  total  voting  power  represented  by  the  voting  securities  of  the
 
                                      E-1
<PAGE>
    Company or such surviving entity  outstanding immediately after such  merger
    or  consolidation, or (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of
    complete liquidation of the Company or  an agreement of sale or  disposition
    by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company's assets.
 
        (f) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
        (g)  "Committee" means the Committee administering the Plan described in
    Section 3 hereof.
 
        (h) "Common Stock" means the Company's common stock, par value $.01  per
    share.
 
        (i)  "Continuous  Status  as  an  Employee"  means  that  the employment
    relationship with any one or more of (i) the Company, (ii) any Parent, (iii)
    any Subsidiary or (iv) USLD has not been terminated or interrupted.
 
        (j)  "Date of Grant" means the  date on which an Award is granted  under
    an Award Agreement executed by the Company and a Participant pursuant to the
    Plan.
 
        (k)  "Disinterested Person" means a  "disinterested person" as such term
    is defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor
    provision.
 
        (l) "Effective Date" means the effective date of this Plan specified  in
    Section 14 hereof.
 
        (m)  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it may
    be amended from time to time.
 
        (n) "Good Reason"  shall mean  the occurrence  of any  of the  following
    events: (a) removal from the principal office held by the Participant on the
    date  of the most recent Award, or a material reduction in the Participant's
    authority or  responsibility,  including,  without  limitation,  involuntary
    removal from the Board, but not including termination of the Participant for
    Cause;  or (b) the Company otherwise commits a material breach of this Plan,
    or the Participant's employment agreement, if applicable; provided, however,
    that within one year following a Change of Control, "Good Reason" shall mean
    (i) removal from the principal office held by the Participant on the date of
    the most  recent  Award, (ii)  a  material reduction  in  the  Participant's
    authority  or  responsibility,  including,  without  limitation, involuntary
    removal from the Board, (iii) relocation of the Company's headquarters  from
    the  San Antonio, Texas  metropolitan area but  not including termination of
    the Participant for cause,  (iv) a material  reduction in the  Participant's
    compensation, or (v) the Company otherwise commits a material breach of this
    Plan, or the Participant's employment agreement, if applicable.
 
        (o)  "Incentive Stock Option"  means an option  qualifying under Section
    422 of the Code.
 
        (p) "Parent" means  a parent corporation  of the Company  as defined  in
    Section 424(e) of the Code.
 
        (q)  "Participants" means the employees and officers of the Company, its
    Subsidiaries and its Parent  (including those directors  of the Company  who
    are  also  employees  of the  Company,  its Parent  or  one or  more  of its
    Subsidiaries). "Participants" includes the USLD Participants.
 
        (r)  "Restricted  Period"  shall  mean  the  period  designated  by  the
    Committee   during  which  Restricted  Stock  may  not  be  sold,  assigned,
    transferred, pledged, or  otherwise encumbered,  which period  shall not  be
    less than one year nor more than two years from the Date of Grant.
 
        (s)  "Restricted Stock" shall  mean those shares  of Common Stock issued
    pursuant to an Award that remain subject to the Restricted Period.
 
        (t) "Retained Distributions" shall mean any securities or other property
    (other than cash dividends) distributed by the Company or otherwise received
    by the holder in respect of Restricted Stock during any Restricted Period.
 
                                      E-2
<PAGE>
        (u) "Retirement" shall mean retirement of a Participant from the  employ
    of the Company, its Parent, its Subsidiaries or USLD, as the case may be, in
    accordance with the then existing employment policies of any such employer.
 
        (v)  "Subsidiary"  means  a  subsidiary corporation  of  the  Company as
    defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
 
        (w) "USLD" means U.S. Long Distance  Corp. and its Subsidiaries and  any
    Parent of USLD.
 
        (x) "USLD Participants" means the employees and officers of USLD who are
    or  were employees and  officers of USLD prior  to and immediately following
    the distribution of the Company Common Stock by USLD to the stockholders  of
    USLD.
 
    3.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE  PLAN.  The Board  shall appoint a committee (the
"Committee") comprised of  two or more  directors to administer  the Plan.  Only
directors who are Disinterested Persons shall be eligible to serve as members of
the  Committee. The Committee shall report all  action taken by it to the Board,
which shall review and ratify or approve those actions that are by law  required
to  be so reviewed  and ratified or  approved by the  Board. The Committee shall
have full and final  authority in its discretion,  subject to the provisions  of
the   Plan,  to  make  determinations  with  respect  to  the  participation  of
Participants in this Plan, to prescribe  the form of Award Agreements  embodying
Awards  made under the  Plan, and, except  as otherwise required  by law or this
Plan, to  set the  size and  terms of  Awards (which  need not  be identical  or
consistent with respect to each Participant) including vesting schedules, price,
whether  stock  options granted  hereunder shall  constitute an  Incentive Stock
Option, restriction or  option period, post-retirement  and termination  rights,
payment  alternatives such as  cash, stock or other  means of payment consistent
with the purposes  of this  Plan, and  such other  terms and  conditions as  the
Committee  deems appropriate.  Except as  otherwise required  by this  Plan, the
Committee shall have authority to interpret and construe the provisions of  this
Plan  and the Award Agreements, to correct  any defect or supply any omission or
reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement in the  manner
the  Committee  deems advisable  for  the administration  of  the Plan  and make
determinations pursuant to any Plan provision or Award Agreement, which shall be
final and binding on all persons. The Committee may authorize any one or more of
their number or any officer of the  Company to execute and deliver documents  on
behalf of the Committee.
 
    4.   COMMON  STOCK SUBJECT  TO PROVISIONS  OF THIS  PLAN.   The Common Stock
subject to the provisions of this Plan shall either be shares of authorized  but
unissued  Common  Stock,  shares  of  Common Stock  held  as  treasury  stock or
previously issued shares of  Common Stock reacquired  by the Company,  including
shares  purchased in the  open market. Subject to  adjustment in accordance with
the provisions of  Section 11, the  aggregate number of  shares of Common  Stock
available  for  grant  of  Awards  (including,  without  limitation,  Awards  of
Restricted  Stock)  shall  not  exceed   Three  Millon  Five  Hundred   Thousand
(3,500,000).  If any part  of an Award  under this Plan  shall be forfeited, the
shares of Common  Stock subject  to the forfeited  portion of  such Award  shall
again be available for grant under the Plan.
 
    5.   ELIGIBILITY.  Except as hereinafter  provided, Awards may be granted to
any Participant  as  the  Committee  shall  determine  from  time  to  time.  In
determining  the Participants to whom options shall be granted and the number of
shares to be covered by  each such option, the  Committee may take into  account
the  nature  of  the services  rendered  by the  respective  Participants, their
present and  potential contributions  to the  Company's success  and such  other
factors  as  the  Committee  in  its  sole  discretion  shall  deem  relevant. A
Participant who has  been granted an  option under  the Plan may  be granted  an
additional option or options under the Plan, in the Committee's sole discretion.
 
    6.  AWARDS UNDER THIS PLAN.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may make
Awards  of stock  options (including Incentive  Stock Options  and stock options
that do not qualify as Incentive Stock Options) as described in Sections 7 and 8
hereof, and of Restrictive Stock, as described in Section 10 hereof.
 
                                      E-3
<PAGE>
    7.  OPTIONS AUTHORIZED.  The options subject to Award under this Plan may be
Incentive Stock Options or stock options that do not qualify as Incentive  Stock
Options (sometimes referred to herein as "nonqualified options" or "nonqualified
stock  options"). The Committee shall  have the full power  and authority to (i)
determine which options shall be nonqualified  stock options and which shall  be
Incentive   Stock  Options,  (ii)   grant  only  Incentive   Stock  Options  or,
alternatively,  only  nonqualified  stock  options,   and  (iii)  in  its   sole
discretion,  grant to the holder  of an outstanding option,  in exchange for the
surrender and cancellation of such option, a new option having a purchase  price
lower  than  that provided  in the  option so  surrendered and  cancelled and/or
containing such other  terms and conditions  as the Committee  may prescribe  in
accordance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Plan.  Under  no  circumstances  may
nonqualified stock options be  granted where the  exercise of such  nonqualified
stock  options  may  affect  the exercise  of  Incentive  Stock  Options granted
pursuant to the  Plan. No options  may be granted  under the Plan  prior to  the
Effective  Date. In addition to  any other limitations set  forth herein, (1) no
Participant shall receive any grant of options, whether Incentive Stock  Options
or  nonqualified  stock options,  exercisable for  more  than one  hundred fifty
thousand (150,000) shares  of Common  Stock during any  one fiscal  year of  the
Company  and (2) the aggregate fair  market value (determined in accordance with
Paragraph 8(a) of the Plan as of the  time the option is granted) of the  Common
Stock  with respect  to which  Incentive Stock  Options are  exercisable for the
first time by a Participant in any calendar year (under all plans of the Company
and of any Parent or Subsidiary) shall not exceed $100,000.
 
    8.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS.  The grant of an option under the  Plan
shall  be  evidenced by  an  Award Agreement  executed  by the  Company  and the
applicable Participant and shall contain such terms  and be in such form as  the
Committee  may from time  to time approve, subject  to the following limitations
and conditions:
 
        (a)  OPTION PRICE.  The option exercise price per share with respect  to
    each  option shall be determined by the  Committee, but shall in no instance
    be less than the par value of the shares subject to the option. In addition,
    the option exercise price per share with respect to Incentive Stock  Options
    granted hereunder shall in no instance be less than the fair market value of
    the  shares subject to  the option as  determined by the  Committee. For the
    purposes  of  this  Paragraph  8(a),  fair  market  value  shall  be,  where
    applicable,  the closing price of  the Common Stock on  the Date of Grant of
    such option as  reported on any  national securities exchange  on which  the
    Common  Stock may be listed. If the Common Stock is not listed on a national
    securities exchange  but is  publicly traded  on the  Nasdaq Stock  Market's
    National  Market or on  another automated quotation  system, the fair market
    value shall be the closing price of  the Common Stock on the Date of  Grant,
    or  if traded on the Nasdaq Small Cap or Nasdaq Over-The-Counter market, the
    fair market value shall be  the mean between the bid  and ask prices on  any
    such  system or market.  If the Common Stock  was not traded  on the Date of
    Grant of such option, the nearest preceding date on which there was a  trade
    shall  be substituted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  however, fair market
    value shall  be determined  consistent with  Code Section  422(b)(4) or  any
    successor  provisions. The Committee may permit the option exercise price to
    be payable by transfer to  the Company of Common  Stock owned by the  option
    holder  with a fair  market value at the  time of the  exercise equal to the
    option exercise price.
 
        (b)  PERIOD  OF OPTION.   The expiration  date of each  option shall  be
    fixed by the Committee, but notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
    contrary,  such expiration date shall  not be more than  ten (10) years from
    the Date of Grant of the option.
 
        (c)   VESTING OF  STOCKHOLDER  RIGHTS.   Neither  the optionee  nor  his
    successor  in interest shall have any of  the rights of a stockholder of the
    Company until the shares relating to the option hereunder are issued by  the
    Company and are properly delivered to such optionee, or successor.
 
        (d)   EXERCISE OF OPTION.  Each option shall be exercisable from time to
    time (but not less than  six (6) months after the  Date of Grant) over  such
    period  and upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine,
    but  not   at  any   time  as   to  less   than  twenty-five   (25)   shares
 
                                      E-4
<PAGE>
    unless  the remaining shares  that have become so  purchasable are less than
    twenty-five (25) shares. After the death  of the optionee, an option may  be
    exercised as provided in Section 9(c) hereof.
 
        (e)    DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION.   The  Award Agreement  evidencing any
    Incentive Stock Options granted  under this Plan shall  provide that if  the
    optionee  makes a disposition,  within the meaning of  Section 424(c) of the
    Code and  regulations promulgated  thereunder,  of any  share or  shares  of
    Common  Stock issued to him or her pursuant to exercise of the option within
    the two-year period commencing on  the day after the  Date of Grant of  such
    option or within the one-year period commencing on the day after the date of
    issuance  of the share or  shares to him or her  pursuant to the exercise of
    such option, he or she shall, within ten (10) days of such disposition date,
    notify the Company of the sales price or other value ascribed to or used  to
    measure  the  disposition of  the share  or  shares thereof  and immediately
    deliver to the Company any amount of federal income tax withholding required
    by law.
 
        (f)  LIMITATION ON GRANTS TO  CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS.  An Incentive  Stock
    Option may be granted to a Participant only if such Participant, at the time
    the  option is granted,  does not own, after  application of the attribution
    rules of Code Section 424, stock  possessing more than ten percent (10%)  of
    the  total  combined voting  power of  all  classes of  Common Stock  of the
    Company or of its Parent or Subsidiary. The preceding restrictions shall not
    apply if at the time the option is granted the option price is at least  one
    hundred  ten percent (110%) of the fair  market value (as defined in Section
    8(a) above) of the Common Stock subject to the option and such option by its
    terms is not  exercisable after the  expiration of five  (5) years from  the
    Date of Grant.
 
        (g)   RESTRICTION ON ISSUING SHARES.   The exercise of each option shall
    be subject to the condition that if at any time the Company shall  determine
    in  its  discretion  that  the  satisfaction  of  withholding  tax  or other
    withholding liabilities, or that the listing, registration, or qualification
    of any shares otherwise deliverable  upon such exercise upon any  securities
    exchange  or under any state or federal law, or that the consent or approval
    of any regulatory body, is necessary or  desirable as a condition of, or  in
    connection  with,  such  exercise  or the  delivery  or  purchase  of shares
    pursuant thereto,  then  in any  such  event,  such exercise  shall  not  be
    effective  unless  such withholding,  listing,  registration, qualification,
    consent, or  approval shall  have  been effected  or  obtained free  of  any
    conditions not acceptable to the Company.
 
        (h)  CONSISTENCY WITH CODE.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this
    Plan  to the  contrary, the provisions  of all Award  Agreements relating to
    Incentive  Stock  Options  pursuant  to  the  Plan  shall  not  violate  the
    requirements   of  the  Code  applicable  to  the  Incentive  Stock  Options
    authorized hereunder.
 
    9.  EXERCISE OF OPTION.
 
    (a) Any option granted hereunder shall be exercisable according to the terms
of the Plan and  at such times  and under such conditions  as determined by  the
Committee  and  set forth  in the  Award  Agreement. An  option shall  be deemed
exercised when (i) the Company has  received written notice of such exercise  in
accordance  with the  terms of  the Award  Agreement, (ii)  full payment  of the
aggregate option  exercise  price  of the  shares  as  to which  the  option  is
exercised  has been  made and  (iii) arrangements  that are  satisfactory to the
Committee in its sole discretion have been made for the Participant's payment to
the Company of the amount, if any, that the Committee determines to be necessary
for the  Company to  withhold in  accordance with  applicable federal  or  state
income tax withholding requirements.
 
    (b)  Upon Retirement  or other  termination of  the Participant's Continuous
Status as an Employee, other than (a) a termination that is either (i) for Cause
or (ii) voluntary on the part of  a Participant and without the written  consent
of  the Company, a Parent, any Subsidiary or USLD or (b) a termination by reason
of death, the Participant may (unless otherwise provided in his Award Agreement)
exercise his option at any time  within three (3) months after such  termination
of the
 
                                      E-5
<PAGE>
Participant's  Continuous Status  as an Employee  (or within one  (1) year after
termination of  the  Participant's  Continuous  Status as  an  Employee  due  to
permanent  and total disability within the meaning of Code Section 22(e)(3)), or
within such other time as the Committee shall authorize, but in no event may the
Participant exercise his  Option after  ten (10) years  from the  Date of  Grant
thereof  (or such lesser period as may be specified in the Award Agreement), and
only to  the  extent  of  the  number of  shares  for  which  his  options  were
exercisable  by  him  at  the  date  of  the  termination  of  the Participant's
Continuous Status  as  an Employee.  In  the event  of  the termination  of  the
Continuous  Status as an  Employee of a  Participant to whom  an option has been
granted under the Plan  that is either  (i) for Cause or  (ii) voluntary on  the
part  of the  Participant and  without written consent,  any option  held by him
under the  Plan,  to  the  extent  not  previously  exercised,  shall  forthwith
terminate on the date of such termination of the Participant's Continuous Status
as  an Employee.  Options granted under  the Plan  shall not be  affected by any
change of employment so long  as the holder continues to  be an employee of  the
Company,  a Subsidiary or a Parent, or with respect to a USLD Participant, USLD.
The Award Agreement may contain such  provisions as the Committee shall  approve
with respect to the effect of approved leaves of absence.
 
    (c)  In the event a Participant to whom an option has been granted under the
Plan dies  during, or  within three  (3) months  after the  Retirement or  other
termination  of, the Participant's Continuous Status as an Employee, such option
(unless it shall have been previously  terminated pursuant to the provisions  of
the  Plan or unless otherwise provided in  his Award Agreement) may be exercised
(to the extent of the entire number  of shares covered by the option whether  or
not  purchasable by the Participant at the date of his death) by the executor or
administrator of the optionee's estate or by  the person or persons to whom  the
optionee  shall have transferred such  option by will or  by the laws of descent
and distribution, at any time within a  period of one (1) year after his  death,
but  not after  the exercise  termination date set  forth in  the relevant Award
Agreement.
 
    (d) If as of the date of termination of the Participant's Continuous  Status
as  an  Employee  (other  than  as a  result  of  the  Participant's  death) the
Participant is not entitled to exercise his or her entire options, the shares of
Common Stock covered by the unexercisable portion of the option shall revert  to
the  Plan. If the Participant  (or his or her designee  or estate as provided in
Section 9(c)  above)  does not  exercise  his or  her  options within  the  time
specified  in the  Plan and the  Award Agreement, the  unexercised options shall
terminate and the shares of Common Stock covered by such options shall revert to
the Plan.
 
    10.  TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS.
 
    (a)  GENERAL.   The Committee, in  its sole discretion,  may make Awards  of
Restricted Stock to selected Participants, which Awards shall be evidenced by an
Award  Agreement that contains such terms  and conditions, including vesting, as
the Committee may  determine. As a  condition to any  Award of Restricted  Stock
hereunder,  the Committee may  require a Participant  to pay to  the Company the
amount (such as the  par value of  such shares) required to  be received by  the
Company  in order to assure  compliance with applicable state  law. Any Award of
Restricted Stock for which such  requirement is established shall  automatically
expire  if not purchased in accordance  with the Committee's requirements within
sixty (60) days after the Date of Grant.
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions  of the respective Award Agreement,  the
Participant, as the owner of the Common Stock issued as Restricted Stock and any
Retained  Distributions  with  respect  thereto,  shall  have  the  rights  of a
stockholder, including, but  not limited  to, voting  rights as  to such  Common
Stock  and the right to receive cash dividends or distributions thereon when, as
and if paid.
 
    Within the limits set forth in the Plan, an Award of Restricted Stock may be
subject to such vesting requirements as  may be fixed by the Committee.  Vesting
may  be accelerated by a Change of Control. Vesting may also be accelerated upon
death, permanent disability or Retirement.
 
    Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event that an Award
of Restricted Stock  is made  to a Participant  whose employment  or service  is
subsequently terminated by reason of
 
                                      E-6
<PAGE>
death,  permanent  disability or  Retirement  or for  such  other reason  as the
Committee may provide, such  Participant (or his or  her estate or  beneficiary)
will  be entitled to  receive such additional  portion of his  or her Restricted
Stock and any Retained Distributions  with respect thereto that the  Participant
would  have  received had  the  Participant remained  in  the employment  of the
Company, Parent, Subsidiary or  USLD, as applicable, through  the date on  which
the next portion of the shares of unvested Restricted Stock subject to the Award
of Restricted Shares would have vested.
 
    Unless  otherwise provided in the Award Agreement,  in the event an Award of
Restricted Shares is made  to a Participant whose  employment with the  Company,
Parent,  Subsidiary or  USLD, as applicable,  is subsequently  terminated by the
Participant for Good Reason  or by the Company,  Parent, Subsidiary or USLD,  as
applicable,  other than for Cause, then in  any such event, the Participant will
be entitled  to  receive  such  additional  portion of  his  or  her  shares  of
Restricted  Stock and any  Retained Distributions with  respect thereto that the
Participant would have received had  the Participant remained in the  employment
of  the Company, Parent, Subsidiary or USLD,  as applicable, through the date on
which the next portion of the shares of unvested Restricted Stock subject to the
Award of Restricted Shares would have vested.
 
    Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event that an Award
of Restricted  Shares is  made  to a  Participant who  subsequently  voluntarily
resigns  or whose employment  is terminated for Cause,  then all such Restricted
Stock and  any Retained  Distributions  with respect  thereto  as to  which  the
Restricted Period still applies shall be forfeited by such Participant and shall
again become available for grant under the Plan.
 
    (b)   TRANSFERABILITY.  Restricted Stock and any Retained Distributions with
respect thereto may not  be sold, assigned,  transferred, pledged, or  otherwise
encumbered  during  the  Restricted Period,  which  shall be  determined  by the
Committee and shall not be less than one  year nor more than two years from  the
date  such Restricted Stock was awarded. The  Committee may, at any time, reduce
the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding shares of Restricted Stock
and any Retained Distributions with respect thereto awarded under the Plan.
 
    Shares of Restricted  Stock, when  issued, will  be represented  by a  stock
certificate  or certificates registered  in the name of  the Participant to whom
such Restricted  Stock shall  have been  granted and  shall bear  a  restrictive
legend  to the effect that  ownership of such Restricted  Stock (and any related
Retained Distributions), and the enjoyment of all rights appurtenant thereto are
subject to the restrictions, terms, and conditions provided in the Plan and  the
applicable   Award  Agreement.  Each  certificate  shall  be  deposited  by  the
Participant with the Company, together with stock powers or other instruments of
assignment, each endorsed in blank, which will permit transfer to the Company of
all or  any portion  of the  Restricted Stock  and any  securities  constituting
Retained  Distributions that shall be forfeited  or that shall not become vested
in  accordance  with  the  respective   Award  Agreement.  The  certificate   or
certificates  issued for the Restricted Stock may bear such legend or legends as
the  Committee  may,  from  time  to  time,  deem  appropriate  to  reflect  the
restrictions under the Plan for such Restricted Stock.
 
    (c)    STOCK CERTIFICATES;  ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS.   Shares  of Restricted
Stock shall constitute  issued and outstanding  shares of Common  Stock for  all
corporate  purposes. Each Participant will have the right to vote the Restricted
Stock held by  such Participant, to  receive and retain  all cash dividends  and
distributions  thereon and exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a
holder of Common Stock with respect to such Restricted Stock, with the exception
that:
 
        (i) the  Participant will  not  be entitled  to  delivery of  the  stock
    certificate  or certificates  representing such  Restricted Stock  until the
    Restricted Period applicable to  such shares or  portion thereof shall  have
    expired and unless all other vesting requirements with respect thereto shall
    have been fulfilled;
 
        (ii)  other than cash dividends and distributions and rights to purchase
    stock which might be distributed to stockholders of the Company, the Company
    will retain custody of all Retained
 
                                      E-7
<PAGE>
    Distributions made,  paid,  declared or  otherwise  received by  the  holder
    thereof  with respect to  Restricted Stock (and  such Retained Distributions
    will be  subject to  the  same restrictions,  terms  and conditions  as  are
    applicable  to the  Restricted Stock with  respect to which  they were made,
    paid or  declared)  until such  time,  if  ever, as  the  Restricted  Period
    applicable  to the shares with respect  to which such Retained Distributions
    shall have been  made, paid, declared  or received shall  have expired,  and
    such  Retained Distributions  shall not  bear interest  or be  segregated in
    separate accounts; and
 
        (iii) upon the breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions  provided
    in  the Plan or  the respective Award Agreement  or otherwise established by
    the  Committee   with  respect   to  any   Restricted  Stock   or   Retained
    Distributions,  such Restricted Stock and any related Retained Distributions
    shall thereupon be automatically forfeited.
 
    (d)  MERGERS AND OTHER CORPORATE CHANGES.  Unless otherwise provided in  the
Award  Agreement, upon the  occurrence of a Change  of Control, all restrictions
imposed on the  Participant's Restricted  Stock and  any Retained  Distributions
shall  automatically  terminate  and  lapse  and  the  Restricted  Period  shall
automatically terminate; provided, however, that if the Change of Control occurs
within six months of  the Date of Grant  the restrictions and Restricted  Period
shall terminate on the six month anniversary of the Date of Grant.
 
    11.    ADJUSTMENTS.    The  Committee,  in  its  discretion,  may  make such
adjustments in  the  option  price, the  number  or  kind of  shares  and  other
appropriate  provisions  covered  by  outstanding Awards  that  are  required to
prevent any dilution or enlargement of the rights of the holders of such options
that would  otherwise result  from any  reorganization, recapitalization,  stock
split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, issuance of
rights  or  any  other change  in  the  capital structure  of  the  Company. The
Committee, in its discretion,  may also make such  adjustments in the  aggregate
number  and  class  of  shares that  may  be  the subject  of  Awards  which are
appropriate to  reflect any  transaction  or event  described in  the  preceding
sentence.
 
    12.   AMENDMENT, SUSPENSION AND  TERMINATION OF THE PLAN.   The Board may at
any time suspend or terminate the Plan or may amend it from time to time in such
respects as  the Board  may deem  advisable  in order  that the  Awards  granted
thereunder  may conform to any  changes in the law or  in any other respect that
the Board  may deem  to  be in  the best  interests  of the  Company;  provided,
however,  that without  approval by the  stockholders of the  Company voting the
proper percentage of its voting power,  no such amendment shall make any  change
in  the Plan for which stockholder approval  is required in order to comply with
(i) Rule 16b-3, as amended, promulgated under the Exchange Act, (ii) the Code or
regulatory provisions dealing with Incentive Stock Options, (iii) any rules  for
listed  companies  promulgated  by  any national  stock  exchange  on  which the
Company's Common  Stock is  traded or  (iv) any  other applicable  rule or  law.
Unless  sooner terminated  hereunder, the  Plan shall  terminate ten  (10) years
after the Effective Date. No amendment,  suspension, or termination of the  Plan
shall,  without a Participant's consent,  impair or negate any  of the rights or
obligations under any Award  theretofore granted to  such Participant under  the
Plan.
 
    13.  TAX WITHHOLDING.  The Company shall have the right to withhold from any
payments  made under  this Plan, or  to collect  as a condition  of payment, any
taxes required by law to be withheld. At any time when a Participant is required
to pay to the Company an amount required to be withheld under applicable  income
tax laws in connection with a distribution of shares of Common Stock pursuant to
this  Plan, the Participant may  satisfy this obligation in  whole or in part by
electing to have the  Company withhold from such  distribution shares of  Common
Stock  having a value equal to the amount  required to be withheld. The value of
the shares of  Common Stock to  be withheld shall  be based on  the fair  market
value, as determined pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof, of the Common Stock on the
date that the amount of tax to be withheld shall be determined (the "Tax Date").
Any  such election  is subject to  the following restrictions:  (i) the election
must be made on or prior to the Tax Date; (ii) the election must be irrevocable;
and (iii) the election must be subject  to the disapproval of the Committee.  To
the  extent required to  comply with rules  promulgated under Section  16 of the
 
                                      E-8
<PAGE>
Exchange Act, elections  by Participants who  are subject to  Section 16 of  the
Exchange  Act  are  subject to  the  following additional  restrictions:  (i) no
election shall be effective for a Tax Date which occurs within six months of the
grant of the Award; and (ii) the election must be made either (a) six months  or
more  prior to  the Tax  Date or (b)  during the  period beginning  on the third
business day following  the date of  release for publication  for the  Company's
quarterly  or annual summary statements of sales  and earnings and ending on the
twelfth business day following such date.
 
    14.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF  THE PLAN.  This Plan  shall become effective on  the
date (the "Effective Date") of the last to occur of (i) the adoption of the Plan
by  the Board and (ii) the approval, within twelve (12) months of such adoption,
by a majority (or such other proportion as may be required by state law) of  the
outstanding voting shares of the Company, voted either in person or by proxy, at
a duly held stockholders meeting or by written stockholder consent.
 
    15.   SPECIAL  PROVISIONS REGARDING  CHANGE OF  CONTROL.   The Board  or the
Committee may,  from time  to time,  make  special provisions  for one  or  more
Participants  respecting  a  possible  Change  of  Control  of  the  Company,  a
Subsidiary, Parent or USLD, and, to the extent that any such special  provisions
made  with  the  consent  of  the  affected  employee  may  have  the  effect of
accelerating vesting  of stock  options granted  under the  Plan or  removal  of
restrictions  on  Restricted Stock  allotted  under the  Plan  or the  effect of
preventing a termination or dilution of benefits, such special provisions  shall
be  controlling over and shall be deemed  to be an amendment of any inconsistent
terms of the applicable Award Agreement.
 
    16.  MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
 
    (a) If approved by the  Board, the Company or  any Parent or Subsidiary  may
lend  money or guarantee loans by third  parties to an individual to finance the
exercise of any option granted under the  Plan to continue to hold Common  Stock
thereby  acquired. No such loans  to finance the exercise  of an Incentive Stock
Option shall have an interest rate or  other terms that would cause any part  of
the principal amount to be characterized as interest for purposes of the Code.
 
    (b)  This Plan is  intended and has  been drafted to  comply in all respects
with Rule  16b-3, as  amended, under  the Exchange  Act ("Rule  16b-3"). If  any
provision  of this  Plan does  not comply  with Rule  16b-3, this  Plan shall be
automatically amended to comply with Rule 16b-3.
 
    (c) No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and  the
grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be
retained  in the employ of the Company,  a Parent, a Subsidiary or USLD. Nothing
in this Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the  Company,
a  Parent, any Subsidiary  or USLD to terminate  any Participant's employment at
any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of
the Company, a Parent, any Subsidiary or USLD.
 
    (d) To the  extent that  federal laws do  not otherwise  control, this  Plan
shall  be construed in accordance with and governed  by the laws of the State of
Delaware or the property laws of any particular state.
 
    (e) In case any  one or more of  the provisions of this  Plan shall be  held
invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable in  any  respect under  applicable  law and
regulation (including Rule 16b-3), the validity, legality and enforceability  of
the  remaining provisions shall not  in any way be  affected or impaired thereby
and the invalid, illegal  or unenforceable provisions shall  be deemed null  and
void;  however, to the extent  permissible by law, any  provision which could be
deemed  null  and  void  shall  first  be  construed,  interpreted  or   revised
retroactively  to  permit  this Plan  to  be  construed in  compliance  with all
applicable laws (including Rule 16b-3) so as to foster the intent of this  Plan.
Notwithstanding  anything in  this Plan to  the contrary, the  Committee, in its
sole and absolute discretion, may bifurcate  this Plan so as to restrict,  limit
or  condition the  use of  any provision  of this  Plan to  Participants who are
subject to Section 16  of the Exchange Act  without so restricting, limiting  or
conditioning this Plan with respect to other Participants.
 
                                      E-9
<PAGE>
    (f)  None  of a  Participant's rights  or  interests under  the Plan  may be
assigned or transferred in whole or in part, either directly or by operation  of
law or otherwise (except pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or, in
the  event  of  a  Participant's death,  by  will  or the  laws  of  descent and
distribution), including,  but  not  by  way  of  limitation,  execution,  levy,
garnishment,  attachment, pledge, bankruptcy or in any other manner, and no such
right or  interest of  any  Participant in  the Plan  shall  be subject  to  any
obligation or liability of such individual.
 
    (g)  No  Restricted  Stock or  any  Retained Distributions  shall  be issued
hereunder unless counsel for the Company  shall be satisfied that such  issuance
will be in compliance with applicable federal, state, or other securities laws.
 
    (h) The expenses of the Plan shall be borne by the Company.
 
    (i)  By accepting any Award under  the Plan, each Participant or beneficiary
claiming under  or through  him or  her  shall be  conclusively deemed  to  have
indicated  his or her acceptance and ratification of, and consent to, any action
taken under the Plan by the Company, the Committee or the Board.
 
    (j)  Awards granted under  the Plan shall be  binding upon the Company,  its
successors and assigns.
 
    (k)  The appropriate  officers of  the Company shall  cause to  be filed any
reports, returns, or other information regarding Awards hereunder or any  Common
Stock  issued pursuant hereto as  may be required by Section  13 or 15(d) of the
Exchange Act, or any other applicable statute, rule, or regulation.
 
    (l) Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board of Directors from
adopting other or additional  compensation arrangements, subject to  stockholder
approval if such approval is required.
 
                                      E-10
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX F
 
                       1996 NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR PLAN OF
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
 
    1.   PURPOSE.   The  purpose of  this Plan  is to  advance the  interests of
Billing Information Concepts Corp., a  Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  by
providing  an additional incentive to attract and retain qualified and competent
directors, upon whose efforts and judgment the success of the Company is largely
dependent, through the encouragement of stock  ownership in the Company by  such
persons.
 
    2.  DEFINITIONS.  As used herein, the following terms shall have the meaning
indicated:
 
    (a) "Annual Director Fee" shall mean a fee payable annually to each Eligible
Person  on the  business day on  or immediately  after December 15  of each year
("Payment Date"), at  the election  of the Eligible  Person, in  either cash  of
$15,000  or an Option granted pursuant to Section 5 or partly in cash and partly
in an Option granted pursuant to Section 5.
 
        (b) "Board" shall  mean the  Board of Directors  of Billing  Information
    Concepts Corp.
 
        (c) "Committee" shall mean the committee, if any, appointed by the Board
    pursuant to Section 12 hereof.
 
        (d) "Date of Grant" shall mean the date on which an Option is granted to
    an Eligible Person pursuant to Section 4 or Section 5 hereof.
 
        (e) "Director" shall mean a member of the Board or a member of the board
    of directors of a Parent on the date of adoption of the Plan.
 
        (f)  "Eligible Person(s)" shall mean those  persons who are Directors of
    the Company or a Parent other than U.S. Long Distance Corp. and who are  not
    employees of the Company or a Subsidiary.
 
        (g) "Fair Market Value" of a Share on any date of reference shall be the
    closing  price on the business day immediately preceding such date. For this
    purpose, the closing price of the Shares on any business day shall be (i) if
    the Shares are listed or admitted for trading on any United States  national
    securities  exchange,  the  last  reported  sale  price  of  Shares  on such
    exchange, as  reported in  any  newspaper of  general circulation,  (ii)  if
    actual transactions in the Shares are included in the Nasdaq National Market
    or  are reported on a consolidated transaction reporting system, the closing
    sales price of  the Shares  on such system,  (iii) if  Shares are  otherwise
    quoted   on  the  Nasdaq   system,  or  any   similar  system  of  automated
    dissemination of quotations  of securities  prices in common  use, the  mean
    between the closing high bid and low asked quotations for such day of Shares
    on such system, (iv) if none of clause (i), (ii) or (iii) is applicable, the
    mean between the high bid and low asked quotations for Shares as reported by
    the National Daily Quotation Service if at least two securities dealers have
    inserted  both bid and asked  quotations for Shares on  at least five (5) of
    the ten (10) preceding days.
 
        (h) "Internal Revenue Code"  or "Code" shall  mean the Internal  Revenue
    Code of 1986, as it now exists or may be amended from time to time.
 
        (i)  "Nonqualified Stock  Option" shall  mean an  option that  is not an
    incentive stock option  as defined in  Section 422 of  the Internal  Revenue
    Code.
 
        (j)  "Option" shall mean any option granted under Section 4 or 5 of this
    Plan.
 
        (k)  "Optionee" shall mean a  person to whom an  Option is granted under
    this Plan or any successor to the  rights of such person under this Plan  by
    reason of the death of such person.
 
        (l)  "Parent" shall mean a parent  corporation of the Company as defined
    in Section 424(e) of the Code and U.S. Long Distance Corp.
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
        (m) "Payment Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a).
 
        (n) "Plan" shall mean  this 1996 Non-Employee  Director Plan of  Billing
    Information Concepts Corp.
 
        (o)  "Prior Plan" shall mean the 1993 Non-Employee Director Plan of U.S.
    Long Distance Corp.
 
        (p) "Share(s)" shall  mean a share  or shares of  the common stock,  par
    value one cent ($0.01) per share, of the Company.
 
        (q)  "Subsidiary" shall mean a subsidiary  corporation of the Company as
    defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.
 
    3.  SHARES AND OPTIONS.  The maximum number of Shares to be issued  pursuant
to  Options under  this Plan  shall be  FOUR HUNDRED  THOUSAND (400,000) Shares.
Shares issued pursuant  to Options granted  under this Plan  may be issued  from
Shares held in the Company's treasury or from authorized and unissued Shares. If
any  Option granted under this Plan shall  terminate, expire, or be cancelled or
surrendered as to  any Shares, new  Options may thereafter  be granted  covering
such Shares. Any Option granted hereunder shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option.
 
    4.   AUTOMATIC GRANT OF OPTIONS.  (a) Options shall automatically be granted
to Directors as provided in this Section 4. Each Option shall be evidenced by an
option agreement (an "Option Agreement") and shall contain such terms as are not
inconsistent with this Plan or any applicable law. Any person who files with the
Committee, in  a  form  satisfactory  to the  Committee,  a  written  waiver  of
eligibility  to receive  any Option  under this  Plan shall  not be  eligible to
receive any Option under this Plan for the duration of such waiver.
 
    (b) The Options automatically granted to Directors under this Plan shall  be
in  addition to regular director's  fees and other benefits  with respect to the
Director's position with the Company or  its Subsidiaries. Neither the Plan  nor
any  Option granted  under the Plan  shall confer  upon any person  any right to
continue to serve as a Director.
 
    (c) Options shall be automatically granted as follows:
 
        (i) Each Director who  holds one or more  unexercised options under  the
    Prior  Plan (an "Unexercised  Option") will automatically  receive an Option
    for such number of Shares as is equal  to the number of shares of U.S.  Long
    Distance  Corp. common  stock, $.01  per share,  subject to  his Unexercised
    Options. Such Option will vest at the same time that his Unexercised Options
    vest  (assuming  that  his   Unexercised  Options  remain  outstanding   and
    exercisable);
 
        (ii) Each Director who is an Eligible Person shall automatically receive
    an  Option for  FIFTEEN THOUSAND (15,000)  Shares on the  date such Eligible
    Person is initially appointed or elected a Director of the Company, and such
    Option will vest as  to FIVE THOUSAND  (5,000) Shares on  each of the  first
    three anniversaries of the Date of Grant; and
 
       (iii)  Each Director who is an Eligible Person will receive, on the first
    business date after the date of  each annual meeting of stockholders of  the
    Company,  commencing  with the  annual  meeting of  stockholders immediately
    following the  full vesting  of  any Option  previously granted  under  this
    Section  4, an option to purchase FIFTEEN THOUSAND (15,000) Shares, and such
    Option will vest as  to FIVE THOUSAND  (5,000) Shares on  each of the  first
    three anniversaries of the Date of Grant.
 
    For purposes of Section 4(c)(i), a Director's service with a Parent shall be
considered service with the Company.
 
    (d)  Any Option  that may  be granted pursuant  to subparagraph  (c) of this
Section 4 prior to the approval of this Plan by the stockholders of the  Company
may  be exercised on or after the Date  of Grant subject to the approval of this
Plan   by   the    stockholders   of    the   Company    within   twelve    (12)
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
months  after the  effective date  of this  Plan. If  any Optionee  exercises an
Option prior to such stockholder approval, the Optionee must tender the exercise
price at the time of exercise and the Company shall hold the Shares to be issued
pursuant to such exercise until the stockholders approve this Plan. If this Plan
is approved by the stockholders, the Company shall issue and deliver the  Shares
as  to which the Option has been exercised.  If this Plan is not approved by the
stockholders, the Company shall return the exercise price to the Optionee.
 
    (e) Except for  the automatic grants  of Options under  subparagraph (c)  of
this  Section 4 and grants of Options to Eligible Persons under Section 5 below,
no Options shall otherwise be granted  hereunder, and neither the Board nor  the
Committee,  if  any, shall  have any  discretion  with respect  to the  grant of
Options within  the  meaning of  Rule  16b-3 promulgated  under  the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor rule.
 
    5.   ELECTION WITH RESPECT TO ANNUAL DIRECTOR FEE.  Each Eligible Person may
elect to receive the Annual Director Fee in  cash or in an Option, or partly  in
cash  and partly  in an Option.  Any election to  receive an Option  shall be in
writing and must  be made not  later than June  15, 1996, even  if prior to  the
effective  date of the Plan,  for Options to be granted  for the Payment Date in
1996, and thereafter such election shall be  made not later than December 31  of
each year with respect to the Annual Director Fee to be made on the Payment Date
in  the subsequent year. The election may not  be revoked or changed after it is
made. For purposes of this election and subject to Section 9, in lieu of receipt
of the Annual Director Fee in cash,  as elected by the Eligible Person, each  $2
of  cash  compensation shall  be converted  into  an Option,  granted as  of the
Payment Date, to purchase one (1) share  of Common Stock. If an Eligible  Person
so  elects to  receive an  Option, the  Company shall  promptly deliver  to such
Eligible Person  an Option  Agreement.  To be  eligible  to receive  the  Annual
Director  Fee,  for any  year, the  Eligible Person  must be  a Director  on the
Payment Date  for  that Annual  Director  Fee. Any  person  who files  with  the
Committee,  in  a  form  satisfactory  to the  Committee,  a  written  waiver of
eligibility to  receive any  Option under  this Plan  shall not  be eligible  to
receive any Option under this Plan for the duration of such waiver.
 
    6.  OPTION PRICE.  The Option price per Share of any Option granted pursuant
to  this Plan shall be  one hundred percent (100%) of  the Fair Market Value per
Share on the Date of Grant.
 
    7.  EXERCISE OF  OPTIONS.  Options  may be exercised at  any time after  the
date  on which the Options, or any  portion thereof, are vested until the Option
expires pursuant  to Section  8;  provided, however,  that  no Option  shall  be
exercisable  prior to six (6) months from the  Date of Grant. An Option shall be
deemed exercised  when (i)  the  Company has  received  written notice  of  such
exercise in accordance with the terms of the Option Agreement, (ii) full payment
of  the aggregate Option price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised
has been made and (iii) arrangements  that are satisfactory to the Committee  in
its  sole discretion have been made for the Optionee's payment to the Company of
the amount,  if any,  that the  Committee  determines to  be necessary  for  the
Company  to withhold in  accordance with applicable federal  or state income tax
withholding requirements. Pursuant to procedures approved by the Committee,  tax
withholding  requirements,  at  the  option  of  an  Optionee,  may  be  met  by
withholding Shares otherwise deliverable to the Optionee upon the exercise of an
Option. Unless further  limited by the  Committee in any  Option Agreement,  the
Option  price of any Shares purchased shall be paid solely in cash, by certified
or cashier's  check,  by money  order,  with Shares  (but  with Shares  only  if
permitted by the Option Agreement or otherwise permitted by the Committee in its
sole  discretion at  the time  of exercise)  or by  a combination  of the above;
provided, however,  that the  Committee  in its  sole  discretion may  accept  a
personal  check in full or partial payment  of any Shares. If the exercise price
is paid in whole  or in part  with Shares, the value  of the Shares  surrendered
shall  be their  Fair Market Value  on the date  the Shares are  received by the
Company.
 
    8.  TERMINATION  OF OPTION  PERIOD.  The  unexercised portion  of an  Option
shall automatically and without notice terminate and become null and void at the
time of the earliest to occur of the following:
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
        (a)  with respect to  Options granted automatically  pursuant to Section
    4(c), thirty  (30) days  after the  date that  an Optionee  ceases to  be  a
    Director  (including for this purpose a  Director of a Parent) regardless of
    the reason therefor other than as a  result of such termination by death  of
    the Optionee;
 
        (b)  with respect to  Options granted automatically  pursuant to Section
    4(c), (y)  one (1)  year after  the date  that an  Optionee ceases  to be  a
    Director  (including for this purpose  a Director of a  Parent) by reason of
    death of the Optionee or (z) six (6) months after the Optionee shall die  if
    that  shall occur during the thirty-day period described in Subsection 8(a);
    or
 
        (c) the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Date of Grant of the Option.
 
    9.  ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES.  (a) If  at any time while this Plan is in  effect
or  unexercised Options are outstanding, there shall be any increase or decrease
in the number  of issued  and outstanding Shares  through the  declaration of  a
stock  dividend or through  any recapitalization resulting  in a stock split-up,
combination or exchange of Shares, then and in such event:
 
        (i) appropriate adjustment shall be made in the maximum number of Shares
    then subject to being optioned under this Plan, so that the same  proportion
    of  the Company's issued and outstanding Shares shall continue to be subject
    to being so optioned; and
 
        (ii) appropriate adjustment shall  be made in the  number of Shares  and
    the exercise price per Share thereof then subject to any outstanding Option,
    so  that the same proportion of  the Company's issued and outstanding Shares
    shall remain subject to purchase at the same aggregate exercise price.
 
    In addition, the Committee shall make  such adjustments in the Option  price
and  the number of  shares covered by  outstanding Options that  are required to
prevent dilution or  enlargement of the  rights of the  holders of such  Options
that  would otherwise  result from  any reorganization,  recapitalization, stock
split, stock dividend, combination of shares, merger, consolidation, issuance of
rights, spin-off or any other change in capital structure of the Company.
 
    (b) Except  as otherwise  expressly  provided herein,  the issuance  by  the
Company  of shares of its capital stock  of any class, or securities convertible
into shares of capital stock  of any class, either  in connection with a  direct
sale  or upon the exercise of rights  or warrants to subscribe therefor, or upon
conversion of shares or obligations of the Company convertible into such  shares
or other securities, shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall
be  made with respect to, the number of or exercise price of Shares then subject
to outstanding Options granted under this Plan.
 
    (c) Without  limiting the  generality  of the  foregoing, the  existence  of
outstanding  Options granted under this Plan shall  not affect in any manner the
right or power of the  Company to make, authorize or  consummate (i) any or  all
adjustments,   recapitalizations,  reorganizations  or   other  changes  in  the
Company's capital structure or its business; (ii) any merger or consolidation of
the Company; (iii) any issue by the Company of debt securities, or preferred  or
preference  stock  that  would  rank above  the  Shares  subject  to outstanding
Options; (iv)  the dissolution  or liquidation  of the  Company; (v)  any  sale,
transfer  or assignment  of all  or any part  of the  assets or  business of the
Company; or (vi)  any other corporate  act or proceeding,  whether of a  similar
character or otherwise.
 
    10.   TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.   Each Option Agreement shall provide that
such Option shall not be transferable by the Optionee otherwise than by will  or
the  laws  of  descent and  distribution  or  pursuant to  a  qualified domestic
relations order and that, so  long as an Optionee  lives, only such Optionee  or
his or her guardian or legal representative shall have the right to exercise the
related Option.
 
    11.   ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  No person shall  be, or have any of the rights or
privileges of, a stockholder of  the Company with respect  to any of the  Shares
subject  to an  Option unless  and until  certificates representing  such Shares
shall   have   been   issued    and   delivered   to    such   person.   As    a
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
condition  of  any transfer  of the  certificate for  Shares, the  Committee may
obtain such agreements  or undertakings,  if any, as  it may  deem necessary  or
advisable  to  assure compliance  with any  provision of  this Plan,  any Option
Agreement or  any  law  or  regulation,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the
following:
 
        (i)  A  representation, warranty  or agreement  by  the Optionee  to the
    Company, at the time any  Option is exercised, that  he or she is  acquiring
    the Shares to be issued to him or her for investment and not with a view to,
    or for sale in connection with, the distribution of any such Shares; and
 
        (ii)  A representation, warranty or agreement to be bound by any legends
    that are,  in the  opinion of  the Committee,  necessary or  appropriate  to
    comply  with the provisions of any securities law deemed by the Committee to
    be applicable to the issuance of the Shares and are endorsed upon the  Share
    certificates.
 
    Share  certificates issued to an Optionee who  is a party to any stockholder
agreement or  a similar  agreement  shall bear  the  legends contained  in  such
agreements.
 
    12.   ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.  (a)  This Plan shall be administered by a
stock option committee (the  "Committee") consisting of not  fewer than two  (2)
members  of the Board; provided, however, that if no Committee is appointed, the
Board shall  administer  this  Plan and  in  such  case all  references  to  the
Committee  shall be deemed  to be references  to the Board.  The Committee shall
have all of the powers of the Board with respect to this Plan. Any member of the
Committee may be removed at  any time, with or  without cause, by resolution  of
the  Board, and any vacancy occurring in  the membership of the Committee may be
filled by appointment by the Board.
 
    (b) The Committee, from  time to time, may  adopt rules and regulations  for
carrying   out  the   purposes  of  this   Plan.  The   determinations  and  the
interpretation and construction of any provision  of this Plan by the  Committee
shall be final and conclusive.
 
    (c)  Any and all decisions or determinations  of the Committee shall be made
either (i) by a majority  vote of the members of  the Committee at a meeting  or
(ii)  without a meeting by the written approval  of a majority of the members of
the Committee.
 
    (d) This Plan is intended and has been drafted to comply with Rule 16b-3, as
amended, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. If any provision
of this Plan does  not comply with  Rule 16b-3, as amended,  this Plan shall  be
automatically amended to comply with Rule 16b-3, as amended.
 
    (e)  This Plan  shall not be  amended more  than once every  six (6) months,
other than to comport with applicable changes to the Internal Revenue Code,  the
Employee  Retirement  Income Security  Act  of 1974,  as  amended, or  the rules
thereunder.
 
    13.  INTERPRETATION.  (a) If any provision of this Plan is held invalid  for
any  reason, such holding shall not  affect the remaining provisions hereof, but
instead this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had never
been included in this Plan.
 
    (b) THIS PLAN SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE  EXCEPT
TO  THE EXTENT SUPERSEDED BY THE LAWS OF  THE UNITED STATES OR THE PROPERTY LAWS
OF ANY STATE.
 
    (c) Headings contained in this Plan are for convenience only and shall in no
manner be construed as part of this Plan.
 
    (d) Any reference  to the masculine,  feminine or neuter  gender shall be  a
reference to such other gender as is appropriate.
 
    14.   SECTION  83(B) ELECTION.   If as a  result of exercising  an Option an
Optionee receives Shares that are subject to a "substantial risk of  forfeiture"
and  are not "transferable" as  those terms are defined  for purposes of Section
83(a) of  the  Code,  then  such  Optionee may  elect  under  Section  83(b)  of
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
the  Code to  include in  his gross income,  for his  taxable year  in which the
Shares are transferred to such Optionee, the excess of the Fair Market Value  of
such  Shares  at  the  time  of  transfer  (determined  without  regard  to  any
restriction other than one which by its terms will never lapse), over the amount
paid for the Shares. If the Optionee makes the Section 83(b) election  described
above,  the  Optionee  shall  (i)  make  such  election  in  a  manner  that  is
satisfactory to the  Committee, (ii)  provide the Company  with a  copy of  such
election,  (iii) agree  to promptly notify  the Company if  any Internal Revenue
Service or state  tax agent, on  audit or otherwise,  questions the validity  or
correctness of such election or of the amount of income reportable on account of
such  election,  and  (iv)  agree  to  such  withholding  as  the  Committee may
reasonably require in its sole and absolute discretion.
 
    15.  EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERMINATION DATE.   This Plan is adopted as of  June
  , 1996, but shall only become effective on the Distribution Date as defined in
the  Distribution Agreement  between the  Company and  U.S. Long  Distance Corp.
dated          , 1996.  The effective date of any  amendment to the Plan is  the
date  on which the Board adopted such amendment; provided, however, if this Plan
is not approved  by the stockholders  of the Company  within twelve (12)  months
after the effective date, then, in such event, this Plan and all Options granted
pursuant  to this  Plan shall  be null  and void.  This Plan  shall terminate on
        , 2001, and any Option outstanding on such date will remain  outstanding
until it has either expired or has been exercised.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                                                         ANNEX G
 
                       BILLING INFORMATION CONCEPTS CORP.
                          EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    1.  PURPOSE
 
    The  Billing Information  Concepts Corp.  Employee Stock  Purchase Plan (the
"Plan") is designed to encourage employees of Billing Information Concepts Corp.
("Billing") and its  participating Subsidiaries  (collectively, the  "Company"),
where  permitted  by  applicable  laws and  regulations,  to  acquire  an equity
interest in Billing  through the  purchase of shares  of the  common stock,  par
value $0.01 per share, of Billing ("Common Stock"). These purchases are intended
to  establish  a  closer  identification of  employee,  Company  and stockholder
interests and to provide employees with  a direct means of participating in  the
Company's  growth and earnings.  It is anticipated  that Plan participation will
motivate employees  to remain  in the  employ of  the Company  and give  greater
efforts  on  behalf of  the  Company. This  Plan  is intended  to  constitute an
"employee stock purchase plan" within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
 
    2.  DEFINITIONS
 
    The following words  or terms, when  used herein, shall  have the  following
respective meanings:
 
    "Closing Market Price" refers to the reported closing sales price for shares
of the Common Stock as so reported in The Wall Street Journal for that day.
 
    "Committee"  shall refer to the committee  appointed by the Billing Board of
Directors to administer this Plan.
 
    "Designated Broker" refers  to the  securities brokerage  company that  will
assist  Billing in administering the Plan and  which may be designated from time
to time by the Committee. Initially the Designated Broker is Merrill Lynch & Co.
 
    "Effective Date" means August 1, 1996,  the first Enrollment Date under  the
Plan.
 
    "Employee"  refers  to all  full-time and  part-time employees,  employed by
Billing or a Subsidiary on a continuous basis.
 
    "Employee  Contribution  Amounts"  refers  to  the  amounts  contributed  by
employees via payroll deduction.
 
    "Enrollment  Date" refers to August 1, 1996, the first Enrollment Date under
the Plan, the  first day of  the initial six-month  Participation Period  ending
January 31, 1997, and after that latter date, refers to February 1 and August 1,
the  first day of the succeeding  six-month Participation Periods which continue
thereafter.
 
    "Enrollment Period"  refers  to the  designated  period that  precedes  each
Enrollment  Date during which employees eligible to participate are provided the
opportunity to enroll in  the Plan. The Enrollment  Period is approximately  two
weeks  in duration and, generally, will expire approximately 10 to 14 days prior
to the  Enrollment Date.  The exact  dates for  each Enrollment  Period will  be
communicated to all eligible employees prior to the Enrollment Period.
 
    "Exercise  Date" refers  to the  last stock  trading day  in a Participation
Period.
 
    "Fair Market Value" refers to the  Closing Market Price on either the  first
or  last  stock  trading  day  in  the  Participation  Period  as  determined in
accordance with Section 9.
 
    "Participant" refers to  any employee meeting  the eligibility  requirements
specified in Section 5 who has enrolled in the Plan.
 
                                      G-1
<PAGE>
    "Participation  Period" refers  to the  six-month period  from the Effective
Date through January 31, 1997, and after  that latter date refers to periods  of
February 1 through July 31 and August 1 through January 31, during which periods
payroll  deductions will be made to purchase stock under the Plan, or such other
period as the Committee may at any time prescribe.
 
    "Plan" shall refer to this Billing Information Concepts Corp. Employee Stock
Purchase Plan.
 
    "Prior Plan" refers to the U.S. Long Distance Corp. Stock Purchase Plan, the
stock purchase plan of Billing's former parent.
 
    "Subsidiary"  refers  to  any  present  or  future  corporation  that  is  a
"subsidiary corporation" of the Company within the meaning of Section 424 of the
Code.
 
    3.  ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
 
    The Plan shall be administered by the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Committee
(the  "Committee") appointed by the Board of Directors of Billing (the "Board"),
which Committee shall consist  of at least  three (3) persons,  who need not  be
members  of  the  Board.  The  members  of  the  Committee  shall  supervise the
administration and enforcement of the Plan according to its terms and provisions
and shall have all powers necessary  to accomplish these purposes and  discharge
its  duties hereunder including, but not limited  to, the power to interpret the
Plan, to make factual  determinations and resolve  issues of eligibility,  stock
price  determination, or any other issues arising  under the Plan or as a result
of participation of Participants in the Plan.
 
    The Committee may act by  majority decision of its  members at a regular  or
special meeting of the Committee or by decision reduced to writing and signed by
all  members of the Committee without holding a formal meeting. Vacancies in the
membership of the Committee arising  from death, resignation or other  inability
to  serve shall be filled  by appointment by the Board  as soon as possible. All
decisions by the Committee  shall be final and  conclusive and binding upon  all
Participants and the Company.
 
    4.  NATURE AND NUMBER OF SHARES
 
    The  Common Stock subject to  issuance under the terms  of the Plan shall be
shares of  Billing's authorized  but unissued  shares. The  aggregate number  of
shares  that  may  be  issued  under  the  Plan  shall  not  exceed  one million
(1,000,000) shares of Common Stock. If the total number of shares that Employees
elect to purchase  under the Plan  exceeds the shares  available, the  Committee
will allot shares among Employees.
 
    In  the event of any  reorganization, recapitalization, stock split, reverse
stock  split,  stock   dividend,  spin-off,  combination   of  shares,   merger,
consolidation,  offering  of  rights  or other  similar  change  in  the capital
structure of Billing,  the Committee  may make such  adjustment, if  any, as  it
deems appropriate in the number, kind and purchase price of the shares available
for  purchase under the Plan, in the maximum number of shares that may be issued
under the Plan and in the Participation Periods, subject to the approval of  the
Board and in accordance with Section 20 of the Plan.
 
    If  Billing is  acquired in  a transaction whereby  it is  not the surviving
entity or  all  or substantially  all  of  Billing's assets  are  acquired,  the
Committee  shall determine a Plan termination  date. This date shall precede the
expected effective date of  such acquisition by not  more than sixty (60)  days.
Employee  Contribution Amounts  accumulated during  the period  between the most
recent Enrollment  Date and  Plan termination  date shall  be used  to  purchase
shares  for Participants in the manner provided  in Section 9 utilizing the Plan
termination date as  the Exercise Date  for determining the  purchase price  for
shares  of Common Stock. In the event the Plan is terminated and the acquisition
transaction is not consummated, the Plan may be reactivated on a date determined
by the Committee.
 
    5.  ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS
 
    Each Employee, except as  described in the  next following paragraph,  shall
become  eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with this Section 5 on
the first Enrollment Date following employment by the Company. Participation  in
the Plan is voluntary.
 
                                      G-2
<PAGE>
    The following Employees are not eligible to Participate in the Plan:
 
         i)  Employees  who  have  not  completed at  least  six  (6)  months of
    continuous service with the Company as of the Enrollment Date; and
 
         ii) Employees who would, immediately  upon enrollment in the Plan,  own
    directly  or indirectly, or hold options  or rights to acquire, an aggregate
    of five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value  of
    all outstanding shares of all classes of Billing or any Subsidiary.
 
    Employees  of  any  corporation  that  may  become  a  Subsidiary  after the
Effective Date shall automatically  be deemed to  be eligible for  participation
under  this Plan effective as of the  Enrollment Date following the date (1) the
corporation became a Subsidiary and  (2) the Employees satisfied the  continuous
service requirements described above.
 
    All service with the former parent corporation of Billing or a subsidiary of
such former parent will be taken into account as continuous service for purposes
of this Section 5.
 
    6.  ENROLLMENT
 
    Each  eligible Employee of the Company as  of the Effective Date will become
an eligible Employee in the Plan on  the Effective Date if immediately prior  to
the Effective Date he or she was eligible to participate in the Prior Plan. Each
other Employee of the Company who thereafter becomes eligible to participate may
enroll in the Plan on the February 1 and August 1 Enrollment Dates following the
date  he or  she first meets  the eligibility  requirements of Section  5 of the
Plan. Any eligible Employee  not enrolling in the  Plan when first eligible  may
enroll  in the  Plan on the  next succeeding  February 1 or  August 1 Enrollment
Date. In order to  enroll, an eligible Employee  must complete, sign and  submit
the  appropriate forms during the Enrollment Period to Billing's Human Resources
Department. Continued enrollment in subsequent periods shall be automatic and no
additional documentation is required, unless a Participant desires to revise the
Employee Contribution Amount for  the subsequent Participation Period.  Employee
Contribution  Amounts shall  remain constant  if not  changed at  the Employee's
request during an Enrollment Period.  In order to terminate Plan  participation,
at  any  time,  or change  Employee  Contribution Amounts  during  an Enrollment
Period, the participant must complete, sign and submit the appropriate forms  to
Billing's Human Resources Department.
 
    7.  GRANT OF RIGHT TO PURCHASE SHARES ON ENROLLMENT
 
    Enrollment  in the Plan by an Employee on an Enrollment Date will constitute
the grant by  Billing to  the Participant  of the  right to  purchase shares  of
Common  Stock  under  the  Plan.  Re-enrollment  or  continued  enrollment  by a
Participant in the Plan will constitute a grant, on the Enrollment Date on which
such re-enrollment or continued enrollment occurs, by Billing to the Participant
of a new right  to purchase shares  of Common Stock. A  Participant who has  not
terminated  employment shall have shares of Common Stock automatically purchased
for  him  or  her  on  the  applicable  Exercise  Date.  The  participant  shall
automatically be re-enrolled in the Plan for subsequent Participation Periods at
the same Employee Contribution Amount, unless the Participant notifies Billing's
Human Resources Department on the appropriate forms that he or she elects not to
re-enroll  or  desires to  change  his or  her  Employee Contribution  Amount. A
Participant who has suspended payroll deductions during any Participation Period
must re-enroll on the appropriate forms to participate in the Plan in any future
Participation Periods.
 
    Each right to  purchase shares  of Common Stock  under the  Plan during  any
participation Period shall have the following terms:
 
         i)   the  right  to   purchase  shares  of   Common  Stock  during  any
    Participation Period shall expire  on the earlier of  (a) the completion  of
    the  purchase of shares  on the Exercise Date  or (b) the  date on which the
    Participant terminates employment;
 
         ii) in no  event shall  the right to  purchase shares  of Common  Stock
    during  any Participation Period extend beyond twenty-seven (27) months from
    the Enrollment Date;
 
                                      G-3
<PAGE>
        iii) payment  for  shares purchased  shall  be made  only  with  amounts
    contributed through payroll deductions;
 
        iv)  purchase of  shares shall be  accomplished only  in accordance with
    Section 9;
 
         v) the price per share shall be determined as provided in Section 9;
 
        vi) the right to  purchase shares of Common  Stock (taken together  with
    all  other such rights then outstanding under  this Plan and under all other
    similar stock purchase plans of Billing or any Subsidiary) will in no  event
    give  the Participant  the right  to purchase a  number of  shares of Common
    Stock during a  Participation Period in  excess of the  number of shares  of
    Common  Stock derived by dividing $12,500.00 by the Fair Market Value of the
    Common Stock  on  the  applicable  Grant Date,  as  defined  in  Section  9,
    determined in accordance with Section 9; and
 
        vii)  the right to purchase shares of Common Stock shall in all respects
    be subject to the terms  and conditions of the  Plan, as interpreted by  the
    Committee from time to time.
 
    8.  METHOD OF PAYMENT
 
    Payment  of  shares of  Common  Stock shall  be  made as  of  the applicable
Exercise Date with amounts contributed through payroll deductions collected over
the Plan's  designated  Participation  Period, with  the  first  such  deduction
commencing  with  the  payroll period  ending  after the  Enrollment  Date. Each
Participant will authorize such  deductions from his or  her pay for each  month
during  the Participation  Period. No changes  in monthly  deduction amounts are
permitted subsequent to the Enrollment Period other than ceasing ongoing payroll
deductions for the  remainder of  the Participation  Period. Payroll  deductions
will  be made in  equal installments on each  of the first  two payrolls of each
month during the Participation Period. No lump sum or prepayments are permitted.
Employees may select  any monthly Employee  Contribution Amount as  long as  the
following requirements are met:
 
         i) at least $10.00 is deducted each month;
 
         ii) amount selected is a multiple of $5.00;
 
        iii)  total amount deducted does not  exceed Employee's net pay of their
    base salary; and
 
        iv)  the  aggregate  of  monthly  deduction  amounts  does  not   exceed
    $10,625.00  in any Participation Period (under this Plan and under all other
    similar stock  purchase plans  of Billing  or any  Subsidiary). If  for  any
    reason  a Participants's contributions to  the Plan exceed $10,625.00 during
    any Participation  Period, such  excess  amounts shall  be refunded  to  the
    Participant  as soon as practicable after such excess has been determined to
    exist.
 
    A  Participant  may  suspend  payroll  deductions  at  any  time  during   a
Participation  Period  by  given  written notice  to  Billing's  Human Resources
Department on the appropriate forms, which  will be processed effective for  the
first  payroll  period  that is  administratively  feasible. In  such  case, the
Participant's account balance shall  still be used to  purchase Common Stock  at
the  end  of  the Participation  Period.  Any Participant  who  suspends payroll
deductions during  any Participation  Period  cannot resume  payroll  deductions
during such period and must re-enroll in the Plan during a subsequent Enrollment
Period in order to participate in any future Participation Periods.
 
    Except   in  the  case  of  termination  of  employment,  the  amount  in  a
Participant's account at the end of any Participation Period shall be applied to
the purchase of shares, as provided in Section 9.
 
    9.  PURCHASE OF SHARES
 
    The right to purchase  shares of Common Stock  granted by the Company  under
the Plan is for the term of a Participation Period. The price to be paid for the
Common  Stock to  be purchased  at the  expiration of  such Participation Period
shall  be   determined   as   the   lower   of:   (a)   85%   of   the   Closing
 
                                      G-4
<PAGE>
Market  Price on the first trading day  of the Participation Period (Grant Date)
or (b)  85%  of  the Closing  Market  Price  on  the last  trading  day  in  the
Participation  Period (Exercise Date). These dates  constitute the date of grant
and the date of exercise for valuation purposes under Section 423 of the Code.
 
    The number of shares of Common Stock, including fractional shares, purchased
on behalf of  a Participant  shall be recorded  in the  Designated Broker  stock
trading  account established  for each  Participant as  soon as administratively
feasible, but no later than five  (5) business days following the last  business
day  of the preceding Participation Period. The number of shares purchased shall
be computed by dividing the aggregate Employee Contribution Amount by the  price
for  the  Common  Stock determined  in  the  manner described  in  the preceding
paragraph. Participants shall  be treated as  the record owners  of the  shares,
with all rights of a stockholder, effective as of the date the shares are posted
to the Participant's stock trading account. Any fees associated with maintaining
these stock trading accounts shall be the obligation of the Company.
 
    10.  WITHDRAWAL OF SHARES
 
    The  record of shares  of Common Stock  purchased shall be  maintained in an
individual stock trading account established at the Designated Broker on  behalf
of  the Participant until the shares are either withdrawn or sold. A Participant
may elect to withdraw all shares held in his or her account at any time (without
withdrawing from  the Plan)  by giving  notice to  the Designated  Broker.  Upon
receipt  of such notice, the  Designated Broker will arrange  for either (a) the
issuance and delivery of all shares held in the Participant's account as soon as
administratively feasible or  (b) the sale  of the shares,  as described by  the
Participant.
 
    Certificates shall be issued only in the following situations:
 
         i) if the Participant requests a certificate; or
 
         ii)  if  the Participant  terminates  employment with  the  Company and
    requests a certificate.
 
    In both  of these  cases, the  Participant will  be required  to notify  the
Designated  Broker and pay an issuance fee. The share certificate will be issued
to the Participant as soon as administratively feasible after the receipt by the
Designated Broker of the required form and payment of the issuance fee.
 
    Fractional shares shall be handled  as follows: For share withdrawals,  only
whole  shares will be  certified and issued  to Participants. A  payment will be
made to the Participant for any fractional shares owned by the Participant. This
payment shall be computed using  the Closing Market Price  of a share of  Common
Stock  on the  date the  withdrawal is processed  by the  Designated Broker. For
shares sold,  Participants shall  receive credit  for all  whole and  fractional
shares at the actual price for which the shares were sold.
 
    11.  INCOME TAX OBLIGATIONS
 
    Participants  shall be responsible  for all personal  income tax obligations
associated with selling shares of Common Stock purchased through this Plan.  The
Committee  recommends  that each  Participant  seek competent,  professional tax
advice prior to enrolling in the Plan to ensure he or she fully understands  the
tax consequences resulting from stock sales.
 
    12.  TERMINATION OF PARTICIPATION
 
    The  right  to  participate  in  the  Plan  terminates  immediately  when  a
Participant ceases  to  be  employed  by Billing  or  any  Subsidiary.  Employee
Contribution  Amounts collected prior  to the date  of termination of employment
shall be paid in cash. The cash shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as
administratively feasible following the end of the Participation Period in which
the Participant's  employment  terminates.  Employee  Contribution  Amounts  for
Participants who are on a Leave of Absence will be used to purchase Common Stock
at the conclusion of the Participation Period in accordance with Section 9.
 
                                      G-5
<PAGE>
    13.  DEATH OF A PARTICIPANT
 
    As  soon as  administratively feasible  after receiving  notification of the
death of a  Participant, Employee  Contribution Amounts collected  prior to  the
date  of termination of  employment shall be  paid in cash  to the Participant's
estate. No additional shares  of Common Stock  may be purchased  on behalf of  a
Participant   after  notification  of  death  is   received.  All  assets  in  a
Participant's stock trading  account will  remain in  the Participant's  account
until  the  person whom  the Participant  has  elected a  joint tenant,  with or
without right of survivorship, or the representative of the Participant's estate
requests  delivery  thereof  from  the   Designated  Broker  and  submits   such
documentation  as the Designated Broker may require to show proof of entitlement
thereto.
 
    14.  ASSIGNMENT
 
    The rights  of a  Participant under  the  Plan shall  not be  assignable  or
otherwise  transferable by the Participant except by will or the laws of descent
and distribution  or pursuant  to  a qualified  domestic  relations order  .  No
purported  assignment or transfer of any rights of a Participant under the Plan,
whether voluntary or involuntary, by operation  of law or otherwise, shall  vest
in   the  purported  assignee  or  transferee  any  interest  or  right  therein
whatsoever, but immediately upon such assignment or transfer, or any attempt  to
make  the same, such rights shall terminate  and become of no further effect. If
the foregoing  provisions of  this Section  14 are  violated, the  Participant's
election to purchase Common Stock shall terminate and the only obligation of the
Company remaining under the Plan shall be to pay the person entitled thereto the
Employee  Contribution  Amount then  credited to  the Participant's  account. No
Participant may create a lien on any funds, securities, rights or other property
held for the account  of the Participant  under the Plan,  except to the  extent
permitted  by will or the laws of descent and distribution if beneficiaries have
not been designated. A  Participant's right to purchase  shares of Common  Stock
under  the Plan shall be exercisable  only during the Participant's lifetime and
only by him or her.
 
    15.  COSTS
 
    Billing will pay all expenses incident to establishing and administering the
Plan. Expenses to be incurred by Participants shall be limited to brokerage fees
relating to sales of stock from the Participant's account (as described herein),
issuance fees  (as  described  in  Section  10)  and  any  personal  income  tax
obligations.
 
    16.  REPORTS
 
    At least annually, the Company shall provide or cause to be provided to each
Participant  a report of  their Employee Contribution Amounts  and the shares of
Common  Stock  purchased  with  such  Employee  Contribution  Amounts  by   that
Participant on each Exercise Date.
 
    17.  EQUAL RIGHTS AND PRIVILEGES
 
    All  eligible Employees shall have equal  rights and privileges with respect
to the Plan  so that the  Plan qualifies  as an "employee  stock purchase  plan"
within  the meaning of  Section 423 or  any successor provision  of the Code and
related regulations. Any provision of the Plan that is inconsistent with Section
423 or  any  successor  provision of  the  Code  shall without  further  act  or
amendment  by the Company be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section
423. This Section  17 shall  take precedence over  all other  provisions in  the
Plan.
 
    18.  RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER
 
    A  Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder under his or her rights
to purchase  Common  Stock until  he  or she  becomes  a stockholder  as  herein
provided.  A Participant  will become a  stockholder with respect  to shares for
which payment has been completed  as provided in Section  9 effective as of  the
date the shares are posted to the Participant's stock trading account.
 
    19.  MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION
 
    The  Board may amend or terminate the Plan  at any time as permitted by law,
with  the  exception  that  the  provisions  of  the  Plan  (including,  without
limitation, the provisions of Sections 8 and 9) that
 
                                      G-6
<PAGE>
constitute  a  formula  award for  purposes  of  Rule 16b-3  promulgated  by the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended ("Rule 16b-3"), may not be amended more than once every six (6)  months,
other  than to  comply with  changes in  the Code,  or the  rules thereunder. No
amendment shall be  effective unless  within one (1)  year after  the change  is
adopted  by the Board it is approved by  the holders of a majority of the voting
power of Billing's outstanding shares:
 
         i) if and to the  extent such amendment is  required to be approved  by
    stockholders  to continue the  exemption provided for in  Rule 16b-3 (or any
    successor provision); or
 
         ii) if such amendment would cause the rights granted under the Plan  to
    purchase  shares of Common Stock to fail to meet the requirements of Section
    423 of the Code (or any successor provision).
 
    20.  BOARD AND STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL; EFFECTIVE DATE
 
    The Plan was approved by the Board and by the sole stockholder of Billing on
        , 1996. The Plan will become effective as of August 1, 1996.
 
    21.  GOVERNMENTAL APPROVALS OR CONSENTS
 
    The Plan and  any offering  or sale  made to  Employees under  the Plan  are
subject  to  any  governmental  approvals  or consents  that  may  be  or become
applicable in connection therewith. Subject to the provisions of Section 19, the
Board may make such changes in the  Plan and include such terms in any  offering
under  the Plan as may  be desirable to comply with  the rules or regulations of
any governmental authority.
 
    22.  USE OF FUNDS
 
    All Employee Contribution Amounts received or held by the Company under this
Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall
not be obligated to segregate such amounts.
 
    23.  NO ADDITIONAL PURCHASE RIGHTS OR EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS
 
    Other than for rights to purchase Common Stock under the Plan, the Plan does
not, directly or indirectly, create any right for the benefit of any Employee or
class of  Employee to  purchase any  shares under  the Plan,  or create  in  any
Employee  or  class  of  Employee  any  right  with  respect  to  continuance of
employment with the Company, and it shall not be deemed to interfere in any  way
with  the  Company's right  to terminate,  or  otherwise modify,  any Employee's
employment at any time.
 
    24.  EFFECT OF PLAN
 
    The provisions of the Plan shall,  in accordance with its terms, be  binding
upon, and inure to the benefit of, all successors of each Employee participating
in  the  Plan, including,  without limitation,  such  Employee's estate  and the
executors, administrators  or  trustees thereof,  heirs  and legatees,  and  any
receiver, trustee in bankruptcy or representative of creditors of such Employee.
 
    25.  GOVERNING LAW
 
    The  laws of the State  of Delaware will govern  all matters relating to the
Plan except to the  extent superseded by  the laws of the  United States or  the
property laws of any particular state.
 
    26.  NO PAYMENT OF INTEREST
 
    No  interest will be paid or allowed on any Employee Contribution Amounts or
amounts credited to the account of any Participant.
 
    27.  OTHER PROVISIONS
 
    The agreement  to purchase  shares  of Common  Stock  under the  Plan  shall
contain  such  other  provisions  as  the Committee  and  the  Board  shall deem
advisable, provided that no  such provision shall in  any way conflict with  the
terms of the Plan.
 
                                      G-7


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission